<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://bou.de/u/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Liu+Yue</id>
	<title>China Studies Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://bou.de/u/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Liu+Yue"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/wiki/Special:Contributions/Liu_Yue"/>
	<updated>2026-04-04T07:37:52Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.14</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20210929_homework&amp;diff=134910</id>
		<title>20210929 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20210929_homework&amp;diff=134910"/>
		<updated>2021-12-30T06:49:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* 亚非语言文学	202120081509	刘越	女 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[20210929_homework|homework of session 1 for session 2 Sep 29]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IN PREPARATION&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
专业班级名称	学号	 姓  名	性别&lt;br /&gt;
==语言智能与跨文化传播研究	202120081535	徐敏赟	男==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the homework of 徐敏赟.--[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 12:41, 26 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
清初时期的汉籍（书）翻译及其文化沟通意涵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：清初之际，统治者虽以武力立国，但社会的主导意识形态尚未形成，国家的“治统”与“道统”尚未确立。为了匡扶社稷，教化臣民，探求君主治术，建构符合国家需求的集体价值观，统治者积极组织汉书翻译，促进文化交流，增进民族和解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Translation of Chinese Books in the Early Qing Dynasty and its Cultural Communication Implications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: At the beginning of the Qing Dynasty, the ruler established the country by force, but the dominant social  ideology has not yet been formed. Besides, the country's &amp;quot;ruling&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;moral  orthodox&amp;quot; have not yet been established either. In order to help the community, educate the people, explore the rules of the monarchy, and construct collective values that meet the needs of the country, the ruler organized the translation of Chinese books actively, which helped promote cultural exchanges and enhance national reconciliation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Translation of the Han Classics in Early Qing Dynasty and its Implications for Cultural Communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: At the beginning of Qing Dynasty, the ruler established the country by force, but the dominant social  ideology has not yet been formed. Besides, the country's &amp;quot;governance&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;moral  orthodoxy&amp;quot; have not yet been established neither. In order to help the community, educate the people, explore the rules of the monarchy, and construct collective values that meet the needs of the country, the ruler organized the translation of Chinese books actively, which helped promote cultural exchanges and enhance national reconciliation.--[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 12:44, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Translation of the Han Classics in Early Qing Dynasty and its Implications for Cultural Communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: At the beginning of the Qing Dynasty, the ruler established the country by force, but the dominant social ideology has not yet been formed. Besides, the country's &amp;quot;governance&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;moral  orthodox&amp;quot; have not yet been established either. In order to rectify and sustain the society, educate the subjects, explore the rules of the monarchy, and construct collective values that meet the needs of the country, the ruler organized the translation of Han Classics actively, which helped promote cultural exchanges and enhance national reconciliation.--[[User:Yan Jing|Yan Jing]] ([[User talk:Yan Jing|talk]]) 08:31, 8 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==语言智能与跨文化传播研究	202120081536	颜静	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
作为清初文化事业的重要组成部分，汉书翻译有着明确的选择标准，实用主义色彩浓厚，主要关注汉族的文治教化与典章制度，将翻译与政要相关联，反对浮华藻饰的翻译。组织上，汉书翻译以官方为主，以民间为辅，译书者既有兼通满、汉双语之旗人，又有八旗科举考试之及第者，这些人既是文化交流的管理者，又是实践者，代表了统治阶级意欲沟通满汉的主观愿望。成效上，汉书翻译不仅促进了新生政权的制度建设，而且为统治者建构政权合法性做出了贡献。&lt;br /&gt;
As an important part of cutural undertakings in early Qing dynasty, the translation of Han Shu had clear selection criteria and strong pragmatism. It focused on cultural education and institutions of Han nationality, associated the translation with politics and opposed flashly one. Organizationally,Han Shu was translated mainly by officials, and then public people. The translators contained not only the Eight Banners' People who mastered both Manchu and Chinese language, but also those who passed the Eight Banners imperial examination. These people were administrators of cultural exchanges, and also practicers, representing that the ruling class was willing to communicate the Manchu and Han people. In effect, the translating of Han Shu promoted the institutional construction of new regime, and also contributed to the rulers for constructing the regime legitimacy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an important part of cutural undertakings in early Qing dynasty, the translation of Han Shu had clear selection criteria and strong pragmatism. It (mainly) focused on cultural education and institutions of Han nationality, associated the translation with politics and opposed flashly one(embellishments). Organizationally,Han Shu was translated mainly by officials, and then (by) public people. The translators contained not only the Eight Banners' People who mastered both Manchu and Chinese language, but also those who passed the Eight Banners imperial examination. These people were administrators of cultural exchanges, and also practicers, representing that the ruling class was willing to (intended to) communicate the Manchu and Han people. In effect(As a result), the translating of Han Shu promoted the institutional construction of new regime, and also contributed to the rulers for constructing the regime legitimacy.--[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 07:06, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（语言学）	202120081484	杜莉娜	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
导论：凡国家之建立，必有立国精神和主导意识形态，以及相应之文化政策。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
早在天聪年间，清太宗便为新政权提出文武并用的战略构想，既强调以武功勘祸乱，又主张以文教佐太平，提出了文化统制与文化建设的独到见解。顺治十年，世祖章皇帝订定崇儒重道之政策，并以此为基础构建了兴文教、崇经术的治国理念。&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction: The establishment of any countries must need the national spirit ,dominant ideology and  appropriate cultural policies.&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the year of Tiancong, Hong Taiji put forward the strategy of combining education and force for the new regime. He emphasized to calm down the chaos by force and to keep the peace by civilian. And he came up with unique insights into cultural unification and cultural development as well. During the first decade of Shunzhi, the emperor made the policies of respecting Confucianism and Taoism, and from this the concepts of governing like prospering education and worshipping scriptures were built.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 16:07, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1、“文武并用”应该更侧重于“文化”，译为culture；&lt;br /&gt;
2、“以文教佐太平”中的文教可译为cultural education；&lt;br /&gt;
3、“and from this the concepts of governing like prospering education and worshipping scriptures were built.”此句可用定从，which served as a basis of …&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 02:25, 30 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（语言学）	202120081490	胡舒情	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
自此以后，虽然清代历朝统治者在关注满、汉文化交流时，不免对汉人进行打压，但也同时对汉族文化进行宣扬与推广。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
清初统治者在构建“治统”与“道统”的过程中，围绕“崇儒重道”，衍生出众多文化政策实举，如科举取士、博学鸿词等，而汉籍经史的翻译与编纂也是其中重要内容。汉籍翻译是清代文化事业的重要组成部分，是清代民族关系与文化政策的重要载体，它和满清政权的其它文化活动一样，在功能上相互关联，彼此补充，为促进民族之间的相互了解，维护王朝体系的稳定发展，做出了重要贡献。&lt;br /&gt;
Since then, although all the dominators of Qing dynasty would squash the Han people when focusing on cultural exchange between Manchu and Han, they also propagated and promoted the Han culture at the same time. The dominators of early Qing dynasty implemented numerous cultural policies around the idea of “respecting and emphasizing Confucianism” during the progress of constructing Monarchism and statesmanship, which included imperial examinations, erudite and an important part - compilation and translation of Han classics and history. Its translation formed Qing’s cultural undertakings as necessary parts and served as a carrier of Qing’s ethnic relations and cultural policies. It was the same as other cultural activities of Qing dynasty. They related to and complemented each other, which made a contribution to promoting mutual understanding among peoples and maintaining the stable development of the dynastic system.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 02:26, 30 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since then when it comes to Man and Han culture communication, all the dominants of Qing dynasty would freeze Han people but also promoted their culture at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
During the process of constructing Monarchism and statesmanship, the dominators of early Qing dynasty implemented numerous cultural policies around the idea of “respecting and emphasizing Confucianism”,which included imperial examinations, erudite etc. and also compilation and translation of Han classics and history as an important content. Translating Han classic is an important part of Qing culture and the critical carrier of its ethnic relationship and cultural policies. Like other cultural activities it related to each other functionally and made great contributions to ethnic communication and the solid development of Qing dynasty.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 13:18, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（语言学）	202120081491	黄锦云	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
作为汉籍翻译的管理者和实践者，译者们承担了沟通满、汉文化的历史使命，其所翻译的汉族书籍不仅有效增进了旗人对于汉文化的了解，而且为新生政权进行制度建设，以及合法性的建构发挥了历史性作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一 满洲前身时期的汉籍翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
满洲的前身系女真，语言文字上属阿尔泰语系。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the manager and practicer of translating Han's books, translators take charge of the historial mission to combine Manchu cultrue and Han cultrue.  Their translations not only enhance the Bannermen to know Han cultrue, but also play a historical role in forming a new regime and conlidating its validity.--Translation of Han's books before Manchu period&lt;br /&gt;
Manchurians originates from Nvzhen race, and their language and character belongs to Altaic languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As managers and practitioners of translation of Han's books, the translators undertake the historical mission of cultural communication between the Manchu nationality and the Han nationality. Their translations of Han's books not only efficiently improve the Manchu's understanding of Han culture, but also play a historical role in system construction for new regime and legal construction. &lt;br /&gt;
-- Translation of Han's books before the Manchu period&lt;br /&gt;
Manchurians originate from Nvzhen race, and their language belongs to Altaic language.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 14:11, 9 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（语言学）	202120081495	邝艳丽	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
满族和历史上的女真族一样，原本没有自己的语言，记事时需要借用其他民族文字。《金史》中说：“初无文字，国势日强，与邻国交好，迺用契丹字。”[ 杨家骆：《金史》，台北：鼎文书局，1985年，第1684页。] 金朝立国后，初期的内、外公文几乎都用契丹文书写，金太祖本人也擅长契丹语。&lt;br /&gt;
As Jurchen in the history, the Manchu nationality did not have its own language, and they needed to use other national characters when making a memorandum. &amp;quot;The Jin dynasty did not have their own characters, but with its increasing development and its need to deal with the relation with neighbouring country, then used Khitan characters&amp;quot; said in ''The History of Jin Dynasty''[Yang Jialuo: ''The History of Jin Dynasty'',Taipei: Dingwen Publishing House, 1985, p.16884] After Jin Dynasty was established, the official documents inside and outside the court were nearly written with Khitan characters, even the Emperor Taizu of Jin Dynasty was skilled in using Khitan language.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]])09:41, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Jurchen in the history, the Manchu nationality did not have its own language. Therefore, keeping a record of events depended on the characters of other nation. Said in The History of Jin Dynasty, &amp;quot;the Jin dynasty did not have their own characters, but with its increasing development and its need to deal with the relation with neighbouring country, then used Khitan characters&amp;quot;. [Yang Jialuo: The History of Jin Dynasty,Taipei: Dingwen Publishing House, 1985, p.16884] After the establishment of Jin Dynasty, the official documents at home and abroad were nearly written in  Khitan characters, even the Emperor Taizu of Jin was skilled in using Khitan characters.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 13:34, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（语言学）	202120081496	李爱璇	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
然而，契丹语与金人女真语差距较大，因而金太祖命完颜希尹、叶鲁依据汉人楷字，并参照契丹字制度，创制适合本族的语言文字“女直文”。天辅（金太祖年号）三年，女直文依诏令颁行，称“女直大字”。二十年后，即1138年，金熙宗完颜亶又命人参照契丹字，创制并颁布另一种女直文字，即“女直小字”。&lt;br /&gt;
However, there was a huge gap between the Khitan language and the Jurchen language. Therefore, the Emperor Taizu of Jin ordered Wanyan Xiyin and Ye Lu to create a language suitable for their own people, Jurchen script, based on the Han regular script and referring to the Khitan script system. In the third year of the period of Tianfu (the reign title of Emperor Taizu of Jin), according to the edict, the Jurchen script was enacted as &amp;quot;Jurchen Large Script&amp;quot;. In 1138, twenty years later, Wanyan Dan, the Emperor of Xizong, ordered someone to create and enact another kind of Jurchen script, namely &amp;quot;Jurchen Little Script&amp;quot;, referring to the Khitan script system.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 01:15, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
However, there was a big gap between Khitan language and Jin Nuzhen language. Therefore, Jin Taizu ordered Wanyan Xiyin and Ye Lu to create a language suitable for their own nationality &amp;quot;Jurchen script&amp;quot;, according to the regular script of Han people and with reference to the Khitan character system. In the third year of Tianfu (the year of emperor Taizu of Jin Dynasty), Jurchen script was issued in accordance with the imperial edict, known as &amp;quot;Jurchen Large Script&amp;quot;. Twenty years later, in 1138, Jin Xizong,  Wanyan Dan ordered people to create and promulgate another Jurchen script, namely “Jurchen Little Script&amp;quot;, according to the Khitan character.— Li Xichang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（语言学）	202120081502	李习长	男==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
金世宗继位后，在推动女直文字的使用上，力度更大，举措更丰。如大定（金世宗年号）四年，金世宗令翰林侍讲学士徒单子温等用女直大、小字，翻译经书。女直文字的创制，对金朝翻译汉书影响巨大，而汉书翻译又影响了金朝的政治制度与国家治理。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Jin Shizong succeeded to the throne, he made greater efforts and took more measures to promote the use of nvzhi characters. For example, in the fourth year of Dading (the year of Jin Shizong), Jin Shizong ordered the Imperial College to teach the bachelor's Apprentice Shan Ziwen to translate scriptures in large and small characters. The creation of nvzhi characters had a great impact on the translation of Chinese books in the Jin Dynasty, which in turn affected the political system and national governance of the Jin Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Jin Shizong succeeded to the throne, he made greater efforts and took more measures to promote the use of nvzhi characters. For example, in the fourth year of Dading (the year of the region of emperor Jin Shizong), he ordered his disciple Shan Ziwen and other Shijiang academicians of Hanlin to translate Confucian Classics in Jurchen large and small scripts. the creation of Jurchen script had a great impact on the translation of Chinese books in the Jin Dynasty, and that, in turn, the Chinese books  affected the political system and national governance of the Jin Dynasty.—[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 03:39, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（语言学）	202120081519	邱婷婷	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如大定五年，金世宗命徒单镒翻译《贞观政要》和《白氏策林》等书，次年徒单子温将译本进呈皇帝。大定七年，《史记》和《西汉书》等翻译成书，金世宗敕令刊刻颁行。大定十五年，金世宗再令翻译各部经书，由温迪罕缔达（著作佐郎）、宗璧（编修官）、阿鲁（尚书省译史）、杨克忠（史部令史）等负责对译本进行注解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in the fifth year of Dading (the year of the region of emperor Jin Shizong), the emperor ordered his disciple Shan Yi to translate The Political Program of Zhen Guan and Bai Shi Ce Lin, etc. Then emperor Shizong received the translations submitted by another disciple named Shan Ziwen in the next year. In the seventh year of Dading, the Records of  the Grand Historian and the book of the Western Han Dynasty were translated into books, which were printed and issued by the royal decree of emperor Shizong. What’s more, he released an order again translating several Confucian classics which were annotated by Wendihan Dida （assistant of Zhu Zuolang）， Zong Bi（ BianxiuOfficer), A Lu( translator of history of Department of State Affairs ), Yang Kezhong( Lingshi of the Ministry of Official Personnel Affairs ) etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation:&lt;br /&gt;
1.Zhu Zuolang: A person whose responsibility is to compile historical works.&lt;br /&gt;
2.Bianxiu: The official name, first placed in the Song Dynasty, is mainly responsible for the revision and compilation of documents.&lt;br /&gt;
3.Lingshi: Official name; the general name of petty officials in the government since the song and Yuan Dynasties.—[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 16:58, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in the fifth year of Dading (the year of the region of emperor Jin Shizong), the emperor ordered his disciple Shan Yi to translate ''The Political Program of Zhen Guan'' and ''Bai Shi Ce Lin'', etc. Then emperor Shizong received the translations submitted by another disciple named Shan Ziwen in the next year. One year later,''the Records of  the Grand Historian'' and ''the book of the Western Han Dynasty'' were translated into books, which were printed and issued under the royal decree of emperor Shizong. What’s more, he released an order again translating various kinds of Confucian classics, and put Wendihan Dida （assistant of Zhu Zuolang）， Zong Bi（ BianxiuOfficer), A Lu( translator of history of Department of State Affairs ), Yang Kezhong( Lingshi of the Ministry of Official Personnel Affairs ) etc.in chagrge of the annotation of the translations of these books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation:&lt;br /&gt;
1.Zhu Zuolang: A person whose responsibility is to compile historical works.&lt;br /&gt;
2.Bianxiu: The official name, first placed in the Song Dynasty, is mainly responsible for the revision and compilation of documents.&lt;br /&gt;
3.Lingshi: Official name; the general name of petty officials in the government since the song and Yuan Dynasties.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 13:00, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（语言学）	202120081520	饶金盈	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
金世宗在位期间，朝廷设立译经所，专司汉文经史的翻译。期间，所译汉书除上述几种之外，另有《易》、《书》、《论语》、《老子》、《孟子》、《扬子》、《文中子》、《刘子》以及《新唐书》等。之所以翻译这些书籍，是因为金世宗希望女直人了解汉人的仁义道德，以利于治国安邦。&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of Wan Yanyong, the fifth emperor of the Jin Dynasty, the imperial court set up a sutra translation office to specialize in the translation of scriptures and historical materials written in classical Chinese. Meantime, in addition to the above-mentioned Chinese books, there were also ''Yi'', ''Shu'', ''the Analects of Confucius'', ''the Laozi'', ''the Mencius'', ''the Yangzi'', ''the Wenzhongzi'', ''the Liuzi'' and ''the New Book of Tang Dynasty''. The reason why these books were translated was that Wan Yanyong hoped that the Jurchen people would get some knowledge of the humanity, justice, and morality of Han people by reading these books, so as to develop a prosperous and stable country.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 13:05, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of Emperor Jin Shizong,the imperial court set up a classics translation office concentrating on the translation of Chinese classics. During this period,apart from translating the above-mentioned Chinese classics, they also translated &amp;quot; Yi&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Shu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;the Analects of Confucius&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Laozi&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Mencius&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Yangzi&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Wenzhongzi&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Liuzi&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;New Book of Tang&amp;quot;, etc. The reason why Jin Shizong chose these classics was that he hoped that Nuzhi people could know the virtue and morality of Chinese by reading these classics. And then he could rule the nation better and build a stable society. -- Yang Aijiang (talk) 21.57. 11 October 2021&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（语言学）	202120081541	杨爱江	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
然而，当时的女直字与汉字不能直接对译，中间需要经过转译为契丹字。为解决这一问题，金章宗在位期间，诏设弘文院，命人译写儒家经典并讲解。旋即，又废止契丹字，要求嗣后汉文典籍直接译为女直字，以省去须经契丹字转译的中间环节。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it was not feasible to translate Nvzhi characters into Chinese characters at that time. And it needed to be translated into Khitan characters first. During the reign of Emperor Jin Zhangzong, he set up Hongwen Academy and commanded his ministers to translate and explain Confucian classics in order to figure out the language problem. Besides, Jin Zhangzong abolished its use of Khitan characters and demanded that the Chinese classics should be translated in Nvzhi characters directly, omitting taking advantage of the translation of Khitan characters as a bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However,  Nvzhi characters could not be directly translated into Chinese  without being rendered into Khitan ones first. During the reign of Emperor Jin Zhangzong, he set up Hongwen Academy and commanded his ministers to translate and explain Confucian classics in order to figure out the language problem. Soon after, Jin Zhangzong abolished the use of Khitan characters and demanded that the Chinese classics should be translated into Nvzhi characters directly, avoiding the intermediate step of using Khitan characters.--[[User:Yin Meida|Yin Meida]] ([[User talk:Yin Meida|talk]]) 13:37, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（语言学）	202120081547	殷美达	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
金朝政权覆灭之后，虽然留居东北故地的少数女直上层人士尚能娴习女直文，但女直字作为一种语言逐渐失传。明朝政府设置“四夷馆”后，又延人专习女直字，以应付中央与地方政府，或中央与藩属地之间的通译需要。虽然如此，女直语的凋落已成定势。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
二 太祖时期汉籍（书）翻译之“始”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
After the collapse of Jin Dynasty, a small number of upper class Nuzhen people who still lived in northeastern China were proficient in Nuzhen language, but its words were being lost gradually. The Ming Dynasty, when setting up &amp;quot;Si Yi Academy &amp;quot;, hired particular people to study Nuzhen language to meet the needs of communication and translation between the central and local governments or its dependent territories. Nevertheless, the decline of Nuzhen language had become a foregone conclusion. &lt;br /&gt;
Second, the initial translation of Chinese books in the Emperor Taizu period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the collapse of the Jin Dynasty, although a small number of Nuzhen upper class people living in Northeast China were very proficient in Nuzhen language, Nuzhen characters have been gradually lost. Having set up the Si-yi-guan, the Ming Dynasty hired people to specially learn Nuzhen characters to meet the needs of translation between the central government and local governments or its affiliated places. Nevertheless, the decline of Nuzhen language is inevitable.--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 01:18, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（语言学）	202120081557	周巧	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
明朝万历年间，努尔哈赤率部崛起之时，作为女直后裔的满族并无文字。那时，文移往来必须靠蒙古语的学习与翻译才能完成。为满足文移往来，记注政事的需要，并解决“今我国之语，必译为蒙古语读之，则未习蒙古语者，不能知也”的问题，清太祖努尔哈赤于明万历二十七年，命额尔德尼、噶（gá）盖等改制国书（即，国家的语言文字），以改变满人说女真语却写蒙古字的尴尬局面。[ 明珠等奉敕修：《清实录·太祖高皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1986年，第2页。]&lt;br /&gt;
In the wanli period of Ming Dynasty, when Nurhachi led the rise of the Manchu, as a straight descendant of Jurchen, it had no written words. At that time, the exchange of letters had to rely on Mongolian learning and translation to complete. For recording the  political affairs and solving  the problem that &amp;quot;Nowadays, the language of our country have to be translated into Mongolian to read, otherwise  people can’t understand it without the learning of it. In the wanli 27 years of Ming Dynasty, Emperor Nurhachi（the first founder of Ming Dynasty） ordered Erdeni, Gagai and etc to reform credentials (namely the national language), which is to change the embarrassing situation of Manchu speaking Jurchen language while writing Mongolian. Beijing: Zhonghua Book Company, 1986, p. 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Wanli period of Ming Dynasty, when Nurhachi led the rise of the Manchu, the Manchu, as the straight descendant of Jurchen, had no written words . At that time, the exchange of letters had to rely on Mongolian learning and translation. In order to meet the need of exchange of letters, recording and annotating the  political affairs as well as solving  the problem that &amp;quot;Nowadays, the language of our country have to be translated into Mongolian to read, and the people who do not learn Mobolian can't understand it.&amp;quot;, in the Wanli 27 years of Ming Dynasty, Emperor Nurhachi（the first founder of Ming Dynasty） ordered Erdeni, Gagai and etc to reform credentials (namely the national language), which aimed to change the embarrassing situation that Manchu speaking Jurchen language while writing in Mongolian. Beijing: Zhonghua Book Company, 1986, p. 2.--[[User:Zhu Suzhen|Zhu Suzhen]] ([[User talk:Zhu Suzhen|talk]]) 06:16, 30 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（语言学）	202120081561	朱素珍	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
自此，满洲的语言和文字渐趋一致。然而问题在于，此时创制的满洲语言（老满文）系参照畏兀儿体老蒙文字母，而蒙古与女真语音原本存在差异，借用的蒙文字母未必能充分传达女真语言的意义。如太宗皇太极在评价老满文时所说，“书中寻常语言，视其文义，易于通晓”，但“至于人名、地名，必致错误。”[ 中国第一历史档案馆、中国社科院历史研究所译注：《满文老档》，北京：中华书局，1990年，第1196页。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then on, the languange and the forms in Manchurian language are gradually consistant. However, the problem is that the Manchurian language(Old Manchu) was created with the guidance of Uighur Old Mongolia alphabets, and there exist original difference between Mongolia and Jurchen pronunciation. Therefore, the borrowed Mongolian alphabets could not explicitly express the meaning of Jurchen language. Just as what the great emperor Taizong Hoang Taiji said when he evaluated Old Manchu: &amp;quot;You can easily understand the meaning of the ordinary language in a book written in Old Manchu. However, in terms of the name of people and places, the Old Manchu would lead you to misunderstanding without any doubt.&amp;quot;     (Translated by The First Historical Archives of China and Institute of Chinese Social History :''Manchu Old File'',Peking:Zhonghua Book Company,1990, page 1196.) &lt;br /&gt;
   Annotation:&lt;br /&gt;
   1. Jurchen: an ancient nationality in China&lt;br /&gt;
   2.Uighur(畏兀儿体/古维吾尔语): the earliest Mongolian Chinese characters&lt;br /&gt;
   3. Old Manchu:the language used by ancient Machurian&lt;br /&gt;
   4. Manchurian: the founder of Qing Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then on, the languange and the characters in Manchurian language are gradually consistant. However, the problem is that the Manchurian language(Old Manchu) was created with the guidance of Uighur Old Mongolia alphabets, and there existed original difference between Mongolia and Jurchen pronunciation. Therefore, the borrowed Mongolian alphabets could not explicitly express the true meaning of Jurchen language. Just as what the great emperor Taizong Hoang Taiji said when he evaluated Old Manchu: &amp;quot;You can easily understand the meaning of the ordinary language in a book written in Old Manchu. However, in terms of the name of people and places, the Old Manchu would lead you to misunderstanding without any doubt.&amp;quot; (Translated by The First Historical Archives of China and Institute of Chinese Social History :“Manchu Old File'',Peking:Zhonghua Book Company,1990, page 1196.) --[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 05:10, 3 October 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini&lt;br /&gt;
   Annotation:&lt;br /&gt;
   1. Jurchen: an ancient nationality in China&lt;br /&gt;
   2.Uighur(畏兀儿体/古维吾尔语): the earliest Mongolian Chinese characters&lt;br /&gt;
   3. Old Manchu:the language used by ancient Machurian&lt;br /&gt;
   4. Manchurian: the founder of Qing Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081479	陈惠妮	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
为此，皇太极命“巴克什”达海对老满文加以改进，使其音、义明晓，有助于学习，形成了所谓“新满文”。[ 鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·太宗文皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第13页。]文字虽已形成，但满人一时间几乎无书可读，原因有二：其一，此时的满文尚属草创，旗人尚不能以满语编纂书籍；其二，汉字书籍的获取极为不易。&lt;br /&gt;
面对上述情况，太祖努尔哈赤敕令在旗人中延请师傅，教子弟读书，并令达海等人以满文翻译汉文典籍。&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the King asked Baks Dahai to develop the Old Manchu to make its sound and meaning more clear, which maked it easier to learn. It is in this way that the so-called New Manchu was formed. [E'ertai et al. Fengxiu: &amp;quot;Records of the Qing Dynasty·Records of Emperor Taizongwen&amp;quot;, Beijing: Zhonghua Book Company, 1985, p. 13. ] Although the characters and words have been developed, the Manchu can hardly find bookes to read for two reasons. One is that the Manchu language at that time is still an initial creation. The other is that it's so hard to get the books in Chineses charaters.On the face of this situation, Taizu Nurha Chi invited masters among the bannermen to teach children to read, and ordered Dahai and others to translate Chinese classics in Manchu. --[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 07:59, 29 December 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Huang Taiji (an emperor of Qing Dynasty) instructed &amp;quot;Bakshi (a title of a scholar of Qing Dynasty)&amp;quot; Da Hai to develop the Old Manchu to the so-called &amp;quot;New Manchu&amp;quot;, which made the sound and meaning more clear and then make it easier to learn. [E'ertai et al.: Factual Record of Qing Dynasty·Factual Records of Emperor Taizongwen, Beijing: Zhonghua Book Company, 1985, p. 13. ] Although the characters and words have been formed, the Manchu for a time almost no books to read for two reasons. One is that the Manchu language at that time was still an initial creation, and the Bannermen couldn't compile with it. The other was that the acquisition of books in Chineses charaters was extremely hard.On the face of this situation, Taizu Nurha Chi invited masters among the bannermen to teach children to read, and ordered Dahai and others to translate Chinese classics into Manchu.--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 10:16, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081482	程杨	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《清史列传》中对此的记载如下：弱冠，太祖高皇帝召直文馆，凡国家与明及蒙古、朝鲜词命，悉出其手。有诏旨应兼汉文者，亦承命传宣，悉当上意。旋奉命译《明会典》及《素书》、《三略》。[ 王钟翰点校：《清史列传》，北京：中华书局，1987年，第187页。]&lt;br /&gt;
The records of Da Hai in ''the Biographies of the Qing Dynasty'' as follows: at the age of twenty, he was called into the imperial palace and served in Wen Guan (the bureaucratic ministry for translating Chinese books in the early Qing Dynasty). The naming of new words that related to the Ming Dynasty, Mongolia and North Korea were all by him to complete. He was also instructed to convey some of the Chainese-related orders totally reflecting the will of the emperor. Soon, he was asked to translate ''the Code of Ming Dynasty'', ''Su Shu''(written in Qing Dynasty), and ''San Lue''(written by Huang Shigong).[''The Biographies of the Qing Dynasty'', edited by Wang Zhonghan, Zhong Hua Book Company, 1987, pp.187.]--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 03:52, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The records of Da Hai in ''the Biographies of Qing Dynasty'' as follows: at the age of twenty, he was appointed by Nurhachi①as a translator in Wen Guan②. The naming of new words that related to Ming Dynasty, Mongolia and North Korea were all by him to complete. He was also instructed to convey some of the Han's language-related orders totally reflecting the will of the emperor. Soon, he was asked to translate ''the Code of Ming Dynasty'', ''Su Shu''③, and ''San Lue''④.[''The Biographies of the Qing Dynasty'', edited by Wang Zhonghan, Zhong Hua Book Company, 1987, pp.187.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation:①Nurhachi:the founder of Qing Dynasty, 1559–1626. ②Wen Guan: the bureaucratic ministry for translating Chinese books in the early Qing Dynasty. ③''Su Shu'': moral principles written in Western Han Dynasty by Huang Shigong. ④''San Lue'':military monograph written in Western Han Dynasty by Huang Shigong.--[[User:Ding Xuan|Ding Xuan]] ([[User talk:Ding Xuan|talk]]) 13:10, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081483	丁旋	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
上文中所谓《明会典》，又称《大明会典》，系明代典章制度史书，内容涉及汉族文教、历法、习俗等。与《明会典》不同，《素书》成书于西汉，并非典章著作，而是哲理之学，道家思想的智慧之作。《三略》又名《黄石公三略》，既是军事战略专论，又糅合了诸子百家思想。&lt;br /&gt;
''Code of Ming Dynasty''① mentioned above, also known as ''Code of Great Ming Dynasty'', is one historical book about laws and regulations in the Ming Dynasty, covering Education of Han②, the Chinese calendar, and custom and so on. Different from Code of Ming Dynasty, ''Su Shu''③ written in the Western Han Dynasty is a wisdom work full of philosophy and Taoism rather than law and regulations. ''Sun-Lue''④, also called Sun-Lue of Huang Shigong, is not only a military strategy monograph but a mixture of the hundred schools of thought. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation: &lt;br /&gt;
①''Code of Ming Dynasty'': One code about Ming’s laws and regulations in many aspects started to write in 1393 and finished in 1578.&lt;br /&gt;
②Education of Han: The education policy initiated by emperors of Ming Dynasty in order to transmit Confucianism thoughts and consolidate their reign.&lt;br /&gt;
③''Su Shu'': It is one book full of principles and truth written by Huang Shigong in the western Han Dynasty. It is used for the reign of country because of its instructive and moral function.&lt;br /&gt;
④''Sun-Lue'': It is one famous ancient military book including three parts written by Huang Shigong in the Western Han Dynasty. The military thoughts in it are critically useful and different from others because it discusses military strategies from political perspective.--[[User:Ding Xuan|Ding Xuan]] ([[User talk:Ding Xuan|talk]]) 06:43, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
''Code of Ming Dynasty''① mentioned above, also known as ''Code of Great Ming Dynasty'', is one historical book about laws and regulations in the Ming Dynasty, covering the range of Education of Han②, the Chinese calendar, and customs and so on. Different from Code of Ming Dynasty, ''Su Shu''③ written in the Western Han Dynasty is a work full of philosophical wisdom and Taoism rather than law and regulations. ''Sun-Lue''④, also called Sun-Lue of Huang Shigong, is not only a military strategy monograph but a mixture of the hundred schools of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081485	付红岩	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
以上三者皆是重要的汉文典籍，清太祖令达海翻译它们，开启了清代翻译汉籍（书）之先河，其政治策略上的深刻用意不言而喻。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三 太宗时期汉籍（书）翻译之“兴”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太宗皇太极即位后，为鼓励旗人读书，多措并举：一方面，要求“十五岁以下，八岁以上者，俱令读书”，惩处不愿教子读书者；另一方面，为改善“无书可读”的情况，又致函朝鲜，索求汉文典籍。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the three ancient books just mentioned above were all significant Chinese classics, Nurhaci, the Emperor in Qing Dynasty requested Dahai, the official should translate the classics into the mongolian, whose profound meaning in the aspect of political layout was very explicit.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the interest of translating Chinese classics has reached its climax during the power of Nurhaci.&lt;br /&gt;
After NUrhaci’s coming into the power, many decrees has been enacted in attempt to encourage the people to read. On the one hand, the teenagers between 8 and 15 were allowed to read. In addition , the parents who were reluctant to support their offspring to read would be punished. On the other hand, Qing Dynasty sent a letter to Korea, in which the former asked the later to denote more Chinese classics in order to improve the predicament that the books were not enough to read.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
批改：译者译文总体流畅，对原文理解总体得当。以下为细节处理上的建议 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.“清太祖”一词为中国专有名词，应先查后译。清太祖指的是努尔哈赤（1616-1626），是后金第一位大汗，清朝的奠基者，太祖在位时，“大清国”还没有定鼎中原，故此时的“清”并不能算是中国的一个朝代。译者将其处理为“the Emperor in Qing Dynasty”不够严谨。&lt;br /&gt;
建议改为：Nurhaci, the Founder of Qing Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.“三 太宗时期汉籍（书）翻译之‘兴’”此处为论文小标题，首先，应当注意标题格式。结构上，原文为名词短语，译者翻译时使用英语句子的SVO（A）结构，虽然意思完整，但失去了原文的简洁。&lt;br /&gt;
词语上，“兴”强调翻译之风的兴起、盛行，译者将其处理为“reached its climax”缺乏严谨性，太宗时期不一定是汉籍翻译的高潮时期。&lt;br /&gt;
建议改为：Third The Prosperity of Chinese Classics Translation During the Power of Nurhaci&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.“十五岁以下，八岁以上者，俱令读书”&lt;br /&gt;
词语上，“令”是主动要求的意思，译者将其处理为“be allowed”，即被允许读书的可能性，读与不读似乎都是可以接受的。结合后文“惩处不愿教子读书者”，说明“令”是强制的。“be allowed”不能精准传达出原文清政府对旗人读书的鼓励与强制性。&lt;br /&gt;
结构上，原句省略了主语（清政府），原意为：清政府要求十五岁以下，八岁以上的人都得读书。译者将主动结构改为了被动结构，突出强调了实施对象。&lt;br /&gt;
建议改为：The teenagers between 8 and 15 were asked to read.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 04:20, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the above three were important Han classics, so Nurhaci, the founder of Qing Dynasty, commanded Dahai to translate them into Manchu language, which opened the floodgates to the large-scale translations of Han classics and its profound political meaning was explicit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third The Prosperity of Chinese Classics Translation During the Power of Nurhaci&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Abahai, the son of Nurhaci, coming into power, many decrees has been issued to encourage people to read and study. On the one hand, hand, teenagers between 8 and 15 were asked to study, and their parents would be punished if they were unwilling to educate their children; On the other hand, in order to avoid the scarcity of Han classics, Qing Dynasty sent a written request to Korea for a generous lending.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 14:43, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081497	李瑞洋	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《朝鲜王朝实录·仁祖实录》中写道：“闻贵国有金、元所译《书》、《诗》等经及《四书》，敬求一览，惟冀慨然。”[ 国史编纂委员会：《朝鲜王朝实录》，汉城：国史编纂委员会，1973年，第38页。]可见，皇太极此时想要借阅的并非汉文原书，而是汉籍的金、元译本，即女真语和蒙古文译本。对此，朝鲜政府方面虽然进行了回应，但态度并不热忱：见索《诗》、《书》、《四书》等书籍，此意甚善，深嘉贵国尊信圣贤，慕悦礼义之盛意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned in ''King Injo the Great'', one of the volumes in ''Annals of the Korean Dynasty'' “We heard your country have ''the Four Books'' and other classics including ''The Book of Poetry'' and T''he Book of History'', which were translated in Jin Dynasty and Yuan Dynasty, so we sincerely hope your generous lending of these books.” [National History Compilation Committee: ''Annals of the Korean Dynasty'', Seoul: National History Compilation Committee, 1973,P38] Obviously, at this time what Huang Taiji wanted to borrow was not the original Chinese book, but the Jin and Yuan translations, namely the Jurchen and Mongolian versions. Although Korean officials responded to this request, they were not very willing: It is very nice of you to ask for the Four Books and other classics including ''The Book of Poetry'' and ''The Book of History'', and we really appreciate your country’s popularity of respecting men of virtue and advocating courtesy and justice.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 02:19, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was recorded in ''King Injo the Great'', a volume of ''Annals of the Korean Dynasty'', that “We have heard your country have classics like ''The Book of Songs'', ''The Book of History'' and ''the Four Books'' , which were translated in Jin and Yuan Dynasties, so we sincerely hope for your generous lending of these books to us.”  [National History Compilation Committee: ''Annals of the Korean Dynasty'', Seoul: National History Compilation Committee, 1973, 38.]&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, what Huang Taiji wanted to borrow at that time were not the original Chinese books, but the translated versions of Jin and Yuan periods, namely the Jurchen and Mongolian versions. Although Korean officials respondedt, they didn't give a active response: It is glad to receive your borrowing request of these books, and we do appreciate your country’s deeds of respecting men of virtues and advocating courtesy and justice.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 01:28, 30 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081498	李姗	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第国中所有，只是天下通行本，而金、元所译，则曾未得见，兹未能奉副，无任愧歉。[ 国史编纂委员会：《朝鲜王朝实录》，汉城：国史编纂委员会，1973年，第62页。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
由于未能索得属意书籍，皇太极遂令达海继续翻译，后者于天聪六年开始翻译《通鉴》、《六韬》、《孟子》、《三国志（通俗演义）》，以及《大乘经》等。只可惜，由于达海英年早逝，上述书籍未能译竟。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The one that existed in the great empire was just a general version that circulated all over the country.（* But the one that existed in the whole country was just a general version.--[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 02:37, 29 September 2021 (UTC)） As the translating versions of Jin and Yuan were not publicized yet, it's a pity that their works were not able to be offered to the emperor.（* However, the translated versions in Jing Dynasty and Yuan Dynasty hadn't published yet.It's a pity that their works were not able to be offered to the emperor.--[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 02:37, 29 September 2021 (UTC))  [National History Compilation Committee: ''Records of the Korean Dynasty'', Seoul: National History Compilation Committee, 1973, 63.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Failing to obtain desired translation versions,the first emperor of Qing dynasty, ordered Dahai to continue his translation work. And in the sixth year of Huangtaiji's rule (the year of 1632), Dahai began to translate ''History as a Mirror'', ''The Six Arts of War'', ''The Records of Three Kingdoms'' as well as  ''Mahayana Sutra'' and so forth. [* ''Tong Jian'' ( a history book), ''Liu Tao'' ( a military book), ''Mencius''，''Records of the Three Kingdoms'' and ''Dacheng Jing'' ( a book about Buddhism) --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 02:37, 29 September 2021 (UTC)]  Unfortunately, the translation of these books was not finished as a result of Dahai's early death.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 12:46, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081500	李文璇	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
清初之际，达海被满洲“群推为圣人”，他翻译的汉文书籍对于拓展满族的知识范围，甚为关键。[ 叶高树：《清朝前期的文化政策》，台北：稻乡出版社，2002年，第58页。]《清实录·太宗文皇帝实录》中说：其平日所译汉书，有《刑部会典》、《素书》、《三略》、《万宝全书》俱成帙。（天聪六年）时方译《通鉴》、《六韬》、《孟子》、《三国志（通俗演义）》及《大乘经》，未竣而卒。&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Qing Dynasty, Dahai was regarded as a sage by the people of Manchuria. The Chinese books translated by him was significant for extending the knowledge. In the book ''Memoir of the Qing Dynasty'' for the Emperor Taizong, it recorded that the books Dahai had translated, including ''Records of Ministry of Punishment'', ''Su Shu'' ( a book about Taoism), ''San Lue'' ( a military book), ''Wan Bao Quan Shu'' ( a book about daily life), all of which had been compiled into volumes. In 1632, he translated ''Tong Jian'' ( a history book), ''Liu Tao'' ( a military book), ''Mencius''，''Records of the Three Kingdoms'' and ''Dacheng Jing'' ( a book about Buddhism). However, he died without finishing these books.  --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 23:26, 28 September 2021 (UTC)--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 02:38, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081501	李雯	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
初我国未深谙典故，诸事皆以意创行，达海始用满文，译历代史书，颁行国中，人尽通晓。惟我太祖天纵聪明，因心肇造，所行皆与古圣贤同符默契。达海与额尔德尼应运而生，实佐一代文明之治云。[ 鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·太宗文皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第10页。]&lt;br /&gt;
In the beginning, our country was not familiar with the ancient books and stories, so everything began by &amp;quot;thoughts&amp;quot;. Since Dai Hai began to use Man Character to translate historical books of the past dynasties and promulgated it in our country, it has become universal among public. Only my great Grandfather, gifted and wise, created from the heart, and acted in accordance with the ancient sages. So the Dai Hai and E Erdeni came into being following the tendecy, who help to create this generation of civilization.[E ertai,ect compiling by order of the Emperor;The record of Emperor Taizong in Qing Danasty,Beijing,Zhonghua Book Company,1985,Page 10.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 02:36, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the beginning, our country established things at will without the study of ancient classics. They were not well-known to the public until Da Hai translated historical books of the past dynasties in Manchu and promulated them in the country. Only the Emperor Taizu, who founded the dynasty on his own way, was so gifted and wise that what he had done was exactly  accordance with the ancient sages.In reasponse to the call of the times, Da Hai and Erdeni came into being and helped to create this generation of civilization.[E ertai,ect compiling by order of the Emperor;''The Record of Emperor Taizong in Qing Danasty'',Beijing,Zhonghua Book Company,1985,Page 10.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 04:49, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081505	刘沛婷	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如前所述，《明会典》、《素书》、《三略》等书的翻译始于太祖时期，但成书于天聪四年，其余书籍的翻译则为时稍晚。综观达海译书，既有《孟子》之类所谓“知正心、修身、齐家、治国”者，又有《素书》、《三略》和《六韬》等“益聪明智识，选练战攻的机权”者，以及《通鉴》等“知古来兴废事迹”者，他的翻译“实佐一代文明之治”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
以《刑部会典》（又称《明会典》）为例，达海译本既是天聪年间国家创制法律的依据，也是太宗推行政治改革的蓝本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the translation of ''Code of Great Ming Dynasty'', ''Su Shu'' and ''Three Policies'' began in the reign of Taizu but was completed in 1630. The other books were translated a little later. Da Hai's translations covered abundant eminent men, such as those in ''Mencius'' who make their minds just, morality cultivated, families regulated and the country governed orderly, and those with extrodinary intelligence and knowledge of training and combat in ''Su Shu'', ''Three Policies'' and ''Six Strategies'', as well as the men knowing the rise and fall of ancient times in ''Comprehensive Mirror for Aid in Government''. Therefore, his translations did promote the rule of civilization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking ''Code of Ministry of Penalty'' (also called ''Code of Great Ming Dynasty'')as an example,Da Hai's translations were not only the basis for establishing laws during the period of Tiancong, but also the blueprint for the political reforms carried out by Taizong.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 15:25, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the translating of ''Code of Great Ming Dynasty'', ''Su Shu'' and ''Three Policies'' began during the reign of Taizu but was completed in 1630, the fourth year under the reign of Taizong. Other books were translated at a later time. Given that in Da Hai's translations exist abundant eminent men, such as those in ''Mencius'' who make their minds just, morality cultivated, families regulated and the country governed orderly, and those with extrodinary intelligence and knowledge of training the military in ''Su Shu'', ''Three Policies'' and ''Six Strategies'', as well as the men comprehending the ups and downs experienced by  dynasties in the past in ''Comprehensive Mirror for Aid in Government'', his translations did promote the governance under civilization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking ''Code of Ministry of Penalty'' (also called ''Code of Great Ming Dynasty'')as an example,Da Hai's translations were not only the basis for establishing laws during the period of Tiancong, but also the blueprint for the political reform carried out by Taizong.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 02:46, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081508	刘晓	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
太宗素有“振兴文治”的愿望，不仅创制了作为清代考试制度之滥觞的生员和举人考试，而且使巴克什、笔帖式制度臻于成熟，二者合力使得汉籍翻译的风气渐开：一方面，作为“巴克什”或“笔帖式”，希福、尼堪、刚林、苏开等人先后奉敕“（翻）译汉字书籍”或“记注国政”；另一方面，太宗以自古国家“以文教佐太平”为由，令满人争相读书，从生员中选取“文艺明通者优奖之”。[ 鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·太宗文皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第14页。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在对待前朝即明代的问题上，太宗采取“讲和”与“自固”并行的政策，但其本人向往中原汉族文化，所谓“性嗜典籍，披览弗卷”即是这一情况的体现。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holding the idea to &amp;quot;revitalize the administration by education and culture&amp;quot;, Taizong not only created examinations from which the examination system of Qing Dynasty originated, for xiucai and juren, those who have passed in the exam at the county and provincial level respectively, but also made the Baksh and Bithesi system reach a mature state. Together, the two measures  promoted the translation of books written in Chinese. On one hand, Xifu, Nikan, Ganglin and Su Kai, as  &amp;quot;Bakshs&amp;quot; or&amp;quot;Bithesis&amp;quot;, successively &amp;quot;translated  Chinese books&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;annotated state affairs&amp;quot; by the order of the emperor. On the other hand, by saying that countries applied the education and culture to safeguarding the stablization since ancient times, Taizong urged people to scramble to study, and then awarded those from xiucai &amp;quot;who mastered literature and arts&amp;quot;. (''Records of Qing Dynasty· Emperor Taizong'', edited by Ertai, officials in the Qing Dynasty, Beijing: China Publishing House, 1985, P14.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In dealing with the treatment of the previous dynasty, that is Ming Dynasty, Taizong adopted the policy of &amp;quot;settling a dispute&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;self-consolidation&amp;quot;. But he himself yearned for the Chinese culture of the Central Plains, which is embodied by the so called expression &amp;quot;Loving Chinese works and reading Buddha volumes.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revised version：&lt;br /&gt;
Holding to the idea of &amp;quot;revitalizing the empire by education and cultural development&amp;quot;, Taizong not only established shengyuan and juren exams（exams at the county and provincial level perspectively） initiating the imperial examination system of Qing Dynasty, but also brought the Baksh and Bithesi system to a mature state. Together, the two measures brought about the upsurge in translation of Han books. On the one hand, Xifu, Nikan, Ganglin and Su Kai, as &amp;quot;Bakshs&amp;quot; or&amp;quot;Bithesis&amp;quot;, successively &amp;quot;translated Han books&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;annotated state affairs&amp;quot; by the order of the emperor. On the other hand, in the name of the national tradition of ensuring stabilization by education and cultural development, Taizong urged Man people to read and those shengyuan who stands out for their familiarity with literature and arts were awarded. (The Memoir of Qing Dynasty· Emperor Taizong, edited by Ertai, officials in the Qing Dynasty, Beijing: China Publishing House, 1985, P14.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In dealing with the treatment of the former dynasty, namely Ming Dynasty, Taizong resorted to the policy of “peace negotiation” and &amp;quot; self-consolidation&amp;quot; in parallel. However, Taizong himself yearned for the Central Plains culture of Han, and the expression “a voracious reader of Han and Buddhist classics” can properly manifests it. --[[User:Liu Yunxin|Liu Yunxin]] ([[User talk:Liu Yunxin|talk]]) 07:53, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081510	刘运心	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
于是，太宗诏令儒臣翻译汉书，并命金、汉之人阅读。[ 同上，第2页。]太宗深知，汉文典籍言微而义大，其精要者不仅涉及帝王治平之道，而且涉及正心、修身、齐家之理。但汉文典籍数量庞杂，翻译时必须有所选择。&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Taizong issued an order asking the civilian official to translate Han books and all the Han and Jin people are required read those. (Ibid., p.2) Taizong knew well how brief and profound Han classics were. Their essence not only involves the governess of the country and its people, but also discusses inner integrity, decent behavior and family harmony. Nevertheless, a great number and variety of Han classics means what to be translated needs selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Taizong ordered Confucian officials to translate Han books, while all the Han and Jin people were required to read those. (Ibid., p.2) Taizong knew well that Han classics were sublime works with deep meaning, whose essentials included not only the method of statecraft, but also self-cultivation and family regulation. Nevertheless, among a great number of Han classics, there must be an extraction.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Luo Anyi|Luo Anyi]] ([[User talk:Luo Anyi|talk]]) 02:14, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081511	罗安怡	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如天聪六年九月，王文奎奏请从读书笔帖式内，选取“伶俐通文者”一、二人，并从秀才内选取“老成明察者”一、二人，令其“讲解翻写”。天聪九年三月二十一日，仇震向太宗谏言，要求从汉人中选取精通经、史者二、三人，并从金人中选取熟悉字法者三、四人，将各经史典籍及《通鉴》（即《资治通鉴》）中“有裨君道”的精要部分“集为一部”，日日讲解，以便统治者在翻译、日讲中学习汉族文化，以及治世之道。[ 罗振玉：《天聪朝臣工奏议》，北京：中国人民大学出版社，1989年，第24-25、115页。]固然，对于汉文典籍与汉族文化，太宗并非全盘接受，而是辩证地加以吸收。&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, in September, 1632, the sixth year of  T'ien-ts'ung (the first reign title of Emperor Taizong of Qing Dynasty), Wang Wenkui wrote to His Majesty, advising that they should elect one or two &amp;quot;literates who were skilled at writing and translation&amp;quot; from the bithesi, and one or two  &amp;quot;scholars who were learned and perspicacious&amp;quot;, for &amp;quot;teaching, interpretation, and translation&amp;quot; of Han classics. On March 21st, 1635, the ninth year of  T’ien-ts'ung,  Chou Zhen advised Emperor Taizong to elect two or three Han people who were proficient in lections and  historical records, and three or four Jin people who were familiar with 字法. These scholars should choose essentials from classics and ''The Zizhi'' (''The Zizhi Tongjian'') , which benefits the ideas of ruling power of feudal emperors,  and compile them into one book. Also they should discourse the compiled thoughts frequently, in which the ruler could learn the Han culture and method of statecraft. [Zhenyu, Luo .(罗振玉),《天聪朝臣工奏议》，Beijing：China Renmin University Press, 1989, P24-25, P115.] Of course, Taizong did accepted  Chinese classics and han culture critically and dialectically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, in September, the sixth year of Tian Cong(the first reign title of Emperor Taizong of Qing Dynasty), Wang Wenkui wrote to His Majesty to pick up one or two who are &amp;quot;talented in literature” and pick up one or two who are &amp;quot;sophisticated and insightful&amp;quot;from the scholars for &amp;quot; interpretation, and translation&amp;quot; of Han classics. On March 21st, 1635, the ninth year of  T’ien-ts'ung,Qiu Zhen advised Emperor Taizong to pick up two or three Han people who were proficient in lections and  historical records, and three or four Jin people who were familiar with grammer to let them choose the essence which are benefical to the reign from classics and ''The Zizhi'' (''The Zizhi Tongjian'')   and compile them into one book.After that,they should illuminate the compiled thoughts every day, which is beneficial to the study of the ruler about the Han culture and ruling ways. [Zhenyu, Luo .(罗振玉),《天聪朝臣工奏议》，Beijing：China Renmin University Press, 1989, P24-25, P115.] Definitely speaking, Taizong did accepted  Chinese classics and han culture critically and dialectically.--[[User:Luo Xi|Luo Xi]] ([[User talk:Luo Xi|talk]]) 03:24, 29 September 2021 (UTC)(Luo Xi罗曦）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081512	罗曦	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如天聪九年五月，上谕文馆诸臣：朕观汉文史书，殊多饰辞，虽全览无益也。今宜于《辽》、《宋》、《金》、《元》四史内，择其勤于求治而国祚昌隆，或所行悖道而统绪废坠，与夫用兵行师之方略，以及佐理之忠良、乱国之奸佞，有关政要者，汇纂翻译成书，用备观览。至汉文正史之外，野史所载，如交战几合，逞施法术之语，皆系妄诞，此等书籍，传之国中，恐无知之人信以为真，当停其翻译。[ 鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·太宗文皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第9页。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance，in May，the ninth year of Tian Cong，the emperor informed all the offcials in the cultural center that：I have read all those historical records in Han Dynasty filled with various ornaments，only to find that I have gotten nothing。Now you had better to pick up some references among &amp;lt;Liao&amp;gt;、&amp;lt;Song&amp;gt;、&amp;lt;Jin&amp;gt;、&amp;lt;Yuan&amp;gt; about some cases like dilligence making a prosperous country or idleness making a weak one,also,you can  pick up some military stratedies,and some information about those noble and talented citizens or traitors,and than you ought to translate all those relevence and compile them into a book prepared to be read.As for those unofficial history in Han excluded,like how many rounds did soldiers battle or the spell spoken by wizards,are all the nonsense,which will bewilder the ignorant,deserving to be prohibited from translation.{E Ertai：《清实录、太宗文皇帝实录》，Beijing：Chinese bookstore，1985，p9.}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A modified version: For instance, in May 1653, the Emperor said to the ministers in Literature Institution(that is, the later Cabinet in Qing Dynasty), &amp;quot;I have leafed through the historical works in Chinese language with various ornamental rhetorics, but the complete reading of them is not beneficial. Now it is appropriate to select salient examples referred from the four historical recrods of ''Liao'', ''Song'', ''Jin'' and ''Yuan'', which will be compiled into books for later reading. These examples include those who were dedicated in governing the country thereby with a promising national development, or those who deviated from the correct path with weak administration, and the generals adept at warfare, loyal and honest servants assisting the sovereign to handle state affairs, the treacherous ones rendering the nation disorderly and chaotic as well as other relevant political workers. Meanwhile, apart from the official history, the unofficial historical works that record untrue events, like the conditions of battles, are all fabricated. If those unfavorable books are spread to the mainland, they may bewilder the ignorant and gullible individuals, thus deserving to be prohibited from translation. (E Eratai: ''Records of Qing Dynasty·Emperor Taizong'', Beijing: China Publishing House, 1985, Page9.)--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 04:47, 29 September 2021 (UTC)毛雅文&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081514	毛雅文	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
由上可知，在汉籍翻译的问题上，太宗讲求的是实用，希望将翻译与政要相关联，反对翻译浮华藻饰的汉文书籍，或者野史中所载不足为信者。以《刑部会典》的翻译为例，该译本的刊刻与颁行逐渐成为太宗朝的临政规范。《天聪朝臣工奏议》中说：“近奉上谕，凡事都照《大明会典》行，极为得策。”[ 罗振玉：《天聪朝臣工奏议》，北京：中国人民大学出版社，1989年，第2页。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From here it can be seen that the Emperor Taizong put an emphasis on practicality with regard to the translation of Chinese works, hoping to associate translation with politics. He objected to the translation of Chinese books with flashy embellishments, or that of unofficial historical works recording unconvincing events. Take the translation of ''The Code of the Ministry of Penalty'' as an example. After its publication and promulgation, the tranlation of this code gradually became the norm of handling state affairs. ''The Petition of Ministers during the Reign of Tiancong'' states, &amp;quot;Recently, by the order of the Emperor, everything should be conducted in accordance with ''The Code of Ming Dynasty'', which is a desirable policy.&amp;quot; (Luo Zhenyu: ''The Petition of Ministers during the Reign of Tiancong'', Beijing: China Remin University Press, 1989, Page2.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From above it can be seen that the Emperor Taizong put an emphasis on practicality with regard to the translation of Chinese works, hoping to associate translation with politics. He objected to the translation of Chinese books with flashy embellishments, or that of unofficial historical works recording unconvincing events. Take the translation of The Code of the Ministry of Penalty as an example. After its publication and promulgation, the tranlation of this code gradually became the norm of handling state affairs. The Petition of Ministers during the Reign of Tiancong states, &amp;quot;Recently, by the order of the Emperor, everything has been conducted in accordance with The Code of Ming Dynasty, which is a desirable policy.&amp;quot; (Luo Zhenyu: The Petition of Ministers during the Reign of Tiancong, Beijing: China Renmin University Press, 1989, Page2.)--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 10:19, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081516	牟一心	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宁完我也说，我国六部的设立原是照“蛮子家立的”，因而金官对于部中当举事宜原本并不知情，而今翻译《会典》（即《明会典》），参汉酌金，加以“打动”，必将使其“去因循之习”而“渐就中国之制”。[ 同上，第82页。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四 世祖时期汉籍（书）翻译之发展&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
清初儒臣中，除额尔德尼、噶盖和达海之外，通满、蒙、汉字者不乏他人，如伊成额、希福、刚林等，便是其中姣姣者。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ning Wanwo also said that the establishment of the six ministries in feudal China was based “on that of minority nationalities”, so the officers of Jin Dynasty had no idea about the affairs in the ministries. Now the translation of Code(a record of laws and systems of a dynasty)(namely, Code of Great Ming Dynasty) must refer to both the precedents of Central China and Jin Dynasty and amend them to make it get rid of rigid traditions and turn to the conventions of Central China.[ibidem, Page 82]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FOURTH  The development of Chinese literature (books) in Qing Dynasty Shunzhi period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the civilian officials in the early Qing Dynasty, besides Erdeni, Gagai, Daher, there is no lack of masters of Manchu language, Mongolian and Chinese, such as Icher, Hifo, Galin, who were the strong performers among them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ning Wanwo also said that the establishment of the six ministries of feudal China was based on “that of the southerners”, so Jin Guan had no knowledge of the affairs concerning the appointment in the ministries. Now the translation of Code( a record of laws and systems of a dynasty)( namely, Code of Great Ming Dynasty) must refer to both the precedents of Han and Jin Dynasty and then amend them to make it get rid of rigid traditions and gradually conform to the conventions of Central China. [ibidem, Page 82.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FOURTH  The development of Chinese literature (books) in Shizu Period &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the civilian officials in the early Qing Dynasty, besides Erdeni, Gagai, Daher, there is no lack of masters of Manchu language, Mongolian and Chinese, such as Icher, Hifo, Galin, who were the best performers of them.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 12:58, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081521	石丽青	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
据传，伊成额不仅将《太祖高皇帝实录》译成汉文，而且翻译了朝鲜所奏表章，以及《礼部会典》等书。[ 清高宗敕纂：《八旗满洲氏族通谱》，沈阳：辽沈书社，1989年，第10页。]希福兼通满、蒙、汉三种语言，他的翻译有别于伊成额，不是将满文译成汉语，也不是将朝鲜文译成满语，而是主要翻译汉书、汉典，所翻译的汉文书籍包括《辽》、《金》、《元》三史等。希福的上述译书于顺治元年进呈皇帝，获世祖恩赉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that Yi Cheng'e translated not only the Annals of Emperor Taizu Gao into Chinese, but also the seals played by North Korea and the Book of the Ministry of Ceremonies. [ Qing Gaozong's Royal Compilation: &amp;quot;Eight Banners Manzhou Clan Genealogy&amp;quot;, Shenyang: Liaoshen Publishing House, 1989, page10.] Xifu was fluent in Manchu, Mongolian and Chinese. His translation was different from Yicheng'e. He did not translate Manchu into Chinese or Korean into Manchu, but mainly translated  Chinese books and Chinese classics, including Liao, Jin and Yuan. Xifu's translation was presented to the emperor in the first year of Shunzhi and won the honor of Shizu. --[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 05:50, 29 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that Yi Cheng'e translated not only the Factual Record of Taizu, but also the memorials presented to the emperor  by North Korea, Records of the Board of Rites, and other books. [ Qing Gaozong's Royal Compilation: &amp;quot;Eight Banners Manzhou Clan Genealogy&amp;quot;, Shenyang: Liaoshen Publishing House, 1989, page10.] Xi Fu was proficient in Manchu, Mongolian and Chinese, whose translation was different from Yi Cheng’e’s. Neither did he translate Manchu into Chineses nor Korean into Manchu, he mainly translated Chinese books and classics, including Liao, Jin and Yuan. Xi Fu’s translation was presented to the emperor in the first year of Shunzhi and won the honor of Shizu.--[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 02:14, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081523	王李菲	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《清实录·世祖章皇帝实录》中，曾详细记载了希福进呈译本时的情形：窃稽自古史册所载，政治之得失，民生之休戚，国家之治乱，无不详悉具备，其事虽往，而可以诏今；其人虽亡，而足以镜世。故《语》云：“善者吾师，不善者亦吾师。”从来嬗继之圣王，未有不法此而行者也。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the “Records of Qing Dynasty· Emperor Fu Lin”, there was a detailed record of the situation when Xi Fu presented the translation: in the ancient records, whatever gain and loss in politics, weal and woe of people’s livelihood, or governance and chaos of countries,  they’ve all been documented in detail.  Although things have passed, they can still enlighten us. The ancestors have passed away, they can also provide references. Therefore, the “Language” said, “The heroes are my teacher, and so are the villains .” Virtuous emperors from ancient times to present have all followed this rule.--[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 16:01, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “Records of Qing Dynasty· Emperor Fu Lin”, which once recorded in detail the situation when Xi Fu presented the translation:  As far as I am concerned, from the ancient records, the gains and losses of politics, the welfare and woe of people’s livelihood, and the governance and chaos in the country, all of which have been documented in detail.  Although things have passed, they can still enlighten us. Although the ancestors passed away, they are enough to mirror the world. Therefore, the “Language” says, “The success is my teacher, and so is the failure.” Virtuous emperors from ancient times have all followed this rule.--[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 16:01, 28 September 2021 (UTC)    Edited by Wang Zhenlong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081525	王镇隆	男==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
辽、金虽未混一，而辽已得天下之半，金亦得天下之大半，至元则混一寰区，奄有天下，其法令政教皆有可观者焉。我先帝鉴古之心，永怀不释，特命臣等将《辽》、《金》、《元》三史，芟（shān）削繁冗，惟取其善足为法，恶足为戒，及征伐畋（tián）猎之事，译以满语，缮写呈书。臣等敬奉纶音，将《辽史》自高祖至西辽耶律大石末年，凡十四帝，共三百七年；《金》凡九帝，共一百十九年；《元》凡十四帝，共一百六十二年，详录其有裨益者，……伏乞皇上万几之暇，时赐省览，懋稽古之德，弘无前之烈，臣等不胜幸甚。[ 鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·世祖章皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第15-16页。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Liao and Jin did not mix together, Liao had already won half of the world, and Jin had also won the other half. Until the Yuan Dynasty, they were combined into one whole world,and there were considerable and available laws, politics and religions. My first emperor’s desire to learn from the ancients will never be released. I and other ministers were ordered to edit and slash the three histories of &amp;quot;Liao&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Jin&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Yuan&amp;quot;, but take the good part as the law, and the evil part as the precepts. And the matters of conquering and hunting, were translated into Manchu,written and presented in a book. I and others followed respectfully my Lord ‘s orders,took the history of Liao from Gaozu to the last year of Yelu Dashi of Xi Liao, where there were 14 emperors, a total of 370 years; Jin, the nine Emperors, lasted one hundred and nineteen years;Yuan recorded all the fourteen emperors for 162 years, and had careful records of those who have benefited us, ... I beg my Lord to have occasional reviews when my Lord is not dealing with country’s affairs,and to encourage your people to live up to ancient virtues and promote the unparalleled huge achievement. I and other would greatly appreciate it. [E'ertai et al. revised with imperial edict &amp;quot;Records of the Qing Dynasty·Records of Emperor Shizuzhang&amp;quot;, Beijing: Zhonghua Book Company, 1985, pp. 15-16. ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Liao and Jin did not unite, Liao had already occupied half of the world, so had Jin. Until Yuan Dynasty, they combined and occupied the whole country, and there were considerable and available laws, politics and religions. My previous emperor’s desire to learn from the ancients will never be released. Other ministers and I were ordered to edit and slash ''the History of Liao, Jin and Yuan Dynasty'', take merits as the principle, and learn lessons from demerits. And the matters of conquering and hunting, were translated into Manchu, written and presented in a book. We followed respectfully my Majesty ‘s orders, took ''The History of Liao Dynasty'' from Gaozu to the last year of Yelu Dashi of Xi Liao, where there were 14 emperors, a total of 370 years; ''Jin'', nine Emperors, lasted one hundred and nineteen years; ''Yuan'' recorded all the fourteen emperors for 162 years, and had careful records of those who have benefited us, ... I beg my Majesty to have occasional reviews when he is not dealing with country’s affairs, and to encourage people to observe traditional virtues and advocate the unprecedent huge achievement. We all would greatly appreciate it. [E'ertai et al. revised with imperial edict ''Records of Emperor Shizuzhang in the Qing Dynasty'', Beijing: China Book Company, 1985, pp. 15-16. ]--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 09:35, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081526	卫怡雯	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
上文中，不仅明确论及汉文典籍的历史作用，而且阐述了翻译这些典籍的必要性、作用与目的等，其总目标是“懋稽古之德”，以翻译佐文教，治太平。换言之，希福希望通过翻译《辽》、《金》、《元》三史等，从中原汉族王朝中借鉴国家治理经验，以接续太宗皇太极以来以经世致用为核心的翻译思想，并为嗣后翻译汉籍树立原则与典范。据《国立故宫博物院善本旧籍总目》、《世界满文文献目录》、《全国满文图书资料联合目录》，以及《清代内府刻书目录解题》等综合统计，顺治年间，由官方刊刻的汉书满文译本共九种，分别是《辽史》、《金史》、《元史》、《洪武要训》、《三国志（通俗演义）》、《诗经》、《表忠录》、《孝经》（阿什坦译）和《六韬三略》。其中，顺治七年译成的《三国志（通俗演义）》既有满文本，又有满汉合璧本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described in the above, it not only discussed the historical role of Chinese classics, but also illustrated the necessity, the function and the goal of translating these ancient books and records. The overall goal is to encourage people to observe traditional virtues, using translation to assist the country to develop culture and education. In other words, Xifu wanted to draw on the experience of state governance from Han Dynasty in the central China through translating the history of Liao, Jin, and Yuan Dynasty in order to succeed the thought of translation of administering state affairs and applying theory to practice as the core since the emperor Taizong Huangtaiji, and set up the principle and model of translating Chinese books for later generation. According to general statistics of The General Catalogue of The Best Edition and the Ancient Books and Records of Taipei's National Palace Museum, The Catalogue of World’s Manchu Literature and The Union Directory of National Manchu Books and Materials and Solving Problems in the Catalogue of Engraved Books in the Qing Dynasty, during the period of Tongzhi, there are nine Manchu translated versions of the official published Chinese books by blocking print, they are: The History of Liao Dynasty, The History of Jin Dynasty, The History of Yuan Dynasty, Hongwu Yaoxun, The Romance of Three Kingdoms, Book of Songs, The Record of Loyalty, Classic of Filial Piety(translated by Ashtan), Liu Tao and San Lue. Among them, The Romance of Three Kingdoms translated in the seventh year of Tongzhi had both Manchu version and the combined one of Chinese and Manchu.--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 03:23, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thereinbefore, it not only discussed the historic role of Chinese classics, but also illustrated the necessity, the function and the goal of translating these books. The overall goal is to encourage people to observe traditional virtues, using translation to develop culture and education and bring social prosperity. In other words, Xifu wanted to draw on the experience of state governance from Chinese dynasty in the central plains through translating the histories of ''Liao'', ''Jin'', and ''Yuan''. In this way, the translation idea originated from the dynasty of Huangtaiji that knowledge should benefit national affairs can be succeeded and set up the principle and model of translating Chinese books for later generation. According to the general statistics of ''The General Catalogue of the Publications and Classics of National Palace Museum'', ''The Catalogue of World’s Manchu Literature'' and ''The Union Catalogue of National Manchu Books and Materials'' and ''Solving Problems in the Catalogue of Engraved Books in Qing Dynasty'', during the period of Shunzhi dynasty, there are nine official Manchu translations of Chinese books.They are ''History of Liao Dynasty'', ''History of Jin Dynasty'', ''History of Yuan Dynasty'', ''Hongwuyaoxun'', ''Records of the Three Kingdoms'', ''Classic of Poetry'', ''Record of Loyalty'', ''Classic of Filial Piety''(translated by Ashtan), ''Liutaosanlue''. Among them, ''Records of the Three Kingdoms'' translated in the seventh year of Shunzhi dynasty has both Manchu version and the combined one of Chinese and Manchu.(revised by Wei Chuxuan)--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 07:11, 29 September 2021 (UTC)--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 08:59, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081527	魏楚璇	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
另外，《孝经》曾于顺治、康熙、雍正朝刊刻三次，但版本明显不同：顺治年间的刊行本为阿什坦译本，康熙年间的刊行本为和素译校本，雍正时期的版本则译者未明，仅注明“雍正皇帝敕译”。令人好奇的是，虽然世祖笃信佛教，论佛谈法，但从相关文献看，未见有顺治朝翻译的汉文经书，其中原因，不得而知。&lt;br /&gt;
What's more, ''Filial Piety'' has different publications of translation in different dynasties. In Shunzhi dynasty, the publication is Ashtan's translation. In Kangxi dynasty, the publication is Hesu's translation. In Yongzheng dynasty, the translator is unknown. It is only indicated in the publication that the translation is asked by Yongzheng emperor. Curiously according to relevant literature though Shunzhi emperor believed in Buddhism, there is no translation of Buddhist classics made in his dynasty. And the reason of this remains a mystery.--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 02:12, 29 September 2021 (UTC)--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 09:05, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What's more, ''Filial Piety'' has been published and printed three times in the dynasty of Shunzhi, Kangxi and Yongzheng respectively but with three obvious different versions. During the Shunzhi dynasty was the translation of Ashtan, during the dynasty of Kangxi was of Hesu and during the Yongzheng dynasty was of the unknown writer, only indicating &amp;quot;translating under the order of the emperor Yongzheng&amp;quot;. What made people curious was that although Shizu sincerely believed in Buddhism, talking about Buddhism and Buddhist doctrine, there was no Chinese Confucian classics translated during the Shunzhi Dynasty according to the relevant references. And the reason of this remains unknown.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 08:14, 29 September 2021 (UTC)(Wei Zhaoyan 魏兆妍）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081528	魏兆妍	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
世祖年间翻译刊行的九种汉文书籍中，《六韬》、《三国志（通俗演义）》和《大乘经》等三种原系达海于天聪六年开始翻译，但由于达海早逝未能译成。三部作品中，尤以《三国志（通俗演义）》的翻译所获世祖认可为甚。《清实录·世祖章皇帝实录》中说：&lt;br /&gt;
以翻译《三国志（通俗演义）》告成，赏大学士范文程、刚林、祁充格、宁完我、洪承畴、冯铨、宋权、学士查布海、苏纳海、王文奎、伊图、胡理、刘清泰、来袞（gǔn）、马尔笃、蒋赫德等鞍马、银两有差。[ 鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·世祖章皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第13页。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nine kinds of Chinese literary books has been translated and published during the year of Shizu, among which Da Hai began translating three kinds of the original system of ''Liu Tao'', ''The Popular Romance of the Three Kingdoms'' and ''Mahayana Sutra'' during the sixth year of Tian Cong. However, Da Hai failed to translate them all successfully due to his early death. Among these three works, especially the translation of ''The Popular Romance of the Three Kingdoms'' has received the most approval of Shizu. Said in ''The Real Record of the Qing Dynasty · Real Record of the Emperor Shizu Zhang'': With the completed translation of ''The Popular Romance of the Three Kingdoms'', Shizu would award some side horses and silver to the Grand Master  Fan Wenching, Gang Lin, Qi Chongge, Ning Wanwo, Hong Chengchou, Feng Quan, Song Quan and Bachelor Zha Buhai, Su Nahai, Wang Wenkui, Yi Tu, Hu Li, Liu Qingtai, Lai Gun, Ma Erdu, Jiang Hede. [ Ertai and others were ordered by the emperor to modify: ''The Real Record of Qing Dynasty · Real Record of the Emperor Shizu Zhang'', Beijing: China Publishing House, 1985, Page 13. ]--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 07:52, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the nine kinds of Chinese books translated and published during the reign of Shizu emperor , three were first translated by Da Hai in 1632, including &amp;quot;Liu Tao&amp;quot;, “The Popular Romance of the Three Kingdoms&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Mahayana Sutra”. Yet they failed to be finished due to his early death. Of the three works, the translation of &amp;quot;The Popular Romance of the Three Kingdoms&amp;quot; received the most recognition of Shizu emperor. According to &amp;quot;The Real Record of the Qing Dynasty · Real Record of the Emperor Shizu Zhang&amp;quot;: Given the successful  translation of &amp;quot;The Popular Romance of the Three Kingdoms&amp;quot;, Shizu emperor awarded some side horses and silver to the Grand Master  Fan Wenching, Gang Lin, Qi Chongge, Ning Wanwo, Hong Chengchou, Feng Quan, Song Quan and Bachelor Zha Buhai, Su Nahai, Wang Wenkui, Yi Tu, Hu Li, Liu Qingtai, Lai Gun, Ma Erdu, Jiang Hede, and the amount of awards depended on their position.[ Ertai and others ordered by the emperor to modify: ''The Real Record of Qing Dynasty · Real Record of the Emperor Shizu Zhang'', Beijing: China Publishing House, 1985, Page 13. ]--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 07:32, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081531	肖毅瑶	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此次获得赏赐者共计十六人，从大学士到学士不等，既赏鞍马，又赏银两，可见其对于该书翻译的重视。值得特别注意的是，关于《三国志（通俗演义）》一书的翻译，《清初内国史院满文档案译编》中也有记载，不仅更加详实，而且内容上也与《清实录》中的记载有较大出入。为便于比较，现一并摘录如下：&lt;br /&gt;
A total number of 16 officers, varying from Grand Masters to Bachelors, were awarded saddled horses and silver, which indicated that the emperor had attached great importance to the translation of this book. Besides,  what deserves a speacial attention was that  ''Translation and Compilation of Manchu Archives of the National Institute of History in the Early Qing Dynasty'' also documented some facts about the translation of the ''Romance of Three  Kingdoms''. The records were not only more detailed but also quite different from that of the ''Factual Record of Qing dynasty''. For the convenience of comparison, both were excerpted as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A total number of 16 officers, varying from Grand Academcians to Bachelors, were awarded saddled horses and silver, which indicated that the emperor had attached great importance to the translation of this book. Besides,  it is worth paying speacial attention that  ''Translation and Compilation of Manchu Archives of the National Institute of History in the Early Qing Dynasty'' also documented some facts about the translation of the ''Romance of Three  Kingdoms''. The records were not only more detailed but also quite different from that of the ''Factual Record of Qing dynasty''. For the convenience of comparison, both were excerpted as follows:----[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 13:33, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081532	谢佳芬	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
以翻译《三国志（通俗演义）》告成，赏赐内翰林院大臣。赏予大学士范文程巴克什、刚林巴克什、祁充格、宁完我、洪承畴、冯铨、宋权七大臣彩鞍、雕辔（pèi）、……头等马各一匹、银各五十两。赏学士查布海、苏纳海、王文奎、伊图、胡理、清泰、来袞、马迩都、赫德九人无鞍二等马各一匹、银各四十两。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 When ''Romance of the Three Kingdoms’’ having been completed，all the ministers in Hanlin Academcian were awarded. The grand secretaries  Fan Wencheng, Gang Lin, Qi Chongge, Ning Wanwo, Hong Chengchou, Feng Quan, Song Quan were rewarded color saddle, bridle, one first-class horse and fifty liang of silver respectively. The nine scholars, Cha Buhai, Su Nahai, Wang Wenkui, Yitu, Huli, Qingtai, laigon, Ma Youdu and Hede, each have one  second-class bareback horse and forty liang of silver&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the completion of “Records of the Three Kingdoms”, ministers of Hanlin Academy were awarded. Maesters including Fan Wencheng, Gang Lin, Qi Chongge, Ning Wanwo, Hong Chengchou, Feng Quan, Song Quan were awarded with colorized saddle, bridle, a first-class horse and fifty Liang of silver respectively. Nine scholars like Cha Buhai, Su Nahai, Wang Wenkui, Yitu, Huli, Qingtai, laigon, Ma Youdu and Hede, each of them has one  second-class bareback horse and forty liang of silver respectively.--[[User:Xiong Min|Xiong Min]] ([[User talk:Xiong Min|talk]]) 13:45, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081534	熊敏	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
赏内弘文院主事能图、叶成格、曹皮、铿特依、杜当、布尔凯、侍讲学士吕宗烈、侍读学士张皮机、典籍官王丛庞九人银各四十两。赏博士科尔科岱、霍斯霍利、尼曼、苏和、奇同格、芒色、霍托、穆成格、周有德、必利科图、国史院博士图巴海、秘书院秦达浑臣十二人银各二十两。赏笔帖式翁国顺、额斯黑、高利、马齐蘭、乌勒扈、穆成格、必利科图、严楚蘭、阿希图、国史院笔帖式朱臣十人银各二十两。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chiefs of Hongwen Academy like Neng Tu,Ye Chengge,Cao Pi,Qiang Teyi,Du Dang, But Erkai,teacher like Lv Zonglie, attendant like Zhang Piji, manager of ancient books like Wang Congpang were rewarded forty pounds of silver respectively.Doctor Me Erkedai, Huh Sihuoli,Niman,Su He,Qi Tongge, Mang Se, Huo Tuo,Mu Chengge,Zhou Youde, Bi Liketu,Tu Bahai,Qin Dahun were all awarded 20 pounds of silver. Weng Guoshun,E Sihei,Golly, Ma Qilan,Wu Leba,Mu Chengge, Bi Liketu,Yan Chulan,A Xitu,Zhu Chen were all rewarded with 20 pounds of silver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chief cadres of Hongwen Academy including Neng Tu,Ye Chengge,Cao Pi,Qiang Teyi,Du Dang,Bu Erkai,Teacher like Lv Zonglie, Attendant like Zhang Piji, Manager of ancient books Wang Congpang were rewarded forty silver pounds respectively. Doctor Me Erkedai, Huh Sihuoli,Niman,Su He,Qi Tongge, Mang Se, Huo Tuo,Mu Chengge,Zhou Youde, Bi Liketu,Tu Bahai,Qin Dahun were all awarded 20 silver pounds. Weng Guoshun,E Sihei,Golly, Ma Qilan,Wu Leba,Mu Chengge, Bi Liketu,Yan Chulan,A Xitu,Zhu Chen were all rewarded with 20 silver pounds.--[[User:Yang Ye|Yang Ye]] ([[User talk:Yang Ye|talk]]) 12:23, 30 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081539	羊叶	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
以上送礼部一一宣名，跪受赏。[ 中国第一历史档案馆编：《清初内国史院满文档案译编·顺治朝》，北京：光明日报出版社，1989年，第80页。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
显然，上述两种文献提到的系同一件事情，但内容上有明显出入：首先，封赏的人数不同。&lt;br /&gt;
The officials above give gifts to the Ministry of Rites one by one, being declared the name, and kneeling to be rewarded. [Editor of China's First Historical Archives: Translation of manchu archives of the National Historical Institute of the early Qing Dynasty, Shunzhi Dynasty, Beijing: Guangming Daily Press, 1989, p. 80.] Obviously,the two documents mention the same thing, but there are obvious differences in content: first, the number of people who are rewarded is quite different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these officials on the list will be named in recognition and rewarded on their knees at the Ministry of Rites. [ Edited by the First Historical Archive of China: &amp;quot;Translation and compilation of Manchu archives in the Early Qing Dynasty•Shunzhi Dynasty&amp;quot;, GuangMing Daily Press, 1989, P80]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Appartently, the two literatures mentioned above refer to the same thing, but they differ in content: Firstly, the number of rewarded people is different. --[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 03:34, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081543	杨柳青	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
例如，《清实录》中只有十六人，《清初内国史院满文档案译编》则多达四十七人，二者之间的出入主要在于弘文院主事、侍讲与侍读学士、典籍官、博士，以及笔帖式等职官群体名单。其次，在赏赐的物件问题上，《清初内国史院满文档案译编》的记载较之《清实录》明显更加详实、具体，可信度更高。再次，在个别封赏对象的称呼上，两种文献之间也有差异。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, only 16 civil officials are rewarded according to the &amp;quot;Records of the Qing Dynasty&amp;quot; while officials who are rewarded according to the &amp;quot;Translation and Compilation of Manchu Archives of the Chinese Academy in the Early Qing Dynasty&amp;quot; are as many as over 40.  This difference mainly lies in the list of official groups such as the director of the Hong Arts Institute, official bachelors, classics officers, learned scholars and clerks handling paperwork. Secondly, the records about rewarded items in the &amp;quot;Translation of Manchu Archives of the Chinese Academy in the Early Qing Dynasty&amp;quot; are obviously more detailed, accurate and credible than those in the &amp;quot;Records of the Qing Dynasty&amp;quot;.  Thirdly, there are also some differences between the two literatures in terms of the appellation of the rewarded officials.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 03:30, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, only 16 civil officials were rewarded in the The Records of the Qing Dynasty while officials rewarded in the Manchu Archives Translation and Compilation of the Inner State History Academy in the Early Qing Dynasty were as many as over 40. This difference mainly lay in the list of official groups such as the director of the Hong Arts Institute, official bachelors, classics officers, learned scholars and clerks handling paperwork. Secondly, the records about rewarded items in the Manchu Archives Translation and Compilation of the Inner State History Academy in the Early Qing Dynasty were obviously more detailed, accurate and credible than those in the The Records of the Qing Dynasty. Thirdly, there were also some differences between the two literatures in terms of the appellation of the rewarded officials.--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 05:11, 29 September 2021 (UTC)--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 05:11, 29 September 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081545	易扬帆	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
例如，《清实录》中的“刘清泰”被写作《清初内国史院满文档案译编》中的“清泰”，“马尔笃”被写作“马迩都”，“蒋赫德”被写作“赫德”，等等。&lt;br /&gt;
世祖年间翻译的汉文书籍中，《洪武宝训》、《表忠录》、《诗经》与《孝经》等也各具代表性。《洪武宝训》系明朝皇权政治的象征，反映了明太祖朱元璋治国理政的理念和方针政策。&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Liu Qingtai in Factual Record of Qing Dynasty was written as Qingtai in Manchu Archives Translation and Compilation of the Inner State History Academy in the Early Qing Dynasty, Mar Du was written as Ma Erdu, and Jiang Hede was written as Hurd, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
The translated Chinese books in the certain era of Fulin years, such as HongWu Baoxun, The Record of Loyalty, Books of Songs and Classic of Filial Piety have had their own representatives.  HongWu Baoxun was a symbol of the imperial power politics of Ming Dynasty, which reflected the ideas and policies of Zhu Yuanzhang, the emperor Taizu of Ming Dynasty.--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 16:03, 28 September 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “Liu Qingtai” in Factual Record of Qing Dynasty was written as “Qingtai” in Manchu Archives Translation and Compilation of the Inner State History Academy in the Early Qing Dynasty, &amp;quot;Mar Du&amp;quot; was written as &amp;quot;Ma Erdu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Jiang Hede&amp;quot; was written as &amp;quot;Hede&amp;quot;, and so on. The translated Chinese books in Fulin years, such as HongWu Baoxun, The Record of Loyalty, Books of Songs and Classic of Filial Piety all were of representative. Hongwu Baoxun was a symbol of imperial power politics in the Ming Dynasty and reflected the ideas and policies of Zhu Yuanzhang, the emperor of the Ming Dynasty.--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 02:46, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081546	殷慧珍	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顺治三年三月，《洪武宝训》的满文翻译完成，成为清朝入关后的首部汉籍译作。世祖对于该部译作极为重视，不仅赏赐了刚林、宁完我、范文程等译者，而且由摄政王多尔衮钦命汉官代笔，以世祖名义为译作制作序文，颁行全国。世祖对明太祖推崇备至，尤其是后者制定的条例章程，认为历代贤君莫如洪武，因而本书的翻译目的性极强。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the March of the third year of Shunzhi, the Manchu translation of Hongwu Baoxun was completed, becoming the first translation written by Chinese writer after the Qing Dynasty was in power. The emperor Shizu attached great importance to this translation. He not only rewarded the translators such as Gang Lin,Ning Wanwo, and Fan Wencheng, ect., but also the regent Dorgon appointed Han officals to write a preface in the name of Shizu, which was issued throughout the country. The emperor Shizu revered the emperor Taizu of Ming Dynasty, especially the regulations and articles he formulated, and believed that there were no virtuous monarchs of all dynasties like Hongwu, so the translation purpose of this book was very strong.--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 01:17, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the March of the third year of Shunzhi, the Manchu translation of Hongwu Baoxun was completed, becoming the first translation done by Chinese translators since the Qing Dynasty was established. The Emperor Shizu attached great importance to this translation. Not only he rewarded the translators such as Gang Lin,Ning Wanwo, and Fan Wencheng, ect., but also the regent Dorgon appointed the officals of Han Dynasty to write a preface, which was issued throughout the country, in the name of Shizu. The Emperor Shizu praised the emperor Taizu of Ming Dynasty highly, especially the regulations and articles he formulated, and he believed that there were no more virtuous monarchs of all dynasties than Hongwu, so the translation purpose of this book was very strong.--[[User:Yin Yuan|Yin Yuan]] ([[User talk:Yin Yuan|talk]]) 02:21, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081548	尹媛	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
换言之，世祖希望借由此书的翻译，以中原汉族王朝的所谓“正统”巩固满清统治，粉饰民族征服和民族压迫。事实上，以翻译汉书，尤其是汉文典章制度书籍的翻译，作为统治的工具和手段，这一点在太宗时期即已存在。作为国家治理的重要手段，太宗不仅令达海改进老满文，而且钦定翻译了不少汉文书籍，如明太祖颁发的《大诰三编》和《三国演义》等，用作出谋划策和军事征讨的参考。&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, Shizu hoped to consolidate the rule of Qing Dynasty with the so-called &amp;quot;orthodox&amp;quot; of Han Dynasty in the Central Plains to deny national conquest and oppression by translating this book. Actually, in the reign of Emperor Taizong, it had existed that the translation of Chinese books, especially the translation of Chinese laws and regulations, was regarded as the tools and means of ruling. As the important mean of national governance, the old manchu scripts were developed by Da Hai and not a few Chinese books, such as ''The third Edition of Penal Code'' and ''The Romance of the Three Kingdoms''issued by Emperor Hongwu were translated under the decree of Emperor Taizong, which were used as a reference for planning and advising and military campaigns.--[[User:Yin Yuan|Yin Yuan]] ([[User talk:Yin Yuan|talk]]) 15:44, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, Shizu hoped to consolidate the rule of Qing Dynasty with the so-called &amp;quot;orthodox&amp;quot; of Han Dynasty in the Central Plains to whitewash national conquests and oppressions by translating this book. Actually, in the reign of Emperor Taizong, it had existed that the translation of Chinese books, especially the translation of Chinese laws and regulations, was regarded as the tools and means of ruling. As an important mean of national governance, the old manchu scripts were developed by Da Hai and not a few Chinese books, such as ''The third Edition of Penal Code'' and ''The Romance of the Three Kingdoms''issued by Emperor Hongwu were translated under the decree of Emperor Taizong, which were used as a reference for planning and military campaigns.--[[User:Zhan Ruoxuan|Zhan Ruoxuan]] ([[User talk:Zhan Ruoxuan|talk]]) 03:01, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081549	詹若萱	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《表忠录》同样辑自明朝嘉靖年间，实为杨继盛的两部奏疏，即《请诛贼臣疏》和《请罢马市疏》，由汪宗伊撰于明朝万历年间，属吏部传记类。顺治十三年前后，世祖降旨将杨继盛事迹写成《忠愍记》。所谓“忠愍”，即明穆宗因念及杨继盛参劾严嵩之功，誉其为“直谏诸臣之首”，而追赠给后者的谥号。&lt;br /&gt;
The Record of Loyalty was also written from the JiaJing peroid of Ming Dynasty. It was actually consisted of two memorials to throne of Yang JIsheng, namely memorial on killing traitors and memorial on closing the horse market written by Wang Zongyi during the Wanli period of Ming Dynasty. It belonged to official biography. About ShunZhi 13 years, the Emperor Shizu made a decree to write Yang Jisheng’s good deeds into The Record of Zhong Min. The so-called “Zhong Min” referred to the posthumous title given to Yang Jisheng after his death, because Emperor Muzong praised him as “the head of the ministers” for his contribution to impeaching Yan Song.--[[User:Zhan Ruoxuan|Zhan Ruoxuan]] ([[User talk:Zhan Ruoxuan|talk]]) 02:27, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Record of Loyalty was also written in the JiaJing peroid of Ming Dynasty. It was actually consisted of two memorials to throne of Yang JIsheng, namely memorial on killing traitors and memorial on closing the horse market written by Wang Zongyi during the Wanli period of Ming Dynasty. It is a kind of official biography. About ShunZhi 13 years, the Emperor Shizu made a decree to write Yang Jisheng’s good deeds into The Record of Zhong Min. The so-called “Zhong Min” referred to the posthumous title given to Yang Jisheng after his death, because Emperor Muzong praised him as “the head of the ministers” for his contribution to impeaching Yan Song.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 13:16, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081553	钟义菲	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《忠愍记》成书后，世祖御制《表忠录·序》以表彰杨继盛，其中写道：自古贤臣正士效力王家，率授命致身，捐生赴义。迹其所遭，若无厚幸然。&lt;br /&gt;
After the record of Zhong Min was written, the emperor Shizu personally wrote a preface to the record of loyalty to commend Yang Jisheng, which wrote: since ancient times, virtuous officials have devotedly served the emperor family, sacrificing their lives for justice. From what happened, there was no luck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Record of Zhong Min was finished, the emperor Shizu personally wrote the Preface to the Record of Loyalty to commend Yang Jisheng, which wrote: since ancient times, virtuous officials and soldiers have devotedly served the loyal family, sacrificing their lives for justice. From what happened to them, there was no luck.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 12:40, 1 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081554	钟雨露	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
而时过论定，声称振杨，及于代远风遥，流徽弥茂，留连曩迹，如遘其人。是以孟轲有言：“奋乎百世之上，百世之下闻者莫不兴起也”。……顾竭志尽忠者，人臣之谊；善善恶恶者，大道之公。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But as time went by, the verdict on Yang Jisheng’s exploits had been reached and he gained considerable fame. When the years have passed, the fame of him spread all around. When people recalled his deeds, it was like meeting him in person. Just as Mencius said, “Those who made themselves distinguished a hundred generations before, and after a hundred generations, some people who heard of them are all aroused in this manner.” ……..Those who were intensely loyal could be harmonious with the ministers; And it was fair to punish the bad and to be kind to the good. --[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 01:33, 2 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But as time went by, Yang Jisheng’s exploits have been recognized, and he gained considerable fame. The older the years, the more his fame spread. When people recalled his deeds, it was like meeting him in person. Just as Mencius said, “Those who made themselves distinguished a hundred generations before, and after a hundred generations, some people who heard of them are all aroused in this manner.” ……..Those who were intensely loyal could be harmonious with the ministers. And it was fair to punish the bad and to be kind to the good. --[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 13:09, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==英语语言文学（英美文学）	202120081555	周玖	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
循省往哲，爱结于中，诚有不能自己者也。朕万机之暇，绎载籍，每览忠孝节义之事，未尝不反复三致意焉。[ 阎崇年校注：《康熙顺天府志》，北京：中华书局，2009年，第482页。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一方面，世祖赞誉杨继盛为忠臣之典范；另一方面，世祖又斥责严嵩为逆臣，认为正是严嵩父子威福专擅，浊乱王家，致使纪纲废断。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    Reflecting on predecessors, despite the disloyal, the love to nation was condensed together. I was bombarded with numerous affairs. But  in my spare time, I translated and recorded many books through dictation. When I read books about loyalty, I often analyzed them repeatedly to express my regard. [ Yan Chongnian: Kang Xi Shun Tianfu, Beijing: China Publishing House, 2009, Page 482. ]--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 13:12, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, the emperor Shizu acclaimed Yang Jisheng as the paragon of loyal minister. On the other hand, he denounced Yan Song as a traitor, and believing（believed--Chen Xiangqiong(talk) )the fact that Yan Song and his son misused their authorities to domineer and disturb the loyal family so that the law and regulations became slacked.（were broken--Chen Xiangqiong(talk)）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==外国语言学及应用语言学	202120081480	陈湘琼	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
世祖敕令翻译此书，目的是为了激励官员学做忠谏之臣，劝勉意味浓厚。毋庸置疑，世祖时期的汉籍翻译秉承的原则也是“实用主义”原则，这一点太祖、太宗时期的汉籍翻译并无本质区别。例如，世祖敕译《诗经》，即有显著的现实意义与政治考量。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Emperor Shunzhi commanded to translate this book for the purpose that officials could be encouraged to become people who dare to tell the truth and give right suggestions to the emperor, which had persuasive and warning meanings by itself. In this period, translation of books from Han dynasty was in fact abiding to the “utilization” principle, which had no difference to translations in the period of Qianlong Emperor and Huang Taiji Emperor. For example , practical significance and political meditation had been considered for Emperor Shunzhi commanding the translation of “Book of Songs”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Emperor Shunzhi commanded to translate this book to encourage officials to tell the truth and put forward reasonable suggestions, which was of great persuasive meaning.In this period, translation of canons from Han dynasty  actually followed the “utilitarianism” principle, which had no difference to those during the reign of Qianlong Emperor and Huang Taiji Emperor. For example , practical significance and political meditation had been considered for Emperor Shunzhi commanding the translation of “Book of Songs”. --[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 14:00, 30 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==外国语言学及应用语言学	202120081492	黄逸妍	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《清实录·世祖章皇帝实录》中说，顺治十年二月，“上幸内院，披阅翻译《五经》，谕诸臣曰：‘天德王道，备载于书，真万世不易之理也’”。[ 鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·世祖章皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第9页。]可见，世祖饬令翻译《诗经》之时，其它各经的翻译也在进行，但《五经》中仅有《诗经》一部付梓。《诗经》译毕，世祖也为其御制序文，认为该部作品能使人明性意，崇礼义，“其言之深者，可用于庙堂；言之浅者，可用于身家。以之事君，必忠；以之事父，必孝。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Records of Qing Dynasty •Records of the Emperor Shizu, in February of the tenth year during the reign of the emperor Shunzhi, &amp;quot;After reading the Five Classics in palace, the emperor contended that morals and natural laws are recorded in these books in extenso, which are tough to reach.&amp;quot; [Revised by Eertai: Records of Qing Dynasty •Records of the Emperor Shizu, Beijing: Zhonghua Publishing House, 1985:9 ] It was clear that the translating of other classics was also proceeding when the emperor Shizu commanded the translation of The Book of Songs while only the latter had been finished among the five classics. When the translation of The Book of Songs came to an end, the emperor Shizu wrote the preface to it himself and remained steadfast in the belief that that work helped to behave with propriety and righteousness. &amp;quot;The book can be used in imperial court from its profound aspect and in average families from its unadorned aspect. Instilled with the belief, the officials would be faithful and the children filial.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 00:44, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Records of Qing Dynasty •Records of the Emperor Shizu, in February of the tenth year during the reign of the emperor Shunzhi, &amp;quot;After having a careful perusal of  the Five Classics in adytum, the emperor proclaimed all ministers that morals and natural laws are recorded in these books in extenso, which are tough to reach for all ages.&amp;quot; [Revised by Eertai et al: Records of Qing Dynasty •Records of the Emperor Shizu, Beijing: Zhonghua Publishing House, 1985:9 ] It could be seen that the translating of other classics was also proceeding when the emperor Shizu commanded to  translate The Book of Songs, while only the latter had been finished among the five classics. When the translation of The Book of Songs came to an end, the emperor Shizu wrote the preface to it himself and believed that reading this work would help us to behave with propriety and righteousness. &amp;quot;It can be used in imperial court from its profound aspect and in average families from its unadorned aspect. Instilled with the belief, the officials would be faithful and the children filial.edit--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 14:12, 30 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==外国语言学及应用语言学	202120081513	马新	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
更可以敦厚人伦，端正教化。”[ 叶高树：《清朝前期的文化政策》，台北：稻乡出版社，2002年，第72-73页。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
从“教化”的角度思考《诗经》的翻译，既是世祖本人的自觉认识，也是以他为首的统治者在面对稗（bài）官小说盛行，而满洲人竞相翻译时所做的一种调整。正如顺治九年进士、刑科给事中阿什坦指出的那样：学者立志，宜以圣贤为期，读书务以经史为中。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;It could also give depth to moral relations, straighten out educational ideas and transform people.&amp;quot; [Ye Shugao: Cultural Policy in the Early Qing Dynasty, Taipei: Daoxiang Publishing House, 2002: 72-73.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not only the conscious understanding of Qingshizhu Emperor himself to think about the translation of The Book of Songs from an &amp;quot;Enlightenment&amp;quot; perspective, but also an adjustment made by the rulers at his head faced with the prevalence of Bai-guan novels and Manchurians competing for translation. As pointed out by Ashtan, an advanced scholar in the ninth year of Shunzhi and a supervising censor of Justice,  scholars should aspire to be saints and their reading must focus on classical and historical books.  --[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 13:11, 30 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could also give depth to moral relations, straighten out educational ideas and transform people.&amp;quot; [Ye Shugao: Cultural Policy in the Early Qing Dynasty, Taipei: Daoxiang Publishing House, 2002: 72-73.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thinking  about the translation of The Book of Songs from the &amp;quot;Teaching&amp;quot; perspectives is not only the personal understanding of Qingshizhu Emperor himself but also an adjustment made by the rulers at his head faced with the prevalence of Bai-guan novels and Manchurians competing for translation. As pointed out by Ashtan, an advanced scholar in the ninth year of Shunzhi and a supervising censor of Justice, the scholars should aspire to be saints and focus on classical and historical books.--[[User:Qing Jianan|Qing Jianan]] ([[User talk:Qing Jianan|talk]]) 15:38, 30 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==外国语言学及应用语言学	202120081518	秦建安	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此外杂书无益之言，必概废之而不睹。则庶乎学业日隆，而邪慝（tè）之心无由而入。近见满洲译书内，多有小说秽言，非惟无益，恐流行渐染，则人心易致于邪慝 。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is no beneficial words in assorted books which should not be allowed to be published and be viewed.(So they shouldn't be allowed to be published and viewed--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 07:26, 29 September 2021 (UTC)) Then the level of study approximately can be uplifted day by day. Meanwhile, the minds of people will also not be degenerate. Recently I found that the translation of some Manchurian books was full of obscene words which personally was of futility. I am afraid that such transition will be so popular that easily erode people’s thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revised version:--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 13:08, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, there is no beneficial words in assorted books.So they shouldn't be allowed to be published and viewed.Then the level of study approximately can be uplifted day by day. Meanwhile, the minds of people will also not be degenerate. Recently I found that the translation of some Manchurian books was full of obscene words which personally was of futility. I am afraid that such transition will be so popular that easily erode people’s thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==外国语言学及应用语言学	202120081522	孙雅诗	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
况圣贤古训，日详究之，犹恐不及，何暇费日时于无用之地？[ 鄂尔泰等修，李洵、赵德贵等点校：《八旗通志·初集》，长春：东北师范大学出版社，1989年，第5339页。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
阿什坦的奏章开宗明义，指出读书必以经史为要，必须摒弃杂书，尤其是污言秽语之书，以免贾祸人心。为此，他奏请皇帝对旗人读书严加限制，要求嗣后翻译书籍也应针对“关圣贤义理，古今治乱之书”，对于其它书籍则“概为禁饬，不许翻译”。[ 同上。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What's more,there are many sages and wisdom need to be researched.We are afraid that we don't have enough time to do it in details day by day.So why do we waste our time translating those things?[Revised by Eertai ect.,proofread by Li Xun，Zhao De ect.:''Baqitongzhi·chuji'',Changchun:Northeast Normal University Press,1989,p.5339.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advice of Ashitan is very clear from the very begining--[[User:Wu Yinghong|Wu Yinghong]] ([[User talk:Wu Yinghong|talk]]) 15:33, 28 September 2021 (UTC),which points that reading should focus on the Confusion classic and history --[[User:Wu Yinghong|Wu Yinghong]] ([[User talk:Wu Yinghong|talk]]) 15:39, 28 September 2021 (UTC)and abandon those irrelevant books,especially those of dirty words,to get people rid of the obscene thoughts.In order to do this,he advised the emperor be more strict with the Qi people's readings.flag people's learning.--[[User:Wu Yinghong|Wu Yinghong]] ([[User talk:Wu Yinghong|talk]]) 15:30, 28 September 2021 (UTC)And he also required his offspring translate books about sages,principles and those can help to govern the society.Besides these books,other books are all forbidden and mustn't be translated.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 11:44, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==日语语言文学	202120081530	吴映红	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这一观点既是他翻译《大学》、《中庸》、《孝经》、《潘氏（通鉴）总论》、《太公家教》的原则与标准，也是太祖朝以来一以贯之的译书宗旨。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
五 汉籍（书）翻译的文化沟通意涵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
清初的汉书翻译主要由两部分人员构成：兼通满、汉的旗人（满洲、蒙古、汉军），以及八旗文科举中的举人、进士及第者，特别是顺治朝以来从新科进士中拣选出来学习满文的汉籍士子。&lt;br /&gt;
The opinion is not only the principle and standard of his translation about ‘’University‘’, ‘’the doctrine of the mean‘’,‘ ‘’ the book of filial piety‘’, ‘’the general theory of pan (Tongjian) ‘’and ‘’Taigong family education‘’, but also the consistent purpose of translation from the Taizu Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
FIFTH  Cultural communication of Han nationality.&lt;br /&gt;
《大学》''The Great Learning'' --[[User:He Qin|He Qin]] ([[User talk:He Qin|talk]]) 14:01, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Qing Dynasty, the translation of Chinese traditional book was mostly composed of two parts: the flag people who knew Manchu and Han (Manchuria, Mongolia and Han Army), as well as the candidates, Jinshi and others in the eight flag liberal arts test, especially the Chinese bechelors who was selected from the new Jinshi to study Manchu from the Shunzhi Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opinion is not only the principle and standard of his translation about ‘’Daxue‘’, ‘’Zhongyong‘’,‘ ‘’ Xiaojing‘’, ‘’Genneral Theory(Tongjian) of Pan's Family ‘’and ‘’Taigong Family Education‘’, but also the consistent purpose of translation from the Taizu Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
FIFTH  Cultural communication of Han nationality.&lt;br /&gt;
《大学》''The Great Learning'' --[[User:He Qin|He Qin]] ([[User talk:He Qin|talk]]) 14:01, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Qing Dynasty, the translation of Chinese traditional book was mostly composed of two parts: the flag people who knew Manchu and Han (Manchuria, Mongolia and Han Army), as well as the candidates, Jinshi and others in the eight flag liberal arts test, especially the Chinese bechelors who was selected from the new Jinshi to study Manchu from the Shunzhi Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhu Renduo|Zhu Renduo]] ([[User talk:Zhu Renduo|talk]]) 12:51, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==日语语言文学	202120081560	朱壬铎	男==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些人员既是翻译专才，又是文化接触与交流的实践者，代表了满洲统治阶级想要与汉族之间进行文化沟通的意愿。如顺治六年四月，礼科给事中姚文然以“以满汉同心合力为念。窃思满汉一家，咸思报主”为由，奏请从新科进士内广选庶吉士，令其肄习清书，待精熟之后即授以科、道等官。[ 鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·世祖章皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第11页。]顺治十年，世祖降旨，对此前所选三科庶吉士进行考试，从中选取“通满洲文义者三人”，“以应升之缺用”，并选取“其次可造者十二人”，“仍照原衔，责令勉力学习，俟再试分别。”[ 同上，第7-8页。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These persons are not only experts in translation,but also practicer in cultral contact and communication,which represented the will,which is to cultrally communicate with the Han people,of the ruling class of Manchu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,in April of the sixth year of Shunzhi,Yao Wenran,the inspectorof the department of rites,with the reason that &amp;quot;with the purpose that is combining the Man ethnic and the Han ethnic,I secretly came up with an idea about the Man-Han family but with my whole life for the emperor&amp;quot;,made a request that is to widely select Shujishi from newly selected Jinshi and order them to sutdy the books of Qing Dynasty to get well-learned then teach the bureaucrats from other departments and circuits.[E Ertai et al.write by imperial command:Veritable Records of Qing Dynasty-Records of Shizu Zhang Emperor,Beijing,China Book Bureau,1985,p.11]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the tenth year of Shunzhi,Shizong emperor declared an imperial order about examining the selected Shujishi from all three subjects,from which select three persons who are &amp;quot;familiar with the texts of Manchu&amp;quot;,to&amp;quot;fill the vacancy caused by the former Jinshi selection&amp;quot;,and select &amp;quot;another 12 gifted persons&amp;quot;&amp;quot;remain the former title,make them study hard for the further tests and selection.&amp;quot;[E Ertai et al.write by imperial command:Veritable Records of Qing Dynasty-Records of Shizu Zhang Emperor,Beijing,China Book Bureau,1985,p.7-8]&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhu Renduo|Zhu Renduo]] ([[User talk:Zhu Renduo|talk]]) 02:47, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These person are not only experts in translation,but also practicers in cultural contact and communication. They represent the will to culturally communicate with the Han people,of the ruling class of Manchu.&lt;br /&gt;
For example,in April of the sixth year of Shunzhi,Yao Wenran,the inspector of the Department of Rites,with the reason that &amp;quot;with the purpose that is combining the Manchu and the Han ethnic,I think both Manchu and Han should hold the thought to requite favours to the emperor,made a request to widely select Hanlin bachelor from newly selected Jinshi(a successful candidate in the highest imperial examinations) and order them to sutdy the books of Qing Dynasty to get well-learned then grant them official positions.[E Ertai et al.write by imperial command:Veritable Records of &lt;br /&gt;
Qing Dynasty-Records of Shizu Zhang Emperor,Beijing,China Book Bureau,1985,p.11]&lt;br /&gt;
In the tenth year of Shunzhi, the emperor declared an imperial order about examining the selected Han bachelor of all three subjects,from which select three persons who are &amp;quot;familiar with the texts of Manchu&amp;quot;,to&amp;quot;fill the vacancy caused by the former Jinshi selection&amp;quot;,and select &amp;quot;another 12 gifted persons&amp;quot;&amp;quot;remain the former title,make them study hard for the further tests and selection.&amp;quot;[Idem, p.7-8]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 06:10, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==日语语言文学	202120081477	蔡珠凤	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雍、乾、嘉年间，从新科进士中选取习满文者的做法得到延续，但每次选取者人数不一，整体上渐呈下降之势，至道光二十年前后废止，为汉书的满文翻译提供了人力来源，同时也为沟通满、汉两族文化提供了桥梁。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实上，早在太宗时期，由于满人尚居关外，不识汉字，又罔知政体，遂敕达海等翻译汉书，使“满洲臣民未习汉文者，亦能兼通汉书”，而太宗自己也以它们作为“临政规范”，学习汉族的国家治理模式。[ 鄂尔泰等修，李洵、赵德贵等点校：《八旗通志·初集》，长春：东北师范大学出版社，1989年，第5325页。]顺治年间，阿什坦译成《大学》、《中庸》等书后，世祖又以它们作为倡导礼义教化的工具，希望通过此举使“满洲人知崇正学、尚经术”，令“邪说不得行”，而“风俗丕变”。[ 同上。]&lt;br /&gt;
In the years of Yong Zheng , Qian Long and Jia Qing , the practice of selecting Manchu scholars from new scholars continued, but the number of candidates selected each time varied, and the overall trend gradually decreased. It was abolished around the 20th year of Dao Guang, which not only provided a source of manpower resources  for Manchu translation of Hanshu, but also provided a bridge for communication between Manchu and Han cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as the Taizong period, because the Manchus still lived outside the frontier fortress, did not know Chinese characters and did not know about the regime, they ordered Dahai and other people to translate Chinese books, so that &amp;quot;Manchus who did not learn Chinese could also understand the contents of Chinese books&amp;quot;, and Taizong himself used them as &amp;quot;administration norms&amp;quot; to learn the national governance model of the Han nationality. [Writed by Ertai etc.Checked by Li Xun, Zhao Degui etc.:&amp;quot;Ba Qi Tong Zhi I&amp;quot;, Changchun: Northeast Normal University Press, 1989, P. 5325.] during the reign of Shunzhi, after Ashitan translated the 《University》《Moderate》and other books, Shizu used them as a tool to advocate etiquette and righteousness education, hoping to make &amp;quot;Manchus know and worship orthodox learning and classics&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;heresy can not be carried out&amp;quot; And &amp;quot;Customs change&amp;quot;. [ibid.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the years of Yong Zheng , Qian Long and Jia Qing , the practice of selecting Manchu scholars from new scholars was continued, but the number of candidates selected each time varied, and the overall trend gradually tended to decrease. It was abolished around the second decade of Dao Guang, which not only provided human resources for Manchu translation of the Han books, but also builded the bridge of cultural communication between Manchu and Han.&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as the the Emperor Taizong period, because the Manchu who still lived outside shanhaiguan pass, did not know Chinese characters and the regime,Taizong ordered Dahai and others to translate the Han books, so that &amp;quot;Manchus who did not learn Chinese could also understand the Han books&amp;quot;, and Taizong himself also used them as &amp;quot; the administration norms&amp;quot; to learn the national governance model of the Han nationality. [Written by Ertai etc.Checked by Li Xun, Zhao Degui etc.:&amp;quot;Ba Qi Tong Zhi I&amp;quot;, Changchun: Northeast Normal University Press, 1989, P. 5325.] During the reign of Shunzhi, after Ashitan translated the &amp;quot;University&amp;quot;&amp;quot;Moderate&amp;quot;and other books,Hong Taiji used them as the tool to advocate confucian code of ethics , hoping to make &amp;quot;Manchus know and worship orthodox learning and classics&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;heresy can not be carried out&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Customs change&amp;quot;. [ibid.]--[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 02:40, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==日语语言文学	202120081486	付诗雨	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
显然，汉文经、史的译印有助于端正满洲的人心风俗，使满、汉文化互通有无，即便是《诗经》中提到的各种花草树木、鸟兽虫鱼，也对拓展满人见闻甚有助益。[ 叶高树：《&amp;lt;诗经&amp;gt;满文译本比较研究——以&amp;lt;周南&amp;gt;、&amp;lt;召南&amp;gt;为例》，《国立台湾师范大学历史学报》1992年第20期。]有清一代，并非只有官方组织汉书的翻译，私人译书也很盛行。但官方译书与私人译书不同，无论是在译书的取材上，还是在译书的组织管理上，抑或是译书的颁行上，都有其特殊的考量。&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously,the translation and printing of the classics and history of Han are conductive to correcting the humanity and customs of Manchuria,and exchanging of needed culture between Manchu and Han.Even different kinds of flowers and trees, insects and fish, which were mentioned in ''the Book of Songs'', also contribute to enrich their knowledge.[Ye Gaoshu:&amp;quot;''Comparative Study of the Manchu translation for 'the book of songs'--Taking  'Zhounan' 'Shannan' as example&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;The Histotrical Journal of National Taiwan Normal University''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;1992;No.20.]In the Qing Dynasty, not only the official organization of the Han Books' translation, private translation was also very popular. However, unlike the private translation, the official translation was considered specially, whether in the materials of translation, the organization and management of the translation, or the publishment of the translation.--[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 15:16, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously,the translation and printing of the classics and history of chinese are conductive to correcting the morality and customs of Manchuria,and exchanging of needed culture between Manchu and Han.Even different kinds of flowers and trees, insects and fish, which were mentioned in &amp;quot;the Book of Songs&amp;quot;, also contribute to enrich their knowledge.[Ye Gaoshu:&amp;quot;Comparative Study of the Manchu translation for 'the book of songs'--Taking 'Zhounan' 'Shannan' as the example&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;The Histotrical Journal of National Taiwan Normal University &amp;quot;1992;No.20.]In the Qing Dynasty, not only the official organization of the Han Books' translation, private translation was also very popular. However, unlike the private translation, the official translation was considered specially, whether in the materials,the organization,the management or the publishment of the translation.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 14:05, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==日语语言文学	202120081559	周小雪	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即便是《三国志（通俗演义）》这样的通俗文学作品，译成满文后也被赋予了严肃的兵法与战略意义。以满文遍译汉书，尤其是经、史、子、集等书，并不是为了显示满语语文系统的优越性，所谓“精微巧妙，实小学家所未有”，而是为了“表章经学，天下从风”，通过汉籍的翻译“研究微言，讲求古义”，进行文化沟通。[ 叶高树：《清朝前期的文化政策》，台北：稻乡出版社，2002年，第91页。]藉由汉文典籍的翻译，满洲统治者不仅了解了汉族文化，而且在接触与学习中获得了“统制”汉民的重要经验，使满洲政权在性质上逐渐向“中原政权”转化，并实现“治统”与“道统”的和谐统一。&lt;br /&gt;
Even popular literature such as The History of the Three Kingdoms was given serious military and strategic significance when translated into Manchu script. The  purpose of translating Chinese books with Manchu script ,especially Canon ,History,Philosophy and Literature such book is not to show the superiority of the Manchu language system,but to show the confucian classics。Through the translation of Chinese  classics ,study small points ,emphasize the ancient significance and carry out cultural communication.Ye Gaoshu.Cultural Policy in the early Qing Dynasty.Taipei:Rice Village Press,2002,p.91.Through the translation of Chinese classics,Manchu rulers not only understood the Han culture,but also gained important experience of controlling the Han people in the process of contact and learning,so that Manchu regime gradually transformed into central plains regime in nature and realized the unity of regnant orthodoxy and confucian orthodoxy.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 14:08, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modifying canon, history, philosophy and literature to Confusion classics, history, pre Qin hundred works, religion and classical writings.因为经：经书，是指儒家经典著作；史：史书，即正史；子：先秦百家著作，宗教；集：文集，即诗词汇编。泛指我国古代典籍。Canon, history, philosophy and literature did not express the exact meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Yueli|Zou Yueli]] ([[User talk:Zou Yueli|talk]]) 01:41, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&amp;quot;表章经学，天下从风”The first half of the sentence is not translated accuratelyand the second half of the sentence has not been translated，so I think it should be translated into &amp;quot;Commend Confucian classics and let people all over the world follow&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==日语语言文学	202120081562	邹岳丽	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
结语&lt;br /&gt;
清初之际，虽然国家尚未实现从“征服王朝”向“中原王朝”的转变，但统治者在致力于武力开拓的同时，也开始关注文化活动。一方面，统治者念念不忘“国语骑射”的满洲旧制，将其视作立国精神；另一方面，又积极组织汉书翻译，倡导汉文化精神，从中原儒学中探求君主治术，构建国家的治统与道统。汉书翻译不仅让统治者得以接触汉族思想精粹和政治观念，而且让其在了解汉文经典与汉族文化的过程中，学习历代帝王的执政得失，以及古往今来的兴废事迹，从中汲取治国经验。&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion At the beginning of the Qing Dynasty, although the country has not yet realized the transformation from &amp;quot;conquering Dynasty&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Central Plains Dynasty&amp;quot;，however, while the rulers were committed to the development of force, they also began to pay attention to cultural activities. On the one hand, the rulers never forget the old Manchu system of &amp;quot;national language riding and shooting&amp;quot; and regarded it as the spirit of founding the country;On the other hand, --[[User:Zhu Suzhen|Zhu Suzhen]] ([[User talk:Zhu Suzhen|talk]]) 06:46, 28 September 2021 (UTC)he actively organized the translation of Chinese calligraphy, advocated the spirit of Chinese culture, explored the rule of monarchy from the Confucianism of the Central Plains, and constructed the rule and orthodoxy of the country.Chinese translation not only allows the rulers to get in touch with the  &lt;br /&gt;
ideological essence and political concepts of the Han nationality, but also allows them to learn from the ruling gains and losses of emperors and the rise and fall deeds from ancient to modern times in the process of understanding Chinese classics and Han&lt;br /&gt;
culture, so as to learn from the experience of governing the country. --[[User:Zhu Suzhen|Zhu Suzhen]] ([[User talk:Zhu Suzhen|talk]]) 06:46, 28 September 2021 (UTC)from the experience of governing the country.   “here the preposition from should be deleted--[[User:Zhu Suzhen|Zhu Suzhen]] ([[User talk:Zhu Suzhen|talk]]) 06:46, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
however, while the rulers were committed to expansion by military force.&lt;br /&gt;
国语骑射：Manchu language, horse-riding and archery--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 01:49, 3 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
                                                                             --[[User:Zhu Suzhen|Zhu Suzhen]] ([[User talk:Zhu Suzhen|talk]]) 06:46, 28 September 2021 (UTC) ( here &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; is not consistant with the subjective &amp;quot;the rulers&amp;quot;, so &amp;quot;he&amp;quot; should be changed in to &amp;quot;they&amp;quot; )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==国别	202120081478	曾俊霖	男==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
概言之，汉书的翻译既匡扶了社稷，又教化了臣民，令满、汉文化之间的交流得以开启并加深。虽然清初三朝期间，汉书翻译的规模不一，统治者对于汉族文化的具体态度存在差异，但翻译的原则与标准基本未变，那便是以文治教化和典章制度为主，通过翻译汉族典籍，凝聚符合国家需求的集体价值观，并将汉族传统文化落实为国家治理的大政方针，实现兴文教、崇经术、开太平的治国理念。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, the translation of books of Han nationality not only helped the whole country, but also educated his people so that the cultural exchange between Manchu and Han can be opened and deepened. During the three dynasties of the early Qing Dynasty, the scale of books of Han nationality translation was different, and the rulers' specific attitudes towards Han culture were different, but the principles and standards of translation remained basically unchanged, which focused on cultural education and the system of laws and regulations, condensed the collective values in line with the national needs through the translation of Han classics, and implemened the Han traditional culture as the major policy of national governance, realized the governing concept of promoting culture and education, advocating studies of Confucian classics and opening up peace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, the translation of Books of Han not only gave great help to the whole country, but also educated its(the Qing Dynasty) people so that it began and then deepened the cultural exchange between Manchu and Han. During the first three emperors' rulings of the early Qing Dynasty, though the scales of translation was different, and the rulers' specific attitudes towards Han culture differed from each other, the principles and standards of translation remained basically unchanged, that is to say, it will focus on cultural education and the system of laws and regulations, condense the collective values in line with the national needs through the translation of Han classics, and implement the Han traditional culture as the major policy of national governance to realize the governing concept of promoting culture and education, advocating studies of Confucian classics and opening up peace.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 08:19, 29 September 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==国别	202120081493	黄柱梁	男==&lt;br /&gt;
Footnotes and References&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1  杨家骆：《金史》，台北：鼎文书局，1985年，第1684页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2  明珠等奉敕修：《清实录·太祖高皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1986年，第2页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3  中国第一历史档案馆、中国社科院历史研究所译注：《满文老档》，北京：中华书局，1990年，第1196页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4  鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·太宗文皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第13页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5  王钟翰点校：《清史列传》，北京：中华书局，1987年，第187页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6  国史编纂委员会：《朝鲜王朝实录》，汉城：国史编纂委员会，1973年，第38页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Yang Jialuo, ''History of the Jin Dynasty''(1115-1234), Taipei, Dingwen Book Company, 1985, pp.1684.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Ming Zhu et al. (compiled under the order of Emperor Kangxi ), ''the Imperial Archives of Emperor Taichu(1559-1626, posthumous titled Gao Huang Di) of the Qing Dynasty'', Peking, Zhonghua Book Company, 1986, pp.2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The First Historical Archives of China, Translated and Noted by the Institute of History in Chinese Academy of Social Sciences, ''Old Documents of Manchu Script'', Peking, Zhonghua Book Company, 1990, pp.1196.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. E Ertai et al. (compiled under the order of Emperor Yongzheng ), ''the Imperial Archives of Emperor Taizong(1592-1643, posthumous titled Wen Huang Di) of the Qing Dynasty'', Peking, Zhonghua Book Company, 1985, pp.13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Proofread by Wang Zhongshan, ''Biographies of the Qing Dynasty'', Peking, Zhonghua Book Company, 1987, pp.187.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Committee of National History Compilation, ''the Imperial Archives of Joseon Dynasty'', Seoul, Committee of National History Compilation, 1973, pp.38.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 08:18, 29 September 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 页码标记应为p.1684.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 posthumous titled Gao Huang Di应改为posthumously titled Gao Huang Di,页码标记为p.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3“老满文”指的是清太祖努尔哈赤时期创制的满文，以文字中没有圈和点为特点。《满文老档》即是用老满文写成的档案汇编 ，所以《满文老档》应为 ''Manchu Archives written in Fore Manwen'',页码标记为p.1196.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 同第二句，posthumous titled Wen Huang Di改为posthumously titled Wen Huang Di, 页码标记为p.13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 页码标记为p.187.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
6 页码标记为p.38.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 05:20, 1 October 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==国别	202120081507	刘薇	女==&lt;br /&gt;
7  国史编纂委员会：《朝鲜王朝实录》，汉城：国史编纂委员会，1973年，第62页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8  叶高树：《清朝前期的文化政策》，台北：稻乡出版社，2002年，第58页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9  鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·太宗文皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第10页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10 罗振玉：《天聪朝臣工奏议》，北京：中国人民大学出版社，1989年，第2页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11 鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·太宗文皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第14页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12 同上，第2页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7 National History Compilation Committee, ''Records of the Korean Dynasty'', Seoul: National History Compilation Committee, 1973, p.62.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8 Ye Gaoshu,'' Cultural policise in the early Qing Dynasty'', Taipei: Daoxiang press, 2002, p.58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9 E Ertai et al.(compiled  by order of the emperor),''Record of the Emperor Taizong Wen in the Qing Dynasty'', Beijing: Zhonghua press, 1985,p.10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10 Luo Zhenyu, ''Collections of secretary's memorial to the throne during the reign of Tencong'', Beijing: Renmin University of China Press, 1989, p.2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11 E Ertai et al.(compiled  by order of the emperor),''Record of the Emperor Taizong Wen in the Qing Dynasty'', Beijing: Zhonghua press, 1985,p.14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12 Ertai et al.(compiled  by order of the emperor),''Record of the Emperor Taizong Wen in the Qing Dynasty'', Beijing: Zhonghua press, 1985,p.2.        &lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 15:23, 28 September 2021 (UTC)Liu wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7 National Institute of Korean History, ''Records of the Korean Dynasty'', Seoul: National Institute of Korean History, 1973, p.62.--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 13:30, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==国别	202120081537	颜莉莉	女==&lt;br /&gt;
13 罗振玉：《天聪朝臣工奏议》，北京：中国人民大学出版社，1989年，第24-25、115页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14 鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·太宗文皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第9页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15 罗振玉：《天聪朝臣工奏议》，北京：中国人民大学出版社，1989年，第2页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16 同上，第82页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17 清高宗敕纂：《八旗满洲氏族通谱》，沈阳：辽沈书社，1989年，第10页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18 鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·世祖章皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第15-16页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13th. Lou Zhenyu: ''Tiancongchao Chengong Zouyi'' , Beijing:  China People's University Press, 1989, pp.24-25,115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14th. E Ertai eat al revised under order of emperor: ''Factual Record Of Qing Dynasty• Actual Record Of TaiZu'', Beijing:  Zhonghua Book Company, 1985, p.9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15th. Lou Zhenyu: ''Tiancongchao Chengong Zouyi'' , Beijing:  China People's University Press, 1989, p.2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16th. Idem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17th. Qing emperor Gaozong ordered to write: ''General spectrum of Manchu clan in eight banners'', Shenyang: Liaoshen Book Company, 1989,p.10&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
18th. E Ertai eat al revised under order of emperor: ''Factual Record Of Qing Dynasty• Actual Record Of TaiZu'', Beijing:  Zhonghua Book Company, 1985, pp.15-16&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
14. E Ertai eat al （eds. on the order of emperor): ''Factual Record Of Qing Dynasty• Actual Record Of TaiZu'', Beijing:  Zhonghua Book Company, 1985, p.9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Idem, p.82&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
17. Qing emperor Gaozong ordered to write: ''Genealogy of Manchu clan in eight banners'', Shenyang: Liaoshen Book Company, 1989,p.10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. E Ertai eat al （eds. on the order of emperor): ''Factual Record Of Qing Dynasty• Actual Record Of TaiZu'', Beijing:  Zhonghua Book Company, 1985, pp.15-16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==国别	202120081538	颜子涵	女==&lt;br /&gt;
19 鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·世祖章皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第13页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20 中国第一历史档案馆编：《清初内国史院满文档案译编·顺治朝》，北京：光明日报出版社，1989年，第80页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21 阎崇年校注：《康熙顺天府志》，北京：中华书局，2009年，第482页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22 鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·世祖章皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第9页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23 叶高树：《清朝前期的文化政策》，台北：稻乡出版社，2002年，第72-73页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24 鄂尔泰等修，李洵、赵德贵等点校：《八旗通志·初集》，长春：东北师范大学出版社，1989年，第5339页。&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
19. Ortai and some people compiled it on the orders of the emperor:  ''Records of emperor shizuzhang in the Qing Dynasty'', Beijing: China Book Company, 1989, p.13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Editor of China's First Historical Archives: ''Translation of manchu archives of the National Historical Institute of the early Qing Dynasty, Shunzhi Dynasty'', Beijing: Guangming Daily Press, 1989, p.80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21. Yan Chongnian made proofreading:  ''Kangxi Shuntian Fuzhi'', Beijing: China Book Company, 2009, p.482.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22. Ortai and some people compiled it on the orders of the emperor: ''Records of emperor shizuzhang in the Qing Dynasty'', Beijing: China Book Company ,1989,p.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23.Kao-Shu Yeh,  ''Cultural policy in the early Qing Dynasty'', Taipei:Daoxiang Press, 2002, pp. 72-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24. Ortai and some people compiled，Li Wei, Zhao Degui and others proofread: ''Journal of the eight banners •First Episode'', Changchun: Northeast Normal University Press, 1989, p. 5339.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. E,Ertai et al. (eds. under the order of the Emperor). ''An Actual Record of ShiZu Zhang in Factual Record of Qing Dynasty'', Beijing:Zhonghua Book Company,1985,p.13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. The First Historical Archives of China(ed.). ''A translation of Manchu archives of the Imperial Academy of National History in the Shunzhi Period of the early Qing Dynasty'', Beijing: Guangming Daily Press, 1989, p.80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21. Yan Chongnian(proofread). ''The History of Shuntian of Emperor Kangxi'', Beijing: China Book Company, 2009, p.482.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22. E,Ertai et al. (eds. under the order of the Emperor). ''An Actual Record of ShiZu Zhang in Factual Record of Qing Dynasty'', Beijing:Zhonghua Book Company,1985,p.9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23. Kao-Shu Yeh, ''The Cultural Policies of the Early Qing Dynasty'', Taipei:Daoxiang Press, 2002, pp. 72-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24. E,Ertai et al.(eds.), Li,Xun&amp;amp;Zhao Degui et al.(proofread). ''The First Collectanea in Ba Qi Tong Zhi'', Changchun:Northeast Normal University Press,1989, p.5339.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==国别	202120081540	阳佳颖	女==&lt;br /&gt;
25 同上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
26 鄂尔泰等奉敕修：《清实录·世祖章皇帝实录》，北京：中华书局，1985年，第11页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
27 同上，第7-8页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
28 鄂尔泰等修，李洵、赵德贵等点校：《八旗通志·初集》，长春：东北师范大学出版社，1989年，第5325页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
29 同上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 叶高树：《&amp;lt;诗经&amp;gt;满文译本比较研究——以&amp;lt;周南&amp;gt;、&amp;lt;召南&amp;gt;为例》，《国立台湾师范大学历史学报》1992年第20期。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
31 叶高树：《清朝前期的文化政策》，台北：稻乡出版社，2002年，第91页。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[25] Idem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[26] Ertai et al. (eds. under the order of the Emperor). &amp;quot;Actual Record of ShiZu Zhang in Factual Record of Qing Dynasty&amp;quot;, Beijing:Zhonghua Book Company,1985,p.11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[27] Idem,pp.7-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[28] E,Ertai et al.(eds.), Li,Xun&amp;amp;Zhao Degui et al.(proofread). ''The First Collectanea in Ba Qi Tong Zhi'', Changchun:Northeast Normal University Press,1989, p.5325.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[29] Idem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[30] Ye,Gaoshu. “The Comparative Study of the Manchu Translation On The Book of Songs---Cases Study of Zhounan and Zhaonan”.''Historical Inquiry of the National Taiwan Normal University'',no.20(1992).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[31] Ye,Gaoshu. ''The Cultural Policies of the Early Qing Dynasty''. Taipei:Daoxiang Press,2002,p.91.--[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 07:16, 29 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[25] Idem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[26] E,Ertai et al. (eds. under the order of the Emperor). &amp;quot;''Actual Record of Shih Tsu Fu Lin in Factual Record of Tsing Dynasty''&amp;quot;, Beijing: China publishing house,1985,p.11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[27] Idem,p.7-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[28] Ertai et al.(eds.), Li,Xun &amp;amp; Zhao Degui et al.(proofread). &amp;quot;''General History of the Eight Banners''&amp;quot;, Changchun: Northeast Normal University Press,1989, p.5325.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[29] Idem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[30] Ye,Gaoshu. &amp;quot;''The Comparative Study of the Manchu Translation On The Book of Songs---Cases Study of Zhounan and Zhaonan.''&amp;quot;, Bulletin of Historical Research of National Taiwan Normal University, No.20(1992).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[31] Ye,Gaoshu. &amp;quot;''The Cultural Policies of the Early Tsing Dynasty''&amp;quot;. Taipei: Daoxiang Publishing House,2002,p.91. --Ye Weijie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Hongloumeng=&lt;br /&gt;
HERE STARTS A NEW TRANSLATION: REST OF CHAPTER 19 OF HONGLOUMENG&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE READ [[Joint_translation_terms|Joint translation terms]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE ALSO READ THE PREVIOUS PARTS, AT LEAST THE SENTENCES BEFORE YOUR OWN PART IN CHAPTER 19 [[20210303_culture|1, Mar 3 Chapters 1-4]], [[20210310_culture|2, Mar 10 Chapters 6-7]], [[20210317_culture|3, Mar 17 Chapters 11-13]], [[20210324_culture|4, Mar 24 Chapters 15-17]], [[20210331_culture|5, Mar 31 Chapters 4-7]], [[20210407_culture|6, Apr 7 Chapters 8-10]], [[20210414_culture|7, Apr 14 Chapters 13-15]] , [[20210519_culture|12, May 19 Chapters 17-19]], [[20210929_homework#Hongloumeng|for Sep 29 - rest of HLM Chapter 19]] [[20211013_homework|for Oct 13 - HLM Chapters 20-21]] etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==国别	202120081544	叶维杰	男==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第十九回 ... 这些丫头们明知宝玉不讲究这些；二则李嬷嬷已是告老解事出去的了，如今管不着他们：因此只顾玩笑，并不理他。那李嬷嬷还只管问：“宝玉如今一顿吃多少饭？什么时候睡觉？”丫头们总胡乱答应。有的说：“好个讨厌的老货！” 李嬷嬷又问道：“这盖碗里是酪，怎么不送给我吃？”说毕，拿起就吃。一个丫头道：“快别动，那是说了给袭人留着的，回来又惹气了。你老人家自己承认，别带累我们受气。”李嬷嬷听了，又气又愧，便说道：“我不信他这么坏了肠子。别说我吃了一碗牛奶，就是再比这个值钱的，也是应该的。难道待袭人比我还重？难道他不想想怎么长大了？我的血变了奶，吃的长这么大，如今我吃他碗牛奶，他就生气了？我偏吃了，看他怎么着！你们看袭人不知怎么样，那是我手里调理出来的毛丫头，什么阿物儿！”一面说，一面赌气把酪全吃了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter XIX...These girls' busy joking with each other and not much cared about Nanny Li as they previously knew Pao'yue was not particular about these, and there's no room left for Nanny Li to discipline them for she's already be dismissed. While Nanny Li kept asking:“ How's Pao-yue's appetite these day? And the time he make rest?” Always with so less careness girls reply. Some complained:“Aye! Such an old nosy lady!” Still Nanny Li asked：“A bowl of cheeze here! Why don't you bring it to me?”Then she directly grabbed some to her mouth. One girl hurriedly said:“Quit it! That's what Pao'yue reserved for Xiren! You take the blame yourself if he gets discontented, don't get us involved.” Angry but ashamed also Nanny Li went, and said:“I don't believe it！I even deserve something more valuable, let alone a bowl of milk! Is Xi'ren more important than me? Pao'yue can't be this heartless! Think about it, I myself raised him up this good step by step heart and soul with my own blood! How can he get discontented merely because of a bowl of milk? Still I'm gonna take it, even if he did! And Xi'ren? I taught her everything! Mad at me? Don't be ridiculous!”Nagging, Nanny Li emptied the whole bowl.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter XIX...These maids knew clearly that Baoyu didn't care the trifles. Furthermore, Mammy Li was already retired and she had no control over them. Therefor she just ignored him in her teasing. Mammy Li always asked:&amp;quot;How many meals did Baoyu eat recently? When did he go to bed?&amp;quot; The maids'answers always were irrelevant. Some of them said:&amp;quot;What a nasty old woman!&amp;quot; While Mammy Li kept asking :&amp;quot;There is some cheese in the bowl. Why don't you give me?&amp;quot; As soon as the voice fell down, she grabbed the cheese and had it.  One maid hurriedly said:“Quit it! That's what Baoyu reserved for Xiren! You take the blame yourself and  don't get us involved.” Angry but ashamed also Mammy Li was, and said:“I don't believe he has such a bad temper！I even deserve something more valuable, not to mention a bowl of milk! Is Xi'ren more important than me? Think about it, I raised him up by my breast nursing with my own blood! How can he get discontented merely because of a bowl of milk? Still I'm gonna take it, even if he would! And Xiren? That's me who taught her everything! Mad at me? Don't be ridiculous!”Nagging, Mammy Li emptied the whole bowl.--[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 01:29, 2 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter XIX ... these servant-girls were well aware that Precious Jade was not particular in these respects, and that in the next place Nanny Plum，having pleaded old age, resigned her place and gone home，had nowadays no control over them，so that they simply gave their minds to romping and joking，and paid no heed whatsoever to her. Nanny Plum however still kept on asking about Precious Jade，&amp;quot;How much rice do you now eat at one meal? And at what time do you go to sleep?&amp;quot; to which questions the servant-girls replied quite at random；some of those being there observed: &amp;quot;What a dreadful despicable old thing she is!&amp;quot; - &amp;quot;In this covered bowl,&amp;quot; she continued to inquire, &amp;quot;is cream, and why not give it to me to eat?&amp;quot; and having concluded these words，she took it up there and then began eating it.&amp;quot; Be quick，and leave it alone!&amp;quot; a servant-girl expostulated，&amp;quot;that，she said, was kept in order to be given to Aroma, and on his return，when he again gets into a huff，you，old lady，must，on your own motion，confess to having eaten it，and not involve us in any way as to have to bear his resentment.&amp;quot; Nanny Plum，at these words，felt both angry and ashamed. &amp;quot;I can't believe，&amp;quot; she forthwith remarked，&amp;quot;that he has become so bad at heart！Not to speak of the milk I've had. I have，in fact every right to even something more expensive than this；for is it likely that he holds Aroma dearer than myself？ It can't forsooth be that he doesn't bear in mind how that I've brought him up to be a big man，and how that he has eaten my blood transformed into milk and grown up to this age！and will be because I'm now having a bowl of milk of his be angry on that score！I will，yes，eat it，and we'll see what he'll do！I don't know what you people think of Aroma，but she was a lowbred girl，whom I've with my own hands raised up! And what fine object indeed was she！&amp;quot;As she spoke，she flew into a temper, and taking the cream, she drank the whole of it.--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 13:02, 11 October 2021 (UTC)Zhang Yang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==国别	202120081551	张扬	男==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又一个丫头笑道：“他们不会说话，怨不得你老人家生气。宝玉还送东西给你老人家去，岂有为这个不自在的？”李嬷嬷道：“你也不必装狐媚子哄我，打量上次为茶撵茜雪的事我不知道呢！明儿有了不是，我再来领。”说着，赌气去了。&lt;br /&gt;
少时，宝玉回来，命人去接袭人。只见晴雯躺在床上不动，宝玉因问：“可是病了？还是输了呢？”秋纹道：“他倒是赢的，谁知李老太太来了，混输了，他气的睡去了。”宝玉笑道：“你们别和他一般见识，由他去就是了。”&lt;br /&gt;
说着，袭人已来，彼此相见。袭人又问宝玉何处吃饭，多早晚回来；又代母、妹问诸同伴姊妹好。一时换衣卸妆。宝玉命取酥酪来，丫鬟们回说：“李奶奶吃了。”宝玉才要说话，袭人便忙笑说道：“原来留的是这个，多谢费心。前儿我因为好吃，吃多了，好肚子疼，闹的吐了，才好了。他吃了倒好，搁在这里白糟蹋了。我只想风干栗子吃，你替我剥栗子，我去铺炕。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another servant-girl grinned:“They don’t know how to speak properly, and it’s no wonder you old lady should get angry. Precious Jade still sends you great things, and it’s impossible that he will feel uncomfortable for a thing like this.” “You don’t have to act like a vixen to cajole me!” Nanny Plum said, “You think I’m not aware that you pushed Snow Alizarin away on account of a cup of tea the other day? And if I did make a mistake, I’ll come by and admit it!” Having said this, she went off, pissed off.&lt;br /&gt;
Soon Precious Jade came back and gave orders to go and fetch Aroma. Seeing Sunny Cloud Formation lying perfectly still on bed, Precious Jade asked:“ Is she ill? Or has she lost at cards?” “She had been a winner,” Autumn Vein answered,“but Nanny Plum came and muddled her so that she lost, and angry at that she rushed off to sleep,” Precious Jade smiled:“Don’t place yourselves on the same footing as nanny Plum. Leave her alone.”Aroma came as Precious Jade was saying his words. After the mutual salutations, Aroma went on to ask of Precious Jade:“ Where did you have your dinner? And when did you come back?” and to present likewise on behalf of her mother and sisters her salutations to all the girls, who were her companions. In a short while, she changed her costume and washed off her make up. When Precious Jade bade them fetch the cream, the servant-girls answered:“ Nanny Plum has eaten it.” And as Precious Jade was on the point of making some remarks Aroma hastened to interfere, laughing:“ Is it really this that you have kept for me? Many thanks for troubling. The other day when I ate some of it, I found it very tasty and had a lot of it, then I got a pain in the stomach. I was so upset that it was only after I had thrown it all up that I feel right. So it's fine that she has had it. If it had been kept there, it would have been wasted all for no use. What I want are dry chestnuts, and if you can clean a few for me, I'll go and lay the bed.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 10:58, 29 September 2021 (UTC)Zhang Yang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another servant-girl grinned, “They don’t know how to talk properly, and no wonder you, old lady, get angry. Precious Jade still sends you great things, and it’s no need to be unpleased with it.” “You don’t have to cheat me!” Nanny Plum said, “You think I’m not aware that you sent Snow Alizarin away just on account of a cup of tea the other day? I will get it when it is prepared well tomorrow!” Having said this, she went off with sulks. Soon Precious Jade came back and asked someone to pick up Aroma. Seeing Sunny Cloud Formation lying still on bed, Precious Jade asked, “ Is she ill? Or has she lost at cards?” “She had been a winner,” Autumn Vein answered,“but Nanny Plum came and muddled her, so she lost the game and rushed off to sleep for the anger.” Precious Jade smiled, “Don’t take it serious and just leave her alone.”Aroma came as Precious Jade was saying his words. After the mutual salutations, Aroma went on to ask Precious Jade about the place for dinner and the time he would come back, then greet everyone on behalf of her mother and sisters. In a short while, she changed her costume and washed off her make-up. When Precious Jade asked one to fetch the cream, the servant-girls answered,“ Nanny Plum has taken it.” As Precious Jade was on the point of saying something, Aroma laughing, “ Is it this that you have kept for me? Thanks for troubling. The other day when I ate some of it, I found it very tasty and had a lot of it, then I got a pain in the stomach. It was better that she did so, for at least it is not wasted before getting bad. I just want some drying chestnuts. Could you please peel them while I will make the beds.”--[[User:Chen Jing|Chen Jing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jing|talk]]) 11:23, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==国别	202020080595	陈静	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉听了，信以为真，方把酥酪丢开，取了栗子来，自向灯下检剥。一面见众人不在房中，乃笑问袭人道：“今儿那个穿红的是你什么人？”袭人道：“那是我两姨姐姐。”宝玉听了，赞叹了两声。袭人道：“叹什么？我知道你心里的缘故，想是说他那里配穿红的？”宝玉笑道：“不是，不是。那样的人不配穿红的，谁还敢穿？我因为见他实在好的很，怎么也得他在咱们家就好了。”袭人冷笑道：“我一个人是奴才命罢了，难道连我的亲戚都是奴才命不成，定还要拣实在好的丫头才往你们家来？”宝玉听了，忙笑道：“你又多心了。我说往咱们家来，必定是奴才不成，说亲戚就使不得？”袭人道：“那也般配不上。”&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉便不肯再说，只是剥栗子。袭人笑道：“怎么不言语了？想是我才冒撞冲犯了你？明儿赌气花几两银子，买进他们来就是了。”&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉笑道：“你说的话，怎么叫人答言呢？我不过是赞他好，正配生在这深宅大院里，没的我们这宗浊物倒生在这里。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hearing this, Master Bao fell for it and throw the curds away, taking some chestnuts and then peeling them under the lantern. Finding others not in the room except Aroma, Master quipped: “Who is the the person in red today?” Aroma answered, “Two of my cousins”. Knowing it, Master Bao couldn’t repress a sigh of admiration. “What do you sigh for? I know it is because they could not wear red.” Aroma said. Master Bao replied with smile: “No! Who dares to wear red if such persons doesn't deserve it? I just admire them and hope if they can stay in our home.” Aroma sneered, “I am just a slave. So all of my families are slaves and we should pick up the best girls to be slaves in your home?” Master Bao said with smile, “Don’t be touchy. It doesn’t mean to be the slave but to be our relatives in our house.” Aroma replied, “It doesn’t match, either.” Master Bao refused to say any more, but just peeled chestnuts. Aroma smiled and said, “Why are you silent? I just offended you. You could spend some money and buy them if you want.” Master smiled and said, “How to respond to your words. I just show my admiration and think they should be in such circumstance where the persons like me live.”--[[User:Chen Jing|Chen Jing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jing|talk]]) 11:26, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hearing this, Master Bao fell for it, threw the curds away, took some chestnuts and then peeled them under the lantern. Finding others not in the room except Aroma, Master quipped: “What’s the relationship between you and the person in red today?” Aroma answered, “Two of my cousins”. Knowing it, Master Bao couldn’t repress a sigh of admiration. “What do you sigh for? I know what you are thinking. You must think they don’t deserve to wear red.” Aroma said. Master Bao replied with smile: “No! Who dares to wear red if such persons don’t deserve it? I just admire them and hope if they can stay in our house.” Aroma sneered, “I live as a maid. So all of my families should be the same as me? And we should pick up the best girls to be maids in your home?” Master Bao said with smile, “Don’t be touchy. It doesn’t mean to be the maid but to be our relatives in our house.” Aroma replied, “It doesn’t match, either.” Master Bao refused to say any more, but just peeled chestnuts. Aroma smiled and said, “Why are you silent? I think I just offended you. You could spend some money and buy them if you want.” Master smiled and said, “How to respond to your words. I just show my admiration and think they are born to be in such circumstance where the persons like me live. ”--[[User:Chen Xinyi|Chen Xinyi]] ([[User talk:Chen Xinyi|talk]]) 10:34, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==翻译学	202120081481	陈心怡	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
袭人道：“他虽没这样造化，倒也是娇生惯养的，我姨父、姨娘的宝贝儿似的。如今十七岁，各样的嫁妆都齐备了，明年就出嫁。”宝玉听了“出嫁”二字，不禁又嗐了两声。正不自在，又听袭人叹道：“我这几年，姊妹们都不大见；如今我要回去了，他们又都去了。”&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉听这话里有文章，不觉吃了一惊，忙扔下栗子，问道：“怎么着，你如今要回去？”袭人道：“我今儿听见我妈和哥哥商量，教我再耐一年，明年他们上来，就赎出我去呢。”宝玉听了这话，越发忙了，因问：“为什么赎你呢？”袭人道：“这话奇了。我又比不得是这里的家生子儿，我们一家子都在别处，独我一个人在这里，怎么是个了局呢？”宝玉道：“我不叫你去，也难哪。”袭人道：“从来没这个理。就是朝廷宫里，也有定例：几年一挑，几年一放，没有长远留下人的理，别说你们家。” 宝玉想一想，果然有理。又道：“老太太要不放你呢？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aroma said, “Although she has few achievements, she is pampered and the apple of my uncle’s, aunt’s eyes. She is now 17. Since all kinds of dowries had been prepared, she could get married next year. ” Hearing “get married”,  Precious Jade Merchant signed spontaneously. He was still ill at ease and then heard Aroma said, “I have rarely met with my sisters in the past few years. Now I’m going back, however, they came.” Precious Jade Merchant thought that there’s more to it than what is said. He was amazed, threw chestnuts at once and asked, “what’s wrong? You are going back now?” Aroma said, “I heard my mother and brother talking about it today. They want me to remain patient for another year and they will come here to redeem me next year. ” Precious Jade heard it, felt anxious and asked, “Why they want to redeem you?” Aroma said, “What you said is pretty strange. I’m not a daughter of maids here. My family is elsewhere, and I’m the only one here. How can it be like this?” Precious Jade said, “I’m afraid I can’t let you go.” Aroma said, “It makes no sense. There are routines even in the imperial palace: palace maids are selected once every few years and then set free. There is no reason to keep a person for a long time in the imperial palace, let alone in your house.” Precious Jade thought about it for a while and thought it made sense. Then he said, “What if my grandmothers doesn’t let you go?”--[[User:Chen Xinyi|Chen Xinyi]] ([[User talk:Chen Xinyi|talk]]) 10:02, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aroma said, “Though not born as good, she is also spoilt and pampered, being the apple of my aunt and uncles’ eyes. She is now 17 and dowries of all sorts have been prepared for her marriage next year.” At the hearing of the word “marriage”, Precious Jade Merchant gave a sigh. As he was feeling ill at ease, Aroma sighed and continued, “I rarely met my sisters in the past few years. While I’m going back home, they are all about to leave.” Precious Jade Merchant felt surprised at what she said. He threw away chestnuts at once and asked, “why, you are going back home?” Aroma answered, ““I heard my mother and my brother talking today. They told me to stay here for another year and they will come here to ransom me next year.” Hearing that, Precious Jade got more anxious and asked, “Why do they want to ransom you?” Aroma replied, “what a strange question! I’m no daughter of maids here. My family lives elsewhere and I’m all alone here. How can we be together?” Precious Jade sighed, “If I won’t let you go, I suppose it’s difficult.” Aroma answered, “It makes no sense. There are routines even in the imperial palace: maids are selected once every few years and then set free. There is no reason to keep a servant for a long time in the imperial palace, let alone in your house.”Precious Jade thought for a while and considered it reasonable. Then he said, “What if my grandmothers won’t  let you go?”--[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 09:47, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==翻译学	202120081487	高蜜	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
袭人道：“为什么不放呢？我果然是个难得的，或者感动了老太太、太太，不肯放我出去，再多给我们家几两银子留下，也还有的；其实我又不过是个最平常的人，比我强的多而且多。我从小儿跟着老太太，先伏侍了史大姑娘几年，这会子又伏侍了你几年。我们家要来赎我，正是该叫去的，只怕连身价不要，就开恩放我去呢。要说为伏侍的你好，不叫我去，断然没有的事。那伏侍的好，是分内应当的，不是什么奇功；我去了，仍旧又有好的了，不是没了我就使不得的。”&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉听了这些话，竟是有去的理，无留的理，心里越发急了。因又道：“虽然如此说，我只一心要留下你，不怕老太太不和你母亲说，多多给你母亲些银子，他也不好意思接你了。”&lt;br /&gt;
袭人道：“我妈自然不敢强：且慢说和他好说，又多给银子；就便不好好和他说，一个钱也不给，安心要强留下我，他也不敢不依。但只是咱们家从没干过这倚势仗贵霸道的事。这比不得别的东西，因为喜欢，加十倍利，弄了来给你，那卖的人不吃亏，就可以行得的；如今无故平空留下我，于你又无益，反教我们骨肉分离，这件事，老太太、太太肯行吗？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aroma said, “Why won’t she let me leave? I should be so important, or I have somehow moved Grandma Merchant and Lady King so that they won’t let go of me and give some more money to my family so as to make me stay. Actually, I am a most ordinary person. A whole lot people are better than me. Bought in by Grandma Merchant since I was a child, I had served Lady History for the first several years, and these several years I have been serving you. Now my family are about to pay the ransom. When I ask for a leave, I’m thinking that you could have mercy on me and allow my leaving without the ransom money. I certainly don’t buy it that you stop me from leaving just because I have served you well. Even if it’s true, I’m just doing what I’m supposed to do, which is really no big deal. Nothing will go wrong without me as there are still good servants who will take my place when I leave.” Hearing that, Precious Jade Merchant became all the more anxious because she had a reason to leave and no reason to stay. Therefore, he continued, “Since all I want is to keep you here, I might as well tell you that I wish Grandma Merchant to talk to your mother and give her a lot more money so that she has no reason to come and take you home. Aroma replied, “My mother certainly dares not to ask for my leaving, not to mention that you talk to her in a mild and polite way and give her extra money. Even if you force her without a penny, she dares not to defy. It’s only that your family has never done such a thing as to throw your weight about. It’s feasible when you buy something with ten times of its original price out of love, for the seller suffers no loss. Unlike anything else, it does you no good to keep me for no reason, which instead separates me from my mother. Do you think Grandma Merchant and Lady King will let that happen?”--[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 16:09, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aroma said, “Why won’t she let me leave? I should be so important, or I have somehow moved Grandma Merchant and Lady King so that they won’t let go of me and give some more money to my family so as to make me stay. Actually, I can't be more ordinary, and too many maids out there are better than me. Bought in by Grandma Merchant when I was a child, I had served Lady History for the first several years, and these years I have been serving you. Now my families are about to pay the ransom. When I ask for leaving, I’m thinking that you could have mercy on me and allow my leaving without the ransom money. I certainly don’t buy it that you stop me from leaving just because I have taken good care of you. Even if it’s true, I’m just doing what I’m supposed to do, which is really no big deal. Nothing will go wrong without me as there are still good maids who will take my place when I leave.” Hearing that, Precious Jade Merchant became more anxious because she had every reason to leave but no reason to stay. Therefore, he continued, “Since all I want is to keep you here, I might as well tell you that I may beg Grandma to talk to your mother and give her extra money so that she has no reason to come and take you home.” Aroma replied, “My mother certainly dares not to ask, not to mention that you talk to her in a mild and polite way and give her extra money. Even if you force her without a penny, she dares not to defy. It’s only that your family has never done such a thing as to throw your weight about. It’s feasible when you buy something with ten times of its original price out of love, for the seller suffers no loss. Unlike anything else, it does you no good to keep me for no reason, which instead separates me from my family. Do you think Grandma Merchant and Lady King will let that happen?”--[[User:He Qin|He Qin]] ([[User talk:He Qin|talk]]) 10:02, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==翻译学	202120081489	何芩	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉听了，思忖半晌，乃说道：“依你说来说去，是去定了？”袭人道：“去定了。”宝玉听了，自思道：“谁知这样一个人，这样薄情无义呢！”乃叹道：“早知道都是要去的，我就不该弄了来，临了剩我一个孤鬼儿。”说着，便赌气上床睡了。原来袭人在家，听见他母、兄要赎他回去，他就说：“至死也不回去。”又说：“当日原是你们没饭吃，就剩了我还值几两银子，要不叫你们卖，没有个看着老子娘饿死的理；如今幸而卖到这个地方儿，吃穿和主子一样，又不朝打暮骂。况如今爹虽没了，你们却又整理的家成业就，复了元气；若果然还艰难，把我赎出来，再多掏摸几个钱，也还罢了。其实又不难了，这会子又赎我做什么？权当我死了，再不必起赎我的念头了。”因此哭了一阵。他母、兄见他这般坚执，自然必不出来的了；况且原是卖倒的死契。明仗着贾宅是慈善宽厚人家儿，不过求求，只怕连身价银一并赏了，还是有的事呢。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After hearing this, Precious Jade Merchant thought for a while and said, “According to you, you have to go?” “I have to.” Aroma confirmed. Hearing this, Precious Jade thought to himself, “Who knows how heartless you are.”  “I should not have had you here, since you are doomed to go, leaving me alone as a ghost.” Precious Jade sighed and went to bed with complaints. However, during her stay at home, Aroma heard her mother and elder brother wanted to redeem her back.  “I won’t go back until I die.” Aroma railed, “At that time, you were starved to death. Nothing but I was worth some money. If I had refused to be sold, you would have been dead. I was fortunately to be sold to the Merchant’s and treated as a lady, free from abuses. Though my father has passed away, you have recollected yourselves and established new lives. If you were still in trouble, it would make sense that you wanted to reap some profit by redeeming me out. Since you are not, why are you bothering to do this? Don’t ever think about it! Just pretend I’m dead.” Seeing Aroma’s tears and insistence, her mother and elder brother knew it was impossible for her to leave the Merchant’s, besides, it was a sold-out death indenture. In fact, it was not impossible for the Merchant’s, who was a charitable and generous family, to set Aroma free with compensation money, if Aroma pleaded.--[[User:He Qin|He Qin]] ([[User talk:He Qin|talk]]) 13:03, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After hearing this, Precious Jade Merchant thought for a while and said, “According to you, you have to go?” “Yes, I have to.” Aroma confirmed. Hearing this, Precious Jade thought, “Who knows how heartless she is.”  “I should not have had you here, since you are doomed to go, leaving me alone as a ghost.” Precious Jade sighed and went to bed with complaints. However, during her stay at home, Aroma heard her mother and elder brother want to redeem her back.  “I won’t return home until I die.” Aroma railed, “At that time, you were starved to death. Nothing but I was worth some money. If I had refused to be sold, you would have been dead. I was fortunately to be sold to the Merchant’s and treated as a lady, free from abuses. Though my father has passed away, you have reorganized the family and established new lives. If you were still in trouble, it would make sense that you wanted to reap some profit by redeeming me out. Since you are not, why are you bothering to do this? Don’t think about it anymore! Just pretend I’m dead.” Seeing Aroma’s tears and insistence, her mother and elder brother knew it was impossible for Aroma to leave the Merchant’s, besides, it was a sold-out lifetime indenture. In fact, it was possible for the Merchant’s, who was a charitable and generous family, to set Aroma free with compensation money, if Aroma pleaded.--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 09:41, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==翻译学	202120081499	李双	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
二则，贾府中从不曾作践下人，只有恩多威少的；且凡老少房中所有亲侍的女孩子们，更比待家下众人不同，平常寒薄人家的女孩儿也不能那么尊重。因此他母子两个就死心不赎了。&lt;br /&gt;
次后忽然宝玉去了，他两个又是那个光景儿，母子二人心中更明白了，越发一块石头落了地，而且是意外之想，彼此放心，再无别意了。&lt;br /&gt;
且说袭人自幼儿见宝玉性格异常，其淘气憨顽出于众小儿之外，更有几件千奇百怪、口不能言的毛病儿。近来仗着祖母溺爱，父母亦不能十分严紧拘管，更觉放纵弛荡，任情恣性，最不喜务正。每欲劝时，谅不能听。今日可巧有赎身之论，故先用骗词以探其情，以压其气，然后好下箴规。今见宝玉默默睡去，知其情有不忍，气已馁堕。自己原不想栗子吃，只因怕为酥酪生事，又像那茜雪之茶，是以假要栗子为由，混过宝玉不提就完了。&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, the Merchant’s was very good to the servants, and never treated them cruelly. All the girls who served the old or the young received more respect than the others, even more than the girls who lived in poor families. Consequently Aroma’s mother and brother made their minds not to redeem her. Later the sudden arrival of Precious Jade and his meeting with Aroma still further reassured them and put down their stone in heart. The unexpected situation dispelled their other thoughts. When Precious Jade Merchant was young, Aroma found that he was different from ordinary children and that he was naughtier and had some foibles which can’t be told to others. Recently, because Grandma Merchant spoiled Precious Jade too much, his parents couldn’t discipline him too. He was therefore more indulgent and willful, and hated doing the right thing. Whenever others persuaded him, he was stubborn. Today it happened to talk about redemption, so Aroma deliberately lied to Precious Jade to test his attitude and to restrain his anger, and then made the rules. She saw Precious Jade go to sleep silently. She knew the truth, therefore she couldn’t help feeling some guilt, and her anger also subsided. Aroma hadn’t wanted to eat the chestnuts, but was just afraid of the problems that would result from the milk, just like Snow Alizarin’s tea. For this reason, she tricked Precious Jade into not mentioning milk by pretending she wanted to eat chestnuts.--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 04:50, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, the Merchant’s was very nice to the servants, and never treated them cruelly. All the girls who served as maids of the family members, old or young, were generally treated more kindly than the servants in other position, and were even better off than daughters of ordinary families. Consequently Aroma’s mother and brother made their minds not to buy her freedom. Then the sudden arrival of Precious Jade and the acquaintance between Aroma and her master showed the true situation of Aroma, which made them reassure. The unexpected situation dispelled their other thoughts. These years had shown Aroma that Baoyu with some indescribably odd habits, was no ordinary youth and was more willful than others. Recently, Precious Jade was so indulged by his grandma that his parents couldn’t discipline him strictly. Therefore, he became more indulgent, headstrong and impatient at conventions. Whenever she wanted to exhort him to clean up his act, she was convinced he would not listen to her. Luckily, using the incident as a convenient excuse, Aroma enabled to sound him out, pacify his mood, and give him a good lecture. She saw Precious Jade go to sleep silently. She knew his sadness about her departure, so she didn’t have the heart  to give a lecture  to him. As for chestnuts, Aroma hadn’t wanted to eat but she had pretended to be eager for them, for fear that the junket would creat a disturbance, just like Snow Alizarin’s tea. She made Precious Jade forget the junket by pretending to hanker after chestnuts.--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 08:53, 1 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==翻译学	202120081506	刘胜楠	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
于是命小丫头子们将栗子拿去吃了，自己来推宝玉，只见宝玉泪痕满面。&lt;br /&gt;
袭人便笑道：“这有什么伤心的？你果然留我，我自然不肯出去。”宝玉见这话头儿活动了，便道：“你说说，我还要怎么留你？我自己也难说了。”&lt;br /&gt;
袭人笑道：“咱们两个的好，是不用说了。但你要安心留我，不在这上头。我另说出三件事来，你果然依了，那就是真心留我了；刀搁在脖子上，我也不出去了。”&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉忙笑道：“你说那几件？我都依你。好姐姐，好亲姐姐，别说两三件，就是两三百件，我也依的。只求你们看守着我，等我有一日化成了飞灰，——飞灰还不好，灰还有形有迹，还有知识的。——等我化成一股轻烟，风一吹就散了的时候儿，你们也管不得我，我也顾不得你们了，凭你们爱那里去，那里去就完了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aroma thereupon gave the chestnuts to the other maids and nudged Precious Jade gently. She found his face is tear-strained .“Why you so sad about that?”she cajoled. “If you really want me to remind here, I won’t leave of course.” Reading between the lines, Precious Jade quickly replied , “Just tell me what I can do to keep you. I don't know how to persuade you.” She laughed, “We needn’t mention how well we get along with each other. If you really want to keep me, that’s a whole other story. If you promise me two or three things I come up with, I’ll assume that you are truly want me to stay. Then even a knife at my throat could not make me get out of here.”Precious Jade merrily said, “Well, what are these three conditions? I will agree them all, dear sister, my nice sister. I’d agree to two or three hundred conditions, let alone two or three. I merely implore you all to stay and take care of me until the day that I turn into flying ashes. No, I don’t want to turn into ashes because ashes have a trace of form and awareness . I’d like to let you all stay until I’ve turned into a wisp of smoke and been blown away by the wind. Then you will not be able to watch over me, and l will not be able to care about you.  I will let you go wherever you please as well.”--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 04:48, 29 September 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Ren thereupon gave the chestnuts to the other maids and nudged Baoyu gently. She found his face tear-strained .&lt;br /&gt;
“Why are you so sad about that?”she cajoled . “If you really want me to remind in Jia’s mansion, I won’t leave naturally.” Reading between the lines, Baoyu quickly replied , “Just tell me what else I can do to keep you. I don't know.” &lt;br /&gt;
She laughed, “We needn’t mention how well we get along with each other. If you really want to keep me, that’s a whole other story. If you promise me two or three things I come up with, I‘ll assume that you are truly want me to stay. Then even a knife at my throat could not make me get out of here.” Baoyu merrily said, “Well, what are these three conditions? I will agree them all, good  sister, my dear sister. I’d agree to two or three hundred conditions, let alone two or three. I merely implore you all to stay and take care of me until the day that I turn into flying ashes. No, I don’t want to turn into ashes because ashes have a trace of form and awareness . I’d like to let you all stay until I’ve turned into a wisp of smoke and been blown away by the wind. Then you will not be able to take care of me, and l will not be able to care about you.  I will let you go wherever you want as well.”--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 13:38, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==法语语言文学	202120021494	金晓童	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
急的袭人忙捂他的嘴道：“好爷，我正为劝你这些个，更说的狠了。”宝玉忙说道：“再不说这话了。”袭人道：“这是头一件要改的。”宝玉道：“改了，再说你就拧嘴。还有什么？”&lt;br /&gt;
袭人道：“第二件，你真爱念书也罢，假爱也罢，只在老爷跟前，或在别人跟前，你别只管嘴里混批，只作出个爱念书的样儿来，也叫老爷少生点儿气，在人跟前也好说嘴。老爷心里想着：我家代代念书，只从有了你，不承望不但不爱念书(已经他心里又气又恼了)，而且背前面后混批评：凡读书上进的人，你就起个外号儿，叫人家‘禄蠹’；又说只除了什么‘明明德’外就没书了，都是前人自己混编纂出来的。这些话，你怎么怨得老爷不气，不时时刻刻的要打你呢？”&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉笑道：“再不说了。那是我小时候儿不知天多高地多厚，信口胡说的，如今再不敢说了。还有什么呢？”&lt;br /&gt;
Aroma covered his mouth in a hurry and said:&amp;quot;my dear lord, I'm trying to persuade you, but you said these even harder.&amp;quot; Precious Jade Merchant quickly said:&amp;quot;I will not say these again.&amp;quot;&amp;quot;This is the first thing you need to change.&amp;quot;Aroma replied.Precious Jade Merchant said:&amp;quot;OK,if I say it again,you can twist my mouth.Anything else?＂&lt;br /&gt;
Aroma said:” The second thing, whether you like studying or not, except for nonsense you just need to pretend that you like reading when talking to milord or other people, which can make milord less angry so that he have something to talk. Milord will say to himself:“Everyone in my family have studied from generation to generation except you. And I can’t imagine that not only do you hate reading(already he was angry and bitter), but also making criticism everywhere----if someone are motivated and love reading, you will call him ‘greedy man’; or you will say every book is fabricated but ‘li Ji’Because of these above, why did you complain that milord are usually annoyed and beat your ass?” “I will never be like that before. When I was a kid, I didn’t understand bragging and talk whatever I want. My dare not say now, and what else?” Precious Jade Merchant said with a smile.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 14:49, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiren covered his mouth in a hurry and said: &amp;quot;my dear lord, I'm trying to persuade you, but you're exaggerating these.&amp;quot;Baoyu quickly said: &amp;quot;I will not say these again. &amp;quot; &amp;quot;This is the first thing you need to change. &amp;quot;Xiren replied.Baoyu said: &amp;quot;OK, if I say it again,you can twist my mouth. Anything else? &amp;quot;Xiren said: &amp;quot;The second thing, whether you like studying or not, you can't just talk nonsense, you just need to pretend that you like reading when talking to milord or other people, which can make milord less angry so that he have something to talk with others. Milord will say to himself: &amp;quot;Everyone in my family have studied from generation to generation except you .And I can't imagine that not only do you hate reading (already he was angry and bitter), but also making criticism everywhere casually----if someone are motivated and love reading, you will call him 'greedy man'; you also said there were no other books in the world except 'li Ji', that all other books were made up groundlessly by predecessors. Because of these above, why did you complain that milord are usually annoyed and beat your ass? &amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I will never be like that before. When I was a kid,  I didn't understand bragging and talk whatever I want. My dare not say now, and what else? &amp;quot;BaoYu said with a smile.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 02:19, 2 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==法语语言文学	202120081504	李怡	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
袭人道：“再不许谤僧毁道的了。还有更要紧的一件事：再不许弄花儿，弄粉儿，偷着吃人嘴上擦的胭脂和那个爱红的毛病儿了。”宝玉道：“都改，都改。再有什么，快说罢。”&lt;br /&gt;
袭人道：“也没有了，只是百事检点些，不任意任性的就是了。你要果然都依了，就拿八人轿也抬不出我去了。”宝玉笑道：“你在这里长远了，不怕没八人轿你坐。”袭人冷笑道：“这我可不稀罕的！有那个福气，没有那个道理，纵坐了也没趣儿。”&lt;br /&gt;
二人正说着，只见秋纹走进来说：“三更天了，该睡了。方才老太太打发嬷嬷来问，我答应睡了。”宝玉命取表来看时，果然针已指到子初二刻了。方从新盥漱，宽衣安歇，不在话下。&lt;br /&gt;
至次日清晨，袭人起来，便觉身体发重，头疼目胀，四肢火热。先时还扎挣的住，次后挨不住，只要睡，因而和衣躺在炕上。&lt;br /&gt;
Aroma said :Stop denigrating monks and dhamma.There is a more important things : no more indulging in flowers and rouge and powder,no more touching lipstick on other people's lips secretly ,and give up the habit of applying makeup. Precious Jade Merchant said :i will change it all .And anything else ? Aroma said : Nothing,you must be careful of everything and stop being capricious. If you change them all, I won't leave even if you lift me in a  huge Jiao. Precious Jade Merchant laughed and said : If you stay here long enough, you'll be able to ride in a big Jiao. Aroma sneered and said :I don't desire it, and even if I were lucky enough to ride in the big Jiao, it would be against the rules and boring.&lt;br /&gt;
While the two were talking, Autumn Vein came in and said : It's early in the morning and it's time to go to bed. Grandma Merchant sent her maid to ask after you, and I said you were asleep. Precious Jade Merchant took a watch and checked the time, and it was already midnight, he cleaned up again and then undressed and went to bed and stopped talking.&lt;br /&gt;
When Aroma got up early the next morning, she felt heavy and dizzy,and she felt her body was burning. At first she managed to stand up, then she couldn't hold on and felt sleepy, and finally she lay down in bed with her clothes on.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 08:35, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aroma said, “Stop denigrating monks and dhamma. There is a more important things : no more indulging in flowers and rouge and powder, no more eating lipstick on other people’s lips secretly, and give up the habit of applying makeup.” Precious Jade Merchant said, “I I will rectify all these addictions. And anything else ? ” Aroma said: “No, however, you must be careful of everything and stop being capricious. If you were a kind man, I won’t leave even if you had an eight-man palanquin. Precious Jade Merchant laughed and said: “If you stay here long enough, you’ll be able to in an eight-person palanquin. Aroma sneered and said: “I don’t desire it, and even if I were lucky enough to be in the palanquin, it would be against the rules. That’s boring.” While the two were talking, Autumn Vein came in and said, “It's almost dawn and it’s time to go to bed. Grandma Merchant sent her maid to ask after you, and I said you were asleep.” Precious Jade Merchant asked his servant to bring the watch and checked the time, and it was already midnight. He cleaned up again, undressed and went to bed promptly. When Aroma got up the next morning, she felt heavy and dizzy with a body burning. At first, she was able to stand up, but couldn’t hold on after a short while, and felt extremely sleepy. Thus, she lay down in bed with her clothes on.--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 12:59, 29 September 2021 (UTC)彭瑞雪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==法语语言文学	202120081517	彭瑞雪	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉忙回了贾母，传医诊视，说道：“不过偶感风寒，吃一两剂药，疏散疏散就好了。”开方去后，令人取药来煎好。刚服下去，命他盖上被窝焐汗。宝玉自去黛玉房中来看视。&lt;br /&gt;
彼时黛玉自在床上歇午，丫鬟们皆出去自便，满屋内静悄悄的。宝玉揭起绣线软帘，进入里间，只见黛玉睡在那里，忙上来推他道：“好妹妹，才吃了饭，又睡觉。”将黛玉唤醒。黛玉见是宝玉，因说道：“你且出去逛逛。我前儿闹了一夜，今儿还没歇过来，浑身酸疼。”宝玉道：“酸疼事小，睡出来的病大。我替你解闷儿，混过困去就好了。”黛玉只合着眼，说道：“我不困，只略歇歇儿。你且别处去闹会子再来。”宝玉推他道：“我往那里去呢？见了别人就怪腻的。”&lt;br /&gt;
After hastily greeting Granny Merchant, Precious Jade Merchant invited a doctor to see Aroma at home. The doctor said,“This young lady has only caught a cold by chance, take a few pills, the illness will slowly fade away.” According to the prescription prescribed by the doctor, the servant was ordered to pick out the medicine in the pharmacy and to cook it. As soon as Aroma finished the soup, the doctor asked her to cover herself with a quilt in order to sweat and get rid of the cold in her body. Then, Precious Jade Merchant went alone to Mascara Jade Forest’s room to visit her. At that time, she was lying alone in bed, taking a nap, and the maids had all gone off to do their own things, and silence filled the whole room. Precious Jade Merchant gently lifted the curtain and entered the room, only to see her sleeping there, and hurriedly went up to her, nudged her and said to her: “Lovely sister, you just went to bed after eating, how can you do that?” He tried to wake Mascara Jade Forest up. When she was awakened, she saw that the person who had woken her up was Precious Jade Merchant, she saisd, “Could you go out for a walk for the time being. I was up all night the night before, and to this day I still have not recovered my energy. I feel sick.” he answered, “Feeling sick is not a big problem. But if you keep sleeping, you will become really very ill. I will relieve your boredom so that the sleepiness is dispelled, and you will be refreshed.” Mascara Jade Forest just closed her eyes and said,“I’m not sleepy, I just want to rest for a while. Go and play somewhere else for a while, after that, you can come back to me.” Precious Jade Merchant nudged her and said, “Where can I go? I’m tired of others.”--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 12:37, 29 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After hastily greeting Grandma Merchant, Precious Jade invited a doctor to see Aroma at home. The doctor said,“This young lady has only caught a cold by chance, take a few pills and she will be recovered.” According to the prescription prescribed by the doctor, the servant was ordered to pick out the medicine in the pharmacy and to decoct it. As soon as Aroma finished the medicine, the doctor asked her to cover herself with a quilt in order to sweat and get rid of the cold in her body. Then, Precious Jade went alone to Mascara Jade's room to visit her. At that time, Mascara Jade was lying alone in bed, taking a nap, and the maids had all gone off to do their own things, and silence filled the whole room. Precious Jade gently lifted the curtain and entered the room, only to see Daiyu sleeping there, and hurriedly went up to her, nudged her and said to her: “Lovely sister, you just went to bed after eating, how can you do that?” Precious Jade tried to wake Mascara Jade up. When she was awakened, she saw that the person who had woken her up was Precious Jade , she saisd, “Could you go out for a walk for the time being. I was up all night the night before, and to this day I still have not recovered my energy. I feel sick.” Precious Jade answered, “Feeling sick is not a big problem. But if you keep sleeping, you will become really very sick. I will relieve your boredom so that the sleepiness will be dispelled, and you will be refreshed.” Mascara Jade just closed her eyes and said,“I’m not sleepy, I just want to rest for a while. Go and play somewhere else for a while, after that, you can come back to me.” Precious Jade nudged her and said, “Where can I go? I’m tired of others.”--Yang Kun(talk) 21;22, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==法语语言文学	202120081542	杨堃	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉听了，嗤的一笑道：“你既要在这里，那边去老老实实的坐着，咱们说话儿。”宝玉道：“我也歪着。”黛玉道：“你就歪着。”宝玉道：“没有枕头，咱们在一个枕头上罢。”黛玉道：“放屁！外头不是枕头？拿一个来枕着。”&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉出至外间，看了一看，回来笑道：“那个我不要，也不知是那个腌臜老婆子的。”黛玉听了，睁开眼，起身笑道：“真真你就是我命中的魔星！请枕这一个。”说着，将自己枕的推给宝玉，又起身将自己的再拿了一个来枕上，二人对着脸儿躺下。&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉一回眼，看见宝玉左边腮上有钮扣大小的一块血迹，便欠身凑近前来，以手抚之细看道：“这又是谁的指甲划破了？”宝玉倒身，一面躲，一面笑道：“不是划的，只怕是才刚替他们淘澄胭脂膏子，溅上了一点儿。”说着，便找绢子要擦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Mascara Jade heard this, she giggled and said, &amp;quot;Since you want to sit here, sit honestly there and let's talk.&amp;quot; Precious Jade Merchant said, &amp;quot;I want to lie down here,too.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;You can do it!&amp;quot; said Mascara Jade. &amp;quot; Precious Jade said, &amp;quot;There isn't other pillow. Let's be on the same pillow.&amp;quot; Mascara Jade said, &amp;quot;Bullshit! It's not a pillow outside? Take one !&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Precious Jade went out to the outer room, looked at it, came back and smiled, &amp;quot;I don't want that, and I don't know if it belongs to a certain pickled old woman.&amp;quot; Hearing this, Mascara Jade opened her eyes, got up and smiled, &amp;quot; You are the magic star I hit! Please rest with this one. &amp;quot; Then, she pushed her pillow to Precious Jade, got up and fetched another one .After that,the two lay down face-to-face. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As soon as Mascara Jade looked back and saw a piece of blood ,the size of a button, on Precious Jade's left cheek. She leaned forward and looked closely with her hand, saying, &amp;quot;whose nails cut your face?&amp;quot; Precious Jade turned back, hiding, and said with a smile, &amp;quot;It's not a wound. I think it's just spattered with a little blusher when I washed it for them just now.&amp;quot; With that, he looked for the handkerchief to wipe.--Yang Kun (talk) 23:50, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Mascara Jade heard this, she giggled and said, &amp;quot;Since you want to stay here, sit there quietly and let's  have a talk.&amp;quot; Precious Jade said, &amp;quot;I want to lie down, too.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Do as you like&amp;quot; said Mascara Jade. &amp;quot; Precious Jade said, &amp;quot;There isn't other pillow. Let's share the pillow.&amp;quot; Mascara Jade said, &amp;quot;Don’t talk rot! It's not a pillow outside? Take one !&amp;quot; Precious Jade went out to the outer room, looked at it, came back and smiled, &amp;quot;I don't want that, and I don't know if it belongs to a certain pickled old woman.&amp;quot; Hearing this, Mascara Jade opened her eyes, got up and smiled, &amp;quot; You are the magic star I hit! Please rest with this one. &amp;quot; Then, she pushed her pillow to Precious Jade, got up and fetched another one. After that, the two lay down face-to-face. As soon as Mascara Jade looked back and saw a piece of blood ,the size of a button, on Precious Jade’s left cheek. She leaned forward and looked closely with her hand, saying, &amp;quot;whose nails cut your face?&amp;quot; Precious Jade turned back, hiding, and said with a smile, &amp;quot;It's not a wound. I think it's just spattered with a little blusher when I washed it for them just now.&amp;quot; With that, he looked for the handkerchief to wipe.--[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 05:12, 29 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==法语语言文学	202120081556	周俊辉	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉便用自己的绢子替他擦了，咂着嘴儿说道：“你又干这些事了；干也罢了，必定还要带出幌子来。就是舅舅看不见，别人看见了，又当作奇怪事，新鲜话儿，去学舌讨好儿，吹到舅舅耳朵里，大家又该不得心净了。”&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉总没听见这些话，只闻见一股幽香，却是从黛玉袖中发出，闻之令人醉魂酥骨。&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉一把便将黛玉的衣袖拉住，要瞧瞧笼着何物。黛玉笑道：“这时候谁带什么香呢？”宝玉笑道：“那么着，这香是那里来的？”黛玉道：“连我也不知道，想必是柜子里头的香气熏染的，也未可知。”宝玉摇头道：“未必。这香的气味奇怪，不是那些香饼子、香球子、香袋儿的香。”黛玉冷笑道：“难道我也有什么罗汉、真人给我些奇香不成？就是得了奇香，也没有亲哥哥亲兄弟弄了花儿、朵儿、霜儿、雪儿替我炮制。我有的是那些俗香罢了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mascara Jade wiped his cheek with her handkerchief. Smacking her mouth, she said:“ You did it again. You always make excuses to do the trifles. You’re lucky that my uncle doesn’t know. But if other people saw it, they would take it as an anecdote, an opportunity to play up to my uncle. As soon as my uncle hears about it, there will be no peace in the house.”&lt;br /&gt;
The words went in one his ear and out the other. At that moment, he smelled a faint fragrance coming from Mascara Jade’s sleeve, which was intoxicating. &lt;br /&gt;
Precious Jade grabbed Mascara Jade’s sleeve to see what it was. Mascara Jade laughed and said, “Who brings balsam at this time?” He laughed: “Then where does the fragrance come from?” “Even I don’t know. Maybe it came out of the closet.” Precious Jade shook his head:“Not necessarily, the smell is very strange, not like the fragrance of incense cake, of incense ball, of incense bag.” Mascara Jade sneered: “ Will some god give me some magic spice? Even if I really get it, there is no brothers to help me find flowers, buds, frost and snow, then help me make incense. All I have is mediocre spices.”--[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 01:04, 2 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daiyu wiped his mouth with her mocket,she pouted and said:“You did it again, but you also make trouble to us. Although uncle couldn't see it, other people could and would take it as a anecdote. Mabye he heard of it beacause of someone's flattery, there won't be quiet.”&lt;br /&gt;
The words went in one of his ears and out the other. At that moment, he smelled a faint fragrance coming from Daiyu’s sleeve,which was intoxicating. &lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu grabbed Daiyu’s sleeve to see what stuff hide im. Daiyu smiled and said, “Who brings balsam at this time?” He laughed: “Then where does the fragrance come from?” “Even I don’t know. Maybe it's fumigated by the fragrance of the closet.” Baoyu shook his head:“Not necessarily, the smell is very strange, not like the fragrance of incense cake, of incense ball, of incense bag.” Daiyu sneered: “ Will some god give me some magic spice? Even if I really get it, there is no brothers to help me find flowers, buds, frost and snow, then help me make incense. All I have is mediocre spices.”--[[User:Zhou Qing|Zhou Qing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qing|talk]]) 13:13, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==法语语言文学	202120081558	周清	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉笑道：“凡我说一句，你就拉上这些。不给你个利害也不知道，从今儿可不饶你了。”说着，翻身起来，将两只手呵了两口，便伸向黛玉膈肢窝内两胁下乱挠。黛玉素性触痒不禁，见宝玉两手伸来乱挠，便笑的喘不过气来。口里说：“宝玉，你再闹，我就恼了。”宝玉方住了手，笑问道：“你还说这些不说了？”黛玉笑道：“再不敢了。”一面理鬓，笑道：“我有奇香，你有‘暖香’没有？”&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉见问，一时解不来，因问：“什么‘暖香’？”黛玉点头笑叹道：“蠢才，蠢才！你有‘玉’，人家就有‘金’来配你；人家有‘冷香’，你就没有‘暖香’去配他？”宝玉方听出来，因笑道：“方才告饶，如今更说狠了。”说着又要伸手。黛玉忙笑道：“好哥哥，我可不敢了。”宝玉笑道：“饶你不难，只把袖子我闻一闻。”说着便拉了袖子，笼在面上，闻个不住。黛玉夺了手道：“这可该去了。”宝玉笑道：“要去不能。咱们斯斯文文的躺着说话儿。”说着，复又躺下。黛玉也躺下，用绢子盖上脸。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu smiled and said:&amp;quot;if i say a word,you will do something like this. You don't know how to constrain, from now on, i won't forgive you anymore if you won't change.&amp;quot; As he said, he stood up and exhaled two warm breaths to his both hands, and then put them into the two flanks of Daiyu's diaphragm and scratched randomly. Daiyu still couldn't help itching, so she couldn't breathe with a smile. She said:&amp;quot;Baoyu, if you make a disturbance,i will bw anoyed.&amp;quot; Baoyu stopped, he smiled and said:&amp;quot;Will you still say this?&amp;quot; &amp;quot;i'll never do it again. But i have a special perfume, do you have the 'warm perfume'.&amp;quot; Daiyu smiled and said.&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu couldn't solve it for a while, so he asked:&amp;quot;What's the &amp;quot;warm perfume?&amp;quot; Daiyu nodded and signed with a smile:&amp;quot;stupd, stupid!You have &amp;quot;jade&amp;quot;, people will have &amp;quot;gold&amp;quot;to match you;i have &amp;quot;cold perfume&amp;quot;, but you don't have &amp;quot;warm perfume?&amp;quot; Baoyu undstood:&amp;quot;You just surrendered, and now it's even more excesive.&amp;quot; He was about to stretch out his hand again. Daiyu hurriedly smiled: &amp;quot;Good brother, I don't dare anymore.&amp;quot;Baoyu smiled: &amp;quot;It's not difficult to spare you. I just smell your sleeves.&amp;quot; As he said, he pulled up his sleeves, caged on his face, and couldn't help smelling it.Daiyu grabbed his hand and said, &amp;quot;This is the time to go.&amp;quot; Baoyu smiled and said, &amp;quot;I can't go. Let's lie down and talk quietly.&amp;quot; As he said, he lay down again. Daiyu also lay down and covered her face with silk.--[[User:Zhou Qing|Zhou Qing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qing|talk]]) 12:54, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu smiled and said:&amp;quot;if i say a word,you will do something like this. You don't know what happened if I'm not serious. I won't let you off from this day forward. &amp;quot; As he said, he stood up and exhaled two warm breaths to his both hands, and then put them into the two flanks of Daiyu's diaphragm and scratched randomly. Daiyu still couldn't help itching, so she couldn't breathe with a smile. She said:&amp;quot;Baoyu, if you make a disturbance,i will bw anoyed.&amp;quot; Baoyu stopped, he smiled and said:&amp;quot;Will you still say this?&amp;quot; &amp;quot;i'll never do it again. But i have a special perfume, do you have the 'warm perfume'.&amp;quot; Daiyu smiled and said.&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu couldn't solve it for a while, so he asked:&amp;quot;What's the &amp;quot;warm perfume?&amp;quot; Daiyu nodded and signed with a smile:&amp;quot;stupd, stupid!You have &amp;quot;jade&amp;quot;, people will have &amp;quot;gold&amp;quot;to match you;i have &amp;quot;cold perfume&amp;quot;, but you don't have &amp;quot;warm perfume?&amp;quot; Baoyu undstood:&amp;quot;You just surrendered, and now it's even more excesive.&amp;quot; He was about to stretch out his hand again. Daiyu hurriedly smiled: &amp;quot;Good brother, I don't dare anymore.&amp;quot;Baoyu smiled: &amp;quot;It's not difficult to spare you. I just smell your sleeves.&amp;quot; As he said, he pulled up his sleeves, caged on his face, and couldn't help smelling it.Daiyu grabbed his hand and said, &amp;quot;This is the time to go.&amp;quot; Baoyu smiled and said, &amp;quot;I don't go. Let's lie down and talk quietly.&amp;quot; As he said, he lay down again. Daiyu also lay down and covered her face with silk.--[[User:Gong Boya|Gong Boya]] ([[User talk:Gong Boya|talk]]) 13:56, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==俄语语言文学	202120081488	宫博雅	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉有一搭没一搭的说些鬼话，黛玉总不理。宝玉问他几岁上京，路上见何景致，扬州有何古迹，土俗民风如何。黛玉不答。宝玉只怕他睡出病来，便哄他道：“嗳哟！你们扬州衙门里有一件大故事，你可知道么？”黛玉见他说的郑重，又且正言厉色，只当是真事，因问：“什么事？”宝玉见问，便忍着笑顺口诌道：“扬州有一座黛山，山上有个林子洞。”黛玉笑道：“这就扯谎，自来也没听见这山。”宝玉道：“天下山水多着呢，你那里都知道？等我说完了，你再批评。”黛玉道：“你说。”&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉又诌道：“林子洞里原来有一群耗子精。那一年腊月初七，老耗子升座议事，说：‘明儿是腊八儿了，世上的人都熬腊八粥。如今我们洞里果品短少，须得趁此打劫些个来才好。’乃拔令箭一枝，遣了个能干小耗子去打听。小耗子回报：‘各处都打听了，惟有山下庙里果、米最多。’老耗子便问：‘米有几样？果有几品？’小耗子道：‘米、豆成仓。果品却只有五样：一是红枣，二是栗子，三是落花生，四是菱角，五是香芋。’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Precious Jade Merchant chattered by fits and starts, Mascara Jade Forest kept silent. Precious Jade Merchant asked, “How old were you when you went to the captical? What did you see along the road? Are there any historical sites in Yangzhou? How about the folk customs?” She didn’t answer. Precious Jade Merchant was worried she will get ill for sleeping too long , and coaxed her, “ Ah! There is an important event in yamen of Yangzhou, you know that? ” Mascara Jade Forest saw what he said with a stern look,so she aslo took it seriously. Then she asked, “What envent? ” Upon seeing this, Precious Jade Merchant concealed a smile and kept cooking up, “in Yangzhou there is a mountain called Daishan and a forest cave upon there. ” Mascara Jade Forest smiled, “It is nonsense, I have not heard of it at all. ”Precious Jade Merchant replied, “There are so many landscapes in the world, how do you know all of them? Keeping your comments until i finish my words. ” She said, “Say it. ” Precious Jade Merchant talked recklessly again, “There used to be a bunch of ratspirits in the forest cave. On the seventh day of the twelfth lunar month, the elder ratspirit held a meeting. On the meeting, he said, ‘Tomorrow is the eighth day of the twelfth lunar month. People will all make laba rice porridge. Now that we are short of grain in the cave, we must seize the chance to rob some. ’ Cosequently he threw a command arrow and sent an able young ratspirit to inquire. Young ratspirit returned and reported, ‘I have made inquiries everywhere. The temple at the mountain foot stores most fruits and rice. ’ The old ratspirit asked, ‘ How many kinds of grain? How many kinds of tribute? ’ The young ratspirit said, ‘There's a whole warehouse of rice and bean. There are only five kinds of cereal: one is red dates, two is chestnuts, three is peanuts, four is water chestnut, five is taro. ’--[[User:Gong Boya|Gong Boya]] ([[User talk:Gong Boya|talk]]) 01:55, 13 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese names can be translated directly in pinyin.(宝玉—Baoyu；黛玉—Daiyu);Bao Yu was talking nonsense, but Dai Yu always ignored it. She asked him how old he was when he went to Beijing, what sights he saw on the way, what are the monuments in Yangzhou, and what are the customs and folklore. Daiyu did not answer. She was afraid that he would fall asleep and get sick, so she coaxed him, &amp;quot;Oh! There is a big story in your Yangzhou government office, do you know it?&amp;quot; The first time I saw him, I thought he was telling the truth, so I asked, &amp;quot;What is it?&amp;quot; When Baoyu saw the question, he stifled a laugh and said smoothly, &amp;quot;There is a Dai Mountain in Yangzhou and there is a Lin Zi Cave on the mountain.&amp;quot; Daiyu laughed and said, &amp;quot;That's a lie, I haven't heard of this mountain since.&amp;quot; The world is full of mountains and rivers, where do you know them all? When I've finished, you can criticise again.&amp;quot; Daiyu said, &amp;quot;You say it.&amp;quot; Bao Yu said, &amp;quot;There was a group of rat spirits in the forest cave. That year, on the seventh day of the lunar month, the old rats rose to their seats and said: 'Tomorrow is the eighth day of the lunar month, and everyone in the world is making lunar porridge. Now we are short of fruits in the cave, so we must take advantage of this to rob some of them.' He drew an arrow and sent a competent little rat to inquire. The little rat reported, 'I have asked everywhere, but the temple at the bottom of the hill has the most fruit and rice.' The old rat then asked, 'How many kinds of rice are there? How many kinds of fruit are there?' The little rat said, 'Rice and beans are in the warehouse. But there are only five kinds of fruits: first, red dates, second, chestnuts, third, groundnuts, fourth, lozenges, and fifth, taro.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 06:46, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==俄语语言文学	202120081515	毛优	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“老耗子听了大喜，即时拔了一枝令箭，问：‘谁去偷米？’一个耗子便接令去偷米。又拔令箭问：‘谁去偷豆？’又一个耗子接令去偷豆。然后一一的都各领令去了。只剩下香芋，因又拔令箭问：‘谁去偷香芋？’只见一个极小极弱的小耗子应道：‘我愿去偷香芋。’&lt;br /&gt;
“老耗子和众耗子见他这样，恐他不谙练，又怯懦无力，不准他去。小耗子道：‘我虽年小身弱，却是法术无边，口齿伶俐，机谋深远。这一去，管比他们偷的还巧呢。’众耗子忙问：‘怎么比他们巧呢？’小耗子道：‘我不学他们直偷；我只摇身一变，也变成个香芋，滚在香芋堆里，叫人瞧不出来，却暗暗儿的搬运，渐渐的就搬运尽了。这不比直偷硬取的巧吗？’众耗子听了，都说：‘妙却妙，只是不知怎么变？你先变个我们瞧瞧。’小耗子听了，笑道：‘这个不难，等我变来。’说毕，摇身说：‘变！’竟变了一个最标致美貌的一位小姐。众耗子忙笑说：‘错了，错了。原说变果子，怎么变出个小姐来了呢？’小耗子现了形，笑道：‘我说你们没见世面，只认得这果子是香芋，却不知盐课林老爷的小姐才是真正的香玉呢。’”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The old mouse was overjoyed and immediately drew an arrow and asked:&amp;quot;Who is going to steal the rice?&amp;quot; A mouse took the order to steal the rice. Then he drew /pulled another arrow and asked again :&amp;quot;Who is going to steal the beans?&amp;quot; Another mouse took the order to steal the beans. All the mouses One by one received the orders, only the order of taro was left. So the old mouse drew this left arrow and asked:&amp;quot;Who is going to steal the taro?&amp;quot;  At this time a very small and weak mouse responded:&amp;quot;I am willing to steal the taro.&amp;quot; The old mouse and all the mice saw him like this, and they would not allow him to go because they were afraid that he would be unskilled and cowardly. But the little mouse said: ‘Although I am young and weak, I have boundless power, skillful tongue and foresight. I will steal more cleverly than others. &amp;quot;The mice hurriedly asked: &amp;quot;How can you do that?&amp;quot; The little mouse said: &amp;quot;I won't learn from them to steal directy. I just changed my body and turned into a taro, rolled in the taro pile. In that way people can't see me. Then I will secretly carry the taros, and gradually they were exhausted. Isn't this more clever than stealing directly? All the mice heard this, and they all said, &amp;quot;It's indeed a wonderful way, but how can you change yourself into a taro? Can you show us now? let's see!&amp;quot;The little mouse listened and said with a smile: &amp;quot;This is not difficult, wait for me!&amp;quot; After speaking, he said: &amp;quot;Change! &amp;quot;She has turned into the most beautiful girl in this world. The mice laughed and said:&amp;quot;it’s wrong, it’s wrong. Originally you said that you would turn into fruit, why did you turn into a girl?&amp;quot; The little mouse appeared, and smiled: &amp;quot;I said you hadn't seen the world, because you only recognized that it was a taro, but you didn't know that master Lin's daughter was the real fragrant jade. &amp;quot;(In Chinese pronounciation of the word &amp;quot;taro&amp;quot; is as the same as the word &amp;quot;fragrant jade&amp;quot;)--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 14:28, 28 September 2021 (UTC)Sept. 28&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The old mouse was overjoyed and immediately drew an arrow and asked:&amp;quot;Who is going to steal the rice?&amp;quot; A mouse took the order to steal the rice. Then he pulled another arrow and asked again :&amp;quot;Who is going to steal the beans?&amp;quot; Another mouse took the order to steal the beans. All the mouses One by one received the orders, only the order of taro was left. So the old mouse pulled this left arrow and asked:&amp;quot;Who is going to steal the taro?&amp;quot;  At this time a very small and weak mouse responded:&amp;quot;I am willing to steal the taro.&amp;quot; The old mouse and all the mice saw him like this, and they would not allow him to go because they were afraid that he would be unskilled and cowardly. But the little mouse said: ‘Although I am young and weak, I have boundless supernatural power, skillful tongue and foresight. I will steal more cleverly than others. &amp;quot;The mice hurriedly asked: &amp;quot;How can you do that?&amp;quot; The little mouse said: &amp;quot;I won't learn from them to steal directy. I just changed my body and turned into a taro, rolled in the taro pile. In that way people can't see me. Then I will secretly carry the taros, and gradually they were exhausted. Isn't this more clever than stealing directly? All the mice heard this, and they all said, &amp;quot;It's indeed a wonderful way, but how can you change yourself into a taro? Can you show us now? let's see!&amp;quot;The little mouse listened and said with a smile: &amp;quot;This is not difficult, wait for me!&amp;quot; After speaking, he said: &amp;quot;Change! &amp;quot;She has turned into the most beautiful girl in this world. The mice laughed and said:&amp;quot;it’s wrong, it’s wrong. Originally you said that you would turn into fruit, why did you turn into a girl?&amp;quot; The little mouse appeared, and smiled: &amp;quot;I said you hadn't seen the world, because you only recognized that it was a taro, but you didn't know that master Lin's daughter was the real fragrant jade. &amp;quot;--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 13:00, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==俄语语言文学	202120081529	吴婧悦	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉听了，翻身爬起来，按着宝玉笑道：“我把你这个烂了嘴的！我就知道你是编派我呢。”说着便拧。宝玉连连央告：“好妹妹，饶了我罢，再不敢了。我因为闻见你的香气，忽然想起这个故典来。”黛玉笑道：“饶骂了人，你还说是故典呢。” 一语未了，只见宝钗走来，笑问：“谁说故典呢？我也听听。”黛玉忙让坐，笑道：“你瞧瞧，还有谁？他饶骂了，还说是故典。”宝钗笑道：“哦！是宝兄弟哟，怪不得他，他肚子里的故典本来多么。就只是可惜一件：该用故典的时候儿，他就偏忘了。有今儿记得的，前儿夜里的芭蕉诗就该记得呀，眼面前儿的倒想不起来。别人冷的了不得，他只是出汗。这会子偏又有了记性了。”黛玉听了，笑道：“阿弥陀佛！到底是我的好姐姐。你一般也遇见对子了。可知一还一报，不爽不错的。”&lt;br /&gt;
刚说到这里，只听宝玉房中一片声吵嚷起来。&lt;br /&gt;
未知何事，下回分解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mascara Jade Forest listened, turned over and got up, she laughed at Precious Jade and said: “ Why you love to gossip so much? I knew that you were making fun of me.” She said and tweaked his ear. Precious Jade hastened to say that: “ my dear sister, forgive me please, I dare not do it again. Because I smelt your scent, and suddenly remembered this literary allusion.” Mascara Jade Forest smiled and added: “ You spout insults but said that it is an allusion.” Didn’t finish saying, while Precious hairpin came in, she also smiled and said: “ Who is telling allusions? I want to know, too.” Mascara Jade Forest offered her seat to Precious hairpin , and said: “ Look! Who else? He spout insults, but said they are allusion.” Precious hairpin added with a smile: “ Oh! It is brother Precious Jade, it’s none of his business, because he knew a lot of allusions,  but it is a pity that he didn’t remember the allusion when it needed. He should have remembered the Plantain poem, but didn’t remember the allusion before him. The others were so cold, but he only sweated, and this time he unexpectedly had a good memory.” Mascara Jade Forest listened to her, laughing: “ God! You exactly my good sister. Now you also meet with your opponent. It is true that measure for measure.” By this time, Precious Jade‘s room rang out a noise. Unknown what had happened, it will be told in the next chapter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daiyu heard, turned over and got up, she laughed at Baoyu and said: “ Why you love to gossip so much? I know that you are making fun of me.” She said and tweaked his ear. Baoyu hastened to say that: “ my dear sister, forgive me please, I dare not do it again. Because I smelt your scent, and suddenly remembered this literary allusion.” Daiyu smiled and added: “ You spout insults but said that it is an allusion.” Didn’t finish saying, while Baochai came in, she also smiled and said: “ Who is telling allusions? I want to know, too.” Daiyu offered her seat to Baochai, and said: “ Look! Who else? He spout insults, but said they are allusion.” Baochai added with a smile: “ Oh! It is brother Baoyu, it’s none of his business, because he knew a lot of allusions,  but it is a pity that he didn’t remember the allusion when it needed. He should have remembered the Plantain poem, but didn’t remember the allusion before him. The others were so cold, but he only sweated, and this time he unexpectedly had a good memory.” Daiyu listened to her, laughing: “ God! You are exactly my good sister. Now you also meet with your opponent. It is true that measure for measure.” By this time, Baoyu’s room rang out a noise. Unknown what had happened, it will be told in the next chapter. --[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 02:20, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==俄语语言文学	202120081533	谢庆琳	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
花解语──解：理解，领会。 语本“解语花”，出自五代·王仁裕《开元天宝遗事·卷下·解语花》：“秋八月，太液池有千叶白莲，数枝盛开，帝(唐玄宗)与贵戚宴赏焉。左右皆叹羡。久之，帝指贵妃示于左右曰：‘争如我解语花！’”(争：怎。)原指唐玄宗把杨贵妃比做善解人意的鲜花。引申以比喻善解人意的美女。曹雪芹化用为“花解语”，则变为美女善解人意；而“花”又为袭人之姓，则“花解语”就是花袭人善解人意。&lt;br /&gt;
玉生香──玉：指林黛玉。 生香：散发出香气。语或本“活色生香”，出自唐·薛能《杏花》诗：“活色生香第一枝，手中移得近青楼。”原形容杏花呈现出生机盎然的美丽颜色，散发出沁人心脾的香气。引申以形容女子的天生美貌和芳香气息。这里用以形容林黛玉的天生美貌和芳香气息。&lt;br /&gt;
“Hua Jie Yu” - &amp;quot; Jie&amp;quot;: to understand, to comprehend. The phrase is from Wang Renyu's &amp;quot;The Legacy of Kaiyuan Tianbao - Volume 2 - The Flower of Explanation&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;In the eighth month of autumn, there were a thousand leaves of white lotus in full bloom at the Taiyan Pond. The Emperor (Tang Xuanzong) and his noble relatives enjoyed the feast, and all the people around him admired them. After a long time, the emperor pointed to the noble princess and showed her to the left and right, saying: 'Compete with me to interpret the flowers!'&amp;quot; (Strive: how.) Originally, Emperor Tang Xuanzong compared Yang Guifei to an understanding flower. This is a metaphor for a beautiful woman who understands people. Cao Xueqin's use of the word &amp;quot;Hua Jie Yu&amp;quot; is a metaphor for a beautiful woman who understands people's feelings; and since &amp;quot;Hua&amp;quot; is also the surname of Assailant, &amp;quot;Hua Jie Yu&amp;quot; means that Hua Assailant understands people's feelings. “Jade is fragrant” - “Jade” refers to Lin Daiyu. The name of the poem is &amp;quot;Jade&amp;quot;. The phrase is derived from the poem 'Apricot Blossoms' by Xue Neng: &amp;quot;The first branch of apricot blossoms is in living colour and fragrance, and the hand has moved close to the green tower.&amp;quot; The original description is that the apricot blossoms are of a vibrant and beautiful colour, emitting a refreshing fragrance. It is also used to describe the natural beauty and fragrance of a woman. Here it is used to describe the natural beauty and fragrance of Lin Daiyu.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 02:02, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
“Hua Jie Yu” - &amp;quot; Jie&amp;quot;: to understand, to comprehend. The phrase is from five dynasties and ten years ·Wang Renyu's &amp;quot;The Legacy of Kaiyuan Tianbao - Volume 2 - The Flower of Explanation&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;In the eighth month of autumn, there were a thousand leaves of white lotus in full bloom at the Taiye Pond. The Emperor (Tang Xuanzong) and his  relatives enjoyed the beautiful scenery, and all the people around him admired them. After a long time, the emperor pointed to Yang Guifei（his wife）and showed her to the left and right, saying: 'Compete with me to interpret the flowers!'&amp;quot; (Strive: how.) Originally, Emperor Tang Xuanzong compared Yang Guifei to an understanding flower. This is a metaphor for a beautiful woman who understands people. Cao Xueqin used  the word &amp;quot;Hua Jie Yu&amp;quot; as a metaphor for a beautiful woman who understands people's feelings; and since “Hua” is also the surname of Aroma, “Hua Jie Yu” means that “Aroma Hua” understands people's feelings. “Yu Sheng Xiang” - “Yu”(Jade) refers to Mascara Jade Forest. “Sheng Xiang”- exude fragrance. Or it could be called ''Huo Se Sheng Xiang''.The phrase is derived from the poem 'Apricot Blossoms' by Xue Neng: &amp;quot;The first branch of apricot blossoms is in living colour and fragrance, when got it in hand has moved close to the brothel.&amp;quot; The original description is that the apricot blossoms are of a vibrant and beautiful colour, emitting a refreshing fragrance. It is also used to describe the natural beauty and fragrance of a woman. Here it is used to describe the natural beauty and fragrance of Mascara Jade Forest.--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 03:24, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==俄语语言文学	202120081552	张怡然	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
掷骰(t óu投)子——是一种游戏，即互掷骰子，以点数多少决输赢。 骰子：游戏或赌博用具。多用兽骨制成，为立体小方块，六面分别刻以一、二、三、四、五、六点，一、四点涂以红色，其馀涂以黑色，故又称“色子”。相传为曹操之子曹植发明。&lt;br /&gt;
《丁郎认父》──取材于小说《升仙记》的弋阳腔剧目。写明代杜文学因受奸相严嵩迫害，流落湖广，入赘胡丞相府，与前妻所生子丁郎曲折相认的故事。&lt;br /&gt;
《黄伯央大摆阴魂阵》──或作《黄伯英大摆阴兵阵》。是由《七国春秋平话》改编的地方戏目。写燕国大将乐毅请师父黄伯央(《七国春秋平话》作“黄伯杨”)下山摆设阴魂阵围困齐将孙膑，最后两国讲和的故事。&lt;br /&gt;
Cast the dice - is a game in which two people cast in turn, using the size of the dice to determine the winner. Dice: a game or gambling device.Most of them are small cubes made of animal bones, six sides are engraved on one, two, three, four, five, six points, one and four coated into red, and the rest is also black, so the dice is  called again ''Shai zi''.It is said to be invented by Cao Zhi, the son of Cao Cao. &lt;br /&gt;
''Ding lang got acquainted with his father''-- based on the novel ''Sheng Xian Ji'' yiyang repertoire. It tells the story of a man named Du Wenxue in the Ming Dynasty, who was forced to live in Huguang area because of the persecution of Yan Song, the adulterous phase. He entered the residence of Prime Minister Hu and met ding Lang, the son of his ex-wife with twists and turns.&lt;br /&gt;
''Huang Boyang's Great display of ghosts'' ─ or ''Huang Boying's great display of died soldiers''. It is a local opera adapted from ”The story collection of the Seven Kingdoms In the Spring and Autumn Period”. It tells the story of the  state of Yan general Yue Yi please master Huang Boyang (''The story collection of the Seven Kingdoms In the Spring and Autumn Period'' for ''Huang Boyang'' ) Down the mountain set up the ghost array besiege Qi general Sun Bin， finally the last two countries  peace story.--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 15:47, 28 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Cast the dice - is a game in which two people cast in turn, using the size of the dice to determine the winner. Dice: a game or gambling device.Most of them are small cubes made of animal bones, six sides are engraved on one, two, three, four, five, six points, one and four coated into red, and the rest is coated into black, so the dice is also called 'Shai zi''.It is said to be invented by Cao Zhi, the son of Cao Cao. &lt;br /&gt;
''Ding lang got acquainted with his father''-- based on yiyang repertoire of the novel ''Sheng Xian Ji''. It tells the story of a man named Du Wenxue in the Ming Dynasty, who was forced to live in Huguang area because of the persecution of Yan Song, the adulterous phase. He entered the residence of Prime Minister Hu and met ding Lang, the son of his ex-wife with twists and turns.&lt;br /&gt;
''Huang Boyang's Great display of ghosts'' ─ or ''Huang Boying's great display of died soldiers''. It is a local opera adapted from ”The story collection of the Seven Kingdoms In the Spring and Autumn Period”. It tells the story of the  state of Yan general Yue Yi please master Huang Boyang (''The story collection of the Seven Kingdoms In the Spring and Autumn Period'' for ''Huang Boyang'' ) Down the mountain set up the ghost array besiege Qi general Sun Bin， finally the last make peace between the two countries.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 10:26, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==亚非语言文学	202120081509	刘越	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
香玉──典出唐·温庭筠《晚归曲》：“弯堤弱柳遥相瞩，雀扇团圆掩香玉。”原比喻美女散发的香气和洁白如玉的肌肤。这里是把玉石的“玉”和林黛玉的“玉”合为一体，以比喻美女林黛玉。&lt;br /&gt;
《孙行者大闹天宫》──京剧和地方戏均有此剧目，取材于小说《西游记》。写孙悟空跟随唐僧前大闹天宫的故事。&lt;br /&gt;
《姜太公斩将封神》──京剧和地方戏均有此剧目，取材于小说《封神演义》。写姜太公助周灭商后斩将封神的故事。 按：以上四剧皆为闹剧，隐寓宁国府子弟粗俗不堪。&lt;br /&gt;
献酬──亦作“献醻”。指酒席上主宾互相敬酒。《诗经·小雅·楚茨》：“献醻交错，礼仪卒度，笑语卒获。”郑玄笺：“始主人酌宾为献，宾既酌主人，主人又自饮酌宾曰醻。”&lt;br /&gt;
行令──即行酒令。是一种宴会中助兴的游戏。其方法是：由一人任令官，按一定规矩行令，违令或按令该饮者都要饮酒。&lt;br /&gt;
Sweet jade -- classic tang · Wen Tingjun late homing song : &amp;quot;Bent dike weak willow distant look, bird fan reunion mask sweet jade.&amp;quot; Originally used as a metaphor for beauty to send out fragrance and white jade skin. Here, the &amp;quot;jade&amp;quot; of jade and the &amp;quot;jade&amp;quot; of  Mascara Jade Forest are combined as a whole to compare the beauty Lin Daiyu.  &lt;br /&gt;
Monkey King Makes Havoc in Heaven-- a play in Both Beijing and local operas, based on the novel 'Journey to the West.' It tells the story of Sun Wukong who caused havoc in heaven before he followed Tang Priest. &lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Taigong beheaded a General and canonized a God. This play is used in Both Beijing Opera and local opera, and is based on the novel Creation of the Gods(Fengshen Yanyi). Write the story of Jiang Taigong, who helped Zhou destroy the Shang dynasty and then beheaded the generals and sealed the gods. The author explains: the above four plays are farce, alluding to the vulgar children of the Ningguo mansion.&lt;br /&gt;
献酬（Make toasts）─ can also be said  献醻. Refers to the banquet guests toasting each other. The Book of  Songs· xiaoya ·chuets : &amp;quot;The host and the guest toast each other, the etiquette completely conforms to the law, then a word and a smile are appropriate natural.&amp;quot; Zheng Xuanjian: &amp;quot;First, the host toasts to the guests. After the guests drink the wine revered by the host, the host drinks it, which is called making toasts .&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
Order -- that is, order to drink. It's a fun game at a banquet. Its method is: by a person as an officer, according to certain rules of the order, the violation or according to the order of the drinker to drink.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 10:26, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the &amp;quot;jade&amp;quot; of Jade and Lin Daiyu &amp;quot;jade&amp;quot; into one--[[User:Zhang Qiuyi|Zhang Qiuyi]] ([[User talk:Zhang Qiuyi|talk]]) 10:38, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==亚非语言文学	202120081550	张秋怡	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
家生子儿——奴仆在主子家生养的子女。清代规定家奴之子女必须为奴，世代如此。清·赵翼《陔馀丛考·家生子儿》：“奴仆在主家所生子，俗谓家生子。按《法苑珠林》记庸岭有大蛇为患，都尉令长求人家生婢子及有罪家女祭之，‘家生’之名见此。”(按：《法苑珠林》为唐·释道世撰。)又《汉书·陈胜传》“秦令少府章邯免骊山徒、人奴产子”唐·颜师古注：“奴产子，犹今人云家生奴也。”“家生奴”即“家生子”。可知“家生子”或“家生奴”之称至少在唐代已有。&lt;br /&gt;
卖倒的死契——指双方约定卖出后不能赎身、必须终生为奴的卖身契。 卖倒：犹“卖定”、“卖死”。不可变更或反悔之意。&lt;br /&gt;
禄蠹——禄：身居官爵，享受俸禄。 蠹：蛀虫。 “禄蠹”或本“国蠧”，出自《左传·襄公二十二年》：“不可使也，而傲使人，国之蠧也。”意思是本无治国之才而身居高位，便是国家的蛀虫。“禄蠹”与“国蠧” 的意思基本上一样，也是指身居高位、坐享国家俸禄而不干实事的官吏。&lt;br /&gt;
Offspring - The offspring of a servant in his master's house.The Qing Dynasty stipulated that the children of domestic slaves must be slaves,from generation to generation so.Qing · Zhaoyi “Gai Yu Cong Kao·The offspring of a servant in his master's house”：“A son born to a slave in his master's house is called a son of the family. according to the story in the Pearl forest of Fayuan that there was a snake in yongling, the commander ordered the family to give birth to maidservants and guilty family female sacrifice, the name of ‘Jia Sheng’ can be seen here.”(according to: the Pearl forest of Fayuan was written for Tang· Shi Daoshi.) Also in The Book of Han · Biography of Chen Sheng, “The Qin Dynasty sent Zhang Han to pardon those who had served in mount Lishan for crimes and the sons born to house slaves”Tang · Yan Shigu notes: “Slaves give birth to children, and is also slaves”.“family born slave” is “family born child”. It can be known that “family born son” or “family born slave” had been known at least in the Tang Dynasty.Dead deed of sale refers to the deed of sale in which both parties agree that they cannot redeem themselves and must be slaves for life. Sell down:  “sell it” and “sell it to death”.The meaning of not changing or repentance.“LU DU”-Lu：official status, enjoy the salary. Du：moth. “Ludu” or  “Guodu” from “Zuo Zhuan · Xianggong 22 years”: “do not make, but proud to make people the worm of the nation.It means that if you are in a high position without the ability to govern a country, you are the moth of the country. “Ludu” and “Guodu” basically the same meaning, also refers to a high position, enjoy the state salary and do not work officials.--[[User:Zhang Qiuyi|Zhang Qiuyi]] ([[User talk:Zhang Qiuyi|talk]]) 01:29, 29 September 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 13:47, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation:&lt;br /&gt;
First:The common term for a son born to a slave in his master’s house is a family son.&lt;br /&gt;
Second:It means that if you are in a high position without the ability to govern a country,you are the moth of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==亚非语言文学	202120081524	王逸凡	女==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
明明德——头一个“明”为动词。彰明、弘扬之意。 明德：美德，至德，完美的道德。 语出《礼记·大学》：“大学之道，在明明德，在亲民，在止于至善。”意思是弘扬完美的道德。这里是指贾宝玉只肯定包括《大学》在内的《四书》(《论语》、《大学》、《中庸》、《孟子》)是正经书，其他书都要不得。&lt;br /&gt;
魔星——曹雪芹的原作为“天魔星”，显然是借用了佛家和道家的“天魔”之说。佛家说“天魔”为欲界第六天主。如《楞严经》卷九说：“或汝阴魔，或复天魔。”又《百喻经·小儿得大龟喻》说：“邪见外道，天魔波旬，及恶知识，而语之言，汝但极意六尘，恣情五欲，如我语者，必得解脱。”道家则说“天魔”为天上的魔怪。如《云笈七签》卷四说：“有经无符，则天魔害人。”这里的“魔星”则为冤家之意。&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 13:55, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Mingmingde-The first Ming is a verb which means obviousness, clearness or carrying forward and the word  Mingde means virtue,supreme virtue,perfect morality.TheBook of  Rites·Great learningsaid that The way of a university lies in being clear and virtuous,being close to the people and being perfect.It means to promote perfect morality.Jiabaoyu only affirmed The Four Books including Great learning.(Analects,Great Learning,The Doctrine of the Mean,Mencius) are the proper scriptures and the other books are not acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
 Devil star—Cao Xueqin's original as heaven devil star apparently borrowed Buddhism and Taoism’s doctrine of heaven devil.Buddhists say that demons are the sixth god of desire.For example,volume 9 of the Surangama Sutra says, Either you cast shadows or you recover demons from heaven.And Buddhist parables said Evil sees the outside world,the sky is full of demons,and evil knowledge.But as you speak,you will be free from your desires.Taoism says that demons of heaven are demons in the sky.Such as Cloud gupta seven signs volume 4 said there is no sign,then the devil harm people.The devil star here is the meaning of enemy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laba Porridge-Originated from what Buddhism calls &amp;quot;Buddha Bathing Day&amp;quot;. According to legend, Sakyamuni was born on the eighth day of the fourth month of the lunar calendar. Therefore, since the Han Dynasty, every Buddhist temple has held commemorative activities on this day. , &amp;quot;Buddhist Bathing Festival&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Buddha Day&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;The Book of the Later Han Dynasty·Tao Qian Biography&amp;quot; said:&amp;quot; Every time Buddha baths, to provid alms and rice to the road.&amp;quot;In the Southern Dynasties Liang Zongmo's &amp;quot;Jingchu Sui Shi Ji&amp;quot; said: &amp;quot;April 8th, all monasteries Set up a fast, bath the Buddha with five-color perfume, and make Longhua Hui together. According to &amp;quot;The Biography of the Eminent Monk&amp;quot;: ‘On April 8th, to bathe the Buddha, use Duliang incense as blue water, tulip as red water, Qiulong incense as white water, aconite incense as yellow water, benzoin as black water, to infuse the top of the Buddha. ’&amp;quot;In the Song Dynasty, the day of Sakyamuni’s Buddhahood, the eighth day of the twelfth lunar month, was the &amp;quot;Buddha Bathing Day.&amp;quot; Every time this day, all the temples held commemorative activities, not only followed the alms, bathing Buddha and other items, but also added laba porridge, known as &amp;quot;Buddha Bathing Day.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;On the eighth day of the lunar New Year, three or five monks and nuns in the streets chanted Buddha in teams. They would sit on a gold, bronze or wooden Buddha statue in a silver or bronze saro or a good basin. They would soak it in perfume and shower it with the branches of a tree and intended for the edification of the masses. The great monasteries served as bathing buddhas, and gave seven treasures and five flavors porridge and disciples, called &amp;quot;laba porridge&amp;quot;. Since then every families also cooks porridge with fruit and miscellaneous ingredients. &amp;quot;Since then, the phase has become a common practice, and it has not faded to this day.--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 12:47, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laba congee - Originated from a festival which calls “Buddha Bathing Day” in Buddhism. According to legend, Sakyamuni was born on the eighth of forth lunar month. Therefore, on this day, every Buddhist temple will hold activities since Han Dynasty. People will practice alms all over the place, and wash Buddha statues with water full of spices, which is called “Buddha Bathing Day”, “Buddha Bathing Festival” or “Buddha Buddhism Day”. “Book of Later Han Dynasty · Tao Qian Biography” said: “Every time Buddha baths, there are more drinking and rice to the homeless people. And Liang Zongmo, the author of “Jingchu Sui Shi Ji”, said: “April 8th, all monasteries set up a fast, bath the Buddha with five-color perfume, and make Longhua Hui together.”&lt;br /&gt;
According to “The Biography of the Eminent Monk”: “On April 8th, people use Duliang incense as blue water, Yujin incense as red water, Qiulong incense as white water, Fuzi incense as yellow water, and Anxi incense as black water, to infuse the top of the Buddha”. In Song Dynasty, the day when Sakyamuni became a Buddha, the eighth of twelfth lunar month, was the &amp;quot;Buddha Bathing Day.&amp;quot; On that day, all Buddhist temples held the activities which called “Buddha Bathing Activities”, not only followed the traditional items, but also added Laba congee. The folks also follow the example and eat Laba congee. We can see these things from “DongJingMengHualu·Volume Ten·December”, a book written by Meng in Song Dynasty: three or five monks and nuns in the streets chanted Buddha in teams. They would sit on a gold, bronze or wooden Buddha statue in a silver or bronze saro or a good basin. They would soak it in perfume and shower it with the branches of a tree and intended for the edification of the masses. The great monasteries served as bathing buddhas, and gave seven treasures and five flavors porridge and disciples, called ‘Laba congee’. Since then every families also cooks porridge with fruit and miscellaneous ingredients.” Since then, the phase has become a common practice, and it has not faded to this day.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 13:55, 11 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211215_homework&amp;diff=134908</id>
		<title>20211215 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211215_homework&amp;diff=134908"/>
		<updated>2021-12-30T06:44:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* 刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼎：古代食器。胡羼(chàn忏) ──胡闹。 羼：本义为群羊杂居。引申为杂乱不纯，乱七八糟。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tripod (Ding in Chinese): ancient food utensil. Hu Chan in Chinese means nonsense. Chan in Chinese originally means that the sheep live together, whose extensive meaning is mess.&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tripod: ancient food utensil. Hi Chan - nonsense. The original meaning is that sheep live together. It is extended meaning to be messy, impure and messy.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 01:25, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 法语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抓──即“抓周”，亦称“试儿”、“试周”。旧俗于婴儿满周岁时，父母摆列各种小件器物，任其抓取，以测试其秉性、智愚、志趣。此俗始于江南，后亦传到北方。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grasping -- namely &amp;quot;grasping the week&amp;quot;, also known as &amp;quot;trying the child&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;trying the week&amp;quot;. The old custom is that when a baby reaches the age of one year, his parents arrange all kinds of small objects and let him grab them to test his temperament, intelligence and interest. This custom began in the south of the Yangtze River and later spread to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 01:23, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catch ─ ─ means &amp;quot;catch the week&amp;quot;, also known as &amp;quot;test&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;test week&amp;quot;. The old custom is when the baby reaches one year old, the parents arrange all kinds of small utensils and let them grab them to test their disposition, wisdom and ambition. This custom began in the south of the Yangtze River and then spread to the north.--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 07:41, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事见北朝周·颜之推《颜氏家训·风操》：“江南风俗，儿生一期(年)，为制新衣，盥浴装饰，男则用弓矢纸笔，女则刀尺针缕(线)，并加饮食之物及珍宝服玩，置之儿前，观其发意所取，以验贪亷智愚，名之为试儿。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said in Yan's family instructions and customs by Yan Zhitui of the Northern Dynasty that &amp;quot;the custom in the south of the Yangtze River was born in the first year. It was to make new clothes and decorate bathrooms. Men used bows and arrows, paper and pens, women used knives, rulers, needles and threads (lines), and played with food and precious clothes. They were placed in front of their children and looked at what they wanted to take to test their greed, wisdom and stupidity. They were called test children.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 07:37, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said in Yan's family instructions and customs by Yan Zhitui of ''the Northern Dynasty'' that the custom in the south of the Yangtze River was born in the first year. It was to make new clothes and decorate bathrooms. Men used bows and arrows, paper and pens, women used knives, rulers, needles and threads (lines), and played with food and precious clothes. They were placed in front of their children and looked at what they wanted to take to test their greed, wisdom and stupidity. They were called test children.&amp;quot;--[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 12:20, 20 December 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(宋·赵彦卫《云麓漫钞》卷二也有相同记载)又宋·叶真《爱日斋丛钞》卷一：“《玉壶野史》记曹武惠王(曹彬)始生周晬日，父母以百玩之具罗于席，观其所取。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Song · Zhao Yanwei's ''Yunlu Manchao'', Volume 2 has the same record) and Song · Ye Zhen, Volume 1, ''Ai Ri Zhai Cong Chao'': &amp;quot;''In the History of Jade Pot'', when King Cao Wu hui (Cao Bin) was on the year ahead in the first week of his birth, his parents viewed the year he took with a hundred toys on the table.--[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 12:24, 20 December 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（also recorded in Volume 2 of ''Yunlu Essay'' by Zhao Yanwei，Song Dynasty） Volume 1 of ''Ai Rizhai Essay'' by Ye Zhen，Song Dynasty：“ ''History of Jade Pot'' records that King Wuhui（Cao Bin）'s parents put many toys on the table and observed his choice when he was 100 days years old.”--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 00:53, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Headline text ==&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
武惠王左手提干戈，右手提俎豆，斯须取一印，馀无所视。曹，真定人。江南遗俗乃在此(指真定)，今俗谓试周是也。”​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Wuhui holds weapons with his left hand and dinnerware in his right hand.Then he looks at a seal and graps it without seeing anything else.Lord Wuhui, whose first name is Cao, comes from Zhen Ding county. The place is called Shi Zhou now, on whiche Jiang Nan's old cities lay.--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 00:23, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lord Wuhui holds weapons with his left hand and dinnerware in his right hand.Then he looks at a seal and graps it without seeing anything else.Lord Wuhui, whose first name is Cao, comes from Zhen Ding county. The place is so-called Shizhou now, on which ancient Jiangnan lay.--[[User:Chen Xinyi|Chen Xinyi]] ([[User talk:Chen Xinyi|talk]]) 05:07, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
致知格物──语出《礼记·大学》：“致知在格物，格物而后知至。”意谓要想获得知识，必须探究事物的道理。 致：获得，取得。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Zhi Ge Wu- ''From The Book of Rites·Daxue'': &amp;quot;Zhizhi lies in Gewu, and after Gewu, knowledge arrives.&amp;quot; It means that in order to gain knowledge, one must inquire into the truth of things. Zhi: To acquire, to obtain.--[[User:Chen Xinyi|Chen Xinyi]] ([[User talk:Chen Xinyi|talk]]) 05:18, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Zhi Ge Wu - originated from ''The Book of Rites·Daxue'': &amp;quot;The intention of Zhizhi refers to Gewu, and after the process of Gewu, knowledge will be obtained.&amp;quot; It means that in order to gain knowledge, one must inquire into the truth of things. Zhi: to acquire, and to obtain.--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 14:45, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
格：推究，探究，探讨。​尧……张──尧、舜、禹、汤、文、武，即唐尧、虞舜、夏禹、成汤、周文王、周武王，是从上古至西周的明君；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ge: means deduction, exploration and discussion. Yao...Zhang──Yao, Shun, Yu, Tang, Wen, Wu, namely Tang Yao, Yu Shun, Xia Yu, Cheng Tang, Emperor Wen of Zhou Dynasty, Emperor Wu of Zhou Dynasty, they are all wise emperors from ancient times to the Zhou Dynasty;--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 13:11, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ge: means deduction, exploration and discussion. Yao...Zhang──Yao, Shun, Yu, Tang, Wen, Wu, namely Tang Yao, Yu Shun, Xia Yu, Cheng Tang, Emperor Wen of Zhou Dynasty, Emperor Wu of Zhou Dynasty, they are all wise emperors from ancient times to Zhou Dynasty;--[[User:Ding Xuan|Ding Xuan]] ([[User talk:Ding Xuan|talk]]) 12:13, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
周、召，即周公旦、召公奭，都是西周的贤相；孔、孟，即孔丘(通称孔子)、孟轲(通称孟子)，都是儒学的创始人；董、韩、周、程、朱、张，即汉代董仲舒、唐代韩愈、北宋周敦颐、北宋程颢和程颐兄弟、南宋朱熹、北宋张载，都是儒学理论家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou, called the Duke of Zhou, and Zhao, called Duke of Shi, are both talented prime ministers (in feudal China); Kong (generally called Confucius) and Meng (generally called Mencius) are both founders of Confucianism; Dong (Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty), Han (Han Yu in Tang Dynasty), Zhou (Zhou Dunyi in the Northern Song Dynasty), Cheng (Cheng Jing and Cheng Yi brothers in the Northern Song Dynasty), Zhu (Zhu Xi in the Southern Song Dynasty), Zhang (Zhang Zai in the Northern Song Dynasty) are all Confucian theorists. --[[User:Ding Xuan|Ding Xuan]] ([[User talk:Ding Xuan|talk]]) 07:19, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou and Zhao are respectively the Duke of Zhou and the Duke of Shi and both are talented prime ministers of the Western Zhou Dynasty; both Kong (generally called Confucius) and Meng (generally called Mencius) are  founders of Confucianism; Dong (Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty), Han (Han Yu in Tang Dynasty), Zhou (Zhou Dunyi in the Northern Song Dynasty), Cheng (Cheng Jing and Cheng Yi brothers in the Northern Song Dynasty), Zhu (Zhu Xi in the Southern Song Dynasty), Zhang (Zhang Zai in the Northern Song Dynasty) are all Confucian theorists. --[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 08:09, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnuó 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些人皆是儒家竭力推崇的人物。蚩尤……秦桧──蚩尤、共工，都是传说中上古最凶恶的部族首领；桀、纣、始皇，即夏桀、商纣王、秦始皇，都是登峰造极的暴君；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these people are strong recommended by confucianists such as Chi You(a mythological warrior engaged in fighting with the Yellow Emperor), Qin Hui (a traitor in the Song dynasty in Chinese history)and so on. Among them both Chi You and Gong Gong (the water god in ancient Chinses history and the devil of floods) are the most ferocious tribal chief in the Chinese legend;and all Xia Jie, Shang Zhou and Qin Shi Huang, being respectively the emperor Jie of Xia Dynasty，the emperor Zhou of Shang Dynasty and the first emperor of Qin Dynasty, are extremely tyrannical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these people are strongly recommended by Confucianists such as Chi You(a mythological warrior engaged in fighting with the Yellow Emperor), Qin Hui (a traitor in the Song dynasty in Chinese history)and so on. Among them both Chi You and Gong Gong (the water god in ancient Chinses history and the devil of floods) are the most ferocious tribal chief in the Chinese legend;and all Xia Jie, Shang Zhou and Qin Shi Huang, being respectively the emperor Jie of Xia Dynasty，the emperor Zhou of Shang Dynasty and the first emperor of Qin Dynasty, are extremely tyrannical.--[[User:Fu Hongyan|Fu Hongyan]] ([[User talk:Fu Hongyan|talk]]) 14:13, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王莽、曹操、桓温、安禄山、秦桧，他们分别是汉代、三国、东晋、唐代、南宋人，都是大奸臣乃至叛逆之贼。​许由……朝云──许由，传说他是上古时为了逃避帝位而终生隐居的贤人；陶潜(即陶渊明)、阮籍、嵇康、刘伶，都是魏晋时期著名文学家及不与流俗同低昂的独行之士；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Mang, Cao Cao, Huan Wen, An Lushan and Qin Kuei, who were in the Han Dynasty, the Three Kingdoms, the Eastern Jin Dynasty, the Tang Dynasty and the Southern Song Dynasty respectively, were all great treacherous court officials and even traitors. It were Xu You... Zhao Yun -- Xu You who were said a sage who lived in seclusion all his life in order to escape the throne in ancient times. Tao Qian (Tao Yuanming), Ruan Ji, Ji Kang and Liu Ling were all prestigious persons  in the Wei and Jin dynasties and mavericks who did not flow along with the turbid currents of the mainstream thought.--[[User:Fu Hongyan|Fu Hongyan]] ([[User talk:Fu Hongyan|talk]]) 14:10, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Mang, Cao Cao, Huan Wen, An Lushan and Qin Kuei, who were in the Han Dynasty, the Three Kingdoms, the Eastern Jin Dynasty, the Tang Dynasty and the Southern Song Dynasty respectively, were all great treacherous court officials and even traitors. Xu You... Zhao Yun -- Xu You. It is said that he was a sage who lived in seclusion all his life in order to escape the throne in ancient times. Tao Qian (Tao Yuanming), Ruan Ji, Ji Kang and Liu Ling were all famous writers in the Wei and Jin dynasties and mavericks who did not flow along with the turbid currents of the world.--[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 11:57, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王谢二族，指东晋王导和谢安，都是显贵；顾虎头，即顾恺之，字虎头，是东晋名画家；陈后主、唐明皇、宋徽宗，都是有才气的风流皇帝；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Two families of Wang and Xie, namely Wang Dao and Xie An, were both nobility in the Eastern Jin Dynasty. Gu Hutou, also known as Gu Kaizhi, was a famous painter in the Eastern Jin Dynasty. Emperor Chen Shubao of Chen, Emperor Ming of Tang and  Emperor Huizong of Song were all talented and romantic emperors.--[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 10:07, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Two families of Wang and Xie, namely Wang Dao and Xie An, were both of the nobility in the Eastern Jin Dynasty. Gu Hutou, also known as Gu Kaizhi, was a famous painter in the Eastern Jin Dynasty. Emperor Chen Shubao of Chen, Emperor Ming of Tang and Emperor Huizong of Song were all talented and romantic emperors. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 01:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘庭芝即刘希夷(字庭芝)、温飞卿即温庭筠(字飞卿)，都是唐代名诗人；米南宫即米芾(南宫为世称)，是北宋名画家；石曼卿即石延年(字曼卿)、柳蓍卿即柳永(字蓍卿)、秦少游即秦观(字少游)，都是北宋著名文学家；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Tingzhi, or Liu Xiyi (courtesy name Tingzhi), Wen Feiqin refers orWen Tingyun (courtesy name Feiqing) are both famous poets of the Tang Dynasty. Mi Nangong, or Mi Fu (nickname Nangong), was a famous painter of the Northern Song Dynasty; Shi Manqing, or Shi Yannian (courtesy name Manqing), Liu Yaoqing, or Liu Yong (courtesy name Yaoqing), and Qin Shaoyou, or Qin Guan (courtesy name Shaoyou), were famous literary scholars of the Northern Song Dynasty.--[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 01:03, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Tingzhi, or Liu Xiyi (styled Tingzhi), Wen Feiqin refers orWen Tingyun (styled Feiqing) are both famous poets of the Tang Dynasty. Mi Nangong, or Mi Fu (nickname Nangong), was a famous painter of the Northern Song Dynasty; Shi Manqing, or Shi Yannian (styled Manqing), Liu Yaoqing, or Liu Yong (styled Yaoqing), and Qin Shaoyou, or Qin Guan (styled Shaoyou), were famous literary scholars of the Northern Song Dynasty.--[[User:Gong Boya|Gong Boya]] ([[User talk:Gong Boya|talk]]) 12:27, 15 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
倪云林即倪瓒，字云林，是元代名画家；唐伯虎即唐寅(字伯虎)、祝枝山即祝允明(字枝山)，都是明代名画家、文学家；李龟年(唐代人)、黄幡绰(唐代人)、敬新磨(五代后唐人)，都是名艺人；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ni Yunlin, i.e Ni Zan, was a famous painter in the Yuan Dynasty. Tang Bohu i.e Tang Yin (styled Bohu), Zhu Zhishan i.e Zhu Yunming (styled Zhishan), are famous Ming dynasty painters, litterateurs; Li Gunian (Tang Dynasty), Huang Fan Chuo (Tang Dynasty), Jing Xinmo (five dynasties later Tang dynasty), are famous artists;--[[User:Gong Boya|Gong Boya]] ([[User talk:Gong Boya|talk]]) 12:23, 15 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ni Yunlin, or Ni Zan, or Ni Yunlin, was a famous painter in the Yuan dynasty; Tang Bohu (or Tang Yin) and Zhu Zhishan (or Zhu Yunming) were famous painters and literary figures in the Ming dynasty; Li Guinian (of the Tang dynasty), Huang Fanchuo (of the Tang dynasty), and Jing Xinmo (of the post-Tang dynasty of the Five Dynasties) were all famous artists.--[[User:He Qin|He Qin]] ([[User talk:He Qin|talk]]) 06:39, 15 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
卓文君(已见第一回注)、红拂(先为隋相杨素的侍女，后私奔李靖，也是前蜀·杜光庭《虬髯客传》中的女主人公)、薛涛(唐代才妓)、崔莺(即唐·元稹《会真记》、元·王实甫《西厢记》中的崔莺莺)、朝云(宋代名妓)，他们都是以才貌流芳的名女。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhuo Wenjun (see the first chapter note), Hong Fu (she used to be as the servant of the Sui minister Yang Su, then eloping to Li Jing; she was also the heroine of ''The Legend of the Gnarled Man'' by Du Guangting), Xue Tao (a talented prostitute of the Tang Dynasty), Cui Ying (i.e. Cui Yingying of Yuan Zhen's ''The Book of Hui Zhen'' and  Wang Shifu's &amp;quot;The Western Chamber&amp;quot;), Zhaoyun (a famous prostitute of the Song Dynasty), they are all famous for their talent and beauty. --[[User:He Qin|He Qin]] ([[User talk:He Qin|talk]]) 06:32, 15 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhuo Wenjun ( the first chapter noted), Hong Fu (she used to be as the servant of the minister of Sui Dynasty Yang Su, then eloping to Li Jing,  also the heroine of ''The Legend of the Gnarled Man'' by Du Guangting), Xue Tao (a talented prostitute of the Tang Dynasty), Cui Ying (namely Cui Yingying of Yuan Zhen's ''The Book of Hui Zhen'' and  Wang Shifu's &amp;quot;The Western Chamber&amp;quot;), Zhaoyun (a famous prostitute of the Song Dynasty), they are all famous for their talent and beauty.--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 12:25, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
成则公侯败则贼──意谓成功的人便能获得公爵、侯爵之类的高官显爵，失败的人便被看作贼寇。表示世上并无公理，世人不讲是非，只论成功与失败，即只以成败论英雄。这里化用了“败则盗贼，成则帝王”。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Success makes the Duke while failure makes the theif ——which means that, If one is successful, he will be worshipped as the Duke. While one is unsuccessful, he will be despised as the thief. It expresses that there is no generally acknowledged truth in the world and people neglect justice and only pay attention to success and failure, that is, the sole measure. It coins a phrase here, “Failure makes a thief， success a king.”--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 12:25, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The winner is Duke, the looser is theif means that the person who succeeded would be entitled like Duke and who failed would be dispised as a theif. It presents that there is no generally acknowledged truth in the world and people neglect justice and only pay attention to success and failure, that is, the sole measure. It coins a phrase here, “Failure makes a thief， success a king.”--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 14:58, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
出自宋·邓牧《君道》：“嘻！天下何常之有？败则盗贼，成则帝王。”东床──指女婿。典出《晋书·王羲之传》、南朝宋·刘义庆《世说新语·雅量》：晋朝太尉郗鉴派人至丞相王导家相婿，王丞相令其到东厢房随意挑选。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is cited from Deng Mu's How to Be Emperor, a work in Song dynasty, saying &amp;quot;how can the world be immutable! The loser is the thief, and the winner is the emperor.&amp;quot;  Dongchuang refers to the son-in-law, used in Books of Jin: Wang Xizhi's Biography&amp;quot; and Liu Yiqing's &amp;quot;Shi Shuo Xin Yu · Elegance&amp;quot; (Southern Song dynasty): In Jin dynasty Tai Wei (supreme government official in charge of military affairs) Xijian sent an underlying to the prime minister Wang Dao's house for taking in a son-in-law, and Prime Minister Wang invite him to choose at will in the east wing.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 14:43, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is cited from Deng Mu's How to Be Emperor, a work in Song dynasty, saying &amp;quot;how can the world be immutable! The loser is the thief, and the winner is the emperor.&amp;quot; Dongchuang refers to the son-in-law, used in Books of Jin: Wang Xizhi's Biography&amp;quot; and Liu Yiqing's &amp;quot;Shi Shuo Xin Yu · Elegance&amp;quot; (Southern Song dynasty): In Jin dynasty Tai Wei (supreme government official in charge of military affairs) Xijian sent an official to the prime minister Wang Dao's house choosing a son-in-law, and Prime Minister Wang invited him to choose at will in the east wing room.--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 14:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此人过去一看，见王家诸郎皆很矜持，唯独王羲之坦腹躺在东床之上，毫不在乎。此人回报，郗鉴即选中王羲之为婿。后世即以“东床”、“东床坦腹”、“东床客”、“东床娇客”等代指女婿。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The man looked over and saw that all the  lords of Wang family were very reserved, except Wang Xizhi, who was lying on the east bed and didn't care, showing his belly. In return, Xi Jian chose Wang Xizhi as his son-in-law. Later generations referred to the son-in-law with &amp;quot;East Bed&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;East Bed Man Showing Belly&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;East Bed Guest&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;East Bed Distinguished Guest&amp;quot; and so on.--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 04:59, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The man looked over and saw that all the  lords of Wang family were very reserved, except Wang Xizhi, who was lying on the east bed and didn't care, showing his belly. In return, Xi Jian chose Wang Xizhi as his son-in-law. Later generations referred to the son-in-law with &amp;quot;East Bed&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;East Bed Man Showing Belly&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;East Bed Guest&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;East Bed Distinguished Guest&amp;quot; and so on.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 13:54, 19 December 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
退了一舍之地──意谓退避三十里。形容退居其后，不敢与争。 一舍：三十里。 这里化用了“退避三舍”之典。He retreat thirty miles. It describes retreating behind and not daring to compete with. Yishe: Thirty Li. The code of &amp;quot;retreat and give up&amp;quot; is used here.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 13:53, 19 December 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He retreat thirty miles. It describes retreating behind and not daring to compete with. Yishe: Thirty Li. The code of &amp;quot;retreat and give up&amp;quot; is used here&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 12:02, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
典出《左传·僖公二十三年》：春秋时，晋国公子重耳出奔至楚，楚成王礼遇之，因问道：“公子若反(返)晋国，则何以报不谷？”重耳对曰：“若以君之灵，得反晋国，晋、楚治兵，遇于中原，其辟(避)君三舍。”&lt;br /&gt;
This story comes from ''Zuo Zhuan · Xi public twenty three years'': During the Spring and Autumn Period (777-476 BC), Childe Chong Er of the state of Jin went to the state of Chu. King Cheng of Chu gave a banquet for Chong er and asked, &amp;quot;If childe returns to the state of Jin, how will you repay me? Chong Er answered, &amp;quot;If I can return to the state of Jin, if the troops of the state of Jin and the state of Chu meet each other in the Central Plains, I will ask the troops of the state of Jin to retreat 90 li.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 06:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
This story comes from ''Zuo Zhuan · Xi public twenty three years'': During the Spring and Autumn Period (777-476 BC), Childe Chong Er of the state of Jin went to the state of Chu. King Cheng of Chu gave a banquet for Chong er and asked, &amp;quot;If childe returns to the state of Jin, how will you repay me? Chong Er answered, &amp;quot;If I can return to the state of Jin, if the troops of the state of Jin and the state of Chu meet each other in the Central Plains, I will ask the troops of the state of Jin to retreat 90 li.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 09:18, 29 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
后重耳返国为君，晋、楚城濮(在今山东省鄄城县西南)之战，重耳遵守诺言，晋军果“退三舍以辟之”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第三回&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
托内兄如海荐西宾 接外孙贾母惜孤女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Childe Chong Er came back to his country as Emperor. In the battle of Jin and Chu in Chengpu (in southwest of Juancheng county in Shandong province), he keeps his promise, then the army of Jin actually retreated to avoid the war. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entrust cousin Ru Hai with recommendations of distinguished gusts; Accept granddaughter lady Dowager takes pity on orphan girl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then Childe Chong Er came back to his country as Emperor. In the battle of Jin and Chu in Chengpu (in southwest of Juancheng county in Shandong province), he keeps his promise, then the army of Jin actually retreated to avoid the war. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entrust cousin Ru Hai with recommendations of distinguished gusts; Welcoming her granddaughter, lady Dowager takes pity on the orphan girl.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 11:13, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说雨村忙回头看时，不是别人，乃是当日同僚一案参革的张如圭。他系此地人，革后家居，今打听得都中奏准起复旧员之信，他便四下里寻情找门路，忽遇见雨村，故忙道喜。二人见了礼，张如圭便将此信告知雨村。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rainvillage Merchant, turning round in a hurry, perceived that the speaker was no other than a certain Chang Rugui, an old colleague of his, who had been denounced and deprived of office, on account of some case or other; a native of that district, who had, since his degradation, resided in his home.Having come to hear the news that a memorial, presented in the capital, that the former officers (who had been cashiered) should be reinstated, had received the imperial consent, he had promptly done all he could, in every nook and corner, to obtain influence, and to find the means (of righting his position,) when he, unexpectedly, came across Rainvillage Merchant, to whom he therefore lost no time in offering his congratulations. The two friends exchanged the conventional salutations, and Chang Ju-kuei communicated the tidings to Yue-ts'un.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 07:11, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rainvillage Merchant, speedily looking back on, perceived that the speaker was no other than a certain Chang Ju-kuei, an old colleague of his, who had participated in the former case but been denounced and deprived of office, on account of some case or other. He was a native of that district, who had resided at home since his degradation. Having lately come to hear the news that a memorial, presented in the capital, that the former officers (who had been cashiered) should be reinstated, had received the imperial consent, he had promptly done all he could to obtain influence, and to find the means of righting his position. When he, unexpectedly, came across Rainvillage Merchant, he offered offering his congratulations to him soon. The two friends greeted to each other, exchanging the conventional salutations, and Chang Ju-kuei forthwith passed on the information to Rainvillage Merchant.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 04:55, 15 December 2021 (UTC)--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 13:42, 29 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
欢喜，忙忙叙了两句，各自别去回家。冷子兴听得此言，便忙献计，令雨村央求林如海，转向都中去央烦贾政。雨村领其意而别，回至馆中，忙寻邸报看真确了。次日，面谋之如海。如海道：“天缘凑巧。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rainvillage Merchant was delighted, but after he had made a few remarks in a hurry, each took his leave and sped on his own way homewards. After hearing this conversation,  Leng Tzu-hsing hastened at once to propose a plan, advising Rainvillage Merchant to request Lin Ju-hai, then, in his turn, to appeal to Master Merchant in the capital for support.Rainvillage Merchant accepted the suggestion, and took leave of him. Upon returning to the quarter, he made all haste to lay his hand on the Metropolitan Gazette, to ascertain whether the news was authentic or not. On the next day, he had a personal consultation with Ju-hai. &amp;quot;Providence and good fortune are both alike propitious!&amp;quot; said by Ju-hai.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 04:57, 15 December 2021 (UTC)--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 13:45, 29 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yue-ts'un was delighted, but after he they made a short conversation, each of them stepped on their own way homewards. After hearing the words of Yue-ts'un, Leng Tzu-hsing hastened at once to propose a plan, advising Yue-ts'un to request Lin Ju-hai, then, in his turn, to appeal to Chia Cheng in the capital for support. Yue-ts'un accepted the suggestion, and took leave of him. Upon returning to the quarter, he made all haste to read the Metropolitan Gazette, to ascertain the authenticity of that news. On the next day, he made a personal consultation with Ju-hai. Thus, Ju-hai said, &amp;quot;Providence and good fortune are both alike propitious!&amp;quot; --[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 13:06, 15 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因贱荆去世，都中家岳母念及小女无人依傍，前已遣了男女、船只来接，因小女未曾大痊，故尚未行。此刻正思送女进京。因向蒙教训之恩，未经酬报，遇此机会，岂有不尽心图报之理？弟已预筹之，修下荐书一封，托内兄务为周全，方可稍尽弟之鄙诚；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since my wife has passed away, my mother-in-law has long before dispatched servants and transporting boats here to fetch my lonely daughter. But she has not set off yet due to the fact that she had not fully recovered at that time. As she is in good condition now, I am considering sending her to her grandma's. Once you have taught my daughter but desired no handsome payment; while now you need help, how can I sit on the fence? I have already well prepared for that in advance --- a recommendation letter has been written to my brother-in-law, to ensure your success in career. Only in this way can I show my gratitude towards you.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 08:15, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since my wife has passed away, my mother-in-law who lives in the capital worried that my daughter has no one to rely on. So she has long before dispatched servants and transporting boats here to fetch my lonely daughter. But she has not set off yet due to the fact that she had not fully recovered at that time. As she is in good condition now, I am considering sending her to her grandma's. Once you have taught my daughter but desired no handsome payment; while now you need help, how can I sit on the fence? I have already well prepared for that in advance --- a recommendation letter has been written to my brother-in-law, to ensure your success in career. Only in this way can I show my gratitude towards you.--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 07:43, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即有所费，弟于内家信中写明，不劳吾兄多虑。”雨村一面打恭，谢不释口；一面又问：“不知令亲大人现居何职？只怕晚生草率，不敢进谒。”如海笑道：“若论舍亲，与尊兄犹系一家，乃荣公之孙：大内兄现袭一等将军之职，名赦，字恩侯；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“As for the possible costs, I will explain in the letter. You don’t need to worry about it.” Yu Cun bent down and expressed his gratitude, asking: “What does your brother do now? I’m worried that I would take the liberty to pay a visit, it’s too hasty.” Ru Hai laughed and said: “My brother and your brother belong to the same family. They are both descendants of Origin Merchant. My eldest brother is now a first-class general, his name is Pardon Merchant, whose alternative given name is Enhou.”--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 07:38, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“As for the possible costs, I will explain in the letter. You needn’t to worry about it.” Yu Cun bent down and expressed his gratitude, asking: “What does your brother do now? I’m worried that I would take the liberty to pay a visit, it’s too hasty.” Ru Hai laughed and said: “My brother and your brother belong to the same family. They are both descendants of Ronggong. The eldest brother of my wife is now a first-class general, his name is Pardon Merchant, whose alternative given name is Enhou.” --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 23:46, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
二内兄名政，字存周，现任工部员外郎，其为人谦恭厚道，大有祖父遗风，非膏粱轻薄之流，故弟致书烦托，否则不但有污尊兄清操，即弟亦不屑为矣。”雨村听了，心下方信了昨日子兴之言，于是又谢了林如海。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The second brother of my wife named Zheng, his style name is Cunzhou. He is the Yuanwai official of the Ministry of Works in feudal China. He is moderate and kind, has the dignity of his grandfather, and is not the flimsy type. Therefore, my brother sent a letter to me. Otherwise, I will not only pollute my brother's operation, but also despise my brother.” After hearing this, Yuchun had believed the words of Zixing yesterday, therefore, he thanked Lin Ruhai again. --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 01:27, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second brother-in-law is named Zheng, and the word is kept in Zhou. He is currently a member of the Ministry of Engineering. He is courteous and kind. He has a grandfather's legacy. He is not anointing and frivolous. Disdainful. &amp;quot;Yucun listened, and believed in Xing's words from yesterday, so he thanked Lin Ruhai again.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 14:12, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如海又说：“择了出月初二日小女入都，吾兄即同路而往，岂不两便？”雨村唯唯听命，心中十分得意。如海遂打点礼物并饯行之事，雨村一一领了。那女学生原不忍离亲而去，无奈他外祖母必欲其往，且兼如海说：“汝父年已半百，再无续室之意；&lt;br /&gt;
Ruhai also said: &amp;quot;I chose the girl to enter the capital on the second day of the lunar month, and my brother will go the same way. Isn't it both convenient?&amp;quot; Yucun obeyed,and RuHai was very satisfied . Ruhai then took some gifts and walked away, and Yucun took them one by one. The girl student couldn't bear to leave her relatives, but his grandmother wanted to go there. She also said like the sea: &amp;quot;Your father is half a hundred years old, and there is no intention to remarry.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 14:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Ruhai said, &amp;quot;I chose the second day of the month to enter the capital, and my brother went the same way. Rain village obedient, the heart is very proud. Such as Haisui make gifts and farewell dinner, Rain village one by one. The girl could not bear to leave her, but her grandmother wanted her to go, saying, &amp;quot;Your father is fifty years old, and has no intention of staying in the house;--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 12:27, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
且汝多病，年又极小，上无亲母教养，下无姊妹扶持。今去依傍外祖母及舅氏姊妹，正好减我内顾之忧，如何不去？”黛玉听了，方洒泪拜别，随了奶娘及荣府中几个老妇登舟而去。雨村另有船只，带了两个小童，依附黛玉而行。&lt;br /&gt;
You are sick, you are young, you have no mother to nurse you, and no sisters to nurse you. Now I am going to my grandmother and my uncle and sisters, which will relieve my worries. Why not?&amp;quot; When Mascara Jade Forest heard this, she said goodbye with tears and followed the wet nurse and some old women in the Rong House to the boat. Yucun had another boat with two children attached to Mascara Jade Forest.--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 12:25, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And you are sick, very young, no mother to raise, no sister support. Today I go to rely on my grandmother and uncle's sisters, just to reduce my internal worries, how not to go? Dai Yu listened, and Fang shed tears to say goodbye, and followed the grandmother and several old women in the Rong Mansion to board the boat. There was another boat in the rain village, with two children, who were attached to Daiyu.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 12:29, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一日到了京都，雨村先整了衣冠，带着童仆，拿了宗侄的名帖，至荣府门上投了。彼时贾政已看了妹丈之书，即忙请入相会。见雨村相貌魁伟，言谈不俗；且这贾政最喜的是读书人，礼贤下士，拯溺救危，大有祖风；况又系妹丈致意：因此优待雨村，更又不同。&lt;br /&gt;
One day, when Rainvillage Merchant arrived in Jingdou, he dressed himself, and went to Rongfu with his nephew's name card. At this time Master Jia had seen his brother-in-law's letter, immediately invited him to come in to meet. Rainvillage Merchant looked tall and handsome and talked well. And Master Jia most like scholar, courtesy, saving, great predecessors style; Therefore, Master Jia is very good to Rainvillage Merchant. He is different from others.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 08:18, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One day, when Rainvillage Merchant arrived in Jingdou, he dressed himself, and went to Rongfu with his nephew's name card. At the very moment that Master Jia had received  his brother-in-law's letter, he immediately invited him to come in to meet. Rainvillage Merchant looked tall and handsome and talked well. And Master Jia most like scholar, courtesy, saving, great predecessors style; Therefore, Master Jia is very good to Rainvillage Merchant. He is different from others--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 12:39, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便极力帮助，题奏之日，谋了一个复职。不上两月，便选了金陵应天府，辞了贾政，择日到任去了，不在话下。且说黛玉自那日弃舟登岸时，便有荣府打发轿子并拉行李车辆伺候。这黛玉尝听得母亲说，他外祖母家与别人家不同&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They tried to help, the day of the title, sought a reinstatement. Within two months, he was elected to Jinling Yingtianfu, resigned from Jia Zheng, and left for his post on a certain day. Now, when Mascara Jade abandoned her boat and landed on the shore that day, she was served by a sedan chair sent by the Rongfu and a luggage cart. Mascara Jade heard from her mother that her grandmother's family was different from others.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 12:40, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They sought to a position the day that he presented a petition to the throne. Within two months, he was elected to Jinling Mansion, resigned from Master Merchant，and left for his post on a certain day. Now, when Mascara Jade disembarked that day, she was served by a sedan chair sent by the Rongguo Mansion and a luggage cart. Mascara Jade heard from her mother that her grandmother's family was different from others.--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 12:44, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他近日所见的这几个三等的仆妇，吃穿用度，已是不凡；何况今至其家，都要步步留心，时时在意，不要多说一句话，不可多行一步路，恐被人耻笑了去。自上了轿，进了城，从纱窗中瞧了一瞧，其街市之繁华，人烟之阜盛，自非别处可比。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the past few days, she has been deeply impressed by the food, clothing and behavior of the low- ranking attendants who accompanied her. She decided that in their new home, she must always be vigilant and carefully weigh every word so as not to be ridiculed for any stupid mistake. When she carried into the city, she peeped out through the gauze window on her chair at the bustling and crowded streets, which she had never seen before.--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 08:32, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three-class servants she had seen recently have an extraordinary cost of food and clothing. What's more, since got on the sedan chair and entered the city, the prosperous market and the populousness of the city through the screen window were not comparable to other places. when coming to grandmother's mansion must pay attention to every step and be cautious with words so as not to be ridiculed by others. Daiyu thought.  --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 15:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又行了半日，忽见街北蹲着两个大石狮子，三间兽头大门，门前列坐着十来个华冠丽服之人。正门不开，只东、西两角门有人出入。正门之上有一匾，匾上大书“敕造宁国府”五个大字。黛玉想道：“这是外祖的长房了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After half day, there are two large stone lions squatting on the north side of the street, three gates decorated with beast head, and a dozen people in gorgeous crowns and clothes are sitting in front of the gate. The main gate is closing, only the east and west corners enterences are accessible. There is a plaque above the main gate with five big characters &amp;quot;Ningguo Mansion&amp;quot;.  &amp;quot;That must be grandfather's the first son's mansion.&amp;quot;Daiyu thought.  --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 15:39, 12 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After another half-day walk, they came to a street with two huge stone lions crouching on the north side and three gates decorated with beast head, in front of which ten or more people in gorgeous crowns and clothes were sitting. The main gate was shut, with only people passing in and out of the other two smaller gates. On a board above the main gate was written in big characters &amp;quot;Ningguo Mansion Built at Imperial Command&amp;quot;. Daiyu realized that this must be where the elder branch of her grandmather's family lived.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 05:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又往西不远，照样也是三间大门，方是荣国府，却不进正门，只由西角门而进。轿子抬着走了一箭之远，将转弯时便歇了轿，后面的婆子也都下来了。另换了四个眉目秀洁的十七八岁的小厮上来抬着轿子，众婆子步下跟随。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A little further to the west they came to another three gates. This was the Rong Mansion. Instead of going through the main gate, they entered the one on the west. The bearers carried the chair a bow-shot further, and then set it down at the turning and withdrew, the maidservants now going down the chair. Another four seventeen or eighteen smartly dressed lads picked up the chair, followed by the maids.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 05:09, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not far to the west is the same three-room gate, which is the Rongguo Mansion. Instead of going through the main gate, they entered the one on the west. The bearers carried the chair a bow-shot further, and then set it down at the turning and withdrew, the maidservants now going down the chair. Another four seventeen or eighteen smartly dressed lads picked up the chair, followed by the maids.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 07:26, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
至一垂花门前落下，那小厮俱肃然退出。众婆子上前打起轿帘，扶黛玉下了轿。黛玉扶着婆子的手，进了垂花门，两边是超手游廊，正中是穿堂，当地放着一个紫檀架子大理石屏风。转过屏风，小小三间厅房。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the palanquin was dropped in front of a pendant door, the attendants all retired in silence. The ladies came forward and raised the curtain of the palanquin and helped Mascara Jade Forest out of the palanquin. The two sides of the door are overhand corridors, and the centre is a hall with a marble screen on a rosewood frame. Turning past the screen, there is a small three-room hall.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 07:22, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the palanquin was dropped in front of a floral-pendant gates, the attendants all retreated in silence. The maids came forward and drew the curtain of the palanquin to help Mascara Jade Forest out of the palanquin. Holding the hands of those maids, Black Jade enter the floral-pendant gates. On the two sides of the door were Chaoshou veranda, and in the center was a vestibule with a marble screen in a rosewood frame. Past the screen, there were three small rooms. --[[User:Liu Yunxin|Liu Yunxin]] ([[User talk:Liu Yunxin|talk]]) 13:01, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
厅后便是正房大院：正面五间上房，皆是雕梁画栋；两边穿山游廊、厢房，挂着各色鹦鹉、画眉等雀鸟。台阶上坐着几个穿红着绿的丫头，一见他们来了，都笑迎上来道：“刚才老太太还念诵呢，可巧就来了。”于是三四人争着打帘子。一面听得人说：“林姑娘来了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Behind the banqueting hall was the courtyard of the principal rooms: the five principal rooms on the front all had carved beams and painted rafters; from the roof of the verandah on both sides, the cages of parrots, thrushes and various birds hung there. A few girls in red and green sat on the steps. Saw they coming, the girls all smiled and came up: “Just now grandma was taking about you. You arrived just in time.” Then they rushed to pull the curtain. From the other side, a man said: “Miss Forest is coming.”--[[User:Liu Yunxin|Liu Yunxin]] ([[User talk:Liu Yunxin|talk]]) 12:28, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Behind the hall was the courtyard of the central house: five principal rooms in the front with carved beams, while along two sides corridors and chambers with colorfully painted birds as parrots and thrush. There were several maids in red and green sitting on the steps. Seeing visitors coming, they greeted them with smiles, saying, &amp;quot;The old lady just talked about you again and again in anticipation, and here you are.&amp;quot; then the four maids scrambled to open the curtain. Meanwhile a man said, &amp;quot;Miss Forest is coming.&amp;quot;--[[User:Luo Anyi|Luo Anyi]] ([[User talk:Luo Anyi|talk]]) 12:47, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉方进房，只见两个人扶着一位鬓发如银的老母迎上来。黛玉知是外祖母了，正欲下拜，早被外祖母抱住，搂入怀中，“心肝儿肉”叫着大哭起来。当下侍立之人无不下泪，黛玉也哭个不休。众人慢慢解劝，那黛玉方拜见了外祖母。&lt;br /&gt;
An silver-haired old lady supported by two maids came and welcomed her while Mascara Jade entered the room. Realizing that this was her grandmother, she was about to bow down to show her respects. Suddenly she was tightly hugged by grandmoa who crying out harrowingly &amp;quot;my sweet heart!&amp;quot; Servants and maids were all in tears, and Black Jade also sobbed unceasingly. People persuaded them softly, then Mascara Jade was able to pay her respects to her grandmother. --[[User:Luo Anyi|Luo Anyi]] ([[User talk:Luo Anyi|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2021 (U&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Dai Yu just came to the home, there came a silver-haired old woman.Dai Yu knew she was grandma, and as she was going to bow down to show her respect, she has been already hugged by her grandma, who cried:&amp;quot;my sweety!&amp;quot;. The surrounding maids all cried, as well as Dai Yu. The crowds slowy persuade her, and Dai Yu then showed her respect to her grandma.--[[User:Luo Xi|Luo Xi]] ([[User talk:Luo Xi|talk]]) 14:01, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贾母方一一指与黛玉道：“这是你大舅母。这是二舅母。这是你先前珠大哥的媳妇珠大嫂子。”黛玉一一拜见。贾母又说：“请姑娘们。今日远客来了，可以不必上学去。”众人答应了一声，便去了两个。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu's grandmother than introduce them respectively:&amp;quot;This is your eldest aunt, and this is your second aunt.This is your Zhu brother's wife. Dai Yu greet them one by one.Baoyu's grandmother than said that:&amp;quot;Invite the gilrs. Today here come the dear guest, so they don't need to go to school.&amp;quot; Surrounding people said yes, and two of them left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grandma Merchant then introduced them respectively to Mascara Jade Forest: &amp;quot;This is your eldest aunt, and this is your second uncle's wife. This is your deceased elder brother Zhu's wife.&amp;quot; She greeted them one by one. Grandma Merchant then said: &amp;quot;Tell all the girls to come here. We have visitor who came from afar, so they don't need to go to school.&amp;quot; Surrounding people answered yes, and two of them left to call them.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 07:22, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
不一时，只见三个奶妈并五六个丫鬟，拥着三位姑娘来了：第一个肌肤微丰，身材合中，腮凝新荔，鼻腻鹅脂，温柔沉默，观之可亲；第二个削肩细腰，长挑身材，鸭蛋脸儿，俊眼修眉，顾盼神飞，文彩精华，见之忘俗；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a little while, three grannies and five or six servant girls turned up, clustering with three ladies. The first was somewhere plump in figure and of average height; her cheek was in beautiful shape, like a fresh lichee; her nose was glossy like the goose grease; she was gentle and quiet in nature, who looks very friendly. The second  was thin and tall with an oval face, sparking eyes and long eyebrows; her elegance and quick-witted mind tickle people’s fancy, letting them forget everything vulgar.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 08:11, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a while, the three young ladies showed up, escorted by three wet nurses and five or six maids. The first was slightly plump and of medium height; her cheeks were as smooth and soft as the newly ripened lichees, and her nose was as glossy as goose fat. She was tender and reticent, and looked very affable. The second had drooping shoulders and a slender waist; she was tall and slim, with an oval face, bright and piercing eyes as well as delicate eyebrows. She seemed elegant, quick-witted and in high spirits, with a display of distinctive charm. People who looked at her were to forget everything vulgar and tawdry.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 23:42, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第三个身量未足，形容尚小：其钗环裙袄，三人皆是一样的妆束。黛玉忙起身，迎上来见礼，互相厮认，归了坐位。丫鬟送上茶来。不过叙些黛玉之母如何得病，如何请医服药，如何送死发丧。不免贾母又伤感起来，因说：“我这些女孩儿，所疼的独有你母亲。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third one was not yet fully grown, and she still had the face of a child. All the three young ladies were dressed in similar garments, that is, the tunics and the skirts with the same bracelets and head ornaments. Mascara Jade Forest hastily rose to greet politely these cousins, and then they introduced to and acquainted with each other, after which they took seats while the maids served the tea. All their talk now was about Mascara Jade Forest's mother: the culprit for her illness, the medicine that the doctors prescribed for treating her disease, and the conduction of her funeral and mourning ceremonies. Inevitably, Grandma Merchant couldn't help being affected painfully. &amp;quot;Of all my chilren I loved your mother best,&amp;quot; she told Mascara Jade.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 07:49, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今一旦先我而亡，不得见面，怎不伤心！”说着，携了黛玉的手，又哭起来。众人都忙相劝慰，方略略止住。众人见黛玉年纪虽小，其举止言谈不俗；身体面貌虽弱不胜衣，却有一段风流态度，便知他有不足之症。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once she died before me, I could not see her again. She said, taking Mascara Jade Forest's hand, and cried again. Everyone was busy trying to console her, and soon she slightly stopped. They saw that although Mascara Jade Forest was young, her manner and speech were not ordinary; although her health was weak, she had graceful and elegant manner, so they knew that she had a disease of deficiency.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 08:43, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Once she died before me, it is so sad that I could not see her again.&amp;quot; she said, taking Mascara Jade Forest's hand, and cried again. Everyone was trying to console her, and then she slightly stopped. They saw that although Mascara Jade Forest was young, her manner and speech were not ordinary; although she was weak, she had graceful and elegant gestures, so they learned that she had a disease of deficiency.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 06:35, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因问：“常服何药？为何不治好了？”黛玉道：“我自来如此，从会吃饭时便吃药到如今了，经过多少名医，总未见效。那一年我才三岁，记得来了一个癞头和尚，说要化我去出家，我父母自是不从。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So they asked:&amp;quot; What medicine do you usually take? Why doesn't it work?&amp;quot; Mascara Jade Forest replied:&amp;quot; I am used to getting along with my disease. I have been taking medicine since I could eat. A lot of famous daocters cannot contribute to my illness.When I was three years old, a monk with favus on the head came to persuade me to become a nun,but my parents declined him.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 08:07, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They then asked, &amp;quot;What medicines do you take regularly? Why can't you cure your illness?&amp;quot; Mascara Jade Forest, &amp;quot;I am used to getting along with my disease. I have been taking medicine since I could eat. A lot of famous docters cannot contribute to my illness. I was only three years old when I remember a mangy monk came and said he wanted to convert me to a monk, but my parents refused.--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 06:29, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他又说：‘既舍不得他，但只怕他的病，一生也不能好的；若要好时，除非从此以后，总不许见哭声，除父母之外，凡有外亲，一概不见，方可平安了此一生。’这和尚疯疯癫癫，说了这些不经之谈，也没人理他。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The monk said, &amp;quot;if you can't bear to part with her she'll probably nerver get well. The only remedy is to keep her from hearing weeping and from seeing any relatives apart from her father and mother. That's her only hope of having a quiet life.&amp;quot; No one paid any attention, of course, to such crazy talk.--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 06:24, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The monk said, &amp;quot;if you can't bear to separate with her, she'll probably nerver get well. The only remedy is to keep her from hearing weeping and from seeing any relatives apart from her father and mother. That's her only hope of having a quiet life.&amp;quot; No one paid any attention, of course, to such nonsense talk.--[[User:Qing Jianan|Qing Jianan]] ([[User talk:Qing Jianan|talk]]) 12:12, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Example.ogg]]==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如今还是吃人参养荣丸。”贾母道：“这正好，我这里正配丸药呢，叫他们多配一料就是了。”一语未完，只听后院中有笑语声，说：“我来迟了，没得迎接远客。”黛玉思忖道：“这些人个个皆敛声屏气如此，这来者是谁，这样放诞无礼？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now Mascara Jade Forest is still taking ginseng pills.And Grandma Merchant said:&amp;quot; What a coincidence! The pills are making now, I just tell them to add one.&amp;quot; The words have not been finished, but there is a laugh in the back yard, which said:&amp;quot; I come late and fail to welcome our distinguished guest.&amp;quot; Mascara Jade Forest thought: all people here are holding their breath, who is this person that is so arrogant and rude?--[[User:Qing Jianan|Qing Jianan]] ([[User talk:Qing Jianan|talk]]) 08:19, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now Lin Daiyu is still taking ginseng pills. And Grandma Merchant said:&amp;quot; It just so happens that I have been asking them to dispense the pills, just asking them to do one more portion.&amp;quot; The words are not  finished, but there is a laugh in the back yard, which said:&amp;quot; I am late and fail to welcome our distinguished guest.&amp;quot; Mascara Jade Forest thought: “all people here are holding their breath, who is this person that is so arrogant and rude?”--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 09:33, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
心下想时，只见一群媳妇、丫鬟拥着一个丽人，从后房进来。这个人打扮与姑娘们不同，彩绣辉煌，恍若神妃仙子：头上戴着金丝八宝攒珠髻，绾着朝阳五凤挂珠钗；项上戴着赤金盘螭缨络圈；身上穿着缕金百蝶穿花大红云缎窄褃袄，外罩五彩刻丝石青银鼠褂；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Mascara Jade Forest is still thinking about it, a group of daughters-in-law and maids cluster around a beauty coming in from the back room. She dresses up differently from other girls, with colorful embroidery splendor, and looks like a divine concubine or a fairy: wearing a gold silk beads bun decorated with eight treasures and the five phoenix hairpin hanging with beads on the head; a red gold coiled chi dragon tassel ring around the neck; the bright red made of cloud satin material narrow lining cotton jacket with decorations of wisps of gold hundred butterflies and flowers, and the outer coat with decorations of the multicolored engraved silk stone green silver mouse.  --[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 09:34, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mascara Jade Forest was still thinking about it when she saw a group of daughters-in-law and maids embracing a beautiful woman who came in from the back room. This woman dresses differently from the girls,  with colorful embroidery splendor,  and looks like a divine concubine fairy: wearing a gold silk eight treasure save beads bun and the sunrise five phoenix hanging beads hairpin on the head; a red gold coiled chi dragon tassel ring around the neck; wearing the bright red made of cloud satin material narrow lining cotton jacket with decorations of wisps of gold hundred butterflies and flowers, and  the outer coat with decorations of the multicolored engraved silk stone green silver mouse.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 07:47, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
下着翡翠撒花洋绉裙。一双丹凤三角眼，两弯柳叶吊梢眉。身量苗条，体格风骚。粉面含春威不露，丹唇未启笑先闻。黛玉连忙起身接见。贾母笑道：“你不认得他。他是我们这里有名的一个泼辣货，南京所谓‘辣子’，你只叫他‘凤辣子’就是了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Pheonix King wore a jadeite flowered dress underneath, with a pair of phoenix triangle eyes and two curved willow hanging eyebrows. Her figure is slim and her physique is flirtatious. She can be described with “ the face is delicate and beautiful, spirited character of her is not revealed in the appearance, red lips beautiful, not yet open mouth first heard her laugh”. Mascara Jade Forest hastily got up to curtsy to  her. Grandma Merchant said with a smile, &amp;quot;You do not recognize her. She is famous for her boldness and vigorousness  here, she is truly the 'chilli woman' in Nanjing dialect, you can just call her ' chilli Feng'.&amp;quot;--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 07:35, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Pheonix King, characterized by a pair of phoenix triangle eyes and two curved willow hanging eyebrows, wore an emerald flowered crepe skirt. She was slender and coquettish, with a delicate face and a smiling lip. Mascara Jade Forest promptly rose quickly to greet her. Grandma Merchant said with a smile: “ you don’t know him. He is famous for her fierceness and toughness, namely the so-called Nanjing chilli. So you can just call him ‘Chilli Pheonix’.”--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 12:48, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉正不知以何称呼，众姊妹都忙告诉黛玉道：“这是琏二嫂子。”黛玉虽不曾识面，听见他母亲说过：大舅贾赦之子贾琏，娶的就是二舅母王氏的内侄女，自幼假充男儿教养，叫做王熙凤学名。黛玉忙陪笑见礼，以“嫂”呼之。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mascara Jade Forest was insensible of what to call her. Then her sisters told her promptly: “ this is your sister-in-law Romance Second Merchant.” Although Mascara Jade Forest had never met her, she heard of her from his mother: Romance Merchant, the son of her Uncle Pardon Merchant, had married the niece of Aunt King, named scientifically Splendid Phoenix King, was brought up as a male offspring since childhood. Mascara Jade Forest was engaged in smiling and saluting at her, calling her “sister-in-law”.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 12:32, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mascara Jade Forest didn't know what to call her. Then her sisters told her promptly: “This is your sister-in-law Romance Second Merchant.” Although Mascara Jade Forest had never met her, she heard of her from his mother: Romance Merchant, the son of her Uncle Pardon Merchant, had married the niece of Aunt King,named scientifically Splendid Phoenix King,was brought up as a male offspring since childhood. Mascara Jade Forest was engaged in smiling and saluting at her, calling her “sister-in-law”.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 01:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这熙凤携着黛玉的手，上下细细打量了一回，便仍送至贾母身边坐下，因笑道：“天下真有这样标致人儿！我今日才算看见了。况且这通身的气派，竟不像老祖宗的外孙女儿，竟是嫡亲的孙女儿似的，怨不得老祖宗天天嘴里心里放不下。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking Mascara Jade Forest's hand, Splendid Phoenix King looked up and down her carefully, then she sent her toGrandma Merchant's side to sit down.She laughed and said:&amp;quot;There is really such a beautiful person in the world!I didn't see her until today.Moreover,the style of her makes her be more like your son's daughter than your daughter's daughter.It's no wonder that you are concerned about her so much.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 01:49, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking Mascara Jade Forest's hand, Splendid Phoenix King looked her up and down carefully, then sent her to Grandma Merchant's side to sit down. She laughed and said:&amp;quot;There is really such a beautiful person in the world! I haven’t seen her until today. Moreover, her extraordinary temperament makes her be more like your son's daughter rather than your daughter's daughter. It's no wonder that you are concerned about her so much. --[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 06:48, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只可怜我这妹妹这么命苦，怎么姑妈偏就去世了呢？”说着便用帕拭泪。贾母笑道：“我才好了，你又来招我；你妹妹远路才来，身子又弱，也才劝住了：快别再提了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I pity my sister for being so miserable, how could my aunt died so early?&amp;quot; She said, wiping her tears with her handkerchief. Grandma Merchant laughed and said, &amp;quot;I've just recovered. You come to provoke me again. Your sister has just arrived from a long journey and is weak, so she has just been persuaded: Don't mention it again.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 02:37, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I pity my sister who is so miserable, how could my aunt have died?&amp;quot; She said, wiping her tears with her handkerchief. Your sister has only just arrived from a long journey and is weak, so she has only just been persuaded to stop talking about it.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 08:22, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
熙凤听了，忙转悲为喜道：“正是呢，我一见了妹妹，一心都在他身上，又是喜欢，又是伤心，竟忘了老祖宗了。该打，该打！”又忙拉着黛玉的手问道：“妹妹几岁了？可也上过学？现吃什么药？在这里别想家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time I saw my sister, I was all over him, and I liked him, and I was sad, and I forgot about my ancestors. You should be beaten, you should be beaten!&amp;quot; He also took Daiyu's hand and asked, &amp;quot;How old is my sister? How old is she? What kind of medicine do you take now? Don't be homesick here.--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 08:21, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first time I saw my sister, I was all over him, and I liked him, and I was sad, and I forgot about my ancestors. You should be beaten, you should be beaten!&amp;quot; He also took Daiyu's hand and asked, &amp;quot;How old is my sister? How old is she? What kind of medicine do you take now? Don't be homesick here.--[[User:Wang Zhenlong|Wang Zhenlong]] ([[User talk:Wang Zhenlong|talk]]) 11:14, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
要什么吃的，什么玩的，只管告诉我；丫头、老婆们不好，也只管告诉我。”黛玉一一答应。一面熙凤又问人：“林姑娘的东西可搬进来了？带了几个人来？你们赶早打扫两间屋子，叫他们歇歇儿去。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just tell me what you want to eat and play; Girls and old servants are not good, just tell me. &amp;quot; Daiyu nodded one by one. On one side, Xifeng asked, &amp;quot;have you moved in Miss Lin's things? How many people have you brought? Clean the two rooms early and tell them to have a rest.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wang Zhenlong|Wang Zhenlong]] ([[User talk:Wang Zhenlong|talk]]) 06:54, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tell me what you want to eat and play; And if the maids or old nurses aren't good to you, just let me know. &amp;quot; Mascara Jade Forest nodded one by one. At the same time, Splendid Phoenix asked, &amp;quot;Have Miss Forest's things been moved in? And how many people does she bring? Clean the two rooms as soon as possible and tell them to have a rest there.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 08:24, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
说话时已摆了果茶上来，熙凤亲自布让。又见二舅母问他：“月钱放完了没有？”熙凤道：“放完了。刚才带了人到后楼上找缎子，找了半日，也没见昨儿太太说的那个。想必太太记错了。”王夫人道：“有没有，什么要紧！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fruits and tea had been prepared when Splendid Phoenix was talking, and she arranged them by herself.  Lady King asked her whether the monthly payment has been given out, she answered yes. “I looked for the satin in the back stairs with some people for hours just now, but didn’t find which madam mentioned yesterday. Madam must be wrong.” Splendid Phoenix King said, and  Lady King answered, “ It doesn’t matter if there is or not.”--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 07:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fruits and tea had been prepared when Xifeng was talking, and she arranged them by herself. The second aunt asked her, &amp;quot;Have the monthly payment been given out?&amp;quot; Xifeng answered, &amp;quot;Yes. And I looked for the satin in the back stairs with some people for hours just now, but didn’t find what madam mentioned yesterday. Madam mabey remember something wrong.” Mrs. Wang replied, “ It doesn’t matter if there is or not.”--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 09:03, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因又说道：“该随手拿出两个来，给你这妹妹裁衣裳啊。等晚上想着，再叫人去拿罢。”熙凤道：“我倒先料着了，知道妹妹这两日必到，我已经预备下了。等太太回去过了目，好送来。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs. Wang said, &amp;quot;You should take out a couple of satin pieces to cut your sister's dress. When you think of this matter in the evening, send someone for the satin .&amp;quot; Xifeng said, &amp;quot;I expected it. I knew my sister would arrive in these two days, and I had already made preparations. I will send someone for the satin as soon as you have returned and examined it.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 08:52, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lady King added, &amp;quot;You should take out a couple of satin pieces to cut your sister's dress. When you think of this in the evening, send someone for the satin .&amp;quot; Splendid Phoenix King said, &amp;quot;I have expected it. I know my sister will arrive in these two days, and I have already made preparations. I will send someone for the satin as soon as you have examined it.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 13:58, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王夫人一笑，点头不语。当下茶果已撤，贾母命两个老嬷嬷带黛玉去见两个舅舅去。维时贾赦之妻邢氏忙起身笑回道：“我带了外甥女儿过去，到底便宜些。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lady King smiled, nodded and said nothing. Now the refreshments were cleared away and the Grandma Merchant ordered Nanny Walk and Nanny Woodhouse to take Mascara Jade Forest to see her two uncles. At this time, Lady City, the wife of Pardon Merchant also immediately stood up, replied with smile, &amp;quot;it's also very convenient for me to take my niece.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 13:51, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Her Lady City smiled, nodded but  said nothing. Now the refreshments were cleared away and the Lady Dowager ordered two mothers to take Mascara Jade Forest to see her two uncles. At this time, Lady Xing immediately stood up, replied with a smile, &amp;quot;it's also very convenient for me to take my niece.&amp;quot;--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 08:37, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贾母笑道：“正是呢，你也去罢，不必过来了。”那邢夫人答应了，遂带着黛玉，和王夫人作辞，大家送至穿堂。垂花门前早有众小厮拉过一辆翠幄青油车来，邢夫人携了黛玉坐上，众老婆们放下车帘，方命小厮们抬起。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grandma Merchant laughed and said: “ Yeah, you can also leave, and don’t have to come here.” Lady City promised, and said goodbye to Lady King with Mascara Jade Forest , all of them went through the hallway. The ingenious green carriage, which drove by a group of manservants stood in front of the floral-pendant gates, Lady City set in the car with Mascara Jade Forest, several old mothers put down the car shade, instructing boys uplift the carriage. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 08:35, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mother laughed and said, &amp;quot;Exactly, you also go, no need to come.&amp;quot; That Mrs. Xing agreed, so took Daiyu, and Mrs. Wang to say goodbye, we sent to the wear hall. The tent green oil carriage in front of the flower gate, Mrs. Xing took Daiyu to sit on it, the wives put down the curtain, and ordered the boys to lift it.--[[User:Wu Yinghong|Wu Yinghong]] ([[User talk:Wu Yinghong|talk]]) 01:13, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
拉至宽处，驾上驯骡，出了西角门往东，过荣府正门，入一黑油漆大门内，至仪门前方下了车。邢夫人挽着黛玉的手进入院中。黛玉度其处必是荣府中之花园隔断过来的。&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled to a wide place, driving on the tame mule, out of the west corner gate to the east, past the main gate of Rongfu, into a black-painted gate, to the front of the ceremony door down the car. Mrs. Xing took Daiyu's hand and entered the courtyard. The first thing you need to do is to get to the garden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then he took the mule，went out the west Corner gate to the east, passed the main gate of Rongfu, entered a black painted gate, and got off in front of Yi gate. Lady Xing took Daiyu's hand and entered the courtyard. Daiyu spent its place must be the garden in the rong mansion partition come over.--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 01:38, 15 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
进入三层仪门，果见正房、厢房、游廊悉皆小巧别致，不似那边的轩峻壮丽，且院中随处之树木山石皆好。及进入正室，早有许多艳妆丽服之姬妾、丫鬟迎着。邢夫人让黛玉坐了；一面令人到外书房中请贾赦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we entered the three-story ceremonial gate, the main room, wing room and verandah were all small and unique, unlike those of the other side. Besides, the trees, mountains and stones in the courtyard were all good. When they entered the main room, there were many concubines and servant girls dressed in colourful makeup and beautiful clothes waiting for them. Lady City asked Mascarra Jade to sit down and then let others invite Pardon Merchant in the outer study.--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 01:02, 15 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When entering the three- layers ceremonial gate, Daiyu found that the main room, wing room and verandah were all small and unique, unlike those of the other side. Besides, the trees, mountains and stones in the courtyard were all good. When they entered the main room, there were many concubines and servant girls dressed in heavy makeup and beautiful clothes waiting for them. Madam Xing asked Daiyu to sit down and then let others invite Jia She in the outer study.--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 12:10, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一时回来说：“老爷说了：‘连日身上不好，见了姑娘，彼此伤心，暂且不忍相见。劝姑娘不必伤怀想家，跟着老太太和舅母，是和家里一样的。姐妹们虽拙，大家一处作伴，也可以解些烦闷。或有委屈之处，只管说，别外道了才是。’”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs.Xing came back and said, &amp;quot;the master said, 'I've been felt not so good for days. I am afraid that I will be emotional if I see you, so I can't bear to see you for the time being. I advise you not to be homesick. It's the same as home to follow the old lady and aunt. Although the sisters are clumsy, you can relieve some boredom if you keep company together. If you have grievances, just tell us and make yourself at home.''--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 12:07, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs.Xing came back and said, &amp;quot;the master said, 'I've been felt not so good for days. I am afraid that I will be emotional if I see you, so I can't bear to see you for the time being. I advise you not to be homesick. It's the same as home to follow the old lady and aunt. Although the sisters are clumsy, you can relieve some boredom if you keep company together. If you have grievances, just tell us and make yourself at home.''--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 07:45, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉忙站起身来，一一答应了。再坐一刻便告辞，邢夫人苦留吃过饭去。黛玉笑回道：“舅母爱惜赐饭，原不应辞；只是还要过去拜见二舅舅，恐去迟了不恭，异日再领。望舅母容谅。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daiyu stood up and agreed one by one. Sitting for a moment and then said goodbye, Mrs. Xing painstakingly stay to eat a meal. Daiyu smile back: &amp;quot;aunt love to give rice, should not resign; just have to go over to see second uncle, afraid to go late disrespectful, another day to receive. I hope aunt forgive me.&amp;quot;--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 07:44, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mascara Jade Forest stood up and agreed one by one. Sitting for a moment and then said goodbye, Lady City painstakingly stay to eat a meal. Mascara Jade Forest smile back: &amp;quot;aunt love to give rice, should not resign; just have to go over to see second uncle, afraid to go late disrespectful, another day to receive. I hope aunt forgive me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
邢夫人道：“这也罢了。”遂命两个嬷嬷用方才坐来的车送过去。于是黛玉告辞。邢夫人送至仪门前，又嘱咐了众人几句，眼看着车去了方回来。一时黛玉进入荣府，下了车，只见一条大甬路直接出大门来。&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Lady City said: “That’s fine.” So she ordered two Sisters to send Mascara Jade Forest back by Carriage used before. So Mascara Jade Forest farewell others. Lady City saw her off and said some words to others, seeing the carriage come back and forth. Once Daiyu entered The House of Rong and got off the carriage, she saw a long and wide road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lady City said: “That’s fine.” So she ordered two Sisters to send Mascara Jade Forest back by Carriage used before. So Mascara Jade Forest farewell others. Lady City saw her off to the gate of etiquetteand said some words to others, seeing the carriage come back and forth. Once Daiyu entered The House of Rong and got off the carriage, she saw a long and wide road.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 11:26, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
众嬷嬷引着，便往东转弯，走过一座东西穿堂，向南大厅之后，仪门内大院落：上面五间大正房，两边厢房，鹿顶耳房钻山，四通八达，轩昂壮丽，比各处不同。黛玉便知这方是正内室。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Led by the mammy, she turned east, passed through an east-west hall, and came to the south hall, where she found a large courtyard inside the Gate of Yi: five main rooms on the top, flanks on both sides, and deer's roof and ears, extending in all directions, magnificent and different from other places. Daiyu knew this was the inner room.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 09:10, 18 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Led by the mammies, they turned eastward and passed through an east-west hallway and the southward hall, she found a large courtyard inside the secondary gate: five main rooms on the top, flanks on both sides, and a small flat topped house next to the main house, extending in all directions, magnificent and different from other places. Daiyu knew this was the inner room.--[[User:Yan Jing|Yan Jing]] ([[User talk:Yan Jing|talk]]) 10:08, 18 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
进入堂屋，抬头迎面先见一个赤金九龙青地大匾，匾上写着斗大三个字，是“荣禧堂”；后有一行小字：“某年月日书赐荣国公贾源”，又有“万幾宸翰”之宝。大紫檀雕螭案上，设着三尺多高青绿古铜鼎，悬着待漏随朝墨龙大画，一边是錾金彝，一边是玻璃盆。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entering the main room, I looked up and saw a great blue board framed in gilded dragons. On the plaque, there were two big words &amp;quot;Jubilee Hall&amp;quot;; Then there is a line of small characters: &amp;quot;on a certain date, this was given to Source Merchant, the Duke of Honor&amp;quot;, and there was the treasure of Emperor's handwriting. On the large red sandalwood table that carved with dragon, there was a green bronze tripod more than three feet high, hanging a large ink dragon painting that seemed to attend the imperial court session in the early morning, with gilded wine vessels on one side and a glass basin on the other.--[[User:Yan Jing|Yan Jing]] ([[User talk:Yan Jing|talk]]) 08:11, 18 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
there was a green bronze tripod more than three feet high, hanging a large ink dragon painting that seemed to attend the imperial court session in the early morning, with gilded wine vessels on one side and a glass basin on the other.--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 12:05, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
地下两溜十六张楠木圈椅。又有一副对联，乃是乌木联牌镶着錾金字迹，道是：座上珠玑昭日月，堂前黼黻焕烟霞。下面一行小字是“世教弟勋袭东安郡王穆莳拜手书”。原来王夫人时常居坐宴息也不在这正室中，只在东边的三间耳房内。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the ground two rows of 16 nanmu armchairs. There is also a pair of couplets, ebony couplet inset with gold handwriting, it said:The pearl and jade in the seat can shine with the sun and the moon; The people in front of the lobby wearing official clothes, its colors like clouds like clouds. The next line is written by Mu Shibai, the hereditary king of Dongpyeong County, who is a brother who has been taught by your family for generations.For Lady King often sat and reposed not in this main room, but in the three eastern rooms.--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 03:36, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Lady King seldom sat in this main hall but used three rooms on the east side for relaxation.--[[User:Yan Zihan|Yan Zihan]] ([[User talk:Yan Zihan|talk]]) 10:04, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
于是嬷嬷们引黛玉进东房门来。临窗大炕上铺着猩红洋毯，正面设着大红金钱蟒引枕，秋香色金钱蟒大条褥；两边设一对梅花式洋漆小几：左边几上摆着文王鼎，鼎旁匙箸、香盒；右边几上摆着汝窑美人觚，里面插着时鲜花草。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So that the nannies led Mascara Jade Forest through the door of the eastern wing. The large kang by the window was covered with a scarlet foreign rug. In the middle were red back-rests and turquoise bolsters, both with dragon-design medallions, and a long greenish yellow mattress also with dragon medallions.  On the two sides， stood one of a pair of small teapoys of foreign lacquer of plum-blossom pattern. On the left-hand table were a tripod, spoons, chopsticks and an incense container;  On the right-hand table were a slender-waisted porcelain vase from the Ruzhou Kiln in which were placed seasonable flowers.--[[User:Yan Zihan|Yan Zihan]] ([[User talk:Yan Zihan|talk]]) 09:48, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thereupon,the nannies led Mascara Jade Forest through the door of the eastern wing. The large kang by the window was covered with a scarlet foreign rug. In the middle were red back-rests and turquoise bolsters, both with dragon-design medallions, and a long greenish yellow mattress also with dragon medallions.  On the two sides stood on a pair of small teapoys of foreign lacquer of plum-blossom pattern. On the left-hand table were a tripod, spoons, chopsticks and an incense container;  On the right-hand table were a slender-waisted porcelain vase from the Ruzhou Kiln in which were placed seasonable flowers.--[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 13:47, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
地下面，西一溜四张大椅，都搭着银红撒花椅搭，底下四副脚踏；两边又有一对高几，几上茗碗、瓶花俱备。其馀陈设，不必细说。老嬷嬷让黛玉上炕坐。炕沿上却也有两个锦褥对设。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the floor on the west side of the room, were four chairs in a row, all of which were covered with antimacassars, embroidered with silverish-red flowers.Beneath them stood four footstools. On either side, was also a pair of high teapoys which were covered with teacups and flower vases.The rest of the room need not be described in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
The nannies urged  Mascara Jade Forest to sit on the kang, on the edge of which were two brocade cushions. --[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 13:42, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the floor facing on the west wall were four chairs in a row, all of which were covered with ornamented cloth embroidered with silverish-red flowers.Beneath them stood four footstools. On either side were a pair of high table with teacups and flower vases.Other decorations in the rest of the room need not be described in detail.The nannies urged  Mascara Jade Forest to sit on the kang, on the edge of which were two brocade cushions.--[[User:Yang Aijiang|Yang Aijiang]] ([[User talk:Yang Aijiang|talk]]) 09:50, 18 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉度其位次，便不上炕，只就东边椅上坐了。本房的丫鬟忙捧上茶来。黛玉一面吃了，打量这些丫鬟们妆饰衣裙，举止行动，果与别家不同。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering her status in the family, Daiyu sat on one of the chairs on the east side instead of sitting on the ''kang''. The maids in attendance served tea immediately. When she was sipping the tea, she observed the maids’ make-up,clothes and deportment, which, her thought, were indeed quite different from those in other families.--[[User:Yang Aijiang|Yang Aijiang]] ([[User talk:Yang Aijiang|talk]]) 09:38, 18 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering her status in the family, Mascara Jade sat on one of the chairs on the east side instead of sitting on the ''kang''. The maids in attendance served tea immediately.Sipping the tea, she observed the maids’ make-up,clothes and deportment, which, her thought, were indeed quite different from those in other families.--[[User:Yang Kun|Yang Kun]] ([[User talk:Yang Kun|talk]]) 14:18, 18 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
茶未吃了，只见一个穿红绫袄、青绸掐牙背心的一个丫鬟走来笑道：“太太说，请林姑娘到那边坐罢。”老嬷嬷听了，于是又引黛玉出来，到了东廊三间小正房内。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the tea was drunk, a servant girl wearing a red silk jacket and a green satin vest came up and smiled, &amp;quot;Lady King invited Miss Forest to come and sit over there.&amp;quot; When the old Nanny heard this, she led Mascara Jade out again and went to the third small main room on the east porch.--[[User:Yang Kun|Yang Kun]] ([[User talk:Yang Kun|talk]]) 03:33, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before they drank tea over, a servant girl in a red silk jacket and a green satin vest came up and smiled, &amp;quot;Mrs. Wang invited Miss Lin to come and sit over there.&amp;quot; When the old Mammy heard this, she led Daiyu out again to the third small main room on the east porch.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 11:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
正面炕上横设一张炕桌，上面堆着书籍、茶具；靠东壁面西设着半旧的青缎靠背、引枕。王夫人却坐在西边下首，亦是半旧青缎靠背、坐褥。见黛玉来了，便往东让。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the kang there was a kang table on which books and tea sets piled up. Half new backrests and pillows made of blue satins were set on the east side of the wall. However, Mrs. Wang set at the foot of the west wall where half new backrests and mattresses made of blue satins were displayed. Mrs. Wang moved to the east side when she saw Lin Daiyu come in.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 11:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the kang lies a kang table,on which books and tea sets are piled up. Half new backrests and pillows made of blue satins were put on the east side of the wall. However, Mrs. Wang sat at the foot of the west wall where half new backrests and mattresses made of blue satins are displayed. Mrs. Wang moved to the east side when she saw Daiyu coming in.--[[User:Ye Weijie|Ye Weijie]] ([[User talk:Ye Weijie|talk]]) 12:11, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉心中料定这是贾政之位。因见挨炕一溜三张椅子上也搭着半旧的弹花椅袱，黛玉便向椅上坐了。王夫人再三让他上炕，他方挨王夫人坐下。王夫人因说：“你舅舅今日斋戒去了，再见罢。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daiyu thought it must be Jia Zhen's seat. Seeing that there were half-old bouncing chair blankets on the three chairs slid by the kang, Daiyu sat on the chair. Mrs. Wang repeatedly asked him to go to the kang, then she sat down next to Mrs. Wang. Mrs. Wang said: &amp;quot;Your uncle has gone fast today, goodbye.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mascara Jade thought that this was Master Merchant's seat， because she saw that there were three chairs next to the bed with a half-used chair, so Mascara Jade sat down on the chair. She sat down next to Lady King after she had asked her to go to the bed again and again. Lady King said, &amp;quot;Your uncle went to fast today, see you later.”--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 12:29, 19 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只是有句话嘱咐你：你三个姐妹倒都极好，以后一处念书认字，学针线，或偶一玩笑，却都有个尽让的。我就只一件不放心：我有一个孽根祸胎，是家里的混世魔王，今日因往庙里还愿去，尚未回来，晚上你看见就知道了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I just have one thing to tell you: your three sisters are all very good, and in the future they will study and learn to read and write together, and learn to sew, or occasionally play jokes, but all of them will do their best. There is only one thing I am not sure about: I have a sinful child who is the evil one in my family, and he has not returned yet because he has gone to the temple to pay his respects.--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 02:19, 13 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I just want to remind you: your sisters are very kind , and in the future you will study together, and learn to read and write and learn to sew. Sometimes you will play jokes at each other, but you will be very tolerant to each other. There is only one thing I am worried about: there is a naughty boy in our family, and he has not returned yet because he has gone to the temple to redeem his wishes, you will see him in the evening.--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 07:45, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你以后总不用理会他，你这些姐姐妹妹都不敢沾惹他的。”黛玉素闻母亲说过：“有个内侄，乃衔玉而生，顽劣异常，不喜读书，最喜在内帏厮混。外祖母又溺爱，无人敢管。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“You can ignore him later and none of your sisters dare to bother him. ” Daiyu heard from her mother: “I have a nephew, who was born with jade in his mouth. He is very naughty and don’t like to read, but prefer to play with girls. His grandma has always spoiled him so that everyone let him be. ”--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 07:27, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;You can ignore him in future because none of your sisters dare to mess up with him&amp;quot;. Mascara Jade  has long heard from her mother about him: &amp;quot;I have a nephew, born with a jade in his mouth, who is very naughty and doesn’t like to read, but prefers to hang around with girls. His grandma has always spoiled him so that everyone let him be&amp;quot;. --[[User:Yin Meida|Yin Meida]] ([[User talk:Yin Meida|talk]]) 12:31, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今见王夫人所说，便知是这位表兄。一面陪笑道：“舅母所说，可是衔玉而生的？在家时，记得母亲常说：这位哥哥比我大一岁，小名就叫宝玉，性虽憨顽，说待姊妹们却是极好的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What Lady King described today is the cousin for sure. Mascara Jade said while smiling:&amp;quot; Is the person you just mentioned my cousin born with a jade? I remember when I was at home my mother often said that the cousin nicknamed Precious Jade is one year older than me. Although he is a little mischievous, he is very friendly with his sisters&amp;quot;.--[[User:Yin Meida|Yin Meida]] ([[User talk:Yin Meida|talk]]) 14:27, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Who Lady King described today is the cousin for sure. Mascara Jade said while smiling:&amp;quot; Is this my cousin you just mentioned born with a jade? I remember when I was at home my mother often said that the cousin nicknamed Precious Jade is one year older than me. Although he is a little mischievous, he is very friendly with his sisters&amp;quot;.--[[User:Yin Yuan|Yin Yuan]] ([[User talk:Yin Yuan|talk]]) 12:06, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
况我来了，自然和姊妹们一处，弟兄们是另院别房，岂有沾惹之理？”王夫人笑道：“你不知道原故。他和别人不同，自幼因老太太疼爱，原系和姐妹们一处娇养惯了的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now I come here,undoubtfully I live with my sisters. The brothers are in some different houses. Is there any reason to mess with them?&amp;quot; Lady King smiled and said, &amp;quot;You don't know. Unlike the others, he had been coddled by his sisters since he was young for the love of Grandma Merchant.--[[User:Yin Yuan|Yin Yuan]] ([[User talk:Yin Yuan|talk]]) 15:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now I come here,undoubtfully I live with my sisters. The brothers are in some different houses. Is there any reason to mess with them?&amp;quot; Lady King smiled and said, &amp;quot;You don't know the reason. Unlike others, he had been coddled by his sisters since he was young for the love of Grandma Merchant.--[[User:Zhan Ruoxuan|Zhan Ruoxuan]] ([[User talk:Zhan Ruoxuan|talk]]) 03:20, 15 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若姐妹们不理他，他倒还安静些；若一日姐妹们和他多说了一句话，他心上一喜，便生出许多事来：所以嘱咐你别理会他。他嘴里一时甜言蜜语，一时有天没日，疯疯傻傻，只休信他。”黛玉一一的都答应着。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“If the sisters ignore him, he is a bit quieter: if one day the sisters talk to him more, he is so happy that he will stir up many troubles: so I tell you to ignore him. He may talk sweetly for a while, and he may be crazy and silly for a while, just don't believe him.” Daiyu replied one by one.--[[User:Zhan Ruoxuan|Zhan Ruoxuan]] ([[User talk:Zhan Ruoxuan|talk]]) 08:45, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
If the sisters ignore him, he will be quiet; if one day they talk to him more, he will be happy, and many things will happen: so I tell you to ignore him. His mouth a sweet talk, a moment there is no day, crazy and silly, just do not believe him. Daiyu agreed one by one.--[[User:Zhang Qiuyi|Zhang Qiuyi]] ([[User talk:Zhang Qiuyi|talk]]) 12:06, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
忽见一个丫鬟来说：“老太太那里传晚饭了。”王夫人忙携了黛玉，出后房门，由后廊往西，出了角门，是一条南北甬路，南边是倒座三间小小抱厦厅，北边立着一个粉油大影壁，后有一个半大门，小小一所房屋。&lt;br /&gt;
Suddenly see a servant girl to say: &amp;quot;old lady there spread supper.&amp;quot;  Lady King and  Mascara Jade Forest  went out of the back door, leading from the back corridor to the west and out of the corner gate. There was a north-south corridor, with three small rooms in the south, a big screen wall of powder and oil in the north, and a small house with a half gate behind.--[[User:Zhang Qiuyi|Zhang Qiuyi]] ([[User talk:Zhang Qiuyi|talk]]) 13:53, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suddenly a servant girl said, &amp;quot;the old lady has passed on dinner.&amp;quot; Lady King hurriedly took Mascara Jade Pearl out of the back door, from the back porch to the west, out of the corner door. It is a North-South corridor. In the south is the inverted three small balcony halls. In the north is a oil-powdered large shadow wall, followed by a half gate and a small house.--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 12:28, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王夫人笑指向黛玉道：“这是你凤姐姐的屋子。回来你好往这里找他去，少什么东西，只管和他说就是了。”这院门上也有几个才总角的小厮，都垂手侍立。王夫人遂携黛玉穿过一个东西穿堂，便是贾母的后院了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lady King smiled at Mascara Jade Pearl and said: &amp;quot;This is your sister Phoenix's house. If you come back, you can find her here. And if there's anything missing, just tell her.&amp;quot; On the gate of the courtyard, there were also several young boys who were only in their childhood, all standing with their hands down. Lady King then took Mascara Jade Pearl through an east-west hall, which was Grandma Merchant's backyard.--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 07:30, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lady King smiled at Mascara Jade Pearl and said: &amp;quot;This is your sister Phoenix's house. If you come back, you can find her here. And if there's anything missing, just tell her.&amp;quot; On the gate of the courtyard,there were also a few young boys on the door of this courtyard, all standing with their hands down.. Lady King then took Mascara Jade Pearl through an east-west hall, which was Grandma Merchant's backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
于是进入后房门，已有许多人在此伺候，见王夫人来，方安设桌椅；贾珠之妻李氏捧杯，熙凤安箸，王夫人进羹。贾母正面榻上独坐，两旁四张空椅。熙凤忙拉黛玉在左边第一张椅子上坐下，黛玉十分推让。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So they entered the back room, where many people were already waiting, and when they saw  Lady King coming, they placed the table and chairs; Li, wife of Treasure Merchant, held the cup,  Lady King placed the chopsticks, and Splendid Phoenix King drank the soup. Grandma Merchant was sitting alone on a couch, flanked by four empty chairs. Splendid Phoenix King was busy pulling Mascara Jade Forest to sit in the first chair on the left, but Mascara Jade Forest was too embarrassed to sit.--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 00:57, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So they entered the back room, where many people were already waiting, and when they saw  Lady King coming, they placed the table and chairs; Li, wife of Treasure Merchant, held the cup,  Lady King placed the chopsticks, and Splendid Phoenix King drank the soup. Grandma Merchant was sitting alone on a couch, flanked by four empty chairs. Splendid Phoenix King was busy pulling Mascara Jade Forest to sit in the first chair on the left, but Mascara Jade Forest was too embarrassed to sit.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 03:42, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贾母笑道：“你舅母和嫂子们是不在这里吃饭的。你是客，原该这么坐。”黛玉方告了坐，就坐了。贾母命王夫人也坐了。迎春姊妹三个告了坐，方上来：迎春坐右手第一，探春左第二，惜春右第二。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grandama Merchant said with a smile, &amp;quot;your aunt and sister-in-law don't eat here. You are a guest. You should have sat here.&amp;quot; Mascara Jade Forest then sat down. Grandama Merchant ordered Lady King to sit down. The three sisters of Spring Pleasure Merchant sat down：Spring Pleasure Merchant  sat first on the right hand, Seeking-Spring Merchant second on the left, and Cherishing Spring Merchant second on the right.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 10:36, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grandama Merchant said with a smile, &amp;quot;your aunts and sisters-in-law don't eat here. You are a guest. You should have sat here.&amp;quot; Mascara Jade Forest then sat down. Grandama Merchant  ordered Lady King to sit down. The three sisters of Spring Pleasure Merchant were asked to sit down: Spring Pleasure Merchant sat first on the right hand, Seeking-Spring Merchant second on the left, and Cherishing Spring Merchant second on the right.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 02:02, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
旁边丫鬟执着拂尘、漱盂、巾帕，李纨、凤姐立于案边布让；外间伺候的媳妇、丫鬟虽多，却连一声咳嗽不闻。饭毕，各各有丫鬟用小茶盘捧上茶来。当日林家教女以惜福养身，每饭后必过片时方吃茶，不伤脾胃；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standing at the table, the servant girls held the horsetail whisks, vessels for mouthwash and handkerchiefs. Silk Plum and Splendid Phoenix King sent dishes, refreshments to guests and invited them to eat. Though there were many servant girls in the outer room, they could not be heard to utter a sound. When the meal was over, each servant girl brought tea with a small tray. Mascara Jade Forest took tea after each meal to keep health and not hurt her spleen and stomach.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 01:55, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The servant girls are standing at the table with the horsetail whisks, vessels for mouthwash and handkerchiefs. Silk Plum and Splendid Phoenix King sent dishes, refreshments to guests and invited them to eat. Though there were many servant girls in the outer room, they could not be heard to utter a sound. When the meal was over, each servant girl brought tea with a small tray. Mascara Jade Forest took tea after each meal to keep health and not hurt her spleen and stomach.--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 09:23, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Example.ogg]]==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今黛玉见了这里许多规矩不似家中，也只得随和些。接了茶，又有人捧过漱盂来，黛玉也漱了口，又盥手毕。然后又捧上茶来，这方是吃的茶。贾母便说：“你们去罢，让我们自在说说话儿。”&lt;br /&gt;
Mascara Jade Forest saw many rules here are not like her home. She was also easy-going. After receiving the tea, someone else took a gargle bowl for her. Mascara Jade Forest  also rinsed her mouth and finished washing her hands again. Then tea which was for drinking was brought in. Then Grandma Merchant said to servants , &amp;quot;You all go and let's have a talk in our own comfort.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now Mascara Jade saw many rules here are not like the rules of her home.  She can only be easygoing. She caught the teacup. Some domestics came over with a mouthwash basin. Mascara Jade gargled and washed her hands. Then the servant brought back tea, and this was tea for drinking.Then Dowager Lady Jia said to servant, &amp;quot;You all go and let's have a talk in our own comfort.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 10:47, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王夫人遂起身，又说了两句闲话儿，方引李、凤二人去了。贾母因问黛玉念何书，黛玉道：“刚念了《四书》。”黛玉又问姊妹读何书，贾母道：“读什么书，不过认几个字罢了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lady King stood up and said something idle, then led Lady Plum and Splendid Phoenix King to leave. When Dowager Lady Jia asked Mascara Jade what books she had read, Mascara Jade replied, &amp;quot;I just have read the ''Four Books''.&amp;quot; When Mascara Jade asked her sisters what books they read, Dowager Lady Jia said, &amp;quot;They don't read anything. They only know a few words.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 09:25, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lady King rose as soon as she heard these words, and having made a few irrelevant remarks, she led the way and left the room along with the two ladies, Mrs. Li and Splendid Phoenix king.Grandma Merchant, having inquired of Mascara Jade what books she was reading, &amp;quot;I have just begun reading the Four Books,&amp;quot; Mascara Jade replied. &amp;quot;What books are my cousins reading?&amp;quot; Mascara Jade went on to ask. &amp;quot;Books, you say!&amp;quot; exclaimed Grandma Merchant; &amp;quot;why all they know are a few characters, that's all.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 13:15, 15 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一语未了，只听外面一阵脚步响，丫鬟进来报道：“宝玉来了。”黛玉心想：“这个宝玉，不知是怎样个惫懒人呢。”及至进来一看，却是位青年公子：头上戴着束发嵌宝紫金冠，齐眉勒着二龙戏珠金抹额；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sentence was barely out of her lips, when a continuous sounding of footsteps&lt;br /&gt;
was heard outside, and a waiting maid entered and announced that Precious Jade was&lt;br /&gt;
coming. Mascara Jade was speculating in her mind how it was that this Precious Jade had&lt;br /&gt;
turned out such a good-for-nothing fellow, when he happened to walk in.&lt;br /&gt;
He was, in fact, a young man of tender years, wearing on his head, to hold his&lt;br /&gt;
hair together, a cap of gold of purplish tinge, inlaid with precious gems.&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel with his eyebrows was attached a circlet, embroidered with gold, and&lt;br /&gt;
representing two dragons snatching a pearl.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 08:36, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After a word, only a sound of footsteps outside, the maid came in and reported: &amp;quot;Baoyu is here.&amp;quot; Daiyu thought to herself: &amp;quot;This Baoyu, I don't know what a tired lazy person.&amp;quot; When she came in, she was a young man. He wears a purple and gold crown with hair inlaid on his head, and his forehead are tied with gold frontlet（The shape is two dragons playing with pearled）.--[[User:Zhou Qing|Zhou Qing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qing|talk]]) 15:21, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一件二色金百蝶穿花大红箭袖，束着五彩丝攒花结长穗宫绦，外罩石青起花八团倭缎排穗褂；登着青缎粉底小朝靴。面若中秋之月，色如春晓之花；鬓若刀裁，眉如墨画，鼻如悬胆，睛若秋波。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A big red arrow sleeve decorated with two-color golden butterfly flowers, is tied with multicolored silk and knotted with long spikes, and is covered with azurite and satin rowed gowns; it wears small green satin and powder-soled boots. The face is as round and beautiful as the moon of Mid-Autumn Festival, the complexion is like a flower of spring dawn; the temples are like a knife cut, the eyebrows are like ink painting, the nose is like a hanging gall, and the eyes are like autumn waves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A big red arrow sleeve decorated with two-color golden butterfly flowers, is tied with multicolored silk and knotted with long spikes, and is covered with azurite and satin rowed gowns; he wore small green satin and powder-soled boots. The face is as round and beautiful as the moon at mid-autumn, the complexion is like a flower of in spring; the temples as if chiselled with a knife, the eyebrows are like ink painting, the nose is like a a well-cut and shapely nose, and the eyes are like vernal waves.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 06:19, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽怒时而似笑，即嗔视而有情。项上金螭缨络，又有一根五色丝绦，系着一块美玉。黛玉一见，便吃一大惊，心中想道：“好生奇怪：倒像在那里见过的，何等眼熟！”只见这宝玉向贾母请了安，贾母便命：“去见你娘来。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His angry look even resembled a smile; his glance was full of sentiment.Round his neck he had a gold dragon necklet with a fringe; also a cord of variegated silk, to which was attached a piece of beautiful jade. When Mascara Jade Forest saw this, she was shocked.&amp;quot;How very strange.&amp;quot; she was reflecting in her mind; &amp;quot;it would seem as if I had seen him somewhere or other, for his face appears extremely familiar to my eyes;&amp;quot; Precious Jade Merchant greeted Grandma Merchant &amp;quot;Go and see your mother and then come back,&amp;quot; remarked her venerable ladyship.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 06:08, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His angry look somentimes even resembled a smile; his glance was full of sentiment.Round his neck he had a gold dragon necklet with a fringe; also a cord of silk of five colours, to which was attached a piece of beautiful jade. When Mascara Jade Forest saw this, she was shocked and thought to herself: &amp;quot;How strange it is.&amp;quot; she was reflecting in her mind; &amp;quot;as if I had seen him somewhere or other, for his face appears extremely familiar to my eyes;&amp;quot; Precious Jade Merchant greeted Lady Dowager &amp;quot;Go and see your mother and then come back.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhu Suzhen|Zhu Suzhen]] ([[User talk:Zhu Suzhen|talk]]) 11:46, 16 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即转身去了。一会再来时已换了冠带：头上周围一转的短发都结成小辫，红丝结束，共攒至顶中胎发，总编一根大辫，黑亮如漆，从顶至梢，一串四颗大珠，用金八宝坠脚；身上穿着银红撒花半旧大袄；仍旧带着项圈、宝玉、寄名锁、护身符等物；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then turned around and went. He has changed the crown band when coming back for a while: the short hair around the head is braided, the red silk ends, and the hair is gathered up to the top of the fetus. The chief editor is a big braid, black and shiny, from top to tip , A string of four large beads, with gold eight treasures falling to the feet; wearing a silver-red half-old coat with flowers; still wearing collars, gems, locks, amulets, etc.;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He turned away. When he came back later, he had changed his crown belt: the short hair around his head was braided, and the red silk ended. He saved up to the top and middle fetal hair. The chief editor had a big braid, black and bright as paint, a string of four big beads from the top to the tip, and dropped his feet with gold eight treasures; He was wearing a silver red flower sprinkled semi-old coat; Still wearing collars, precious jade, name sending locks, amulets, etc--[[User:Zou Yueli|Zou Yueli]] ([[User talk:Zou Yueli|talk]]) 12:56, 16 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
下面半露松绿撒花绫裤，锦边弹墨袜，厚底大红鞋。越显得面如傅粉，唇若施脂；转盼多情，语言若笑。天然一段风韵，全在眉梢；平生万种情思，悉堆眼角。看其外貌，最是极好，却难知其底细。&lt;br /&gt;
His lower body showed loose green flower pants, cotton socks and a pair of thick soled red shoes. This makes him look more beautiful. The lips seem to have been powdered with rouge; When he speaks, he often has a smile on his face, and his eyebrows can convey affection. A person's style and temperament, including what he thinks, can be conveyed through his eyes. His appearance is very good-looking, but I don't know whether he has real connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nadia 202011080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
后人有《西江月》二词批的极确，词曰：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无故寻愁觅恨，有时似傻如狂。&lt;br /&gt;
Seeking sorrow and hate for no reason, sometimes seems stupid and crazy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mariam toure 2020GBJ002301==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纵然生得好皮囊，腹内原来草莽。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
潦倒不通庶务，愚顽怕读文章。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I'm not able to get through general affairs, and I'm afraid of reading articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
行为偏僻性乖张，那管世人诽谤。&lt;br /&gt;
He who behaves in a perverse way has no control over the slander of course.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 03:29, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又曰：富贵不知乐业，贫穷难耐凄凉。&lt;br /&gt;
It is also known that wealth does not know pleasure and happiness, and poverty cannot endure loneliness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可怜辜负好时光，于国于家无望。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: The poor lived up to the good times, and the country was hopeless at home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天下无能第一，古今不肖无双。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
寄言纨袴与膏粱，莫效此儿形状。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English; the author is to give some suggestion to playboys of high official that they do not follow the example of Jia Baoyu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说贾母见他进来，笑道：“外客没见就脱了衣裳了，还不去见你妹妹呢。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But she said that Mother Jia saw him come in and smiled: &amp;quot;The foreigner took off her clothes without seeing him, so she won't go to see your sister.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Öncü 202121080008==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉早已看见了一个袅袅婷婷的女儿，便料定是林姑妈之女，忙来见礼。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Precious Jade had already seen a daughter with a gentle posture, thought might be the daughter of Aunt Lin, then hurried to meet her.--[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 04:17, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归了坐细看时，真是与众各别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When I look at you carefully, I think you are different.--[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 09:59, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When I returned to take a closer look, it was really different. --[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 07:41, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只见：两弯似蹙非蹙笼烟眉，一双似喜非喜含情目。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I saw two bends like the frowning of smoked eyebrows, at first they seemed happy but not really happy, yet affectionate eyebrows. --[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 07:41, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I saw: two curved eyebrows that looked like a frown, a pair of eyebrows that seemed to be happy or not. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:18, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asep Budiman 202111080020==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
态生两靥之愁，娇袭一身之病。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sorrow of the two distresses, the disease of the whole body. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 23:17, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sorrow of two distresses, spoiled - the disease of the whole body.------Ei Mon Kyaw [[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 09:15, 15 December 2021 (UTC)--[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 09:15, 15 December 2021 (UTC)Ei Mon Kyaw&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泪光点点，娇喘微微。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tears shone a little, and she breathed slightly.--[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 09:47, 15 December 2021 (UTC)Ei Mon Kyaw  -----Ei Mon Kyaw[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 09:47, 15 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
The tears droped, and she breathed slowly. --[[User:Mahzad Heydarian|Mahzad Heydarian]] ([[User talk:Mahzad Heydarian|talk]]) 11:58, 15 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The eyes twinkled with tears and she breathed slightly.--[[User:Chen Jing|Chen Jing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jing|talk]]) 12:18, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211208_homework&amp;diff=134512</id>
		<title>20211208 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211208_homework&amp;diff=134512"/>
		<updated>2021-12-29T05:51:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* 刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
说了一会话，临走又送我二两银子。”甄家娘子听了，不觉感伤。一夜无话。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;We talked for a while and give me two bundles of silver when leaving.&amp;quot; Hearing this, Mrs. Zhen feel sad and keep silent the whole night.--[[User:Chen Jing|Chen Jing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jing|talk]]) 07:03, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“After talking for a while, he gave me two Liang of silver before he left. &amp;quot; The Zhen lady listened and felt sad. I was kept silence all night.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 07:08, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 法语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
次日，早有雨村遣人送了两封银子、四匹锦缎，答谢甄家娘子；又一封密书与封肃，托他向甄家娘子要那娇杏作二房。封肃喜得眉开眼笑，巴不得去奉承太爷，便在女儿前一力撺掇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day, Yucun sent two bundles of silver and four brocades to thank the Zhen lady; Another secret letter to Feng Su asked him to ask the Zhen lady for the delicate Jiaoxing as concubine. Feng Su was so happy that he was eager to flatter the Lord, so he tried his best to encourage his daughter.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 14:01, 4 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day, Yucun sent two bundles of silver and four brocades to thank  Zhen lady; He also sent another secret letter to Feng Su, asking him to ask Jiaoxing, the daughter of Zhen Lady, to be his second wife. Feng Su was so happy that he was eager to flatter the Lord, so he tried his best to encourage his daughter.--[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 07:56, 5 December 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当夜用一乘小轿，便把娇杏送进衙内去了。雨村欢喜，自不必言；又封百金赠与封肃，又送甄家娘子许多礼物，令其且自过活，以待访寻女儿下落。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One evening, Jiaoxing was sent to prison by a small sedan carriage. Undoutedbly, Yucun was very pleased and gave hundreds of golds to Fengsu and many gifts to Zhen's wife so that she can live by herself untill her daugther was found.--[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 11:17, 4 December 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that very night he put Jiaoxing in a small sedan-chair and escorted her to the yamen. We don't need to imagine Yucun's satisfaction.He gave Feng Su a hundred pieces of gold and sent Mrs. Zhen many gifts, telling her to take good care of herself that she can find her daughter.--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 01:11, 7 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说娇杏那丫头，便是当年回顾雨村的，因偶然一看，便弄出这段奇缘，也是意想不到之事。谁知他命运两济：不承望自到雨村身边只一年，便生一子；又半载，雨村嫡配忽染疾下世，雨村便将他扶作正室夫人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now Jiaoxing was the maid who had looked back at Yucun that year, little dreaming that one casual glance could have such an extraordinary outcome.And so lucky she was that wthin a year of marriage she bore a son; and after another half year Yucun's wife was very ill and died, and then he made Jiaoxing his wife, giving her higher position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was said that the girl Jiaoxing, was the one who looked back on Yucun. Because of of a casual glance, they made this fantastic destiny, which was also an unexpected thing. Who knew that his fate was so unpredictable: she was so lucky that wthin a year of marriage she bore a son; and after another half year Yucun's first wife suddenly died of an illness, and then he took Jiaoxing as his principal wife.--[[User:Chen Xinyi|Chen Xinyi]] ([[User talk:Chen Xinyi|talk]]) 14:16, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
正是：偶因一回顾，便为人上人。原来雨村因那年士隐赠银之后，他于十六日便起身赴京。大比之期，十分得意，中了进士，选入外班，今已升了本县太爷。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaoxing looked back at Jia Yucun out of curiosity, not out of love. But because of such a chance, from a little girl who was serviced, she became a rich lady who serviced others. It turns out that Yucun because of silver given by Shiyin in that year, he left for Beijing on the 16th. He was lucky enough to won the scholar in the great competition and was selected into the outer class, now has been promoted to the county magistrate. --[[User:Chen Xinyi|Chen Xinyi]] ([[User talk:Chen Xinyi|talk]]) 09:33, 4 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaoxing looked back at Jia Yucun out of curiosity, not out of love. And because of such a chance, from a little girl who was serviced, she became a rich lady who serviced others. It turns out that Yucun because of tael given by Shiyin in that year, he left for Beijing on the 16th. He was lucky enough to won the scholar in the great competition and was selected into the outer class, now has been promoted to the county magistrate.--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 05:01, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽才干优长，未免贪酷，且恃才侮上，那同寅皆侧目而视。不上一年，便被上司参了一本，说他貌似有才，性实狡猾；又题了一两件徇庇蠹役、交结乡绅之事。&lt;br /&gt;
Although he was very capable, he was a bit accustomed to corruption, was too harsh on his subordinates, and relied on his outstanding talents, and showed little respect for his superiors. Those colleagues had deep resentment towards him. In less than a year, he was got goods by his superior and wrote these things into a memorial to the throne, saying that he was cunning by nature, tampering with etiquette privately; and writing down one more things of acting wrongly out of personal considerations of those who harmed the interests of citizens and conluding with the squire.--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 04:54, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although capable, he was a bit accustomed to corruption,  too harsh on his subordinates, relying on his outstanding talents, showing little respect for his superiors. Those colleagues had deep resentment towards him. In less than a year, he was accused by his superior of his cunning by nature, tampering with etiquette privately and mention of one more things of acting wrongly out of personal considerations of those who harmed the interests of citizens and conluding with the squire.--[[User:Ding Xuan|Ding Xuan]] ([[User talk:Ding Xuan|talk]]) 07:03, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
龙颜大怒，即命革职。部文一到，本府各官无不喜悦。那雨村虽十分惭恨，面上却全无一点怨色，仍是嘻笑自若。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emperor was extremely irritated and immediately removed him from office. Every official of this department was glad when the dismission information arrived. Though  very guilty and regretful, Yucun was smiling as often without any complaint complexion.--[[User:Ding Xuan|Ding Xuan]] ([[User talk:Ding Xuan|talk]]) 02:29, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emperor was extremely irritated and immediately removed him from office. Every official of this department was glad when the dismission information arrived. Though  very guilty and regretful, Yucun was still smiling without any complainment on the face.--[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 07:37, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnuó 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交代过了公事，将历年所积的宦囊，并家属人等，送至原籍，安顿妥当了，却自己担风袖月，游览天下胜迹。那日偶又游至维扬地方，闻得今年盐政点的是林如海。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After giving official business,leaving the family his accumulated salary for several years and settled them in native home, he had given up high official positions and riches and travelled the famous historical sites everywhere.One day he arrived Weiyang（Yangzhou，Jiangsu Province，China）by accident and heared about the present salt administration officer was Lin Ruhai Salzinspektor.--[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 04:23, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这林如海姓林名海，表字如海，乃是前科的探花，今已升兰台寺大夫，本贯姑苏人氏，今钦点为巡盐御史，到任未久。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Lin Ju-hai's family name was Lin, his name Hai and his style Ju-hai. He had obtained the third place in the previous triennial examination, and had, by this time, already risen to the rank of Director of the Court of Censors. He was a native of Ku Su. He had been recently designated by Imperial appointment as a Censor attached to the Salt Inspectorate, and had arrived at his post only a short time.--[[User:Fu Hongyan|Fu Hongyan]] ([[User talk:Fu Hongyan|talk]]) 15:06, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
This Lin Ju-hai's family name was Lin, his name Hai and his style Ju-hai. He had obtained the third place in the previous triennial examination, and had, by this time, already risen to the rank of Director of the Court of Censors. He was a native of Ku Su. He had been recently named by Imperial appointment a Censor attached to the Salt Inspectorate, and had arrived at his post only a short while back.--[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 13:33, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原来这林如海之祖，也曾袭过列侯的，今到如海，业经五世。起初只袭三世，因当今隆恩盛德，额外加恩，至如海之父又袭了一代，到了如海便从科第出身。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the ancestors of Lin Ju-hai had, from years back, successively inherited the title of Marquis, which rank, by its present descent to Ju-hai, had already been enjoyed by five generations. When first conferred, the hereditary right to the title had been limited to three generations; but of late years, by an act of magnanimous favour and generous beneficence, extraordinary bounty had been superadded; and on the arrival of the succession to the father of Ju-hai, the right had been extended to another degree. It had now descended to Ju-hai, who had, besides this title of nobility, begun his career as a successful graduate. --[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 00:55, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, one of Lin Ju-hai's ancestors five generations earlier had been ennobled as a marquis. The title was originally limited to three generations, but through an act of magnanimous favour and generous beneficence of the Emperor, it had been extended to Lin Ju-hai’s father. Now Lin Ju-hai himself had been obliged to make his way up through the examination system.--[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 15:21, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽系世禄之家，却是书香之族。只可惜这林家支庶不盛，人丁有限，虽有几门，却与如海俱是堂族，没甚亲支嫡派的。今如海年已五十，只有一个三岁之子，又于去岁亡了；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was not only a family of hereditary emoluments, but also of scholars. Unfortunately, the family was not prolific despite the fact that several branches existed. And Lin Ju-hai had cousins but no brothers or sisters. He was fifty already, and his only child had died last year at the age of three.--[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 14:53, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was not only a family of hereditary emoluments, but also of scholars. Unfortunately, the family was not prolific despite the fact that several branches existed. And Lin Ju-hai had cousins but no brothers or sisters. Now he was fifty years old, and had only a three-year-old son, who died last year.--[[User:Gong Boya|Gong Boya]] ([[User talk:Gong Boya|talk]]) 14:13, 10 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽有几房姬妾，奈命中无子，亦无可如何之事。只嫡妻贾氏生得一女，乳名黛玉，年方五岁，夫妻爱之如掌上明珠。见他生得聪明俊秀，也欲使他识几个字，不过假充养子，聊解膝下荒凉之叹。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he had several concubines, he was doomed to have no son (to inherit the family line). Only lady Jia, his legal wife, gave birth to a daughter, Mascara Jade Forest, aged five. The couple doted on their daughter like a pearl on the palm of their eyes. Lin Ruhai wanted to teach him to read, because he was smart and handsome, and Lin Ruhai wanted to ease the loneliness of not having a son by pretending to adopt him.--[[User:Gong Boya|Gong Boya]] ([[User talk:Gong Boya|talk]]) 05:55, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he had several concubines, he had no son in his life, and nothing could be done about it. The first wife, Min Merchant, had a daughter named Mascara Jade Forest, who was five years old and loved by the couple as a jewel. Seeing that she looked smart and beautiful, they also wanted to make her literate, but raised her as a son to relieve the sorrow of no son. --[[User:He Qin|He Qin]] ([[User talk:He Qin|talk]]) 13:44, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
且说贾雨村在旅店偶感风寒，愈后又因盘费不继，正欲得一个居停之所，以为息肩之地。偶遇两个旧友，认得新盐政，知他正要请一西席教训女儿，遂将雨村荐进衙门去。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The story goes that Rainvillage Merchant caught a cold at the inn and recovered. He wanted to get a place to stay but he could not afford the fee. He met two old friends who got acquainted the new official of salt (Ruhai Forest) and knew that Forest was about to hire a tutor for his daughter, so they recommended Rainvillage to the government office.--[[User:He Qin|He Qin]] ([[User talk:He Qin|talk]]) 13:57, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The story goes that Jia Yucun caught a cold occasionally at the inn, after recovering his money almost running out. He wanted to get a place to rest himself. He came across two old friends who acquainted with the new official of salt, knowing that he would hire a tutor for his daughter, so they recommended Jia Yucun to the government office.--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 02:39, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这女学生年纪幼小，身体又弱，功课不限多寡，其馀不过两个伴读丫鬟，故雨村十分省力，正好养病。看看又是一载有馀，不料女学生之母贾氏夫人一病而亡。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The girl student was young and in poor health, the number of her assignments unnessesary with two servant girls, so Yucun needed less effort and could convalesce. Unexpectedly, the girl's mother, Ms.Jia died of illness after nearly a year.--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 02:06, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The female pupil was youthful in years and delicate in physique, so that her lessons were irregular. There were only two waiting girls, who remained in attendance during the hours of study, so that Yue-ts'un was spared considerable trouble and had a suitable opportunity to attend to the improvement of his health.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 14:50, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女学生奉侍汤药，守丧尽礼，过于哀痛，素本怯弱，因此旧病复发，有好些时不曾上学。雨村闲居无聊，每当风日晴和，饭后便出来闲步。这一日偶至郊外，意欲赏鉴那村野风光。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The girl was dutiful in her attendance during her mother's sickness, and prepared the medicines. She went into the deepest mourning for her mother's death. Prescribed by the rites, she gave way to such excess of grief that, naturally delicate as she was, broke out anew. Being unable for a considerable time to prosecute her studies, Yue-ts'un lived at leisure and needn't to attend to. Whenever the wind was genial and the sun mild, he would stroll at random after meals.One day by some accident, walking beyond the suburbs he came up to a spot encircled by luxuriant clumps of trees and thick groves of bamboos.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 08:07, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During her mother's sickness, the girl was dutiful in her attendance and prepared the medicines. She went into the deepest mourning for her mother's death. Prescribed by the rites, she gave way to such excess of grief that, naturally delicate as she was, broke out anew. Unable  to prosecute her studies for a considerable time, Yue-ts'un lived at leisure and needn't to attend to. Whenever the wind was genial and the sun mild, he would stroll at random after meals. One day by some accident, he walked to the countryside to enjoy the scenery.--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 15:12, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
信步至一山环水漩、茂林修竹之处，隐隐有座庙宇，门巷倾颓，墙垣剥落。有额题曰“智通寺”，门旁又有一副旧破的对联云：身后有馀忘缩手，眼前无路想回头。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He walked to a place with luxuriant woods and bamboo groves which is surrounded by hill and streams.And there was a temple half hidden among the foliage whose entrance was in ruins and walls were crumbling. There was an inscription above the gate: Zhi tong Temple. And flanking the gate was a couplet: Though plenty was left after death, one forgot to hold his hand back. Only at the end of the road does one think of turning on to the right back.--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 15:04, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Walking to a place surrounded by mountains, swirling water and lush forests and bamboos, there is a temple. The doors and alleys are falling and the walls are peeling off. There is a forehead titled &amp;quot;Zhitong Temple&amp;quot;, and there is an old broken couplet beside the door: I forgot to withdraw my hand behind me, and there is no way to turn back.--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 02:02, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村看了，因想道：“这两句文虽甚浅，其意则深。也曾游过些名山大刹，倒不曾见过这话头。其中想必有个翻过筋斗来的，也未可知。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun looked at it and thought, &amp;quot;although these two sentences are very shallow, their meaning is deep. I've also visited some famous mountains and great temples, but I haven't seen this sentence. One of them must have somersaulted, and I don't know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun looked at it and thought, &amp;quot;although these two sentences are very shallow, their meaning is deep. I've also visited some famous mountains and great temples, but I haven't seen this sentence. One of them must have somersaulted, and I don't know.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 03:22, 6 December 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
何不进去一访？”走入看时，只有一个龙锺老僧在那里煮粥。雨村见了，却不在意。及至问他两句话，那老僧既聋且昏，又齿落舌钝，所答非所问。雨村不耐烦，仍退出来。When Yu Cun walked in, there was only one old monk cooking porridge there. Yucun saw him, but he didn't care. When he asked him a few words, the old monk was deaf and faint, and his tongue was dull. His answer was not what he asked. Yucun was impatient and still withdrew.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Yu Cun walked in, there was only one old monk cooking porridge there. Yucun saw him, but he didn't care about him. When he asked him a few words, the old monk was deaf and faint, and his tongue was dull. His answer was not what he asked. Yucun was impatient and still withdrew.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 13:33, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
意欲到那村肆中沽饮三杯，以助野趣，于是移步行来。刚入肆门，只见座上吃酒之客，有一人起身大笑，接了出来，口内说：“奇遇，奇遇！”&lt;br /&gt;
He wanted to go to the village pub for a drink, for the pleasure of nature. So he went on his way. When He entered the pub, he could only see the drinking men in the seats. A man got up and laughed, and then came out, saying repeatedly“What a fortuitous meeting！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He wanted to go to the village pub for a drink to take the pleasure of nature. So he went on his way. When He entered the pub, he could only see the drinking men in the seats. A man got up and laughed, and then came out, saying repeatedly“What a fortuitous meeting！”--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 14:28, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村忙看时，此人是都中古董行中贸易，姓冷号子兴的，旧日在都相识。雨村最赞这冷子兴是个有作为大本领的人，这子兴又借雨村斯文之名，故二人最相投契。&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Cun was busy looking at this man, who was an antiquary in the city. The man was called Zixing Leng. They met in the city before. Yucun praised him as a competent person, and he borrowed yucun’s name, so these two men are agreeable with each other.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 14:25, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Cun was busy looking at this man, who was an antiquary in the city. The man was called Zixing Leng who he’ve met in the city before. Yucun praised him most as a competent person, and he borrowed yucun’s name, so these two men are agreeable with each other.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 01:34, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村忙亦笑问：“老兄何日到此？弟竟不知。今日偶遇，真奇缘也！”子兴道：“去年岁底到家，今因还要入都，从此顺路找个敝友，说一句话。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;When did you get here?&amp;quot; Yue-ts'un eagerly inquired also smilingly. &amp;quot;I wasn't aware of your arrival. This unexpected meeting is positively a strange piece of good fortune.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I went home,&amp;quot; Tzu-hsing replied, &amp;quot;at the end of last year, but now as I return to the capital again, I passed through here on my way to look up a friend of mine and talk some matters over.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 01:39, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;When did you get here?&amp;quot; Yue-ts'un eagerly and smilingly inquired. &amp;quot;I wasn't aware of your arrival. This unexpected meeting is a strange piece of good fortune.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I went home,&amp;quot; Tzu-hsing replied, &amp;quot;about the close of last year, but now as I am again bound to the capital, I passed through here on my way to look up a friend and have a chat.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 14:20, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
承他的情，留我多住两日。我也无甚紧事，且盘桓两日，待月半时也就起身了。今日敝友有事，我因闲走到此，不期这样巧遇。”一面说，一面让雨村同席坐了，另整上酒肴来。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He had the kindness to press me to stay with him for a couple of days longer. As I also have no urgent business to attend to, I am tarrying a few days, but purpose starting about the middle of the moon. My friend is busy today, so I roamed listlessly as far as here, never expecting of such a fortunate meeting.&amp;quot; While speaking, he invited Yue-ts'un to sit down at the same table, and ordered a fresh supply of wine and eatables. --[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 14:21, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“He was so kind that he asked me to stay for another couple of days. As I had no other urgencies to attend to, I stayed as he expected. When we chatted til the moon was high above the sky, I got up and left alone. My friend is busy today, so I roamed listlessly as far as here, never expecting such an encounter.&amp;quot; While speaking, he invited Yue-ts'un to sit down with him, and ordered a fresh supply of wine and dishes.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 07:52, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
二人闲谈慢饮，叙些别后之事。雨村因问：“近日都中可有新闻没有？”子兴道：“倒没有什么新闻，倒是老先生的贵同宗家出了一件小小的异事。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over drinking, they two talked about some plans of the near future after the farewell. Then Yucun asked: Is there anything new in the capital city? Zixing answered，“Nothing new. But in your dignified remote relative's house there is indeed a strange thing.”--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 14:49, 4 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They two drank and talked about some plans of the near future after the farewell. Then Yucun asked: &amp;quot;Is there anything new in the capital city?&amp;quot; Zixing answered，“Nothing new. But there happened a strange thing in your dignified remote relative's family.”--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 14:25, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村笑道：“弟族中无人在都，何谈及此？”子兴笑道：“你们同姓，岂非一族？”雨村问：“是谁家？”子兴笑道：“荣国贾府中，可也不玷辱老先生的门楣了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rain-Village laughed and said: “No one in my family is in the capital. Why are you talking about this?” Zi Xing said: “You have the same surname, are you not a family?” Rain-Village asked: “Who?” Zi Xing answered: “Merchant’s family. I did not slander the family status of the old gentleman.”--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 14:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun laughed and said: “No one in my family is in the capital. Why are you talking about this?” Zi Xing said: “You have the same surname, aren’t  you the same family?” Yucun asked: “Who?” Zi Xing answered: “Merchant’s family. I did not slander the family status of the old gentleman.” --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 23:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“原来是他家。若论起来，寒族人丁却自不少，东汉贾复以来，支派繁盛，各省皆有，谁能逐细考查？若论荣国一支，却是同谱。但他那等荣耀，我们不便去认他，故越发生疏了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun said: &amp;quot;It's his house. If discussed explicitly, the people of Han's family were of great quantity since the Eastern Han Dynasty of Jiafu. Their branches were numerous in each province, who can examine one by one? If only discussed the branch of Rongguo, they were the same. But the Rongguo were glorious, it was inconvenient for us to make a connection with them, so we were getting more and more unfamiliar. --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 08:22, 4 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun said: &amp;quot;It turned out to be his family. If you talk about it, there are many Han people. Since the Eastern Han Dynasty, the tribe has been prosperous and there are all provinces. Who can examine it carefully? . But he is so glorious, it is inconvenient for us to recognize him, so we have become more and more estranged.&amp;quot;--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 10:02, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
子兴叹道：“老先生休这样说。如今的这荣、宁两府，也都萧索了，不比先时的光景。”雨村道：“当日宁、荣两宅人口也极多，如何便萧索了呢？”子兴道：“正是，说来也话长。”&lt;br /&gt;
Zi Xing sighed, &amp;quot;Old Mr. Xiu said this. The Rong and Ning residences are now depressed, not as good as the previous conditions.&amp;quot; Yucun said: &amp;quot;The Ning and Rong residences had a large population that day. Is it done?&amp;quot; Zi Xing said: &amp;quot;Exactly, it's a long story.&amp;quot;--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 10:01, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
The son sighed: &amp;quot;This is what old Hugh said. The provinces of Rong and Ning are now deserted, not as they were in the past.&amp;quot; Rain village way: &amp;quot;that day ning, rong two house population is also very much, how then deserted?&amp;quot; Zi Xing said, &amp;quot;Exactly. It's a long story.&amp;quot;--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 14:33, 7 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“去岁我到金陵时，因欲游览六朝遗迹，那日进了石头城，从他宅门前经过：街东是宁国府，街西是荣国府，二宅相连，竟将大半条街占了。&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Village road: &amp;quot;Last year when I went to Jinling, because I wanted to visit the ruins of the Six Dynasties, that day into the Stone city, from the front of his house through: street east is Ning Guo Fu, street west is Rong Guo Fu, two houses connected, unexpectedly occupied half of the street.--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 14:32, 7 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun said, &amp;quot;when I came to Jinling last year, I wanted to visit the ruins of the Six Dynasties. On that day, I entered the stone city and passed in front of his house: Ningguo house is in the east of the street, Rongguo house is in the west, and the two houses are connected, occupying more than half of the street.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 14:35, 7 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
大门外虽冷落无人，隔着围墙一望，里面厅殿楼阁，也还都峥嵘轩峻；就是后边一带花园里，树木山石，也都还有葱蔚洇润之气：那里像个衰败之家？”&lt;br /&gt;
Although deserted outside the gate, across the wall to see the hall hall pavilions, are also lofty xuan Jun; Even in the garden at the back, the trees and rocks were all luxuriant: it did not look at all like a run-down house--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 01:57, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although deserted outside the gate, the hall and pavilions were also lofty and grand seen across the wall.Even in the garden at the back, the trees and rocks were all luxuriant: how did it look like a run-down house?--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 14:14, 7 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
子兴笑道：“亏你是进士出身，原来不通。古人有言：‘百足之虫，死而不僵。’如今虽说不似先年那样兴盛，较之平常仕宦人家，到底气象不同。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zi Xing laughed and said, &amp;quot;You are a scholar but know nothing about its cause. There is an ancient saying: ‘old institutions die hard'. Now, though not as prosperous as in previous years, the atmosphere is different from that of ordinary officials.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 14:09, 7 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zi Xing chuckled, &amp;quot;You are a scholar but know nothing about its cause. As a old saying goes, ‘old institutions die hard’. Now, though not as prosperous as before, the splendor is different from that of ordinary officials.--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 10:51, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如今生齿日繁，事务日盛，主仆上下都是安富尊荣，运筹谋画的竟无一个；那日用排场，又不能将就省俭。如今外面的架子虽没很倒，内囊却也尽上来了。这也是小事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Their family members are growing, their commitments are increasing, and both masters and servants are used to lavishly controlling it. However no one thinks of the future. They squander money every day and can't save at all. On the surface, they look as noble as before, but their wallets are almost empty. However, this is not their biggest trouble.--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 10:46, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jia Mansion, there are many people to bring up, and household duties are getting more and more day by day. Masters and servants, from top to bottom, enjoy glory and wealth but no one to plan. They squander money every day and can't save at all. Although they still extravagant on the surface as ever, their wallets are almost empty. and this is not counted the biggest trouble.     --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 12:47, 8 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
更有一件大事：谁知这样钟鸣鼎食的人家儿，如今养的儿孙，竟一代不如一代了。”雨村听说，也道：“这样诗礼之家，岂有不善教育之理？别门不知，只说这宁、荣两宅，是最教子有方的，何至如此？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is one more important event: Who knows that the children of such a luxurious family, the children and grandchildren are not as good as previous generations.&amp;quot; When Yucun heard about it, he also said: &amp;quot;Is there any reason for such a family who always study and pay attention to ethics for generations is bad at education? Although I don't know the situation of other families, it is said that Ning and Rong are the most skillful in teaching children. How did they get to such a situation ? &amp;quot;     --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 15:37, 7 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That's not the worst thing. Who will know that the children of such a noble clan can be inferior to the last.&amp;quot; Hearing about that, Yucun replied:&amp;quot;a family so cultures and versed in etiquette doesn't know the importance of education? Although I don't know other families, I've always heard that these two houses take great efforts to educate their children. How did they fall to such a situation?&amp;quot;--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 12:45, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
子兴叹道：“正说的是这两门呢！等我告诉你：当日宁国公是一母同胞弟兄两个。宁公居长，生了两个儿子。宁公死后，长子贾代化袭了官，也养了两个儿子：长子贾敷，八九岁上死了；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;It's these two houses I'm talking about!&amp;quot; Zixing signed, &amp;quot;Just let me tell you: the Duke of Ningguo and the Duke of Rongguo were brothers by the same mother. The Duke of Ningguo, the elder, had two sons, and after his death, his oldest son, Jia daihua, succeeded the title. The elder one of his two sons, Jia Fu, died at the age of eight or nine.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 05:14, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zi Xing sighed, &amp;quot;I was about to say something about these two families! Let me tell you: the Duke of Rongguo, as he is now called, had two brothers from the same mother. Lord Ning was the eldest brother and had two sons，and after his death, his oldest son, Jia daihua, succeeded the title. The elder one of his two sons, Jia Fu, died at the age of eight or nine.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 08:32, 10 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只剩了一个次子贾敬，袭了官，如今一味好道，只爱烧丹炼汞，别事一概不管。幸而早年留下一个儿子，名唤贾珍，因他父亲一心想作神仙，把官倒让他袭了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only his second son, Honor Merchant, survived and succeeded to his position. Now he devoted himself only to Taoism and alchemy, and did nothing else. Fortunately, in his early years, he had left a son named Treasure Merchant, for his father had set his heart on becoming a fairy, so he succeeded to the position.  --[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 07:30, 4 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only his second son, Honor Merchant, survived and succeeded to his position. Now Honor Merchant devotes himself entirely to Taoism and alchemy, and does nothing else. Fortunately, in his early years, he had left a son named Treasure Merchant. For his father has set his heart on becoming immortal, Treasure Merchant succeeded to the position. --[[User:Liu Yunxin|Liu Yunxin]] ([[User talk:Liu Yunxin|talk]]) 08:36, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他父亲又不肯住在家里，只在都中城外，和那些道士们胡羼。这位珍爷也生了一个儿子，今年才十六岁，名叫贾蓉。如今敬老爷不管事了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His father refused to stay at home, but rather preferred to fool around with those Taoist priests. This Master Treasure Merchant also has a son called Prosperity Merchant, who’s only 16 years old. Nowadays Lord Honor Merchant is no longer in charge. --[[User:Liu Yunxin|Liu Yunxin]] ([[User talk:Liu Yunxin|talk]]) 08:27, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His father is unwilling to live at home, but prefers to wander around the city to fool around with those Taoist priests. Mr. Zhen also has a son named Jia Rong who is 16 years old. Now, Lord Jing is no longer in charge. --[[User:Luo Anyi|Luo Anyi]] ([[User talk:Luo Anyi|talk]]) 13:42, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这珍爷那里干正事，只一味高乐不了，把那宁国府竟翻过来了，也没有敢来管他的人。再说荣府你听，方才所说异事就出在这里。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Zhen would not do any proper thing but to amuse himself. Even if he turns the Ning Mansion upside down, no one there dares to stop him. Then I will tell you about Rong Mansion where the strange thing that I just mentioned happened. --[[User:Luo Anyi|Luo Anyi]] ([[User talk:Luo Anyi|talk]]) 13:24, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr Zhen would not do any his proper business，but only amuse himself，and  though he  turned rabbit in Ning Mansion，there is no one who dare to limit him.And I must tell you that some queer things just happen here.--[[User:Luo Xi|Luo Xi]] ([[User talk:Luo Xi|talk]]) 14:04, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
自荣公死后，长子贾代善袭了官，娶的是金陵世家史侯的小姐为妻。生了两个儿子：长名贾赦，次名贾政。如今代善早已去世，太夫人尚在。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the death of Rong Gong, the elder son Jia Daishan inherited the official title and get merried with the daughter of an aristocratic family in Jinling. They have two sons: the elder son is called Jia She, the second son is called Jia Zheng. Now Jia Daishan has already passed away with his wife still alive. --[[User:Luo Xi|Luo Xi]] ([[User talk:Luo Xi|talk]]) 03:06, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the death of Lord Rong（Jia Yuan), the elder son Jia Daishan inherited the official title and married Shi Hou’s daughter from an aristocratic family in Jinling  as his wife. They had two children: the elder son named Jia She, and the second named Jia Zheng. Today Daishan has long passed away, and his wife is still alive.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 02:02, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
长子贾赦袭了官，为人却也中平，也不管理家事。惟有次子贾政，自幼酷喜读书，为人端方正直。祖父锺爱，原要他从科甲出身。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The eldest son, Jia She, inherited the official position from his ancestors but  he was not top-notch and did not manage the family affairs as well. Only his second son, Jia Zheng, loved to read since childhood and was a man of upright. His grandfather (Jia Yuan) like him the most and originally planed to let him take the imperial examination before becoming an official.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 08:02, 4 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Their elder son Jia She inherited the official title; he was moderate and often remained neutral, and did not manage the family affairs. Only the younger son, Jia Zheng, was fond of studying as a child and was a man of upright so that he was his grandfather’s (Jia Yuan) favorite, and he hoped to make a career for himself through the imperial examinations. --[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 09:05, 4 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
不料代善临终遗本一上，皇上怜念先臣，即叫长子袭了官；又问还有几个儿子，立刻引见，又将这政老爷赐了个额外主事职衔，叫他入部习学，如今现已升了员外郎。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unexpectedly, when Jia Daishan died, he left a valedictory memorial, and the Emperor, out of memory and regard for his former minister, not only conferred the official title on his elder son but also asked what other sons there were and ordered them to be introduced to the palace immediately. The Emperor also bestowed the rank of Assistant Secretary on Jia Zheng, and as an additional favor gave him instructions to familiarize himself with affairs in one of the ministries. He has now risen to the rank of Under-Secretary. --[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 08:40, 4 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unexpectedly, when Jia Daishan died, he left a valedictory memorial, and the Emperor, out of memory and regard for his former minister, not only conferred the official title on his elder son but also asked what other sons he had and ordered his sons to be introduced to the palace immediately. The Emperor also bestowed the rank of Assistant Secretary on Jia Zheng, and as an additional favor gave him instructions to familiarize himself with affairs in one of the ministries. He has now risen to the rank of Under-Secretary.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 08:53, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这政老爷的夫人王氏，头胎生的公子名叫贾珠，十四岁进学，后来娶了妻，生了子，不到二十岁，一病就死了。第二胎生了一位小姐，生在大年初一，就奇了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs. Wang --- the wife of Lord Zheng. Their first child was a son named Jia Zhu, who entered school at the age of fourteen, then married and gave birth to a son, who died of an illness before the age of twenty. The second child was a young girl, born on the first day of the year. It was very surprising.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 08:45, 4 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mrs. Wang --- the wife of Lord Zheng give birth to her first child a boy named Jia Zhu, who entered school at the age of fourteen, then married and got  a son. But Jia Zhu died of an illness before the age of twenty. The couple’s second child was a girl born on the first day of the year, which was surprising.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 06:32, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
不想隔了十几年，又生了一位公子，说来更奇：一落胞胎，嘴里便衔下一块五彩晶莹的玉来，还有许多字迹。你道是新闻不是？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Surprisingly, Mrs Wang gave birth to a boy after more than ten years and it is even strange that the boy was born with a piece of colorful and sparkling crystal with handwritings in his mouth. Isn’t it news?--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 06:25, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Surprisingly, after an interval of more than ten years, Mrs Wang gave birth to another male child, and even more miraculously, the boy was born with a piece of colorful and sparkling crystal with handwritings in his mouth. Isn’t it news?--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 09:22, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村笑道：“果然奇异。只怕这人的来历不小。”子兴冷笑道：“万人都这样说，因而他祖母爱如珍宝。那年周岁时，政老爷试他将来的志向，便将世上所有的东西摆了无数叫他抓。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Cun laughed, &amp;quot;It's really strange. I'm afraid this man has a lot of history.&amp;quot; Zi Xing laughed coldly and said, &amp;quot;Everyone says so, so his grandmother loves him like a treasure. That year, when he was one year old, Mr. Zheng tested his future aspirations, so he laid out countless things in the world for him to grab.--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 09:17, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Cun laughed, &amp;quot;It's really strange. I'm afraid this man has a lot of fame&amp;quot; Zi Xing laughed ruthlessly and said, &amp;quot;Everyone says like this, so his grandmother loves him like a treasure. When Jia Baoyu was one year old, Mr. Zheng wanted to test his future aspirations, so he laid out countless things in the world for him to grab.--[[User:Qing Jianan|Qing Jianan]] ([[User talk:Qing Jianan|talk]]) 09:46, 7 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
谁知他一概不取，伸手只把些脂粉钗环抓来玩弄。那政老爷便不喜欢，说将来不过酒色之徒，因此不甚爱惜。独那太君还是命根子一般。说&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But he didn't catch anything, only reach his hand for some powder,hairpin and ring to play. Mr.Zheng was not satisfied with his action,and thought him as a gambler in the future.Therefore, Mr,Zheng didn't show his preference toward Jia Baoyu,but that old women still regarded him as her treature,and said:--[[User:Qing Jianan|Qing Jianan]] ([[User talk:Qing Jianan|talk]]) 10:01, 7 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, he did not take any of them, but only reached his hands out for some powders, hairpins and rings to play with. That action did not please  sir Zheng at all, what’s more, sir Zheng said he would be only a voluptuary in the future. Therefore, sir Zheng did not particularly cherish Baoyu, however, lady dowager still loved him as if he was the most preciou treasure.--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 05:28, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
说来又奇：如今长了十来岁，虽然淘气异常，但聪明乖觉，百个不及他一个。说起孩子话来也奇，他说：‘女儿是水做的骨肉，男子是泥做的骨肉。我见了女儿便清爽，见了男子便觉浊臭逼人。’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strange to say: now he is ten years old, abnormally naughty , but smart and clever, even better than one hundred other children of his age. What he says is also very odd. Once he said, ‘Girls are made of water, men of mud. He will feel debonaire when  he see girls, but when he see men, what he can feel is only squalidness.’--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 02:34, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's strange to notice that now he is ten years more older, abnormally naughty , but smart and clever, even better than one hundred other children of his age. What he says is also very odd. Once he said, &amp;quot;Girls are made of water, men of mud. I qwill feel debonaire when I see girls, but when I see men, what I can feel is only squalidness.&amp;quot;--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 13:18, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你道好笑不好笑？将来色鬼无疑了。”雨村罕然厉色道：“非也。可惜你们不知道这人的来历，大约政老前辈也错以淫魔色鬼看待了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Don't you think it's ridiculous? He or she will be a lecher in the future undoubtedly.&amp;quot; Jia Yucun said with a serious look: &amp;quot;Not true. Unfortunately, you do not know the identity of this person, may be the old senior Jia Zheng may also wrongly regard him or her as a lewd.&amp;quot;--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 13:14, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Have you realized the facetiosity of it? He or she will be beyond all doubt a lecher.” Yucun said with stern countenance: “ it is absolutely not the truth. It is a pity that you are insensible of the background of this person and the senior Zheng may also mistakenly regarded him or her as a lewd demon”.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 00:59, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若非多读书识事，加以致知格物之功、悟道参玄之力者，不能知也。”子兴见他说得这样重大，忙请教其故。雨村道：“天地生人，除大仁大恶，馀者皆无大异。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If someone was not well-read, knowledge-inquiring and truth-enlightening, he or she would be ignorant of it. Zixing believed that Yucun took it so seriously that he was bursting with impatience to make clear the reasons within it. Yucun asserted: “the universe gives birth to mankind that boasts no differences except the benevolent and the evil.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 00:36, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If someone was not well-read, knowledge-inquired and truth-enlightened, he or she would be ignorant.After seeing that Yucun took it so seriously, Zixing couldn't wait to ask him the reasons.Yucun asserted: “The universe gives birth to mankind that boasts no differences except the benevolent and the evil.&amp;quot;--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 09:24, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若大仁者则应运而生，大恶者则应劫而生；运生世治，劫生世危。尧、舜、禹、汤、文、武、周、召、孔、孟、董、韩、周、程、朱、张，皆应运而生者；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great benevolence was born in the time of good fortune,the great evil was born in the time of bad fortune. The former was benefit to the world,the latter was harmful to the world.Yao, Shun, Yu, Tang, Wen, Wu, Zhou, Zhao, Kong, Meng, Dong, Han, Zhou, Cheng, Zhu, Zhang, were all born at the historic moment of good fortune；--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 09:20, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the great benevolence emerged as the times demanded, the great evil was born emerged as the calamity demanded. The former was beneficial to the world, while the latter was harmful to the world. Yao, Shun, Yu, Tang, Wen, Wu, Zhou, Zhao, Kong, Meng, Dong, Han, Zhou, Cheng, Zhu, Zhang, all born emerged as the times demanded.--[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 12:57, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蚩尤、共工、桀、纣、始皇、王莽、曹操、桓温、安禄山、秦桧等，皆应劫而生者。大仁者修治天下，大恶者扰乱天下。清明灵秀，天地之正气，仁者之所秉也；残忍乖僻，天地之邪气，恶者之所秉也。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chiyou, Gonggong, Jie, Zhou, Shi Huang, Wang Mang, Cao Cao, Huan Wen, An Lushan, and Qin Hui all emerged as the calamity demanded. Great benevolence governs the world, great evil disturbs the world. Be sober-minded and full of ingenuity, absorbing the righteousness of heaven and earth are the characteristics of merciful men; on the contrary, be cruel and eccentric, absorbing the evil of heaven and earth, are the characteristics of wicked men.--[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 12:41, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chi You, Gong Gong, Jie, Zhou, Shi Huang, Wang Mang, Cao Cao, Huan Wen, An Lushan and Qin Hui were all born in response to the tribulation. Those who are benevolent cultivate and rule the world, while those who are evil disturb the world. The clear, bright, spiritual and beautiful, the righteousness of heaven and earth, is held by the benevolent; the cruel and perverse, the evil of heaven and earth, is held by the evil.--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 06:46, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今当祚永运隆之日，太平无为之世，清明灵秀之气所秉者，上自朝廷，下至草野，比比皆是。所馀之秀气漫无所归，遂为甘露，为和风，洽然溉及四海。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this day of eternal prosperity and peace and inaction, there are many people from the imperial court to the grasses who have been blessed with a clear, bright and spiritual spirit. The remainder of the spirit has no place to return to, so it has become a sweet dew and a harmonious breeze, which has irrigated the four seas.--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 13:40, 4 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this day of eternal prosperity and peace and inaction, people from the imperial court to the grasses who have been blessed with a clear, bright and spiritual spirit are numberless. The remainder of the spirit has no place to return to, so it has become a sweet dew and a harmonious breeze, which has irrigated the four seas.--[[User:Wang Zhenlong|Wang Zhenlong]] ([[User talk:Wang Zhenlong|talk]]) 06:58, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彼残忍乖邪之气，不能荡溢于光天化日之下，遂凝结充塞于深沟大壑之中。偶因风荡，或被云摧，略有摇动感发之意，一丝半缕误而逸出者，值灵秀之气适过，正不容邪，邪复妒正，两不相下；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His cruel and evil spirit could not overflow in broad daylight, so it condensed and filled deep ditches and gullies. Occasionally, due to the wind, or being destroyed by clouds, it feels slightly shaken, and a trace of half a wisp of error escapes. It is worthy of the beautiful Qi. If it is suitable, right should not be evil, evil should be jealous of right, and the two are not the same;--[[User:Wang Zhenlong|Wang Zhenlong]] ([[User talk:Wang Zhenlong|talk]]) 06:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its cruel and evil spirit could not overflow in the light of the day, so it condensed and filled in deep ditches and gullies. Occasionally, due to the wind, or being destroyed by clouds, it feels slightly shaken, and a trace or half wisp of error escapes. It is worthy of the beautiful Qi. If it is suitable, the right is incompatible with the evil, and the evil should be jealous of the right, and the two are on the opposite sides.--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 08:59, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如风水雷电地中既遇，既不能消，又不能让，必致搏击掀发。既然发泄，那邪气亦必赋之于人。假使或男或女偶秉此气而生者，上则不能为仁人为君子，下亦不能为大凶大恶。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the wind, water, thunder, lightning meeting each other on the ground, they can neither disappear nor yield, and must fight against and turn over each other. Once it lets off, people will be endowed with evil influence. If men and women were both born on this air by accident, they cannot be up to benevolent gentlemen or down to villains.--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 12:59, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If wind, water, thunder, lightning meet each other on the ground, they can neither disappear nor yield, and must fight against and turn over each other. Once the evil air is let off, people will be endowed with it. If men or women are born with this air by accident, they cannot be up to benevolent gentlemen or down to extremely vicious villains.--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 09:13, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
置之千万人之中，其聪俊灵秀之气，则在千万人之上；其乖僻邪谬不近人情之态，又在千万人之下。若生于公侯富贵之家，则为情痴情种；若生于诗书清贫之族，则为逸士高人；纵然生于薄祚寒门，甚至为奇优，为名娼，亦断不至为走卒健仆，甘遭庸夫驱制。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This kind of persons are usually outstanding. Their intelligence and beauty are above thousands of people. And their crankiness and indifference are below them. If they are born in a wealthy royal family, they will be persons of constant love. If they are born in a poor family of intellectual, they will become hermits with extraordinary wisdom. Even though if they are unfortunately born in a humble family, men will be excellent actors and women will be famous prostitutes rather than being  servants who have to be used by ordinary people.--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 09:12, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This kind of people are usually prominent. Their intelligence and beauty are above millions of people. But their crankiness and indifference are below them. If they are born in a wealthy royal family, they will be people with constant love. If they are born in a poor family of intellectual, they will become hermits with extraordinary wisdom. Even though if they are unfortunately born in a humble family, men will be excellent actors and women will be famous prostitutes rather than being  servants who have to be controlled by ordinary people.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 04:15, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如前之许由、陶潜、阮籍、嵇康、刘伶、王谢二族、顾虎头、陈后主、唐明皇、宋徽宗、刘庭芝、温飞卿、米南宫、石曼卿、柳耆卿、秦少游，近日倪云林、唐伯虎、祝枝山，再如李龟年、黄幡绰、敬新磨、卓文君、红拂、薛涛、崔莺、朝云之流：此皆易地则同之人也。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such as the previous generation Xuyou, Taoqian, Ruanji, Jikang, Liuling, the Wang and Xie families, Gu Kaizhi, Chen Shubao, emperor Xuanzong of Tang Dynasty, emperor Huizong of Song Dynasty, Liu Tingzhi, Wen Feiqing, Mi Nangong, Shi Manqing, Liu Qiqing, Qin Shaoyou, and the current generation Ni Yunlin, Tang Bohu, Zhu Zhishan, or the generation like Li Guinian, Huang Fanchuo, Jing Xinmo, Zhuo Wenjun, Hongfu, Xuetao, Cuiying, Zhaoyun: they are the kind of people born when the rectitude and the evil spirits fight each other. This kind of people has both the rectitude and the evil spirits.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 11:37, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like the previous generation: Xuyou, Taoqian, Ruanji, Jikang, Liuling, the Wang and Xie families, Gu Kaizhi, Chen Shubao, emperor Xuanzong of Tang Dynasty, emperor Huizong of Song Dynasty, Liu Tingzhi, Wen Feiqing, Mi Nangong, Shi Manqing, Liu Qiqing, Qin Shaoyou, and the current generation Ni Yunlin, Tang Bohu, Zhu Zhishan, or the generation like Li Guinian, Huang Fanchuo, Jing Xinmo, Zhuo Wenjun, Hongfu, Xuetao, Cuiying, Zhaoyun. Though this kind of people didn’t live in the same period of time, didn’t have the same experience, they had the same ambition.--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 13:58, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
子兴道：“依你说，成则公侯败则贼了？”雨村道：“正是这意。你还不知，我自革职以来，这两年遍游各省，也曾遇见两个异样孩子，所以方才你一说这宝玉，我就猜着了八九也是这一派人物。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zixing said: “ As you said, the winner will be the duke, and the loser will be the traitor?” Yucun said: “ This is what I was talking about. You didn’t know, that since I was removed from the position, I traveled around all the provinces, and also met some unusual boys, so when you just talked about Baoyu, I guessed that he was such a boy, too.--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 13:52, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Zixing said, &amp;quot;according to you, if you become a duke, if you lose, you will become a thief.&amp;quot; Yucun said, &amp;quot;that's exactly what you mean. You don't know that I have traveled all over the provinces in the past two years since I was dismissed. I have met two different children, so I guessed that 89 is also a figure of this school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
不用远说，只这金陵城内钦差金陵省体仁院总裁甄家，你可知道？”子兴道：“谁人不知，这甄府就是贾府老亲，他们两家来往极亲热的。就是我也和他家往来非止一日了。”&lt;br /&gt;
Needless to say, it's only Zhen Jia, President of Jinling Provincial Institute of physical benevolence, who is an imperial envoy in Jinling City. Do you know? &amp;quot; Zixing, &amp;quot;no one knows that Zhen's house is the old relative of Jia's house. Their two families are very friendly. Even I have been with him for a long time.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do you know zhen Jia, president of Qinchai Tiren Academy of Jinling Province in Jinling City?&amp;quot; Zi Xing said, &amp;quot;Who knows? Zhen Fu is jia fu's old man, and the two families are very close to each other. Even I have been with them a long time.&amp;quot;--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 11:00, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村笑道：“去岁我在金陵，也曾有人荐我到甄府处馆。我进去看其光景，谁知他家那等荣贵，却是个富而好礼之家，倒是个难得之馆。但是这个学生虽是启蒙，却比一个举业的还劳神。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Cun smiled and said:”When I was in Jinling last year, someone recommended me to teach at Zhenfu. After I went there, I realized that his family is so prosperous and rich, but they also advocate etiquette, which is very rare. Although this student is a beginner, he is more serious than the examinee who wants to take the scientific examination.”--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 06:45, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Cun smiled and said:”When I was in Jinling last year, someone recommended me to teach at Zhen Mansion. After I went there, I realized that his family is so prosperous and rich, but they also advocate etiquette, which is very rare. Although this student is a beginner, he is more serious than the examinee who wants to take the imperial examination.”--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 07:15, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
说起来更可笑，他说：‘必得两个女儿陪着我读书，我方能认得字，心上也明白；不然，我心里自己糊涂。’又常对着跟他的小厮们说：‘这“女儿”两个字极尊贵极清净的，比那瑞兽珍禽、奇花异草更觉稀罕尊贵呢。&lt;br /&gt;
Even it is more ridiculous when he said: &amp;quot;I must have two daughters to accompany me to study, so that I can recognize words and understand them in my heart; Otherwise, I will be confused. &amp;quot; He often said to his pageboys: &amp;quot;the word&amp;quot; daughter &amp;quot;is very noble and pure, which is more rare and noble than the auspicious animals, rare birds and exotic flowers and plants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even it is more ridiculous when he said: &amp;quot;I must have two daughters to accompany me to study, so that I can recognize words and understand them in my heart; Otherwise, I will be confused. &amp;quot; He often said to his pageboys: &amp;quot;the word&amp;quot; daughter &amp;quot;is very noble and pure, which is more rare and noble than the auspicious animals, rare birds and exotic flowers and plants.--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 02:56, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你们这种浊口臭舌，万万不可唐突了这两个字，要紧，要紧！但凡要说的时节，必用净水香茶漱了口方可；设若失错，便要凿牙穿眼的。’其暴虐顽劣，种种异常。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have such a foul mouth and stinky tongue, you must not be abrupt these two words, important, important! But whenever you say something, you must rinse your mouth with clean water and fragrant tea; if you make a mistake, you will have to cut your teeth through your eyes.' The tyrannical and stubborn, all kinds of abnormalities.--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 02:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have such a foul mouth and stinky tongue, you must not be abrupt these two words, important, important! But whenever you say something, you must rinse your mouth with clean water and fragrant tea; if you make a mistake, you will have to cut your teeth through your eyes.' The tyrannical and stubborn, all kinds of abnormalities.--[[User:Xiong Min|Xiong Min]] ([[User talk:Xiong Min|talk]]) 03:15, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只放了学进去，见了那些女儿们，其温厚和平，聪敏文雅，竟变了一个样子。因此，他令尊也曾下死笞楚过几次，竟不能改。每打的吃疼不过时，他便姐姐妹妹的乱叫起来。&lt;br /&gt;
After class, he saw those daughters, who were gentle, tranquil and clever looking different. Therefore, his father was also beaten for several times. Everytime he was beaten to death, he screamed sisters' names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After class, he went in and met those daughters changed, who were gentle, peaceful, intelligent and elegant. Therefore, his father was also beaten for several times. Everytime he was beaten to death, he screamed sisters' names.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 14:07, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
后来听得里面女儿们拿他取笑：‘因何打急了，只管叫姐妹作什么？莫不叫姐妹们去讨情讨饶？你岂不愧些？’他回答的最妙，他说：‘急痛之时，只叫姐姐妹妹字样，或可解疼，也未可知，因叫了一声，果觉疼得好些。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then he heard his daughters make fun of him: ‘Why do you call a sister when you are in pain? Why not let them beg for forgiveness? Aren't you ashamed?’ He answered it best, saying, ‘In a time of acute pain, if I call the sister's names, which may relieve the pain or not. However, I do felt the pain lessened a little when I called their names'.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 13:45, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then he heard his daughters make fun of him: &amp;quot;Why do you call sisters when you are in pain? Do you want to let them beg for forgiveness? Aren't you ashamed?&amp;quot; He answered it best, saying, &amp;quot;In a time of acute pain, if I call the sisters, which may relieve the pain or not. However, I do felt the pain lessened a little when I called them&amp;quot;.--[[User:Yan Jing|Yan Jing]] ([[User talk:Yan Jing|talk]]) 00:34, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
遂得了秘法，每疼痛之极，便连叫姐妹起来了。’你说可笑不可笑？为他祖母溺爱不明，每因孙辱师责子，我所以辞了馆出来的。这等子弟，必不能守祖、父基业，从师友规劝的。只可惜他家几个好姊妹都是少有的。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So he got the secret method, and every time he felt the pain, he called his sisters. &amp;quot; Do you also feel ridiculous? And his grandmother doted on him so deeply that I as his teacher was usually insulted and blamed. So I resigned from there. The children like him would not be able to keep the inheritance of their ancestors and follow the advice of their teachers and friends. But it's a pity becasue several sisters in his family are rarely good. &amp;quot;--[[User:Yan Jing|Yan Jing]] ([[User talk:Yan Jing|talk]]) 00:52, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And his grandmother doted on him so deeply that I was usually insulted and blamed as his teacher. Such child like him would not be able to keep the inheritance of their ancestors and follow the advice of their teachers and friends.--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 13:54, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
子兴道：“便是贾府中现在三个也不错。政老爷的长女名元春，因贤孝才德，选入宫作女史去了。二小姐乃是赦老爷姨娘所出，名迎春；三小姐政老爷庶出，名探春；四小姐乃宁府珍爷的胞妹，名惜春：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zi Xing said, &amp;quot;The three girls in Jia's mansion are not bad either. Jia Zheng's eldest daughter was named Yuanchun. Because of her virtue and filial piety, she was chosen to be a female historian in the court. The second lady was born to Jia He'concubine, her name was Yingchun; The third lady was born to Jia Zheng's concubine and was named Tanchun. The fourth lady is the sister of Jia Zhen in Ning' mansion, named Xichun:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“ The three girls in the Jia fumily aren ’ t bad either ,” rejoined Zixing .“ Jia Zheng ’s elder daughter Yuanchun was chosen to be a Lady － Clerk in the palace of the heir apparent because of her goodness , filial piety and talents . The second , Yingchun, is Jia She’s daughter by a concubine . The third Tanchun , is Jia Zheng ’ s daughter a concubine . The fourth , Xichun , is the younger sister of Jia Zhen of the Ning Mansion .--[[User:Yan Zihan|Yan Zihan]] ([[User talk:Yan Zihan|talk]]) 09:43, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因史老夫人极爱孙女，都跟在祖母这边，一处读书，听得个个不错。”雨村道：“更妙在甄家风俗：女儿之名，亦皆从男子之名；不似别人家里，另外用这些‘春’、‘红’、‘香’、‘玉’等艳字。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As dowager lady Shi is so fondly attached to her granddaughters , they come , for the most part , over to their grandmother ’s place to prosecute their studies together , and each one of these girls is , I hear , without a fault . Yucun said, “I prefer the Zhen family ’s way of giving their daughters the same sort of names as boys instead of choosing flowery names meaning Spring , Red , Fragrant or Jade .” --[[User:Yan Zihan|Yan Zihan]] ([[User talk:Yan Zihan|talk]]) 09:37, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“As dowager lady Shi is so attached to these grand-daughters that she makes them study in the Rong Mansion near her, and I hear good reports of them all.” Yucun said, “I prefer the Zhen family ’s way of giving their daughters the same sort of names as boys instead of choosing flowery names meaning Spring , Red , Fragrant or Jade .” --[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 16:12, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
何得贾府亦落此俗套？”子兴道：“不然。只因现今大小姐是正月初一所生，故名元春，馀者都从了‘春’字；上一排的却也是从弟兄而来的。现有对证：目今你贵东家林公的夫人，即荣府中赦、政二公的胞妹，在家时名字唤贾敏。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But how is it that the Jia family have likewise fallen into this convention？&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Not so！&amp;quot; said Zixing. &amp;quot;It is simply because the eldest daughter was born on the first day of the first month，that she was called Yuan Chun；And the rest followed Chun in their names. But the names of the last generation are adopted from those of their brothers；and there is at present an instance in support of this. The wife of your respected employer，Mr. Lin，is the sister of Mr.Jia She and Mr.Jia Zheng，and while at home,she was named Jia Min. --[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 15:54, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But how could that the Jia family have also become so vulgar in terms of the name of the daughters？&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;It’s not what you think&amp;quot; said Zixing. &amp;quot;It is simply because the eldest daughter was born on the first day of the first month in the lunar year, that she was called Yuan Chun；And then the rest had Chun in their names too. But all the names of the girls of the last generation are adopted from those of their brothers；and there is at present an instance in support of this. The wife of your respected employer，Mr. Lin，is the sister of Mr.Jia She and Mr.Jia Zheng，and while at home,she was named Jia Min.--[[User:Yang Aijiang|Yang Aijiang]] ([[User talk:Yang Aijiang|talk]]) 03:49, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
不信时你回去细访可知。”雨村拍手笑道：“是极。我这女学生名叫黛玉，他读书凡‘敏’字，他皆念作‘密’字；写字遇着‘敏’字，亦减一二笔。我心中每每疑惑，今听你说，是为此无疑矣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don’t believe me, check up carefully when you go back. Yucun pounded the table with a laugh. That’s right. The name of my girl student is Daiyu. She always pronounces min as mi and misses one or two strokes when writing. That puzzled me every time. Now  I finally understand the reason behind it after hearing your words. --[[User:Yang Aijiang|Yang Aijiang]] ([[User talk:Yang Aijiang|talk]]) 03:30, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don’t believe me, inquire carefully when you go back. Yucun pounded the table and smiled :”That’s right. The name of my girl student is Daiyu. She always pronounces ‘Min’ as ‘Mi’ and misses one or two strokes when writing. That puzzled me every time. Now I finally understand the reason behind it after hearing your words. “--[[User:Yang Kun|Yang Kun]] ([[User talk:Yang Kun|talk]]) 03:39, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
怪道我这女学生言语举止另是一样，不与凡女子相同，度其母不凡，故生此女。今知为荣府之外孙，又不足罕矣。可惜上月其母竟亡故了。”子兴叹道：“老姊妹三个，这是极小的，又没了；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's strange that my female student's speech and behavior are different. She is not the same as other ordinary ladies. Hence,I guess that her mother is extraordinary and so is she. Since I know that she is the granddaughter of the Mansion of Rongguo,it is not strange that she is such a girl. Unfortunately, her mother died last month. Zixing sighed, &amp;quot;Among the three sisters, she is the youngest and she's also dead.&amp;quot;--[[User:Yang Kun|Yang Kun]] ([[User talk:Yang Kun|talk]]) 02:30, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No wonder that my female student's speech and behavior are unique and she is not the same as other ordinary ladies. That's because her mother is extraordinary and so is she. Since I know that she is the granddaughter of the Mansion of Rongguo,it is not suprising that she is such a girl. Unfortunately, her mother died last month. Zixing sighed, &amp;quot;Among the three sisters, she is the youngest and she's also dead.&amp;quot;--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 10:43, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
长一辈的姊妹，一个也没了。只看这小一辈的将来的东床何如呢。”雨村道：“正是。方才说政公已有一个衔玉之子，又有长子所遗弱孙，这赦老竟无一个不成？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no elder sisters. Then we just look forward to the younger generation's son-in-laws. Jia Yucun says: That's it. I have just heard that Jia Zheng has a son, Prescious Jade Merchant who is born with a jade. And he has a grandson who is his eldest son's child. Doesn't Jia She have any children?--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 07:09, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“No one's left in the elder sisters, Let's just see what will happen to the younger generation's sons-in-law.” “Exactly.”Jia Yucun says:“I've just heard that Master Zheng's got a another son, and his eldest son had given him a grandson. What's the matter with Master Xie? He hasn't had one yet!”--[[User:Ye Weijie|Ye Weijie]] ([[User talk:Ye Weijie|talk]]) 02:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
子兴道：“政公既有玉儿之后，其妾又生了一个，倒不知其好歹。只眼前现有二子一孙，却不知将来何如。若问那赦老爷，也有一子，名叫贾琏，今已二十多岁了，亲上做亲，娶的是政老爷夫人王氏内侄女，今已娶了四五年。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zi Xing says:“After Master Zheng had Yu er, his concubine gave birth to another child, don't know whether it is good or bad. Right now they already have two children and a grandson, but not knowing what should do in the future. Master Xie also has a son named Jia Lian, who is about 20 years old now. Jia Lian married Master Zheng's wife Wang's niece, it was an intermarry between their families, and it's been five years now.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zi Xing said:&amp;quot; Master Merchant's concubine had given birth to another kid for him after having the son named Precious Jade, and didn't know the kid good or bad. So he only had two sons and a grandson at that time and didn't know the future held. Pardon Merchant also had a son named Romance Merchant, who was about 20 years old. Romance Merchant married Master Merchant's wife Lady King's niece, it was an intermarry between their families, and it's been five years now.”--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 06:35, 12 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这位琏爷身上现捐了个同知，也是不喜正务的；于世路上好机变，言谈去得，所以目今只在乃叔政老爷家住，帮着料理家务。谁知自娶了这位奶奶之后，倒上下无人不称颂他的夫人，琏爷倒退了一舍之地：模样又极标致，言谈又爽利，心机又极深细，竟是个男人万不及一的。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Romance Merchant had now paid for an official, but he was also uncomfortable with formal affairs; he was so clever and well-spoken in his career that he was currently living in the house of Master Merchant, Romance Merchant's uncle, and helping with the household chores. There is no idea that since marrying this difficult girl, no one in the house would not praise his wife, and that Romance Merchant would not be able to match her: she is so good-looking, so sharp-tongued, and so deep-witted that she is a man's equal.&amp;quot;--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 06:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Romance Merchant had now bought a title as an official, but he was also uncomfortable with formal affairs. He was so clever and well-spoken in his career that he was currently living in the house of Maister Merchant, Romance Merchant's uncle, and helping with the household chores.  After he married his wife, everyone praised her, and that made Romance Merchant less popular: she is so good-looking, so sharp-tongued, and so deep-witted that she is a man's equal.&amp;quot;--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 10:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村听了，笑道：“可知我言不谬了。你我方才所说的这几个人，只怕都是那正邪两赋而来一路之人，未可知也。”子兴道：“正也罢，邪也罢，只顾算别人家的账，你也吃杯酒才好。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After hearing this, Yucun smiled and said, “now you know what I said is true. I’m afraid these people we just talked about are probably those who have the temperament of justice and evil.” Zixing said: “whether these people are just or evil, don't just talk about other people's gossip, and also remember to drink more.” --[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 08:36, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After hearing this, Yucun laughed and said, “now you know what I said is true. I’m afraid these people we just talked about are probably those who have both good and evil temperament.” Zixing said: “It doesn't matter whether these people are good or evil, you should also take a drink rather than only talking about other people's gossip.”--[[User:Yin Meida|Yin Meida]] ([[User talk:Yin Meida|talk]]) 09:12, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“只顾说话，就多吃了几杯。”子兴笑道：“说着别人家的闲话，正好下酒，即多吃几杯何妨？”雨村向窗外看道：“天也晚了，仔细关了城，我们慢慢进城再谈，未为不可。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun said: &amp;quot;I have to drink a few more cups of alcohol because I kept talking all the time&amp;quot;. Zixing said while laughing: &amp;quot; Help yourself! Gossip goes well with alcohol&amp;quot;. Yucun looked out the window and said:&amp;quot; It's getting dark. We'd better continue our talk after entering the city in case the gate is shut.&amp;quot; --[[User:Yin Meida|Yin Meida]] ([[User talk:Yin Meida|talk]]) 09:28, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rainvillage Merchant said: &amp;quot;I accidentally drink a few more cups of alcohol because I kept talking all the time&amp;quot;. Zixing said while laughing: &amp;quot; Enjoy yourself! Gossip goes well with alcohol&amp;quot;. Yucun looked out the window and said:&amp;quot; It has been dark. We'd better continue our talk after entering the city in case the gate shuts.&amp;quot;--[[User:Yin Yuan|Yin Yuan]] ([[User talk:Yin Yuan|talk]]) 09:39, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
于是二人起身，算还酒钱。方欲走时，忽听得后面有人叫道：“雨村兄恭喜了！特来报个喜信的。”雨村忙回头看时……要知是谁，且听下回分解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So they got up and paid for the wine. When they was leaving, he heard someone calling behind: &amp;quot;Congratulations! My friend Rainvillage Merchant. Someone brings a lucky message to you.&amp;quot; Rainvillage Merchant looks back at once... Who is it? Please expect the next chapter--[[User:Yin Yuan|Yin Yuan]] ([[User talk:Yin Yuan|talk]]) 05:03, 5 December 2021 (UTC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So they got up and paid for the wine. When they was leaving, he heard someone calling behind: &amp;quot;Congratulations! My friend Yucun. Someone brings a lucky message to you.&amp;quot; Yucun looked back at once... Who was it? Please expect the next chapter.--[[User:Zhan Ruoxuan|Zhan Ruoxuan]] ([[User talk:Zhan Ruoxuan|talk]]) 14:19, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
外班──清代会试考取进士后，留在朝中任官者称“京官”，分发外地任地方官者称“外班”。因新官分发到地方后要候补，按班次任官，故称“外班”。​同寅皆侧目而视──同寅：即同僚。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Wai Ban&amp;quot;(Foreign class) -- After passing the highest imperial examinations in Qing Dynasty, those who stayed in the court as officials were called &amp;quot;jingguan&amp;quot;, while those who were dispatched to other places as local officials were called &amp;quot;foreign class&amp;quot;. Because the new officers who were distributed to the local needed wait for the appointment, according to the official appointment system established in Qing Dynasty.so it was called &amp;quot;outside the shift&amp;quot;. Yin(colleagues)all sidelong glance ── with Yin: namely colleague.--[[User:Zhan Ruoxuan|Zhan Ruoxuan]] ([[User talk:Zhan Ruoxuan|talk]]) 14:17, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreign class -- After the qing dynasty imperial examinations, those who stayed in the court as officials were called &amp;quot;jingguan&amp;quot;, and those who were dispatched to other places as local officials were called &amp;quot;foreign class&amp;quot;. Because the new officer distribution to the local to wait for the officer, according to the shift, so called &amp;quot;outside the shift&amp;quot;. With Yin all sidelong eyes and look ── with Yin: namely colleague.--[[User:Zhang Qiuyi|Zhang Qiuyi]] ([[User talk:Zhang Qiuyi|talk]]) 13:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
典出《尚书·虞书·皋陶谟》：“百僚师师，百工惟时……同寅协恭，和衷哉。”寅时是朝臣上朝之时，故称。 侧目而视：斜着眼看。语出《战国策·秦策一》：“(苏秦)将说楚王，路过洛阳。&lt;br /&gt;
Code out of &amp;quot;Shang Shu · Yu Shu · Gao Tao Mo&amp;quot; : &amp;quot;100 liao division division, 100 work but time...... Cooperate with Yin and be respectful and sincere.&amp;quot; Yin shi is the court when the court, so called. Sidelong: to look sideways. Su Qin will say that the king of Chu is passing by Luoyang.--[[User:Zhang Qiuyi|Zhang Qiuyi]] ([[User talk:Zhang Qiuyi|talk]]) 13:12, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The code is out of ''Shang Shu · Yu Shu · Gao Tao Mo'' : Numerous bureaucrats and teachers work only a hundred hours...... Cooperate with Yin and be respectful and sincere.&amp;quot; The Yin time is the court when raised, so it's called. Sidelook: to look sideways. From ''Warring States policy · Qin policy I'':&amp;quot; Su Qin will say that the king of Chu is passing by Luoyang.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 06:57, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
父母闻之，清宫除道，张乐设饮，郊迎三十里；妻侧目而视，倾耳而听；嫂蛇行匍伏，四拜自跪而谢。”原表示敬畏。引申以表示愤怒或不齿。​&lt;br /&gt;
When his parents heard of it, they cleared the palace and cleaned the road. Zhang Le set up a repast and welcomed thirty miles away far from home. His wife looked sideways and listened attentively, and his sister-in-law crawled on her knees for thanks.&amp;quot; Originally it expressed awe. Extended to express anger or disdain.--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 06:53, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
When his parents heard of this, they cleared the palace and Zhang Le set up music and drinks to welcome him to the countryside for thirty miles. His wife looked sideways and listened attentively, and his sister-in-law crawled on her knees for thanks.&amp;quot; Originally it expressed awe. Extended to express anger or disdain.--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 04:30, 10 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
维扬──扬州(在今江苏省)的别称。大禹所划分的“九州”之一。典出《尚书·夏书·禹贡》：“淮海惟扬州。”“惟”通“维”。&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Yang - an alternative name for Yangzhou (Jiangsu province). It was one of the &amp;quot;nine states&amp;quot; delineated by the Great Yu. The name is derived from ''Shang Shu - Xia Shu - Yu Gong'': &amp;quot;The Huaihai Sea is only Yangzhou.&amp;quot; The word &amp;quot;but&amp;quot; is synonymous with &amp;quot;wei&amp;quot;.--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 04:27, 10 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dimension Poplar - another name of Yangzhou (in today's Jiangsu Province) which is one of the &amp;quot;Kyushu&amp;quot; divided by Dayu. From the book Shangshu· Xiashu · Yugong  &amp;quot;the Huaihai sea Wei Yangzhou” &amp;quot;Wei&amp;quot; is &amp;quot;wei”--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 06:08, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
后人从“惟扬州”截取“惟扬”，又以“维”代“惟”，遂成“维扬”。如北朝周·庾信《哀江南赋》：“淮海维扬，三千馀里。”​探花──科举考试中殿试(最高一级考试)一甲第三名(第一名为状元，第二名为榜眼)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later generations intercepted &amp;quot;Weiyang&amp;quot; from &amp;quot;weiyangzhou&amp;quot; and replaced &amp;quot;Weiyang&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;Wei&amp;quot;, so it became &amp;quot;Weiyang&amp;quot;. For example, Yuxin's Fu on mourning the south of the Yangtze River in the Northern Dynasty said, &amp;quot;the Huaihai sea is vast, more than 3000 miles.&amp;quot; Tanhua—the third place in the first grade of the palace examination (the highest level examination) (the first place is called Zhuangyuan and the second place is called Bangyan）--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 09:04, 4 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later generations intercepted &amp;quot;Weiyang&amp;quot; from &amp;quot;weiyangzhou&amp;quot; and replaced &amp;quot;Weiyang&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;Wei&amp;quot;, so it became &amp;quot;Weiyang&amp;quot;. For example, Yuxin's Poetic essay on mourning the south of the Yangtze River in the Northern Dynasty said, &amp;quot;the Weiyang city is vast, more than 3000 miles.&amp;quot; Tanhua—the third place in the first grade of the palace examination (the highest level examination) (the first place is called Zhuangyuan and the second place is called Bangyan)--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 09:15, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本于唐代的“探花使”，亦称“探花郎”。唐·李淖《秦中岁时记》：“进士杏园初宴，谓之探花宴。差少俊二人为探花使，遍游名园，若它人先折花，二使皆被罚。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Tan Huashi” in Tang Dynasty is also called “Tan Hualang”. Li Nao once wrote: “ The newly crowned scholars met in the Apricot Garden to feast with their peers who had been crowned in the same year. This banquet was known as the Flower Search Banquet. Two young and good-looking candidates were chosen to be the flower scouts, and they were asked to visit all the famous gardens and scout for flowers. If someone else took the flowers first, the two flower scouts would be punished with a drink.”--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 09:06, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Tan Huashi” in Tang Dynasty is also called “Tan Hualang”. Li Nao who lived in Tang Dynasty once wrote: “ The newly crowned scholars met in the Apricot Garden to feast with their peers who had been crowned in the same year. This banquet was known as the Flower Search Banquet. Two young and good-looking candidates were chosen to be the flower scouts, and they were asked to visit all the famous gardens and scout for flowers. If someone else took the flowers first, the two flower scouts would be punished with a drink.”--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 01:09, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又宋·魏泰《东轩笔录》卷六：“进士及第后，例期集一月……又选最年少者二人为探花使，赋诗，世谓之探花郎。”​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Tai in Song Dynasty wrote that in his Dongxuan Bilu (Volume Six): “ In the imperial examination, after winning the imperial examination…… Two young scholars at the celebration were elected as Tanhua. And people named them Tanhua  boy .”--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 09:19, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Tai wrote in his ''Dongxuan Transcript'' (Volume Six) in Song Dynasty : “Participated in and passed the highest imperial examinations ... then the first two youngest scholars at the examination were chosen as Tanhua. And people named them Tanhua boy.”--[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 13:55, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
兰台寺大夫──指专管弹劾的御史。兰台是汉朝宫内藏书之所，由御史大夫主管，故后世将御史台别称“兰台”，将御史府别称“兰台寺”，将御史别称“兰台寺大夫”。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Censor of LanTai  - refers to imperial historian who is in charge of impeachment. LanTai  was the  place where the books were stored in the Palace of the Han Dynasty, and was in charge of the imperial historian. The institution where the imperial historian was later called “LanTai”,  the palace where the imperial historian lived was called “ LanTai Temple”, and the imperial historian was called “censor of LanTai” by later generations.--[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 13:41, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Censor of LanTai - refers to imperial historian who is in charge of impeachment. LanTai was the place where the books were stored in the Palace of the Han Dynasty, and was in charge of the imperial historian. Accordimgly, the institution where the imperial historian was later called “LanTai” the palace where the imperial historian lived was called “ LanTai Temple”, and the imperial historian was called “censor of LanTai” by later generations.--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 06:46, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
列侯──古代爵名。在秦称“彻侯”，为二十四级爵位中的最高一级。至汉代为避汉武帝刘彻之讳，改为“通侯”。“通”与“彻”同义，是改名不改义。“通侯”之意是表示受爵者功勋通于王室。&lt;br /&gt;
Marquis - Ancient Baron name. In Qin Dynasty, it was called &amp;quot;chehou&amp;quot;, which was the highest among twenty-four levels. In the Han Dynasty, in order to avoid the taboo of Liu Che, Emperor of the Han Dynasty, it was changed to &amp;quot;tonghou&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;Tong&amp;quot; is synonymous with &amp;quot;Che&amp;quot; in Chinese, in this way changing the name without changing the meaning. &amp;quot;Tong Hou&amp;quot; means that the recipient has done meritorious services to the royal family.--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 09:17, 4 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Marquis──Ancient noble name. In Qin Dynasty, it was called &amp;quot;Che Hou&amp;quot;, and it was the highest rank among the twenty-four ranks. In the Han Dynasty, it was changed to &amp;quot;Tonghou&amp;quot; to avoid the taboo of Han Wudi Liu Che. &amp;quot;Tong&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Che&amp;quot; are synonymous, which means changing the name without changing the meaning. &amp;quot;Tong Hou&amp;quot; means that the meritorious deeds of the nobility are passed to the royal family.--[[User:Zhou Qing|Zhou Qing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qing|talk]]) 15:25, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
后又改为“列侯”，表示序列之意。见《汉书·高帝纪下》颜师古注。清代并无此爵，只是借指侯爵。清代爵位分公、侯、伯、子、男，侯爵为第二等。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later it was changed to &amp;quot;Liehou&amp;quot;, which means sequence. See Yan Shigu's Note in &amp;quot;The Book of Han·Gao Di Jixia&amp;quot;. There was no such nobility in the Qing Dynasty, but a reference to the marquis. In the Qing Dynasty, the titles were divided into Gong, Marquis, Bo, Zi, and Male, and Marquis was the second class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later it was changed to &amp;quot;Liehou&amp;quot;, which means sequence. See Yan Shigu's Note in &amp;quot;Book of Han• Han Gaozu ( the first emperor of Han dynasty)&amp;quot;. There was no such nobility in the Qing Dynasty, but a reference to the marquess. In the Qing Dynasty, the titles were divided into Duck,Marquess, Earl, Viscount, Baron and Marquess was the second class.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 16:03, 11 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
膝下荒凉──意谓子女稀少，尤无儿子。 膝下：这里指子女。因幼儿多倚偎于父母膝旁，故称。《孝经·圣治》：“故亲生之膝下，以养父母日严。”唐玄宗注：“亲犹爱也，膝下谓孩童之时也。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desolate at the knees means that there are few children, especially no sons. Under the Knee: it means children. The reason why children are called knee is that children often nestle to their parents' knees.''The Classic of Filial Piety·Shengzhi'' says &amp;quot;the feeling of affection grows up at parents’ knees. As children grow up, they become more and more respectful of their parents.&amp;quot; Emperor Xuanzong of Tang Dynasty noted: &amp;quot;Be close to your parents and love them. Under the knees is the time of a child.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 05:48, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desolate below the knee means that there are few children, especially no sons. Knee: it refers to children. The reason why children are called knee is that children mostly lean on their parents' knees. &amp;quot;The Book of Filial Piety·Shengzhi&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Therefore, the days of adoptive parents are strict under the knees of one's own birth.&amp;quot; Tang Xuanzong's note: &amp;quot;You are still in love with you, and under your knees is the time of a child.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhu Suzhen|Zhu Suzhen]] ([[User talk:Zhu Suzhen|talk]]) 13:29, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
荒凉：形容因子女稀少而家庭显得清冷凄凉。西席──古人座次以右(西)为尊，故右席为宾客和塾师之位，坐西面东，故称幕宾和塾师为“西席”或“西宾”。&lt;br /&gt;
Desolate: It can be used to describe such a situation: a family becomes desolate because of the small number of children. West Seat ─ ─  the right seat was preferred by the ancients, therefore the right seat belonged to the guests and tutors. Besides, because they sit in the derection of west and face the direcyion of east, so the guests and tutors were called &amp;quot;west seats&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;west guests&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desolation: it describes the desolation of the family due to the scarcity of children. West Seat -- the ancients took the right (West) seat as the priority, so the right seat was the seat for guests and school teachers.and because they sit in the derection of west and face the direcyion of east.Therefore, it was called &amp;quot;west seats&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;West guests&amp;quot; for the guests and tutors.--[[User:Zou Yueli|Zou Yueli]] ([[User talk:Zou Yueli|talk]]) 02:19, 7 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
清·梁章钜《称谓录》卷八：“汉明帝尊桓荣以师礼，上幸太常府，令荣坐东面(坐西面东)，设几。故师曰西席。”这里指家庭教师。“身后”一联──身后有馀：是说馀年还很长(“身后”不可解作死后)。&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Zhangju, Qing Dynasty, wrote in Volume VIII of 《Appellation records》: &amp;quot;Emperor  Mingdi After respected Huan Rong and treated him with teacher courtesy. He once visited Taichang mansion in person, asked Huan Rong to sit in the East, set a table and a walking stick。Therefore, master said it was a seat in the West.&amp;quot; Here refers to a tutor.A couplet of &amp;quot;behind you&amp;quot; - there is surplus behind you: it means that the remaining years are still very long (&amp;quot;behind you&amp;quot; cannot be interpreted as after death).--[[User:Zou Yueli|Zou Yueli]] ([[User talk:Zou Yueli|talk]]) 14:23, 4 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nadia 202011080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
忘缩手：是说不肯收手，还要争名夺利。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无路：走投无路。此联是说世人大多只顾眼前，不顾将来，等到走投无路，后悔无及。​&lt;br /&gt;
No way: desperate. This association means that most people in the world only care about the present, regardless of the future, and wait until they are desperate and regret it. ​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mariam toure 2020GBJ002301==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刹──梵语音译省称，意译为佛塔的柱形尖顶，故又称“佛柱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sha-Sanskrit transliteration provincial name, free translation is the columnar spire of the stupa, so it is also called &amp;quot;Buddha column&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
引申为佛寺。贾复──东汉南阳冠军(今河南邓州市西北)人，累官至左将军，并封胶东侯。&lt;br /&gt;
Extended to Buddhist temple. HiJia Fu——A native of Nanyang Champion of the Eastern Han Dynasty (now northwest of Dengzhou City, Henan Province),he was tired from general to the left and sealed Donghou in Jiao.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:54, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《后汉书》有传。姓贾的成千上万，贾雨村却只拉千年前的贾复为一家，足见其拉大旗作虎皮之势利小人肺肝。​There is a biography in the Book of the Later Han Dynasty. There are thousands of people surnamed Jia, but Jia Yucun only manages Jia Fu from a thousand years ago. This shows that the Qiraji banner is a tiger skin.​&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 14:18, 6 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百足之虫，死而不僵——典出三国魏·曹冏《六代论》：&lt;br /&gt;
A hundred-footed worm does not die - an allusion to Cao Jon's &amp;quot;Six Dynasties&amp;quot; in the Three Kingdoms.&lt;br /&gt;
Note:百足之虫，至死不僵，读作 bǎi zú zhī chóng，zhì sǐ bù jiāng 。 It is used as a metaphor for a group or individual with strong power that will not easily collapse for a while. 百足：The name of a worm with a twenty-sectioned torso that can still wriggle after being severed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“故语曰：‘百足之虫，死而不僵。’扶之者众也。”&lt;br /&gt;
The old saying goes:'Hundred-legged worms die but are not stiff.' There are many who support them.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg]]==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
比喻世家大族虽然衰败，因家底雄厚，依傍众多，表面上仍能维持繁荣景象。&lt;br /&gt;
It is a metaphor that despite the decline of the aristocratic family, because of the strong family background and numerous support, it can still maintain its prosperity on the surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百足：虫名，即马陆。长约一寸，躯干由多节构成，每节有足一对或二对，切断后仍能蠕动。&lt;br /&gt;
English: Centipede, Insect name, arthropods. Length, around an inch, Body is composed of multiple sections, each section has one or two pairs of feet, after cutting still can squirm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
僵：倒下。​安富尊荣──语出《孟子·尽心上》：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stiff: fall down. ​Safety, wealth and honour──From the words &amp;quot;Mencius·All Your Heart&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Öncü 202121080008==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“君子居是国也，其君用之，则安富尊荣。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A gentleman can make people transform their morals, change their customs, Safeguard the country and protect its honor. --[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 13:55, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原意是君子因辅佐国君功勋卓著而享受荣华富贵。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agree to be a gentleman，because of the outstanding merits of supporting the monarch and enjoying the glory and wealth.--[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 13:58, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original meaning was that gentlemen who made outstanding contributions to assist the monarch enjoyed glory and wealth. --[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 20:06, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里反用其意，意谓不劳而获，安享荣华富贵。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning is the opposite here, that for nothing one can enjoy prosperity and wealth.--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 20:02, 5 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meaning is reversed here, which means to enjoy prosperity and wealth for nothing. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 07:22, 7 December 2021 (UTC) ​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asep Budiman 202111080020==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
钟鸣鼎食——语出唐·王勃《滕王阁序》：“闾阎扑地，钟鸣鼎食之家。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhongming Ding Shi-Quoting Tang Wang Bo's &amp;quot;Preface to the Pavilion of the King of Teng&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Lu Yan, the home of Zhong Ming Ding Shi.&amp;quot; --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 07:24, 7 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhongming Ding Shi-Speech by Tang Wang Bo &amp;quot;Preface to the Pavilion of the King of Teng&amp;quot;: &amp;quot;Lu Yan rushes to the ground, the home of Zhongming Ding Shi.&amp;quot; -Ei Mon Kyaw-[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 09:47, 7 December 2021 (UTC)--[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 09:47, 7 December 2021 (UTC)Ei Mon Kyaw&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
古代贵族鸣钟列鼎而食。这里借以形容富贵豪华。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nobles in ancient times sang bells and set out to eat. Here it is used to describe the wealth and luxury.--[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 09:56, 7 December 2021 (UTC)Ei Mon Kyaw--------Ei Mon Kyaw-[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 09:56, 7 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient nobles rang the bells and set out to eat. To describe wealth and luxury. --[[User:Mahzad Heydarian|Mahzad Heydarian]] ([[User talk:Mahzad Heydarian|talk]]) 07:09, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient nobility enjoy their meal with tripod as cookware and the bell set as background music, which indicates occupying high positions and great wealth.--[[User:Chen Jing|Chen Jing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jing|talk]]) 14:33, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211103_homework&amp;diff=134507</id>
		<title>20211103 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211103_homework&amp;diff=134507"/>
		<updated>2021-12-29T05:48:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* 刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
由于八旗官学中向来有习清书、习汉书之分的传统，礼部遂奏请采用不同方式，对应试者分别考试翻译或清字文，无论乡试、会试，皆是如此，而区别只在于会试时针对应试者学习语言的不同背景，各自增加了一道题量，即，习汉字者除了考试汉字文翻译，另考试文章一篇，习清文者则在乡试的基础上，增试清字文一篇。这一规定既针对八旗满洲，也针对八旗蒙古，但不针对八旗汉军，后者的考试内容与普通汉族士子相同。同时，礼部也奏请对笔帖式和他赤哈哈番、哈番（即，笔帖式哈番）参加乡、会试进行规定，其中前者参加乡试，后二者参加会试。&lt;br /&gt;
Since there has always been a tradition of learning the Books of Qing style and the Book of Han style in the Eight Banners Official Schools, the Ministry of Rites adopted different ways to test translation or the article forming in the style of Qing Dynasty for the candidates, regardless of the rural test and the meeting test. The difference is that only the number of questions was increased according to the different backgrounds of the candidates’ language learning in the meeting test. That is to say, in addition to the translation of the language of Han, the Chinese learners of Han Style also had one test article. On the basis of the rural test, the Qing learners added one test article of its language. This regulation is for the Eight Banners of Man Region and Men’gu, but not for the Eight Banners of Han Army. The test content of the latter is the same as that of the ordinary Han scholars. At the same time, the Ministry of Rites also invited two region that besides the Eight Banners to participate in the rural and meeting examinations. The former participated in the rural examination, and the latter two participated in the meeting examination.--[[User:Chen Jing|Chen Jing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jing|talk]]) 15:20, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since there has always been a tradition of learning Qing books and Han books  in the Eight Banners official school, the Ritual Department asked to use different methods. The corresponding subjects were tested for translation or Qing characters, both in the provincial examination and the joint examination. The only difference is that when the joint examination was held, one question was added to the corresponding subjects' different backgrounds of learning the language, that is, in addition to testing the translation of Chinese characters, Another examination article was given, while those who studied Qing characters added one article written by Qing characters on the basis of the township examination. This provision is not only for Manchuria of the Eight Banners, but also for Mongolia of the Eight Banners, but not for the Han army of the Eight Banners. The examination content of the latter is the same as that of ordinary Han scholars. At the same time, the Ministry of rites also asked for regulations on the participation of pen style and his Chi ha fan and ha fan (i.e. pen style ha fan) in the township and joint examination, in which the former participated in the township examination and the latter two participated in the joint examination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 15:40, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 日语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
上文引用的内容也出现在《雍正会典》（又称《（雍正）大清会典》），以及两部《钦定大清会典事例》（嘉庆、光绪）中，三者都明确提到停止（八旗）考试的具体时间，即顺治十四年（1657年），而且三者中都加有“按语”，进一步说明此事。其中，《雍正会典》中的说法是“此后复行考试，与汉人一体。停止翻译”，《钦定大清会典事例》中的说法则是“康熙二年（1663）谕：满洲、蒙古、汉军生员俱准乡试。此后惟翻译未经举行。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The content quoted above also appears in the Yong Zheng canon . (also known as the (Yong Zheng) Qing Dynasty canon ) and the two cases of imperial Qing canon (Jia Qing and Guang Xu). The three all clearly mentioned the specific time to stop the (eight banners) examination, that is, the 14th year of Shun Zhi  (1657), and &amp;quot;notes&amp;quot; were added to further explain the matter. Among them, the statement in the Yong Zheng canon is that &amp;quot;after that, the examination will be resumed and integrate with the Han people.Stop translation&amp;quot;. The statement in the case of the imperial Qing canon is that &amp;quot;in the second year of Kang Xi (1663), the Manchurian, Mongolian and Han Army students will be allowed to take the provincial examination. Since then, only the translation has not been held.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 02:20, 28 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The content quoted above also appears in the Code of  Yongzheng . (also known as the (Yong Zheng) Code of Great Qing Dynasty) and the two cases of Regulations on  Code of Great Qing Dynasty (Jia Qing and Guang Xu). The three all clearly mentioned the specific time to stop the (eight banners) examination, that is, the 14th year of Shun Zhi  (1657), and &amp;quot;notes&amp;quot; were added to further explain the matter. Among them, the statement in the Code of  Yongzheng is that &amp;quot;after that, the examination will be resumed and integrate with the Han people.Stop translation&amp;quot;. The statement in the case of the Regulations on  Code of Great Qing Dynasty is that &amp;quot;in the second year of Kang Xi (1663), the Manchurian, Mongolian and Han Army students will be allowed to take the provincial examination. Since then, only the translation has not been held.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 11:39, 5 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（允禄等，1995：4619-4620；托津等，1991：2659-2662；昆冈等，1963：657）从《雍正会典》的记载及其“按语”看，至少可以推导出两点：其一，八旗科举考试始于顺治十四年前，但十四年即停办；其二，顺治十四年前，翻译科便已存在。顺治十四年以后，八旗科举考试得以恢复，但翻译科举仍被停止。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Yunlu et al., 1995: 4619-4620; Tojin et al., 1991: 2659-2662; Kungang et al., 1963: 657) From the records of the &amp;quot;Code of Yongzheng&amp;quot; and its &amp;quot;notes&amp;quot;, at least two points can be deduced : First, the Eight Banners imperial examination began 14 years ago in Shunzhi, but it was suspended after 14 years; second, the translation department already existed 14 years ago in Shunzhi. Fourteen years after Shunzhi, the Eight Banners imperial examination was resumed, but the translation of the imperial examination was still suspended.--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 11:44, 5 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Yunlu et al., 1995: 4619-4620; Tojin et al., 1991: 2659-2662; Kungang et al., 1963: 657) From the records of the &amp;quot;Code of Yongzheng&amp;quot; and its &amp;quot;notes&amp;quot;, at least two points can be infered: First, the Eight Banners imperial examination began 14 years ago in Shunzhi, but it was suspended in the 14th year; second, the translation department has already existed 14 years ago in Shunzhi. Fourteen years after Shunzhi, the Eight Banners imperial examination was reheld, but the translation of the imperial examination was still suspended.--[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 13:23, 7 November 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《雍正会典》中的这一记载与两部《钦定大清会典事例》中的说法如出一辙，后二者也将顺治八年的八旗科举考试视作翻译科的第一事例。而且，三种文献均提到了停办翻译科的事，即“停止翻译”和“此后惟翻译未经举行”。固然，无论是天聪八年的八旗乡试，还是顺治八年礼部研议的八旗科举，二者皆与翻译考试有关，但就性质与意义而言，它们都不是翻译科之缘起。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This record in ''The Yongzheng Ceremony'' is the same as that in ''The Two Imperial Examinations'' of the Qing Dynasty, which also regarded the Eight Banners imperial examination in the eighth year of Shunzhi as the first example of translation. Moreover, the closure of the translation section is mentioned in all three documents, namely, &amp;quot;the cessation of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;only translation has not been held since then&amp;quot;. Of course, both the Eight Banners township examination held in the eighth year of Tiancong and the Eight Banners examination discussed by the Ministry of Rites in the eighth year of Shunzhi are related to translation examination, but in terms of nature and significance, they are not the origin of translation study.--[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 06:25, 30 October 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This record in ''The Yongzheng Ceremony'' is the same as that in ''The Two Imperial Examinations'' of the Qing Dynasty, which also sees the Eight Banners imperial examination in the eighth year of Shunzhi as the first example of translation. Moreover, the closure of the translation section is mentioned in all three documents, namely, &amp;quot;the cessation of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;only translation has not been held since then&amp;quot;. Of course, both the Eight Banners township examination held in the eighth year of Tiancong and the Eight Banners examination discussed by the Ministry of Rites in the eighth year of Shunzhi are related to translation examination, but with regard to essence and significance, they are not the origins of translation study.--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 11:21, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《清实录·世祖章皇帝实录》和《八旗通志·初集》中，均将顺治八年的旗人考试称为“八旗科举”或“八旗考试”，而没有将其称作“翻译科举”或“翻译考试”，由此可知二者之区别。《钦定八旗通志》中，虽然用了“翻译考试”或“考试翻译”等字眼描述顺治时期的八旗科举，并将其视作翻译科举之源，且《清实录·圣祖仁皇帝实录》中也有康熙二年“复行满洲、蒙古、汉军翻译乡试”的记载，但上述记录实为误记的可能性较大，不排除系实录馆馆臣或编纂者依据雍正年间的情形误植所致。（叶高树，2013：52）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Veritable Records of Qing Dynasty ·Veritable Records of Shunzhi Emperor'' and ''The General Annals of the Eight Banners '' , in stead of &amp;quot;translation imperial examination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;translation exam&amp;quot;, Qi's selection in 1651 were all called &amp;quot;Eight Banners imperial examination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Eight Banners exam&amp;quot;， which showed the difference between those two exams.In ''The General Annals of the Eight Banners Dedicated to the Emperor''，though “translation examination” and “test for translation ability” were used to describe Eight Banners imperial examination during Shunzhi's period and researchers took it as the origin of translation imperial examination as well as a record in ''Veritable Records of Qing Dynasty ·Veritable Records of Kangxi Emperor'' of reinstating translation exam in rural areas of Man,Meng and Han places in 1662. But it is possibly wrong information and can not exclude the situation that officials were mistaken by records of Yongzheng Emperor.--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 07:49, 29 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Qing Record and Record of Shunzhi Emperor and The General Annals of the Eight Banners , in stead of &amp;quot;translation imperial examination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;translation exam&amp;quot;, Qi's selection in 1651 were all called &amp;quot;Eight Banners imperial examination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Eight Banners exam&amp;quot;, which showed the difference between those two exams.In The General Annals of the Eight Banners Dedicated to the Emperor, though “translation examination” and “test for translation ability” were used to describe Eight Banners imperial examination during the period of Shunzhi and were regarded as the origin of translation imperial examination. And in Qing Record and Record of Kangxi Emperor also had the record of resuming the Manchurian, Mongolian, Chinese army translation Provincial Examination&amp;quot; in 1662, but the above record is actually a greater possibility of misinformation, do not exclude the fact that the Museum of factual records or compilers based on the Yongzheng years of the situation misplanted. (Ye Gaoshu, 2013: 52) --[[User:Chen Xinyi|Chen Xinyi]] ([[User talk:Chen Xinyi|talk]]) 04:03, 1 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
有清一代，以“翻译”之名选拔八旗士子的科目很多，如庶吉士、翻译庶吉士、笔帖式等，但这些考试属于各部院衙门自行选用人才的方式，均未形成独立建制，与文科举并行。所谓顺治时期八旗考试中的“翻译考试”或“考试翻译”，也只是一种考试的内容或形式，并非是一种科考制度。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三、《八旗通志》等关于翻译科创建时间的订正。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Qing dynasty, there were many subjects to select scholars of the eight banners in the name of &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot;, such as the Hanlin Bachelor, Hanlin Bachelor of translation, and Clerk etc. But these examinations belonged to the various ministries and agencies to choose their own way of talent, had not formed an independent establishment. They were held in parallel with arts. The so-called eight banners in the Shunzhi period examination &amp;quot;translation examination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;examination of translation&amp;quot; was only a test content or form, not a system of the imperial civil examination. &lt;br /&gt;
Third, The General Annals of the Eight Banners and other revisions on the creation of the examination of translation. --[[User:Chen Xinyi|Chen Xinyi]] ([[User talk:Chen Xinyi|talk]]) 07:06, 28 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
In Qing dynasty, there were many subjects to select scholars of the Eight Banners in the name of &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot;, such as the Hanlin Bachelor, Hanlin Bachelor of translation, and Clerk etc. But these examinations belonged to various ministries and agencies to choose their own ways of selecting talents, had not formed an independent establishment, which were held in parallel with arts. The so-called “translation examination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;examination of translation&amp;quot; of Eight Banners in Shunzhi period was only a content or form of it, not a system of the imperial civil examination. &lt;br /&gt;
Third, ''The General Annals of the Eight Banners'' and other revisions on the creation of the examination of translation.--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 13:28, 2 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如前所述，天聪八年的八旗考试虽然有着不同类型之分，如满洲习满书、满洲习汉书等，本质上却是“语文测验”，而非翻译科考。同理，顺治八年的八旗科举虽然包含翻译考试的项目，但所谓翻译考试也只是八旗文科举的附设环节，尚未独立成科。凡此二者，皆与雍正元年研拟并于翌年首次开科，且具有独立、自主的制度设计的翻译科明显不同。&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, although the examinations of the Eight Banners had different types during the eighth year of Tian Cong, the reign title of Qing Dynasty, such as learning Manchurian books in Manchu, learning Han books in Manchu, etc.,which were essentially a “language test” rather than a translation examination. Similarly, although the imperial examination of Eight Banners in the eighth year of Shun Zhi, a reign title of Qing Dynasty, included the translation examination, the so-called translation examination was only an ancillation of it, which had not become an independent subject. Both of them were significantly different from the examination of translation, which was discussed and formulated in the first year of Yong Zheng, a reign title of Qing Dynasty, and opened the following year, having an independent and autonomous system designation.--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 13:54, 2 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it mentioned above, although the examinations of the Eight Banners had different types during the eighth year of Tian Cong, such as learning Manchurian books in Manchu and learning Han books in Manchu etc, they were essentially a “language test” rather than a translation examination. Similarly, although the imperial examination of Eight Banners in the eighth year of Emperor Shun Zhi included the translation examination, the so-called translation examination was only an ancillation of it, which had not become an independent subject. Both of them were significantly different from the examination of translation, which was discussed and formulated in the first year of Emperor Yong Zheng, a reign title of Qing Dynasty, and opened the following year, having an independent and autonomous system designation.--[[User:Ding Xuan|Ding Xuan]] ([[User talk:Ding Xuan|talk]]) 10:59, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《雍正会典》与两部《钦定大清会典事例》中，关于翻译科创设的说法不仅与《清实录·世祖章皇帝实录》冲突，也与《八旗通志》等存在较大出入。《八旗通志》和《钦定八旗通志》中，也将顺治八年、十一年两榜满、蒙举人和进士，归于“文举人”和“文进士”之列，而不是“翻译举人”和“翻译进士”之列，并把首科翻译举人归为雍正二年甲辰科，而将首科翻译进士归为乾隆四年己未科。（鄂尔泰等，1985：3393-3396、3419-3422；铁保等，1968：811-813、828-830）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The record of the foundation of translation subject in ''Record of Laws and System of Yongzheng Dynasty'' and ''Authorized Record of Laws and System of Qing Dynasty'' is in conflict with even largely different from that in ''Qing Record and Record of Shi Zuzhang Emperor'' and ''Eight Banners Annals''. In ''Eight Banners Annals'' and ''Authorized Eight Banners Annals'', two lists of Manchu and Mongolian candidates in the imperial examinations at the provincial level and the highest imperial examinations were enrolled to the field of literature rather than translation in the eighth and eleventh years of Shunzhi emperor. Besides, the translation candidates from provincial level of the initial subject were enrolled to Jiachen subject in the second year of Yongzheng emperor and the translation candidates in the highest imperial examinations were distributed to Jiwei subject in the fourth year of Qianlong emperor. (Ertai etc, 1985: 3393-3396、3419-3422；Tie Bao etc，1968：811-813、828-830)--[[User:Ding Xuan|Ding Xuan]] ([[User talk:Ding Xuan|talk]]) 09:58, 29 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The record of the foundation of translation subject in ''Record of Laws and System of Yongzheng Dynasty'' and ''Authorized Record of Laws and System of Qing Dynasty'' is in conflict with even largely different from that in ''Qing Record and Record of Shi Zuzhang Emperor'' and ''Eight Banners Annals''. In ''Eight Banners Annals'' and ''Authorized Eight Banners Annals'', two lists of Manchu and Mongolian candidates in the imperial examinations at the provincial level and the highest imperial examinations were enrolled to the field of literature rather than the translation in the eighth and eleventh years of Shunzhi emperor. Besides, the translation candidates from provincial level of the initial subject were enrolled to Jiachen subject in the second year of Yongzheng emperor and the translation candidates in the highest imperial examinations were enrolled to Jiwei subject in the fourth year of Qianlong emperor. (Ertai etc, 1985: 3393-3396、3419-3422；Tie Bao etc，1968：811-813、828-830)--[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 04:21, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnà英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
显然，在《八旗通志》和《钦定八旗通志》的编纂者看来，顺治八年、十一年的两科举人与进士均不是出自翻译科举，而是出自八旗文科举。从清代进士题名碑的情况看，也可知翻译科并非始设于顺治年间。例如，在由北京图书馆金石组编写出版的《中国历代石刻拓本汇编》（1990）一书中，收录了顺治九年、十二年两榜进士的题名碑，但题名碑的书写与文进士题名碑并无不同，碑头和碑文中都没有出现“翻译”字样。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, in the opinions of editors of ''The General Annals  of the Eight Banners'' and ''The General Annals of the Eight Banners Dedicated to the Emperor'', both Ju ren and Xiu cai of two subjects in the eighth year and eleventh year of Shunzhi were not from the imperial examinations of translation but from liberal arts. According to the name of Jin shi inscribed on the stones in Qing dynasty, the imperial examinations of translation did not start with the period of  Shunzhi. For instance,  edited and published by Jin Shi of National Library of China, ''The Collection of Stone Inscriptions and Rubbings in Past Chinese Dynasties'' (1990)includes  the inscription stones in  the ninth year and twelfth year of Shunzhi. But there is no difference in the description on the stone  compared with the stone of Jin shi of liberal arts, and the word “translation” do not appear no matter in the beginning or the text.--[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 06:20, 28 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, in the opinions of editors of ''The General Annals  of the Eight Banners'' and ''The General Annals of the Eight Banners Dedicated to the Emperor'', both Ju ren and Xiu cai of two subjects in the eighth year and eleventh year of Shunzhi were not from the imperial examinations of translation but from liberal arts. According to the name of Jin shi inscribed on the stones in Qing dynasty, the imperial examinations of translation did not start with the period of  Shunzhi. For instance,  edited and published by Jin Shi of National Library of China, ''The Collection of Stone Inscriptions and Rubbings in Past Chinese Dynasties'' (1990)includes the inscription stones in  the ninth year and twelfth year of Shunzhi. But there is no difference in the description on the stone  compared with the stone of Jin shi of liberal arts, and the word “translation” do not appear either in the beginning or the text.--[[User:Fu Hongyan|Fu Hongyan]] ([[User talk:Fu Hongyan|talk]]) 03:08, 5 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
而同书在处理乾隆年间的四科翻译会试（即四年己未科、十年乙丑科、十三年戊辰科，以及十六年辛未科）时，碑头和碑文中却明确标注“翻译进士”，或“翻译会试”字样。（北京图书馆金石组，1990：52、169；24、146）同样的情况也见于《国朝历科题名碑录初集》，本书中关于顺治期间两榜进士（九年壬辰科、十二年乙未科）的称呼也只是“满洲进士”，而不是“翻译进士”，而且该书收录的题名中皆为文进士，未见有翻译进士。&lt;br /&gt;
However, when it comes to the collected works related imperial translation examination (the fourth, tenth, thirteenth and sixteenth years of Qianlong period) in the book mentioned above, there was clear inscription of “translation scholar or translation imperial examination” on the tablet head and inscription (Jin Shizu, Beijing Library, 1990: 52、169; 24、146). It’s true of A preliminary collection of inscriptions and stele of calendar subjects in the national Dynasty, in which the title of two Jinshi (the ninth year and twelfth of Shunzhi ) was just Manchu Jinshi, rather than translation Jinshi. Furthermore, the book included not translation Jinshi, but literal Jinshi.  --[[User:Fu Hongyan|Fu Hongyan]] ([[User talk:Fu Hongyan|talk]]) 03:00, 5 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when it comes to the collected works related the imperial examinations of translation (namely, the fourth, tenth, thirteenth and sixteenth years of Qianlong period) in the book mentioned above, there was clear indication of “Jinshi (''a successful candidate in the highest imperial examinations'') of translation or imperial examination of translation” on the tablet head and inscription (''Jin Shi of National Library of China'' , 1990: 52、169; 24、146). It’s true of ''The Preliminary Collection of The Inscriptions of Passers Lists in Past Chinese Dynasties'', in which the name of the two Jinshi lists in the ninth year and twelfth of Shunzhi period was just Manchu Jinshi, rather than translation Jinshi. Furthermore, the book included not “Jinshi of translation”, but “Jinshi of liberal arts”.--[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 04:03, 5 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
由此可知，《雍正会典》和两部《会典事例》将顺治八年看作翻译科之起点确系误记。值得注意的是，《（康熙）大清会典》中，并没有录入“翻译科”的条目，这一点表明编纂者或许已对翻译科有了重新认识。《清实录·世祖章皇帝实录》中说，顺治十四年正月，世祖降旨吏、礼、兵三部，要求“今后限年定额考取生童，乡会两试，俱着停止，各部院衙门取用人员不必分别满汉文学”，但此处诏令停办的乡、会试同样只是八旗科举文试，而不是翻译考试。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this, it can be seen that the &amp;quot;''Yongzheng huidian''&amp;quot; and the two &amp;quot;''huidian shili''&amp;quot; actually mistook the eighth year of Shunzhi for the starting point of the imperial translation examination. It is worth noting that in the &amp;quot;''Da Qing huidian (Kangxi edition)''&amp;quot;, there is no entry for a item of &amp;quot;the imperial translation examination&amp;quot;, which indicates that the editor may have a re-understanding of it. According to the &amp;quot;''Factual Record of Qing Dynasty : Actual Record Of Shizu''&amp;quot;, in the first month of the fourteenth year of Shunzhi, Shizu issued an edict to ministries of Administration, Rites, and Military Affairs , demanding that &amp;quot;From now on, there would be limitations on the participant numbers and the years of the imperial examination to admit scholars. The county examination and the metropolitan examination would be also suspended. And it would be not necessary for every ministry to separate Manchu and Chinese literature when hiring officials.&amp;quot; However, the two examinations that were suspended here were also the Manchu’s Imperial Examination, not the translation examination.--[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 10:15, 30 October 2021 (UTC)--[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 10:15, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this, it can be seen that the ''Yongzheng Huidian'' and the two ''Huidian Shili'' actually mistook the eighth year of Shunzhi for the starting point of the imperial translation examination. It is worth noting that in the ''Da Qing Huidian'' (Kangxi edition), there is no such entry as &amp;quot;the imperial translation examination&amp;quot;, which indicates that the editor may have a re-understanding of it. According to the &amp;quot;Factual Record of Qing Dynasty: Actual Record Of Shizu&amp;quot;, in the first month of the fourteenth year of Shunzhi, Shizu issued an edict demanding that, “from now on, ministries of Administration, Rites, and Military Affairs, admit a limited number of students and only in designated years, suspend the county examination and the metropolitan examination, and stop separating Manchu and Chinese literature when selecting officials.” However, the two examinations that were suspended here were also the Manchu’s Imperial Examination, not the translation examination.--[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 14:39, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（鄂尔泰等，1985：831-832）事实上，早在顺治朝以前，也曾有开科取士的情况，如天聪八年太宗皇太极命刚林、恩国泰等十六人“俱赐为举人”，崇德三年、六年又取中两榜举人，但上述三科同样并非翻译科。（铁保等，1968：780-781）毫无疑问，顺治时期的八旗科举和雍正元年初设的翻译科考之间有着渊源关系。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（E Ertai, etc., 1985:831-832）In fact, long before the reign of Emperor Shunzhi, there had been cases of selecting scholars through examinations. For example, in 1634, the eighth year of Tiancong, Hong Taiji issued a dree that granted sixteen candidates the title of Juren, including Gang Lin, En Guotai, etc. Again, in the third and the sixth years of Chongde respectively, Juren was selected through the county examination and the palace examination (Tie Bao, etc., 1968:780-781). There is no doubt that the imperial translation examination established in the first year of Emperor Yongzheng is related to the Eight Banners' Imperial Examination during Emperor Shunzhi's reign. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 14:43, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（E Ertai, etc., 1985:831-832）In fact, long before the reign of Emperor Shunzhi, there had enlisted talents through the old civil service examination system. For example, in 1634, the eighth year of Tiancong, Hong Taiji issued a dree that granted sixteen candidates the title of Juren, including Gang Lin, En Guotai, etc. Again, in the third and the sixth years of Chongde respectively, Juren was selected through the county examination and the palace examination (Tie Bao, etc., 1968:780-781). There is no doubt that the imperial translation examination established in the first year of Emperor Yongzheng is related to the Eight Banners' Imperial Examination during Emperor Shunzhi's reign. --[[User:Gong Boya|Gong Boya]] ([[User talk:Gong Boya|talk]]) 10:57, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
首先，顺治朝的八旗科举与翻译科考一样，都有为旗人开设专科的倾向，只不过在前者中满洲和蒙古合为一榜，汉军与汉人合为另一榜，而翻译科考则容括了汉军。其次，就考试内容而言，顺治年间的翻译考试只针对识汉字者，翻译并非考试的全部内容，而翻译科考则主要考察应试者的翻译能力，以实现满、蒙、汉等多种语言融通。雍正朝以后，虽然历代统治者对翻译科考进行了这样或那样的调整与改革，但翻译科考的制度雏形却在顺治朝时已然形成。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the eight Banners imperial examination system of Shunzhi Dynasty had the same tendency to set up special subjects for Bannermen as the translation imperial examination system, but in the former, Manchuria and Mongolia were combined into one ranking list, and the Han banner and the Han people were combined into another ranking list, while the translation imperial examination included the Han banner. Secondly, as far as the test content is concerned, the translation imperial examination in Shunzhi period was only for those who knew Chinese characters, and translation was not the whole content of the test, while the translation imperial examination mainly examined the translation ability of those who took the test, so as to achieve mastery of manchu, Mongolian, Chinese and other languages. After the Yongzheng Dynasty, although successive rulers made some adjustments and reforms, the embryonic form of translation imperial examination system had been formed in the Shunzhi Dynasty. --[[User:Gong Boya|Gong Boya]] ([[User talk:Gong Boya|talk]]) 14:58, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the Eight Banners imperial examination and translation examination in Emperor Shunzhi’s reign tended to be exclusive to the Eight Banners. But in the former, Manchuria and Mongolia were included on one ranking list; the Han armies and the Han people were included on another ranking list, while in the later the Han armies were included. Secondly, in terms of test content, the translation imperial examination in Shunzhi’s reign was only for those who knew Chinese characters, and translation was not the whole content of the test, while the translation imperial examination mainly examined the translation ability of participants, so as to achieve communication of Manchu, Mongolian, Chinese and other languages. Since the Emperor Yongzheng’s reign, although successive emperors made some adjustments and reforms, the original form of translation imperial examination had been formed in Emperor Shunzhi’s reign. --[[User:He Qin|He Qin]] ([[User talk:He Qin|talk]]) 11:41, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可以认为，顺治朝时期的翻译考试为雍正帝创设翻译科考，以及日后各朝的修订与完善，打下了良好基础。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四、《钦定国子监志》对于翻译科缘起的补正&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
与《八旗通志》、《钦定八旗通志》和《国朝历科题名碑录初集》等不同，清代历史文献中，也有将顺治八年、十一年两榜举人与进士称作翻译举人与翻译进士的情况。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is fair to say that the translation examination set up in Emperor Shunzhi’s reign has established a solid foundation for Emperor Yongzheng to include it into the Imperial Examination and for future revisions in the following dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. ''The Imperial Academy Journal Dedicated to the Emperor''——supplement to the Translation Examination in the Imperial Examination&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different from ''General Annals of the Eight Banners'', ''General Annals of the Eight Banners Dedicated to the Emperor'' and ''National Collection of Stele Inscriptions'', some historical documents refer the Jin shi and Juren in 8th and 11th year of Emperor Shunzhi’s reign as Jinshi in translation and Juren in translation.--[[User:He Qin|He Qin]] ([[User talk:He Qin|talk]]) 11:42, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be considered that the translation examination in the Shunzhi period laid a good foundation for the establishment of the translation examination by Emperor Yongzheng, as well as the revision and improvement of the dynasties in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
Ⅳ. Regarding the supplements and corrections of the origin of the translation department, &amp;quot;Imperial College Annal&amp;quot;  was different from ''General Annals of the Eight Banners'', ''General Annals of the Eight Banners Dedicated to the Emperor'' and ''National Collection of Stele Inscriptions''. In the historical documents of the Qing Dynasty, there were cases in which provincial graduates and metropolitan graduates during the eighth year of Shunzhi and the eleventh year of Shunzhi were referred to as provincial graduates of translation and metropolitan graduates of translation.--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 13:43, 5 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
例如，在沈廷芳辑注的《馆选录》和朱汝珍辑注的《词林辑略》中，顺治年间识汉字且通过考试翻译中式举人和进士者，往往被称为翻译举人、翻译进士。如满洲正白旗人达哈塔于顺治九年壬辰科中进士，被称为翻译进士，并分派至内院学习，正白旗人玛尔汉，则被称作“顺治甲午翻译举人”。（邹长清，2011：357）然而，据前文关于顺治年间八旗科举考试的分析可知，这样的称呼与事实不符。&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in Shen Tingfang's ''Collections of Officials' Candidates'' and Zhu Ruzhen's ''Abstracts of Officials’ Names of Literati House'', in the Shunzhi period, those people, who knew Chinese characters and passed the test translation to be provincial graduates and metropolitan graduates, were usually called provincial graduates of translation and metropolitan graduates of translation. For instance, Dahata, a man from the White Banner of Manchuria, was a metropolitan graduate in the ninth year of Shunzhi, called a metropolitan graduate of translation and  assigned to study at adytum. Malhan, the White Banner people, was called “the Shunzhi Jiawu provincial graduate of translation&amp;quot; (Zou Changqing, 2011: 357). However, according to the previous analysis of the Eight Banners imperial examinations during the Shunzhi period, such titles did not match the facts.--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 13:36, 5 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, during the reign of Emperor Shunzhi the Chinese learners who passed the translation examination and become provincal graduates or metropolitan graduates were called provincial graduates of translation and metropolitan graduates of translation according to the edition and annotation of Shen Tingfang's Collections of Officials and Zhu Ruzhen's Abstracts of Officials. So Dahata, a man from the White Banner of Manchuria, was a metropolitan graduate in the ninth year of the reign of Shunzhi. He was regarded as metropolitan graduate of translation and appointed to work at adytum. And Malhan,a White Banner, was viewed as &amp;quot;provincial graduate of translation in Shunzhi Jiawu period&amp;quot; (Zou Changqing, 2011: 357). However, according to the previous analysis of the Eight Banners imperial examinations during the Shunzhi period, such titles did not match the facts.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 00:46, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
顺治年间的八旗士子，无论习清语，还是习汉语，都是一体考试。只不过，对于识汉字者而言，考试中增加了翻译的环节（内容），但考试本身仍归属文科举范畴。然而，由于编纂者的误解或误记，致使讹错流传。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of Emperor Shunzhi, students from the eight banners  took the same examination no matter what language they used. Though a translation part was added for Chinese learner, the examination itself belonged to liberal studies. Unfortunately, with the misunderstanding or negligence of the editors it was mistakenly recorded and spread to the descendants.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 14:43, 29 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of Emperor Shunzhi, all the candidates from the eight banners took the same examination no matter what language they used. Though a translation part was added for Chinese learner, the examination itself belonged to liberal arts. Unfortunately, with the misunderstanding and misdescription of the editors, it was mistakenly recorded and passed on to the descendants.--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 11:52, 1 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
如《国子监志》卷四八《金石三》中，便将顺治九年、十二年两科及第者俱称“翻译进士”：九年壬辰科，赐邹忠倚等三百九十七名及第出身题名碑，又赐翻译进士麻勒吉等五十名及第出身题名碑。以上五碑在大成门外之东南向。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 48th volume of the Record of Imperial College, candidates who have passed the imperial examination were called &amp;quot;Translation Scholars&amp;quot; in the 9th year and 12the year during the reign of  emperor Shunzhi. It was recorded that in the 9th year during the governance of emperor Shunzhi, the names of South Zhongyi and other 397 successful candidates in the highest imperial examination and Majile and other 50 Translation Scholars are inscribed on the stone tablet. And the five carved stone tablets were located southeast to the Dacheng Doors.--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 11:44, 1 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 48th volume of the Record of Imperial College, candidates who have passed the imperial examination were called &amp;quot;Translation Scholars&amp;quot; in the 9th year and 12th year during the reign of Emperor Shunzhi. It was recorded that in the 9th year during the governance of emperor Shunzhi, the names of South Zhongyi and other 397 successful candidates in the highest imperial examination and Majile and other 50 Translation Scholars are inscribed on the stone tablet. And the five carved stone tablets were located southeast to the Dacheng Doors.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 09:28, 7 November 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
十二年乙未科，赐史大成等三百九十七名及第出身题名碑，又赐翻译进士图尔宸等五十名及第出身题名碑。以上五碑在大成门外之东南向。（梁国治，1986：527）《国子监志》由乾隆十三年进士梁国治奉敕纂辑，全书共六十二卷，分圣谕和御制诗文等，后者依类分载于各“志”。In the Imperial Competitive Examination in the 12th year of Emperor Shunzhi's ruling(lunar ca;endar the Year of Goat[Yi Wei],  397 members such as Shi Dacheng and 50 members of Translation Jinshi such as Tu Erchen were all given a great honor that their name will appear in the monument which only the names of Jinshi can be engraved. The above five monuments are southeast of Dacheng Gate. (Liang Guozhi, 1986:527) ''The Records of the Imperial Academy'' was compiled by Liang Guozhi under the order of Emperor Qian'long in the 13th year of his ruling. The whole book has 62 volumes, including holy edicts and emperor's-- poems. The latter is contained in various &amp;quot;records&amp;quot; according to categories.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 07:52, 29 October 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Imperial Competitive Examination in the 12th year of Emperor Shunzhi's ruling(lunar ca;endar the Year of Goat[Yi Wei],  397 members such as Shi Dacheng and 50 members of Translation Jinshi such as Tu Erchen were all given the birth inscription Jinshi monument by the emperor. The whole book has 62 volumes, including holy edicts and emperor's-- poems. The latter is contained in various &amp;quot;records&amp;quot; according to categories. The above five monuments are southeast of Dacheng Gate. (Liang Guozhi, 1986:527) ''The Records of the Imperial Academy'' was compiled by Liang Guozhi under the order of Emperor Qian'long in the 13th year of his ruling. The whole book has 62 volumes, including holy edicts and emperor's articles and poems. The latter is contained in various &amp;quot;records&amp;quot; according to categories.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 14:46, 2 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
按照上述记载，麻勒吉、图尔宸等都被称作翻译进士，由皇帝赐及第出身题名碑。顺治九年，朝廷决定以满、汉分科的形式开科取士，麻勒吉于同年壬辰科考取会试第一，殿试一甲第一，一甲其余二人为折库纳与巴海，俱赐进士及第出身。然而，尽管麻勒吉后来授封教习庶吉士，但其本人并非翻译进士，这一点从《题名碑录》、《进士题名碑录》以及《八旗通志》等文献中均可得到应证。&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above records, Maleji, Turchen etc,their were all called translator Jinshi(the successful candidates in the highest imperial examinations) and were given the birth inscription Jinshi monument by the emperor.In the 9th year of emperor Shunzhi, the imperial court decided to establish a division of Manchu and Han disciples to select scholars. In the same year, Maleji won the first place in the general examination,and the first in the imperial examination, the other two people were Zhekuna and Bahai, both of whom were given the birth inscription of Jinshi.However, although Maleji later was conferred the title of Hanlin Bachelor, he himself was not a translator Jinshi, which can be proved by many documents such as Block-printed copy of the inscribing on the stone,Block-printed copy of the inscribing of Jinshi on the stone, General Annals of Eight Banners.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 13:52, 28 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above records, Maleji, Turchen etc,their were all called translator Jinshi(the successful candidates in the highest imperial examinations) and were given the birth inscription Jinshi monument by the emperor.In the 9th year of emperor Shunzhi, the imperial court decided to establish a division of Manchu and Han disciples to select scholars. In the same year, Maleji won the first place in the general examination,and the first in the imperial examination, the other two people were Zhekuna and Bahai, both of whom were given the birth inscription of Jinshi.However, although Maleji later was conferred the title of Hanlin Bachelor, he himself was not a translator Jinshi, which can be proved by many documents such as ''Block-printed copy of the inscribing on the stone'',''Block-printed copy of the inscribing of Jinshi on the stone'', ''General Annals of Eight Banners''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝''Italic text''艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《国子监志》于乾隆四十三年奉敕纂辑，并被收入《四库全书》之后，又于道光年间经监臣李宗昉等奏请，开馆增辑刊印。道光十四年，文庆、李宗昉等完成增辑，共八十二卷，取名《钦定国子监志》。然而，与梁国治版《国子监志》不同，《钦定国子监志》中，并没有将麻勒吉和图尔宸等人称作翻译进士，这一点也许是文庆、李宗昉等编纂者基于历史事实而做出的修正&lt;br /&gt;
''The Record of the Imperial Academy'' was edited in the 43th year of Qianlong, then was added edition and published for the petition of Warden Li Zongfang in the reign of Daoguang after it was included in the Si Ku Quan Shu. In the 14th year of Daoguang, the edition of ''The Record of the Imperial Academy'' was finished by Wenqing and Li Zongfang, which had 82 chapters in all and was named ''The Record of Imperial Academy Made by Imperial Order''. However, what was different from ''The Record of the Imperial Academy'' by Laing Guozhi is that Ma Leji and Tu Erchen and others were not called Tien Si of Translation in ''The Record of the Imperial Academy Made By Imperial Order'', which may be the correction made by such editors as Wen Qing and Li Zongfang on the basis of historical facts.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 00:52, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Record of the Imperial Academy was edited in the 43th year during the period of Qianlong, then was added edition and published for the petition of Warden Li Zongfang in the Reign of Daoguang after it was included in the Si Ku Quan Shu. In the 14th year during the period of Daoguang, the edition of The Record of the Imperial Academy, which had 82 chapters in all and was named The Record of Imperial Academy Made by Imperial Order, was finished by Wenqing and Li Zongfang. However, what was different from The Record of the Imperial Academy by Laing Guozhi is that Ma Leji and Turchen and others were not called Tien Si of Translation in The Record of the Imperial Academy Made By Imperial Order, which may be the correction made by such editors as Wen Qing and Li Zongfang on the basis of historical facts.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 11:24, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
与此同时，该书在乾隆四年翻译进士题名碑之后，也增加“按语”如下，可作为考证麻勒吉、图尔宸等人翻译进士身份的重要线索：翻译乡会试，自雍正元年，定于子、午、卯、酉年二月乡试，辰、戌、丑、未年八月会试。嗣后或举或停，或止准乡试而停会试。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, after the translation of the inscription of scholars monument in the fourth year during the period of Qianlong, the book also was added following &amp;quot;notes&amp;quot;, which can be used as an important clue to verify the identity of translation scholars such as Ma Leji and Turchen: since the first year during the period of Yongzheng, provincial examination of translation has been scheduled in February of Zi, Wu, Mao and You year, and metropolitan examination of translation has been held scheduled in August of Chen, Xu, Chou and Wei year. Hereafter, the examination was either held or cancered, or the provincial examination held and metropolitan examination cancered.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 11:15, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, after the inscription of scholars was translated in the fourth year of the reign Emperor Qianlong, and notes were added to the book, which could be used as important textual researches to identify translation scholars such as Maleji and Tuerchen: since the first year during the reign of Emperor Yongzheng, provincial examination of translation has been scheduled in February of Zi, Wu, Mao and You year, and metropolitan examination has been held scheduled in August of Chen, Xu, Chou and Wei year. After then, the examination was held or canceled from time to time. Sometimes the provincial examination was held, but metropolitan examination was canceled.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 12:49, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
至乾隆四年八月，复举行会试。题名之有碑刻，自是科始。二十二年，仍议停止会试。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By August in the fourth year of the reign of Emperor Qianlong, the provincial examination had been held. Since the beginning of imperial examination, names of successful candidates would be inscribed. However, in the twenty-second year, the court still decided to stop it after discussion.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 10:21, 29 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By August in the fourth year of Emperor Qianlong's reign, the provincial examination had been resumed. Since the beginning of imperial examination, names of successful candidates would be inscribed on steles. However, in the twenty-second year, once again, the court decided to stop it after discussion.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 08:37, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四十四年，照旧举行，并奏准赐进士出身。停其殿试。又奏准停止建立碑记。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 44th year of Emperor Qianlong's reign, the metropolitan examination was resumed. And those who passed the examination were bestowed as Chin-Shih (excellent candidates in the highest imperial examinations). And then the final imperial examination presided over by the emperor was suspended. Later, proposal was approved not to keep inscriptional record.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 02:47, 28 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 44th year of Emperor Qianlong's reign, the metropolitan examination was resumed. And those who passed the examination were bestowed as Chin-Shih (successful candidates in the highest imperial examinations). But the final imperial examination presided over by the emperor was suspended. The emperor gave orders to stop the construcion of inscriptions.--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 09:46, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今翻译进士题名，故仅止四碑。详识于此。（文庆、李宗昉等，2000：1106）根上文所载，至少可以明确以下四点：首先，翻译乡会试始于雍正年间。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, there were only four steles that record successful candidates in the highest imperial examinations of translation. (Wen qin, Li Zongfang etc. 2000:1106) According to the previous records, at least the following four points can be made clear: First of all, the translation provincial and metropolitan examinations began in the reign of Yongzheng.--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 02:35, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, there were only four steles that recorded successful candidates in the highest imperial examinations of translation. (Wen qin, Li Zongfang etc. 2000:1106) According to the previous records, at least the following four points can be made clear: First of all, the translation provincial and metropolitan examinations began in the reign of Emperor Yongzheng.--[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 11:09, 4 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雍正朝期间，原定举办四科翻译乡试，即四年（午）、七年（酉）、十年（子）、十三年（卯），四科翻译会试，即二年（辰）、五年（未）、八年（戌）、十一年（丑），但其间时停时举，或仅举办翻译乡试而停办翻译会试，并不规律。其次，乾隆四年八年办理乙未科时，回复办理翻译会试，中式者赐进士出身，有碑刻。再次，乾隆二十二年，停办翻译会试，四十四年恢复，中式者仍赐进士出身。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of Yongzheng, the government conducted four subjects of translation provincial examination, including 1726, 1729, 1732, 1735, and four subjects of translation metropolitan examination, including 1724, 1727, 1730, 1733. But during this period, some examination had been canceled and some held, or the government only held the provincial examination and canceled the metropolitan examination, which was not order. Next, in 1739 and 1743, it was going to hold the second examination, however, the government decided to hold the translation metropolitan examination, and the winner can get the title of Jinshi, which also had the inscriptions recorded. Then, in 1757, the translation metropolitan examination had been suspended, and recovered in 1779, the winner also can get the title of Jinshi. --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 01:37, 31 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of Yongzheng, the government conducted four  translation subjects as provincial examination, including 1726, 1729, 1732, 1735, and four  translation subjects as metropolitan examination, including 1724, 1727, 1730, 1733. But during this period, some examination had been canceled and some held, or the government only held the provincial examination and canceled the metropolitan examination, which was irregular.Besides, in 1739 and 1743, it was going to hold the second examination, however, the government decided to hold the translation metropolitan examination, and the winner can get the title of Jinshi, which also had the inscriptions recorded. Then, in 1757, the translation metropolitan examination had been suspended, and recovered in 1779, the winner also can get the title of Jinshi.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 09:06, 1 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
最后，翻译殿试一直处于停办状态。因而，翻译进士题名碑仅有四科，分别是乾隆四年己未科、十年乙丑科、十三年戊辰科，以及十六年辛未科。如果《钦定国子监志》中的上述记载属实，则可知《国子监志》中将麻勒吉、图尔宸等称作翻译进士，并由此认定顺治八年即为翻译科之起始年的观点并不可取。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the translation test has been suspended. As a result, there are only four in the history of translation test, which are jiwei in the fourth year of qianlong, Yichou in the tenth year, Wuchen in the thirteenth year, and Xinwei in the sixteenth year. If the records in The Imperial Records are true, it can be seen that maleji and Tulchen were called talents of translation in the Imperial Records, and the views in the eighth year of Shunzhi( the beginning year of translation )is not desirable.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 09:02, 1 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the translation temple has been suspended. As a result, there are only four branches on the translated Jinshi inscription tablets, which are jiwei in the fourth year of qianlong, Yichou in the tenth year, Wuchen in the thirteenth year, and Xinwei in the sixteenth year. If the above records in The Imperial Imperial Records are true, it can be seen that maleji and Tulchen were called jinshi of translation in the Imperial Imperial Records, and the view that the eighth year of Shunzhi was the beginning year of translation is not desirable.--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 12:21, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实上，《国子监志》不仅误记了顺治九年、十二年两榜进士（满洲、蒙古）题名碑，而且在乾隆年间的两科翻译进士题名碑问题上，也发生了讹错与遗漏。具体而言便是，《国子监志》中仅记载了两碑乾隆年间的翻译进士，分别是乾隆十三年的戊辰科和十六年的辛未科，颁赐对象分别是武进、武立等四十二人。至于乾隆四年己未科和十年乙丑科，其中未见有记录，此事令《国子监志》的可信度受损。（梁国治，1986：530）&lt;br /&gt;
As a matter of fact, in the Annals of the Imperial College, there are not only errors in the inscription tablets of the ninth and twelfth year of Shunzhi, but also errors and omissions in the translation of the inscription tablets of the jinshi in the qianlong period. Specifically, in the Annals of imperial College, there are only two steles of translated Jinshi during the Reign of Emperor Qianlong, namely wuchenke in the thirteenth year of Emperor Qianlong and Xinweike in the sixteenth year of Emperor Qianlong, which were awarded to 42 people, including Wu Jin and Wu Li. As for the jiwei section in the fourth year and yichou Section in the tenth year of the Reign of Emperor Qianlong, there were no records, which damaged the credibility of the Annals of the Imperial Academy. (Liang Guozhi, 1986:530)--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 12:19, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, in the ''Annals of the Imperial College'',it misremembered two-listed inscribed (Manchuria, Mongolia) scholars in Shunji nine years and twelve years , but also in Qianlong years, it had also mistakes and omissions in the two sections of translation scholars inscription tablet problem. Specifically, the ''Annals of the Imperial College'' only records the two monuments Qianlong years of translation, respectively, Qianlong 13 years of Thechenke and 16 years of Xin Weike, awarded to the object of Wujin, Wu Li and other forty-two people. As for Qianlong's four-year absence and ten-year B-Ugly Section, which has not been recorded, the credibility of the ''Annals of the Imperial College'' has been undermined. (Liang Guozhi, 1986:530)--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 12:46, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
结语：翻译科的创设始于雍正年间，而非顺治年间，这一点毋庸置疑。顺治时期，八旗科举考试中虽然已有了翻译考试的内容，但此时的翻译考试并非独立建制，而是隶属于八旗文科举，为后者考试中的一个环节，或者说为其考试内容的一个部分。&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: There is no doubt that the establishment of translation department began  in the Qing Yongzheng, not in the Qing Shunzhi. During the Shunzhi period, there was a content of translation examination in the eight Banners imperial examination, but the translation examination was not an independent institution, but a part of the eight banners liberal arts examination, or a part of the examination content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: There is no doubt that the establishment of translation subject began in the reign of  Yongzheng rather than Shunzhi. During the Shunzhi period, although there was translation exercises in examination in the eight Banners imperial examination, it was not an independent subject but a part of the eight banners liberal arts examination, or a part of the examination content.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 01:32, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雍正年间，世宗为了整饬八旗“废弛陋习”，奖励清语学习，因而创制翻译科，将其视作方法与工具，鼓舞八旗满洲与蒙古奋勉向学，以图进取。翻译科的创设带有明确、强烈的政治、文化意涵，是为了维护“国语骑射”的满洲根本，以及满族文化特征。这么做，一方面是为了维护满洲祖制，避免满族固有文化被汉族同化；另一方面则是想通过传承自身文化，实现全国政权的长远统治。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of Emperor Yongzheng, emperor Shizong established the subject of Translation as a means and tool to encourage the Eight Banners in Manchuria and Mongolia to learn Chinese and make progress with the hope to rectify the &amp;quot;bad habits&amp;quot; of the eight banners and reward Chinese learning. The establishment of the Translation subject has clear and strong political and cultural implications, that is, to maintain the manchu roots of &amp;quot;mandarin horsemanship&amp;quot; and the characteristics of Manchu culture. This act, on the one hand, is to maintain the manchu ancestor system and avoid the inherent culture of Manchu being assimilated by the ethnic Han. On the other hand, it aims to realize the long-term rule of the national regime through inheriting their own culture.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 01:09, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of Emperor Yongzheng, the Emperor established the subject of translation in order to rectify outmoded conventions and reward Chinese learning. It was regarded as a means and tool to encourage the Eight Banners in Manchuria and Mongolia to learn Chinese in an effort to  forge ahead. The establishment of the translation  subject had clear and strong political and cultural implications, that is, to maintain the manchu roots of &amp;quot;National language and ride&amp;quot; and the characteristics of Manchu culture. On the one hand, this practice was to maintain the manchu ancestor system and avoid the inherent culture of Manchu being assimilated by the ethnic Han. On the other hand, it aimed to realize the long-term rule of the national regime through inheriting their own culture.--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 11:28, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毫无疑问，作为清代八旗科举制度的重要成分，翻译科的创设自有其积极意义，它不仅使旗人获得了进身机会，缓解了八旗生计的困难，而且也为朝廷遴选了大量翻译专才，促进了国家治理。然而，翻译科自身也有缺陷与不足，这一点主要体现在“首崇满洲”的基本原则上，它是维护满洲特权与旗人利益的集中体现，对于我们研究清代的政治、文化发展与变化，以及有清一代的民族关系与民族政策等，都具有重要的学术价值与社会意义。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was no doubt that as an important component of the imperial examination system of the Eight Banners in Qing Dynasty, the establishment of the translation department had its own positive significance. It not only provided opportunities for the people of the Eight Banners and alleviated the difficulties of making a living, but also selected a large number of translation professionals for the imperial court and promoted national governance. However, the translation department also had its own defects and deficiencies, which was mainly reflected in the basic principle of &amp;quot;first advocating Manchuria&amp;quot;. It was a concentrated embodiment of safeguarding Manchuria's privileges and Eight Banners people's interests. It had important academic value and social significance for us to study the political and cultural development and changes of Qing Dynasty, as well as the ethnic relations and ethnic policies of Qing Dynasty.--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 13:52, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that as an important component of the imperial examination system of the Eight Banners in the Qing Dynasty, the creation of the translation subject has its own positive significance. It not only provided promotion opportunities for the people of the Eight banners and alleviated the difficulty of making a living, but also selected a large number of translation professionals for the imperial court and promoted national managemant. However, the translation subject also has its own defects and deficiencies, which is mainly reflected in the basic principle of “first advocate Manchuria”. It is a concentrated embodiment of safeguarding Manchuria's privileges and the Eight Banners people's interests.Which has important academic value and social significance for us to study the political and cultural development and changes of the Qing Dynasty, as well as the ethnic relations and ethnic policies of the Qing Dynasty.   --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 14:11, 30 October 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《金瓶梅》满文翻译考释&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要：淫词小说的禁毁系清代长期的文化政策。然而，社会历史阶段不同，政府对该政策的推进与执行也不尽同。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A textual criticism research on the Manchu translation of ''The Golden Lotus''&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: The prohibition and damage of pornographic novels was due to the long-term cultural policies of the Qing Dynasty. However, on account of different social and historical periods, the government's promotion and implementation of this policy are also different.    --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 02:59, 30 October 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Textual Criticism Research on the Manchu Translation of ''The Golden Lotus''&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: Banning and destroying pornographic novels was a long-term cultural policy in the Qing Dynasty. However, the government's promotion and implementation of this policy were quite different in different social and historical periods.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 07:49, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
清初，统治者的政策重心在于武力征伐与国家统一，文禁的重点在于政治倾向显著的作品。因而，为了笼络人心，政府对汉族小说及其翻译的偏见并不显著，对《金瓶梅》等淫词类小说的禁毁与惩处也影响较小。康熙中期以后，政府强化了思想控制，加强了小说翻译与小说创作的管制，《金瓶梅》的审查亦在其中。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Qing Dynasty, the policies enacted by the emperor focused on military expeditions and national unification,  that of literary persecution focusing on works with prominent political tendencies. Therefore, in order to win people's support, the government's prejudice against Chinese novels and their translation was not significant, and little influence had been brought by the prohibition and punishment of erotic novels such as the '' Golden Lotus''. After the middle period of emperor Kangxi's reign, the government strengthened the control of thought, as well as the control of novel translation and novel creation, including the review of the ''Golden Lotus''.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 13:17, 28 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Qing Dynasty, the rulers' policy focused on military expedition and national unity, and the cultural prohibition focused on works with significant political tendency. Therefore, in order to win the hearts of the people, the government's prejudice against Chinese novels and their translation was not significant, and little influence had been brought by the prohibition and punishment of erotic novels such as the '' Golden Lotus''. . After the middle period of Kangxi, the government strengthened the ideological control, as well as the control of novel translation and novel creation, including the review of the ''Golden Lotus''.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:42, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《金瓶梅》的翻译有别于“四书”、“五经”，它既不能塑造道德，又不能规范秩序，其翻译与刊刻遭到限制在所难免。然而，《金瓶梅》译本最终得以成书，与统治者的支持或默认不无关联。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
关键词：《金瓶梅》；满文翻译；和素；文化政策；审查&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Golden Lotus is different from the &amp;quot;Four Books&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Five Classics&amp;quot;. It can neither shape morality nor regulate order. It is inevitable that its translation and publication will be restricted. However, it is related to the support or acquiescence of the rulers that the translation of Golden Lotus was finally completed.  &lt;br /&gt;
Key words: Golden Lotus; Manchu translation; He Su; Cultural policy; examination--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:35, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Golden Lotus was different from The Four Books and Five Classics. It could neither contribute in instilling morals nor keeping order, and thus the restriction on its translation and publication were inevitable. However, the completion of the translation of Golden Lotus is related to the support or acquiescence of the rulers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: Golden Lotus; Manchu translation; He Su; cultural policy; censorship--[[User:Liu Yunxin|Liu Yunxin]] ([[User talk:Liu Yunxin|talk]]) 12:40, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
清代的官方文献中，并未明确出现“文化政策”字样，而是代之以“文教”、“教化”等概念，但这并不能说明清代的文化建设缺乏既定的政策理念与行为准则。恰恰相反，自顺治十年起，清廷即制订了“崇儒重道”的文化政策，将中国传统的文化概念融入政治实践，并在嗣后各朝逐渐形成“兴文教”、“崇经术”的治国方针。如康熙九年提出的“圣训十六条”、乾隆年间修纂的《四库全书》等，都是“崇儒重道”的重要实践。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the official documents, the exact term “cultural policy” did not appear, instead, the terms of “culture and education” and “moral teaching” were used. This finding did not mean that the cultural development of Qing dynasty lacked of established policy ideas or code of conduct. On the contrary, since the tenth year of the reign of Shunzhi, the cultural policy of “advocating Confucianism and adhering to Confucian doctrine” which incorporated the traditional Chinese cultural concepts into political practices has been established by Qing government. Later on, the ruling principle of “promoting the development of culture and education” and “advocating Confucianism” gradually came into being under the administrations of the following emperors. For instance, The Sixteen Rules by the Emperor issued in the ninth year of Kangxi's reign and The Siku Quanshu edited in Qianlong's age were all important practices of “advocating Confucianism and adhering to Confucian doctrine”.--[[User:Liu Yunxin|Liu Yunxin]] ([[User talk:Liu Yunxin|talk]]) 05:07, 2 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The words &amp;quot;cultural policy&amp;quot; did not explicitly appear in official documents of the Qing dynasty, but were replaced by concepts such as &amp;quot;culture and education' and 'moral teaching&amp;quot;. This does not mean that there was a lack of established policy concepts and codes of conduct in cultural construction. On the contrary, since the tenth year of the reign of Shunzhi, the Qing court formulated a cultural policy of &amp;quot;advocating Confucianism and adhering to Confucian doctrine&amp;quot;, incorporating traditional Chinese cultural concepts into political practice, and gradually forming the policy of 'promoting culture and education' and 'revering scripture and art' in subsequent dynasties. For instance, in the ninth year of the Kangxi reign，&amp;quot;The Sixteen Rules by the Emperor“ and the compilation of the ''Siku Quanshu'' during the Qianlong reign were all important practice of &amp;quot;advocating Confucianism and adhering to Confucian doctrine&amp;quot;. --[[User:Luo Anyi|Luo Anyi]] ([[User talk:Luo Anyi|talk]]) 10:45, 5 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在文化政策的范畴中，“崇儒重道”有其衍生物，如科举取士、博学鸿词等，而访求、编纂书籍，以及翻译汉文典籍等也是其重要内容。清代的汉籍（书）翻译既面对“四书”、“五经”等儒学典籍，也面对《金瓶梅》、《西厢记》等通俗作品。清代的汉籍（书）翻译系清代政治、文化事业的重要组成部分。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the realm of cultural policy, the principle of “Reverence to Confucianism” had its derivatives, for instance, the imperial examination and the Boxue hongci section. The collection and compilation of books, as well as the translation of Chinese classics, were also important parts of cultural policies. The translation of Han books in the Qing dynasty dealt with both Confucian texts, such as ''the Four Books'' and ''the Five Classics'', and popular works, such as ''The Golden Lotus'' and ''The Western Chamber''. Thus the translation of Han books was an important part of the political and cultural undertakings of the Qing dynasty. --[[User:Luo Anyi|Luo Anyi]] ([[User talk:Luo Anyi|talk]]) 10:47, 5 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the field of cultural policies，there are some things derived from the principle of “Reverence to Confucianism”，like imperial examination ， the Boxue hongci section and so on，while the collection and compilation of books, as well as the translation of Chinese classics, were also important parts of cultural policies. The translation  of Han books in the Qing dynasty not only include the Confucian texts，such as ''the Four Books'' and ''the Five Classics''，but also involve those secular works such as 'The Golden Lotus'' and ''The Western Chamber'' and so on.The translation of the Han books in Qing dynasty is an important part to consist the political and cultural undertakings of Qing dynasty.--[[User:Luo Xi|Luo Xi]] ([[User talk:Luo Xi|talk]]) 09:08, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
从背景上看，汉籍（书）的翻译一方面得益于统治者反复提倡“国语骑射”的基本国策，以维护满洲根本于不坠，另一方面则得益于文化整合的需要，即，统治者通过翻译学习汉族文化，汲取汉人的治国理政经验，建构政权稳定和国家长治久安所需的“治统”与“道统”。通过引导与规范汉籍（书）的翻译，统治者不仅使满、汉文化互通有无，阐明法度，维护正统，端正满洲的人心风俗，而且以译书作为临政规范，撷取帝王为政之道，完善国家治理理念与模式。&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of its background，the translation of the books of Han dynasty，from the one hand，was benefited from the basic recurrent national policy of “National language and ride” to prevent Manchu from falling，from the other hand，it was benefited from the necessity of culture unification，that is to say，the ruler learns Han’s culture，absorbs Han’s ruling experience and build the “ruling rule” and “moral rule” in need for the stabilization of the policy and safety from translation.Through leading and controlling the translation of Han books，the ruler not only connects Man and Han ’s culture，protects the royalty，corrects the customs of Man，but also perfects the national ruling modes by learning the ruling methods of the ruler under the control of translation.--[[User:Luo Xi|Luo Xi]] ([[User talk:Luo Xi|talk]]) 12:22, 9 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
藉由汉籍（书）的翻译，统治者既能成功了解汉族文化，又能以思想为治术，建构政权的合法性，实现满洲政权向中原政权的历史转化，并在接触和学习汉文化中获得“统制”汉民的重要经验，实现“治统”与“道统”的和谐统一，最大限度地保障统治集团的既得利益。一、《金瓶梅》的创作题材与历史地位。中国古典小说中，有“四大奇书”之称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through translating the classical books from Han people, the ruler of Qing government could not only understand their culture successfully, but also validate the legitimacy of Manchu regime via the thoughts of governance arts in order to realize the historical transformation from Manchu regime into the Central Plains regimes, gain important experience to &amp;quot;rule&amp;quot; Han people in the process of contacting and learning from their culture, achieve the harmonious uniformity between &amp;quot;Zhi Tong&amp;quot; (rule the country by traced to the same origin) and &amp;quot;Dao Tong&amp;quot; (rule the country by Confucianism) as well as safeguard the vested interest in Manchu ruling clique to the greatest extent. 1. the creative theme and historical status of ''The Golden Lotus''. In Chinese classical novels, it was known as &amp;quot;the Four Marvelous Books&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the translation of the classical books in Han (the Central Plains) language, the rulers in Qing Dynasty could not only gain deep insight into their culture, but also validate the legitimacy of the Manchu regime via taking advantage of thoughts to govern the country, so as to realize the historical transition from Manchu regime to the Central Plains regime, to obtain important experience of &amp;quot;ruling&amp;quot; Han (Central Plains) people, to achieve the harmonious unity of &amp;quot;Zhi Tong&amp;quot; (to rule the country by tough measures) and &amp;quot;Dao Tong&amp;quot; (to govern the country by ethics and Confucianism), as well as to proetct the vested interest of ruling regime to the highest degree. 1. The Creative Themes and Historical Status of ''The Golden Lotus''. In Chinese classical novels, there are the so-called &amp;quot;Four Marvelous Books&amp;quot;.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 14:59, 2 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所谓“四大奇书”，按照李渔、周永保等人的说法，是指《金瓶梅》、《三国演义》、《水浒传》、《西游记》等四部明代小说作品，这些作品皆成书于明代年间，代表的是中国古典小说的四种不同形态，即历史类、传奇类、神魔类，以及世情类。作为“四大奇书”之首，《金瓶梅》究竟成书于何时，学界尚有不同说法。有人认为是明代嘉靖年间，如屠本畯的《山林经济籍》，也有人认为是万历年间，如郑振铎的《谈金瓶梅词话》、车锡伦的《&amp;lt;金瓶梅词话&amp;gt;中的宣卷》，以及黄霖的《&amp;lt;金瓶梅&amp;gt;漫话》等。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to scholars like Li Yu and Zhou Yongbao, the so-called &amp;quot;Four Marvelous Books&amp;quot; refer to the four novels in Ming Dynasty, including ''The Golden Lotus'', ''The Romance of the Three Kingdoms'', ''Outlaws of the Marsh'', and ''Journey to the West''. These works were finished in Ming Dynasty and represent the four different forms of Chinese classical novels, namely, the historical, the legendary, the supernatural evil-spirit, and the realistic (or human-feelings). However, there are still various views in the academic circle on the completing time of ''The Golden Lotus'' which has been considered as the first of the &amp;quot;Four Marvelous Books&amp;quot;. Some think that it was written in Ming Dynasty under the reign of Emperor Jiajing when Tu Benjun's ''Guide to Live in Seclusion'', for example, was also finished; while others believe that it was the period during the reign of Emperor Wanli that witnessed the completion of ''The Golden Lotus'', with the subsequent advent of ''Notes and Comments on The Golden Lotus'' created by Zheng Zhenduo, ''Xuan Juan (Precious Scroll for Propaganda) in Notes and Comments on The Golden Lotus'' by Che Xilun, as well as ''Informal Discussion on The Golden Lotus'' by Huang Lin, and etc. --[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 23:58, 31 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to scholars like Li Yu and Zhou Yongbao, the so-called &amp;quot;Four Marvelous Books&amp;quot; refer to the four novels in Ming Dynasty, including ''The Golden Lotus'', ''The Romance of the Three Kingdoms'', ''Outlaws of the Marsh'', and ''Journey to the West''. These works were finished in Ming Dynasty and represented the four different forms of Chinese classical novels, namely, the historical, the legendary, the supernatural evil-spirit, and the realistic (or human-feelings). However, there are still various views in the academic circle on the completing time of ''The Golden Lotus'' which has been considered as the first of the &amp;quot;Four Marvelous Books&amp;quot;. Some think that it was written in Ming Dynasty under the reign of Emperor Jiajing when Tu Benjun's ''Guide to Live in Seclusion'', for example, was also finished; while others believe that it was the period during the reign of Emperor Wanli that witnessed the completion of ''The Golden Lotus'', with the subsequent advent of ''Notes and Comments on The Golden Lotus'' created by Zheng Zhenduo, ''Xuan Juan (Precious Scroll for Propaganda) in Notes and Comments on The Golden Lotus'' by Che Xilun, as well as ''Informal Discussion on The Golden Lotus'' by Huang Lin, and etc.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 15:50, 2 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无论是何种观点，都不可否认《金瓶梅》在中国古典小说中的历史地位。《金瓶梅》无疑是中国古典小说发展史上的经典之作，不仅在创作题材上突破了传统模式，将叙述的焦点从豪杰和妖魔转移至市井人物，人物塑造上也出现了从单色调向多色调、平面化向立体化的转变。同时，创作主旨上也有重要突破，即不再专注于歌颂理想，而是通过写尽世情之恶、生活之丑，暴露社会的黑暗与不公，现实主义特征极其明显。&lt;br /&gt;
Whatever the viewpoint, there is no denying the historical status of The Golden Lotus in classical Chinese fiction. The Golden Lotus is undoubtedly a classic in the history of classical Chinese fiction, not only in terms of its subject matter, which broke away from the traditional model, shifting the focus of the narrative from the heroes and demons to the characters in the marketplace, but also in terms of characterization, which changed from monochromatic to multi-colored and from flat to three-dimensional. At the same time, there is also an important breakthrough in the creative theme, that is, it no longer focuses on glorifying ideals, but exposes the darkness and injustice of society by writing about the evils of the world and the ugliness of life, and the characteristics of realism are extremely obvious.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 15:46, 2 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From every viewpoint, in classical Chinese fictions, the historical status of The Golden Lotus is apodeictic, not only in terms of its subject matter, which broke the traditional model, shifting the focus of the narrative from the heroes and demons to the common people, but also in terms of characterization, which changed from monochromatic to multi-colored and from flat to three-dimensional. At the same time, there is also an important breakthrough on the theme, namely, that it no longer focused on glorifying ideals, but exposed the darkness and injustice of society by writing about the evils of the world and the ugliness of life, through which the characteristics of realism are extremely obvious. --[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 06:32, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘廷玑认为，《金瓶梅》之所以称为奇书，是因为它深切人情要务。鲁迅在对“世情小说”进行界定时，曾指出《金瓶梅》描摹世态，见其炎凉，骂尽诸色，它虽然描写情色，却是要“以淫说法”，虽然结构铺张，但却是“引迷入悟”，既然是描写世情，便要“尽其情伪”，所谓刻露而尽相，或幽伏或含讥，诚极洞达而已。《金瓶梅》所描写的虽然是市井常谈、闺房碎语，但它寄意于时俗，极富感染力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Tingji believes that the reason The Golden Lotus is called a fantastic book is that it is deeply mundane. When Lu Xun defined the “worldly novel”, he pointed out that The Golden Lotus described worldly affairs, manifesting elusiveness of people and cursing all kinds of ugliness. Although it described eroticism, it was meant to “speak out as lewdness”. Although the structure is extravagant, it is “leading confusion into realization”. Since it is a description of the worldly affairs, it must be “full of sentiment and hypocrisy”. It is said that boldness results in completeness, which is sincere and insightful whether in a humorous or sarcastic way. Although The Golden Lotus is all about the commonplaces in the markets and boudoirs, it is greatly contagious because of its connotations behind the times and customs.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 12:54, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Tingji believes that the reason ''The Golden Lotus'' is called a fantastic book is its profound insight into the human condition. When Lu Xun defined the “secular novel”, he pointed out that ''The Golden Lotus'' described secular affairs, with a revelation of the indifference of people and an accusation of the eroticism. Although it describes erotic scenes, it is meant to “making sense with lust”. Although the structure is extravagant, it “leads confusion into realization”. Since descriptions in the book relate to secular affairs, they must be “full of sentiment and hypocrisy”, which means uncovering the essence and revealing its full complexity, with either insinuation or innuendo, just for achieving a precise communication of insights. Even though ''The Golden Lotus'' is all about the commonplaces in the markets and boudoirs, it is greatly contagious because of its connotations behind the times and customs.--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 16:14, 2 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
明、清之际，虽然《金瓶梅》向被列为禁书，但时人对其的艺术手法和思想内容等，却评价甚高，甚至不乏将其与《左传》、《史记》、《汉书》等并列者，认为这些作品都是“以其文皆为写生者也”的杰出代表。明代博物学家谢肇淛（zhè）曾向人借抄《金瓶梅》，并为此书撰写序跋，其中详细论及此书所具有的广泛的揭示性，认为它描写的是一个丑陋、黑暗的世情社会，既有“市里之猥谈”，又有“狎客之从臾逢迎”，所谓“穷极境象，駴（hài）意快心。”无论如何，都不能将《金瓶梅》视作“秽书”，而枉顾其对于炎凉情态的纤毫毕现，既看不到它的一腔愤懑，又看不到它的刺世与劝戒之意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Ming and Qing dynasties, although ''the Golden Lotus'' was always banned, its artistic approach and ideological content were highly regarded by the people of the time, and there was even no shortage of people who ranked it alongside ''the Zuo Tradition'', ''the Records of the Grand Historian'' and ''the Book of Han'', considering these works to be outstanding representatives of &amp;quot;those whose texts are all written for the purpose of writing life&amp;quot;. Xie Zhaozhe, a Ming dynasty naturalist, once borrowed ''The Golden Lotus'' from others and copied it. He wrote a preface to the book, in which he discussed in detail the book's broad scope of revelation, arguing that it depicted an ugly, dark society, with both &amp;quot;the obscene words of marketplace villains&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the flattery of treacherous people&amp;quot;. It is a 'straightforward and unadorned account of all life'. In any case, ''the Golden Lotus'' should not be regarded as an 'obscene book', and its subtle expression of the inconstancy of human relationships should not be taken in vain, nor its indignation, nor its stinging and admonishing intentions.--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 02:46, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Ming and Qing dynasties, although ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'' was always banned, its artistic approaches and ideological contents were highly regarded by the people of that time, and there was even no shortage of people who ranked it alongside ''the Zuo Tradition'', ''the Records of the Grand Historian'' and ''the Book of Han'', considering these works to be outstanding representatives of &amp;quot;those whose texts were all written for the purpose of writer’s life&amp;quot;. Xie Zhaozhe, a Ming dynasty naturalist, once borrowed ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'' from others and transcribed it. He also wrote a preface for this book, in which he discussed in detail the book's broad scope of revelation, arguing that it depicted an ugly, dark society, with both &amp;quot;the obscene words of marketplace villains&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the flattery of treacherous people&amp;quot;. It was a 'straightforward and unadorned account of all life'. In any case, ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'' should not be viewed  as an 'obscene book', its subtle expression of the inconstancy of human relationships should not be taken in vain, nor its indignation, nor its stinging and admonishing intentions.--[[User:Qing Jianan|Qing Jianan]] ([[User talk:Qing Jianan|talk]]) 06:56, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
有人说，《金瓶梅》是《红楼梦》之祖，其题材主旨、人物刻画、情节结构等均为后者所继承，它虽然以家庭为中心，却又与天下、国家紧密相连，虽然恣意描写原始欲望，却又同时拷问人性的本质，其作为白话世情小说之首，可谓实至名归。一代伟人毛泽东也说，《金瓶梅》是《红楼梦》的祖宗，没有前者，就写不出后者，充分肯定了《金瓶梅》在中国古典文学中的历史地位。《金瓶梅》具有劝戒意涵，而不是或者不仅仅是淫词小说，这一点对于清代文士而言，亦是人所共知之事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'' is the ancestor of ''A Dream in Red Mansions'', because the latter inherited all from the first in the perspective of selecting materials, themes, characterization and plot structure. Although ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'' was  centralized on family, it also nearly attached to the world and country. Ranking on top of vernacular love novels, this book was haphazardly described with original desire but it also put questions on the essence of the nature of human beings which lived up to its name. Mao Zedong, a great man of a generation, also said, “''The Plum in the Golden Vase'' is the ancestor of ''A Dream in Red Mansions''. Without the former, the latter couldn’t be written.”which fully affirmed its historical position in Chinese classical literature. ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'' ,not or not just a pornographic novel, was replete with exhortation meaning which was known by all common people from the perspective of literati of Qing dynasty.--[[User:Qing Jianan|Qing Jianan]] ([[User talk:Qing Jianan|talk]]) 08:12, 28 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'' is the ancestor of ''A Dream in Red Mansions'',  because the latter inherited all from the first in the perspective of selecting materials, themes, characterization and plot structure. Although  ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'' was centralized on family, it also nearly attached to the world and country. Ranking on top of vernacular love novels, this book was haphazardly described with original desire but it also put questions on the essence of human nature which lived up to its name. Mao Zedong, a great man of a generation, also said, “  ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'' is the ancestor of  ''A Dream in Red Mansions''. Without the former, the latter couldn’t be written.”which fully affirmed its historical position in Chinese classical literature. ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'' full of persuation meaning was not or not just a pornographic novelwas which was known by all the literati of Qing dynasty.--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 02:55, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如欣欣子在《金瓶梅词话序》中所说，《金瓶梅》一书不同于《三国演义》，它不是从正面塑造人物形象，使其合乎传统人伦道德，实现教化目的，而是通过对酒色财气的重墨渲染，警戒世人远离情色，其目的同样在于“明人伦，戒淫奔，分淑慝（tè），化善恶”，这一点与《三国演义》殊途而同归。而在《金瓶梅·序》中，作者亦明确指出该书的“劝戒”之意，所谓“一回一戒”，因而“百回中以为百劝”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Xin Xinzi said in the series of notes and comments of  ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'', this novel was different from the ''The Romance of the Three Kingdoms'', it was not from the positive view to shape the character image, so that it would conform to the traditional ethics and morality, and then achieved the goal of indoctrination. But through the heavy playing up of wine , women , avarice and pride to warn human beings away from eroticism, its purpose was also “correcting human relations, dropping elopement, distinguishing the good and evil”, which reached the same goal by different ways as  ''The Romance of the Three Kingdoms''. While in the series of ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'', the author also clearly pointed out the book’s “persuasion” meaning, the so-called “one chapter once again exhorting”，and therefore “one hundred times in the hundreds of persuasion.”--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 02:51, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Xin Xinzi mentioned in the series of notes and comments of  ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'', this novel was different from the ''The Romance of the Three Kingdoms'', it did not shape the character image from the positive view, so that it would conform to the traditional ethics and morality, and then achieve the goal of indoctrination, but warn human beings away from eroticism through the heavy playing up of wine , women , avarice and pride, its purpose was also “correcting human relations, dropping elopement, distinguishing the good and evil”, which reached the same goal by different ways as  ''The Romance of the Three Kingdoms''. While in the series of ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'', the author also clearly pointed out the book’s “persuasion” meaning, the so-called “one chapter once again exhorting”，and therefore “one hundred times in the hundreds of persuasion.”--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 14:12, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
清人中，对于《金瓶梅》进行诋毁、谩骂者，亦有之。如蒲松龄称其为“淫史”，邹弢称其为“淫书”，邱炜萲（xuān）则认为其“淫媟（xiè）荡志”，无论在内容上，还是在文笔上，都不足以“负此重名”。《蕉轩随录》中，方浚师甚至将《金瓶梅》和《水浒传》看作无用之书，认为二者之中一个倡盗，一个诲淫，有害于世道人心。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qing Dynasty, there were also people who slandered and criticized ''Gold Vase Plum''. For instance, Pu Songling regarded it as a ''History of obscenity'', Zou Tao thought it a pornographic book, and Qiu Weixuan held that it is full of debauchery which indicate that it is not worth bearing such a great reputation no matter in content or style of writing. In ''Records of Jiaoxuan'', Fang Junshi even regarded ''Gold Vase Plum'' and ''Water Margin''as useless books, and the former is story of furious robbers while the latter is a story inciting pornography, so both of them would do harm to the people in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qing Dynasty, there were also people who slandered and criticized “Gold Vase Plum”. For instance, Pu Songling regarded it as “History of Obscenity “, Zou Tao thought it a pornographic book, and Qiu Weixuan held that it was full of debauchery. “Gold Vase Plum” was not worthy of bearing such a great stigma either in content or in style. In “Records of Jiao Xuan”, Fang Junshi even regarded “Gold Vase Plum” and “Water Margin” as useless books, one of which was about stories of advocating the theft while the other of which was related to plots  inciting pornography, so both of them would do harm for enlightening the people in the world. --[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 07:47, 28 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
而晴川居士、申涵光、李绿园等亦持论相似，认为《金瓶梅》丧心败德，它对于幼学者的影响如同疫病，其害甚大。沈德符、徐谦、林昌彝等更是主张禁毁此书，认为此书有如毒草和毒酒，贻害无穷。清初以来，朝廷对于淫词小说的禁毁从未间断。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And Qingchuan Lay Buddhist, Shen Hanguang, Li Luyuan, etc. held similar viewpoints, believing that “Gold Vase Plum”, infecting people’s pure soul and moral integrity, played an ill impact on young scholars. Shen Defu, Xu Qian, Lin Changyi, etc. even advocated banning and destroying this book, holding that it was parallel with poisonous weeds and wine which would cause endless harm.Since the early Qing Dynasty, the imperial court had never stopped the prohibition and destruction of obscene novels. --[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 08:08, 28 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And Qingchuan Lay Buddhist, Shen Hanguang, Li Luyuan, etc. held the similar viewpoints that ''Gold Vase Plum'' infected people’s pure soul and moral integrity and played an ill impact on young scholars,which is very harmful. Shen Defu, Xu Qian, Lin Changyi, etc. even advocated banning and destroying this book, holding that it was parallel with poisonous weeds and wine which would cause endless harm.Since the early Qing Dynasty, the imperial court had never stopped the prohibition and destruction of obscene novels.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 06:49, 2 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
仅顺治至嘉庆年间，禁毁次数便超过十次，其中顺治朝一次（顺治九年）、康熙朝六次（康熙二年、二十六年、四十年、四十八年两次、五十三年）、雍正朝一次（雍正二年）、乾隆朝一次（乾隆三年），以及嘉庆朝二次（嘉庆十五年、十八年）等。康熙年间，清廷关于淫词小说的禁毁极其严格，既有法令可依，又有专门管理，惩处明确。如康熙二年议准，规定嗣后若有翻刻琐语淫词，有伤风化者，由科道、督抚查明实情，交部议处。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The obsecene novels had been destroyed for more than ten times just from the Shunzhi Dynasty to the Jiaqing Dynasty.Among them,there was one time in the Shunzhi Dynasty (the 9th year of Shunzhi) , six times in Kangxi Dynasty (the 2nd, 26th,40th,48th and 53rd year of Kangxi),one time in Yongzheng Dynasty(the 2nd year of Yongzheng),one time in Qianlong Dynasty(the 3rd year of Qianlong) and two times in Jiaqing Dynasty(the 15th,18th year of Jiaqing)，ect.During the Kangxi Dynasty,the goveronment was very strict with the prohibition and destruction of obscene novels,which was based on the decrees and was managed specially,and the published was clear.For example,there was an announcement in the 2nd year of Kangxi,which claimed that if there was someone who translated or carved the gossips and obscene words which was destructive to the morals,it would be examined by the department and governor and be submitted to the ministry.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 06:43, 2 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The obsecene novels have been destroyed and banned for more than ten times just from Shunzhi to Jiaqing years. Among them, there was one time in Shunzhi Dynasty(the 9th year) , six times in Kangxi Dynasty (one time in the 2nd, 26th, 40th and 53rd year, two times in the 48th year), one time in Yongzheng Dynasty(the 2nd year), one time in Qianlong Dynasty(the 3rd year) and two times in Jiaqing Dynasty(the 15th,18th year), etc. During the reign of Kangxi, the goveronment was very strict with the prohibition and destruction of obscene novels, with both laws to follow and special management, as well as the clear punishment. For example, there was an announcement in the 2nd year of Kangxi, which claimed that if someone translated or carved the gossips and obscene words which was harmful to morals, the case would be examined by the supervising officials  and governors, then submitted to the ministry. --[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 15:03, 2 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
乾隆三年，吏部议定“文禁”条例，对于坊间内小说淫辞，也一并严行禁绝，并根据买卖双方是否具有官方身份给予不同处罚。与此同时，《买看例》、《市卖例》、《禁止邪教不能察辑例》等法令的通过，也给淫词小说的翻刻与兜售等，提供了治罪依据。而以江苏、浙江为代表的地方官府，也相继出台法令，对淫词小说的编次、刊刻、贩卖等一并加以规定，照例治罪。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third year of Emperor Qianlong’s reign, Board of Civil Office agreed on the regulation of “prohibition of literature”, and strictly forbade the obscene fictions in the street, giving different punishments according to whether the buyers and sellers had official identities. At the same time, the passage of decrees such as ''Rules of Buying and Reading'', ''Rules of Selling'' and ''Rule of Banning Cults from Collecting'' also provided a criminal basis for the reproduction and peddling of obscene novels. Local governments represented by Jiangsu and Zhejiang also issued decrees one after another, stipulating the compilation, printing and selling of fictions and convicting them according to the rules. --[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 10:55, 28 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third year of Emperor Qianlong's reign, the Ministry of Civil Affairs agreed on the regulation of &amp;quot;prohibition of literature&amp;quot;, and strictly prohibited the fictions in the street, and gave different punishments according to whether the buyers and sellers had official identities. At the same time, the passage of laws such as &amp;quot;Buying and watching&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Selling&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Banning Cults from Observing and collecting&amp;quot; also provided a criminal basis for the reproduction and peddling of erotic ci novels. Local governments represented by Jiangsu and Zhejiang also issued decrees one after another, stipulating the compilation, printing and selling of fictions with lewd words, as usual--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 08:08, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
根据上述法令，《金瓶梅》曾多次入列禁毁书单，如《劝毁淫书征信录》、《得一录》中，便均见此书。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
二、《金瓶梅》译者考辨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
然而，政府法令对淫词小说的禁毁并没有阻绝《金瓶梅》的翻刻与行销。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above decree, &amp;quot;Jin Ping Mei&amp;quot; has been listed on the list of forbidden books, such as &amp;quot;persuade the destruction of obscene books zhengxin Lu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;de Yi Lu&amp;quot;, will see this book.&lt;br /&gt;
Two, the translation of Jin Ping Mei&lt;br /&gt;
However, the prohibition of erotic novels by government decrees did not stop the reproduction and marketing of Jin Ping Mei--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 08:00, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the above laws and regulations, &amp;quot;Jin Ping Mei&amp;quot; has been included in the list of forbidden books for many times, such as persuade the destruction of obscene books zhengxin Lu&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;de Yi Lu&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
2、 On the translators of Jin Ping Mei&lt;br /&gt;
However, the prohibition of pornographic novels by government laws and regulations did not prevent the reproduction and marketing of Jin Ping Mei.--[[User:Wang Zhenlong|Wang Zhenlong]] ([[User talk:Wang Zhenlong|talk]]) 12:40, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
有人说，《金瓶梅》的名声是被“禁”出来的，这种观点是否合理姑且不论，不过《金瓶梅》之所以能有不同版本流传至今，本身就说明其禁毁政策的失败。而且，清代关于《金瓶梅》的禁毁有其虚伪性：一方面，政府对于此书严行禁毁；另一方面，却将其译成满文，供统治阶级自己阅读。正如马丁·吉姆指出的那样，有清一代，汉文小说被译成满文者，至少在七十二种以上，其中便包括《金瓶梅》、《西厢记》、《三国演义》等，这些小说的翻译显然无法离开统治者的支持，或者至少无法离开其默认。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some people say that the reputation of Jin Ping Mei is from its prohibition. Whether this view is reasonable or not, but the reason why different versions of Jin Ping Mei have been circulated so far shows the failure of its prohibition policy. Moreover, the prohibition and destruction of Jin Ping Mei in the Qing Dynasty had its hypocrisy: on the one hand, the government strictly prohibited the destruction of the book; On the other hand, it was translated into Manchu for the ruling class to read. As Martin Jim pointed out, there were at least 72 kinds of Chinese novels translated into Manchu in the Qing Dynasty, including Jin Ping Mei, The Romance of The West Chamber, The Romance of The Three Kingdoms, etc. Obviously, the translation of these novels could not leave the support of the rulers, or at least its acquiescence.--[[User:Wang Zhenlong|Wang Zhenlong]] ([[User talk:Wang Zhenlong|talk]]) 12:39, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some people say that the reputation of ''Gold Vase Plum'' is from its prohibition. Whether this view is reasonable or not, the reason why different versions of ''Gold Vase Plum'' have been circulated so far shows the failure of its prohibition policy. Moreover, the prohibition and destruction of ''Gold Vase Plum'' in the Qing Dynasty had its hypocrisy: On the one hand, the government strictly prohibited the destruction of the book; On the other hand, it was translated into Manchu for the ruling class to read. As Martin Jim pointed out, there were at least 72 kinds of Chinese novels translated into Manchu in the Qing Dynasty, including ''Gold Vase Plum'', ''The Romance of The West Chamber'', ''The Romance of The Three Kingdoms'', etc. Obviously, the translation of these novels could not leave the support of the rulers, or at least its tacitly approval. --[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 02:30, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除《三国演义》（1650年刊印）之外，满译本《金瓶梅》是清初唯一得到刊印的汉文小说。由于译文自然流畅，对于生活的描述真实贴切，该译本被公认为满语文学的杰出代表之一。然而，《金瓶梅》的满文翻译究竟源自什么样的背景，其通行译本的底本究竟是哪种版本或刻本，该译本到底有几个译者，以及该译本为何能在禁令颁行之后的短短数年之内便能刊行于世等，皆存疑问与争议。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides ''Romance of the Three Kingdoms'' (composed and printed in 1650), Manchu translation of ''Gold Vase Plum'' was the only composed and printed Chinese novel in the early Qing Dynasty. Because of the natural and frequent translation as well as real and proper description of life, this kind of version was widely acknowledged as one of the outstanding representatives of Manchu literature. However, it was still doubtful and controversial about the background of the Manchu translation of ''Gold Vase Plum'', how many translators it had, and why it was composed and printed soon after the bans were published. --[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 12:29, 29 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides ''Romance of the Three Kingdoms'' (printed in 1650), the Manchu translation of ''The Golden Lotus'' is the only Chinese novel that got printed in the early Qing Dynasty. Because of the natural and fluent translation as well as the real and proper description of life, this translation is widely acknowledged as one of the outstanding representatives of Manchu literature. However, there are still doubts and controversy about these questions：What is the background of the Manchu translation of ''The Golden Lotus''? Which version is the original source for the translation? How many translators does the translation have? Why the translation was printed soon after it was banned?--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 03:16, 4 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
根据昭梿在《啸亭续录》中的说法，《金瓶梅》的满文翻译系出自户曹郎中和素之手，后者谙习清文，兼通汉文，他所翻译的汉文书籍达到了绝精的程度，而《西厢记》、《金瓶梅》等书的译本也是“疏栉字句，咸中綮（qǐ）肯”，人人争相诵读。和素为满洲镶黄旗人士，曾充任皇子师傅和翻书房总裁，系顺治年间满文翻译家阿什坦次子。作为满洲汉书翻译事业高潮中的重要人物，和素一生著译甚多，其中有名者如《左传》、《菜根谭》、《黄石公素经》等，而相传《金瓶梅》亦出自其手，主要原因有二。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the content of Zhaolian' s ''Continuation of Xiaoting'', the Manchu translation of ''The Golden Lotus'' was made by Hesu who was the chief official in Hucao. Hesu not only mastered Manchu language but also possessed the knowledge of Chinese. His translation of Chinese books attained a really high level. His translations of ''Romance of the Western Chamber'' and ''The Golden Lotus'' were so faithful that people read them competitively. Hesu, who was from Bordered Yellow Banner in Manchuria, once took the official position of teacher for royal children and president of Fanshu house. In addition, he was the little son of Ashtan who was a Manchu translator in Shunzhi years. As an important figure in the climax of the cause of translating Chinese books in Manchuria, Hesu translated a lot of books including famous works such as ''Legend of Spring and Autumn Century by Zuo Qiuming''，''Roots of Wisdom'', ''Huang Shigong Scripture'' and so on. It is said that the translation of ''The Golden Lotus'' was also made by him. Here are two main reasons.--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 02:03, 4 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the statements in Zhaolian' s ''Continuation of Xiaoting'', ''The Golden Lotus'' in Manchu was translated by Hesu who was the official office in charge of people's households, ancestral temples, agriculture, mulberry and also was the chief imperial chamberlain. Hesu was not only skilful at the Qing language but also proficient in Chinese. His translation of Chinese books has reached the point of absolute perfection. Besides,  in his translations of ''The Romance of Western Chamber'' and ''The Golden Lotus'', he also trimmed the words, sentences and got to the main point so that everyone strived to read and recite these works. Hesu, a Bordered Yellow Banner in Manchu, was once in the position of the master of the emperor's son and the president of the Translation Study. In addition, he was the second son of Ashtan who was a Manchu translator during the years of Shunzhi. As an important figure of the climax in the course of translating Chinese books into Manchu, Hesu translated a great number of books including some famous works such as ''Zuozhuan''，''Tan Roots'', ''Huangshi Gongsu Meridian'' and so on. What's more, it was said ''The Golden Lotus'' was also translated by him. There were two main reasons.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 03:04, 5 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
其一，便是和素兼通满、汉，其本人确系康熙朝的著名翻译家，曾亲自组织、参与诸多汉籍的翻译；其二，如上述昭梿的《啸亭续录》一样，清初档案文献中确有不少将满译《金瓶梅》归于和素者。《啸亭杂录》和《清稗类钞》中，也称赞和素翻译的《金瓶梅》和《西厢记》等“极其出色”。然而，也有持论不同者。如《批本随园诗话》“批语”中说：“翻译《金瓶梅》，即出徐蝶园手。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, it was because Hesu was proficient in both Manchu and Chinese, he himself was indeed a famous translator of the Kangxi Dynasty. Besides, he has personally organized and participated in the translation of many Chinese books. Secondly, just like Zhaolian’s ''Continuation of Xiaoting'' above,  in the archives and documents of the early Qing Dynasty, quite a few people owed the translation of ''The Golden Lotus'' in Manchu to Hesu. In ''Miscellaneous Records of Xiaoting'' and ''Clean Barnyard Class Notes'', the author also praised Hesu’s translations of ''The Golden Lotus'' and ''Romance of the Western Chamber'' as “excellent”. However, there were people who held different views. Like the “remarks” in ''Essays of Suiyuan on Poetry'' which said that ''The Golden Lotus'' was translated by Xu Dieyuan.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 06:44, 1 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, it was because Hesu was proficient in both Manchu and Chinese, and at the same time participated in lots of translations. He himself was indeed a famous translator of the Kangxi Dynasty. Besides, he has personally organized and participated in the translation of many Chinese books. Secondly, just like Zhaolian’s ''Continuation of Xiaoting'' above,  in the archives and documents of the early Qing Dynasty, quite a few people owed the translation of ''The Golden Lotus'' in Manchu to Hesu. In ''Miscellaneous Records of Xiaoting'' and ''Clean Barnyard Class Notes'', the author also praised Hesu’s translations of ''The Golden Lotus'' and ''Romance of the Western Chamber'' as “excellent”. However, there were people who held different ideas. Like the “remarks” in ''Essays of Suiyuan on Poetry'' which said that the translator of  ''The Golden Lotus'' was Xu Dieyuan.--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 11:43, 1 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
徐蝶园即徐元梦，满洲正白旗人，康熙朝重臣，康熙十二年进士，选授庶吉士，先后于雍正、乾隆两朝充任《明史》总裁，以及《清世宗实录》副总裁。徐蝶园精研满汉文，曾于康熙年间署大学士，充起居注讲官，但正史中对于徐氏的译书活动记载较少，而且往往语焉不详，因此难以判断其译者身份。叶德均在《戏曲小说丛考》中，也援引伍子舒（闽浙总督伍拉纳之子）所撰《随园诗话》点校本中的说法，指出《金瓶梅》的满文译者即是徐蝶园，但这一观点始终不如前一种通行。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dieyuan was Xu Yuanmeng, a native of the Manchu flag, a high-ranking official of Kangxi, and was Scholars in the twelfth year of Kangxi. He was appointed the president of the ''Ming Dynasty'' in Yongzheng and Qianlong and the vice president of the ''Records of the Qing Dynasty''. Xu Dieyuan studied Chinese literature. He worked as a college scholar during the reign of Kangxi and made charge of daily life. However, the translation activities of Xu in official history are few, and often vague, so it is difficult to judge the identity of the translator. In the ''Cong Examination of Opera Novels'', Ye Dejun also quoted Wu Zishu (the son of Wu Lana, governor of Fujian and Zhejiang) in the ''Poetry of the Garden'', pointing out that the Manchu translator of ''The Golden Lotus'' is Xu Dieyuan, but this view is always not as popular as the previous one. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 11:44, 1 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Xu dieyuan, namely Xu Yuanmeng, a native of Manchuria's Zhengbai banner, was an important Minister of the Kangxi Dynasty. He was elected as a scholar in the 12th year of the Kangxi Dynasty and was awarded to Shu Jishi. He successively served as president of the history of the Ming Dynasty and vice president of the records of emperor Shizong of the Qing Dynasty in the Yongzheng and Qianlong dynasties. Xu dieyuan is a master of Chinese. He once served as a bachelor and a lecturer during the reign of Kangxi. However, there are few records of Xu's book translation activities in official history, and they are often vague, so it is difficult to judge his translator's identity. Ye Dejun also quoted the view in the school edition of Suiyuan poetry written by Wu Zishu (the son of Wu Lana, governor of Fujian and Zhejiang) in his collection of opera novels, pointing out that the Manchu translator of Jin Ping Mei is Xu dieyuan, but this view is not as popular as the former.--[[User:Wu Yinghong|Wu Yinghong]] ([[User talk:Wu Yinghong|talk]]) 12:07, 1 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
徐蝶园晚年的确参与过翻译之事，但满译本《金瓶梅·序》的署理日期为康熙四十八年，而徐蝶园此前曾经两度被诏罪入狱，因而由他翻译此书，条件上似乎不大成立。而且，徐蝶园虽然精研满汉双语，但其中年后精研理学，这一点与《金瓶梅》的题材内容和思想旨趣，以及序言中对于该书的积极评价等，也不尽符合。与此同时，更有认为满译本《金瓶梅》系出自皇族成员者，这种观点主要见于西方学者，又分成两派。&lt;br /&gt;
Xu dieyuan did participate in translation in his later years, but the acting date of the Manchu translation of Jin Ping Mei · preface is the 48th year of Kangxi. Xu dieyuan had been jailed for imperial edicts twice before, so it seems that the conditions for him to translate the book are not tenable. Moreover, although Xu dieyuan studied both Manchu and Chinese, he studied Neo Confucianism in his middle age, which is not consistent with the theme, content and ideological purport of Jin Ping Mei, as well as the positive evaluation of the book in the preface. At the same time, it is also believed that the Manchu version of Jin Ping Mei comes from members of the royal family. This view is mainly seen in western scholars and divided into two schools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Dieyuan did participate in the translation in his later years, but the full translation of Jin Ping Mei · Preface was written in the 48th year of The Kangxi Dynasty, and Xu Dieyuan had been sentenced to prison twice before, so it seems unlikely that he could translate this book. Moreover, although Xu Dieyuan concentrates on studying Both Manchu and Chinese, he concentrates on neo-confucianism in the second half of the year, which is not in accordance with the subject matter and ideological purview of Jin Ping Mei, as well as the positive evaluation of the book in the preface. At the same time, there are more people who believe that the full version of Jin Ping Mei is from the royal family, which is mainly seen in western scholars and divided into two schools.--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 12:39, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
其中，一派认为是出自康熙皇帝的兄弟，如黎马苏（1833：182-183）、克拉普罗特（1633：61）、怀利（1855：XLIII）、加伯连茨（1862：543）、圣德尼斯和赫维侯爵（1894：17）、格鲁伯（1909：431）、劳弗尔（1908：32）、耶格尔（1935：539），以及鲍威尔（1974：1940-1941）等；另一派则认为是出自乾隆皇帝的某个兄弟，如加伯连茨（1879：171）、格列宾西科夫（1879：171）、莫连道尔夫（1890：235）、扎查（1905：130），以及李福廷和西蒙诺夫（1981：259）等。上述两派观点多次出现在欧洲的文学作品中，但二者都缺乏史料考证，至少未能获得中国学界的重视与认可。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among them, one group attributed it to the brothers of Kangxi Emperor, such as Li Masu (1833:182-183), Clavprot (1633:61), Wylie (1855: XLIII), Gabelenz (1862:543), Saint Denis and the Marquis of Herve (1894:17), Gruberb (1909:431), Lauffer (1908:32), Yeager (1935:539), and Powell (1974:1940 -- 1941); while the other attributed it to the brothers of the Qianlong Emperor, such as Gabrenz (1879:171), Grebinshikov (1879:171), Mollendolf (1890:235), Zacha (195:130), and Li Futing and Simonov (1981:259).These two different viewpoints have appeared many times in European literary works, but both of them lacked historical evidence which failed to win the attention and recognition of Chinese scholars.--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 12:11, 1 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among them, one group thought it was from the brothers of Kangxi Emperor, such as Li Masu (1833:182-183), Clavprot (1633:61), Wylie (1855: XLIII), Gabelenz (1862:543), Saint Denis and the Marquis of Herve (1894:17), Gruberb (1909:431), Lauffer (1908:32), Yeager (1935:539), and Powell (1974:1940 -- 1941); while the other thought it was from one of the brothers of the Qianlong Emperor, such as Gabrenz (1879:171), Grebinshikov (1879:171), Mollendolf (1890:235), Zacha (195:130), and Li Futing and Simonov (1981:259).These two different viewpoints have appeared many times in European literary works, but both of them lacked historical evidence which failed to win the attention and recognition of Chinese scholars.--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 00:38, 2 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
考虑到康、雍以来的历代君主对于淫词小说一直采取禁毁态度，而在此情形下竟有皇族成员翻译《金瓶梅》这样的禁毁小说，其荒唐之程度，难以想象。但不论实际情形如何，《金瓶梅》最终还是译成付梓，这一事实只能说明两点：其一，清代的所谓书禁或禁译只是针对民间，对统治者尤其是君主而言则可能是“无禁”；其二，翻书房的设立固然是为了翻译汉族经典和汉文书籍，但也不能排除翻译禁毁书籍，专供皇帝御览。总之，《金瓶梅》的满文翻译与刊刻，不可能游走在政府禁令之外，而不得到政治力的审查、默认或者首肯。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering that the monarchs of Qing dynasties since Kangxi and Qianlong have always adopted the attitude of banning and destroying pornographic novels, and in this case, it is unimaginable that royal family members translate forbidden novels such as The Golden Lotus. However, regardless of the actual situation, the fact that The Golden Lotus was finally translated and published can only explain two points: firstly, the so-called prohibition of some books or translation in the Qing Dynasty was only aimed at the folk, and it may be &amp;quot;no prohibition&amp;quot; for the rulers, especially the monarchs; Secondly, although the establishment of the translation study is to translate Han classics and Chinese books, it can not rule out the prohibition of the translation of books for the emperor's viewing. In a word, the Manchu translation and publication of The Golden Lotus can not walk outside the government ban without political review, acquiescence or approval.--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 13:26, 29 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considering that the monarchs of Qing dynasties since Kangxi and Qianlong have always adopted the attitude of banning and destroying pornographic novels, and in this case, it is unimaginable that royal family members translate forbidden novels such as The Golden Lotus. However, regardless of the actual situation, the fact that The Golden Lotus was finally translated and published can only explain two points: firstly, the so-called prohibition of some books or translation in the Qing Dynasty was only aimed at the folk, and it may be &amp;quot;no prohibition&amp;quot; for the rulers, especially the monarchs; Secondly, although the establishment of the translation study is to translate Han classics and Chinese books, it can not rule out the prohibition of the translation of books for the emperor's viewing. In a word, the Manchu translation and publication of The Golden Lotus can not walk outside the government ban without political review, acquiescence or approval.--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 11:09, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
特别是在康熙朝以后皇权至上的集权政治中，离开了最高统治者的支持，任何汉籍的翻译恐怕都无法成行。事实上，虽然淫词小说的禁毁乃是清代长期的文化政策，但政府在推进、执行这一政策的过程中，也存在不作为或者消极作为的情况。正如余治在《得一录》中所说，清廷对于淫词戏曲，虽有禁毁之条，而当政者中视其为一纸空文，坐视不管者，亦大有人在。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Especially in the centralized politics where imperial power reigned supreme after the Kangxi dynasty, I am afraid that no translation of Chinese books could be made possible without the support of the supreme ruler. In fact, although the prohibition of obscene novels was a long-standing cultural policy of the Qing Dynasty, there were cases of government inaction or passive action in promoting and implementing this policy. As Yu Zhizhi says in &amp;quot;The Record of the First&amp;quot;, although the Qing court had a prohibition on the destruction of obscene words and operas, there were many people in power who regarded it as a piece of paper and sat on it.--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 11:07, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Especially in the centralized politics where imperial power reigned supreme after the Kangxi’s reign, I am afraid that no translation of Chinese works could be come out without the support of the supreme ruler. In fact, although the prohibition of obscene novels was a long-standing cultural policy of the Qing Dynasty, there were cases of government inaction or passive action in promoting and implementing this policy. As Yu Zhi says in &amp;quot;The Record of the First&amp;quot;, although the Qing court had a prohibition on the destruction of obscene poems and operas, there were many people in power who regarded it as a piece of paper and sat by and did nothing.--[[User:Xiong Min|Xiong Min]] ([[User talk:Xiong Min|talk]]) 07:11, 1 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
乾隆三年，朝廷在颁布禁毁之令时，即关注到了地方官府执行不力的情况，认为这是导致禁毁失败的主要原因。而政府的消极作为主要来自两方面的原因，其一是所谓“人情”，即人之本性，其二是小说本身的应世性，即有助于市民在长期遭受禁欲主义后宣泄情绪。正是由于人心、人情难禁，因而《金瓶梅》的翻译与刊刻便有了生存空间。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third year of  Qianlong’s reign, the court issued the restraining order and noticed the inefficiency of local governments, which was believed as the main cause of failure. The government’s working inefficiency resulted from two reasons. One was “renqing” which is human nature. The other was the practicality of novel, which did help citizens alleviate pressure after being depressed for a long time. It was human nature that made the translation and publication of “The plum in the Golden Vase” possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third year of Qianlong’s reign, the court issued the restraining order and noticed the inefficiency of local governments which was believed as the main cause of failure. The government’s working inefficiency resulted from two reasons. One was “RenQing” which is represent human nature. The other was the practicality of novel, which did help citizens alleviate pressure after being depressed for a long time. It was human nature that made the translation and publication of ''The plum in the Golden Vase'' has room for survival.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 11:50, 4 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
正如王汝梅先生所说，康熙年间政府一再严谨淫词小说，而以满文翻译《金瓶梅》，其工程可谓浩大，因而该书的翻译不可能只是民间行为。恰恰相反，《金瓶梅》的翻译势必是得到了康熙帝御准的，由翻书房具体策划和实施的“计划内工程”。《金瓶梅》的满文译本成书于康熙四十七年，全书共计四十卷一百回，其存本与抄本被分别收藏于国家图书馆、中央民族大学图书馆、中国社科院民族研究所、北京民族文化宫、大连图书馆、吉林大学图书馆，并另有赵则诚先生藏本一部。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Mr. Wang Rumei said, during the Kangxi period, the government repeatedly banned pornographic novels, and the task of translating Jin Ping Mei into Manchu was huge. Therefore, the translation of jin Ping Mei could not be just a folk act. On the contrary, the translation of Jin Ping Mei must have been approved by Emperor Kangxi and specifically planned and implemented by Fanshufang. The Manchu translation of Jin Ping Mei was completed in the 47th year of Kangxi, with a total of 40 volumes and 100 chapters. Its deposits and transcripts are collected in the National Library, the Central University for Nationalities Library, the Institute of Ethnic Studies of the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences, Beijing National Culture Palace, Dalian Library, and Jilin University Library, and one copy in the collection of Mr. Zhao Zecheng.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 06:20, 28 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Mr. Wang Rumei said, during the Kangxi period, the government repeatedly banned pornographic novels, and the task of translating ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'' into Manchu was huge. Therefore, the translation of ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'' could not be just completed by the folks. On the contrary, it must have been approved by Emperor Kangxi and specifically planned and implemented by Translation Office. The Manchu translation of ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'' was completed in the 47th year of Kangxi, with a total of 40 volumes and 100 chapters. Its deposits and transcripts are collected in the National Library, the Central University for Nationalities Library, the Institute of Ethnic Studies of the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences, Beijing National Culture Palace, Dalian Library, and Jilin University Library, and one copy in the collection of Mr. Zhao Zecheng.--[[User:Yan Jing|Yan Jing]] ([[User talk:Yan Jing|talk]]) 03:41, 2 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
上述藏本中，既有刊本，又有抄本，其中多数又为残本。如前所述，关于《金瓶梅》满文译本到底出自何人之手，学界长期存在争议，其中原因无疑与译本序言中并未明确译者姓名有关。同时，译本序言本身又缺乏作者，使得译本的归属如同原著的作者一样更加扑素迷离。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the above collections, there are both printed and copied edition, most of which are fragmentary. As mentioned above, there has been a long-standing controversy in the academic circles about who wrote the Manchu translation of ''The Plum in the Golden Vase'', which is undoubtedly related to the fact that the name of the translator is not clear in the preface of the translation. At the same time, the preface itself lacks the author, which makes the ownership of the translation more blurred like the author of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
which is undoubtedly connected with the fact that the name of the translator is not clear in the preface of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 12:48, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽然如此，一般仍认为和素即是该书的译者，一则是因为昭梿的《啸亭杂录》和《啸亭续录》中均提及此事，且昭梿本人又是皇族之后，其所言所记当属可信。另一方面，康熙四十七年，和素曾奉敕纂成《清文鉴》一书，而《金瓶梅》的满文译本刊印于康熙四十五年，其序言的刊行时间则与《清文鉴》的成书时间相同，二者的编纂和翻译时间相距较短，期间必有关联。王汝梅先生在和候忠义先生合编《金瓶梅资料汇编》一书时，曾经从赵则诚先生处借得满文本《金瓶梅》，并请刘厚生先生将满文序文译成汉语，认为该序言表明译者即是和素。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is still generally believed that He Su was the translator of the book, partly because Zhaofan's &amp;quot;Xiao Ting Miscellaneous Records &amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Xiao Ting Miscellaneous Records·Sequel&amp;quot; are mentioned in this matter, and Zhaofan himself is a descendant of the royal family, what he said should be credible. On the other hand, in the 47th year of the Kangxi dynasty, He Su was ordered by the Emperor to write the ''Imperial Code of Qing Wen Jian'', and the Manchu version of Jin Ping Mei was published in the 45th year of the Kangxi dynasty. The publishing time of its preface was the same as that of the ''Imperial Code of Qing Wen Jian''. The compilation and translation time of the two is relatively short, so there must be a correlation between them. When Mr. Wang Rumei and Mr. Hou Zhongyi were co-editing the ''Jin Ping Mei Data Collection'', he borrowed the full text of ''Jin Ping Mei'' from Mr. Zhao Zecheng and asked Mr. Liu Housheng to translate the Manchu preface into Chinese, believing that the preface indicated that the translator was He Su.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 08:31, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, it is generally believed that Hesu is the translator of the book. On the one hand, it is mentioned in Zhaohe's miscellaneous records of Xiaoting and continuation of Xiaoting, and after Zhaohe himself is a royal family, his words and records are credible. On the other hand, in the 47th year of Kangxi, Hesu was compiled into qingwenjian by imperial edict, while the Manchu translation of Jin Ping Mei was published in the 45th year of Kangxi. The publication time of its preface is the same as that of qingwenjian. The compilation and translation time between them is short, and the period must be related. When Mr. Wang Rumei and Mr. Hou Zhongyi jointly compiled the compilation of Jin Ping Mei materials, he once borrowed the full text of Jin Ping Mei from Mr. Zhao Zecheng and asked Mr. Liu housheng to translate the Manchu preface into Chinese. He believed that the preface showed that the translator was a harmony element.--[[User:Yan Zihan|Yan Zihan]] ([[User talk:Yan Zihan|talk]]) 07:09, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但满文本《金瓶梅》序言中，介绍的主要是该书的故事梗概，明确指出了该书的劝戒之意，并有“是以令其译之”，以及“余趁闲暇之时作了修订”等语，但由于序言本身缺乏作者，因而此处所说的“其”（即译者）系指谁，且该译者又是受“令”于谁等，皆成疑问。然而，满文本《金瓶梅》确系译自崇祯本《金瓶梅词话》，同时参照了张竹坡的《金瓶梅》点评本，这一点已成共识。众所周知，张评本《金瓶梅》刊刻于康熙三十四年，其底本同样是崇祯本《金瓶梅词话》，而满译本《金瓶梅》成书于康熙四十五年，前后相距十三年。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the preface of the Manchu text Jin Ping Mei mainly introduces the story outline of the book, It clearly points out the meaning of the book's admonition, and has the words &amp;quot;to make it translated&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;I revised it in my spare time&amp;quot;. But due to the lack of author in the preamble, It is doubtful who is the &amp;quot;Qi&amp;quot; (the translator) refers to here, and whose &amp;quot;command&amp;quot; the translator has received. However, the Manchu text Jin Ping Mei is indeed translated from Chongzhen's Jin Ping Mei CI Hua, and also refers to Zhang Zhupo's comment on Jin Ping Mei, which has become a consensus. As we all know, Zhang Ping's Jin Ping Mei was published and engraved in the 34th year of Kangxi, and its base copy is also Chongzhen's Jin Ping Mei CI Hua, while the Manchu translation of Jin Ping Mei was completed in the 45th year of Kangxi, 13 years apart.--[[User:Yan Zihan|Yan Zihan]] ([[User talk:Yan Zihan|talk]]) 02:31, 29 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the preface of Jin Ping Mei in the Manchu translation mainly introduces the outline of the book, explicitly points out that the meaning of the book's admonition and that has the words &amp;quot;to make it translated&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;to revise it in spare time&amp;quot;. But due to the lack of author in the preface, It is doubtful who is the translator in it, and whom &amp;quot;command&amp;quot; the translator. However,  However, it has become a consensus that the Manchu version of Jin Ping Mei is indeed translated from Chongzhen edition of Ci hua of Jin Ping Mei, with reference to zhang Zhupo's commentary edition of Jin Ping Mei. As is known to all, Zhang's Jin Ping Mei was printed in the 34th year of the Reign of Emperor Kangxi, and its original version is also the Edition of Jin Ping Mei in the period of Emperor Chongzhen, while the Manchu version of Jin Ping Mei was completed in the 45th year of the Reign of Emperor Kangxi, 13 years apart.--[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 12:17, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在此期间，虽然该书的满文翻译到底缘起于何时，仍不得而知，但考虑到译者对于底本的比堪与研究，其翻译的过程势必绵长。三、《金瓶梅》翻译中的意识形态审查。不同于《三国演义》中“文不甚深，言不甚俗”的语言特点，《金瓶梅》中充斥着大量情色描写。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, although the exact origin of the Manchu translation of this book remains to be find, considering the translator’s comparison and research on the original, the process of translation is bound to be long. Third, the ideological review in the translation of Jin Ping Mei. Different from the Romance of The Three Kingdoms, in which the writing is not too abstruse and the words are not vulgar, Jin Ping Mei is flooded with erotic descriptions.--[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 02:39, 29 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period, although the exact time of the Manchu translation of &amp;quot;The Plum in the Golden Vase&amp;quot; is still unknown, considering the translator's comparison and research on the original text, the translation process is bound to be a long period. Third, The ideological review in the translation of &amp;quot;The Plum in the Golden Vase&amp;quot;. Different from the linguistic characteristics of &amp;quot;The Romance of the Three Kingdoms&amp;quot;, in which  the writing is not too abstruse and the words are not vulgar&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;The Plum in the Golden Vase&amp;quot; is full of erotic descriptions., --[[User:Yang Aijiang|Yang Aijiang]] ([[User talk:Yang Aijiang|talk]]) 01:47, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
同时，虽然《金瓶梅》的满文译本最终成书于康熙年间，但统治者对于此书的翻译讳莫如深，这一点也明显不同于《清实录》等文献中关于清初诸帝好读《三国演义》，并敕译此书的历史现实。态度上的前后转变，其中必有起因。正如丁原基在《清代康雍乾三朝禁书原因之研究》中所说，清代各朝之所以频兴文字狱，其中原因虽不尽相同，但亦必有之。例如，康熙初年，明朝遗老怀故国之思者甚多，其所撰作品自然入禁毁之列。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, although the Manchu translation of &amp;quot;The Plum in the Golden Vase&amp;quot; was finally written in the Kangxi period, the rulers were extremely reticent about the translation of this book. It is also obviously different from the fact stated in &amp;quot;Factual Record of Qing Dynasty&amp;quot; and other documents that the rulers in the early Qing Dynasty were fond of reading &amp;quot;The Romance of the Three Kingdoms&amp;quot; and they ordered their ministers to translate the historical reality of this book. There must be a cause for the change in attitude. As Ding Yuanji said in &amp;quot;Research on the Reasons for the Officially Banned Books in the Three Periods of Kang, Yong and Qian in Qing Dynasty&amp;quot;, the reasons for the frequent rise of literary inquisition in various periods of Qing Dynasty were a little bit different, but still there were some reasons behind it. For example, in the early years of Kangxi, there were many old adherents of the Ming dynasty who missed their country.As a result, their works were forbidden and destroyed.--[[User:Yang Aijiang|Yang Aijiang]] ([[User talk:Yang Aijiang|talk]]) 01:31, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, although the Manchu translation of &amp;quot;The Plum in the Golden Vase&amp;quot; was finally completed in the Kangxi period, the rulers were extremely reticent about the translation of this book,which is also obviously different from the fact stated in &amp;quot;Factual Record of Qing Dynasty&amp;quot; and other documents that the rulers in the early Qing Dynasty were fond of reading &amp;quot;The Romance of the Three Kingdoms&amp;quot; and they ordered their ministers to translate the historical reality of this book. There must be a cause for the change in attitude. As Ding Yuanji said in &amp;quot;Research on the Reasons for the Officially Banned Books in the Three Periods of Kang, Yong and Qian in Qing Dynasty&amp;quot;, the reasons for the high frequency of literary inquisition in various periods of Qing Dynasty were a little bit different, but still there were some reasons behind it. For example, in the early years of Kangxi, there were many old adherents of the Ming dynasty who missed their country.As a result, their works were forbidden and destroyed.--[[User:Yang Kun|Yang Kun]] ([[User talk:Yang Kun|talk]]) 02:43, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
康熙仙逝，雍正得其帝位，然而由于朝野疑窦重重，政权未稳，朝廷对于舆论也倍加留心。乾隆年间，虽然朝廷奉敕开设四库馆，博取奖励学术的美名，但禁书之苛刻同样无出其右。如康熙朝初期，由于圣祖表彰理学，故而御纂朱子全书，以及群经性理诸编。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kangxi passed away and Yongzheng won his throne. However, due to the doubts of the royal court and the instability of his regime, the court paid more attention to public opinion. During the period of Qianlong, although the royal court set up Four Storehouses, which won the reputation of rewarding scholarship, the harshness of banned books was also unparalleled. For example, in the early period of the Kangxi, because Kangxi commended Neo-Confucianism, Qianlong ordered to compile the complete books of Zhu Zi and the Confucian classics.--[[User:Yang Kun|Yang Kun]] ([[User talk:Yang Kun|talk]]) 12:53, 29 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kangxi passed away and Yongzheng succeeded to the throne. However, due to the doubts of the royal court and the instability of his regime, the court paid more attention to public opinions. During the reign of Qianlong, although the royal court set up Four Storehouses, which won the reputation of rewarding scholarship, the harshness of banned books was still incomparable. For example, in the early period of Kangxi Dynasty, the emperor ordered to compile the complete books of Zhu Zi and the Confucian classics because the founding emperor commended Neo-Confucianism.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 03:26, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
康熙二十五年，上谕礼部及翰林院，指出经学史乘务必以“修齐治平，助成德化者方为有用”，而“有乖经术，异端邪说”，则概不准录。即是在此背景下，南怀仁的《穷理学》译本因为实属“诡言邪说”、“语既不经”，也遭到禁毁。此次遭到禁毁的《穷理学》二书译成于康熙二十二年，共六十卷，由南怀仁于同年八月进呈御览。&lt;br /&gt;
In the 25th year of the Reign of Emperor Kangxi,the Ministry of Rites and Literati House have been ordered that Confucian classics and books about official history &amp;quot;cannot be called useful unless they are for the purpose of improving self-cultivation and governance of country and helping people to become virtuous&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;those deviated from Confucian classics and those heresies&amp;quot; will not be embodied. It was in such an background that the translation of &amp;quot;Philosophy of pursuing truth&amp;quot; by Nan Huairen was banned and destroyed because it was regarded as &amp;quot;paradoxical, heretical and unorthodox&amp;quot;. The books of &amp;quot;Philosophy of pursuing truth&amp;quot; which were banned and destroyed had been translated in the 26th year of the reign of Kangxi Dynasty,consisting of 60 volumes, which Nan Huairen submitted to the imperial review in August of the same year.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 03:02, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 25th year of the Reign of Emperor Kangxi,the Ministry of Rites and Literati House have been ordered that the Confucian classics and historical books &amp;quot;must be useful for the purpose of improving self-cultivation, of the stable governance of country and of helping people to be virtuous&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;those deviated from Confucian classics and those heresies&amp;quot; can not be included. It was exactly in such background that the translation of &amp;quot;Philosophy of pursuing truth&amp;quot; by Nan Huairen was banned and destroyed for it was regarded as &amp;quot;paradoxical, heretical and unorthodox&amp;quot;. The two books of &amp;quot;Philosophy of pursuing truth&amp;quot; banned and destroyed were translated in the 26th year of the reign of Kangxi Dynasty,consisting of 60 volumes, which Nan Huairen later submitted to the imperial review in august of the same year.--[[User:Ye Weijie|Ye Weijie]] ([[User talk:Ye Weijie|talk]]) 14:16, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所谓《穷理学》，用徐宗泽的话说，便是“论理学”，该书或译自亚里士多德哲学中的某一部分，或续译傅汎际（Francois Furtado）、李之藻合译的《名理探》。南怀仁在进呈此书译本的奏折中指出：进穷理学之书，以明历理，以广开百学之门，永垂万世事。窃惟治历明时，为帝王之首务；今我皇上治历明时，超越百代，如太阳之光，超越诸星之光。&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called ''Qiongli Xue'' is considered “views about science ” in Xu Zongze's opinion. The book Qiongli Xue is either translated from a certain part of Aristotle's philosophy, or a continuation of the translation of &amp;quot;Ming Li Tan&amp;quot; by Francois Furtado and Li Zhizao. Nan Huairen pointed out in the memorial to the translation of this book: By the thorough studying of the books of science, from the understanding of all the science theory in the past, with the establishment of every subject, to the reigning in forever time. Maintaining the stability of society is emperor's first task. Now our reignment is stable and prosperous, no dynasty else could compete, as every star dims before the glory of great sun.--[[User:Ye Weijie|Ye Weijie]] ([[User talk:Ye Weijie|talk]]) 13:59, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called &amp;quot;QiongLiXue &amp;quot;, in the words of Xu Zongze, is the &amp;quot;theory of science&amp;quot;, the book is either translated from a part of Aristotle's philosophy, or continue to translate the translation of Francois Furtado, Li Zhizao's translation of the &amp;quot;name and theory of exploration&amp;quot;. Nan Huairen in the submission of the translation of this book, pointed out: into the book of poor science, in order to understand the calendar, in order to widely open the door of a hundred studies, eternal things. The emperor's first task is to rule the calendar and to understand the time; now our emperor rules the calendar and understands the time, beyond a hundred generations, like the light of the sun, beyond the light of the stars.--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 12:44, 7 November 2021 (UTC)Yi  Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
然盖历法有属法之数，有立法之理，设惟有其法之数，而无其法之理，即如人惟有形体，而无灵性，亦如诸天惟有定所，而无运动之照临焉。夫历理为诸星恒动定规之所由，如泉源为水流之之所自也。……今我皇上之治历，已为全备，其书则有永年历表，有灵台仪象志，有诸历之理指一百五十余卷。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the calendar has the number and theory of the law. If there is only the number of the law, but don’t have the theory, that is, as a person only has a body without spirituality, and as the sky only has a fixed place, but no movement of the illumination. The calendar for the constant movement  as the stars move the rules of the origin, or as the water flow from the source...Nowadays, our emperor's calendar has been fully prepared, and its books include the calendar of eternal years, the spiritual platform, and more than one hundred and fifty volumes of the calendar.--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 07:22, 3 November 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the calendar has both the number and theory of the law. If there is only the number of the law, but don’t have the theory, that is, as if a person only has a body without spirituality, and as if the sky only has a fixed place, but no movement of the illumination. The design for calendar is because of the constant movement of the stars, just as the water flow from the source...Nowadays, our emperor's calendar has been fully prepared, and its books include the calendar of eternal years, the spiritual platform, and more than one hundred and fifty volumes of the calendar.--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 08:34, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
历典光明，可谓极矣。然臣犹有请者，非为加历理之内光，惟加历理之外光，将所载诸书之历理，开穷理之学，以发明之，使习历者知其数，并知其理，而后其光发见于外也。《穷理学》虽然翻译了亚里士多德的演绎推理等理论，但它也翻译了古希腊的自然哲学内容，以及近代西方的科学知识，因而并非专门的逻辑学译著。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compilation of the calendar has reached its peak in this dynasty. However, I still have something to present, not aiming to complement the calendar but to further promote it. I will record books on calendar theory and create a study of calendar theory, so as to create new methods on it, so that people who study calendar can know the number of calendar and its principle, and then carry forward the calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
Although ''Thorough Iquiry into Physics'' translated Aristotle's theories like deductive reasoning, it also translated the natural philosophy of ancient Greece and modern western scientific knowledge, so it is not a special translation for logic.--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 02:24, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grandness of the compilation of the calendar is unparalled. However, I still have something to present, aiming not to complement the calendar but to further promote it. I will record books on calendar theory and create a study of it, so that people who study calendar can know both the number and principles of the calender, and then carry it forward .&lt;br /&gt;
Although the translation of Aristotle's theories like deductive reasoning were included in ''Thorough Inquiry into Physics'', so were the natural philosophy of ancient Greece and modern western scientific knowledge. Therefore it is by no means a mere translation for logic.--[[User:Yin Meida|Yin Meida]] ([[User talk:Yin Meida|talk]]) 01:43, 5 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《影响中国近代社会的一百种译著》中，曾有人将《穷理学》看作《名理探》的补译，认为南怀仁翻译此书，只是为了证明“目的论”这一经院哲学中的基本概念，这一观点显然值得商榷。《穷理学》译本中，固然摄入了逻辑学、方法论等形而上学的内容，但同时也摄入了力学、数学等自然科学知识。上文中，南怀仁借进呈《穷理学》译本之际，极力宣陈修历的重要性，并将“穷理学”看作“百学之宗”，认为它有如砺石，可以之试真；有如蘑堪，可以之订非；有如眼目，可以之明悟。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book ''One Hundred Translations that influenced Modern Chinese Society'', some people viewed ''Thorough Inquiry into Physics'' as a supplementary translation of ''Dialectic'', and that Nan Huairen's purpose of translating the book was to prove Skopos Theory, a basic concept in Scholasticism, which is obviously worth discussing. It's true that contents of metaphysics like logic and methodology were included in the translation of ''Thorough Inquiry into Physics'' ,but so were knowledge of natural sciences like mechanics and mathematics alike. In the above article, Nan Huairen made an utmost effort to claim the importance of revising calendar. He regarded ''Thorough Inquiry into Physics'' as &amp;quot; the center of one hundred schools&amp;quot; ,which is like a burr that could distinguish the genuine from the fake, an exam that could tell problems and the eyes that could see things through.--[[User:Yin Meida|Yin Meida]] ([[User talk:Yin Meida|talk]]) 00:54, 5 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''One Hundred Translations that influenced Modern Chinese Society'', some people regarded ''Thorough Inquiry into Physics'' as a supplementary translation of ''Dialectic'', and that Nan Huairen's purpose of translating the book was to prove Skopos Theory, a basic concept in Scholasticism, which is obviously worth discussing. It's true that the contents of metaphysics like logic and methodology were included in the translation of ''Thorough Inquiry into Physics'' ,but so were knowledge of natural sciences like mechanics and mathematics alike. Above the content, Nan Huairen made an great effort to stress the importance of revising calendar and regarded ''Thorough Inquiry into Physics'' as &amp;quot; the center of one hundred schools&amp;quot; ,which is like a burr that could distinguish the genuine from the fake, an exam that could correct wrongs and the eyes that could see through things.--[[User:Yin Yuan|Yin Yuan]] ([[User talk:Yin Yuan|talk]]) 12:37, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
概言之，便是“诸学之首需者”。康熙二十二年，《穷理学》完成编译，同年八月二十六日进呈康熙皇帝。康熙帝御览此书后，曾降旨礼部和翰林院，敕令其“会同详看议奏”，但士大夫们经过议复之后，不少人对此抱持异议，其中甚至有强烈抵触者，因而康熙帝只能将此书译本退还南怀仁。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, what is needed is what should be learning first. In the twenty-second year of Kangxi, the complication of ''Through Inquiry into Physics'' was finished and submitted to the Emperor Kangxi on the August 26th the same year. After reading this book, the Emperor Kangxi had ordered the Ministry of Rites and the Imperial Academy to gather to read and discuss in detail. But after the discussion of scholar-bureaucrats, many people agreed, even some of them had strong resistance about it. Therefore, the Emperor Kangxi had to return this complication to Nan Huairen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, what is needed is what should be learning first. In the twenty-second year of Kangxi, the compilation of ''Through Inquiry into Physics'' was finished and submitted to the Emperor Kangxi on the August 26th the same year. After reading this book, the Emperor Kangxi had issued a imperial decree gathering the Ministry of Rites and the Imperial Academy to read and discuss in detail. But after the discussion of scholar-bureaucrats, many people disagreed, even some of them had strong resistance about it. Therefore, the Emperor Kangxi had to return this compilation to Nan Huairen.--[[User:Zhan Ruoxuan|Zhan Ruoxuan]] ([[User talk:Zhan Ruoxuan|talk]]) 09:37, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
格物致知的书籍尚且如此，诲淫诲盗的小说更不用说。仍以《金瓶梅》的满文翻译与传播接受为例，即可知此。众所周知，大清立国之后，虽然制度上有不少因袭明代之处，但文化政策整体偏紧。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was the case with books which studied phenomena to acquire knowledge , not to mention novels on prostitution and piracy. Still taking the translation and dissemination of &amp;quot;Jin Ping Mei&amp;quot; in Manchu as an example, we can know that. As we all know, after the establishment of the Qing Dynasty, although the system had inherited from that of the Ming Dynasty a lot, but the overall cultural policies were a little bit tight.--[[User:Zhan Ruoxuan|Zhan Ruoxuan]] ([[User talk:Zhan Ruoxuan|talk]]) 09:27, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
The same is true of books about physical knowledge, not to mention novels about obscene deeds. --[[User:Zhang Qiuyi|Zhang Qiuyi]] ([[User talk:Zhang Qiuyi|talk]]) 15:01, 4 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
康熙年间，由于皇帝热衷儒学，后又在汉官劝谏下将兴趣引导至理学方向，因而对君德圣学、政教纪纲等，尤为重视。康熙九年，圣祖颁布《圣训十六条》，强调教化为先，而非法令为亟，其中便对所谓“近见风俗日敝，人心不古”的情形进行训斥。为此，康熙帝敕令内、外文武各官，务必“敦孝弟以重人伦”，“黜异端以崇正学”，“明礼让以厚风俗”，要求他们“督率举行”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of Kangxi, because the emperor was keen on Confucianism, he later guided his interest to the direction of Neo Confucianism under the advice of Han officials, so he paid special attention to the study of Jun De Sheng and the discipline of politics and religion. In the ninth year of Kangxi's reign, the emperor Shengzu promulgated the sixteen articles of the holy sermon, which emphasized the importance of education rather than laws and regulations. Among them, he reprimanded the so-called situation of &amp;quot;seeing that the customs are getting worse and the people's hearts are not ancient&amp;quot;. Therefore, Emperor Kangxi decreed that civil and military officials at home and abroad must &amp;quot;respect human relations&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dethrone heretics to uphold righteousness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Ming rites and concessions to thick customs&amp;quot;, and asked them to &amp;quot;supervise the holding of meetings&amp;quot;.--[[User:Zhang Qiuyi|Zhang Qiuyi]] ([[User talk:Zhang Qiuyi|talk]]) 08:15, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of Kangxi, as the emperor was keen on Confucianism, he later guided his interest to the direction of Neo Confucianism under the admonish of Han officials, so he paid special attention to the study of Jun De Sheng and the discipline of politics and religion. Under the ninth year of Kangxi's reign, the emperor Shengzu promulgated ''the sixteen articles of the holy sermon'', which emphasized the importance of education rather than laws and regulations. Among them, he reprimanded the so-called situation of &amp;quot;seeing that the customs are getting worse and the people's hearts are not conventional anymore&amp;quot;. Therefore, Emperor Kangxi decreed that civil and military officials at home and abroad must &amp;quot;respect human relations&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dethrone heretics to uphold righteousness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;learn rites and concessions to enrich customs&amp;quot;, and asked them to &amp;quot;supervise and take the lead&amp;quot;.--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 14:41, 5 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
康熙三十九年，圣祖亲征塑漠蒙古凯旋，并在太学立碑，其中又强调“以文德化成天下”的重要。康熙四十一年，圣祖颁布《训饬士子文》，再次声明“隆重师儒”、“厘剔弊端”、“务期风教修明”。上述谕令皆发生在满译本《金瓶梅》成书之前，无疑会对后者产生重要影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 39th year under the reign of Kangxi, Shengzu went on an expedition to Mongolian desert by himself and made a triumphant return, erecting a monument in the Imperial College, on which also emphasized the importance of &amp;quot;conquering the world with cultural and moral uprightness&amp;quot;. In year 41, Shengzu the emperor promulgated ''Xunchi Shiziwen'', declaring that &amp;quot;to grandly teach Confucianism&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;to eliminate malpractices&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;to cultivate morality and wisdom&amp;quot;. All the above decrees took place before the completion of the full translation of ''Jin Ping Mei'', which will undoubtedly have an important impact on the latter. --[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 13:46, 2 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 39th year under the reign of Kangxi, Shengzu went on an expedition to Mongolian desert by himself and made a triumphant return, erecting a monument in the Imperial College, on which also emphasized the importance of &amp;quot;conquering the world with cultural and moral uprightness&amp;quot;. In the 41th year under the reign of Kangxi, Shengzu the emperor promulgated ''''Xunchi Shiziwen'''', declaring that &amp;quot;to grandly teach Confucianism&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;to eliminate malpractices&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;to cultivate morality and wisdom&amp;quot;. All the above decrees took place before the completion of the full translation of ''The Golden Lotus'' which will undoubtedly have an important impact on the latter.--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 07:17, 3 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
康熙五十三年，上谕诸臣，指出“正人心”、“厚风俗”与“治天下”之间的关系，要求崇尚经学，严禁小说淫词。为此，朝臣奉旨议定条例，规定坊间一切小说淫词，务必悉数查绝，并将板片书籍予以销毁，违者从重治罪。在清廷严厉的禁书背景下，《金瓶梅》及其满文译本将会遭受何种命运，便不得而知。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fifty-third year of the Kangxi reign,an oracle was issued to all ministers，pointing out the relationship between “correcting the hearts of the people”，“thickening custom”and “ruling the world”，demanding that scripture be revered and that novels and obscene words be strictly forbidden. To this end,the imperial ministers were instructed to agree on regulations that all novels and obscene words must be eliminated from the streets and taht the books must be destroyed,and that offenders should be punished severely. Against the backdrop of the Qing court’s strict ban on books, it is not known what fate would befall ''The Golden Lotus'' and its Manchu translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fifty-third year of the Kangxi reign,an oracle was issued to all ministers，pointing out the relationship between “correcting people‘s minds”，“strengthening custom”and “ruling the empire”，demanding that scripture should be revered and novels and obscene words be strictly forbidden. So the imperial ministers were instructed to stipulate regulations that all novels and obscene words must be eliminated. And the books must be destroyed. All offenders should be punished severely. Against the backdrop of the Qing court’s strict ban on books, it is not known what fate would befall ''The Golden Lotus'' and its Manchu translation.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 14:56, 1 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
自太祖朝以来，清初翻译汉文古典小说，皆以教化为主，而以文学性为次。统治者寄望于翻译的不是文学的审美作用，而是正确的价值观念和人伦纲纪思想。换言之，通过翻译，塑造道德，规范秩序，实现向善求真。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the Taizu Dynasty, the translation of Chinese classical novels in the early Qing Dynasty has mainly focused on enlightenment, partially on literariness. The rulers think that the purpose of translation is not for literary aesthetic，but for the establishing of correct values and ethics. In other words, through translation, we can shape morality, standardize order and realize the pursuit of goodness and truth.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 02:56, 28 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the Taizu Dynasty, the translation of Chinese classical novels in the early Qing Dynasty has mainly focused on moralization, partially on literariness. The rulers hope that the purpose of translation is not for literary aesthetic，but for the establishment of correct values and ethics. In other words, through translation, we can shape morality, standardize order and realize the pursuit of goodness and truth.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 01:52, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
而《金瓶梅》的翻译显然不具备以上作用，它既不像《四书》、《五经》的翻译那样能够启迪心性，荡涤灵魂，又不像《三国演义》般能够探求兵略，维护社会稳定。虽然《金瓶梅》中过于露骨的文字描述使得它不适合翻刻、刊行，但其满文译本最终仍得以成书，并流传于世，其中原因固然有多种可能，但统治者的首肯或默许必是其中之一。如黄润华在《满文翻译小说述略》中所说，满译本《金瓶梅》的问世，不论其译者为谁，或和素，或徐元梦，必定是获得了特别的许可，因而才能译成满文并刊刻行世。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But the translation of Jin Ping Mei obviously does not have the above functions. It is not like the translation of the Four Books and the Five Classics that can enlighten people’s mind, or like the Romance of the Three Kingdoms that can explore strategies and maintain social stability. Although the explicit description of Jin Ping Mei makes it not suitable for translation or publication, its Manchu translation is eventually translated into a book and has spread throughout the world. There are many possible reasons for it, but the consent or acquiescence of the ruler must be one of them. As Huang Runhua said in A Brief Review of Manchu Translated Novels, the publication of the Manchu version of Jin Ping Mei, no matter who the translator is, He Su or Xu Yuanmeng, must have obtained special permission to be translated into Manchu and published in the world.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 01:42, 30 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But the translation of Jin Ping Mei obviously does not have the above functions. It is not like the translation of the Four Books and the Five Classics that can enlighten people’s mind and purify their souls, or like the Romance of the Three Kingdoms that can explore strategies and maintain social stability. Although the obscene description of Jin Ping Mei makes it not suitable for translation or publication, its Manchu translation is eventually translated into a book and has spread throughout the world. There are many possible reasons for it, but the consent or acquiescence of the ruler must be one of them. As Huang Runhua said in A Brief Review of Manchu Translated Novels, the publication of the Manchu version of Jin Ping Mei, no matter who the translator is, He Su or Xu Yuanmeng, must have obtained special permission to be translated into Manchu and published in the world.--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 01:00, 31 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
也只有得到最高统治者的默允，才不致因为擅自翻译刊印而受到惩处。事实上，早在顺治九年，清廷即出台明令，严禁翻刻琐语淫词。康熙二年，圣祖重申此禁，对淫词小说的利害关系晓之以理。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only being granted the permission of the supreme ruler, can they free away from punishment for translating and printing obscene novel without authorization. In fact, in the ninth year of the Sun Zhi Period, Qing government issued public proclamation to prohibit translating obscene words. In the second year of Kang Xi Period, the emperor Kang Xi reaffirmed this order, which enabled the public to know the dangers of obscene novels.--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 05:24, 28 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only being granted the permission of the supreme ruler, can they free away from punishment for translating and printing obscene novel without authorization. In fact, in the ninth year of the Sun Zhi Period, Qing government issued public proclamation to prohibit translating risque book. In the second year of Kang Xi Period, the emperor Kang Xi reaffirmed this injunction, which enabled the public to know the dangers of obscene novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
然而，由于大清入关之初，全国尚未完成一统，统治者的政策重心在于武力征伐和国家统一，为此便需要笼络人心，因而朝廷对于汉族小说及其翻译并未有多大偏见。昭梿在《啸亭杂录》中说，和素翻译绝精，由他所翻译的《金瓶梅》、《西厢记》等书广受好评，所谓“人皆争诵”，即可说明此点。康熙年间，虽然朝廷加大了对于淫词小说的禁毁，但大体而言，自顺治元年至康熙二十二年之间，由于朝廷文禁的重点在于政治倾向显著的作品，因而对于琐语淫词类小说的禁毁和惩处，影响较小。据石昌渝考证，清初小说中被朝廷查处论罪者，仅有两部，即《无声戏二集》和《续金瓶梅》。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, at the time of the Qing dynasty's invasion, the whole country had not yet been unified, and the ruler's policy focus on military conquest and national unification, so the ruler needed to win the love of people. Therefore, the court did not have much prejudice against Han novels and their version of translation.  In ''You pavilion miscellanea'' Zhao Lian said ''Jin Ping Mei'','' Western chamber'' and other books translated by He’su were widely praised, reached the level of &amp;quot;everyone rushed to read&amp;quot;, which can show Hesu’s superb translation level. During Kangxi’s reign, the government strengthened the prohibition and destruction of the risque novel, but overall, from the first year of Shunzhi to Kangxi twenty-two years, due to the ban of imperial court was focused on political leanings remarkable work,  the denial and punishment for the risque novel were mild. According to the Shi Changyu textual research, only two novels were prohibited and punished in early Qing Dynasty, which were ''Silent Drama 2'' and  ''Sequel to Jin Ping Mei''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, at the beginning of Manchu entered the Shanhaiguan Pass, the unification of the whole country had not been completed, and the emperor focused on military expedition and national reunification. Therefore, the government did not have much prejudice against Han novels and their translation in order to win the supports of the people. In the The Miscellaneous Records of Xiaoting, Zhao zhe said that He Su was proficient in translation. His translations of Jin Ping Mei and the story of The West Chamber were widely praised. The so-called &amp;quot;everyone competes for recitation&amp;quot; can illustrate this point. During the Kangxi period, although the imperial court increased the prohibition and destruction of pornographic novels, generally speaking, from the first year of Shunzhi to the 22nd year of Kangxi, the imperial court focused on works with salient political tendencies. Accordingly, it had little impact on the prohibition and punishment of pornographic novels. According to Shi Changyu's research, there were only two novels in the early Qing Dynasty that were investigated and punished by the imperial court, namely, Silent Drama II and The Sequel to Jin Ping Mei.--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 00:05, 31 October 2021 (UTC)--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 00:05, 31 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但需要指出的是，《续金瓶梅》之所以获罪，其原因不在于它续写《金瓶梅》人物在所谓“后世”中的混乱生活，而是因为它将满族的发祥地描写为人、兽同居同食的野蛮地。因而，清初之际，朝廷对于淫词小说的接受，以及对于小说创作的限制，整体上仍然较为宽松。而《金瓶梅》的翻译、成书乃是康熙朝中后期的事，此时的朝廷对于“端风俗、正人心”有了日益深刻的认识，因而不仅强化了思想控制，而且加强了对于小说翻译与小说创作的管制。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But what needs to be pointed out is that the reason why The Sequel of Jin Ping Mei was convicted is not because it continues the chaotic life of the characters in Jin Ping Mei in the so-called &amp;quot;later generations&amp;quot;, but because it describes the birthplace of the Manchu as a barbaric place where people and animals live and eat together. However, at the beginning of the Qing Dynasty, the government 's acceptance of pornographic novels was relatively high and the restrictions on novel creation was still relatively loose on the whole. While the translation and completion of Jin Ping Mei was in the middle and late reign of Kangxi. At that time, the imperial court had an increasingly profound understanding of &amp;quot;stick to the customs and purify people's hearts&amp;quot;, which not only strengthened the ideological control but the regulation of novel translation and creation.--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 11:50, 28 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it should be pointed out that the reason why &amp;quot;Continued Jin Ping Mei&amp;quot; was convicted was not because it continued the chaotic life of the characters in &amp;quot;Jin Ping Mei&amp;quot; in the so-called &amp;quot;post generations&amp;quot;, but because it described the birthplace of Manchu as the cohabitation of man and beast. The barbaric place of food. Therefore, at the beginning of the Qing Dynasty, the court's acceptance of pornographic novels and restrictions on novel creation were still relatively loose. The translation and completion of &amp;quot;Jin Ping Mei&amp;quot; was a matter of the middle and late Kangxi dynasty. At this time, the imperial court had a deeper and deeper understanding of &amp;quot;customs and morals&amp;quot;, which not only strengthened ideological control, but also strengthened the translation and interpretation of novels. The control of novel creation.--[[User:Zhou Qing|Zhou Qing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qing|talk]]) 07:21, 1 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
至乾隆初年，《金瓶梅》与《水浒传》等书因为诲淫诲盗的原因，又被“久干例禁”。满洲政权兴起于白山黑水之间，在其一路开疆辟土，驰骋向前的过程中，虽然统治者反复高唱“满汉一体”，但相关的政治、文化实践表明，这一说法不过是政治口号。作为满清政权恪守不变的政策，“首崇满洲”既是统治者立法、行政的基本原则，又是统治者处理民族关系、民族事务的圭臬。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early years of Qianlong, books such as &amp;quot;Jin Ping Mei&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Water Margin&amp;quot; were again banned for a long time, because of their Obscene. The Manchurian regime emerged between the white mountains and black waters. In the process of pioneering territory and galloping forward, although the rulers repeatedly sang &amp;quot;Man and Han as one unit&amp;quot;, relevant political and cultural practices have shown that this statement is nothing more than a political slogan. As a policy that the Manchu government adhered to unchanged, &amp;quot;first advocating Manchuria&amp;quot; was not only the basic principle of the ruler's legislation and administration, but also the ruler's standard for handling ethnic relations and ethnic affairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early years of Qianlong, books such as &amp;quot;Jin Ping Mei&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Water Margin&amp;quot; were again banned for a long time, because of their obscene and illegal content . The Manchurian regime emerged between the white mountains and black waters-- the landscape of northeast China. In the process of pioneering territory and galloping forward, although the rulers repeated&amp;quot;Man and Han as one unit&amp;quot;, relevant political and cultural practices have shown that it was nothing more than a political slogan. As the policy that the Manchu government stick &amp;quot;Manchuria First &amp;quot; was not only the fundamental principle of the ruler's legislation and administration, but also the standard for handling ethnic relations and affairs.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 09:12, 1 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
终清一朝，统治者始终坚持满洲之道，固守满洲本位，崇尚满族特权，维护满洲的典章制度和文化特征。对统治者而言，传承与发展民族文化的重要性不言而喻，它不仅关系到国家政权的性质和满族民族的凝聚力与向心力，而且关系到满族统治集团的优势地位、特殊利益，乃至满族作为民族共同体的生死存亡。为此，满清政府不仅长期坚持“国语骑射”的基本国策，而且通过书籍的审查与禁毁等极端措施，确保满族文化符号和思想传统的专制。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qing Dynasty, the rulers always adhered to the way of Manchu, insisted on Manchu standards, advocated Manchu privileges, and maintained Manchu institutions and cultural characteristics. For the rulers, the importance of inheriting and developing national culture was self-evident,which not only related to the Political Nature and the cohesion and solidarity of Manchu nation, but also related to the dominant position and special interests of Manchu ruling group, and even the survival of Manchu as a national community. Therefore, the Manchu government not only adhered to the basic state policy of &amp;quot;national language and ride&amp;quot; for a long time, but also ensured the despotism of Manchu cultural and ideological traditions by taking extreme measures such as censorship and prohibition of books.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 03:13, 29 October 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qing Dynasty, the rulers always adhered to the way of Manchu, insisted on Manchu standards, advocated Manchu privileges,maintained Manchu ancient laws and regulations as well as cultural characteristics. For the rulers, the importance of inheriting and developing national culture was an understood thing,which not only related to the nature of the state power, the cohesion and solidarity of Manchu nation, but also related to the dominant position and special interests of Manchu ruling group, and even the survival of Manchu as a national community. Therefore, the Manchu government not only adhered to the basic state policy of &amp;quot;Mandarin Riding and Shooting&amp;quot; for a long time, but also ensured the despotism of Manchu culture symbol and ideological traditions by taking extreme measures such as censorship and prohibition of books.--[[User:Zhu Suzhen|Zhu Suzhen]] ([[User talk:Zhu Suzhen|talk]]) 10:25, 5 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
与此同时，统治者积极敕撰、敕译汉族书籍，虽然客观上吸收了汉族文化，但这些书籍的编纂与翻译亦如满洲文化的维护一样，只是满洲权贵巩固政权统治的策略与手段，一旦书籍的翻译与编纂有悖于统治者的主观期待，亦或是国家的统治之需，其审查与禁毁即在所难免。结语。作为除《三国演义》之外清初唯一刊印的汉文小说，《金瓶梅》的翻译与传播无疑离不开统治阶级的支持或者默认。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, the rulers actively wrote and translated Han books. Although objectively absorbing Han culture, the compilation and translation of these books are just like the maintenance of Manchu culture. They are only the strategies and means for Manchu dignitaries to consolidate their reign of power. Once the translation and compilation of books go against the subjective expectations of the rulers or the needs of the country's rule, its censorship and prohibition are inevitable. Conclusion. As the only Chinese novel published in the early Qing Dynasty, except The Romance of the Three Kingdoms, the translation and dissemination of The Golden Lotus are undoubtedly inseparable from the support or acquiescence of the ruling class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, the rulers actively wrote and translated Han books. Although objectively absorbing Han culture, the compilation and translation of these books are just like the maintenance of Manchu culture. They are only the strategies and means for Manchu dignitaries to consolidate their political power. Once the translation and compilation of books go against the subjective expectations of the rulers or the needs of the country's rule, Its review and prohibition are inevitable. Conclusion. As the only Chinese novel published in the early Qing Dynasty except the romance of the Three Kingdoms, the translation and dissemination of JinPingMei is undoubtedly inseparable from the support or acquiescence of the ruling class.--[[User:Zou Yueli|Zou Yueli]] ([[User talk:Zou Yueli|talk]]) 04:49, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《金瓶梅》满文译本的印行不仅说明清代禁书政策的失败，而且说明该政策的虚伪。一方面，所谓汉书的禁毁往往只是针对民间，而统治者尤其是国家君主则往往享有豁免。正如其它汉籍汉书的翻译一样，《金瓶梅》的翻译与刊刻不可能游走在国家法律和政府禁令之外。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The printing of the Manchu translation of 《JinPingMei》 not only shows the failure of the book ban policy in the Qing Dynasty, but also shows the hypocrisy of the policy. On the one hand, the so-called prohibition and destruction of the Han Dynasty is often only aimed at the people, while the rulers, especially the national monarchs, often enjoy immunity. Just like the translation of other Chinese books, the translation and publication of 《JinPingMei》 can not go beyond the national laws and government prohibitions.--[[User:Zou Yueli|Zou Yueli]] ([[User talk:Zou Yueli|talk]]) 02:00, 7 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The publication of Manchu translation of ''The Golden Lotus'' indicates not only the failure of the Policy of Banned Books in the Qing Dynasty, but also the hypocrisy of the policy. On the one hand, the ban on Han Books is often only aimed at the people, while the rulers, especially the monarchs of the country, often enjoy immunity. Same as the translation of other Chinese books, the translation and publication of ''The Golden Lotus'' cannot exist outside national laws and government bans.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211110_homework&amp;diff=134506</id>
		<title>20211110 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211110_homework&amp;diff=134506"/>
		<updated>2021-12-29T05:46:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* 刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE READ [[Joint_translation_terms|Joint translation terms]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE ALSO READ THE PREVIOUS PARTS, AT LEAST THE SENTENCES BEFORE YOUR OWN PART IN CHAPTER 19 [[20210303_culture|1, Mar 3 Chapters 1-4]], [[20210310_culture|2, Mar 10 Chapters 6-7]], [[20210317_culture|3, Mar 17 Chapters 11-13]], [[20210324_culture|4, Mar 24 Chapters 15-17]], [[20210331_culture|5, Mar 31 Chapters 4-7]], [[20210407_culture|6, Apr 7 Chapters 8-10]], [[20210414_culture|7, Apr 14 Chapters 13-15]] , [[20210519_culture|12, May 19 Chapters 17-19]], [[20210929_homework#Hongloumeng|for Sep 29 - rest of HLM Chapter 19]] [[20211110_homework|for Nov 10 - HLM Chapters 20-21]] etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
按语：拙著《红楼梦全解本》出版后，受到了不少专家与读者的好评，甚为欣慰。但也有读者认为，如果能删掉部分注文，既不影响读者阅读，也可节省书的成本，使更多读者买得起。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : After the publication of ''The Dream of Red Mansions(The Anotation Version)'', it was highly appreciated by many experts and readers. However, some readers believe that if some notes can be deleted, it will not affect readers ' reading and save the cost of the publication, so that more readers can afford it.--[[User:Chen Jing|Chen Jing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jing|talk]]) 10:02, 9 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: after my book the complete interpretation of Drdam Of Red Chamber was published, it was highly praised by many experts and readers. However, some readers believe that if some annotations can be deleted, it will not affect readers' reading, but also save the cost of the book and make it affordable for more readers.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 11:53, 9 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 日语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
恰好中央编译出版社准备出版四大古典小说套书，为了平衡四部小说的注文，《红楼梦》的注文也嫌太长。因此接受读者的建议，将《红楼梦全解本》的注文删掉了差不多一半，其他一概未动；换言之，此版《红楼梦》校注本，实即《红楼梦全解本》的删节本（仅删注文）。因此《校注前言》仍用《红楼梦全解本》的《校注前言》，不再另写。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It happened that the Central Compilation and Translation Publishing House was preparing to publish four sets of classical novels. In order to balance the annotations of the four novels, the annotations of Dream Of the Red Chamber were too long. Therefore, we accepted the readers' suggestions and deleted almost half of the annotations in the complete interpretation of Dream Of Red Chamber, and the rest remained unchanged; In other words, the revised annotation version of Dream Of Red Chamber is actually an abridged version of the complete interpretation of Dream Of Red Chamber (only the annotation is deleted). Therefore, the preface to proofreading still uses the preface to proofreading of the complete interpretation of Dream Of Red Chamber, and needn’t be written again.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cai Zhufeng|Cai Zhufeng]] ([[User talk:Cai Zhufeng|talk]]) 06:36, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It happened that the Central Compilation and Translation Publishing House was preparing to publish four sets of classical novels. In order to balance the annotations of the four novels, the annotations of ''The Dream of the Red Chamber'' were too long. Therefore, we accepted the readers' suggestions and deleted almost half of the annotations in the complete interpretation of ''The Dream of Red Chamber'', and the rest remained unchanged; In other words, the revised annotation version of ''The Dream of Red Chamber'' is actually an abridged version of the complete interpretation of ''The Dream of Red Chamber'' (only the annotation is deleted). Therefore, ''The Preface to Proofreading'' still uses ''The Preface to Proofreading'' of the complete interpretation of ''Dream Of Red Chamber'', and needn’t be written again.--[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 14:32, 8 November 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
《红楼梦》以其包罗万象的内容，博大精深的思想，精湛完美的艺术，丰富生动的语言，尤其是众多栩栩如生的人物形象，不仅在中国小说史上奇峰独秀，而且在世界文学之林独树一帜。它是我国文化遗产中的珍品，值得每一个中国人所珍视。《红楼梦》在其尚未完稿的时候，已经被人竞相传抄，辗转传阅，不胫而走，蜚声神州。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''A Dream of Red Mansions'' is unique not only in the history of Chinese novels, but also in the world literature with its comprehensive contents, extensive and profound thoughts, exquisite and perfect art, rich and vivid language, and especially its numerous vivid characters. It is a treasure of our country's cultural heritage and is worth cherishing by every Chinese. ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' has been copied, circulated and spread like wildfire even when it's unfinished. It is really well-known in China.--[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 14:23, 8 November 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''A Dream of Red Mansions'' is outstanding not only in the history of Chinese novels, but also in the world literature for its comprehensive contents, extensive and profound thoughts, exquisite and perfect art, rich and vivid language, and especially its numerous vivid characters. It is a treasure of our country's cultural heritage and is worth being cherished by every Chinese.Before it is finished，  ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' has been copied, circulated and spread like wildfire and it is really well-known in China.--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 00:25, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480 ==&lt;br /&gt;
不仅“士大夫几乎家有《红楼梦》一书”（清·潘炤《从心录》卷首），而且“家弦户诵，妇孺皆知”（清·缪艮《文章游戏初编》卷六）。上层社会更出现了“开谈不说《红楼梦》，读尽诗书也枉然”（清·得舆《京都竹枝词·时尚门》）的时尚。《红楼梦》的魅力也使其商业价值大增，“好事者每传抄一部，置庙市中，昂其值，得数十金，可谓不胫而走者矣”（清·程伟元《〈红楼梦〉序》）。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''A Dream of Red Mansions'' was so popular that not only scholar officals（people obtain knowledge and wealth in feudal China） read it （the first volum of ''Essay'' by Pan Zhao, Qing），but also families，even women and children ， loved it（the sixth volum of ''Preliminary Article Games'' by Miu Liang, Qing）. Moreover ,there was a climate of ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' that the upper class believed &amp;quot; it is useless to read great books without ''A Dream of Red Mansions''.（''Bamboo Pole Poem in the Capital'' by De Yu, Qing）. The charm of  ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' also rose its business value as in record： “Someone who is willing to copy  ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' and sell it can raise 10 gold ingots everytime ，and everyone know it.（ the introduction of ''A Dream of Red Mansions'', Qing）.--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 09:44, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not only did &amp;quot;almost every scholar had a copy of ''A Dream of Red Mansions''&amp;quot; (the first volum of Essay by Pan Zhao, Qing Dynasty), but &amp;quot;Every household recited it, and all women and children knew it&amp;quot; (the sixth volum of ''Preliminary Article Games'' by Miu Liang, Qing Dynasty). In the upper class, the fashion of &amp;quot;If you don't talk about ''A Dream of Red Mansions'', you can read all the poems and books in vain&amp;quot; (''Bamboo Pole Poem in the Capital'' by De Yu, Qing Dynasty) emerged. The charm of A Dream of Red Mansions also made its commercial value increased greatly, &amp;quot;Those who are interested in it can get a lot of money by copying one of the books and selling it in the market. The information spread quickly.&amp;quot; (the introduction of ''A Dream of Red Mansions'', Qing Dynasty)--[[User:Chen Xinyi|Chen Xinyi]] ([[User talk:Chen Xinyi|talk]]) 07:07, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
至高鹗续写后四十回、由程伟元以活字正式出版完整的一百二十回本后，更出现了风行全国的盛况。时至今日，即使读不懂《红楼梦》的人，也都看过《红楼梦》电影或电视剧，对《红楼梦》的故事和人物无不耳熟能详。因此《红楼梦》已经不是普通的小说，而成为全民珍视的国宝了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Gao E continued to write the second forty chapters and Cheng Weiyuan officially published the complete one hundred and twenty chapters in movable type, the book became popular nationwide. To this day, even those who do not understand ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' have seen the movie or TV series versions, and are familiar with the story and characters of ''A Dream of Red Mansions''. Therefore, ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' is no longer an ordinary novel, but a national treasure cherished by all.--[[User:Chen Xinyi|Chen Xinyi]] ([[User talk:Chen Xinyi|talk]]) 06:39, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
After Gao E continued to write the following forty chapters and Cheng Weiyuan officially published the complete one hundred and twenty chapters in movable type, the book became popular nationwide increasingly. To this day, even those who do not understand ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' have already seen the movie or TV series versions, and are familiar with the story and characters of it. Therefore, ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' is no longer an ordinary novel, but a national treasure cherished by all.--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 08:37, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代的文人墨客、传统学者、官僚士夫，无不鄙薄小说，最多被视为茶余饭后的谈资。唯独对《红楼梦》情有独钟，爱不释手。不仅百读不厌，而且像拜读经书般寻章摘句，眉批夹评，乐此不疲。&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient Chinese literats, traditional scholars, bureaucrats, all despised novels, and regarded them as after-dinner talk at most. But they only showed special preference to ''The Dream of Red Mansions'', and fondled admiringly. They not only tired of reading it, but also liked reading the Confucian classics as seeking remarkable passages and culling model sentences, making notes and commentaries, and always enjoying it.--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 08:33, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient Chinese literats, traditional scholars, bureaucrats, all despised novels, and regarded them as after-dinner talks at most. However, they only showed special preference to ''The Dream of Red Mansions'', and fondled admiringly. They not only weren't tired of reading it, but also liked reading the Confucian classics as seeking remarkable passages and culling model sentences, making notes and commentaries, and always enjoying it.--[[User:Ding Xuan|Ding Xuan]] ([[User talk:Ding Xuan|talk]]) 14:07, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
久而久之，居然形成了“红学”。“红学”由起初对《红楼梦》的单纯评点，逐步发展成为对《红楼梦》及其作者的全面考证与研究，最后更成立了红学会，出版研究刊物，势头似乎越来越盛。这不仅是中国小说史上绝无仅有的，也是中国文学史上极其罕见的现象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time passes, redology is actually formed. Redology was about pure comments to ''A Dream in Red Mansion'' in the beginning and it gradually developed as the comprehensive textual research and study in ''A Dream in Red Mansion'' and its author. Finally, we even established redologist institution and published research periodicals, the momentum of redology more and more flourishing. This phenomenon is not only unique in the history of Chinese novels, but extremely rare in the history of Chinese literature. --[[User:Ding Xuan|Ding Xuan]] ([[User talk:Ding Xuan|talk]]) 05:29, 9 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time passes, redology is unexpectedly formed. Redology came into mere comments to ''A Dream in Red Mansion'' in the beginning and it gradually developed as the comprehensive textual research and study of this work and its author. Finally, redologist institution was established to publish research periodicals with more flourishing tendency than ever. This phenomenon is not only unique in the history of Chinese novels, but extremely rare in the history of Chinese literature.--[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 11:49, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnà 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
遗憾的是，“红学家”们对《红楼梦》的作者及其版本似乎偏爱有加，而对《红楼梦》的思想和艺术价值却缺乏足够的兴趣，因此考证作者和版本的文章和著作连篇累牍，而研究《红楼梦》思想和艺术价值的成果却寥若晨星。我认为这是本末倒置。一个作家的价值不在于其生平如何，而在于其作品的思想和艺术水平的高低；是作品决定作家的价值，而不是作家决定作品的价值。&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, redologists ( who are specialists in A Dream of the Red Chamber) seemingly are partial to research on the writer and verison of this book, but are short of interest for it's thought and artistic value. And therefore there are a lot of articles and books about the former while very few about the latter. It seems to me that puts the cart before the horse. What a writer is worth lies in thoughts and artistic level in his/her works but not in his/her life story; and the value of a writer depends on his/her production, not vice versa.--[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 13:31, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unfortunately, redologists ( who are specialists in A Dream of the Red Chamber) seem to prefer  to research on the writer and versions of this book, but are short of interest in the thought and artistic value. And therefore there are a lot of articles and books about the former while very few about the latter. It seems to me that puts the cart before the horse. What a writer is worth lies in thoughts and artistic level in his/her works but not in his/her life story; and the value of a writer depends on his/her production, not vice versa.--[[User:Fu Hongyan|Fu Hongyan]] ([[User talk:Fu Hongyan|talk]]) 14:10, 9 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
读者对于作品的选择与评价，也只着眼于作品本身，而非作家本人。一部伟大的作品，即使作者佚名，也不影响其伟大，照样受到读者的追捧；相反，如果一个伟大作家偶然写了一部低劣的作品，读者也决不买账。因此“红学”的研究重点应该是《红楼梦》本身，而不是《红楼梦》作者。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Readers' choice and evaluation towards works is based on the works themselves, rather than the writers. As anonymous is the writer, the valued of a great work is definitely unlikely to be underestimated, which is still welcomed by the public. Likewise, readers cannot be attracted by the inferior work written by a great writer. Therefore, redology is supposed to focus on the context, instead of the writer Cao Xueqin--[[User:Fu Hongyan|Fu Hongyan]] ([[User talk:Fu Hongyan|talk]]) 14:01, 9 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Readers' choice and evaluation towards works is based on the works themselves, rather than the writers. As anonymous is the writer, the values of a great work are definitely unlikely to be underestimated, which is still popular with the public. Likewise, readers cannot be attracted by a low-quality work even written by a great writer occasionally. Therefore, redology is supposed to focus on the context, instead of the writer Cao Xueqin.--[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 09:02, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
当然也应该了解作者，但目的只是为了有助于深入了解《红楼梦》，仅此而已。我认为要想深入研究《红楼梦》，首先必须完全读懂《红楼梦》。如果对《红楼梦》的文本只是一知半解，那么所谓研究，势必如医生不明病人的病情而乱开药方，不仅治不好病，倒可能致人于死命。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certainly, we should also know the author, but the purpose is nothing more than to help us understand ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' in depth. I think that in order to make a further research on ''A Dream of Red Mansions'', we must first have a thorough understanding of it. If we have only a sketchy knowledge of the text of ''A Dream of Red Mansions'', then the so-called research would definitely be like the prescriptions prescribed indiscriminately without knowing the patient's condition. Not only can it not cure the disease, but it may lead to death.--[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 13:53, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certainly, we should also know about the author, but only with the purpose of deepening our understanding of the work. I think that further researches on ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' necessitate a thorough understanding of it. If we have only a sketchy knowledge of the text of ''A Dream of Red Mansions'', then the so-called research would definitely be like the prescriptions written indiscriminately by a doctor unaware of the patient's condition. Not only can it not cure the disease, but it may lead to death. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 03:04, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
《红楼梦》研究中的许多无谓争论，正是研究者没有读懂《红楼梦》或对《红楼梦》文本的不同理解所致。因此对《红楼梦》文本的注释，显然是《红楼梦》研究的基础工作。其次，当今的读者和观众虽然热衷于《红楼梦》，但真正能够全面深入理解《红楼梦》的人恐怕并不很多。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A great many arguments regarding the study of ''A Dream of Red Mansions'', caused either by an incomplete understanding or different understandings of the text, are pointless. Therefore, it's apparent that annotating ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' is a foundation work for its further study. Besides, though today's readers and audience are crazy about the book, I'm afraid that not many of them get to know it thoroughly. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 03:09, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many unnecessary arguments in the study of ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' are caused by the researchers' failure to understand ''A dream of Red Mansions'' or their different understandings of the text.Therefore, it's apparent that annotating ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' is a foundation work for its further study. Besides, though today's readers and audience are crazy about the book, I'm afraid that not many of them get to know it thoroughly.--[[User:Gong Boya|Gong Boya]] ([[User talk:Gong Boya|talk]]) 11:14, 13 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
这是因为，《红楼梦》不是普通的白话小说，不是简单地为读者讲故事，不是为读者提供茶馀饭后的谈资，更不是为了赚稿费餬口（那时根本不存在稿费制度）。它不仅是一部反映封建社会的“百科全书”，而且作者还对人类共同关心的一些问题，如人生的目的、人性的善恶、爱情的真谛、宗教的精义等进行了探索。作品涉及的内容几乎无所不包，从至高无上的皇帝，到“芥豆之微”的细民，从国家的政治、军事、经济到百姓的日常生活，举凡天文、地理、动物、植物、建筑、服饰、医卜星相、琴棋书画等等，无不尽收笔底。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because ''a Dream of Red Mansions'' is not an ordinary vernacular novel. It is not simply a story for readers to read, not a topic for after-dinner conversation, or a way to earn a living (there was no contribution fee system at that time). It is not only an &amp;quot;encyclopedia&amp;quot; reflecting the feudal society, but also explores some common issues of human concern, such as the purpose of life, the good and evil of human nature, the true meaning of love, the essence of religion and so on. The works cover almost everything, from the supreme emperor to the ordinary people, from national politics, military affairs, economy to the daily life of the people, including astronomy, geography, animals, plants, architecture, clothing, medicine, astrology and practise divination, poetry and painting and so on, they're all in the book.--[[User:Gong Boya|Gong Boya]] ([[User talk:Gong Boya|talk]]) 13:47, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is because ''Dream of the Red Chamber'' is neither an ordinary novel in vernacular Chinese, nor a simple narrative or gossip for readers. The author wrote it not for remuneration for the system of remuneration for writters did not exist at that time. It is not only an &amp;quot;encyclopedia&amp;quot; reflecting the feudal society, but also an exploration of some issues of common concern to mankind, such as the purpose of life, the good and evil of human nature, the true meaning of love, and the essence of religion. It covers almost everything, from the supreme emperor to the plebeian as tiny as reed, and from the politics, military and economy of the country to the daily life of the people. It includes astronomy, geography, animals, plants, architecture, costumes, medicine, astrology, zither, chess, calligraphy and painting, and so on. --[[User:He Qin|He Qin]] ([[User talk:He Qin|talk]]) 11:48, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
作者还调动了自己的全部才能和知识，汲取了前人的成果，撰写并引用了大量诗、词、曲、赋、歌、诔、谜语、酒令等，作为描写人物、叙述故事、揭示主题的艺术手段，从而成为作品的重要组成部分。这其中蕴藏着许多成语、典故和各种知识，现在的一般读者是很难读懂的。此外，由于曹雪芹以其家事为《红楼梦》的蓝本，且暴露了不少家丑，如秦可卿的淫荡乱伦等，因而大量采用了《春秋》笔法，即作者所谓将“真事隐去”，以“假语村言”的曲折方式进行暗示或隐寓，致使《红楼梦》扑朔迷离，迷雾重重。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author also mobilized all his talents and knowledge and drew on the achievements of his predecessors, writing and quoting a large number of poems, lyrics, songs, eulogies, riddles and wine wager as artistic methods to describe characters, narrate stories and reveal themes, thus becoming an important part of the work. This contains many idioms, allusions and various kinds of knowledge that are difficult for the average readers to comprehend nowadays. In addition, Cao Xueqin used his family affairs as the blueprint for Dream of the Red Chamber and exposed many family scandals, such as Frivolity Grain's lewdness and incest. Cao, thus, adopted much of a writing style of ''Spring and Autumn Annals'', that is, the author's so-called &amp;quot;real things concealed&amp;quot;, in the twisted way of &amp;quot;false words and village gossips&amp;quot;, which has led to the ''Dream of the Red Chamber'' being puzzling and foggy.--[[User:He Qin|He Qin]] ([[User talk:He Qin|talk]]) 12:28, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author also mobilized all his talents and knowledge and took  results from his predecessors, writing and quoting a large number of poems, lyrics, songs, eulogies, riddles and wine wager as artistic methods to describe characters, narrate stories and reveal themes, thus becoming an important part of the work. The novel contains many idioms, allusions and various kinds of knowledge that are difficult for the average readers to comprehend nowadays. In addition, Cao Xueqin used his family affairs as the blueprint for ''A Dream in Red Mansions'' and exposed many family scandals, such as Qin Keqing's lewdness and incest. Cao, thus, frequently adopted a writing style of Spring and Autumn Annals, that is, the author's so-called &amp;quot;real things concealed&amp;quot;, using the twisted way of &amp;quot;false words and village gossips&amp;quot; to hint and make it metaphorical which has led to ''A Dream in Red Mansions'' being puzzling and foggy.--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 08:35, 14 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
因此帮助广大读者读懂《红楼梦》，也是《红楼梦》研究者义不容辞的责任。而要使读者读懂《红楼梦》，只作简单的文字注释不解决问题，必须加以详细注释，将隐藏于《红楼梦》字里行间的寓意一一揭示出来，才能完全展示《红楼梦》的本来面貌。我从学生时代起就期待这种《红楼梦》的详注本出现，一直等了半个世纪，可惜望眼欲穿而不见踪影。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, it is incumbent on researchers of ''A Dream in Red Mansions'' to help numerous readers understand the novel. For this, problem can’t be solved simply by text annotations. What should do is to add detailed explanatory notes to discover the meanings implied in characters, which can fully show the way the book originally is. I have expected the appearance of this version with detailed annotations since I was a student. I’ve waited for half a century, but it never comes out.--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 02:46, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, it is our researchers' duty to heip numerous readers understand A Dream in Red Mansions. To do that, simple text annotations are not enough. And detailed explanatory notes are needed to discover its implied meanings, which can fully show its characteristics. Waiting for half century, I have expected the apppearance of this version with detailed annotations since I was a student.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 01:49, 15 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
很显然，“红学家”的队伍虽然不断壮大，看来他们对这种注释工作似乎不屑一顾。于是我这个“红学”的门外汉便斗胆一试，结果试出了这个《红楼梦》校注本。我这是“人弃我取”，希望不至于冒犯任何人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the amount of redologists who are sepcalists in A Dream of Red Mansion was increasing. They seemed to pay no attention to annotate that book, but I, as a layman, took a chance and tried to make the annotation of A Dream of Red Mansion. I thought it was an attitude of doing the things others gave up, which would not offend anyone.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 13:52, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the amount of redologists sepcalizing in A Dream of Red Mansion was increasing. They seemed to pay little attention to annotate that book, but I, as a layman, took a chance and tried to make the annotation of A Dream of Red Mansion. I thought it was an attitude of doing things others gave up, which I hope would not offend anyone.--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 14:20, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
如果能成为“引玉”之“砖”，即使要做“众矢之的”，招来“万箭攒射”，我也决不后悔，因为这也算是我对《红楼梦》读者的小小奉献了。下面仅就与校注工作有关的几个具体问题略作说明。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一、作者问题&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If I can serve as a modest spur to induce someone to come forward with his valuable contributions, I will never regret even if I could be the target of public criticism. It is because that the annotation work  is also my dedication to the readers of A Dream in Red Mansions. And I will explain a little about the specific questions in proofreading below. 1. The Question of Author--[[User:Huang Yiyan1|Huang Yiyan1]] ([[User talk:Huang Yiyan1|talk]]) 12:40, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If I can become a &amp;quot;brick&amp;quot; for &amp;quot;inviting jade&amp;quot;, even if I want to be &amp;quot;a target of all targets&amp;quot; and attract &amp;quot;a thousand arrows&amp;quot;, I will never regret it, because this is also a small dedication to the readers of &amp;quot;A Dream of Red Mansions&amp;quot;. The following is only a brief description of a few specific issues related to the proofreading work.&lt;br /&gt;
1. Author's question--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 11:06, 17 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
中国文学史中有两个突出现象：一是在封建时代得意并著名的文人不写小说；二是小说作品多不署名或只署化名。这完全是由封建统治者造成的。封建统治者的文学观是纯粹的政治功利主义，即所谓“文以载道”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two outstanding phenomena in the history of Chinese literature: one is that famous and proud literati in the feudal era do not write novels; the other is that many novels do not sign or only sign pseudonyms. This is entirely caused by the feudal ruler. The feudal ruler’s literary view is pure political utilitarianism, that is, the so-called &amp;quot;writing is used to carry Tao&amp;quot;.--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 11:03, 17 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two prominent phenomena in the history of Chinese Literature: first, the proud and famous literati in the feudal era did not write novels; Second, most novels are not signed or only signed by pseudonyms. This was entirely caused by the feudal rulers. The literary view of feudal rulers was pure political utilitarianism, that is, the so-called &amp;quot;literature carries Tao&amp;quot;.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 12:42, 22 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
他们认为小说不仅不能“载道”，而且往往“诲淫诲盗”，对封建统治构成威胁。因此不仅将小说排斥在正统文学之外，甚至常常以“禁毁”的方式加以扫荡。在文网森严及小说地位低贱的环境下，多数文人自然不敢或不屑从事小说的创作；而那些痴迷小说的作者也就不敢或不愿在小说作品上亮出自己的真名实姓。They faithfully believe that novels not only can not &amp;quot;educate citizens of Qing Dynasty&amp;quot;, but also often be blessed with &amp;quot;obscenity and theft&amp;quot;, which poses a threat to feudal rule.Therefore, novels are not only excluded from orthodox literature, but also often cleaned up in the way of &amp;quot;prohibition and destruction&amp;quot;. In the social background of highly strict policy of Literary Network and low status of novels, most scholars naturally dare not or disdain to engage in novel creation; Those who are obsessed with novels are afraid or unwilling to show their real names in their novels.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 02:46, 10 November 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They believed that novels not only can not &amp;quot;educate citizens of Qing Dynasty&amp;quot;, but also often be blessed with &amp;quot;obscenity and theft&amp;quot;, which poses a threat to feudal rule.Therefore, novels are not only excluded from orthodox literature, but also often cleaned up in the way of &amp;quot;prohibition and destruction&amp;quot;. In the social background of highly strict policy of Literary Network and of low status of novels, most scholars naturally dare not or disdain to engage in novel creation; Those who are obsessed with novels are afraid or unwilling to sign their real names in their novels.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 13:18, 11 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
因此研究中国古代小说多了一项工作，即不得不对小说作者加以考证。《红楼梦》也不例外，它的作者连化名都未署一个。“红学家”们为了考证它的作者，不知耗费了多少精力和时间，然而由于史料不足，至今仍然众说纷纭,难以形成共识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, there is one more task to study ancient Chinese novels, that is, we have to do textual research on the authors of the novels. ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' is no exception. Its author does not even have a pseudonym. In order to do textual research on its author, the &amp;quot;redologists&amp;quot; spent a lot of energy and time. However, due to the lack of historical data, opinions are still varied and it is difficult to reach a consensus.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 01:57, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, there is one more task to study ancient Chinese novels, that is, we have to do textual research on the authors of the novels. ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' is no exception, whose author does not even have a pseudonym. In order to do textual research on its author, the &amp;quot;redologists&amp;quot; spent a lot of energy and time. However, due to the lack of historical data, opinions are still varied and it is difficult to reach a consensus.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 06:39, 15 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
据我个人所知，至少就有七种说法：其一为“曹作高续”说。即认为曹雪芹写到八十回而去世，并可能留下了后四十回的某些提纲以及部分书稿；高鹗根据曹雪芹的这些提纲、书稿以及前八十回中的许多暗示，还可能参考了其他人的续作，完成了后四十回的创作，并对前八十回加以修订，从而使《红楼梦》成为完璧。&lt;br /&gt;
As far as I am concerned, there are at least seven sayings: one of which is that ''Dream of Red Mansions'' was written by Cao Xueqin and then finished by Gao. The saying means that Cao passed away and left some outline and manuscripts of the latter fourth chapters when the former eighty chapters was finished. Then, Gao finished the latter forty chapters and reviewed the former eighty chapters, according to some outlines, manuscripts and clues made by Cao, referring to other sequels. Finally, ''Dream of Red Mansion'' was finished. --[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 06:27, 15 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As far as I am concerned, there are at least seven sayings: one of which is that ''Dream of Red Mansions'' was written by Cao Xueqin and then finished by Gao. The saying means that Cao had passed away and left some outline and manuscripts of the latter fourth chapters while the former eighty chapters was finished. Then, Gao finished the latter forty chapters and reviewed the former eighty chapters, according to some outlines, manuscripts and clues made by Cao, referring to other sequels. Finally, ''Dream of Red Mansion'' was finished.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 13:04, 15 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
其二为“曹作程续高订”说。即认为前八十回的作者是曹雪芹，后四十回的作者是程伟元，高鹗只是参加了全书的修订工作。其三为“曹作高续程订”说。即认为前八十回的作者是曹雪芹，后四十回的作者是高鹗，程伟元则对曹雪芹的前八十回加以修订。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second is the theory of &amp;quot;Cao came to write, Cheng continued to write, Gao to revise&amp;quot;. That is, the author of the first 80 chapters is Cao Xueqin, the author of the last 40 chapters is Cheng Weiyuan, and Gao E only participated in the revision of the whole book. The third is the theory of &amp;quot;Cao came to write, Gao continued to write, Cheng to revise&amp;quot;. That is, the author of the first 80 chapters is Cao Xueqin, the author of the last 40 chapters is Gao E, and Cheng Weiyuan revised Cao Xueqin's first 80 chapters.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 12:47, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second statement said that &amp;quot;Started by Cao, completed by Chen, and revised by Gao&amp;quot;. That’s to say, the first 80 chapters were written by Cao Xueqin, the last 40 chapters were written by Cheng Weiyuan, and Gao E only revised the whole book. The third statement said that &amp;quot;Started by Cao, completed by Gao, and revised by Chen&amp;quot;. That’s to say, the first 80 chapters were written by Cao Xueqin, the last 40 chapters were written by Gao E, and Cheng Weiyaun made revisions to the first 80 chapters of Cao Xueqin.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 11:56, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
其四为“曹作某续高订”说。即认为在程伟元和高鹗之前，已有人为曹雪芹的未完稿续写完全，程伟元将搜集到的抄本交由高鹗修订，然后刊行。其五为“曹作程高修订”说。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth statement said that “Started by Cao, completed by someone, and revised by Gao”. That's to say, before Cheng Weiyuan and Gao E, there was someone who completed Cao Xueqin's unfinished writing. Then, Cheng Weiyuan collected this hand-copied version and provided it for Gao E to revise, and afterwards ''Dream of the Red Chamber'' was published . The fifth statement said that “Started by Cao, and revised by both Cheng and Gao ”.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 08:08, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth statement said that &amp;quot;This masterpiece is started by Cao, completed by someone, and revised by Gao&amp;quot;. That's to say, before Cheng Weiyuan and Gao E, there was someone who completed Cao Xueqin's unfinished work. Then, Cheng Weiyuan collected these hand-copied drafts and offered them to Gao E to revise, and afterwards ''Dream of the Red Chamber'' was published. The fifth statement noted that &amp;quot;It was started by Cao, and revised by both Cheng and Gao&amp;quot;.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 13:52, 14 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
即认为曹雪芹已经完成了《红楼梦》全书，只是未遑修饰而去世，后由程伟元和高鹗共同修订并刊行。其六为“叔作侄订”说。即认为《红楼梦》的原作者是曹雪芹的叔父曹頫，也就是给《红楼梦》加批的“脂砚斋”；曹雪芹只是对它“披阅十载，增删五次”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was commonly believed that Cao Xueqin had finished the draft of ''A Dream in Red Mansions'', while as a result of his death it was not polished by himself, but co-revised and published by Cheng Weiyuan an Gao 'E later on. Sixly, rumar had it that this classic was the common product of the uncle and the nephew. That was to say, the original author of that masterpiece was Cao Fu, Cao Xueqin's uncle, who was at the same time the very one that added notes in that masterpiece, and Cao Xueqin just played the role of repeatedly revising it.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 13:55, 14 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was commonly believed that Cao Xueqin had finished the draft of ''A Dream in Red Mansions''. As a result of his death it was not published by himself. However, co-revised and published by Cheng Weiyuan an Gao 'E later on. Rumar had it that this classic was the common product of the uncle and the nephew. Which shows, the original author of that masterpiece was Cao Fu, Cao Xueqin's uncle, who was at the same time the only one who added notes in that masterpiece, and Cao Xueqin just repeatedly revised it.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 13:35, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Mahzad Heydarian|Mahzad Heydarian]] ([[User talk:Mahzad Heydarian|talk]]) 22:31, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was commonly believed that Cao Xueqin had finished the draft of ''A Dream in Red Mansions'', but died before he could polish it. As a result, the draft was co-revised and published by Cheng Weiyuan an Gao 'E later on. The sixth opinion is that this classic is the common product of the uncle and the nephew. That's to say, the original author of that masterpiece was Cao Fu, Cao Xueqin's uncle, who was at the same time the very one that added notes in that masterpiece, and Cao Xueqin just played the role of repeatedly revising it.--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 15:35, 14 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
其七为“某作曹订”说。即认为《红楼梦》的原作者是个与曹家毫不相干的无名氏，曹雪芹只是个修订者。“红学家”对《红楼梦》作者的意见分歧，使出版者无所适从，因而造成了新版《红楼梦》署名的混乱：或只署曹雪芹，或并署曹雪芹、高鹗，或干脆不署名。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The seventh opinion is that “a certain author, Cao revised”. That is to say, the original author of ''A Dream in Red Mansions'' is an anonymous person who has no relation with Cao’s family, and Cao Xueqin is only the reviser. The different opinions among the “redologists” about the author of ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' caused the publishers not to know what to do. The new versions are therefore in confusion: some signed Cao Xueqin alone, some signed Cao Xueqin and Gao E together, and some signed nothing at all.--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 09:40, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The seventh opinion is that “a certain author, Cao revised”. That is to say, the original author of ''The Dream of the Red Chamber'' was an anonymous person who had no relation with the Cao’s, and Cao Xueqin was only a reviser. The different opinions among the “redologists” about the author of ''The Dream of the Red Chamber'' caused the publishers not to know what to do. The new versions are therefore in confusion: some signed Cao Xueqin alone, some signed Cao Xueqin and Gao E together, and some signed nothing at all. --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 11:33, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
由于我对这个问题缺乏专门研究，只能在以上七种说法中加以选择。我认为这七种说法都有一定的根据，均非空穴来风。但相比之下，第一种说法的证据更为充分，也得到了学界的普遍认可，因此仍将曹雪芹和高鹗作为《红楼梦》的共同作者。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of a lack of specialized research to this question, I had to select from the seven statements above. I thought that the seven statements were of certain basis. However, with comparison, the evidence of first statement was more sufficient, and was largely approved by the academic circles. So, Cao Xueqin and Gao E were still regarded as the co-author of ''the Dream of the Red Chamber''.  --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 01:47, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Being lacking in specialized research to this question, I had to select from the above seven versions . I thought that they were of certain basis. However, with comparison, the first statement was more credible, and was largely approved by the academic circles. So, Cao Xueqin and Gao E were still regarded as the co-author of ''the Dream of the Red Chamber''.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 06:57, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
至于这种说法的具体根据，以及两作者的生平，已见于不少专文，这里不再赘述。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
二、版本问题&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
由于《红楼梦》创作过程和流传过程的特殊性，造成了《红楼梦》版本的复杂性。&lt;br /&gt;
We will not describe more about the specific reason of this opinion and lives of the two authors because a lot of scholars have discussed it.&lt;br /&gt;
二、Version problem&lt;br /&gt;
The unique process of creating and circulating A Dream in Red Mansions leads to such complicated versions of it.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 06:52, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as the life of the two authors, has been seen in a number of articles, here will not be repeated.&lt;br /&gt;
 Second, the version of the problem because of the &amp;quot;Dream of Red Mansions&amp;quot; creative process and the special nature of the process of circulation, resulting in the &amp;quot;Dream of Red Mansions&amp;quot; version of the complexity.--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 04:36, 24 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
而《红楼梦》版本的复杂性，又迫使我们不得不有所选择。《红楼梦》的创作和流传过程可以分为四个阶段：其一是曹雪芹的创作阶段。虽然曹雪芹自称“披阅十载，增删五次”，其实由于他溘然而逝，只留下了一部《红楼梦》的未完稿和未定稿。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complexity of the version of a Dream of Red Mansions forces us to make choices. The creation and spread of a Dream of Red Mansions can be divided into four stages: one is cao Xueqin's creation stage. Although Cao Xueqin claimed that &amp;quot;reading for ten years, adding and deleting five times&amp;quot;, in fact, because of his death, leaving only a dream of red Mansions unfinished and unfinished.--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 08:59, 9 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complexity of the version of a ''dream of Red Mansions'' forces us to choose. The creation and spread of a ''dream of Red Mansions'' can be divided into four stages: one is the creation stage of Cao Xueqin. Although Cao Xueqin claimed to &amp;quot;read for ten years, add and delete five times&amp;quot;, in fact, due to his death, only one unfinished and undecided version of a dream of Red Mansions was left.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 14:16, 9 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
他只完成了八十回，约相当于全书的三分之二。他不仅未对这八十回的书稿进行修订润色，而且还有不少待补的缺文。以“红学家”认为最好的版本“庚辰本”为例：第十七、十八两回合用一套回目，第十九回没有回目；第二十二回写荣国府作灯谜游戏，“此回未成而芹逝矣”(脂砚斋批语)，以至不仅缺了主要人物贾宝玉、林黛玉和史湘云的灯谜，而且本回还有不少其他缺文；如此等等。&lt;br /&gt;
He completed only eighty times, about two-thirds of the book. Not only did he leave the eighty drafts unrevised, but there was still much to be done. To the researcher of a dream of Red Mansions that the best version of the &amp;quot;gengchen Ben&amp;quot; as an example: the 17th, 18th round with a set of return, the 19th back no return; The twenty-second time to write rongguo Mansion for lantern riddle game, the chapter is unfinished but Cao Xueqin is dead (the ink stone lent comments), so that not only the lack of lantern riddles of the main characters Precious Jade Merchant , Mascara Jade Forest and Fragrant-cloud History, and this time there are many other lack of text; And so on.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 05:26, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He completed only eighty chapters, about two-thirds of the whole book. Not only did he leave the eighty drafts unrevised and unpolished, but there was still much missing pages to be filled. Take the “Gengchen Version” as an example, which was considered the best version by Redology scholars, the 17th, 18th chapters kept the same content and the 19th had no content; The chapter 22, which was about Rongguo Mansion' lantern riddle game, was unfinished before Cao Xueqin passed away. (comments from the Ink Stone Lent), so that there was not only a lack of lantern riddles of the main characters Precious Jade Merchant, Mascara Jade Forest and Fragrant-cloud History, but also many other contents, and so on.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 06:53, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
其二是曹雪芹《红楼梦》八十回本的传抄阶段，其间大约近三十年。由于抄书速度很慢，《红楼梦》的篇幅又很长，要想在短时间内抄完一部，需集多人之手。故多为达官显宦之家雇佣抄手，集体完成。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second lay in the transmission and copying stage of 80 chapters of Cao Xueqin's ''A Dream of Red Mansions'', which lasted about 30 years. Due to the slow speed of copying and the long length of the novel, it required cooperation in order to scribe it done in a short time. Therefore it was the noble officials anddignitaries who often hired scribes to do the task together.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 06:39, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is the transmission and copying of 80 chapters of ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' written by Cao Xueqin, which lasted about 30 years. Due to the slow speed of copying and the long length of the novel, it required cooperation in order to finish it  in a short time. Therefore it was the noble officials and dignitaries who often hired scribes to do the task together.--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 05:33, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
又因它是一部未完稿和未定稿，抄手便自觉或不自觉地加以增删修改；而抄手大多水平不高，且良莠不齐，鲁鱼亥豕，在所难免。从而导致大量异文乃至讹误的产生。其三是高鹗和程伟元续写后四十回并对全书进行修订和刊行的阶段。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And because it was an unfinished and undecided manuscript, the scribes  consciously or unconsciously added, deleted  and modified it. Most scribes  lacked skills and the level of copying varied in quality. Accordingly, it was inevitable that clerical errors occurred, which led to a large number of variant versions of the book and even misinterpretations in the text. The third was the stage when Gao E and Cheng Weiyuan wrote a continuation of 40 chapters for ''A Dream in Red Mansions'', revised and published the whole book.--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 13:29, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And because it was an unfinished and undecided manuscript, the copywriters consciously or unconsciously added, deleted or modified it; Because most copywriters lacked skills and their level of copying varied in quality.so it was inevitable that led to a large number of different texts and even errors in the text. The third was the stage when Gao E and Cheng Weiyuan continued to write the last 40 chapters of ''A Dream in Red Mansions'',revised and published the whole book.  --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 03:47, 7 November 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
其间又可分为四段：首先由程伟元对各种《红楼梦》抄本加以搜集(其中可能包括无名氏续写的书稿)；其次由高鹗续写后四十回，并对前八十回进行大量修订(程伟元也可能参与了修订工作)；又次由程伟元于乾隆五十六年（公元1791年）用活字排印出版一百二十回本，后来被胡适先生命名为“程甲本”；次年由高鹗和程伟元对“程甲本”加以修订再版，后来又被胡适先生命名为“程乙本”。据说还有“程丙本”，如今已经不知下落，据个别看过的人说，较之“程乙本”改动甚少，因而可以置之不论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be divided into four periods: firstly, Cheng Weiyuan collected various transcripts of ''A Dream of Red Mansions ''(including the manuscripts of a sequel written by anonymous authors); Secondly, Gao E continued to write the last 40 chapters and made a lot of revisions to the first 80 chapters (Cheng Weiyuan may also had participated in the revision work); thirdly, another 120 copies were printed and published by Cheng Weiyuan in movable type in the 56th year of the emperor of Qianlong (AD 1791), which was later named &amp;quot;Cheng Jiaben&amp;quot; by Mr. Hu Shi;Lastly, in the following year, Gao E and Cheng Weiyuan revised and republished the &amp;quot;Cheng Jia Ben&amp;quot;, which was later named &amp;quot;Cheng Yi Ben&amp;quot; by Mr. Hu Shi. It is said that there is also &amp;quot;Cheng bing ben&amp;quot;, which is unknown now. According to someone who have seen it, there are few changes compared with &amp;quot;Cheng yiben&amp;quot;, so it can be set aside.   --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 03:22, 7 November 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be divided into four stages: in the first stage, Cheng Weiyuan collected all kinds of  transcripts of ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' (including the manuscripts of a sequel written by unknown authors); Secondly, Gao E continued the last 40 chapters and made a lot of revisions to the first 80 ones (Cheng Weiyuan may also had participated in the revision work); thirdly, another 120 copies were printed and published by Cheng Weiyuan in movable type in the 56th year under the reign of the  emperor Qianlong (AD 1791), which were later named &amp;quot;Cheng Jia (the first) Editions&amp;quot; by Hu Shi; Lastly, in the following year, Gao E and Cheng Weiyuan revised and republished the &amp;quot;Cheng Jia Edition&amp;quot;, which was later named &amp;quot;Cheng Yi (the second) Edition&amp;quot; by Hu Shi. It is said that there was also &amp;quot;Cheng Bing (the third) Edition&amp;quot;, which now has no whereabouts. According to someone who had once read it, compared with &amp;quot;Cheng Yi Edition&amp;quot;, there were so few changes that it could be set aside.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 15:11, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
其四是《红楼梦》刊本的流传阶段。此段从程伟元的活字本问世开始，直到现在。在刊本出现后，虽然由于某些人的爱好或习惯，仍有抄本流传，但已是强弩之末，不成气候，而刊本的流传却如燎原之势，席卷全国。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth period is the circulation of the printed versions of ''a Dream of Red Mansions''. This stage has been going on since Cheng Weiyuan's movable printed editions were published. After these versions appeared, though transcripts were still spreading due to some people's hobbies or habits, it was like a spent arrow and no longer had great influence, while the printed versions spread and swept like fire through the country.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 14:22, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth period is the circulation of the printed versions of ''a Dream of Red Mansions''. This stage start from cheng Weiyuan's movable type book came out and until now. After the publication appeared, although due to some people's hobbies or habits,  it was like a spent arrow and no longer had great influence, while the printed versions spread and swept like fire through the country.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 07:00, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
《红楼梦》如此特殊的创作和流传过程，导致了《红楼梦》的“三多”现象：版本多，异文多，讹误多。幸运的是，近几十年来，这些版本不仅不断被发现，而且陆续被影印出版，从而使我们得以大饱眼福。仅就我个人视野所及，即有十二种版本，而且五花八门：或名《石头记》(5种)，或名《红楼梦》(7种)；或为抄本(10种)，或为刊本(2种)；或为八十回系统(8种，其中6种为残本)，或为一百二十回系统(4种)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The special creation and dissemination process of A Dream of Red Mansions leads to the phenomenon of &amp;quot;three many&amp;quot; : many versions, many different texts and many errors. Fortunately, in recent decades, these editions have not only been discovered, but photocopied and published, so that we can feast our eyes on them. As far as I can see, there are twelve versions, and they are diverse，named as &amp;quot;The Story of the Stone&amp;quot; (five versions) or &amp;quot;A Dream of Red Mansions&amp;quot; (seven versions). Some are codex (10 kinds) and some are  periodical (2 kinds); Some are 80 chapter system (8 types, 6 of which are incomplete) and some are 120 chapter system (4 types).--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 06:53, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The special creation and dissemination process of ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' led to a phenomenon called &amp;quot;three many&amp;quot;: many editions, many variants and many errors. Fortunately, in recent decades, these editions have not only been discovered, but successively photocopied and published, which greatly regale us. As far as I know, there are twelve editions in great diversity. Some are titled ''The Story of the Stone'' (five editions), or ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' (seven editions); some are hand-copied (10 editions), while some printed (8 including 6 incomplete editions); some are composed of 80 chapters, while some others 120 chapters.--[[User:Liu Yunxin|Liu Yunxin]] ([[User talk:Liu Yunxin|talk]]) 13:17, 13 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
《红楼梦》的众多版本，对于研究者是极有价值的，它们可以帮助研究者分析《红楼梦》的创作过程和流传过程，并进行比较研究。但对于普通读者来说，如此眼花缭乱的版本，犹如坠入五里雾中，使他们无从选择。因此《红楼梦》的研究者有义务为他们提供一个最好的版本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The various versions of ''Dream of the Red Chamber'' have enormous value to researchers. They can be helpful to researchers in analyzing the processes of creation and dissemination, and facilitating comparative studies. However, for common readers, such a dazzling array of versions might leave them with a foggy head and unable to decide. Therefore, researchers are obliged to offer the best version. --[[User:Liu Yunxin|Liu Yunxin]] ([[User talk:Liu Yunxin|talk]]) 06:09, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
The various versions of ''Dream of the Red Chamber'' are valuable to researchers, which can helpful to them in analyzing the processes of creation and dissemination of the book,  as well as working on comparative studies. However, it would be confusing and indeterminable for the general readers when facing with such a dazzling array of versions. It’ s therefore incumbent upon researchers to offer the best version.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Luo Anyi|Luo Anyi]] ([[User talk:Luo Anyi|talk]]) 14:32, 14 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
况且为了很好地保存这笔珍贵的文化遗产，也必须确立一种《红楼梦》的最好版本。那么哪一种版本是《红楼梦》的最好版本呢？答案就是“程乙本”。鉴于至今仍有“红学家”对高鹗续写的《红楼梦》后四十回既持否定态度，又在出版《红楼梦》时不得不用它与曹雪芹的前八十回相配为完整的一百二十回本，我在这里必须首先对高续后四十回的价值略作说明。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, in order to preserve this precious cultural heritage, it is also necessary to establish the best version of ''Dream of the Red Chamber''. So which is the best version? The answer is &amp;quot;Cheng Yi Ben&amp;quot;. Since, when publishing ''Dream of the Red Chamber'', there are still &amp;quot;Redologists&amp;quot; who have a negative attitude towards Gao E 's subsequent writing of the later forty chapters of ''Dream of the Red Chamber'', and who had to use Gao‘ s creation in conjunction with Cao Xueqin's first eighty chapters as the complete one—hundred and twenty chapters, I must first give a brief explanation of the value of Gao's continuation of the later forty chapters.--[[User:Luo Anyi|Luo Anyi]] ([[User talk:Luo Anyi|talk]]) 07:18, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover，it is also necessary to establish the best version of ''Dream of the Red Chamber'' to preserve this precious cultural heritage.So which one is the best version of it？The answer is &amp;quot;Cheng Yi Ben&amp;quot;.Since there is still opposition against the forty chapters wrote by Gao E，the “master of the Dream of the Red Chamber，while it is a must to combine them and the eighty chapters wrote by Cao Xueqin to form an integral book which has one hundred and twenty chapters，I must briefly introduce the value of the forty chapters wrote by Gao E--[[User:Luo Xi|Luo Xi]] ([[User talk:Luo Xi|talk]]) 08:46, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
率先冲破评点派和索隐派而从中国小说发展史的角度客观评价高鹗续书的是胡适先生。他在1921年11月12日定稿的《〈红楼梦〉考证》（见1923年亚东图书馆版《胡适文存》）中说：我们平心而论，高鹗补的四十回，虽然比不上前八十回，也确然有不可埋没的好处。他写司棋之死，写鸳鸯之死，写妙玉的遭遇，写凤姐的死，写袭人的嫁，都是很有精采的小品文字。&lt;br /&gt;
The man who first transcend the groups of criticizing and objectively comment the continuation of Gao E from the perspective of the history of the development of Chinese novels is Hu Shi.He said in his 《Test of the Dream of the red mansions》finalised in 1921，12th November that：“To be honest，Gao E’s supplementary forty chapters，though not comparable to the original eighty chapters，still boast their own outstanding merits.For instance，he wrote the death of Si Qi，of Yuan Yang，of Feng Jie，the encounter of Miao Yu and the marriage of Xi Ren，are all excellent facetious words.--[[User:Luo Xi|Luo Xi]] ([[User talk:Luo Xi|talk]]) 12:08, 9 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was Mr. Hu Shi who firstly made a breakthrough between “Pingdian Group” and “Suoying Group” and objectively evaluated Gao E’s continuation from the perspective of Chinese novel’s history. In ''A Textual Research on A Dream of Red Mansions'' finalized on November 12, 1921 (''Hu Shi’s Article Archive'', Yadong Library Edition, 1923), he said, “To be fair, the following forty episodes written by Gao E certainly have undeniable charm although not as good as the previous eighty. He ended Siqi’s life with death, wrote about the death of Yuanyang, the suffering of Miaoyu, Sister Feng’s demise and the marriage of Xiren, all of which are really brilliant sketches. --[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 06:31, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
最可注意的是这些人都写作悲剧的下场。还有那最重要的“木石前盟”一件公案，高鹗居然忍心害理的教黛玉病死，教宝玉出家，作一个大悲剧的结束，打破了中国小说的团圆迷信。这一点悲剧的眼光，不能不令人佩服。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is noteworthy that all these people wrote about tragic endings, expecially th most important case of &amp;quot; Wood and Stone's Previous Oath&amp;quot;. In the novel, Gao E auturally had the heart to leave Daiyu to die of illness and Baoyu to become a monk. He made it ended up as a great tragedy and broke the routine of &amp;quot;reunion superstition&amp;quot; in traditional Chinese novels, which could not be more admirable from the tragic perspective.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 05:00, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is most noteworthy that all these characters are created with tragic endings. And as regards the most important case --- &amp;quot;The Pledge in front of Wood and Stone&amp;quot;, in the novel, the author Gao E actually ended Daiyu's life with death resulting from illness and left Baoyu (Precious Jade Merchant) to become a monk. Gao E finished ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' with a tragical epilogue so as to break the superstition that Chinese novels routinely end in happy reunion. In this sense, Gao E's tragic perspective deserves admiration and praise.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 08:09, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
我们试看高鹗以后，那许多续《红楼梦》和补《红楼梦》的人，那一个不是想把黛玉、晴雯都从棺材里扶出来，重新配给宝玉？那一个不是想做一部“团圆”的《红楼梦》的？我们这里退一步想，就不能不佩服高鹗的补本了。我们不但佩服，还应该感谢他，因为他这部悲剧的补本……居然打倒了后来无数的团圆《红楼梦》，居然替中国保存了一部有悲剧下场的小说！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we can see, after Gao E finished ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' (which was left unfinished by the previous author Cao Xueqin), many of those who wrote this work continually or supplementarily were all eager to save Lin Daiyu and Qing Wen (or Sunny Cloud Formation), who died and lay in coffin, and then to betroth them to Jia Baoyu (or Precious Jade Merchant). And these writers all had the desire to end the story in a warm reunion. On second thought, we cannot but have a high opinion of Gao E's supplementary version ''A Dream of Red Mansions''. Arguably, not only should we admire but show gratitude for him, on the grounds that, his edition packed with tragic color is unexpectedly more laudatory than those with happy endings, actually preserving a novel with the tragical epilogue in China.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 07:35, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we can see, after Gao E finished ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' (which was left unfinished by the previous author Cao Xueqin), many of those who wrote this work continually or supplementarily were all eager to save Lin Daiyu and Qing Wen (or Sunny Cloud Formation), who died and lay in coffin, and then to betroth them to Jia Baoyu (or Precious Jade Merchant). Which writer did not want to create &amp;quot;A Dream of the Red mansion&amp;quot; with a reunion ending? On second thought, we cannot but have a high opinion of Gao E's supplementary version ''A Dream of Red Mansions''. Arguably, not only should we admire but show gratitude for him, on the grounds that, his edition packed with tragic color is unexpectedly more laudatory than those with happy endings, actually preserving a novel with the tragical epilogue in China.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 12:33, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
几乎与胡适同时，俞平伯先生也对高鹗的续书予以专章论述。他在1923年亚东图书馆出版的《红楼梦辨·论续书底不可能》中说：从高鹗以下，百馀年来，续《红楼梦》的人如此之多，但都是失败的……我以为凡书都不能续，不但《红楼梦》不能续；凡续书的人都失败，不但高鹗诸人失败而已。&lt;br /&gt;
Almost at the same time as Hu Shi, Mr. Yu Pingbo also devoted a chapter to the continuation of Gao E's book. He said in the &amp;quot;A Dream of the Red Mansion - the impossibility of the continuation of the book&amp;quot; published by the Yadong Library in 1923: From Gao E down, more than a hundred years, so many people have renewed the &amp;quot;A Dream of the Red Mansion&amp;quot;, but they all failed ...... I think all books can not be renewed, not only the &amp;quot;A Dream of the Red Mansion&amp;quot; can not be renewed; all the people who renewed the book failed, not only Gao E and others failed.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 12:27, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost at the same time as Hu Shi, Mr. Yu Pingbo also devoted a comment chapter to the continuation of Gao E. He said in the &amp;quot;A Dream of the Red Mansion - the impossibility of the continuation of the book&amp;quot; published by the Yadong Library in 1923: Since Gao E, more than a hundred years, so many people have renewed the &amp;quot;A Dream of the Red Mansion&amp;quot;, but they all failed ... I think all books can not be renewed, not only the &amp;quot;A Dream of the Red Mansion&amp;quot; is in the case; all the people who renewed books failed, not only Gao E and others did.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 01:43, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
因此他的结论是：高鹗诸人续写的《红楼梦》都是“狗尾续貂”。俞先生“凡书都不能续”、“凡续书的人都失败”的说法未免武断，至少措辞不够严谨。事实上，成功的续书并非没有，只是不多。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, his conclusion is: The continuations of &amp;quot;The Dream of Red Mansions&amp;quot; written by the Gao E and others are all &amp;quot;wretched sequels to a masterpiece.&amp;quot; Mr. Yu’s statement that “every book cannot be continued” and “everyone who renews a book fails” is a bit too arbitrary, at least the wording is not rigorous enough. In fact, successful continuations do exist, but are not substantial.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 01:29, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He therefore concludes that the sequels to Dream of the Red Chamber written by the Gao Ospreys are all &amp;quot;dog tails on a marten&amp;quot;, which means a wretched sequels to a masterpiece. Mr. Yu's statement that &amp;quot;all books cannot be renewed&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;all those who renew books will fail&amp;quot; is arbitrary, or at least not carefully worded. In fact, successful continuations do exist, but are not substantial.--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 23:35, 9 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
且不说成功的学术著作不乏范例，就是小说作品的续书也有成功的。譬如清代陈忱的《水浒后传》、近代吴趼人的《新石头记》，就都是别开生面之作。不过俞先生毕竟是严肃的学者，尽管他对高鹗的续书很不满意，却对高鹗的功绩予以肯定。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not to mention that there is no shortage of examples of successful scholarly works, there are also successful sequels to works of fiction. For example, Chen Chen's ''The Afterlife of Water Margin'' in the Qing dynasty and Wu Jianren's ''The New Story of the Stone'' in the modern era are both original works. But Mr. Yu, after all, was a serious scholar, and although he was dissatisfied with Gao E's sequel, he acknowledged Gao's merits.--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 23:25, 9 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not to mention that there is no shortage of successful examples of scholarly works, there are also successes in sequels to works of fiction. For example, Chen Chen's ''The Afterlife of Water Margin'' in the Qing dynasty and Wu Jianren's ''The New Story of the Stone'' in the modern era are both original works in new forms. But Mr. Yu, after all, was a serious scholar, and although he was dissatisfied with Gao E's sequel, he acknowledged Gao's merits.--[[User:Qing Jianan|Qing Jianan]] ([[User talk:Qing Jianan|talk]]) 09:06, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
他在《红楼梦辨·后四十回底批评》中说：高鹗以审慎的心思，正当的态度来续《红楼梦》；他宁可失之于拘泥，不敢失之于杜撰。其所以失败：一则因《红楼梦》本非可以续补的书，二则因高鹗与曹雪芹个性相差太远，便不自觉地相违远了。处处去追寻作者，而始终赶他不上，以致迷途；这是他失败时底光景。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He said in the ''Defense of The Dream of Red Mansion: the criticism of the last forty chapters'': “GaoE continued writing The Dream of Red Mansion with his prudent intention and serious attitude; He would rather make it up than adhere to it. There are two reasons for the failure of his version. The first is that the book itself is not a book that can be continued writing. The other is GaoE’ s character is different far from Cao Xueqin’sw which naturally lead to his misconception about this book. He tried his best to catch the main points of Cao Xueqin whereas he even couldn’t see the back of Cao Xueqin resulting in the wrong path. This is his background of failure.--[[User:Qing Jianan|Qing Jianan]] ([[User talk:Qing Jianan|talk]]) 08:11, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He said in the '' Defense of A Dream of Red Mansions: the criticism of the last forty chapters '': “Gao E continued writing '' A Dream of Red Mansions '' with his prudent intention and serious attitude; He would rather rigidly adhere to the content than fabricate some details. There are two reasons for the failure of his version. The first is that this novel itself is not the one that can be continued writing. The other is that Gao E’ s character is different far from Cao Xueqin’s which naturally lead to very distinct characteristics in this novel. He tried his best to catch the main points of Cao Xueqin whereas he even couldn’t see the back of Cao Xueqin resulting in the wrong path. This is the reason of his failure.--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 13:28, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
至于混四十回于八十回中，就事论事，是一种过失；就效用影响而论，是一种功德；混合而论是功多罪少。“失败了，光荣地失败了！”是我对于高鹗底赞扬和指斥。俞先生在晚年对高鹗的续书给予更多的肯定，认为高鹗的续书使残缺的《红楼梦》成为完璧，是一大功劳。  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
As for adding forty chapters to the original eighty chapters, sticking to the facts, it is actually a demerit. However, it can be a kind of merits and virtues in terms of utility effect. With regarding to several aspects, and his merits can more than wipe out his faults. “Failed, gloriously failed!”It's my praise and rebuke to Gao E. In the later years of Mr. Yu, he gave more recognition to Gao E’sequel, believing that Gao E’ sequel made the fragmentary ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' a complete story which was a great credit.--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 13:25, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for mixing the forty chapters to the original eighty chapters, actually it is a kind of negligence in terms of facts; in terms of effectiveness and influence, it is a kind of merit; in terms of mixing, it is more meritorious and less sinful. &amp;quot;Failed, failed gloriously!&amp;quot; I praised and reprimanded Gao E. In his later years, Mr. Yu gave more affirmation to Gao E’s sequel, and believed that Gao E’ s sequel made the incomplete ''Dream of Red Mansions'' a great achievement.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 05:16, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅先生也对高鹗的续书予以肯定，只是对书末贾府的“复振”表示遗憾。他在《中国小说史略》（1923、1924年由北京大学新潮社分上下册出版，1925年由北京北新书局合为一册出版）第二十四篇中说：后四十回虽数量止初本之半，而大故迭起，破败死亡相继，与所谓“食尽鸟飞独存白地”者颇符，惟结束又复振。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun also gave a approval to the sequel of the book by Gao E, but regretted the “revitalization” part of Jias at the end of the book. He claimed in Chapter 24 of ''Chinese Novel Outline History''(In 1923 and 1924, published in two volumes by the New Trend Union of Peking University, and in 1925, published in one volume by Beixin Publishing House in Beijing) that although the latter forty chapters is only half of the original version in quantity, there are great changes, ups and downs, and dilapidated deaths one after another, which is very consistent with the so-called “eating all birds and flying alone in the white land”, but it ends and vibrates again.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 09:14, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun also affirmed Gao E’s sequel, and just expressed regret for the “revitalization” of Jia’s mansion at the end of the book. He claimed in chapter 24 of Chinese Novel Outline History(In 1923 and 1924, published in two volumes by the New Trend Union of Peking University, and in 1925, published in one volume by Beixin Publishing House in Beijing) that although the last forty chapters are only half of the original version in quantity, events occurred constantly and loss and death were in succession, which was quite consistent with the statement “birds ate and flew, then left the bleak place”. But it was a pity that the sequel ended in revitalization. --[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 00:58, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
以上三位权威学者对高鹗续书的评价不尽相同，但有两点共识：高鹗的后四十回逊于曹雪芹的前八十回，但他完成了曹雪芹的未竟之业，使残缺的《红楼梦》成为完璧；尤其打破了中国传统小说的“团圆迷信”，使《红楼梦》成为中国小说史上首部悲剧小说，这在中国小说发展史上是一个伟大创举。我认为三位先生的这两点共识是客观公正的，是高见卓识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above three authoritative scholars hold various comments on Gao E’s sequel, but sharing two points of consensus. One the one hand, Gao E’s last forty chapters are inferior to Cao Xueqin’s first eighty counterparts, but he has completed Cao’s unfinished work, rendering A Dream in Red Mansions perfect. On the other hand, in particular, Gao E breaks the routine of “reunion superstition”in traditional Chinese novels and makes A Dream in Red Mansions the first tragic writing in the past records of Chinese novels, which is a great pioneering work in the history of Chinese novel development. As far as I am concerned, these two points proposed by the three respected scholars are objective, fair and insightful. --[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 14:23, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above three authoritative scholars hold various comments on Gao E’s sequel, but sharing two points of consensus. One the one hand, Gao E’s last forty chapters are inferior to Cao Xueqin’s first eighty counterparts, but he has completed Cao’s unfinished work, rendering the incomplete ''A Dream in Red Mansions'' complete. On the other hand, in particular, Gao E breaks the routine of “reunion superstition”in traditional Chinese novels and makes ''A Dream in Red Mansions'' become the first tragic writing in the past records of Chinese novels, which is a great pioneering work in the history of Chinese novel development. As far as I am concerned, these two points proposed by the three respected scholars are objective, fair and insightful.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 06:49, 9 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
晚近的某些“新红学家”尽管对高鹗大加挞伐，却无法推翻三位先生的这两点共识；最多只能进一步证明高鹗的续书比不上曹雪芹的原作，而不能抹煞高鹗续书的这两大功绩。我们可以设想，如果没有高鹗的续书，只能有两种结果：一是我们只能看到一部残缺不全的《红楼梦》，犹如只能欣赏一只断尾巴的孔雀；二是我们只能看到《红楼复梦》、《红楼圆梦》之类下三流续作，使《红楼梦》跳不出“团圆”小说的窠臼。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although some recent &amp;quot;new Redologists&amp;quot; criticized Gao E drastically, they could not overturn the consensus of the three gentlemen; at most, they could only further prove that Gao E's sequel is not comparable to Cao Xueqin's original, rather than erase the two achievements of Gao E's renewal. We can imagine that if we have no Gao E's sequel, there can only be two results: one is that we can only see an incomplete ''A Dream of Red Mansions'', like only enjoying a peacock with a broken tail, the other is that we can only see ''A Dream of Red Mansions Again'', ''A Dream of Red Mansions Reunion'' and other renewals that are third-classs, which makes ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' cannot jump out of the mold of &amp;quot;reunion&amp;quot; novel.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 06:45, 9 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Mahzad Heydarian|Mahzad Heydarian]] ([[User talk:Mahzad Heydarian|talk]]) 16:25, 9 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although some recent “new Redologists” criticized Gao E drastically, they could not overturn the two consensuses of the three gentlemen; they could only further prove that Gao E's sequel is not comparable to Cao Xueqin's original, rather than obliterate the two achievements of Gao E's continuation. We can imagine that, without Gao E's sequel, there would be only two results: one is that we could only see an incomplete ''A Dream of Red Mansions'', as if we could only appreciate a peacock with a broken tail, the other is that we can only see such third-rate sequels like ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' Again, ''A Dream of Red Mansions Reunion'', making ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' cannot jump out of the set pattern of &amp;quot;reunion&amp;quot; novel. --[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 06:17, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
因此，不仅我们应该感谢高鹗，如果曹雪芹地下有知，也会视高鹗为知己。胡适等三位先生论证了高鹗的两大功绩，就等于完全肯定了完整的一百二十回的《红楼梦》。但完整的《红楼梦》有两种版本，即“程甲本”和“程乙本”，两者的出版时间仅隔一年左右。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, not only should we be grateful to Gao E, if Cao Xueqin was alive and knew about it, he would also regard Gao E as a confidant. Hu Shi and other three gentlemen demonstrated Gao E’s three achievements, which was equivalent to confirming the complete 120 chapters of a Dream of Red Mansions. However, there are two versions of the complete work, namely the “Cheng A edition” and “Cheng B edition”, whose publishing interval was only about one year. --[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 15:35, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Shi and other three gentlemen demonstrated gao e's two great achievements, which is equivalent to confirming the complete 120 chapters of a Dream of Red Mansions. However, there are two versions of the complete work, namely the &amp;quot;Cheng Jiabo edition&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Cheng Yibo edition&amp;quot;, which were published only about a year apart.--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 05:17, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
这两种版本究竟哪一种更好呢？当然是“程乙本”，因为它是高鹗对“程甲本”精心修订的定稿本。程伟元和高鹗在“程乙本”《〈红楼梦〉引言》中说：因急欲公诸同好，故初印时不及细校，间有纰缪。今复聚集各原本，详加校阅，改订无讹。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which of these two versions is better? Of course, it is &amp;quot;Cheng B&amp;quot;, because it is gao e to &amp;quot;Cheng A&amp;quot; carefully revised final version. Cheng Weiyuan and Gao E said in &amp;quot;Cheng Yiben&amp;quot; &amp;quot;DREAM of Red Mansions&amp;quot; introduction: Due to the urgent desire for public relations, the initial printing was not corrected in detail, and there were mistakes. This complex gathered the original, detailed review, change without error.--[[User:Wang Yifan21|Wang Yifan21]] ([[User talk:Wang Yifan21|talk]]) 05:12, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which version is better? Of course, it is &amp;quot;Cheng Yi&amp;quot;, because it is gao e to &amp;quot;Cheng Jia&amp;quot; carefully revised final version. Cheng Weiyuan and Gao E said in &amp;quot;Cheng Yi&amp;quot; &amp;quot;DREAM of Red Mansions&amp;quot; introduction: Due to the urgent desire for public relations, the initial printing was not corrected in detail, and there were mistakes. This complex gathered the original, detailed review, change without error.--[[User:Wang Zhenlong|Wang Zhenlong]] ([[User talk:Wang Zhenlong|talk]]) 12:36, 22 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
惟阅者谅之。这就是说，高鹗续写后四十回并修订曹雪芹的前八十回时，“因急欲公诸同好”，未能像曹雪芹那样“批阅十载，增删五次”，而是匆促而成，在排印过程中又没有仔细校对，以致“纰缪”难免，因而立即加以修订再版，从而产生了“程乙本”。可见“程乙本”是对“程甲本”的“纰缪”加以修订的本子，自然胜于“程甲本”了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only those who read it will forgive it. That is to say, when Gao E continued to write the last 40 chapters and revised Cao Xueqin's first 80 chapters, &amp;quot;because he was anxious to be good to the public&amp;quot;, he failed to &amp;quot;review for ten years, add and delete five times&amp;quot; as Cao Xueqin did.Hurriedly,he did not proofread carefully in the process of typesetting, so that &amp;quot;mistakes&amp;quot; were inevitable.Therefore, he immediately revised and reprinted it, resulting in &amp;quot;the version of Cheng Yi&amp;quot;. It can be seen that &amp;quot;the version of Cheng Yi&amp;quot; is a book to revise the &amp;quot;mistakes&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;the version of Cheng Jia&amp;quot;, which is naturally better than &amp;quot;the version of Cheng Jia&amp;quot;.--[[User:Wang Zhenlong|Wang Zhenlong]] ([[User talk:Wang Zhenlong|talk]]) 02:57, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only readers will forgive it. That is to say, when Gao E continued to write the last 40 chapters and revised Cao Xueqin's first 80 chapters, he was anxious to share it with the public, so he failed to review for ten years, add and delete five times as Cao Xueqin did.He hurried to finish it, not proofreading carefully in the process of typesetting, so mistakes were inevitable. Therefore, \ he immediately revised and reprinted another verison, resulting in appearing &amp;quot;Cheng Yi (the second) Edition&amp;quot;. It can be seen that &amp;quot; Cheng Yi&amp;quot; is a book to revise the &amp;quot;mistakes&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;Cheng Jia (the first) Edition&amp;quot;, which is naturally better than &amp;quot;Cheng Jia&amp;quot;.--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 07:43, 13 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
然而由于出版商不加细较，以为初刊本更为可靠，以致在相当一段时间内，翻印的“程甲本”曾大行其道。直到1927年，胡适先生因亚东图书馆老板汪元放先生点校并出版过“程甲本”，便将自己珍藏的“程乙本”推荐给汪先生。汪先生便将“程乙本”与“程甲本”加以仔细对勘，并加上新式标点，予以出版。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the publisher did not go into details, and believed that the first edition was more reliable. So in a fairly long period, the translated and printed “Cheng Jia (the first) Edition” became popular. Until 1927, Mr. Hushi recommended his treasured collection of “Cheng Yi (the second) Edition” to the owner of Yadong Library, Mr. Wang Yuanfang after he heard that Mr. Wang had punctuated, proofead and published“Cheng Jia (the first) Edition”. Then Mr. Wang checked against another between “Cheng Jia” and “Cheng Yi” , added the new punctuation and published it.--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 03:17, 10 November 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the publisher did not proofread carefully and believed that the first edition was more reliable. So in a fairly long period, the printed “Chengjia Edition” became popular. Until 1927, Mr. Hushi recommended his treasured collection of “Chengyi Edition” to Mr. Wang Yuanfang who was the owner of Yadong Library because Mr. Wang once proofread and published “Chengjia Edition”. Then Mr. Wang contrasted “Chengjia Edition” with “Chengyi Edition” in detail and decided to add the  new-style punctuations to the latter and publish it.--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 11:00, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
胡适先生并为该书写了《重印乾隆壬子本〈红楼梦〉序》。他在《序》文中说：现在印出的程乙本，就是那“聚集各原本，详加校阅，改订无讹”的本子，可说是高鹗、程伟元合刻的定本。这个改本有许多改订修正之处，胜于程甲本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr.Hushi wrote &amp;quot;A Preface for the Re-printed Qianlong Renzi Edition of ''A Dream in Red Mansions''&amp;quot; for this book. In the preface, he said that the newly-printed Chengyi edition which was revised carefully by referring to all kinds of original editions to make sure no incorrect information in it, was the final edition made by Gao E and Cheng Weiyuan. This edition had many corrections so it was better than the Chengjia edition. --[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 08:47, 11 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr.Hushi has written ''A Preface for the Re-printed Qianlong Renzi Version of &amp;quot;''A Dream in Red Mansions''&amp;quot;'' for this book. In this preface, he said that the current printed Chengyi edition was the final edition made by Gao E and Cheng Weiyuan which was revised carefully by gathering all kinds of original editions to make sure no incorrect information was in it. This edition had many corrections so it was much better than the Chengjia edition.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 06:58, 23 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
但这个本子发行在后，程甲本已有人翻刻了；初本的一些矛盾错误仍旧留在现行各本里，虽经各家批注里指出，终没有人敢改正。胡适先生并举了三个例子，以证明“程乙本”胜于“程甲本”。由此可知，胡适先生不仅是第一个发现并公开指出“程乙本”胜于“程甲本”的人，而且推荐并贡献出了自己珍藏的“程乙本”初刊本，为“程乙本”后来的广泛流行起了决定性的作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But after the release of this edition, Cheng Jia edition has already been reprinted. Some contradictions and errors from the original edition still remained in the current edition. Although many literary masters has pointed out these mistakes in their annotations, no one eventually dared to correct them. And Mr. Hu Shi gave three examples to prove that Cheng Yi edition was better than Cheng Jia edition. So it can be seen that he was not only the first to discover and publicly pointed out this, but also recommended and contributed the original Cheng Yi edition of his own treasure, which played a decisive role in the wide popularity of this edition.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 00:55, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But after the release of this edition, Cheng Jia edition has already been reprinted. Some contradictions and errors of the original edition still remained in the current edition. Although many literary masters had pointed out these mistakes in their annotations, but no one eventually dared to correct them. And Mr. Hu Shi gave three examples to prove that Cheng Yi edition was better than Cheng Jia edition. So it can be seen that he was not only the first to discover and publicly pointed out this, but also recommended and contributed the original Cheng Yi edition of his own treasure, and that played a decisive role in the wide popularity of its  edition.--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 06:19, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
汪原放先生也没有辜负胡适先生的重托，不仅出版了“程乙本”，而且对两个“程本”加以仔细对勘，并用增删改动文字的统计数字与具体例子（详见下文），进一步证明了“程乙本”优于“程甲本”。由于胡适先生的学术威望和汪原放先生点校的“程乙本”面世，尤其是“程乙本”确实胜于“程甲本”，故此后书商大多舍弃了“程甲本”，竞相刊印“程乙本”，“程乙本”几乎一统天下。这种局面一直持续到上世纪五六十年代。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr.Wang Yuanfang also lived up to the great trust of Mr.Hu Shi. He not only published &amp;quot;Cheng Yiben&amp;quot;, but also carefully surveyed the two &amp;quot;Cheng Yiben&amp;quot;, and changed the statistics and specific examples (see below for details), further proving that &amp;quot;Cheng Yiben&amp;quot; was better than &amp;quot;Cheng Jiaben&amp;quot;. Because Mr.Hu Shi's academic prestige and Mr.Wang Yuanfang's &amp;quot;Cheng Yiben&amp;quot; were published, especially &amp;quot;Cheng Yiben&amp;quot; was indeed better than &amp;quot;Cheng Jiaben&amp;quot;, so most booksellers abandoned &amp;quot;Cheng Jiaben&amp;quot; and competed to print &amp;quot;Cheng Yiben&amp;quot;, &amp;quot; Cheng Yiben &amp;quot; almost unified the whole world. The situation has been continuing until the 1950s and 1960s.--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 14:48, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wang Yuanfang also lived up to Mr. Hu Shi's great trust. He not only published &amp;quot;Cheng Yi Ben&amp;quot;, but also carefully surveyed the two &amp;quot;Cheng Ben&amp;quot;, and further proved that &amp;quot;Cheng Yi Ben&amp;quot; was better than &amp;quot;Cheng Jia Ben&amp;quot; with statistics and specific examples of adding, deleting and changing words (see below for details). Due to the academic prestige of Mr. Hu Shi and the appearance of &amp;quot;Cheng Yi Ben&amp;quot; ordered by Mr. Wang Yuanfang, especially &amp;quot;Cheng Yi Ben&amp;quot; is indeed better than &amp;quot;Cheng Jia Ben&amp;quot;, most booksellers abandoned &amp;quot;Cheng Jia Ben&amp;quot; and competed to publish &amp;quot;Cheng Yi Ben&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Cheng Yi Ben&amp;quot; almost dominates the world. This situation lasted until the 1950s and 1960s.--[[User:Wu Yinghong|Wu Yinghong]] ([[User talk:Wu Yinghong|talk]]) 13:31, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
然而到了八十年代以后，“程乙本”一统天下的局面却被打破了，各种版本的《红楼梦》纷纷涌现，其中多为拼凑本，即前八十回采用抄本，后四十回则多采用高鹗作废了的“程甲本”，从而造成了《红楼梦》版本的混乱现象。这种混乱现象使本来已经解决了的《红楼梦》版本问题又重新出现纷争，也使普通读者陷入了不知如何选择《红楼梦》的境地。&lt;br /&gt;
However, after the 1980s, the situation of &amp;quot;Cheng Yi Ben&amp;quot; dominating the world was broken, and various versions of a dream of Red Mansions emerged one after another, most of which were piecemeal copies, that is, the transcripts of the first 80 chapters were used, and the &amp;quot;Cheng Jia Ben&amp;quot; cancelled by Gao e was used in the last 40 chapters, resulting in the confusion of the version of a dream of Red Mansions. This chaotic phenomenon makes the original version of a dream of Red Mansions once again controversial, and makes ordinary readers fall into the situation of not knowing how to choose a dream of Red Mansions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, after the 1980s, the dominating situation of &amp;quot;Cheng Yi version&amp;quot;was broken, and various versions of The Dream of Red Mansions emerged one after another, most of which were cobbled together, where the first eighty editions used the codified version, while the last forty editions mostly used Gao E's cancelled Cheng Jia version, thus causing confusion in the version of a Dream of Red Mansions.This kind of confusion makes the issue of the edition of a Dream of Red Mansions reappear, and also makes ordinary readers have no idea how to choose a Dream of Red Mansions.--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 06:27, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
钱锺书先生虽然不研究《红楼梦》，但对《红楼梦》版本的混乱现象却很不以为然。他在上世纪九十年代说过（大意）：《红楼梦》研究中的许多纠葛与纷争，大多源于版本问题。在同一问题上，张三根据这个版本，李四根据那个版本，公说公有理，婆说婆有理，一万年也说不清，实在无谓得很。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Qian zhongshu never study ''The Dream of Red Mansions'', he considers that the phenomenon of mess versions does not really matter.In the 1990s, he said that (roughly meaning)most of the disputes in the study of ''The Dream of Red Mansions'' resulted from the issue of versions. On the same issue, different people refer to different versions for their so-called reasonable purpose.Thus, the disputes can never be settled. And such a phenomenon is really meaningless.--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 06:23, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Qian zhongshu never study ''The Dream of Red Mansions'', he considered disapprovingly that the phenomenon of chaos versions does not really matter.In the 1990s, he said that (a rough meaning)most of the disputes in the study of ''The Dream of Red Mansions'' resulted from the issue of versions. On the same issue, different people refer to different versions for their so-called reasonable purpose.Thus, the disputes can never be settled. And such a phenomenon is really meaningless.--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 06:47, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
这是《红楼梦》的悲剧，也是中国学界的悲剧。为了永久保存《红楼梦》这笔珍贵遗产，也为了给广大读者提供一个《红楼梦》的范本，必须从众多版本中确定一个最好的版本，而这个版本就是胡适先生推荐的“程乙本”。至于其他版本，则只供研究之用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is not only the tragedy of The Dream of the Red Chamber , but also the tragedy of Chinese academic circles. In order to permanently preserve the precious heritage of The Dream of the Red Chamber and provide readers with a model of The Dream of the Red Chamber, we must determine the best version from many versions, and this version is the &amp;quot;Cheng Yi version&amp;quot; recommended by Mr. Hu Shi. Other versions are only for research purposes only.--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 14:00, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is not only a tragedy of Dream of the Red Chamber , but also a tragedy of Chinese academic circles. In order to permanently preserve the precious heritage of Dream of the Red Chamber and provide readers with a model of Dream of the Red Chamber, we must determine the best version from many versions, and this version is the &amp;quot;Cheng Yi version&amp;quot; recommended by Mr. Hu Shi. Other versions are only for research purposes only.--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 11:15, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
我完全赞成以上诸位先生的看法，毋须我再费笔墨，所以我在这里只是为他们的看法提供一些实例。首先，“程乙本”的前八十回由于经过了高鹗(也许还有程伟元)的大量修订，较之诸抄本大有改观，使之更加完善。具体来说，就是对众多异文加以筛选，去除讹误，择善而从，并加以必要的补阙、修改、删节和增饰。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I totally agree with the views of the above teachers, so I don't need to say more, so I will just provide some examples for their views here. First of all, the first eighty books of &amp;quot;Cheng Yi version&amp;quot; have been revised extensively by Gao Osprey (and perhaps Cheng Wei Yuan), which is a great improvement over the codices and makes it more perfect. Specifically, it is the screening of many different texts, the removal of errors, the selection of good, and the necessary additions, modifications, abridgments and additions.--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 10:56, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I totally agree with the opinions of you all, so I don't bother to say more. So I will just provide some examples for their views here. First of all, the first eightith chapters of &amp;quot;Cheng Yi's version&amp;quot; have been revised for many times by Gao Osprey (and perhaps Cheng Wei Yuan), which is an improvement over the codices and makes it more perfect. Specifically, it made a selection from many different texts, corrected errors, selected the good, and offered the necessary additions, modifications, removal and polishment.--[[User:Xiong Min|Xiong Min]] ([[User talk:Xiong Min|talk]]) 07:28, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
试举六例如下：例一：原作第十七、十八两回合用一套回目，第十九回没有回目。高鹗将那套合用的回目归第十七回，而为第十八、十九两回补拟了回目。例二：原作第十八回写元妃省亲回府，“只见园中香烟缭绕，花彩缤纷，处处灯光相映，时时细乐声喧，说不尽太平景象，富贵风流”，下面却接着有这样一段：此时自己回想当初在大荒山中青埂峰下，那等凄凉寂寞。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are six examples. Firstly, the chapter 17 and 18 of the original work shared the same title and the 19th one didn't have have any. Gao-E merged the shared one into chapter 17 and rethought a title for chapter 18 and 19. Secondly, chapter 18 in the original one showed that Yuan concubine visited relatives, as &amp;quot;See nothing but scent lingering, flowers blossoming, lights glistening and bustle hustleing.WHat a stable and flourish society!&amp;quot; Here goes another saying: at that time I recalled the time when I in the foot of Dahuangshan Mountain, and I felt so lonely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are six examples. Firstly, the chapter 17 and 18 of the original work shared the same title and the 19th one didn't have any. Gao'E merged the shared one into chapter 17 and rethought a title for chapter 18 and 19. Secondly, chapter 18 in the original one showed that Yuan concubine visited relatives, as &amp;quot;See nothing but scent lingering, flowers blossoming, lights glistening and bustle hustleing.WHat a stable and flourish society!&amp;quot; Here goes another saying: at that time I recalled the time when I in the foot of Dahuangshan Mountain, and I felt so lonely.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 09:55, 14 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
若不亏癞僧、跛道二人携来到此，又安能得见这般世面？本欲作一篇《灯月赋》、《省亲颂》，以志今日之事，但又恐入了别书的俗套。按此时之景，即作一赋一赞，也不能得尽其妙；即不作赋、赞，其豪华富丽，观者诸公亦可想而知矣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If LaiSeng and BoDao don't bring me here, how could I can see such elephant. I wanted to write an ''Ode to Lantern Moon'' or ''Ode to Visiting Relatives'' to commemorate today's event, but I was afraid to falling into the conventions of other books. The scene of this period, we can't get its wonderful in length even we write a praise. And if we don't write, the viewer also can imagine its luxurious richly.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 11:26, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If not the monk with scappy head and the lame Taoist priest bring me here, how could I can see such the world like this. I wanted to write an ''Ode to Lantern Moon'' or ''Ode to Visiting Relatives'' to commemorate today's event, but I was afraid to falling into the conventions of other books. In the scene of this period, we can't get the wonderfulness in length even we write a praise. And if we don't write, the viewer also can imagine its luxury and richness.--[[User:Yan Jing|Yan Jing]] ([[User talk:Yan Jing|talk]]) 02:18, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
所以倒是省了这工夫纸墨，且说正经的为是。本书前面已经交代得明明白白，大荒山青埂峰下的那块石头被一僧一道携入红尘后已幻化为口衔通灵宝玉的贾宝玉，而从这段话看，那块石头的化身却是贾元春，难道姐弟二人都是那块石头所化吗？如果说这段话的前大半截是写贾宝玉的心理活动，误安在了贾元春的头上，也还是说不通，因为不可能在描写贾元春省亲观感的文字当中无缘无故插入一段对贾宝玉的心理描写。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the time to write them is saved, and it is time to talk something serious. It has been clearly explained in the front of this book that the stone under the Loveroot Peak of the Great Wilderness Mountain has been transformed into Precious Jade Merchant with psychic jade in his mouth after being brought into the world by a monk and a Taoist priest. From this paragraph, however, the incarnation of that stone is First Spring Merchant. Are both the sister and brother transformed by that stone? If the first half of this paragraph is about Precious Jade Merchant's psychological activities, and is mistakenly thought as First Spring Merchant's, it still doesn't make sense. Because it is impossible to insert a psychological description of Precious Jade Merchant into the words describing First Spring Merchant's feelings about relatives for no reason.--[[User:Yan Jing|Yan Jing]] ([[User talk:Yan Jing|talk]]) 10:16, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the first half of this paragraph is about Precious Jade Merchant's psychological activities, which is mistakenly thought as First Spring Merchant's, it still doesn't make sense. &lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 10:13, 13 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
尤为荒唐的是，从“观者诸公”以下文字，又突然变为作者的第三人称口气，更令人丈二金刚，摸不着头脑。如此语无伦次的拙劣文字，决非曹雪芹的原文，而是抄书者的误抄或窜文。“程乙本”将其全部删除，犹如割除了一个赘瘤，使行文变得合理而又通畅。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is particularly absurd is that, from the following words &amp;quot;all the audience&amp;quot;, and suddenly into the third person tone of the author,which is even more puzzling. Such incoherent poor text, not Cao Xueqin's original text, but the copy of the wrong copy or channelized text. &amp;quot;Cheng Yiben&amp;quot; deleted all of them, just like cutting out a superfluous tumor, so that the writing becomes reasonable and unobstructed.--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 12:58, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
例三：原作第二十二回写荣国府作灯谜游戏，目的在于通过各人制作的灯谜，以暗示各自的性情、志向及将来结局，是全书的重要段落。大约因曹雪芹当时没有完全想好，故只写了贾母、贾政、元春、迎春、探春、惜春、宝钗的灯谜，而将宝玉、黛玉、湘云的灯谜暂缺，留待以后补写，不料曹雪芹突然去世，未及补写，致使原稿残缺。高鹗大胆地将原作宝钗的灯谜移作黛玉的灯谜，又增写了宝钗和宝玉的灯谜，我以为移得合理，增作也很精彩。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: the 22nd episode of the original work is that everyone plays lantern riddles in the Rong Mansion，The purpose is to hint their temperament, aspirations and future outcome through the lantern riddles made by each person，It is an important paragraph of the whole book. It may be that Cao Xueqin didn't think well at that time, so he only wrote the riddles of Jia's mother, Jia Zheng, Yuanchun, Yingchun, Tanchun, Xichun and Baochai, but didn't write the riddles of Baoyu, Daiyu and Xiangyun for the time being，and planned to fill them up later. Unexpectedly, Cao Xueqin died suddenly and didn't have time to make up, resulting in the mutilation of the original. Gao E boldly changed the lantern riddle of Baochai into that of Daiyu, and added the lantern riddles of Baochai and Baoyu. I think this change is very reasonable and the added part is also very wonderful.--[[User:Yan Zihan|Yan Zihan]] ([[User talk:Yan Zihan|talk]]) 01:31, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: the 22nd chapter of the original work is that everyone plays lantern riddles in the Rong Mansion, The purpose is to hint their temperament, aspirations and future respectively through the lantern riddles made by each person，It is an important plot of the whole work. &lt;br /&gt;
Possibly because Cao Xueqin did not think well at that time, he only wrote the riddles of the Lady Dowager, Jia Zheng, Yuanchun, Yingchun, Tanchun, Xichun and Baochai, but didn’t write the riddles of Baoyu, Daiyu and Xiangyun for the time being，and planned to fill them up later. Unexpectedly, Cao Xueqin died suddenly and didn’t have time to make up, resulting in the mutilation of the original. Gao E boldly changed the lantern riddle of Baochai into that of Daiyu, and added the lantern riddles of Baochai and Baoyu. I think this change is very reasonable and the added part is also very wonderful.--[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 07:58, 13 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
但高鹗也有失误和疏漏：失误在于删掉或漏掉了原作惜春的灯谜，疏漏在于未给湘云补写灯谜。惜春的灯谜我已补入第二十二回（参见该回原文及其注释），以弥补高鹗的失误；而湘云的灯谜却只好仍阙，成为永远的遗憾。例四：原作第二十五回在写王熙凤被魇魔法弄得精神错乱时，插入一段对薛蟠的描写：别人慌张自不必讲，独有薛蟠更比诸人忙到十分：又恐薛姨妈被人挤倒，又恐薛宝钗被人瞧见，又恐香菱被人臊皮──知道贾珍等是在女人身上做功夫的，因此忙的不堪。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Gao E also made some mistakes and omissions: the mistake lies in deleting or missing the original lantern riddles made by Xichun, and the omission lies in not rewriting the lantern riddles for Xiang Yun. I have added the riddle of Xichun in Chapter 22 to make up for Gao E’s mistake; But Xiang Yun’s lantern riddles have yet to be unfilled, which becomes a permanent regret. Example 4: In chapter 25 of the original,When writing about Wang Xifeng being deranged by magic, a description of Xue Pan is inserted: The others, it goes without saying,were still more distraught. But of them all Xue Pan was the most frantic, being afraid that in the crush his mother might be knocked over, Baochai stared at, or Xiangling exposed to indignities -- for he knew what libertines Jia Zhen and the rest were.--[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 07:43, 13 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Gao E also made a mistake and had an oversight: the mistake lies in deleting or missing the original lantern riddles made by Xichun, and the omission lies in not rewriting the lantern riddles for Xiang Yun. I already added the riddle of Xichun in Chapter 22 to make up for Gao E’s mistake; But Xiang Yun’s lantern riddles have yet to be unfilled, which becomes an eternal regret. Example 4: In chapter 25 of the original,When writing about Wang Xifeng being deranged by magic, a description of Xue Pan is inserted: The others, it goes without saying,were still more distraught. But of them all Xue Pan was the most frantic, being afraid that in the crush his mother might be knocked over, Baochai stared at, or Xiangling exposed to indignities -- for he knew what libertines Jia Zhen and the rest were.--[[User:Yang Aijiang|Yang Aijiang]] ([[User talk:Yang Aijiang|talk]]) 14:51, 13 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
忽一眼瞥见了林黛玉风流婉转，已酥倒在那里。这段话十分荒谬：其一，贾、薛两家为近亲，贾珍与薛宝钗是表兄妹，贾珍怎么敢对表妹起歹心呢？薛蟠岂非杞人忧天？其二，薛蟠虽然混账，与林黛玉也是表兄妹，况且见面的机会很多，薛蟠怎么会“一眼瞥见了林黛玉”就“酥倒在那里”呢？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xue Pan's eye suddenly falling on Daiyu, he was so enchanted by her charms that he almost melted on the spot. This paragraph is very absurd: First, Jia and Xue are close relatives, and Jia Zhen and Xue Baochai are cousins. How dare Jia Zhen want to have a love affair with his cousin?  Isn't Xue Pan entertained imaginary and groundless fear? Second, although Xue Pan is a jerk, Lin Daiyu is his cousin. Besides, there are many opportunities to meet Daiyu. How could Xue Pan “almost melted on the spot when his eye suddenly fell on Daiyu”? --[[User:Yang Aijiang|Yang Aijiang]] ([[User talk:Yang Aijiang|talk]]) 09:44, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xue pan suddenly caught a glimpse of Lin Daiyu, who was pretty and gentle, and collapsed there. This paragraph is very absurd: Firstly, Jia and Xue are close relatives, and Jia Zhen and Xue Baochai are cousins. How dare Jia Zhen want to have a love affair with his cousin?  Isn't Xue Pan alarmist? Secondly, although Xue Pan is a jerk, Lin Daiyu is his cousin. Besides, there are many opportunities to meet Daiyu. How could Xue Pan “collapsed there because of a glimpse of Lin Daiyu”?--[[User:Yang Kun|Yang Kun]] ([[User talk:Yang Kun|talk]]) 14:15, 14 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
而脂批竟称赞道：“忙中写闲，真大手眼、大手笔。”这如果不是偶然失误，便只能说是不识好歹了。“程乙本”将其删除，倒可当得起“大手眼、大手笔”的评语。例五：原作第六十三回中用了一千多字的篇幅，大写贾宝玉、史湘云等人只是为了好玩，如何将芳官、葵官打扮成“小土番儿”，如何改称“犬戎名姓”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the Zhi Yanzhai's critiques unexpectedly praised: &amp;quot;Snatch a little leisure from a busy writing , which is really big eyes and a big deal.&amp;quot; If this is not an accidental mistake, it can only be said to be ungrateful. If &amp;quot;Cheng Yi version&amp;quot; deletes it, it can be regarded as a comment of &amp;quot;big eyes and a big deal&amp;quot;. Example 5: in the sixty-third chapter of the original work, more than 1,000 words were used to capitalize the name of Jia Baoyu, Shi Xiangyun and others, which is just for fun, and to describe how to dress Fang Guan and Kui Guan as &amp;quot;Xiao Tu Fan er&amp;quot; and how to change &amp;quot;the surname and name of Quan Rong&amp;quot;.--[[User:Yang Kun|Yang Kun]] ([[User talk:Yang Kun|talk]]) 14:21, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, critiques of Zhi Yanzhai(one of the earliest critics of &amp;quot;A Dream in Red Mansions&amp;quot; )  unexpectedly praised: &amp;quot;Snatch a little leisure from a busy writing , which is really weighty.&amp;quot; If it is not an accidental mistake, it can only be said to be ungrateful. &amp;quot;Cheng Yi version&amp;quot; deletes it, thus it can be regarded as the comment of &amp;quot;weighty writings&amp;quot;. Example 5: in the sixty-third chapter of the original work, more than 1,000 words were used to describe that how Precious Jade Merchant, Fragrant-cloud History and others dress Fang Guan and Kui Guan as &amp;quot;Xiao Tu Fan er&amp;quot; and how they change &amp;quot;the name of Quan Rong&amp;quot; just for fun.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 06:43, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
而且竟然让贾宝玉说出这样的话来：如今四海宾服，八方宁静，千载百载，不用武备。咱们虽一戏一笑，也该称颂，方不负坐享升平了。这种描写既十分无聊，又与贾宝玉的性格背道而驰，尤其侮辱了包括满族在内的少数民族，真可谓拙劣的文字，因此“程乙本”完全予以删除是绝对必要的。&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
What's more, in Zhi Yangzhai's version, Precious Jade Merchant said that&amp;quot;Nowadays, people within Four Seas were all submitted and social stability was achieved in all directions. Weapons were not needed in nearly thousands of years. Therefore, our laughs and teases also deserved extolling thus we lived up to the prosperity.&amp;quot; This kind of descriptions were very boring and ran counter to the characteristics of Jia Baoyu, and they particularly insulted national minorities including Manchu, which were really bad writings. Thus, it's quite necessary for &amp;quot;Cheng Yi's version&amp;quot; to delete these words.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 07:05, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What's more, in Zhi Yangzhai's version, Baoyu even said things like this:&amp;quot;Nowadays, people from all over the world bow to our emperor, and social stability's greatly achieved. No military preparation's needed in the days ahead. Therefore, our laughs and teases also deserved extolling thus we lived up to the prosperity.&amp;quot; Such descriptions are boring and against Baoyu's characteristic, and also insulted national minorities including Manchu, which are truly awful writings. Thus, it's quite necessary for Cheng&amp;amp;Gao's second version to delete these words.--[[User:Ye Weijie|Ye Weijie]] ([[User talk:Ye Weijie|talk]]) 06:07, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
例六：原作第六十一回开头有一段写柳家的与小厮斗嘴的文字，既毫无意义，又有“几根×毛”、“×声浪嗓”的粗话，故“程乙本”删掉了百馀字也完全正确。像这样的例子不胜枚举，它们足可以证明，高鹗对前八十回的修订是完全必要和合理的，“程乙本”前八十回优于原作的事实是任何人也难以抹煞的。其次，再就两种“程本”而言，由于“程乙本”是“程甲本”的修订本，自然也就更加完善。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: The descriptive words about the argument between Liu's and his servant in the chapter sixty one of the original version are quite meaningless, and vulgarism like &amp;quot;some x hairs&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;some nasty voices&amp;quot; are also included at the same time，that's why the Cheng&amp;amp;Gao's second version had correctly deleted hundreds of words of the original one. Such examples are numerous and are solid proofs to the necessity and justifiability of Gao E's revision of original former eighty chapters, and it's also undeniable that former eighty chapters in the Cheng&amp;amp;Gao's second version are better than ones in the original. Moreover, in terms of the two versions of Cheng&amp;amp;Gao's, the second version is obviously more perfect for it's revised on the base of the first one.--[[User:Ye Weijie|Ye Weijie]] ([[User talk:Ye Weijie|talk]]) 05:33, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example six: the original 61st back at the beginning of a paragraph to write the  fighting words by Liu and his following boy, not only meaningless, but also &amp;quot;a few pubic hair&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;obscene voice&amp;quot; of foul language, so &amp;quot;Cheng B book &amp;quot;deleted a few hundred words is also completely correct. Such examples are numerous, and they are sufficient to prove that the revision of the first eighty chapters by Gao Hu is completely necessary and reasonable, and the fact that the first eighty chapters of &amp;quot;Cheng B book&amp;quot; is better than the original is hard to be denied by anyone. Secondly, in terms of the two &amp;quot;Cheng books&amp;quot;, since the &amp;quot;Cheng B book&amp;quot; is a revised version of the &amp;quot;Cheng A book&amp;quot;, it is naturally more perfect.--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 02:37, 12 November 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
关于这一点，最有力的证据是一组现成的统计数字。前面说过，汪原放先生于1927年曾将“程乙本”与“程甲本”加以对勘，并将两者的异文作了统计，其结果是：“程乙本”较之“程甲本”改动(包括增与改)了总共21506字，其中前八十回改动15537字，后四十回改动5969字。(见汪原放《重印乾隆壬子本〈红楼梦〉校读后记》)这些改动主要有三个方面：其一，是对“程甲本”中的“纰缪”文字加以改正。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About this point, the strongest evidence is a set of readily available statistics. As mentioned earlier, Mr. Wang Yuanfang in 1927 compared the &amp;quot;Cheng B book&amp;quot; with the &amp;quot;Cheng A book&amp;quot; and made statistics on the differences between the two texts, and the result was: &amp;quot;Cheng B book&amp;quot; compared with &amp;quot;Cheng A book&amp;quot; changes (including increase and change) a total of 21506 words, including the first eighty chapters changed 15537 words, the last forty chapters changed 5969 words. (See Wang Yuanfang &amp;quot;reprinted Qianlong nonzi book&amp;quot; after reading &amp;quot;Dream of the Red Chamber&amp;quot;) These changes are mainly in three aspects: one, is the &amp;quot;Cheng A book&amp;quot; in the &amp;quot;error&amp;quot; text to correct.--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 02:38, 12 November 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The strongest evidence for this is a set of available statistics. As mentioned earlier, Mr. Wang Yuanfang in 1927 compared the &amp;quot;Cheng B book&amp;quot; with the &amp;quot;Cheng A book&amp;quot; and made statistics on the differences between the two texts, and the result was: a total of 21506 words (including complements and modifications) were changed in &amp;quot;Cheng B book&amp;quot; compared with &amp;quot;Cheng A book&amp;quot;, including 15537 words changed in the first eighty chapters, and 5969 words changed in the last forty chapters. (Refer to Wang Yuanfang &amp;quot;reprinted Qianlong nonzi book&amp;quot; after reading &amp;quot;Dream of the Red Chamber&amp;quot;) These changes are mainly in three aspects: one, is the modification of the &amp;quot;error&amp;quot; text in Cheng A book.--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 13:03, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
如第二回“冷子兴演说荣国府”中，“程甲本”对原作的如下一段文字未作改动：这政老爷的夫人王氏……第二胎生了一位小姐，生在大年初一，就奇了。不想次年又生了一位公子，说来更奇：一落胞胎，嘴里便衔下一块五彩晶莹的玉来，还有许多字迹。这位“小姐”就是贾元春(元妃)，这位“公子”就是贾宝玉。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the &amp;quot;Leng Zixing's speech in Rong Mansion&amp;quot; in chapter 2, &amp;quot;Cheng Jia's translation version&amp;quot; did not change the following text of the original work: The wife of Lord Zheng Mrs Wang……it is magical that she gave birth to a girl on the first day of the lunar year. It is even more magical that she gave birth to a boy in the next year: he was born with a colorful and crystal jade in his mouth, and the jade was written by some scripts. The &amp;quot;lady&amp;quot; is First Spring Merchant (Yuan Concubine), while the &amp;quot;gentleman&amp;quot; is Precious Jade Merchant.--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 09:23, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in the &amp;quot;Leng Zixing's speech in Rong Mansion&amp;quot; from chapter 2, the following text of the original work remained intact in &amp;quot;Cheng Jia(the first)edition&amp;quot;: Mrs Wang, the wife of Lord Zheng …… gave birth to her second child, a girl, on the first day of the lunar year, which was magical enough. It was even more magical that she gave birth to a boy in the following year:  when he was born, a colorful and crystal jade with many scripts on it was in his mouth. The &amp;quot;girl&amp;quot; is First Spring Merchant (Yuan Concubine), while the &amp;quot;boy&amp;quot; is Precious Jade Merchant.--[[User:Yin Meida|Yin Meida]] ([[User talk:Yin Meida|talk]]) 10:39, 11 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
而这段文字显然与第十八回中的一段文字相矛盾：那宝玉未入学之先，三四岁时，已得元妃口传，教授了几本书，识了数千字在腹中：虽为姊弟，有如母子。&lt;br /&gt;
“有如母子”的贾元春和贾宝玉，不可能只差一岁，可见第二回那段文字有明显的“纰缪”。“程乙本”将“次年”改为“隔了十几年”，便合情合理了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph obviously contradicts with the description in the eighteenth chapter: before Precious Jade,at the age of three or four, entered the school, he had been taught several books by Yuan Concubine(First Spring Merchant) by word of mouth and thus had known thousands of words in his mind. They are sister and brother in blood relation, but more like mother and son. Precious Jade Merchant and First Spring Merchant, &amp;quot;like mother and son&amp;quot;,could not be only one year apart,so there is an obvious &amp;quot;mistake&amp;quot;in the paragraph from the second chapter. Therefore, it is reasonable to change &amp;quot;the following year&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;more than a decade after&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Cheng Yi(the second) Edition&amp;quot;.--[[User:Yin Meida|Yin Meida]] ([[User talk:Yin Meida|talk]]) 09:28, 11 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this paragraph obviously contradicts with one in the eighteenth chapter: before Precious Jade, at the age of three or four, entered the school, he had been taught several books by Yuan Concubine(First Spring Merchant) by word of mouth and thus had learned thousands of words in his mind. They are elder sister and younger brother, but more like mother and son. Precious Jade Merchant and First Spring Merchant could not be only one year apart,so there is an obvious &amp;quot;mistake&amp;quot; in the paragraph of the second chapter. Therefore, it is reasonable to change &amp;quot;the following year&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;more than a decade after&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Cheng Yi(the second) Edition&amp;quot;.--[[User:Yin Yuan|Yin Yuan]] ([[User talk:Yin Yuan|talk]]) 01:53, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
其二，是将文言词语尽量改为白话或俗语，从而使《红楼梦》的语言更为通俗易懂。譬如：“若”改为“要”，“与”改为“给”，“亦”改为“也”，“此”改为“这”，“口”改为“嘴”，“何”改为“为什么”，“如何”改为“怎么”，“如此”改为“这么着”，“葳蕤”改为“委琐”，等等。其三，是增加了许多“儿”字，将词语加以“儿”化，从而使《红楼梦》语言的京味特点更加突出。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, classical words were changed into vernacular or colloquial language as far as possible so as to make the language of A Dream of Red Mansions more understandable. For instance: &amp;quot;ruo&amp;quot; was translated into &amp;quot;yao&amp;quot;(if), &amp;quot;yu&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;yao&amp;quot;(to), &amp;quot;yi&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;ye&amp;quot;(also), &amp;quot;ci&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;zhe&amp;quot;(this), &amp;quot;kou&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;zui&amp;quot;(mouth),&amp;quot;he&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;wei shen me&amp;quot;(why), &amp;quot;ru he&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;zen me&amp;quot;(how), &amp;quot;ru ci&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;zhe me zhao&amp;quot;(in this way), &amp;quot;weisui&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;weisuo&amp;quot;(obscene) and so on. Thirdly, lots of &amp;quot;er&amp;quot; were added into A Dream of Red Mansions, so that the Beijing flavor of the language in A Dream of Red Mansions is more distinct.--[[User:Yin Yuan|Yin Yuan]] ([[User talk:Yin Yuan|talk]]) 12:08, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
关于这一点，几乎随处可见，因而不再举例。《红楼梦》是一部近百万字的巨著，要想完全揭示“程乙本”的版本优点，只能将它与其他版本一一对勘，并将异文一一列出。单凭以上的简单说明，只能是挂一漏万。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This point can be seen almost everywhere, so I will not give examples. “Dream of the Red Chamber” is a masterpiece of nearly one million words. If we want to fully reveal the merits of  &amp;quot;Cheng Yi's translation version&amp;quot;, we can only investigate it with other translation versions and list the differences one by one. The above simple explanation is still incomplete and full of omissions.--[[User:Zhan Ruoxuan|Zhan Ruoxuan]] ([[User talk:Zhan Ruoxuan|talk]]) 07:24, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
This point can be seen almost everywhere, so I don't want to give an example.--[[User:Zhang Qiuyi|Zhang Qiuyi]] ([[User talk:Zhang Qiuyi|talk]]) 05:25, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
不过我可以向读者负责地保证：如果你是出于欣赏的目的阅读《红楼梦》，那么选择“程乙本”将是最明智的。三、校勘问题 我们说“程乙本”为《红楼梦》的最佳版本，并不是说它完美无缺，也不是说其他版本一概不如“程乙本”，只是说它在总体上更胜一筹而已。&lt;br /&gt;
But I can responsibly assure readers that if you are reading a Dream of Red Mansions for enjoyment, cheng Yiben is the wisest choice. To say that Cheng Yiben is the best version of a Dream of Red Mansions does not mean that it is perfect, nor that all other versions are inferior to Cheng Yiben, but that it is superior in general.--[[User:Zhang Qiuyi|Zhang Qiuyi]] ([[User talk:Zhang Qiuyi|talk]]) 05:23, 12 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But I can responsibly assure readers that if you are reading ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' for enjoyment, Cheng Yi version is the wisest choice. Three: Revision. To say that Cheng Yi  version is the best version of ''A Dream of Red Mansions'' does not mean that it is perfect, nor that all other versions are inferior to Cheng Yi version, but that it is superior in general.--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 13:42, 16 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
事实上，或因高鹗和程伟元的疏忽，或因排字工人的失误，致使“程乙本”仍存在不少“纰缪”。譬如：第八十六回说贾元春生于“甲申年正月丙寅”；至第九十五回则说：“是年甲寅年十二月十八日立春，元妃薨日是十二月十九日，已交卯年寅月，存年四十三岁。”“程甲本”和“程乙本”都是如此。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, due to the negligence of Gao'e and Cheng Weiyuan, or the mistakes made by typesetters, there are still many &amp;quot;mistakes&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Chengyi version&amp;quot;. For example, the eighty-sixth chapter expounds that Jia Yuanchun was born in &amp;quot;Bingyin, the first month of the year Jiashen&amp;quot;. To the 95th chapter it expounds that &amp;quot;In that year, the spring began on December 18th of the lunar calendar, Jiayin year, and the day consort Yuan died was on December 19, which was in the month of Yin and year of Mao. Hence consort Yuan died at the age of 43.&amp;quot;, which are the same both in &amp;quot;Chengjia version&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Chengyi version&amp;quot;.--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 14:17, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, due to the negligence of Gao'e and Cheng Weiyuan, or the mistakes made by typesetters, there are still many &amp;quot;mistakes&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Chengyi version&amp;quot;. For example, the eighty-sixth chapter expounds that  First Spring Merchant was born in &amp;quot;Bingyin, the first month of the year Jiashen&amp;quot;. To the 95th chapter it expounds that &amp;quot;In that year, the spring began on December 18th of the lunar calendar, Jiayin year, and the day Princess Merchant died was on December 19, which was in the month of Yin and year of Mao. Hence consort Yuan died at the age of 43.&amp;quot;, which are the same both in &amp;quot;Chengjia version&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Chengyi version&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
而实际上前后存在明显矛盾：甲申年至甲寅年是三十年，按照当时以虚岁计算年龄的习惯，元妃享年应是三十一岁；即使因元妃薨于立春次日，算作乙卯年，也只有三十二岁。无论如何也不会是四十三岁。可见“程甲本”已错，而“程乙本”也没有订正。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact,there is clear contradiction:the years from JiaShen to JiaYin are thirty years, and according to the custom of calculating age in terms of nominal age at the time,  Princess Merchant  would have been thirty-one years old; even if the death of  Princess Merchant  took place on the day after the first day of spring, which is counted as the year yi Mao, she would have been only thirty-two years old. In any case, it would not have been forty-three years old. It is clear that the &amp;quot;Cheng Jia version&amp;quot; is wrong, and the &amp;quot;Cheng Yi version&amp;quot; has not been revised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact,there is an obvious contradiction:the years from JiaShen to JiaYin are thirty years, and according to the custom of calculating age in terms of nominal age at the time, Princess Yuan would have been thirty-one years old; even if the death of Princess Yuan took place on the day after the first day of spring, which is counted as the year YiMao, she would have been only thirty-two years old. In any case, it would not have been forty-three years old. It is clear that the &amp;quot;Cheng Jia version&amp;quot; is wrong, and the &amp;quot;Cheng Yi version&amp;quot; has not been revised either.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 06:37, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
这个明显的失误，早在1927年由汪原放校点、亚东图书馆出版的“程乙本”《红楼梦》已经改正，而上世纪八十年代以后出版的诸多号称经过了“精校”的“程甲本”和“程乙本”《红楼梦》，包括那些拼凑本，却依旧保留了这个失误，这不能不说是一种讽刺。其实“程乙本”的其他文字失误还有不少，并非像高鹗、程伟元所说“改订无讹”。“程乙本”既非十全十美，而我们要供献于读者的是一部普及本的《红楼梦》，因此有必要汲取其他版本的长处，使其尽量完美。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This obvious mistake was corrected in “Cheng yiben&amp;quot; （a version of &amp;quot;a dream of Red Mansions&amp;quot;） checked by Wang Yuanfang and published by Yadong library as early as 1927.  It is ironic that many &amp;quot;Cheng Jiaben&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Cheng yiben&amp;quot;  published after the 1980s, including those patchwork books, still retain this mistake. In fact, there are many other word mistakes in &amp;quot;Cheng yiben&amp;quot;, which is not “absolutely right after revision” as Gao E and Cheng Weiyuan said. &amp;quot;Cheng yiben&amp;quot; is not perfect, and what we want to offer to readers is a popular version of “a dream of Red Mansions.” Therefore, it is necessary to learn from the advantages of other versions to make it as perfect as possible.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 14:22, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This obvious mistake was corrected in “Cheng Yiben&amp;quot; （a version of &amp;quot;a dream of Red Mansions&amp;quot;） checked by Wang Yuanfang and published by Yadong Library as early as 1927.  It is ironic that many &amp;quot;Cheng Jiaben&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Cheng Yiben&amp;quot;, which claimed carefully checked and published after the 1980s , including those patchwork books, still retain this mistake. In fact, there are many other word mistakes in &amp;quot;Cheng Yiben&amp;quot;, which is not “absolutely right after revision” as Gao E and Cheng Weiyuan said. &amp;quot;Cheng Yiben&amp;quot; is not perfect, and what we want to offer to readers is a widespread version of “a dream of Red Mansions.” Therefore, it is necessary to learn from the advantages of other versions to make it as perfect as possible.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 02:05, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
为此，本书以“程乙本”(北京图书馆出版社影印本)为底本，以“程甲本”(北京图书馆出版社影印本)为主校本，并以下列版本为参校本：汪原放校勘“程乙本”(上海亚东图书馆刊本)、王希廉(雪香)评“程甲本”(清道光十二年刊本)、“梦稿本”“庚辰本”“己卯本”“甲戌本”(后四种均为上海古籍出版社影印本)。在以上八种版本中，前五种均为一百二十回全本，后三种均为前八十回的残存本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this purpose, this book uses “Cheng Yiben”(photocopy of Beijing Library Publishing House) as master copy, “Cheng Jiaben” as main collated edition, and the followings as references—Wang Yuanfang’s collation “Cheng Yiben”(Shanghai Yadong Library edition)、Wang Xilian’s “Cheng Jiaben” commentary(edition in the twelfth year of Qing Daoguang)、“Meng Gaoben”、“Geng Chenben”、“Ji Maoben”、and “Jia Xuben”(the last four all are photocopies of Shanghai Ancient Books Publishing House). In the above eight editions, the first five are all complete editions of 120 chapters, and the last three are all incomplete editions of 80 chapters.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 01:43, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this purpose, this book uses “Cheng Yiben”(photocopy of Beijing Library Publishing House) as the master copy, “Cheng Jiaben” as the main collated edition, and the followings as references—Wang Yuanfang’s collation of “Cheng Yiben”(Shanghai Yadong Library edition)、Wang Xilian’s comments on “Cheng Jiaben” (edition in the twelfth year of Qing Daoguang)、“Meng Gaoben”、“Geng Chenben”、“Ji Maoben”、and “Jia Xuben”(the last four all are photocopies of Shanghai Ancient Books Publishing House). In the above eight editions, the first five are all complete editions of 120 chapters, and the last three are all incomplete editions of 80 chapters.--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 05:57, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
我的校勘总原则是：既要尽量保持底本的原貌，又要保证全书的质量。具体来说则遵循以下几条：（一）底本与校本之间虽有异文，但底本基本可通者，即使校本文字更好，也不作改动。（二）底本中的各种错误(包括内容与文字的错误)、文字倒置、文理不通等，尽量用校本改正，若校本同样错误则径改。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My primary principle of collation is that: maintain the original meaning of master copy, and garantee the quality through the book. Specifically, abiding by the following advice: One, although there are differences between the master copy and the checked copy, the former whose meaning is basically faithful and smooth remains untouched, even though the checked copy is better. Two: various mistakes in master copy（including errors in contents and text），the inversion of words, unsmooth words and contents and so forth should be corrected based on master copy. But if mistakes are also existed in the master copy, then it should be corrected directly.--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 12:43, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My primary principle of collation is that: maintain the original meaning of master copy, and guarantee the book’s quality. To be more specific, following these advices: First, although there are differences between the master copy and the checked copy, the former whose meaning is basically faithful and smooth should be untouched, even though the checked copy is better. Second: various mistakes in master copy（including errors in contents and text), like the inversion of words, unsmooth words and contents and so forth should be corrected based on master copy. But if mistakes are also existed in the master copy,  it should be corrected directly.--[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 06:46, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
（三）底本和校本中的僻字、怪字、俗字，本来并无特别意义，毫无保留价值，只能为读者增加阅读障碍，因此径改为通用字。如“揌”和“”改为“塞”，“嘴”改为“努嘴”，“椅子”改为“拿椅子”，等等。（四）古人对别字多不在乎，故底本和校本中屡见不鲜，但在当今的读者看来却十分别扭，甚至可能被误解，因而酌情径改。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three, the rare words, strange words, common words in the master copy and in the checked copy had no special meaning, and no reservation value, can only increase the reading barrier for readers. So they need to be changed to universal words. Such as &amp;quot;揌&amp;quot; changed to “塞&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;嘴&amp;quot; changed to &amp;quot;努嘴&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;椅子&amp;quot; changed to &amp;quot;拿椅子&amp;quot;, etc. Four, the ancients didn’t care about the wrongly written characters, so it is common in the master copy and the checked copy. They seem very awkward for today's readers and may even be misunderstood.  Therefore they should be appropriately modified.--[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 14:12, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（3）Some characters in a copy for the record or for reproduction and in checked copy, which are not commonly used, or look strange, or are popular but irregular, have no special significance and no reserved value, only increasing the reading barrier for readers. Therefore, these characters are changed to universal characters. For example, &amp;quot;揌&amp;quot; are changed to &amp;quot;塞&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;嘴&amp;quot; is changed to &amp;quot;努嘴&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;椅子&amp;quot; is changed to &amp;quot;拿椅子&amp;quot; and so on.（4） The ancients didn't care much about the wrongly written characters, so they can be commonly seen in a copy for the record or for reproduction and in checked copy. However, when seeing these characters, today’s readers may feel awkward, and may even misunderstand their meanings. Thus they are supposed to be changed for appropriateness.--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 12:37, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
如“必真”改为“逼真”，“奈烦”改为“耐烦”，“悔气”改为“晦气”，“渥”改为“焐”，“握”改为“捂”，等等。（五）有些字在古代汉语中可以通用（借用），在现代汉语中却严加区分。《红楼梦》也存在大量借用字，如果一一加以改动，不一定合适。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;必真&amp;quot; is changed to &amp;quot;逼真&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;奈烦&amp;quot; is changed to &amp;quot;耐烦&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;悔气&amp;quot; is changed to &amp;quot;晦气&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;渥&amp;quot; is changed to &amp;quot;握 &amp;quot;, &amp;quot;焐&amp;quot; is changed to &amp;quot;捂&amp;quot; and so on. Some words can be commonly used (borrowed) in ancient Chinese, While in modern Chinese they are strictly distinguished. There are also a large number of loanwords  in the A Dream of Red Mansions, which may not be appropriate if changed one by one.--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 13:06, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, &amp;quot;必真&amp;quot; is changed to &amp;quot;逼真&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;奈烦&amp;quot; is changed to &amp;quot;耐烦&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;悔气&amp;quot; is changed to &amp;quot;晦气&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;渥&amp;quot; is changed to &amp;quot;握 &amp;quot;, &amp;quot;焐&amp;quot; is changed to &amp;quot;捂&amp;quot;, etc. Wait. Some characters can be used (borrowed) in ancient Chinese, but they are strictly distinguished in modern Chinese. There are also a lot of borrowed words in &amp;quot;A Dream of Red Mansions&amp;quot;. If you change them one by one, it may not be appropriate.--[[User:Zhou Qing|Zhou Qing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qing|talk]]) 11:44, 10 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
因此只有在以下两种情况之下才作改动：一是可能引起误解；二是同一词语而用字不同。如等同于数字“一”的“么”，极易与“什么”、“怎么”的“么”相混，故改为“幺”。又如表示时间的“一会”和“一回”混用，“一会儿”和“一回儿”混用，统一为“一会”和“一会儿”；表示位置的“旁”和“傍”混用，“旁边”和“傍边”混用，统一为“旁”和“旁边”；“赔礼”和“陪礼”混用，“赔罪”和“陪罪”混用，统一为“赔礼”和“赔罪”；等等。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, changes should only be made in the following two situations: one is that it may cause misunderstanding; the other is the same phrase but different words. For example, the &amp;quot;么&amp;quot; equivalent to the number &amp;quot;一&amp;quot; is easily confused with the &amp;quot;么&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;什么&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;怎么&amp;quot;, so it is changed to &amp;quot;幺&amp;quot;. Another example is the mixed use of &amp;quot;一会&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;一回&amp;quot; for time, and &amp;quot;一会儿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;一回儿&amp;quot; are mixed together, unified into &amp;quot;一会&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;一会儿&amp;quot;;&amp;quot;旁&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;傍&amp;quot; to indicate position are mixed together, &amp;quot;旁边&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;傍边&amp;quot; are mixed together, unified into &amp;quot;旁&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;旁边&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;赔礼&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;陪礼&amp;quot; are mixed together, and &amp;quot;赔罪&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;陪罪&amp;quot; are mixed together , Unified into &amp;quot;赔礼&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;赔罪&amp;quot;; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, changes should only be made in the following two situations: one is that it may cause misunderstanding; the other is the same phrase formed by different words. For example, the &amp;quot;么&amp;quot; equivalent to the number &amp;quot;一&amp;quot; is easily confused with the &amp;quot;么&amp;quot; of &amp;quot;什么&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;怎么&amp;quot;, so it is changed to &amp;quot;幺&amp;quot;. Another example is the mixed use of &amp;quot;一会&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;一回&amp;quot; for time, and in case that  &amp;quot;一会儿&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;一回儿&amp;quot; are mixed together, they are unified into &amp;quot;一会&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;一会儿&amp;quot;respectively ;&amp;quot;旁&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;傍&amp;quot; to indicating position are mixed together,and &amp;quot;旁边&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;傍边&amp;quot; are mixed together, so they are  unified into &amp;quot;旁&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;旁边&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;赔礼&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;陪礼&amp;quot; are mixed together, and &amp;quot;赔罪&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;陪罪&amp;quot; are mixed together , so they are unified into &amp;quot;赔礼&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;赔罪&amp;quot;etc.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 09:49, 13 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
（六）本书采用简化汉字，为异体字的处理提供了方便，故一律按照简化汉字的规定处理。任何语言都在不断发展变化，故古今汉语有很大不同，以至于定字工作成为古籍整理中最为复杂的问题之一，很难做到尽善尽美。仅根据以上几条，只能是有助于减少读者的阅读障碍罢了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Six) Simplified Chinese characters are used in this book to provide convenience for the processing of variant characters. Therefore, they are processed in accordance with the provisions of simplified Chinese characters . Any language is constantly changing, so ancient and modern Chinese is very different. Therefore, deciding which word to use has become one of the most complex problems in the collection of ancient books, which is difficult to be perfect. Just according to the above, it can only help reduce the difficulties in their reading.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 13:59, 8 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
为了节省篇幅，一律不出校文。四、注释问题 “注释”亦称“注解”，最初是由于经书文字艰涩难懂，故对经书的字句加以解释；如果注文仍旧难懂或未尽其义，再对注文加以解释，则称“疏”。注文和疏文合称则谓之“注疏”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlì 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
后来逐步扩大范围，对一切文献中的疑难字句加以解释，均称之为“注释”。由于中国历史悠久，古今汉语及名物变化巨大，致使后人读古籍的困难越来越大，因此对古籍的注释也就显得越来越有必要。《红楼梦》虽是一部旧白话小说，但它汲取了诗、词、曲、赋、歌、诔等各种精华，又涉及谜语、酒令、建筑、服饰、珍禽异兽、奇花异卉、神话传说、名人秀女、琴棋书画、医卜星相、风俗礼仪等多种知识，白话文言间用，成语典故成堆。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nadia 202011080004==&lt;br /&gt;
对于一般读者来说，所有这些都可能是阅读中的绊脚石。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==&lt;br /&gt;
本注释的使命就是为读者清除这些绊脚石，使阅读畅通无阻。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This annotation is meant to remove the barriers in  reading and make it easier to read.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mariam toure 2020GBJ002301==&lt;br /&gt;
因此凡是我认为可能影响读者阅读的地方，便予以注释，决不假装视而不见，决不避难就易。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==&lt;br /&gt;
为了节省篇幅，我仅举一例。第五十六回“敏探春兴利除宿弊，贤宝钗小惠全大体”中，有贾探春与薛宝钗谈论经济的一段话：&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save space, I will give just one example. In the fifty-sixth chapter, &amp;quot;Min Tanchun prospering the benefits and eliminating the disadvantages, Xian Baochai and Xiaohui are all in general&amp;quot;, there is a passage between Jia Tanchun and Xue Baochai discussing the economy:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==&lt;br /&gt;
宝钗笑道：“真真膏粱纨袴之谈。你们虽是千金，原不知道这些事。&lt;br /&gt;
Baochai smiled and said: &amp;quot;It's really tempting to talk about it. Although you--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 14:09, 6 November 2021 (UTC) are a daughter, you don't know these things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==&lt;br /&gt;
但只你们也都念过书，识过字的，竟没看见过朱夫子有一篇《不自弃文》么？”&lt;br /&gt;
But if you have all studied and read, haven't you seen Master Zhu's article &amp;quot;Don't Abandon Oneself&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==&lt;br /&gt;
探春笑道：“虽也看过，不过是勉人自励，虚比浮词，那里真是有的？”&lt;br /&gt;
Tanchun said and smile, &amp;quot;Although I have seen it, it's just a matter of encouraging others to encourage themselves. It's a meaningless word. Is there really something happen?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==&lt;br /&gt;
宝钗道：“朱子都行了虚比浮词了？那句句都是有的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Öncü 202121080008==&lt;br /&gt;
你才办了两天事，就利欲熏心，把朱子都看虚浮了。&lt;br /&gt;
You have been working on it for two days only, and blinded by greed, you have made ZhuZi look vain.--[[User:HIKMET ONCU KADIOGLU|HIKMET ONCU KADIOGLU]] ([[User talk:HIKMET ONCU KADIOGLU|talk]]) 16:52, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have only been doing things for two days, then you desire for money and profit fascinated the heart, and you think Zhu Zi is Unrealistic. --[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 09:29, 8 November 2021 (UTC)Akira Jantarat&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==&lt;br /&gt;
你再出去，见了那些利弊大事，越发连孔子也都看虚了呢！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you go to a larger world and see greater benefits or disadvantages, I am afraid you will be a little bit down on what Kongzi said.--[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 14:19, 6 November 2021 (UTC)Akira&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you go out again and see the pros and cons of major events, you will be even more deceptive!--[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 07:50, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asep Budiman 202111080020==&lt;br /&gt;
探春笑道：“你这样一个通人，竟没看见《姬子》书？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan-tschun Smiled and said &amp;quot;you are such a familiar person, but have you read the &amp;quot;Ji Zi&amp;quot; book?--[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 07:41, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan-tschun smiled and said: &amp;quot;You are such a familiar person, but haven't you read the book &amp;quot;Ji Zi&amp;quot;? --[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 10:57, 7 November 2021 (UTC)Ei Mon Kyaw -Ei Mon Kyaw-[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 10:57, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==&lt;br /&gt;
当日《姬子》有云：‘登利禄之场，处运筹之界者，穷尧舜之词，背孔孟之道。’”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On that day, &amp;quot;Jizi&amp;quot; said: ‘The field of Deng Lilu, those who are in the realm of management, are poor in the words of Yao and Shun, and recite the way of Confucius and Mencius. ’&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 13:52, 6 November 2021 (UTC)EI MON KYAW&lt;br /&gt;
-EI MON KYAW-[[User:EIMONKYAW|EIMONKYAW]] ([[User talk:EIMONKYAW|talk]]) 13:52, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was a saying in ''Himeko'' that day: &amp;quot;Deng LiLu, and those who operate in this realm, steal the words of Yao and Shun, and memorize Confucianism.&amp;quot;--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 13:38, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==&lt;br /&gt;
宝钗笑道：“底下三句呢？”探春笑道：“如今断章取义，念出底下一句，我自己骂我自己不成？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bau-tschai smiled: &amp;quot;What about the next three sentences?&amp;quot; Tan-tschun smiled: &amp;quot;Now that I have read the next sentence out of context, can I blame myself for failing?&amp;quot;--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 13:39, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Bau-tschai smiled: &amp;quot;What about the next three sentences?&amp;quot; Tan-tschun smiled: &amp;quot;Now I take the next sentence out of context, and if I read the next sentence out of context, I can't blame myself?&amp;quot;--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 11:20, 7 November 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==&lt;br /&gt;
在这段话中，提到了朱熹的《不自弃文》，还有《姬子》一书。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: In this passage, Zhu Xi's &amp;quot;don't abandoned the text--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 14:13, 6 November 2021 (UTC)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 14:13, 6 November 2021 (UTC)&amp;quot; and the book &amp;quot;Ji Zi&amp;quot; are mentioned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==&lt;br /&gt;
我所看到的几个《红楼梦》注本，对《不自弃文》有所注释，而对《姬子》却避而不注。&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211229_homework&amp;diff=134460</id>
		<title>20211229 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211229_homework&amp;diff=134460"/>
		<updated>2021-12-29T00:44:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* 刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE READ [[Joint_translation_terms|Joint translation terms]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE ALSO READ THE PREVIOUS PARTS, AT LEAST THE SENTENCES BEFORE YOUR OWN PART IN CHAPTER 19 [[20210303_culture|1, Mar 3 Chapters 1-4]], [[20210310_culture|2, Mar 10 Chapters 6-7]], [[20210317_culture|3, Mar 17 Chapters 11-13]], [[20210324_culture|4, Mar 24 Chapters 15-17]], [[20210331_culture|5, Mar 31 Chapters 4-7]], [[20210407_culture|6, Apr 7 Chapters 8-10]], [[20210414_culture|7, Apr 14 Chapters 13-15]] , [[20210519_culture|12, May 19 Chapters 17-19]], [[20210929_homework#Hongloumeng|for Sep 29 - rest of HLM Chapter 19]] [[20211013_homework|for Oct 13 - HLM Chapters 20-21]] [[20211020_homework|for Oct 20 - HLM Chapters 21-22]] [[20211027_homework|for Oct 27 - HLM Chapters 23-24]] etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
心较比干多一窍──比干：暴君商(殷)纣王之叔，被誉为圣人。据《史记·殷本纪》载：纣王厌恶比干谏诤不已，怒曰：“吾闻圣人心有七窍。”于是“剖比干，观其心”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The heart is one more hole than Bigan. Bigan, the uncle of tyrant Shang King Zhou, is known as a saint. According to Historical Records: Yin Dynasty, King Zhou dislikes the advisement of Bigan, so said with anger,&amp;quot;I heard that a saint has seven hole in his heart.&amp;quot; Thus, Bigan was anatomized to observe his heart.--[[User:Chen Jing|Chen Jing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jing|talk]]) 11:44, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 法语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
古人以为心窍越多越聪明，故以“心较比干多一窍” 形容黛玉绝顶聪明。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
病如西子胜三分──西子：即西施。《庄子·天运》说：“西施病心而颦(皱眉)”，益增娇艳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ancients thought that the more the mind, the smarter it was, so they described Daiyu as extremely clever. ​&lt;br /&gt;
Illness like Xi Zi wins three points - Xi Zi: Xi Shi. Zhuangzi Tianyun said: &amp;quot;Xi Shi frowns (frowns) when she is ill&amp;quot;, which increases her beauty.--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 12:01, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
故以“病如西子胜三分”形容黛玉病弱而娇美。 胜：胜过，超过。 下面贾宝玉替林黛玉起表字为“颦颦”，亦用西施颦眉之典，但又不敢明说，故编了一套谎活，杜撰了《古今人物通考》书名。​&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Dai Yu is described as weak and beautiful by &amp;quot;sick as Xizi wins three points&amp;quot;. Next, Jia Baoyu wrote &amp;quot;Pingping&amp;quot; for Lin Daiyu. He also used the code of Xi shi’s frown, but he didn't dare to say it clearly, so he made up a set of lies and invented the title of the general examination of ancient and modern characters. ​--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 12:00, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
教引嬷嬷──清代专司教导年幼皇子的女子，称“谙达”。后来世家大族也仿效而行。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“花气袭人”之句：是宋·陆游《村居书喜》中的半句，原诗为七言律诗：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiao Yin Mammy -- a woman who was in charge of teaching the young emperor's son in the Qing Dynasty, known as &amp;quot;Jiuda&amp;quot;. Later, the big families followed the suit. ​&lt;br /&gt;
The sentence &amp;quot;flower spirit attacks people&amp;quot; is half of a sentence in &amp;quot;Village Residence Book Xi&amp;quot; by Song · Lu You. The original poem is a seven-word poem: --[[User:Chen Huini|Chen Huini]] ([[User talk:Chen Huini|talk]]) 06:05, 27 December 2021 (UTC)Chen Huini&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guide Mammy——a woman who in charge of teaching young sons of Emperor in the Qing Dynasty，called “Anda”. Later, the big families followed the suit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sentence &amp;quot;flower spirit attacks people&amp;quot; is half of a sentence in &amp;quot;Book of Happiness Living in Village&amp;quot; by Lu You in Song Dynasty.The original poem is a seven-word poem：--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 01:43, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“红桥梅市晓山横，白塔樊江春水生。花气袭人知骤暖，鹊声穿树喜新晴。坊场酒贱贫犹醉，原野泥深老亦耕。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mountains stand away from the Hong Qiaomei market and the Fanjiang river flows beside the Bai Tower. The glamour of flowers notices the spring and Tweetie magpies are happy because of a sunny day. The price of unstrained wine is so low that poor me can have a good drink. Farmers are diligently ploughing and sowing. --[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 01:37, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
最喜先期官赋足，经年无吏叩柴荆。”意谓因闻到花香，才知天气已经骤然暖和了。第二十三回和二十八回均引作“花气袭人知昼暖”，将“骤”误为“昼”，可能是曹雪芹误记。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
省(xǐ ng醒)——典出《礼记·曲礼上》：“凡为人子之礼，冬温而夏凊，昏定而晨省。”[凊( jìng净)：凉。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xing (pronounced xǐng) – canonical originated from ''The Book of Rites • Qu Li'': &amp;quot;The etiquette of being sons is: make his parents feel warm in winter, cool in the summer, serve them to bed at night, and greet them in the morning. [Jing  (pronounced jìng)]--[[User:Cheng Yang|Cheng Yang]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yang|talk]]) 11:27, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
意谓子女冬天要为父母焐暖被褥，夏天要为父母扇凉床席，每天早上要向父母请安问好，晚上要服侍父母安寝。泛指子女对父母的孝敬无微不至。故“省”即“晨省”的略称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnuó 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
指子女早晨向父母请安问候的礼节。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第四回 薄命女偏逢薄命郎，葫芦僧判断葫芦案&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It refers to the politeness children greet their parents in the morning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fourth Encountering of Unfortunate Couples;Fool Judge and the Misjudge Case--[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 13:27, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说黛玉同姐妹们至王夫人处，见王夫人正和兄嫂处的来使计议家务，又说姨母家遭人命官司等语。因见王夫人事情冗杂，姐妹们遂出来 ,至寡嫂李氏房中来了。原来这李氏即贾珠之妻。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
珠虽夭亡，幸存一子，取名贾兰，今方五岁，已入学攻书。这李氏亦系金陵名宦之女。父名李守中，曾为国子祭酒；族中男女无不读诗书者。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Bead Merchant had died at an early age, he had the good fortune of leaving behind him a son, to whom the name of Cymbidium Merchant was given. He was, at this period, just in his fifth year, and had already entered school, and applied himself to books. This Silk Plum was also the daughter of an official of note in Gold Mausoleum. Her father's name was Midfielder Plum, who had, at one time, been Imperial Libationer. Among his kindred, men as well as women had all devoted themselves to poetry and letters. --[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 07:24, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bead Merchant died young. But luckily, she had a son, Cymbidium Merchant, just five and already in school. Her father, Midfielder Plum, a notable of Jinling, had served as a Libationer in the Imperial College. All the sons and daughters of his clan had been devoted to the study of the classics. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 10:06, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
至李守中继续以来，便谓“女子无才便是德”，故生了此女，不曾叫他十分认真读书，只不过将些 《女四书》、 《烈女传》读读，认得几个字，记得前朝这几个贤女便了；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Midfielder Plum became head of the family, however, in the belief that “an unaccomplished woman is a virtuous one,” instead of making his daughter study hard he simply had her taught enough to read a few books such as the ''Four Books for Girls'', ''Biographies of Martyred Women'', and ''Lives of Exemplary Ladies'' so that she might be able to recognize a few characters and be familiar with some of the models of female virtue of former ages; --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 10:05, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却以纺绩女红为要，因取名为李纨，字宫裁。所以这李纨虽青春丧偶，且居处于膏粱锦绣之中，竟如槁木死灰一般，一概不问不闻，惟知侍亲养子，闲时陪侍小姑等针黹、诵读而已。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今黛玉虽客居于此，已有这几个姑嫂相伴，除老父之外，馀者也就无用虑了。如今且说贾雨村授了应天府，一到任，就有件人命官司详至案下，却是两家争买一婢，各不相让，以致殴伤人命。彼时雨村即拘原告来审。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
那原告道：“被打死的乃是小人的主人。因那日买了个丫头，不想系拐子拐来卖的。这拐子先已得了我家的银子，我家小主人原说第二日方是好日，再接入门；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这拐子又悄悄的卖与了薛家，被我们知道了，去找拿卖主，夺取丫头。无奈薛家原系金陵一霸，倚财仗势，众豪奴将我小主人竟打死了。凶身主仆已皆逃走，无有踪迹，只剩了几个局外的人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this kidnapper stealthily sold her over again to the Hsueeh family. When we came to know of this, we went in search of the seller to lay hold of him, and bring back the girl by force. But the Hsueeh party has been all along the bully of Chin Ling, full of confidence in his wealth and prestige; and his arrogant menials in a body seized our master and beat him to death.The murderous master and his crew have all long ago made good their escape, leaving no trace behind them, while there only remain several parties not concerned in the affair. --[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 13:37, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
小人告了一年的状，竟无人作主。求太老爷拘拿凶犯，以扶善良，存殁感激天恩不尽！”雨村听了，大怒道：“那有这等事：打死人竟白白的走了，拿不来的？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便发签差公人，立刻将凶犯家属拿来拷问。只见案旁站着一个门子，使眼色不叫他发签。雨村心下狐疑，只得停了手。He sent a signature to send the official and immediately tortured the family members of the murderer. Seeing a boy page of the court standing by the case, who didn't ask Yucun to sign. Yucun was suspicious and had to stop.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 01:45, 26 December 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He sent a signature to send the official and immediately tortured the family members of the murderer. Seeing a boy page of the court standing by the case, who didn't ask Yucun to sign. Yucun was suspicious and had to stop to do it.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 11:17, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
退堂至密室，令从人退去，只留这门子一人伏侍。门子忙上前请安，笑问：“老爷一向加官进禄，八九年来，就忘了我了？”&lt;br /&gt;
He retreated to the secret room and ordered everyone to leave the door man alone. The door man is busy forward to ask for his respect, smile to ask: &amp;quot;the master has been adding officials into the salary, eight or nine years, forget me?&amp;quot;--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 11:20, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He retreated to the secret room and ordered everyone to leave except for the door man Menzi. Menzi is busy forward to ask for his respect, smile to ask: &amp;quot;the master has been adding officials into the salary, eight or nine years, forget me?&amp;quot;--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 01:27, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“我看你十分眼熟，但一时总想不起来。”门子笑道：“老爷怎么把出身之地竟忘了？老爷不记得当年葫芦庙里的事么？”雨村大惊，方想起往事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun said, “You look so familiar, but I can’t remember you at once.” Menzi laughed, “How could you forget your birthplace, my Master? Do you forget what happened in the Gourd Temple?” After listening, Yucun felt surprised, and the remembered the past.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 01:22, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原来这门子本是葫芦庙里一个小沙弥，因被火之后无处安身，想这件生意倒还轻省，耐不得寺院凄凉，遂趁年纪轻，蓄了发，充当门子。雨村那里想得是他。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It turned out that the gatekeeper was originally a little monk in Bottle-gourd Temple. Because he had no place to settle down after the temple being burned by the fire, he thought this business was easy and could not bear the desolation of the temple. So he saved his hair and acted as a gatekeeper while he was young. Yue-ts'un didn't think it was him.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 07:10, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fact is that this Retainer had been a young monk in the Hu Lu temple, but because of its destruction by fire, he had no place to rest his frame, he remembered how light and easy was, after all, this kind of occupation, and being unable to reconcile himself to the solitude and quiet of a temple, he accordingly availed himself of his years, which were as yet few, to let his hair grow, and become a retainer. Yue-ts'un had had no idea that it was him. --[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 11:03, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便忙携手笑道：“原来还是故人。”因赏他坐了说话。这门子不敢坐。雨村笑道：“你也算贫贱之交了。此系私室，但坐不妨。”门子才斜签着坐下。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hastily taking his hand, he smilingly said, &amp;quot;You are, indeed, an old acquaintance!&amp;quot; and then pressed him to take a seat, so as to have a chat with more ease, but the Retainer would not presume to sit down. &amp;quot;Friendships,&amp;quot; Yue-ts'un remarked, putting on a smiling expression, &amp;quot;contracted in poor circumstances should not be forgotten! This is a private room, so that if you sat down, what would it matter?&amp;quot; The Retainer thereupon craved permission to take a seat and sat down gingerly.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 11:04, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“方才何故不令发签？”门子道：“老爷荣任到此，难道就没抄一张本省的‘护官符’来不成？”雨村忙问：“何为‘护官符’？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chia Yu-tsun asked, &amp;quot;Why did you not grant me the passport just now?&amp;quot; The doorman answered that &amp;quot;Your Excellency, when you are to assume office here, haven't you hold some relations to a guard officer? &amp;quot; Yu-tsun was confused and thus continued, &amp;quot;guard officer?&amp;quot;.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 13:30, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chia Yu-tsun asked, &amp;quot;Why did you not grant me the warrant just now?&amp;quot; The doorman answered that &amp;quot;Your Excellency, when you are to assume office here, haven't you hold 'a protection charm' of the province? &amp;quot; Yu-tsun was confused and thus continued, &amp;quot;What's the protection charm?&amp;quot;.--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 15:58, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
门子道：“如今凡作地方官的，都有一个私单，上面写的是本省最有权势极富贵的大乡绅名姓，各省皆然。倘若不知，一时触犯了这样的人家，不但官爵，只怕连性命也难保呢！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The doorman said: “Nowadays every magistrate has a personal list of the names of the most powerful and wealthy squires in the province. It’s the same in all the provinces. If you don’t do this, you may lose your position even your life once you offend them.”--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 14:47, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所以叫做‘护官符’。方才所说的这薛家，老爷如何惹得他！他这件官司并无难断之处，从前的官府都因碍着情分脸面，所以如此。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“So it was called “the amulet of protection from the feudal official. The family Xue we talked just now, we can’t offend them, my lord. His lawsuit had no difficulty, however, the former official had trouble in the relationship, thus causing the situation then.”.  --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 09:46, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
So it's called ‘Guardian Talisman’. The Xue family just said, how did the master provoke him! There is nothing difficult about him in this lawsuit. The previous government officials were obstructed because of their affection, so it was so. &amp;quot;--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 11:32, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一面说，一面从顺袋中取出一张抄的“护官符”来，递与雨村看时，上面皆是本地大族名宦之家的俗谚口碑，云：贾不假，白玉为堂金作马。&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, while taking out a copy of the &amp;quot;protection charm&amp;quot; from the Shun bag, when it was handed it to Yucun, it was all the common sayings of the family of famous local eunuchs, saying: Jia is not fake, and Bai Yu is the gold of the house. Be a horse.--[[User:Li Wen|Li Wen]] ([[User talk:Li Wen|talk]]) 11:31, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
阿房宫，三百里，住不下金陵一个史。东海缺少白玉床，龙王来请金陵王。丰年好大雪，珍珠如土金如铁。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村尚未看完，忽闻传点，报：“王老爷来拜。”雨村忙具衣冠接迎，有顿饭工夫，方回来问这门子。门子道：“四家皆连络有亲，一损俱损，一荣俱荣。&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun has not finished reading, suddenly smell spread point, report: &amp;quot;Wang master came to visit.&amp;quot; Yucun hurriedly arranged his clothes to meet him and had a meal before he came back to ask about it. Siemens way: &amp;quot;the four are connected to have relatives, a failure other destroyed, a glory other glory.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 06:45, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun has not finished reading, but suddenly heard from the messenger saying : &amp;quot;Wang master come to visit.&amp;quot; Yucun hurriedly arranged his clothes to welcome him. Only after a meal did he come back to ask Menzi, who said: &amp;quot;the four families are closely connected, so do their  honor and failure.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 07:12, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今告打死人之薛，就是‘丰年大雪’之薛。不单靠这三家，他的世交亲友在都在外的本也不少，老爷如今拿谁去？”雨村听说，便笑问门子道：“这样说来，却怎么了结此案？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The xue of killing people is the xue of 'heavy snow in the year of plenty'. He has not only these three families, but also many family friends and relatives who are away from home. Who are you going to take now?&amp;quot; Rain village heard, then smiled and asked Siemens way: &amp;quot;So say, but how to settle the case?--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 07:05, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你大约也深知这凶犯躲的方向了？”门子笑道：“不瞒老爷说，不但这凶犯躲的方向，并这拐的人我也知道，死鬼买主也深知道，待我细说与老爷听：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这个被打死的是一个小乡宦之子，名唤冯渊，父母俱亡，又无兄弟，守着些薄产度日。年纪十八九岁，酷爱男风，不好女色。这也是前生冤孽，可巧遇见这丫头，他便一眼看上了，立意买来作妾，设誓不近男色，也不再娶第二个了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The man who was killed was the son of a small township official, named Feng Yuan. His parents died and had no brothers. He lived on a low income. He is eighteen or nine years old. He loves men and is not good at women. This is also an injustice in his previous life. But when he happened to meet this girl, he took a fancy to it and decided to buy it as a concubine. He swore that he would not be close to a man and would not marry a second one.  --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 05:38, 27 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The man who was killed, was the son of one of the minor local gentry, named Feng Yuan. Both his parents died and he had no brother, living on his small property. With an age of eighteen or nineteen he was a confirmed queer and took no interest in women. But then, as the entanglements in a former life, he ran into this girl and fell for her and made up his mind to buy her for his concubine. He swore to have no more to do with men and to marry no other wife.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 13:41, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所以郑重其事，必得三日后方进门。谁知这拐子又偷卖与薛家，他意欲卷了两家的银子逃去；谁知又走不脱，两家拿住，打了个半死，都不肯收银，各要领人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So he insisted on her entering the house three days later. Who could know that the kidnapper sell her on the sly to the Xues to abscond with the payment from both? However, before he could run, they nabbed him and beat him, leaving him half dead. Both refused to take back their money -- both wanted the girl.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 13:35, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So he had to wait three days before he could enter the house. Who would have thought that this trafficker would secretly sell to the Xue family again? He tried to escape with the money from both families.However, before he could run, they nabbed him and beat him, leaving him half dead. Both refused to take back their money -- both wanted the girl.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:44, 29 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
那薛公子便喝令下人动手，将冯公子打了个稀烂，抬回去三日竟死了。这薛公子原择下日子要上京的，既打了人，夺了丫头，他便没事人一般，只管带了家眷走他的路，并非为此而逃；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He then rudely ordered his subordinates to do something about it, and beat Feng up so badly that he was carried home and died within three days. The Duke of Xue had intended to go to the capital in a few days, and since he had beaten and robbed the maid, he acted as if nothing had happened, and simply took his family away, not because of this escape;--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 06:59, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这人命些些小事，自有他弟兄、奴仆在此料理。这且别说，老爷可知这被卖的丫头是谁？”雨村道：“我如何晓得？”门子冷笑道：“这人还是老爷的大恩人呢！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他就是葫芦庙旁住的甄老爷的女儿，小名英莲的。”雨村骇然道：“原来是他！听见他自五岁被人拐去，怎么如今才卖呢？”门子道：“这种拐子单拐幼女，养至十二三岁，带至他乡转卖。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当日这英莲，我们天天哄他玩耍，极相熟的，所以隔了七八年，虽模样儿出脱的齐整，然大段未改，所以认得；且他眉心中原有米粒大的一点胭脂记，从胎里带来的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Yinglian was a little girl, we played with her every day and were very familiar with each other. Her appearance didn’t change a lot after seven or eight years though she has grown prettier than before, so we still remembered her; besides, her eyebrows came to a little carmine point (the size of a grain of rice) in the middle, which was the birthmark.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 05:53, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
偏这拐子又租了我的房子居住，那日拐子不在家，我也曾问他。他说是打怕了的，万不敢说，只说拐子是他的亲爹，因无钱还债才卖的。再四哄他，他又哭了，只说：‘我原不记得小时的事。’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trafficker had rented my house to live in by coincidence. I had ever asked her one day when the trafficker was not at home. She said that she dared not to say anything after being attacked for a long time, and only answered that he was her father who sold her to pay off the debts. By coaxing her for several times, she cried again and said that &amp;quot;I don’t remember what happened when I was a child&amp;quot;.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 07:14, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The kidnapper just happened to rent the houses from me. One day, when he was not at home, I asked her about such a thing. She told me that she was afraid to say anything after being beaten so much; she only insisted that he was her father who sold her to pay off his debts. When I tried repeatedly to coax it out of her, she burst into tears and said that 'I do not remember what happened in my childhood.'--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 08:29, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这无可疑了。那日冯公子相见了，兑了银子，因拐子醉了，英莲自叹说：‘我今日罪孽可满了！’后又听见三日后才过门，他又转有忧愁之态。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is not doubt that the girl who was carried off by the kidnapper is Yinglian all right. The day when Feng Yuan met her and paid down his silver, the kidnapper had got drunk. And then, Yinglian sighed, 'I am overwhelmed by my sins today!' However, her gloom started deepening again, when she heard that Feng Yuan would not be coming and picking her up for three days.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 08:14, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is not doubt that the girl who was carried off by the kidnapper is Yinglian all right. The day when Feng Yuan met her and paid down his silver, the kidnapper had got drunk. And then, Yinglian sighed, 'I am overwhelmed by my sins today!'Later, she heard that it would be three days before Mr. Feng would marry her, and again she turned sad.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 16:27, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我又不忍，等拐子出去，又叫内人去解劝他：‘这冯公子必待好日期来接，可知必不以丫鬟相看。况他是个绝风流人品，家里颇过得，素性又最厌恶堂客，今竟破价买你，后事不言可知。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I could not bear it, so I waited for the kidnapper to go out, and asked my wife to go and persuade him: 'Mr. Feng must be waiting for a good date to come and take you, so I know that he would never look at you as a maid. Besides, he is a man of great elegance, and his family is well off.He has always hated parishioners, but now he has gone so far as to buy you at a price that it is easy to tell what will happen.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 16:24, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只耐得三两日，何必忧闷？’他听如此说，方略解些，自谓从此得所。谁料天下竟有不如意事，第二日，他偏又卖与了薛家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only for three or two days, why bother to be depressed? Hearing this, he relieved a little bit, saying that he would get a place to settle since then. Unexpectedly, everything is never perfect. On the next day, he was sold to the Xue.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 07:13, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若卖与第二家还好，这薛公子的混名，人称他‘呆霸王’，最是天下第一个弄性尚气的人，而且使钱如土。只打了个落花流水，生拖死拽，把个英莲拖去，如今也不知死活。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这冯公子空喜一场，一念未遂，反花了钱，送了命，岂不可叹！”雨村听了，也叹道：“这也是他们的孽障遭遇，亦非偶然，不然这冯渊如何偏只看上了这英莲？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这英莲受了拐子这几年折磨，才得了个路头，且又是个多情的，若果聚合了，倒是件美事，偏又生出这段事来。这薛家纵比冯家富贵，想其为人，自然姬妾众多，淫佚无度，未必及冯渊定情于一人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yinglian has been tortured by human traffickers for several years before she can finally get rid of it. Although Xue Pan is an amorous person, it would be a good thing if she could marry and tie the knot. However, such an unbelievable thing deliberately happened. Even if the Xue family is richer than the Feng family, it's normal to think of him as a man with many concubines. He is lost without measure. He may not be devoted to one person as Feng Yuan does.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 14:35, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这正是梦幻情缘，恰遇见一对薄命儿女。且不要议论他人，只目今这官司如何剖断才好？”门子笑道：“老爷当年何其明决，今日何反成个没主意的人了？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is exactly the love of dream, coincidentally to be a pair of ill-fated couple. Not to mention other things, but how should we judge this case today?&amp;quot; The servant said with a smile, &amp;quot;Your Lordship was so clear and decisive back then, why are you so hesitant and irresolute now?&amp;quot;--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 14:28, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It should be the love of dream, only to be an ill-fated couple. Don’t talk about others for the moment. It’s crucial that this case be judged properly.” The servant said with a smile, “ how decisive you were in those days. Why are you so irresolute at the present ?”--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 07:31, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
小的听见老爷补升此任，系贾府、王府之力。此薛蟠即贾府之亲，老爷何不顺水行舟，做个人情，将此案了结，日后也好去见贾、王二公。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I heard that you respected master assumed office with the help of Jia Mansion and Wang Mansion. Xue Pan is a relative of Jia Mansion. Why don’t you do him a special favor, making use of the opportunity to settle the case, so that you can make a smooth explanation to master Jia and Wang in days to come.”--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 07:03, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“你说的何尝不是，但事关人命，蒙皇上隆恩，起复委用，正竭力图报之时，岂可因私枉法？是实不忍为的。”门子听了，冷笑道：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“老爷说的自是正理，但如今世上是行不去的。岂不闻古人说的：‘大丈夫相时而动。’又说：‘趋吉避凶者为君子。’依老爷这话，不但不能报效朝廷，亦且自身不保，还要三思为妥。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“What lord said is reasonable, but it is unfeasible in the current world. Have you not heard what the ancients said:’ A real man can take action according to the specific situation’, and ‘The one who can avoid calamity and bring on good fortune is a gentleman.’ According to lord’s words, you not only can’t serve the court, but also can’t protect yourself. You’d better think it over. ‘ --[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 15:40, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村低了头，半日方说道：“依你怎么着？”门子道：“小人已想了个很好的主意在此：老爷明日坐堂，只管虚张声势，动文书，发签拿人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
凶犯自然是拿不来的，原告固是不依，只用将薛家族人及奴仆人等拿几个来拷问；小的在暗中调停，令他们报个‘暴病身亡’，合族中及地方上共递一张保呈。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Naturally, the murderer could not get it. The plaintiff did not follow it. He only took a few of the Xue family and slave servants to torture them; The small ones were secretly mediating, so that they reported a &amp;quot;violent illness&amp;quot; and a joint guarantee was handed over to the middle and local communities.--[[User:Wang Zhenlong|Wang Zhenlong]] ([[User talk:Wang Zhenlong|talk]]) 11:25, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老爷只说善能扶鸾请仙，堂上设了乩坛，令军民人等只管来看。老爷便说：‘乩仙批了，死者冯渊与薛蟠原系夙孽，今犯狭路相遇，原应了结：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lord requested to set out the altar in order to invite immortals to come, and let the military and people to come to see. The lord then said that after coscinomancy finished, the dead Feng Yuan and Xue Pan should have come to an end because they used to be long-standing and are bound to meet head-on on a narrow road.--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 14:46, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今薛蟠已得了无名之病，被冯渊的魂魄追索而死。其祸皆由拐子而起，除将拐子按法处治外，馀不累及’等语。小人暗中嘱咐拐子，令其实招。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
众人见乩仙批语与拐子相符，自然不疑了。薛家有的是钱，老爷断一千也可，五百也可，与冯家作烧埋之费。那冯家也无甚要紧的人，不过为的是钱，有了银子，也就无话了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crowed had no doubt after they saw the remarks of divinities in accordance with the trickster. The Xues had plenty of money, the Lord could give one thousand Yang yuan, or five hundred, to the Fengs for funeral expenses.There was no one of special importance in the Fengs, all they wanted was just the money. Having received the money, they wouldn't say anything more.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 14:25, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The people had no doubt after seeing the remarks of divinities in accordance with the trickster. The Xues had plenty of money, the Lord could give one thousand yuan, or five hundred, to the Fengs for funeral expenses.There was no one of special importance in the Fengs, all they wanted was just the money. Having received the money, they wouldn't say anything more. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 14:44, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老爷细想，此计如何？”雨村笑道：“不妥，不妥。等我再斟酌斟酌，压服得口声才好。”二人计议已定。至次日坐堂，勾取一干有名人犯，雨村详加审问。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lord thought carefully, and asked how about this plan? Yucun laughed and said: “ It’s not the right way, it’s not the right way. Let me think the matter over, the plan should be convinced by all the others.” Then they confirmed the plan. At tomorrow’s  court session, convening all criminals, whose name was known, Yucun questioned them seriously. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 14:31, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
果见冯家人口稀少，不过赖此欲得些烧埋之银；薛家仗势倚情，偏不相让：故致颠倒未决。雨村便徇情枉法，胡乱判断了此案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冯家得了许多烧埋银子，也就无甚话说了。雨村便疾忙修书二封与贾政并京营节度使王子腾，不过说“令甥之事已完，不必过虑”之言寄去。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Feng family got a lot of buried silver and had nothing to say. Rain village will quickly repair two letters and Jia Zheng and Jingying jie make Prince Teng, but said &amp;quot;nephew has finished, do not have to worry about&amp;quot; words to send.--[[User:Xiao Yiyao|Xiao Yiyao]] ([[User talk:Xiao Yiyao|talk]]) 10:25, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此事皆由葫芦庙内沙弥新门子所为，雨村又恐他对人说出当日贫贱时事来，因此心中大不乐意。后来到底寻了他一个不是，远远的充发了才罢。当下言不着雨村。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was all done by a novice monk Xinmenzi in Gourd Temple. Yucun was afraid that he would tell people about the awful current affairs of that day, so he was very unsatisfied. Later, Yucan pick holes in him , and banished him far away. Now, there was no one talking about bad things about Yucun.--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 14:05, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
且说那买了英莲、打死冯渊的薛公子，亦系金陵人氏，本是书香继世之家。只是如今这薛公子幼年丧父，寡母又怜他是个独根孤种，未免溺爱纵容些，遂致老大无成；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
且家中有百万之富，现领着内帑钱粮，采办杂料。这薛公子学名薛蟠，表字文起，性情奢侈，言语傲慢；虽也上过学，不过略识几个字，终日惟有斗鸡走马，游山玩景而已。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are countless money in the family, and now people are taking the domestic money and food to purchase stuffs. The Mr. Xue so-called Xue Pan, is entitled as Wenqi with extravagant temperament and arrogant speech. Although he has also gone to school, but he knows a few words, he only like fighting cock walking around the mountains and enjoying the scenery all day long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are countless money in the family, and now people are taking the domestic money and food to purchase stuffs. Mr.Xue, whose name is Xue Pan, is entitled as Wenqi with extravagant temperament and arrogant speech. Although he has also gone to school, he knows a few words, he only like fighting cock walking around the mountains and enjoying the scenery all day long.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 11:21, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽是皇商，一应经纪世事全然不知，不过赖祖、父旧日的情分，户部挂个虚名，支领钱粮；其馀事体，自有伙计、老家人等措办。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he was a royal merchant, he knew nothing about economics. However, due to the old affection of his grandfathers and fathers, he was given a virtual position in Board of Revenue to received money and grain, and the rest of affairs were handled by his clerks and old family members.--[[User:Xu Minyun|Xu Minyun]] ([[User talk:Xu Minyun|talk]]) 09:43, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although he was a royal merchant, he knew nothing about economics. However, due to the old affection of his ancestors and his father, he was given a virtual position in Board of Revenue to received money and grain, and the rest of affairs were handled by his clerks and old family members.--[[User:Yan Jing|Yan Jing]] ([[User talk:Yan Jing|talk]]) 11:08, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
寡母王氏，乃现任京营节度使王子腾之妹，与荣国府贾政的夫人王氏是一母所生的姊妹，今年方五十上下，只有薛蟠一子。还有一女，比薛蟠小两岁，乳名宝钗，生得肌骨莹润，举止娴雅。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang, the widowed mother, is the sister of Wang Ziteng, the current governor of Jingying Festival and the sister of Wang, the wife of Jia Zheng in the Rongguo mansion. This year, she is about 50, and has only a son Xue Pan. Besides, she has a daughter, whose milk name is Bao Chai, two years younger than Xue Pan. Bao Chai has beautiful body and behave elegantly .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, she has a daughter, whose small name is Bao Chai, two years younger than Xue Pan.--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 06:50, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当时他父亲在日极爱此女，令其读书识字，较之乃兄竟高十倍。自父亲死后，见哥哥不能安慰母心，他便不以书字为念，只留心针黹、家计等事，好为母亲分忧代劳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His father had been so fond of her that he had sent her to read ten times better than her brother. Seeing that her brother could not pacify her mother after her father's death, she stopped thinking about reading and only cared about needle-work and family livelihood in order to share her mother's cares and duties.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 06:49, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ever since her father's death, that her brother could not appease the anguish of her mother's heart, she at once dispelled all thoughts of books. and gave her sole mind to needlework, to the menage and other such concerns, so as to be able to participate in her mother's sorrow, and to bear the fatigue in lieu of her.--[[User:Yan Zihan|Yan Zihan]] ([[User talk:Yan Zihan|talk]]) 10:41, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近因今上崇尚诗礼，征采才能，降不世之隆恩，除聘选妃嫔外，凡世宦名家之女，皆得亲名达部，以备选择为公主、郡主入学陪侍，充为才人、赞善之职。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recently, the Emperor in order to respect culture, promote etiquette and explore talents, in addition to selecting good wives and mothers to serve the emperor, the daughters of families of hereditary official status and renowr were without exception, reported by name to the authorities, and communicated to the Board,in anticipation of the selection for maids in waiting to the Imperial Princesses and daughters of Imperial Princes in their studies, become “Cairen, Zanshan”.--[[User:Yan Zihan|Yan Zihan]] ([[User talk:Yan Zihan|talk]]) 10:37, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
自薛蟠父亲死后，各省中所有的买卖承局、总管、伙计人等，见薛蟠年轻不谙世事，便趁时拐骗起来，京都几处生意，渐亦销耗。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ever since the death of Xue Pan's father， all the assistants， managers and partners， and other employees in the respective provinces， perceiving how youthful and inexperienced Xue Pan was in years， readily availed themselves of the time to begin swindling and defrauding. As a result, The business， carried on in various different places in the capital，gradually also began to fall off and to show a deficit.--[[User:Yang Jiaying|Yang Jiaying]] ([[User talk:Yang Jiaying|talk]]) 08:33, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠素闻得都中乃第一繁华之地，正思一游，便趁此机会：一来送妹待选；二来望亲；三来亲自入部销算旧账，再计新支；其实只为游览上国风光之意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因此早已检点下行装细软，以及馈送亲友各色土物人情等类，正择日起身，不想偏遇着那拐子卖英莲。薛蟠见英莲生的不俗，立意买了作妾，又遇冯家来夺，因恃强喝令豪奴将冯渊打死。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便将家中事务，一一嘱托了族中人并几个老家人；自己同着母亲、妹子，竟自起身长行去了。人命官司，他却视为儿戏，自谓花上几个钱，没有不了的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dragon Marshgrass entrusted the household affairs to the clan middleman and old family members. Then he just went away with his mother and sister. He should deem the affair of murder as a trifling matter and believed it could be easily solved through money.--[[User:Yang Liuqing|Yang Liuqing]] ([[User talk:Yang Liuqing|talk]]) 12:31, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在路不计其日。那日已将入都，又听见母舅王子腾升了九省统制，奉旨出都查边。薛蟠心中暗喜道：“我正愁进京去有舅舅管辖，不能任意挥霍；如今升出去，可知天从人愿。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因和母亲商议道：“咱们京中虽有几处房舍，只是这十来年没人居住，那看守的人未免偷着租赁给人住，须得先着人去打扫收拾才好。”他母亲道：“何必如此招摇？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So he discussed with his mother, &amp;quot;Although we have a few premises in the capital, no one has lived there for ten years, the guards may sneakily rent to people to live, we must first ask someone to clean and tidy up.&amp;quot; His mother said, &amp;quot;Why do you have to be so flashy? &amp;quot;--[[User:Yi Yangfan|Yi Yangfan]] ([[User talk:Yi Yangfan|talk]]) 09:23, 25 December 2021 (UTC)Yi Yangfan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So he discussed with his mother, &amp;quot;Although we have a few houses in the capital, no one has lived there for ten years. The guards may sneakily rent the house to other people, so we must first send someone to tidy up the house. His mother said, &amp;quot;Why do you have to be so flashy? &amp;quot;--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 13:50, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咱们这进京去，原是先拜望亲友，或是在你舅舅处，或是你姨父家，他两家的房舍极是宽敞的，咱们且住下，再慢慢儿的着人去收拾，岂不消停些？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now we go to the capital Beijing,  and we should visit our relatives first. Your uncle‘s or your aunt‘s husband’s house are good choices, and their houses are very spacious. Let's stay there for a while and then send someone to clean up the house，and it will be more inconspicuous.--[[User:Yin Huizhen|Yin Huizhen]] ([[User talk:Yin Huizhen|talk]]) 13:38, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠道：“如今舅舅正升了外省去，家里自然忙乱起身，咱们这会子反一窝一拖的奔了去，岂不没眼色呢？”他母亲道：“你舅舅虽升了去，还有你姨父家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
况这几年来，你舅舅、姨娘两处，每每带信捎书接咱们来；如今既来了，你舅舅虽忙着起身，你贾家的姨娘未必不苦留我们，咱们且忙忙的收拾房子，岂不使人见怪？你的意思，我早知道了：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
守着舅舅、姨母住着，未免拘紧了；不如各自住着，好任意施为。你既如此，你自去挑所宅子去住；我和你姨娘，姊妹们别了这几年，却要住几日，我带了你妹子去投你姨娘家去。你道好不好？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠见母亲如此说，情知扭不过，只得吩咐人夫，一路奔荣国府而来。那时王夫人已知薛蟠官司一事，亏贾雨村就中维持了，才放了心。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又见哥哥升了边缺，正愁少了娘家的亲戚来往，略觉寂寞。过了几日，忽家人报：“姨太太带了哥儿、姐儿，合家进京，在门外下车了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing that her brother was promoted, she was worried about the lack of relatives in her mother's family, and felt a little lonely. A few days later, suddenly her family reported: &amp;quot;concubine brought her brothers and sisters to Beijing and got off outside the door.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhang Yang|Zhang Yang]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yang|talk]]) 10:02, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeing that her brother was promoted,  Dragon Marshgrass was worried about the lack of relatives in her mother's family, and felt a little lonely. A few days later, suddenly her family reported: &amp;quot;concubine brought her brothers and sisters to Beijing and got off outside the door.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 14:38, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
喜的王夫人忙带了人，接到大厅上，将薛姨妈等接进去了。姊妹们一朝相见，悲喜交集，自不必说。叙了一番契阔，又引着拜见贾母，将人情土物各种酬献了，合家俱厮见过，又治席接风。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lady King was so happy that she brought someone to the hall and took Aunt Marshgrass in. The sisters were joy tempered with sorrow to see each other that it goes without saying. Told a story of great deeds, and led to visit Grandma Merchant, all kinds of reward will be offered, together with the furniture saw, and treat the seat to receive wind.--[[User:Zhang Yiran|Zhang Yiran]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yiran|talk]]) 14:35, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wang was so happy that she brought someone to the hall and took Aunt Xue in. The sisters were  in joy tempered with sorrow to see each other that it goes without saying. Told a story of great deeds, and led to visit Grandma Merchant, all kinds of reward will be offered, together with the furniture saw, and treat the seat to receive wind.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 10:07, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠拜见过贾政、贾琏，又引着见了贾赦、贾珍等。贾政便使人进来对王夫人说：“姨太太已有了年纪，外甥年轻，不知庶务，在外住着，恐又要生事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xue Pan met Jia Zheng and Jia Lian and introduced Jia She and Jia Zhen. Jia Zheng sent someone in and said to Mrs. Wang, &amp;quot;my aunt is old, and my nephew is young. He doesn't know about general affairs. If he is living outside, I am afraid that something will happen again.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 10:10, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xue Pan met Jia Zheng and Jia Lian and introduced Jia She and Jia Zhen. Jia Zheng sent someone in and said to Mrs. Wang, &amp;quot;my aunt is old, and my nephew is young. He doesn't know about general affairs. If he lives outside, I am afraid that he will make some trouble.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 13:01, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咱们东南角上梨香院那一所房十来间白空闲着，叫人请了姨太太和姐儿、哥儿住了甚好。”王夫人原要留住。贾母也遣人来说：“请姨太太就在这里住下，大家亲密些。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“We have a room in the southeast corner of the Li Xiang courtyard that is vacant, and ask someone to invite the aunt and sister and brother to live here.” Mrs. Wang originally wanted to stay. Mrs. Jia also sent someone to say: “Please invite the aunt to stay here, the relationship between us will be closer.”--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 12:58, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“We have dozens of room in the southeast corner of the Li Xiang courtyard that is vacant, and ask someone to invite the aunt and sister and brother to live here.” Mrs. Wang originally wanted to stay. Mrs. Jia also sent someone to say: “Please stay here, the relationship between us will be closer.”--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 02:51, 26 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛姨妈正欲同居一处，方可拘紧些儿子；若另住在外边，又恐他纵性惹祸：遂忙应允。又私与王夫人说明：“一应日费供给，一概都免，方是处常之法。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aunt Xue wanted to live here so that she could supervise her son. If she lived elsewhere, she feared that her son would get into trouble again. So he agreed. She said to Mrs. Wang privately, &amp;quot;The Xue family will pay for all the supplies in the Jia mansion by themselves. This is the only way to get along with them for a long time.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王夫人知他家不难于此，遂亦从其自便。从此后，薛家母女就在梨香院住了。原来这梨香院乃当日荣公暮年养静之所，小小巧巧，约有十馀间房舍，前厅后舍俱全。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
另有一门通街，薛蟠的家人就走此门出入。西南上又有一个角门，通着夹道子，出了夹道，便是王夫人正房的东院了。每日或饭后或晚间，薛姨妈便过来，或与贾母闲谈，或与王夫人相叙；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was another gate to the street, through which Xue Pan's family went in and out. There is another side gate in the southwest, which leads to the narrow lane. Out of it, comes the east courtyard of Lady King's principal room. Every day, after dinner or in the evening, Aunt Marshgrass came to chat with Grandma Merchant or Lady King;--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 12:49, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There was another door leading to the street, and Xue Pan's family walked in and out through this door. There is another corner door on the southwest, leading through the lane, and out of the lane, it is the east courtyard of Mrs. Wang's main house. Every day, after dinner or in the evening, Aunt Xue came over, chatting with Jia's mother, or narrating with Mrs. Wang.--[[User:Zhou Qing|Zhou Qing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qing|talk]]) 07:23, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝钗日与黛玉、迎春姊妹等一处，或看书下棋，或做针黹：倒也十分相安。只是薛蟠起初原不欲在贾府中居住，生恐姨父管束，不得自在。无奈母亲执意在此，且贾宅中又十分殷勤苦留，只得暂且住下；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the day, Baochai was in peace with Daiyu and Sister Yingchun, reading a book, playing chess, or doing stitches. It's just that Xue Pan didn't want to live in Jia's house at first, and was afraid of his uncle's control and uncomfortable. But my mother insisted on staying here, and the people in Jia's house were so diligent to stay, so they had to stay temporarily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一面使人打扫出自家的房屋，再移居过去。谁知自此间住了不上一月，贾宅族中凡有的子侄，俱已认熟了一半，都是那些纨袴气习，莫不喜与他来往。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at the same time he directed servants to go and sweep the apartments of their own house and  they should move into them when they were ready.&lt;br /&gt;
But, contrary to expectation， for not over a month， Hsueeh P'an came to be on intimate relations with all the young men among the kindred of the Chia mansion， the half of whom were extravagant in their habits and glad to make contact with he.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 06:44, 27 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time，he arranged servants to clean their own house apartments and then moved to the apartment for living.However,less than a month's living，he has been acquainted with hallf of the sons and nephews in the clan of Chia. They were extravagant in their habits and glad to make friends with him.--[[User:Zhu Suzhen|Zhu Suzhen]] ([[User talk:Zhu Suzhen|talk]]) 13:46, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今日会酒，明日观花，甚至聚赌嫖娼，无所不至，引诱的薛蟠比当日更坏了十倍。虽说贾政训子有方，治家有法，一则族大人多，照管不到；二则现在房长乃是贾珍，彼乃宁府长孙，又现袭职，凡族中事，都是他掌管；&lt;br /&gt;
Staying together and drinking wine today, appreciating flowers tomorrow, and even gambling and prostitution, everything will be done. Xue Pan, who is seduced, is ten times worse than that day. Although Jia Zhengxun is good at governing family, on the one hand,there are so many people in the family that he can not look after everyone; On the other hand, the house chief is Jia Zhen, and he is the eldest grandson of the Ning Mansion, now everything is in charge of him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三则公私冗杂，且素性潇洒，不以俗事为要，每公暇之时，不过看书、着棋而已；况这梨香院相隔两层房舍，又有街门别开，任意可以出入：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nadia 202011080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些子弟们所以只管放意畅怀的，因此薛蟠遂将移居之念渐渐打灭了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日后如何，下回分解。葫芦僧判断葫芦案──&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mariam Toure 2020GBJ002301==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“葫芦”的谐音为糊涂，故其意谓糊涂僧糊涂判案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
指知县贾雨村按照现为衙门门子而原为葫芦庙小沙弥的主意糊里糊涂判结了薛蟠强买甄英莲并打死人命一案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhizhi County Jia Yucun was confused and convicted the case of Xue Panqiang buying Zhen Yinglian and killing people based on the idea that he is now Yamenzi but was originally a young novice monk in the Gourd Temple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女子无才便是德──语出明·张岱《公祭祁夫人文》：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“(陈)眉公曰：‘丈夫有德便是才，女子无才便是德。’此语殊为未确。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(又见清·石成金《家训钞》引)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
意谓女子如果读书识字，便可能受到小说、戏曲的不良影响，做出伤风败俗的事，倒不如不识字而能保持妇德。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《女四书》、《列女传》──都是记述历代贤德女子的事迹，以宣扬封建妇德的书。&lt;br /&gt;
 English:The Four Books on Women and the Biography of Lienu ─ ─ both describe the deeds of &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
 virtuous women in past dynasties to publicize the feudal virtues of women.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《女四书》：明·王相模仿南宋·朱熹所编《四书》而辑成，包括东汉·班昭的《女诫》、唐·宋若莘和宋若昭的《女论语》、明·永乐皇后徐氏的《内训》、王相之母刘氏的《女范捷录》四种专讲女德的书，故称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Öncü 202121080008==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《列女传》：西汉·刘向编撰。全书七卷，每卷为一类，分别为母仪、贤明、仁智、贞顺、节义、辩通、嬖孽，共收妇女故事一百零四则。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纺绩女红(gōng工)──泛指女子应做的家务活计。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fangji Female Red (''gong'')──refers to the household chores of women.--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 19:13, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纺绩：“纺”是把丝纺成纱，“绩”是把麻绩成线。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Fangji'': &amp;quot;Fang&amp;quot; means to spin silk into yarn, &amp;quot;Ji&amp;quot; means to turn the hemp into thread.--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 19:06, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Fangji'': ''Fang'' means spinning silk into yarn, ''Ji'' means turning hemp into thread. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 01:48, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asep Budiman 202111080020==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女红：又作“女工”或“女功”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Female Red (''gong''): is also known as &amp;quot;female worker&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;female performer&amp;quot;. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 01:46, 28 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是指纺织、缝纫、刺绣等。&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211229_homework&amp;diff=134244</id>
		<title>20211229 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211229_homework&amp;diff=134244"/>
		<updated>2021-12-25T06:59:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* 刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE READ [[Joint_translation_terms|Joint translation terms]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE ALSO READ THE PREVIOUS PARTS, AT LEAST THE SENTENCES BEFORE YOUR OWN PART IN CHAPTER 19 [[20210303_culture|1, Mar 3 Chapters 1-4]], [[20210310_culture|2, Mar 10 Chapters 6-7]], [[20210317_culture|3, Mar 17 Chapters 11-13]], [[20210324_culture|4, Mar 24 Chapters 15-17]], [[20210331_culture|5, Mar 31 Chapters 4-7]], [[20210407_culture|6, Apr 7 Chapters 8-10]], [[20210414_culture|7, Apr 14 Chapters 13-15]] , [[20210519_culture|12, May 19 Chapters 17-19]], [[20210929_homework#Hongloumeng|for Sep 29 - rest of HLM Chapter 19]] [[20211013_homework|for Oct 13 - HLM Chapters 20-21]] [[20211020_homework|for Oct 20 - HLM Chapters 21-22]] [[20211027_homework|for Oct 27 - HLM Chapters 23-24]] etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
心较比干多一窍──比干：暴君商(殷)纣王之叔，被誉为圣人。据《史记·殷本纪》载：纣王厌恶比干谏诤不已，怒曰：“吾闻圣人心有七窍。”于是“剖比干，观其心”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 法语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
古人以为心窍越多越聪明，故以“心较比干多一窍” 形容黛玉绝顶聪明。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
病如西子胜三分──西子：即西施。《庄子·天运》说：“西施病心而颦(皱眉)”，益增娇艳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
故以“病如西子胜三分”形容黛玉病弱而娇美。 胜：胜过，超过。 下面贾宝玉替林黛玉起表字为“颦颦”，亦用西施颦眉之典，但又不敢明说，故编了一套谎活，杜撰了《古今人物通考》书名。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
教引嬷嬷──清代专司教导年幼皇子的女子，称“谙达”。后来世家大族也仿效而行。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“花气袭人”之句：是宋·陆游《村居书喜》中的半句，原诗为七言律诗：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“红桥梅市晓山横，白塔樊江春水生。花气袭人知骤暖，鹊声穿树喜新晴。坊场酒贱贫犹醉，原野泥深老亦耕。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
最喜先期官赋足，经年无吏叩柴荆。”意谓因闻到花香，才知天气已经骤然暖和了。第二十三回和二十八回均引作“花气袭人知昼暖”，将“骤”误为“昼”，可能是曹雪芹误记。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
省(xǐ ng醒)——典出《礼记·曲礼上》：“凡为人子之礼，冬温而夏凊，昏定而晨省。”[凊( jìng净)：凉。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
意谓子女冬天要为父母焐暖被褥，夏天要为父母扇凉床席，每天早上要向父母请安问好，晚上要服侍父母安寝。泛指子女对父母的孝敬无微不至。故“省”即“晨省”的略称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnuó 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
指子女早晨向父母请安问候的礼节。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第四回 薄命女偏逢薄命郎，葫芦僧判断葫芦案&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说黛玉同姐妹们至王夫人处，见王夫人正和兄嫂处的来使计议家务，又说姨母家遭人命官司等语。因见王夫人事情冗杂，姐妹们遂出来 ,至寡嫂李氏房中来了。原来这李氏即贾珠之妻。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
珠虽夭亡，幸存一子，取名贾兰，今方五岁，已入学攻书。这李氏亦系金陵名宦之女。父名李守中，曾为国子祭酒；族中男女无不读诗书者。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
至李守中继续以来，便谓“女子无才便是德”，故生了此女，不曾叫他十分认真读书，只不过将些 《女四书》、 《烈女传》读读，认得几个字，记得前朝这几个贤女便了；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却以纺绩女红为要，因取名为李纨，字宫裁。所以这李纨虽青春丧偶，且居处于膏粱锦绣之中，竟如槁木死灰一般，一概不问不闻，惟知侍亲养子，闲时陪侍小姑等针黹、诵读而已。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今黛玉虽客居于此，已有这几个姑嫂相伴，除老父之外，馀者也就无用虑了。如今且说贾雨村授了应天府，一到任，就有件人命官司详至案下，却是两家争买一婢，各不相让，以致殴伤人命。彼时雨村即拘原告来审。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
那原告道：“被打死的乃是小人的主人。因那日买了个丫头，不想系拐子拐来卖的。这拐子先已得了我家的银子，我家小主人原说第二日方是好日，再接入门；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这拐子又悄悄的卖与了薛家，被我们知道了，去找拿卖主，夺取丫头。无奈薛家原系金陵一霸，倚财仗势，众豪奴将我小主人竟打死了。凶身主仆已皆逃走，无有踪迹，只剩了几个局外的人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
小人告了一年的状，竟无人作主。求太老爷拘拿凶犯，以扶善良，存殁感激天恩不尽！”雨村听了，大怒道：“那有这等事：打死人竟白白的走了，拿不来的？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便发签差公人，立刻将凶犯家属拿来拷问。只见案旁站着一个门子，使眼色不叫他发签。雨村心下狐疑，只得停了手。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
退堂至密室，令从人退去，只留这门子一人伏侍。门子忙上前请安，笑问：“老爷一向加官进禄，八九年来，就忘了我了？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“我看你十分眼熟，但一时总想不起来。”门子笑道：“老爷怎么把出身之地竟忘了？老爷不记得当年葫芦庙里的事么？”雨村大惊，方想起往事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原来这门子本是葫芦庙里一个小沙弥，因被火之后无处安身，想这件生意倒还轻省，耐不得寺院凄凉，遂趁年纪轻，蓄了发，充当门子。雨村那里想得是他。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便忙携手笑道：“原来还是故人。”因赏他坐了说话。这门子不敢坐。雨村笑道：“你也算贫贱之交了。此系私室，但坐不妨。”门子才斜签着坐下。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“方才何故不令发签？”门子道：“老爷荣任到此，难道就没抄一张本省的‘护官符’来不成？”雨村忙问：“何为‘护官符’？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
门子道：“如今凡作地方官的，都有一个私单，上面写的是本省最有权势极富贵的大乡绅名姓，各省皆然。倘若不知，一时触犯了这样的人家，不但官爵，只怕连性命也难保呢！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所以叫做‘护官符’。方才所说的这薛家，老爷如何惹得他！他这件官司并无难断之处，从前的官府都因碍着情分脸面，所以如此。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一面说，一面从顺袋中取出一张抄的“护官符”来，递与雨村看时，上面皆是本地大族名宦之家的俗谚口碑，云：贾不假，白玉为堂金作马。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
阿房宫，三百里，住不下金陵一个史。东海缺少白玉床，龙王来请金陵王。丰年好大雪，珍珠如土金如铁。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村尚未看完，忽闻传点，报：“王老爷来拜。”雨村忙具衣冠接迎，有顿饭工夫，方回来问这门子。门子道：“四家皆连络有亲，一损俱损，一荣俱荣。&lt;br /&gt;
Yucun has not finished reading, suddenly smell spread point, report: &amp;quot;Wang master came to visit.&amp;quot; Yucun hurriedly arranged his clothes to meet him and had a meal before he came back to ask about it. Siemens way: &amp;quot;the four are connected to have relatives, a failure other destroyed, a glory other glory.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 06:45, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今告打死人之薛，就是‘丰年大雪’之薛。不单靠这三家，他的世交亲友在都在外的本也不少，老爷如今拿谁去？”雨村听说，便笑问门子道：“这样说来，却怎么了结此案？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你大约也深知这凶犯躲的方向了？”门子笑道：“不瞒老爷说，不但这凶犯躲的方向，并这拐的人我也知道，死鬼买主也深知道，待我细说与老爷听：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这个被打死的是一个小乡宦之子，名唤冯渊，父母俱亡，又无兄弟，守着些薄产度日。年纪十八九岁，酷爱男风，不好女色。这也是前生冤孽，可巧遇见这丫头，他便一眼看上了，立意买来作妾，设誓不近男色，也不再娶第二个了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所以郑重其事，必得三日后方进门。谁知这拐子又偷卖与薛家，他意欲卷了两家的银子逃去；谁知又走不脱，两家拿住，打了个半死，都不肯收银，各要领人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
那薛公子便喝令下人动手，将冯公子打了个稀烂，抬回去三日竟死了。这薛公子原择下日子要上京的，既打了人，夺了丫头，他便没事人一般，只管带了家眷走他的路，并非为此而逃；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He then rudely ordered his subordinates to do something about it, and beat Feng up so badly that he was carried home and died within three days. The Duke of Xue had intended to go to the capital in a few days, and since he had beaten and robbed the maid, he acted as if nothing had happened, and simply took his family away, not because of this escape;--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 06:59, 25 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这人命些些小事，自有他弟兄、奴仆在此料理。这且别说，老爷可知这被卖的丫头是谁？”雨村道：“我如何晓得？”门子冷笑道：“这人还是老爷的大恩人呢！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
他就是葫芦庙旁住的甄老爷的女儿，小名英莲的。”雨村骇然道：“原来是他！听见他自五岁被人拐去，怎么如今才卖呢？”门子道：“这种拐子单拐幼女，养至十二三岁，带至他乡转卖。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当日这英莲，我们天天哄他玩耍，极相熟的，所以隔了七八年，虽模样儿出脱的齐整，然大段未改，所以认得；且他眉心中原有米粒大的一点胭脂记，从胎里带来的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
偏这拐子又租了我的房子居住，那日拐子不在家，我也曾问他。他说是打怕了的，万不敢说，只说拐子是他的亲爹，因无钱还债才卖的。再四哄他，他又哭了，只说：‘我原不记得小时的事。’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这无可疑了。那日冯公子相见了，兑了银子，因拐子醉了，英莲自叹说：‘我今日罪孽可满了！’后又听见三日后才过门，他又转有忧愁之态。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我又不忍，等拐子出去，又叫内人去解劝他：‘这冯公子必待好日期来接，可知必不以丫鬟相看。况他是个绝风流人品，家里颇过得，素性又最厌恶堂客，今竟破价买你，后事不言可知。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
只耐得三两日，何必忧闷？’他听如此说，方略解些，自谓从此得所。谁料天下竟有不如意事，第二日，他偏又卖与了薛家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若卖与第二家还好，这薛公子的混名，人称他‘呆霸王’，最是天下第一个弄性尚气的人，而且使钱如土。只打了个落花流水，生拖死拽，把个英莲拖去，如今也不知死活。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这冯公子空喜一场，一念未遂，反花了钱，送了命，岂不可叹！”雨村听了，也叹道：“这也是他们的孽障遭遇，亦非偶然，不然这冯渊如何偏只看上了这英莲？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这英莲受了拐子这几年折磨，才得了个路头，且又是个多情的，若果聚合了，倒是件美事，偏又生出这段事来。这薛家纵比冯家富贵，想其为人，自然姬妾众多，淫佚无度，未必及冯渊定情于一人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这正是梦幻情缘，恰遇见一对薄命儿女。且不要议论他人，只目今这官司如何剖断才好？”门子笑道：“老爷当年何其明决，今日何反成个没主意的人了？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
小的听见老爷补升此任，系贾府、王府之力。此薛蟠即贾府之亲，老爷何不顺水行舟，做个人情，将此案了结，日后也好去见贾、王二公。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村道：“你说的何尝不是，但事关人命，蒙皇上隆恩，起复委用，正竭力图报之时，岂可因私枉法？是实不忍为的。”门子听了，冷笑道：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“老爷说的自是正理，但如今世上是行不去的。岂不闻古人说的：‘大丈夫相时而动。’又说：‘趋吉避凶者为君子。’依老爷这话，不但不能报效朝廷，亦且自身不保，还要三思为妥。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
雨村低了头，半日方说道：“依你怎么着？”门子道：“小人已想了个很好的主意在此：老爷明日坐堂，只管虚张声势，动文书，发签拿人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
凶犯自然是拿不来的，原告固是不依，只用将薛家族人及奴仆人等拿几个来拷问；小的在暗中调停，令他们报个‘暴病身亡’，合族中及地方上共递一张保呈。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老爷只说善能扶鸾请仙，堂上设了乩坛，令军民人等只管来看。老爷便说：‘乩仙批了，死者冯渊与薛蟠原系夙孽，今犯狭路相遇，原应了结：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今薛蟠已得了无名之病，被冯渊的魂魄追索而死。其祸皆由拐子而起，除将拐子按法处治外，馀不累及’等语。小人暗中嘱咐拐子，令其实招。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
众人见乩仙批语与拐子相符，自然不疑了。薛家有的是钱，老爷断一千也可，五百也可，与冯家作烧埋之费。那冯家也无甚要紧的人，不过为的是钱，有了银子，也就无话了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老爷细想，此计如何？”雨村笑道：“不妥，不妥。等我再斟酌斟酌，压服得口声才好。”二人计议已定。至次日坐堂，勾取一干有名人犯，雨村详加审问。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
果见冯家人口稀少，不过赖此欲得些烧埋之银；薛家仗势倚情，偏不相让：故致颠倒未决。雨村便徇情枉法，胡乱判断了此案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冯家得了许多烧埋银子，也就无甚话说了。雨村便疾忙修书二封与贾政并京营节度使王子腾，不过说“令甥之事已完，不必过虑”之言寄去。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此事皆由葫芦庙内沙弥新门子所为，雨村又恐他对人说出当日贫贱时事来，因此心中大不乐意。后来到底寻了他一个不是，远远的充发了才罢。当下言不着雨村。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
且说那买了英莲、打死冯渊的薛公子，亦系金陵人氏，本是书香继世之家。只是如今这薛公子幼年丧父，寡母又怜他是个独根孤种，未免溺爱纵容些，遂致老大无成；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
且家中有百万之富，现领着内帑钱粮，采办杂料。这薛公子学名薛蟠，表字文起，性情奢侈，言语傲慢；虽也上过学，不过略识几个字，终日惟有斗鸡走马，游山玩景而已。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽是皇商，一应经纪世事全然不知，不过赖祖、父旧日的情分，户部挂个虚名，支领钱粮；其馀事体，自有伙计、老家人等措办。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
寡母王氏，乃现任京营节度使王子腾之妹，与荣国府贾政的夫人王氏是一母所生的姊妹，今年方五十上下，只有薛蟠一子。还有一女，比薛蟠小两岁，乳名宝钗，生得肌骨莹润，举止娴雅。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当时他父亲在日极爱此女，令其读书识字，较之乃兄竟高十倍。自父亲死后，见哥哥不能安慰母心，他便不以书字为念，只留心针黹、家计等事，好为母亲分忧代劳。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
近因今上崇尚诗礼，征采才能，降不世之隆恩，除聘选妃嫔外，凡世宦名家之女，皆得亲名达部，以备选择为公主、郡主入学陪侍，充为才人、赞善之职。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
自薛蟠父亲死后，各省中所有的买卖承局、总管、伙计人等，见薛蟠年轻不谙世事，便趁时拐骗起来，京都几处生意，渐亦销耗。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠素闻得都中乃第一繁华之地，正思一游，便趁此机会：一来送妹待选；二来望亲；三来亲自入部销算旧账，再计新支；其实只为游览上国风光之意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因此早已检点下行装细软，以及馈送亲友各色土物人情等类，正择日起身，不想偏遇着那拐子卖英莲。薛蟠见英莲生的不俗，立意买了作妾，又遇冯家来夺，因恃强喝令豪奴将冯渊打死。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
便将家中事务，一一嘱托了族中人并几个老家人；自己同着母亲、妹子，竟自起身长行去了。人命官司，他却视为儿戏，自谓花上几个钱，没有不了的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在路不计其日。那日已将入都，又听见母舅王子腾升了九省统制，奉旨出都查边。薛蟠心中暗喜道：“我正愁进京去有舅舅管辖，不能任意挥霍；如今升出去，可知天从人愿。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因和母亲商议道：“咱们京中虽有几处房舍，只是这十来年没人居住，那看守的人未免偷着租赁给人住，须得先着人去打扫收拾才好。”他母亲道：“何必如此招摇？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咱们这进京去，原是先拜望亲友，或是在你舅舅处，或是你姨父家，他两家的房舍极是宽敞的，咱们且住下，再慢慢儿的着人去收拾，岂不消停些？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠道：“如今舅舅正升了外省去，家里自然忙乱起身，咱们这会子反一窝一拖的奔了去，岂不没眼色呢？”他母亲道：“你舅舅虽升了去，还有你姨父家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
况这几年来，你舅舅、姨娘两处，每每带信捎书接咱们来；如今既来了，你舅舅虽忙着起身，你贾家的姨娘未必不苦留我们，咱们且忙忙的收拾房子，岂不使人见怪？你的意思，我早知道了：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
守着舅舅、姨母住着，未免拘紧了；不如各自住着，好任意施为。你既如此，你自去挑所宅子去住；我和你姨娘，姊妹们别了这几年，却要住几日，我带了你妹子去投你姨娘家去。你道好不好？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠见母亲如此说，情知扭不过，只得吩咐人夫，一路奔荣国府而来。那时王夫人已知薛蟠官司一事，亏贾雨村就中维持了，才放了心。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又见哥哥升了边缺，正愁少了娘家的亲戚来往，略觉寂寞。过了几日，忽家人报：“姨太太带了哥儿、姐儿，合家进京，在门外下车了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
喜的王夫人忙带了人，接到大厅上，将薛姨妈等接进去了。姊妹们一朝相见，悲喜交集，自不必说。叙了一番契阔，又引着拜见贾母，将人情土物各种酬献了，合家俱厮见过，又治席接风。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛蟠拜见过贾政、贾琏，又引着见了贾赦、贾珍等。贾政便使人进来对王夫人说：“姨太太已有了年纪，外甥年轻，不知庶务，在外住着，恐又要生事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
咱们东南角上梨香院那一所房十来间白空闲着，叫人请了姨太太和姐儿、哥儿住了甚好。”王夫人原要留住。贾母也遣人来说：“请姨太太就在这里住下，大家亲密些。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
薛姨妈正欲同居一处，方可拘紧些儿子；若另住在外边，又恐他纵性惹祸：遂忙应允。又私与王夫人说明：“一应日费供给，一概都免，方是处常之法。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王夫人知他家不难于此，遂亦从其自便。从此后，薛家母女就在梨香院住了。原来这梨香院乃当日荣公暮年养静之所，小小巧巧，约有十馀间房舍，前厅后舍俱全。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
另有一门通街，薛蟠的家人就走此门出入。西南上又有一个角门，通着夹道子，出了夹道，便是王夫人正房的东院了。每日或饭后或晚间，薛姨妈便过来，或与贾母闲谈，或与王夫人相叙；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝钗日与黛玉、迎春姊妹等一处，或看书下棋，或做针黹：倒也十分相安。只是薛蟠起初原不欲在贾府中居住，生恐姨父管束，不得自在。无奈母亲执意在此，且贾宅中又十分殷勤苦留，只得暂且住下；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一面使人打扫出自家的房屋，再移居过去。谁知自此间住了不上一月，贾宅族中凡有的子侄，俱已认熟了一半，都是那些纨袴气习，莫不喜与他来往。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
今日会酒，明日观花，甚至聚赌嫖娼，无所不至，引诱的薛蟠比当日更坏了十倍。虽说贾政训子有方，治家有法，一则族大人多，照管不到；二则现在房长乃是贾珍，彼乃宁府长孙，又现袭职，凡族中事，都是他掌管；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三则公私冗杂，且素性潇洒，不以俗事为要，每公暇之时，不过看书、着棋而已；况这梨香院相隔两层房舍，又有街门别开，任意可以出入：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nadia 202011080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些子弟们所以只管放意畅怀的，因此薛蟠遂将移居之念渐渐打灭了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
日后如何，下回分解。葫芦僧判断葫芦案──&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mariam Toure 2020GBJ002301==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“葫芦”的谐音为糊涂，故其意谓糊涂僧糊涂判案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
指知县贾雨村按照现为衙门门子而原为葫芦庙小沙弥的主意糊里糊涂判结了薛蟠强买甄英莲并打死人命一案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女子无才便是德──语出明·张岱《公祭祁夫人文》：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“(陈)眉公曰：‘丈夫有德便是才，女子无才便是德。’此语殊为未确。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(又见清·石成金《家训钞》引)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
意谓女子如果读书识字，便可能受到小说、戏曲的不良影响，做出伤风败俗的事，倒不如不识字而能保持妇德。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《女四书》、《列女传》──都是记述历代贤德女子的事迹，以宣扬封建妇德的书。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《女四书》：明·王相模仿南宋·朱熹所编《四书》而辑成，包括东汉·班昭的《女诫》、唐·宋若莘和宋若昭的《女论语》、明·永乐皇后徐氏的《内训》、王相之母刘氏的《女范捷录》四种专讲女德的书，故称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Öncü 202121080008==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《列女传》：西汉·刘向编撰。全书七卷，每卷为一类，分别为母仪、贤明、仁智、贞顺、节义、辩通、嬖孽，共收妇女故事一百零四则。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纺绩女红(gōng工)──泛指女子应做的家务活计。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纺绩：“纺”是把丝纺成纱，“绩”是把麻绩成线。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asep Budiman 202111080020==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女红：又作“女工”或“女功”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是指纺织、缝纫、刺绣等。&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211222_homework&amp;diff=134141</id>
		<title>20211222 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211222_homework&amp;diff=134141"/>
		<updated>2021-12-22T05:02:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* 刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE READ [[Joint_translation_terms|Joint translation terms]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE ALSO READ THE PREVIOUS PARTS, AT LEAST THE SENTENCES BEFORE YOUR OWN PART IN CHAPTER 19 [[20210303_culture|1, Mar 3 Chapters 1-4]], [[20210310_culture|2, Mar 10 Chapters 6-7]], [[20210317_culture|3, Mar 17 Chapters 11-13]], [[20210324_culture|4, Mar 24 Chapters 15-17]], [[20210331_culture|5, Mar 31 Chapters 4-7]], [[20210407_culture|6, Apr 7 Chapters 8-10]], [[20210414_culture|7, Apr 14 Chapters 13-15]] , [[20210519_culture|12, May 19 Chapters 17-19]], [[20210929_homework#Hongloumeng|for Sep 29 - rest of HLM Chapter 19]] [[20211013_homework|for Oct 13 - HLM Chapters 20-21]] [[20211020_homework|for Oct 20 - HLM Chapters 21-22]] etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
闲静似娇花照水，行动如弱柳扶风。心较比干多一窍，病如西子胜三分。宝玉看罢，笑道：“这个妹妹我曾见过的。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 法语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贾母笑道：“又胡说了，你何曾见过？”宝玉笑道：“虽没见过，却看着面善，心里倒像是远别重逢的一般。”贾母笑道：“好，好！这么更相和睦了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dowager Jia smiled and said, &amp;quot;nonsense again. Have you ever seen it?&amp;quot; Baoyu said with a smile, &amp;quot;although I haven't seen it, I look good and feel like I'm far from meeting again.&amp;quot; Dowager Jia  said with a smile, &amp;quot;OK, OK! It's more harmonious.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 13:18, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉便走向黛玉身边坐下，又细细打量一番，因问：“妹妹可曾读书？”黛玉道：“不曾读书，只上了一年学，些须认得几个字。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu went to Daiyu and sat down. She looked at her carefully, because she asked, &amp;quot;has your sister ever read?&amp;quot; Daiyu said, &amp;quot;I didn't study. I only studied for a year. I have to recognize a few words.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 13:12, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉又道：“妹妹尊名？”黛玉便说了名。宝玉又道：“表字？”黛玉道：“无字。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉笑道：“我送妹妹一字：莫若‘颦颦’二字极妙。”探春便道：“何处出典？”宝玉道：“《古今人物通考》上说：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu smiled and said:&amp;quot; I want to describe you with two words—Ping Ping, and no words are better than them.&amp;quot; Tanchun then asked:&amp;quot;In which book did you find them?&amp;quot; Baoyu said:&amp;quot; On ''General Study of Ancient and Modern Characters''&amp;quot;--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 01:04, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘西方有石名黛，可代画眉之墨。’况这妹妹眉尖若蹙，取这个字，岂不甚美？”探春笑道：“只怕又是杜撰。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉笑道：“除了《四书》，杜撰的也太多呢。”因又问黛玉：“可有玉没有？”众人都不解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉便忖度着：“因他有玉，所以才问我的。”便答道：“我没有玉。你那玉也是件稀罕物儿，岂能人人皆有？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnuó 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉听了，登时发作起狂病来，摘下那玉就狠命摔去，骂道：“什么罕物！人的高下不识，还说灵不灵呢！我也不要这劳什子！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After hearing that,Precious Jade Merchant suddenly went mad. And he took off and dropped the jade with cursing that “What the hell is a rare thing! You all say that it is divine, but it can't tell lowliness or nobleness.I won't have the waste now!” --[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 12:29, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
吓的地下众人一拥争去拾玉。贾母急的搂了宝玉道：“孽障，你生气，要打骂人容易，何苦摔那命根子？”宝玉满面泪痕，哭道：“家里姐姐妹妹都没有，单我有，我说没趣儿；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aside servants were scared and then rushed to pick up the jade.Jia's mother anxiously hugged Baoyu and said:&amp;quot; poor kid, if you are angry, why do you bother to fall the jade rahtere to beat and curse.&amp;quot;Covered with tears, Baoyu cried:&amp;quot; my beloved elder and litter sisters have no one. I'm ashamed of owning one.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如今来了这个神仙似的妹妹也没有：可知这不是个好东西。”贾母忙哄他道：“你这妹妹原有玉来着，因你姑妈去世时，舍不得你妹妹，无法可处，遂将他的玉带了去：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And now comes this angelic sort of cousin, and she too has none, so that it's clear enough that it is no profitable thing.&amp;quot; Dowager lady Chia hastened to coax him. &amp;quot;This cousin of yours,&amp;quot; she explained, &amp;quot;would, under former circumstances, have come here with a jade; and it's because your aunt felt unable, as she lay on her death-bed, to reconcile herself to the separation from your cousin, that in the absence of any remedy, she forthwith took the gem belonging to her (daughter), along with her (in the grave); --[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 12:24, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the newly arrived cousin who is as lovely as a fairy hasn't got one either, so it can't be any good.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Your cousin did have one once,&amp;quot; said Dowager lady Chia to soothe him, &amp;quot;but when your aunt was dying she was unwilling to leave your cousin, the best she could do was to take the jade with her instead. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 04:49, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一则全殉葬之礼，尽你妹妹的孝心；二则你姑妈的阴灵儿也可权作见了你妹妹了。因此他说没有，也是不便自己夸张的意思啊。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In that way, your cousin showed her filial piety by letting the jade be buried with her; in the meantime, your aunt’s spirit could see your cousin through the jade. Therefore, when your cousin said she hadn’t got one, it was because she didn’t want to boast about it. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 04:50, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你还不好生带上，仔细你娘知道。”说着，便向丫鬟手中接来，亲与他带上。宝玉听如此说，想了一想，也就不生别论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当下奶娘来问黛玉房舍，贾母便说：“将宝玉挪出来，同我在套间暖阁里，把你林姑娘暂且安置在碧纱厨里。等过了残冬，春天再给他们收拾房屋，另作一番安置罢。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉道：“好祖宗，我就在碧纱厨外的床上很妥当，又何必出来，闹的老祖宗不得安静呢？”贾母想一想说：“也罢了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu said:” Dear grandma, I would rather stay at the bed outside the partition door, than at your room to bother you.”  The Lady Dowager said thoughtfully:”That’s Ok.”--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 05:38, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
每人一个奶娘并一个丫头照管，馀者在外间上夜听唤。”一面早有熙凤命人送了一顶藕合色花帐并锦被、缎褥之类。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But let each one of you have a nurse, as well as a waiting-maid to attend on you; the other servants can remain in the outside rooms and keep night watch and be ready to answer any call.&amp;quot; At an early hour, besides, Hsi-feng had sent a servant round with a grey flowered curtain, embroidered coverlets and satin quilts and other such articles.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 14:25, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉只带了两个人来：一个是自己的奶娘王嬷嬷；一个是十岁的小丫头，名唤雪雁。贾母见雪雁甚小，一团孩气；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王嬷嬷又极老：料黛玉皆不遂心，将自己身边一个二等小丫头，名唤鹦哥的与了黛玉。亦如迎春等一般：每人除自幼乳母外，另有四个教引嬷嬷；Mammy(Here mammy not means the lady who gives birth to a baby, but a lady who looks after some noble children) Wang is very old: she is not expectd to look after  Daiyu well. So,Daiyu's grandmother gave Daiyu to a second-class little page girl named Yingge. Daiyu's arrangement is also like Jia Yingchun who not only has the nursing mother, but also four teaching mothers.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 14:02, 19 December 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mammy(Here mammy not means the lady who gives birth to a baby, but a lady who looks after some noble children) Wang is very old: she is not expectd to look after  Daiyu well. So,Daiyu's grandmother gave Daiyu to a second-class little girl named Polly. Daiyu's arrangement is also like Jia Yingchun who not only has the nursing mother, but also four teaching mummys.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 14:40, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除贴身掌管钗钏盥沐两个丫头外，另有四五个洒扫房屋、来往使役的小丫头。当下王嬷嬷与鹦哥陪侍黛玉在碧纱厨内，宝玉乳母李嬷嬷并大丫头名唤袭人的陪侍在外面大床上。&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the two servants who are in charge of jewelry and toiletries, there are four or five little maids who sweep the house and do chores. At the moment King mammy and polly accompany daiyu in green gauze room, Baoyu’s mammy li and big maid  Xiren accompany on the big bed outside.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 14:37, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原来这袭人亦是贾母之婢，本名蕊珠，贾母因溺爱宝玉，恐宝玉之婢不中使，素喜蕊珠心地纯良，遂与宝玉。宝玉因知他本姓花，又曾见旧人诗句有“花气袭人”之句，遂回明贾母，即把蕊珠更名袭人。&lt;br /&gt;
This maid Xi Ren, whose real name is Rui Zhu, also belongs to Lady Dowager. Lady Dowager enjoyed Rui Zhu’s purity and kindness then assigned her to Baoyu, for Lady Dowager coddled him and worried that the maids of Baoyu not work well. Baoyu knew her last name was Hua, and saw once poetic sentence “the fragrance of flowers assails noses”, then he talked it with Lady Dowager, and then Rui Zhu was named Xi Ren.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 07:12, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This maid Xi Ren, whose real name is Rui Zhu, also belongs to Lady Dowager. Lady Dowager enjoyed Rui Zhu’s purity and kindness, then assigned her to serve Jade, for Lady Dowager coddled him and worried that the maids of Jade not professional. Jade knew her last name was Flower, and saw once a poetic sentence “the fragrance of flowers assails noses”, then he talked it with Lady Dowager. And then Rui Zhu was named Xi Ren.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 12:33, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说袭人倒有些痴处：伏侍贾母时，心中只有贾母；如今跟了宝玉，心中又只有宝玉了。只因宝玉性情乖僻，每每规谏，见宝玉不听，心中着实忧郁。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is said that Hsi-jen is crazy: when seving Jia's mother, only Jia's mother is in her heart; now serving Jade, there is only Jade in her heart. Because of Jade's perverse temperament, when Jade doesn't listen to her advise, Hsi-jen is really depressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Hsi Jen had several simple traits. While in attendance upon dowager lady Chia, in her heart and her eyes there was no one but her venerable ladyship, and her alone; and now in her attendance upon Pao-yue, her heart and her eyes were again full of Pao-yue, and him alone. But as Pao-yue was of a perverse temperament and did not heed her repeated injunctions, she felt at heart exceedingly grieved.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 00:42, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是晚，宝玉、李嬷嬷已睡了，他见里面黛玉、鹦哥犹未安歇，他自卸了妆，悄悄的进来，笑问：“姑娘怎么还不安歇？”黛玉忙笑让：“姐姐请坐。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At night, after nurse Li had fallen asleep, seeing that in the inner chambers, Tai-yue and Ying Ko had not as yet retired to rest, she removed her makeup, and with gentle step walked in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;How is it, miss，&amp;quot; she inquired smiling, &amp;quot;that you have not turned in as yet？&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Tai-yue at once put on a smile. &amp;quot;Sit down, sister, &amp;quot; she rejoined, pressing her to take a seat. --[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 01:37, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At night, after Master Bao and nurse Li had fallen asleep, seeing that in the inner chambers, Tai-yue and Ying Ko had not as yet retired to rest, she removed her makeup, and with gentle step walked in.&amp;quot;How is it, miss，&amp;quot; she inquired smilingly, &amp;quot;that you have not turned in as yet？&amp;quot; Tai-yue at once put on a smile. &amp;quot;Sit down, my dear sister, &amp;quot; she rejoined, leading her to take a seat.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 14:41, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
袭人在床沿上坐了。鹦哥笑道：“林姑娘在这里伤心，自己淌眼抹泪的说：‘今儿才来了，就惹出你们哥儿的病来。倘或摔坏了那玉，岂不是因我之过？’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hsi-jen then sat by the bedside. Ying Ko ridiculed, &amp;quot;Miss Lin was feeling sad with her tears dropping down today, saying that 'It is the first day that I come here, while I have triggered the relapse of your young master. If his precious jade was truly broken apart, then I am sure to blame.&amp;quot;--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 14:29, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aroma then sat by the bedside. Brother Parrot ridiculed, &amp;quot;Miss Lin feels sad with her tears dropping down today, saying that 'It is the first day that I come here, while I have triggered the relapse of your young master. If his precious jade is truly broken apart, then I'll be sure to blame.&amp;quot;--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 02:45, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所以伤心。我好容易劝好了。”袭人道：“姑娘快别这么着。将来只怕比这更奇怪的笑话儿还有呢。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“She is therefore so sad, and I had a hard time persuading her to stop crying.” Aroma said: “Please don’t look so sad, young lady. There will be more stranger jokes in the future.”--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 02:40, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若为他这种行状，你多心伤感，只怕你还伤感不了呢。快别多心。”黛玉道：“姐姐们说的，我记着就是了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“If you feel sad for his behavior, I’m afraid that you can’t be so. Don’t think too much.” Daiyu said: “I will remember what our sisters has said.” --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 00:23, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又叙了一会，方才安歇。次早起来，省过贾母，因往王夫人处来。正值王夫人与熙凤在一处拆金陵来的书信，又有王夫人的兄嫂处遣来的两个媳妇儿来说话。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉虽不知原委，探春等却晓得是议论金陵城中居住的薛家姨母之子、表兄薛蟠倚财仗势，打死人命，现在应天府案下审理。如今舅舅王子腾得了信，遣人来告诉这边，意欲唤取进京之意。&lt;br /&gt;
Although Daiyu did not know the exact cause, Tanchun and others knew that it was xue Pan, son and cousin of aunt Xue who lived in Jinling city, who killed a man by taking advantage of his wealth and power, and was now being tried by the Tianfu court. Now uncle Prince teng got the letter, send people to tell here, intended to call the meaning of Beijing.--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 12:24, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Dai Yu did not know the original commission, Tan Chun and others knew that it was a discussion of Xue Pan, the son of the Xue family's aunt and cousin Xue Pan, who lived in Jinling City, who relied on wealth and power to kill people, and now it should be tried under the Tianfu case. Now that his uncle Prince Teng had received the letter, he sent someone to tell this side, intending to summon the intention of entering the capital.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 12:27, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毕竟怎的，下回分解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起复——即重新起用被停职或撤职的官员，包括因父母丧停职回家守孝及因被弹劾而遭撤职的官员。​&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to know what happened, the answer is next time&lt;br /&gt;
Reinstatement – Reinstate officials who have been suspended or removed from their posts, including those who have been suspended from their posts for the death of their parents and who have been removed from office for impeachment.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After all, I'll break it down next time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reinstatement - reinstatement of officials who have been suspended or removed from office, including those who have been removed from office due to the death of their parents and those who have been removed from office due to impeachment.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 12:24, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
邸(dǐ底)报——亦称“邸抄”、“抄报”、“宫门抄”，清代或称“京报”。中国古代官方报纸的通称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Di Pao -- also known as &amp;quot;Di Copy&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;copy newspaper&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Palace Gate Copy&amp;quot; -- is also known as &amp;quot;Beijing Newspaper&amp;quot; during the Qing Dynasty. The general name of the official newspaper in ancient China.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 12:23, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
承办者或为地方官府驻京办事机构，或为朝廷。邸报专门抄发诏令、奏章及朝政新闻，以供地方官及时了解。 邸：原指战国时各诸侯在都城的客馆，后泛指地方官府驻京办事处。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贱荆——亦称“拙荆”、“山荆”等。谦词。对人称自己的妻子。 荆：“荆钗布裙”的省称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Jian Jing&amp;quot; ——also known as &amp;quot;Zhuo Jing&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Shan Jing&amp;quot; etc. It's a modest word when a man mention his wife in front of others. &amp;quot;Jing&amp;quot;is a short name for &amp;quot;JingChaiBuQun&amp;quot;(the female have only a thorn for a hairpin and plain cloth for a skirt).   --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 12:36, 19 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jian Jing, also known as &amp;quot;Zhuo Jing&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Shan Jing&amp;quot;,etc, is a humle term for quoting one's own wife. Jing is an abbreviation for &amp;quot;Jingchaibuqun&amp;quot;, that is, a thorn for a hairpin and palin cloth for a skirt.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 06:59, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
形容妇人极为简朴的服饰。语出汉·刘向《列女传》(见《太平御览》卷七一八引)：“梁鸿妻孟光，荆钗布裙。” 荆钗：即以木棍为钗。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jing, used to ​describe women's plain, simple and unadorned clothes, is originated from a sentence in the ''Biographies of Exemplary Women'' written by Liu Xiang in the Han Dynasty (see ''Imperial Review under the Reign of Taizong in the Song Dynasty'', Vol.718): &amp;quot;Meng Guang, wife of Liang Hong has only a thorn for a hairpin and plain cloth for a skirt.&amp;quot; Jingchai means a thron for a hairpin.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 06:53, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jing, used to ​describe the extremely simple dress of a woman. In Han, Liu Xiang's &amp;quot;Biography of the Female&amp;quot; (see ”Taiping Yu Lan“（Imperial Review under the Reign of Taizong in the Song Dynasty）, vol. 718): &amp;quot;Liang Hong's wife, Meng Guang, was dressed in a woven hairpin and cloth skirt.&amp;quot; Jingchai (荆钗): a wooden stick used as a hairpin.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 05:02, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
内顾之忧──语出北朝魏·袁翻《安置蠕蠕表》：“且蠕蠕尚存，则高车犹有内顾之忧，未暇窥窬上国；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Worries of Internal Concern - From Yuan Fan's &amp;quot; Settlement Zoran Policy &amp;quot;, And if Zoran still existed, then Gao Che (a generic term used by the Northern Dynasties for a part of the nomadic tribes in the north of the desert) would still have internal concerns and would not have had the strength to covet the vassal states.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 04:55, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若蠕蠕全灭，则高车跋扈之计，岂易可知？”(蠕蠕：“柔然”的别称，亦称“芮芮”、“茹茹”。我国古代北方少数民族名。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
高车：亦称“狄历”、“敕勒”、“铁勒”、“丁零”。 我国古代北方少数民族名。)意谓因对家事或国事的顾念而担忧。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里指家庭需要照顾的人或事。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
垂花门──旧时较为讲究的四合院二门。门顶如屋顶式样，其四角和前后多有下垂的雕花，故称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
超手游廊──亦作“超手回廊”、“抄手游廊”。房廊像两手笼入袖筒，两袖成环形状，故称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verandah Chao Shou —— also known as &amp;quot;Corridor Chao Shou&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Cross Hand Verandah&amp;quot;. Its gallery looked like a two-handed cage into the sleeves, and the two sleeves formed a ring shape, so it was called &amp;quot;Verandah Chao Shou&amp;quot;.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 07:37, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
穿山游廊──指与厅房两边山墙门通连的回廊。以其可由山墙门穿行，故称。 山：即房屋两侧的山墙。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chuan Shan You Lang: A veranda or corridor connected with the gable doors on both sides of the hall. People can pass through the corridor after entering into the gable doors, so this kind of corridor is called such a name. Shan: The gable doors on both sides of a house.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 13:22, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chuan Shan You Lang: It refers to the corridor connected to the door of the wall on either side of the room. People can pass through the corridor after entering into the gable doors, so this kind of corridor is called such a name. Shan: The gable doors on both sides of a house.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 13:33, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“第一个”六句──这是对迎春形象的描写。 微丰：稍胖。 腮凝新荔：形容腮帮子像荔枝般的红润。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first six lines - It is a description of Yingchun's image. Wei Feng: Slightly fat. Sai Ning Xin Li：The cheeks are as red as lychees.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 13:29, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first six lines - It is a description of Yingchun's image. Wei Feng: Slightly fat. Sai Ning Xin Li：The cheeks are as red and shiny as lychees.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 07:21, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼻腻鹅脂：形容鼻端像鹅脂般光润。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“第二个”七句──这是对探春形象的描写。 削肩：俗称溜肩。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bi Ni E Zhi: an idiom to describe someone’s tip of nose is as shiny and smooth as goose grease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The second” seven lines —— this is a depiction of the look of Tanchun. Rounded shoulders: commonly known as sloping shoulders --[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 07:18, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
倾斜的双肩。古人以为美人肩。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
长挑身材：瘦高的身材。 鸭蛋脸儿：犹如鸭蛋似的长圆形脸盘。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sloping shoulders. The ancients considered these to be the shoulders of beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long, tall figure: a tall, thin figure. Duck egg face: an oblong face like a duck egg.--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 06:32, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
俊眼修眉：秀美的眼睛，长长的秀眉。 顾盼神飞：左顾右盼，目光炯炯，神采飞扬。 文彩精华：光彩照人，精神十足。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jun Yan Xiu Mei: beautiful eyes with long and delicate eyebrows. Gu Pan Shen Fei: looking left and right, with shining eyes and soaring spirit. Wen Cai Jing Hua: being radiant and full of energy.--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 01:21, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
见之忘俗：意谓别人见了就会忘了俗气，变得高雅起来。形容探春一身高雅之气。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“第三个”两句──这是对惜春形象的描写。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see is to forget vulgarity: It means that when others see something or someone will forget the secular atmosphere and  become more elegant. In this sentence, it describes Tanchun has a great elegant temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The third&amp;quot; two sentences ─ thses are  the description of the image of Xi Chun.--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 02:50, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jian Zhi Wang Su: It means that others will forget the vulgarity and become elegant when they see it. It is used to describe Tanchun's elegance. &lt;br /&gt;
The two sentences containing “ the third” — are the image depiction of Sichun.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 12:27, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
形容惜春年纪尚小，身材和容貌都还没有发育成熟。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人参养荣丸──以人参、当归、黄芪、陈皮、白芍、熟地、桂心等配制而成的丸药，主治脾胃气血亏虚等症。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used to describe the Xichun, who is still young and body and appearance are not developed.&lt;br /&gt;
Ginseng Yangrong Pill- A pill made of ginseng, angelica, astragalus, Chen Pi, Bai Shao, Shu Di, Gui Xin, etc., mainly used for treating deficiency of qi and blood in the spleen and stomach.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 12:22, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used to depict Xichun, who is still in her young age and underdeveloped stature as well as appearance.&lt;br /&gt;
Ginseng tonic bolus- a sort of pill composed of ginseng, Angelica sinensis, astragalus, tangerine peel, white paleontology root, rehmannia glutinousa, laurel heart, etc. is mainly used to treat diseases such as deficiency in spleen, stomach, qi as well as blood.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 13:00, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
荣：中医指血脉。 养荣丸：似有双关之意：除了保养血脉之意外，还有保养荣誉之意，与薛宝钗的“冷香丸”相对，以寓二人的不同性格。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Rong” refers to blood vessel in the field of traditional Chinese medicine. Tonic bolus embraces double meaning. Apart from the maintenance of blood, it also boasts the function of maintaining the honor, which is opposite to “Cold Fragrant Pellet” of Xue Baochai. This is the revelation of different personalities between these two people.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 12:45, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Rong” refers to blood vessel in the field of traditional Chinese medicine. Tonic bolus embraces double meanings. Apart from the maintenance of blood vessel, it also boasts the function of maintaining the honor, which is opposite to “Cold Fragrant Pellet” of Xue Baochai. This is the revelation of different personalities between these two people.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 02:27, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
窄褃(kèn掯)袄──即紧身妖。 窄：瘦小。 褃：是上衣前后幅两侧接缝部分的名称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrow ken coat ── is a tight quilted jacket.Narrow: thin.Ken: It is the name of the seams on the front and rear sides of the jacket.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 02:18, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrow Ken coat ── namely tight quilted jacket. Narrow: thin. Ken: the name of the seams on the front and back of the jacket. --[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 08:50, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
仪门──原指官署大门里的第二道正门。之所以称“仪门”，是因为官员至此门必须整齐仪表。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etiquette Gate ── originally refers to the second main gate in the main gate of the government office. The reason why it is called &amp;quot;Etiquette Gate&amp;quot; is because the officers must be well-groomed when he arrives. --[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 08:38, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《明会典·礼部十七·官员礼》：“新官到任之日……先至神庙祭祀毕，引至仪门前下马，具官服，从中道入。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又《江宁府志·建制·官署》：“其制大门之内为仪门，仪门内为莅事堂。”后加以引申，大家府第的第二道正门也称仪门。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鹿顶耳房钻山──这里是指在正房两侧与东西厢房北侧之间建有两座平顶耳房，并在耳房山墙上开门。如此则使正房、东西耳房、东西厢房皆可相通，便于穿行，所以下句说“四通八达”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luding Erfang Zuanshan—— it refers to two flat top ear rooms which are situated on the two sides of principal room and northern side of east and west wings and open up the door on the gable. Then it makes a connection between principal room, east and west ear room as well as east and west wings so that it is more convenient for people to pass. It is called “extend in all directions” as described below.--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 02:14, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鹿顶：亦作“盝顶”。即平屋顶。 耳房：紧靠正房或厢房两侧并利用其山墙建造的房屋。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luding: flat roof. Ear room: a room built by using a gable on either side of a principle room or wing-room.--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 02:00, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因其位于正房两侧，犹如人的两只耳朵，故称。 钻山：指打通房屋两侧的山墙，以与相邻的房屋或回廊相通。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they are located on both sides of the main house just like people’s ears, they are called “wings”.  Zuan Shan: this means breaking through the gables on both sides of the house to connect to adjacent houses and cloisters.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 07:45, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because they are located on both sides of the main house just like people’s ears, they are called “wings”.  Zuan Shan: this means breaking through the gables on both sides of the house to connect to adjacent houses and cloisters. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 05:48, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
赤金九龙青地大匾──以赤金涂饰的九条雕龙为边框的黑底大匾。 九龙：古代传说龙生九子，性格各异。但说法各异。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The horizontal board, which is  decorated with pink gold, night dragon and tuff - the board is black and is made of motifs of dragon and phoenix. The nine dragons: it is said that, in the ancient time, the dragon had nine sons, whose character were totally different. But there were different ideas about it.--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 14:02, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
明·杨慎《升庵外集·动物一·龙生九子》说：“龙生九子不成龙，各有所好：囚牛，平生好音乐，今胡琴头上刻兽是其遗像；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
睚毗，平生好杀，金刀柄上龙吞口是其遗像；嘲风，平生好险，今殿角走兽是其遗像；蒲牢，平生好鸣，今钟上兽纽是其遗像；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
狻猊，平生好坐，今佛座狮子是其遗像；霸下，平生好负重，今碑座兽是其遗像；陛犴，平生好讼，今狱门上狮子头是其遗像；&lt;br /&gt;
Suan ni likes sitting all its life , it looks alike a lion, which usually appears in the pedestal of Buddha ; Ba xia likes bearing a heavy burden all its life, so its image usually appears under the stone monuments as a stele monster; Bi'an likes lawsuit all its life, so its image usually appears in the cell doors.--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 07:02, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suan ni likes sitting all its life , it looks alike a lion, which usually appears in the pedestal of Buddha ; Ba xia likes bearing a heavy burden all its life, so its image usually appears under the stone monuments as a stele monster; Bi'an likes lawsuit all its life, so its image usually appears in the cell doors.--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 07:25, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
屓屭，平生好文，今碑两旁龙是其遗像；蚩吻，平生好吞，今殿脊兽头是其遗像。”明·焦竑《玉堂丛语·卷一·文学》则说：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The clamshell, life is good literature, today the two sides of the monument dragon is its image; Chi kiss, life is good swallow, today the temple ridge beast head is its image.&amp;quot; Ming - Jiao Hong &amp;quot;Yu Tang Congye - Volume 1 - Literature&amp;quot; said.--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 07:24, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“俗传龙生九子不成龙，各有所好……一曰赑屭，形似龟，好负重，今石碑下龟趺是也；二曰螭吻，形似兽，性好望，今屋上兽头是也；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“ It is said that the nine sons of dragons are not born into dragons, and each has its own features...One is Bixi shaped like a tortoise, and it is so heavy. It is also a tortoise under the stone tablet; the second is Liwen shaped like a beast, and it is well-known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三曰蒲牢，形似龙而小，性好叫吼，今钟上纽是也；四曰狴犴，形似虎，有威力，故立于狱门；五曰饕餮，好饮食，故立于鼎盖；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
六曰，性好水，故立于桥柱；七曰睚毗，性好杀，故立于刀环；八曰金猊，形似狮，性好烟火，故立于香炉；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
九曰椒图，形似螺蚌，性好闭，故立于门铺首。”明·沈德符《万历野获编·卷七·内阁·龙子》又说：“长沙李文正公在阁，孝宗忽下御札，问龙生九子之详。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ninth is called Jiao Tu, which is shaped like a screw and likes to close its mouth, so it is used as decoration on the door. Shen Defu of the Ming Dynasty, in his book ''Wanli Ye Huo, Vol.7, Cabinet, Longzi,'' also said, &amp;quot;When Duke Li Wenzheng of Changsha was in the cabinet, Emperor Xiaozong suddenly got down to ask the details of the birth of nine longzi.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 13:30, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
文正对云：‘其子蒲牢好鸣，今为钟上钮鼻；囚牛好音，今为胡琴头刻兽；睚眦好杀，今为刀剑上吞口；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
嘲风好险，今为殿阁走兽；狻猊好坐，今为佛座骑象；霸下好负重，今为碑碣石趺；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
狴犴好讼，今为狱户首镇压；屓屭好文，今为碑两旁蜿蜒；蚩吻好吞，今为殿脊兽头。’”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此外，明·陈仁锡《潜确类书》、明·胡侍《真珠船·龙生九子》、清·褚人获《坚瓠十集·龙九子》、清·高士奇《天禄识馀·龙种》，对九龙的名称、性格、用途的说法也各不相同，可见出于民间传说。世人多用作装饰，以示祥瑞。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
万幾宸(chén辰)翰之宝──此为皇帝印章所刻的文字。 万幾：国家纷繁复杂的政务。典出《尚书·虞书·皋陶谟》：“兢兢业业，一日二日万幾。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔颖达传云：“幾，微也，言当戒惧万事之微。”意谓尽管政务繁重，也不能忽略任何小事。亦称“万机”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
典出《汉书·百官公卿表上》：“相国、丞相皆秦官，金印紫绶，掌丞天子，助理万机。”这里是形容皇帝日理万机，政务繁忙。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宸：“北宸”的省称。即北极星。因皇帝上朝坐北朝南，遂为皇帝的代称。翰：本义是羽毛，因古代以羽毛为笔，引申为墨迹(书写的字)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝：这里指皇帝的印章。上古天子、诸侯均以圭璧制印，故称“宝”。唐以后只有帝、后之印可称“宝”。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“座上”对联──珠玑：本义为珠宝，引申为名贵装饰。 昭日月：形容装饰光亮如日月。 昭：明亮。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黼黻(fǔ fú府服)：泛指绣有华美花纹的礼服。《晏子春秋·谏下十五》：“公衣黼黻之衣，素绣之裳，一衣而王采具焉。” 黼：黑白相间的斧形花纹。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黻：黑与青相间的亚形花纹。 焕烟霞：形容绣服放射出如烟如霞的光彩，绚丽多姿。 焕：放射光彩。此联形容主宾皆珠光宝气，服饰华丽。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
汝窑美人觚(gū孤)──出自著名汝窑的一种盛酒器。 汝窑：即北宋汝州瓷窑。因其青瓷器皿质量特佳，多为贡品，故名闻天下，后世成为收藏珍品。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
美人觚：因其体长腰细，形似美人，故名。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
椅搭──又称“椅披”。是一种长方形织物的椅用装饰品。因搭或披在椅背和椅坐上，故名。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
掐牙——是一种装饰性衣服花边。即以锦缎等折叠成细条，镶嵌在衣边上，以为美观。 掐：嵌入之意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qia Ya— a kind of decorative lace. That is to fold brocade into thin strips and inlay them on the edge of the clothes to look beautiful. Qia: embedded.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 12:30, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qia Ya— a kind of decorative lace. That is to fold brocade into thin strips and inlay them on the edge of the clothes to look beautiful. Qia: it means “embedded”.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 08:04, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
牙：即“牙子”。器物突出的边沿。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《四书》──即《论语》、《孟子》、《大学》、《中庸》(后两种原为《礼记》中的两篇)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Ya”: also called &amp;quot;Ya Zi&amp;quot; in Chinese. It means the protruding edge of an object. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Four Books'' includes— ''The Confucian Analects'', ''The Works of Mencius'', ''The Great Learning'', and ''The Doctrine of the Mean'' (the latter two were originally two books from ''The Book of Rites'').--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 12:22, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Four Books'' includes— ''The Confucian Analects'', ''The Works of Mencius'', ''The Great Learning'', and ''The Doctrine of the Mean'' (the latter two were originally two books chosen from ''The Book of Rites'').--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 01:18, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宋代朱熹选定并定名《四书》，遂成为元、明、清三代科举考试的必读之书。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抹额：原指束在额上的头巾。其起源似乎很早。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Song dynasty, Zhu xi chose and named ''Four Books'' which became the required readings in Imperial Competitive Examinations of Yuan dynasty, Ming dynasty, and Qing dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
Mo E: It originally refers to a kerchief tied around the forehead. Its origin seems to be very early.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Song dynasty, Zhu xi chose and named ''Four Books'' which became the required readings in Imperial Competitive Examinations of Yuan dynasty, Ming dynasty, and Qing dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
Headband: It originally refers to a kerchief tied around the forehead. Its origin seems to be very early.--[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 01:25, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宋·高承《事物纪原·戎容兵械·抹额》引《二仪实录》曰：“禹娶涂山之夕，大风雷电，中有甲卒千人，其不披甲者，以红绡帕抹其头额，云海神来朝。&lt;br /&gt;
Song Gaocheng quoted the ''Record of Eryi'' in his book ''Things Documentary-Armed Soldiers-Headband'': “When Yu married the Tushan lady, there was a strong wind, thunder and rain. There were a thousand soldiers in gear, and those who were not wore equipment bound a thin red handkerchiefs on their foreheads in anticipation of the arrival of the god of clouds.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 01:21, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
禹问之，对曰：‘此武士之首服也。’秦始皇至海上，有神朝，皆抹额、绯衫、大口袴。侍卫自此抹额，遂为军容之服。&lt;br /&gt;
Yu asked and replied, &amp;quot;this is the surrender of a warrior.&amp;quot; When the first emperor of Qin went to the sea, there was the divine Dynasty where people  wore red upper garment and loose trousers and decorated with smear. Since then, bodyguards decorated their forehead with smear, which has become a kind of military costume.--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 13:17, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可知原为军人的标志。后普及到一般男子，平民以布巾束发，富人用金箍束发，兼为头饰。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
箭袖──亦称“箭衣”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是一种窄袖长袍。其袖口呈斜切状，朝手背的袖口长，朝手心的袖口短，便于射箭，故名。其斜袖口又形似马蹄，故又称马蹄袖。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a kind of robe with narrow sleeves. Its cuffs were  in a diagonal cut shape. The cuffs facing the back of the hand are long and the cuffs facing the palm are short, which is convenient for archery, so it is named Arrow Sleeves. Its oblique cuff is also shaped like a horseshoe, so it is also called horseshoe sleeve.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 05:55, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
后成为一种服式，不射箭的男子也穿。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“倒像”两句──似有双关之意：一者暗指贾宝玉的化身神瑛侍者在太虚幻境用甘露浇灌林黛玉的化身绛珠仙草；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, it became a kind of clothing style, which was also worn by men who did not shoot arrows. ​&lt;br /&gt;
Two sentences of &amp;quot;inverted image&amp;quot; -- there seems to be a pun: one implies that Jia Baoyu's incarnation Shenying waiter watered Lin Daiyu's incarnation Jiangzhu fairy grass with nectar in Taixu fantasy;--[[User:Zou Yueli|Zou Yueli]] ([[User talk:Zou Yueli|talk]]) 11:03, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再者隐寓二人心有灵犀一点通，一见锺情。下文贾宝玉说“这个妹妹我曾见过的”、“心里倒像是远别重逢的一般”，其用意同此。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, it implies that the two people share the same heartand fall in love at first sight. Below, Jia Baoyu said that &amp;quot;I have seen this sister&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;I feel like I am far from meeting again&amp;quot;. His intention is the same. ​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nadia 202011080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
请安──这里指的是清代一种见面问好的特殊礼仪：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
男子须在口称“请某某安”的同时，右膝弯曲或跪地(俗称打千)；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mariam Toure 2020GBJ002301==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女子则在口称“请某某安”的同时，双手扶左膝，右腿微屈，身体半蹲。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
寄名锁──旧时父母为保佑幼儿长命百岁，让幼儿作僧、道的“寄名”弟子，并在幼儿项下悬挂锁形饰物，谓之“寄名锁”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
面如傅粉──语本南朝宋·刘义庆《世说新语·容止》：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“何平叔(晏)美姿仪，面至白。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
魏明帝疑其傅粉，正夏月，与热汤饼。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
既啖，大汗出，以朱衣自拭，色转皎然。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(皎然：洁白貌。)原指何晏的脸上好像抹了香粉般洁白。&lt;br /&gt;
English: (Jiao Ran: pure and white appearance.) The original means, He Yan's face it's like white as powdered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
引申以泛喻男子姿容洁白秀美。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Öncü 202121080008==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《西江月》二词──即按照《西江月》词牌填写的两首(也称“阕”)词。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two words in &amp;quot;Westlake Moon&amp;quot; According，Fill in two poems (also known as &amp;quot;Que&amp;quot;) in the poem of &amp;quot;Westlake Moon&amp;quot;.--[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 04:45, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
词：原本指歌曲中的文词，后来文词与曲调分离，遂变成文体之一。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Words: Originally refers to the words in the song. Later, the words and the tune were separated and became one of the styles.--[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 04:33, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word: It originally referred to the words in a song. In time, the words and the tune separated and became one of the styles. --[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 13:14, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但仍须按曲填词，于是发展出许多词牌，每个词牌都有字数、句数、韵脚等规定，还有双调、长调、小令之别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is still necessary to fill in the lyrics according to the tune. So many poems have been developed. Each poem has a word count, sentence count, rhymes and other provisions, as well as the difference between two-tone, long tune, and short meter.--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 13:10, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is still necessary to fill in lyrics according to the tune, so many lyric cards have been developed. Each lyric card has regulations on the number of words, sentences, and rhymes, as well as the differences between double tune, long tune, and short meter. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 07:58, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asep Budiman 202111080020==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
故作词谓之“填词”，就是按照词牌的规范填写文字，不可越雷池一步。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The preceding phrase &amp;quot;filling in words&amp;quot; means to fill in the words in accordance with the specifications of the words and phrases, and do not go beyond those criteria. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 07:56, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《西江月》就是词牌之一。本书用了不少词牌，以下不再一一注释。​&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211222_homework&amp;diff=134140</id>
		<title>20211222 homework</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20211222_homework&amp;diff=134140"/>
		<updated>2021-12-22T04:55:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* 刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Quicklinks: [[Introduction_to_Translation_Studies_2021|Back to course homepage]] [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal#Frequently_asked_questions_FAQ FAQ]  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/uvu:Community_Portal Manual] [[20210926_homework|Back to all homework webpages overview]] [[20220112_final_exam|final exam page]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE READ [[Joint_translation_terms|Joint translation terms]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PLEASE ALSO READ THE PREVIOUS PARTS, AT LEAST THE SENTENCES BEFORE YOUR OWN PART IN CHAPTER 19 [[20210303_culture|1, Mar 3 Chapters 1-4]], [[20210310_culture|2, Mar 10 Chapters 6-7]], [[20210317_culture|3, Mar 17 Chapters 11-13]], [[20210324_culture|4, Mar 24 Chapters 15-17]], [[20210331_culture|5, Mar 31 Chapters 4-7]], [[20210407_culture|6, Apr 7 Chapters 8-10]], [[20210414_culture|7, Apr 14 Chapters 13-15]] , [[20210519_culture|12, May 19 Chapters 17-19]], [[20210929_homework#Hongloumeng|for Sep 29 - rest of HLM Chapter 19]] [[20211013_homework|for Oct 13 - HLM Chapters 20-21]] [[20211020_homework|for Oct 20 - HLM Chapters 21-22]] etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈静 Chén Jìng 国别 女 202020080595==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
闲静似娇花照水，行动如弱柳扶风。心较比干多一窍，病如西子胜三分。宝玉看罢，笑道：“这个妹妹我曾见过的。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==蔡珠凤 Cài Zhūfèng 法语语言文学 女 202120081477==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贾母笑道：“又胡说了，你何曾见过？”宝玉笑道：“虽没见过，却看着面善，心里倒像是远别重逢的一般。”贾母笑道：“好，好！这么更相和睦了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dowager Jia smiled and said, &amp;quot;nonsense again. Have you ever seen it?&amp;quot; Baoyu said with a smile, &amp;quot;although I haven't seen it, I look good and feel like I'm far from meeting again.&amp;quot; Dowager Jia  said with a smile, &amp;quot;OK, OK! It's more harmonious.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 13:18, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==曾俊霖 Zēng Jùnlín 国别 男 202120081478==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉便走向黛玉身边坐下，又细细打量一番，因问：“妹妹可曾读书？”黛玉道：“不曾读书，只上了一年学，些须认得几个字。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu went to Daiyu and sat down. She looked at her carefully, because she asked, &amp;quot;has your sister ever read?&amp;quot; Daiyu said, &amp;quot;I didn't study. I only studied for a year. I have to recognize a few words.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zeng Junlin|Zeng Junlin]] ([[User talk:Zeng Junlin|talk]]) 13:12, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈惠妮 Chén Huìnī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081479==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉又道：“妹妹尊名？”黛玉便说了名。宝玉又道：“表字？”黛玉道：“无字。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈湘琼 Chén Xiāngqióng 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081480==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉笑道：“我送妹妹一字：莫若‘颦颦’二字极妙。”探春便道：“何处出典？”宝玉道：“《古今人物通考》上说：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu smiled and said:&amp;quot; I want to describe you with two words—Ping Ping, and no words are better than them.&amp;quot; Tanchun then asked:&amp;quot;In which book did you find them?&amp;quot; Baoyu said:&amp;quot; On ''General Study of Ancient and Modern Characters''&amp;quot;--[[User:Chen Xiangqiong|Chen Xiangqiong]] ([[User talk:Chen Xiangqiong|talk]]) 01:04, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==陈心怡 Chén Xīnyí 翻译学 女 202120081481==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘西方有石名黛，可代画眉之墨。’况这妹妹眉尖若蹙，取这个字，岂不甚美？”探春笑道：“只怕又是杜撰。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==程杨 Chéng Yáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081482==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉笑道：“除了《四书》，杜撰的也太多呢。”因又问黛玉：“可有玉没有？”众人都不解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==丁旋 Dīng Xuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081483==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉便忖度着：“因他有玉，所以才问我的。”便答道：“我没有玉。你那玉也是件稀罕物儿，岂能人人皆有？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杜莉娜 Dù Lìnuó 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081484==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉听了，登时发作起狂病来，摘下那玉就狠命摔去，骂道：“什么罕物！人的高下不识，还说灵不灵呢！我也不要这劳什子！”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After hearing that,Precious Jade Merchant suddenly went mad. And he took off and dropped the jade with cursing that “What the hell is a rare thing! You all say that it is divine, but it can't tell lowliness or nobleness.I won't have the waste now!” --[[User:Du Lina|Du Lina]] ([[User talk:Du Lina|talk]]) 12:29, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付红岩 Fù Hóngyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081485==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
吓的地下众人一拥争去拾玉。贾母急的搂了宝玉道：“孽障，你生气，要打骂人容易，何苦摔那命根子？”宝玉满面泪痕，哭道：“家里姐姐妹妹都没有，单我有，我说没趣儿；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The aside servants were scared and then rushed to pick up the jade.Jia's mother anxiously hugged Baoyu and said:&amp;quot; poor kid, if you are angry, why do you bother to fall the jade rahtere to beat and curse.&amp;quot;Covered with tears, Baoyu cried:&amp;quot; my beloved elder and litter sisters have no one. I'm ashamed of owning one.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==付诗雨 Fù Shīyǔ 日语语言文学 女 202120081486==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如今来了这个神仙似的妹妹也没有：可知这不是个好东西。”贾母忙哄他道：“你这妹妹原有玉来着，因你姑妈去世时，舍不得你妹妹，无法可处，遂将他的玉带了去：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And now comes this angelic sort of cousin, and she too has none, so that it's clear enough that it is no profitable thing.&amp;quot; Dowager lady Chia hastened to coax him. &amp;quot;This cousin of yours,&amp;quot; she explained, &amp;quot;would, under former circumstances, have come here with a jade; and it's because your aunt felt unable, as she lay on her death-bed, to reconcile herself to the separation from your cousin, that in the absence of any remedy, she forthwith took the gem belonging to her (daughter), along with her (in the grave); --[[User:Fu Shiyu|Fu Shiyu]] ([[User talk:Fu Shiyu|talk]]) 12:24, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the newly arrived cousin who is as lovely as a fairy hasn't got one either, so it can't be any good.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Your cousin did have one once,&amp;quot; said Dowager lady Chia to soothe him, &amp;quot;but when your aunt was dying she was unwilling to leave your cousin, the best she could do was to take the jade with her instead. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 04:49, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==高蜜 Gāo Mì 翻译学 女 202120081487==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一则全殉葬之礼，尽你妹妹的孝心；二则你姑妈的阴灵儿也可权作见了你妹妹了。因此他说没有，也是不便自己夸张的意思啊。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In that way, your cousin showed her filial piety by letting the jade be buried with her; in the meantime, your aunt’s spirit could see your cousin through the jade. Therefore, when your cousin said she hadn’t got one, it was because she didn’t want to boast about it. --[[User:Gao Mi|Gao Mi]] ([[User talk:Gao Mi|talk]]) 04:50, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==宫博雅 Gōng Bóyǎ 俄语语言文学 女 202120081488==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
你还不好生带上，仔细你娘知道。”说着，便向丫鬟手中接来，亲与他带上。宝玉听如此说，想了一想，也就不生别论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==何芩 Hé Qín 翻译学 女 202120081489==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当下奶娘来问黛玉房舍，贾母便说：“将宝玉挪出来，同我在套间暖阁里，把你林姑娘暂且安置在碧纱厨里。等过了残冬，春天再给他们收拾房屋，另作一番安置罢。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==胡舒情 Hú Shūqíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081490==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝玉道：“好祖宗，我就在碧纱厨外的床上很妥当，又何必出来，闹的老祖宗不得安静呢？”贾母想一想说：“也罢了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoyu said:” Dear grandma, I would rather stay at the bed outside the partition door, than at your room to bother you.”  The Lady Dowager said thoughtfully:”That’s Ok.”--[[User:Hu Shuqing|Hu Shuqing]] ([[User talk:Hu Shuqing|talk]]) 05:38, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄锦云 Huáng Jǐnyún 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081491==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
每人一个奶娘并一个丫头照管，馀者在外间上夜听唤。”一面早有熙凤命人送了一顶藕合色花帐并锦被、缎褥之类。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But let each one of you have a nurse, as well as a waiting-maid to attend on you; the other servants can remain in the outside rooms and keep night watch and be ready to answer any call.&amp;quot; At an early hour, besides, Hsi-feng had sent a servant round with a grey flowered curtain, embroidered coverlets and satin quilts and other such articles.--[[User:Huang Jinyun|Huang Jinyun]] ([[User talk:Huang Jinyun|talk]]) 14:25, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄逸妍 Huáng Yìyán 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081492==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉只带了两个人来：一个是自己的奶娘王嬷嬷；一个是十岁的小丫头，名唤雪雁。贾母见雪雁甚小，一团孩气；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==黄柱梁 Huáng Zhùliáng 国别 男 202120081493==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王嬷嬷又极老：料黛玉皆不遂心，将自己身边一个二等小丫头，名唤鹦哥的与了黛玉。亦如迎春等一般：每人除自幼乳母外，另有四个教引嬷嬷；Mammy(Here mammy not means the lady who gives birth to a baby, but a lady who looks after some noble children) Wang is very old: she is not expectd to look after  Daiyu well. So,Daiyu's grandmother gave Daiyu to a second-class little page girl named Yingge. Daiyu's arrangement is also like Jia Yingchun who not only has the nursing mother, but also four teaching mothers.--[[User:Huang Zhuliang|Huang Zhuliang]] ([[User talk:Huang Zhuliang|talk]]) 14:02, 19 December 2021 (UTC)Huang Zhuliang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mammy(Here mammy not means the lady who gives birth to a baby, but a lady who looks after some noble children) Wang is very old: she is not expectd to look after  Daiyu well. So,Daiyu's grandmother gave Daiyu to a second-class little girl named Polly. Daiyu's arrangement is also like Jia Yingchun who not only has the nursing mother, but also four teaching mummys.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 14:40, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==金晓童 Jīn Xiǎotóng  202120081494==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除贴身掌管钗钏盥沐两个丫头外，另有四五个洒扫房屋、来往使役的小丫头。当下王嬷嬷与鹦哥陪侍黛玉在碧纱厨内，宝玉乳母李嬷嬷并大丫头名唤袭人的陪侍在外面大床上。&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the two servants who are in charge of jewelry and toiletries, there are four or five little maids who sweep the house and do chores. At the moment King mammy and polly accompany daiyu in green gauze room, Baoyu’s mammy li and big maid  Xiren accompany on the big bed outside.--[[User:Jin Xiaotong|Jin Xiaotong]] ([[User talk:Jin Xiaotong|talk]]) 14:37, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邝艳丽 Kuàng Yànl 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081495==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原来这袭人亦是贾母之婢，本名蕊珠，贾母因溺爱宝玉，恐宝玉之婢不中使，素喜蕊珠心地纯良，遂与宝玉。宝玉因知他本姓花，又曾见旧人诗句有“花气袭人”之句，遂回明贾母，即把蕊珠更名袭人。&lt;br /&gt;
This maid Xi Ren, whose real name is Rui Zhu, also belongs to Lady Dowager. Lady Dowager enjoyed Rui Zhu’s purity and kindness then assigned her to Baoyu, for Lady Dowager coddled him and worried that the maids of Baoyu not work well. Baoyu knew her last name was Hua, and saw once poetic sentence “the fragrance of flowers assails noses”, then he talked it with Lady Dowager, and then Rui Zhu was named Xi Ren.--[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 07:12, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This maid Xi Ren, whose real name is Rui Zhu, also belongs to Lady Dowager. Lady Dowager enjoyed Rui Zhu’s purity and kindness, then assigned her to serve Jade, for Lady Dowager coddled him and worried that the maids of Jade not professional. Jade knew her last name was Flower, and saw once a poetic sentence “the fragrance of flowers assails noses”, then he talked it with Lady Dowager. And then Rui Zhu was named Xi Ren.--[[User:Li Aixuan|Li Aixuan]] ([[User talk:Li Aixuan|talk]]) 12:33, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李爱璇 Lǐ Àixuán 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081496==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
却说袭人倒有些痴处：伏侍贾母时，心中只有贾母；如今跟了宝玉，心中又只有宝玉了。只因宝玉性情乖僻，每每规谏，见宝玉不听，心中着实忧郁。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is said that Hsi-jen is crazy: when seving Jia's mother, only Jia's mother is in her heart; now serving Jade, there is only Jade in her heart. Because of Jade's perverse temperament, when Jade doesn't listen to her advise, Hsi-jen is really depressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, Hsi Jen had several simple traits. While in attendance upon dowager lady Chia, in her heart and her eyes there was no one but her venerable ladyship, and her alone; and now in her attendance upon Pao-yue, her heart and her eyes were again full of Pao-yue, and him alone. But as Pao-yue was of a perverse temperament and did not heed her repeated injunctions, she felt at heart exceedingly grieved.--[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 00:42, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李瑞洋 Lǐ Ruìyáng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081497==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是晚，宝玉、李嬷嬷已睡了，他见里面黛玉、鹦哥犹未安歇，他自卸了妆，悄悄的进来，笑问：“姑娘怎么还不安歇？”黛玉忙笑让：“姐姐请坐。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At night, after nurse Li had fallen asleep, seeing that in the inner chambers, Tai-yue and Ying Ko had not as yet retired to rest, she removed her makeup, and with gentle step walked in.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;How is it, miss，&amp;quot; she inquired smiling, &amp;quot;that you have not turned in as yet？&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Tai-yue at once put on a smile. &amp;quot;Sit down, sister, &amp;quot; she rejoined, pressing her to take a seat. --[[User:Li Ruiyang|Li Ruiyang]] ([[User talk:Li Ruiyang|talk]]) 01:37, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At night, after Master Bao and nurse Li had fallen asleep, seeing that in the inner chambers, Tai-yue and Ying Ko had not as yet retired to rest, she removed her makeup, and with gentle step walked in.&amp;quot;How is it, miss，&amp;quot; she inquired smilingly, &amp;quot;that you have not turned in as yet？&amp;quot; Tai-yue at once put on a smile. &amp;quot;Sit down, my dear sister, &amp;quot; she rejoined, leading her to take a seat.--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 14:41, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李姗 Lǐ Shān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081498==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
袭人在床沿上坐了。鹦哥笑道：“林姑娘在这里伤心，自己淌眼抹泪的说：‘今儿才来了，就惹出你们哥儿的病来。倘或摔坏了那玉，岂不是因我之过？’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hsi-jen then sat by the bedside. Ying Ko ridiculed, &amp;quot;Miss Lin was feeling sad with her tears dropping down today, saying that 'It is the first day that I come here, while I have triggered the relapse of your young master. If his precious jade was truly broken apart, then I am sure to blame.&amp;quot;--[[User:Li Shan|Li Shan]] ([[User talk:Li Shan|talk]]) 14:29, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aroma then sat by the bedside. Brother Parrot ridiculed, &amp;quot;Miss Lin feels sad with her tears dropping down today, saying that 'It is the first day that I come here, while I have triggered the relapse of your young master. If his precious jade is truly broken apart, then I'll be sure to blame.&amp;quot;--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 02:45, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李双 Lǐ Shuāng 翻译学 女 202120081499==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
所以伤心。我好容易劝好了。”袭人道：“姑娘快别这么着。将来只怕比这更奇怪的笑话儿还有呢。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“She is therefore so sad, and I had a hard time persuading her to stop crying.” Aroma said: “Please don’t look so sad, young lady. There will be more stranger jokes in the future.”--[[User:Li Shuang|Li Shuang]] ([[User talk:Li Shuang|talk]]) 02:40, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李文璇 Lǐ Wénxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081500==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若为他这种行状，你多心伤感，只怕你还伤感不了呢。快别多心。”黛玉道：“姐姐们说的，我记着就是了。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“If you feel sad for his behavior, I’m afraid that you can’t be so. Don’t think too much.” Daiyu said: “I will remember what our sisters has said.” --[[User:Li Wenxuan|Li Wenxuan]] ([[User talk:Li Wenxuan|talk]]) 00:23, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李雯 Lǐ Wén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081501==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又叙了一会，方才安歇。次早起来，省过贾母，因往王夫人处来。正值王夫人与熙凤在一处拆金陵来的书信，又有王夫人的兄嫂处遣来的两个媳妇儿来说话。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李新星 Lǐ Xīnxīng 亚非语言文学 女 202120081503==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黛玉虽不知原委，探春等却晓得是议论金陵城中居住的薛家姨母之子、表兄薛蟠倚财仗势，打死人命，现在应天府案下审理。如今舅舅王子腾得了信，遣人来告诉这边，意欲唤取进京之意。&lt;br /&gt;
Although Daiyu did not know the exact cause, Tanchun and others knew that it was xue Pan, son and cousin of aunt Xue who lived in Jinling city, who killed a man by taking advantage of his wealth and power, and was now being tried by the Tianfu court. Now uncle Prince teng got the letter, send people to tell here, intended to call the meaning of Beijing.--[[User:Li Xinxing|Li Xinxing]] ([[User talk:Li Xinxing|talk]]) 12:24, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Dai Yu did not know the original commission, Tan Chun and others knew that it was a discussion of Xue Pan, the son of the Xue family's aunt and cousin Xue Pan, who lived in Jinling City, who relied on wealth and power to kill people, and now it should be tried under the Tianfu case. Now that his uncle Prince Teng had received the letter, he sent someone to tell this side, intending to summon the intention of entering the capital.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 12:27, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==李怡 Lǐ Yí 法语语言文学 女 202120081504==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毕竟怎的，下回分解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起复——即重新起用被停职或撤职的官员，包括因父母丧停职回家守孝及因被弹劾而遭撤职的官员。​&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to know what happened, the answer is next time&lt;br /&gt;
Reinstatement – Reinstate officials who have been suspended or removed from their posts, including those who have been suspended from their posts for the death of their parents and who have been removed from office for impeachment.--[[User:Li Yi|Li Yi]] ([[User talk:Li Yi|talk]]) 12:14, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After all, I'll break it down next time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reinstatement - reinstatement of officials who have been suspended or removed from office, including those who have been removed from office due to the death of their parents and those who have been removed from office due to impeachment.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 12:24, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘沛婷 Liú Pèitíng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081505==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
邸(dǐ底)报——亦称“邸抄”、“抄报”、“宫门抄”，清代或称“京报”。中国古代官方报纸的通称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Di Pao -- also known as &amp;quot;Di Copy&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;copy newspaper&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Palace Gate Copy&amp;quot; -- is also known as &amp;quot;Beijing Newspaper&amp;quot; during the Qing Dynasty. The general name of the official newspaper in ancient China.--[[User:Liu Peiting|Liu Peiting]] ([[User talk:Liu Peiting|talk]]) 12:23, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘胜楠 Liú Shèngnán 翻译学 女 202120081506==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
承办者或为地方官府驻京办事机构，或为朝廷。邸报专门抄发诏令、奏章及朝政新闻，以供地方官及时了解。 邸：原指战国时各诸侯在都城的客馆，后泛指地方官府驻京办事处。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘薇 Liú Wēi 国别 女 202120081507==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
贱荆——亦称“拙荆”、“山荆”等。谦词。对人称自己的妻子。 荆：“荆钗布裙”的省称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Jian Jing&amp;quot; ——also known as &amp;quot;Zhuo Jing&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Shan Jing&amp;quot; etc. It's a modest word when a man mention his wife in front of others. &amp;quot;Jing&amp;quot;is a short name for &amp;quot;JingChaiBuQun&amp;quot;(the female have only a thorn for a hairpin and plain cloth for a skirt).   --[[User:Liu Wei|Liu Wei]] ([[User talk:Liu Wei|talk]]) 12:36, 19 December 2021 (UTC)Liu Wei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jian Jing, also known as &amp;quot;Zhuo Jing&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Shan Jing&amp;quot;,etc, is a humle term for quoting one's own wife. Jing is an abbreviation for &amp;quot;Jingchaibuqun&amp;quot;, that is, a thorn for a hairpin and palin cloth for a skirt.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 06:59, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘晓 Liú Xiǎo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081508==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
形容妇人极为简朴的服饰。语出汉·刘向《列女传》(见《太平御览》卷七一八引)：“梁鸿妻孟光，荆钗布裙。” 荆钗：即以木棍为钗。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jing, used to ​describe women's plain, simple and unadorned clothes, is originated from a sentence in the ''Biographies of Exemplary Women'' written by Liu Xiang in the Han Dynasty (see ''Imperial Review under the Reign of Taizong in the Song Dynasty'', Vol.718): &amp;quot;Meng Guang, wife of Liang Hong has only a thorn for a hairpin and plain cloth for a skirt.&amp;quot; Jingchai means a thron for a hairpin.--[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 06:53, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘越 Liú Yuè 亚非语言文学 女 202120081509==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
内顾之忧──语出北朝魏·袁翻《安置蠕蠕表》：“且蠕蠕尚存，则高车犹有内顾之忧，未暇窥窬上国；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Worries of Internal Concern - From Yuan Fan's &amp;quot; Settlement Zoran Policy &amp;quot;, And if Zoran still existed, then Gao Che (a generic term used by the Northern Dynasties for a part of the nomadic tribes in the north of the desert) would still have internal concerns and would not have had the strength to covet the vassal states.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 04:55, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==刘运心 Liú Yùnxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081510==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
若蠕蠕全灭，则高车跋扈之计，岂易可知？”(蠕蠕：“柔然”的别称，亦称“芮芮”、“茹茹”。我国古代北方少数民族名。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗安怡 Luó Ānyí 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081511==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
高车：亦称“狄历”、“敕勒”、“铁勒”、“丁零”。 我国古代北方少数民族名。)意谓因对家事或国事的顾念而担忧。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==罗曦 Luó Xī 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081512==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这里指家庭需要照顾的人或事。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
垂花门──旧时较为讲究的四合院二门。门顶如屋顶式样，其四角和前后多有下垂的雕花，故称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==马新 Mǎ Xīn 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081513==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
超手游廊──亦作“超手回廊”、“抄手游廊”。房廊像两手笼入袖筒，两袖成环形状，故称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verandah Chao Shou —— also known as &amp;quot;Corridor Chao Shou&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Cross Hand Verandah&amp;quot;. Its gallery looked like a two-handed cage into the sleeves, and the two sleeves formed a ring shape, so it was called &amp;quot;Verandah Chao Shou&amp;quot;.--[[User:Ma Xin|Ma Xin]] ([[User talk:Ma Xin|talk]]) 07:37, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛雅文 Máo Yǎwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081514==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
穿山游廊──指与厅房两边山墙门通连的回廊。以其可由山墙门穿行，故称。 山：即房屋两侧的山墙。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chuan Shan You Lang: A veranda or corridor connected with the gable doors on both sides of the hall. People can pass through the corridor after entering into the gable doors, so this kind of corridor is called such a name. Shan: The gable doors on both sides of a house.--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 13:22, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chuan Shan You Lang: It refers to the corridor connected to the door of the wall on either side of the room. People can pass through the corridor after entering into the gable doors, so this kind of corridor is called such a name. Shan: The gable doors on both sides of a house.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 13:33, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==毛优 Máo Yōu 俄语语言文学 女 202120081515==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“第一个”六句──这是对迎春形象的描写。 微丰：稍胖。 腮凝新荔：形容腮帮子像荔枝般的红润。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first six lines - It is a description of Yingchun's image. Wei Feng: Slightly fat. Sai Ning Xin Li：The cheeks are as red as lychees.--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 13:29, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first six lines - It is a description of Yingchun's image. Wei Feng: Slightly fat. Sai Ning Xin Li：The cheeks are as red and shiny as lychees.--[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 07:21, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==牟一心 Móu Yīxīn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081516==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼻腻鹅脂：形容鼻端像鹅脂般光润。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“第二个”七句──这是对探春形象的描写。 削肩：俗称溜肩。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bi Ni E Zhi: an idiom to describe someone’s tip of nose is as shiny and smooth as goose grease.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The second” seven lines —— this is a depiction of the look of Tanchun. Rounded shoulders: commonly known as sloping shoulders --[[User:Mou Yixin|Mou Yixin]] ([[User talk:Mou Yixin|talk]]) 07:18, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==彭瑞雪 Péng Ruìxuě 法语语言文学 女 202120081517==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
倾斜的双肩。古人以为美人肩。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
长挑身材：瘦高的身材。 鸭蛋脸儿：犹如鸭蛋似的长圆形脸盘。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sloping shoulders. The ancients considered these to be the shoulders of beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long, tall figure: a tall, thin figure. Duck egg face: an oblong face like a duck egg.--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 06:32, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==秦建安 Qín Jiànān 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081518==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
俊眼修眉：秀美的眼睛，长长的秀眉。 顾盼神飞：左顾右盼，目光炯炯，神采飞扬。 文彩精华：光彩照人，精神十足。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jun Yan Xiu Mei: beautiful eyes with long and delicate eyebrows. Gu Pan Shen Fei: looking left and right, with shining eyes and soaring spirit. Wen Cai Jing Hua: being radiant and full of energy.--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 01:21, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邱婷婷 Qiū Tíngtíng 英语语言文学（语言学）女 202120081519==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
见之忘俗：意谓别人见了就会忘了俗气，变得高雅起来。形容探春一身高雅之气。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“第三个”两句──这是对惜春形象的描写。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see is to forget vulgarity: It means that when others see something or someone will forget the secular atmosphere and  become more elegant. In this sentence, it describes Tanchun has a great elegant temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The third&amp;quot; two sentences ─ thses are  the description of the image of Xi Chun.--[[User:Qiu Tingting|Qiu Tingting]] ([[User talk:Qiu Tingting|talk]]) 02:50, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jian Zhi Wang Su: It means that others will forget the vulgarity and become elegant when they see it. It is used to describe Tanchun's elegance. &lt;br /&gt;
The two sentences containing “ the third” — are the image depiction of Sichun.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 12:27, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==饶金盈 Ráo Jīnyíng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081520==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
形容惜春年纪尚小，身材和容貌都还没有发育成熟。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人参养荣丸──以人参、当归、黄芪、陈皮、白芍、熟地、桂心等配制而成的丸药，主治脾胃气血亏虚等症。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used to describe the Xichun, who is still young and body and appearance are not developed.&lt;br /&gt;
Ginseng Yangrong Pill- A pill made of ginseng, angelica, astragalus, Chen Pi, Bai Shao, Shu Di, Gui Xin, etc., mainly used for treating deficiency of qi and blood in the spleen and stomach.--[[User:Rao Jinying|Rao Jinying]] ([[User talk:Rao Jinying|talk]]) 12:22, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used to depict Xichun, who is still in her young age and underdeveloped stature as well as appearance.&lt;br /&gt;
Ginseng tonic bolus- a sort of pill composed of ginseng, Angelica sinensis, astragalus, tangerine peel, white paleontology root, rehmannia glutinousa, laurel heart, etc. is mainly used to treat diseases such as deficiency in spleen, stomach, qi as well as blood.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 13:00, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==石丽青 Shí Lìqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081521==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
荣：中医指血脉。 养荣丸：似有双关之意：除了保养血脉之意外，还有保养荣誉之意，与薛宝钗的“冷香丸”相对，以寓二人的不同性格。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Rong” refers to blood vessel in the field of traditional Chinese medicine. Tonic bolus embraces double meaning. Apart from the maintenance of blood, it also boasts the function of maintaining the honor, which is opposite to “Cold Fragrant Pellet” of Xue Baochai. This is the revelation of different personalities between these two people.--[[User:Shi Liqing|Shi Liqing]] ([[User talk:Shi Liqing|talk]]) 12:45, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Rong” refers to blood vessel in the field of traditional Chinese medicine. Tonic bolus embraces double meanings. Apart from the maintenance of blood vessel, it also boasts the function of maintaining the honor, which is opposite to “Cold Fragrant Pellet” of Xue Baochai. This is the revelation of different personalities between these two people.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 02:27, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==孙雅诗 Sūn Yǎshī 外国语言学及应用语言学 女 202120081522==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
窄褃(kèn掯)袄──即紧身妖。 窄：瘦小。 褃：是上衣前后幅两侧接缝部分的名称。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrow ken coat ── is a tight quilted jacket.Narrow: thin.Ken: It is the name of the seams on the front and rear sides of the jacket.--[[User:Sun Yashi|Sun Yashi]] ([[User talk:Sun Yashi|talk]]) 02:18, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Narrow Ken coat ── namely tight quilted jacket. Narrow: thin. Ken: the name of the seams on the front and back of the jacket. --[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 08:50, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王李菲 Wáng Lǐfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081523==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
仪门──原指官署大门里的第二道正门。之所以称“仪门”，是因为官员至此门必须整齐仪表。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Etiquette Gate ── originally refers to the second main gate in the main gate of the government office. The reason why it is called &amp;quot;Etiquette Gate&amp;quot; is because the officers must be well-groomed when he arrives. --[[User:Wang Lifei|Wang Lifei]] ([[User talk:Wang Lifei|talk]]) 08:38, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王逸凡 Wáng Yìfán 亚非语言文学 女 202120081524==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《明会典·礼部十七·官员礼》：“新官到任之日……先至神庙祭祀毕，引至仪门前下马，具官服，从中道入。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==王镇隆 Wáng Zhènlóng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 男 202120081525==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
又《江宁府志·建制·官署》：“其制大门之内为仪门，仪门内为莅事堂。”后加以引申，大家府第的第二道正门也称仪门。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==卫怡雯 Wèi Yíwén 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081526==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鹿顶耳房钻山──这里是指在正房两侧与东西厢房北侧之间建有两座平顶耳房，并在耳房山墙上开门。如此则使正房、东西耳房、东西厢房皆可相通，便于穿行，所以下句说“四通八达”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luding Erfang Zuanshan—— it refers to two flat top ear rooms which are situated on the two sides of principal room and northern side of east and west wings and open up the door on the gable. Then it makes a connection between principal room, east and west ear room as well as east and west wings so that it is more convenient for people to pass. It is called “extend in all directions” as described below.--[[User:Wei Yiwen|Wei Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Wei Yiwen|talk]]) 02:14, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏楚璇 Wèi Chǔxuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081527==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鹿顶：亦作“盝顶”。即平屋顶。 耳房：紧靠正房或厢房两侧并利用其山墙建造的房屋。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luding: flat roof. Ear room: a room built by using a gable on either side of a principle room or wing-room.--[[User:Wei Chuxuan|Wei Chuxuan]] ([[User talk:Wei Chuxuan|talk]]) 02:00, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==魏兆妍 Wèi Zhàoyán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081528==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
因其位于正房两侧，犹如人的两只耳朵，故称。 钻山：指打通房屋两侧的山墙，以与相邻的房屋或回廊相通。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they are located on both sides of the main house just like people’s ears, they are called “wings”.  Zuan Shan: this means breaking through the gables on both sides of the house to connect to adjacent houses and cloisters.--[[User:Wei Zhaoyan|Wei Zhaoyan]] ([[User talk:Wei Zhaoyan|talk]]) 07:45, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because they are located on both sides of the main house just like people’s ears, they are called “wings”.  Zuan Shan: this means breaking through the gables on both sides of the house to connect to adjacent houses and cloisters. --[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 05:48, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴婧悦 Wú Jìngyuè 俄语语言文学 女 202120081529==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
赤金九龙青地大匾──以赤金涂饰的九条雕龙为边框的黑底大匾。 九龙：古代传说龙生九子，性格各异。但说法各异。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The horizontal board, which is  decorated with pink gold, night dragon and tuff - the board is black and is made of motifs of dragon and phoenix. The nine dragons: it is said that, in the ancient time, the dragon had nine sons, whose character were totally different. But there were different ideas about it.--[[User:Wu Jingyue|Wu Jingyue]] ([[User talk:Wu Jingyue|talk]]) 14:02, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==吴映红 Wú Yìnghóng 日语语言文学 女 202120081530==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
明·杨慎《升庵外集·动物一·龙生九子》说：“龙生九子不成龙，各有所好：囚牛，平生好音乐，今胡琴头上刻兽是其遗像；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==肖毅瑶 Xiāo Yìyáo 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081531==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
睚毗，平生好杀，金刀柄上龙吞口是其遗像；嘲风，平生好险，今殿角走兽是其遗像；蒲牢，平生好鸣，今钟上兽纽是其遗像；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢佳芬 Xiè Jiāfēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081532==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
狻猊，平生好坐，今佛座狮子是其遗像；霸下，平生好负重，今碑座兽是其遗像；陛犴，平生好讼，今狱门上狮子头是其遗像；&lt;br /&gt;
Suan ni likes sitting all its life , it looks alike a lion, which usually appears in the pedestal of Buddha ; Ba xia likes bearing a heavy burden all its life, so its image usually appears under the stone monuments as a stele monster; Bi'an likes lawsuit all its life, so its image usually appears in the cell doors.--[[User:Xie Jiafen|Xie Jiafen]] ([[User talk:Xie Jiafen|talk]]) 07:02, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suan ni likes sitting all its life , it looks alike a lion, which usually appears in the pedestal of Buddha ; Ba xia likes bearing a heavy burden all its life, so its image usually appears under the stone monuments as a stele monster; Bi'an likes lawsuit all its life, so its image usually appears in the cell doors.--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 07:25, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==谢庆琳 Xiè Qìnglín 俄语语言文学 女 202120081533==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
屓屭，平生好文，今碑两旁龙是其遗像；蚩吻，平生好吞，今殿脊兽头是其遗像。”明·焦竑《玉堂丛语·卷一·文学》则说：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The clamshell, life is good literature, today the two sides of the monument dragon is its image; Chi kiss, life is good swallow, today the temple ridge beast head is its image.&amp;quot; Ming - Jiao Hong &amp;quot;Yu Tang Congye - Volume 1 - Literature&amp;quot; said.--[[User:Xie Qinglin|Xie Qinglin]] ([[User talk:Xie Qinglin|talk]]) 07:24, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==熊敏 Xióng Mǐn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081534==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“俗传龙生九子不成龙，各有所好……一曰赑屭，形似龟，好负重，今石碑下龟趺是也；二曰螭吻，形似兽，性好望，今屋上兽头是也；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“ It is said that the nine sons of dragons are not born into dragons, and each has its own features...One is Bixi shaped like a tortoise, and it is so heavy. It is also a tortoise under the stone tablet; the second is Liwen shaped like a beast, and it is well-known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==徐敏赟 Xú Mǐnyūn 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 男 202120081535==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三曰蒲牢，形似龙而小，性好叫吼，今钟上纽是也；四曰狴犴，形似虎，有威力，故立于狱门；五曰饕餮，好饮食，故立于鼎盖；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜静 Yán Jìng 语言智能与跨文化传播研究 女 202120081536==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
六曰，性好水，故立于桥柱；七曰睚毗，性好杀，故立于刀环；八曰金猊，形似狮，性好烟火，故立于香炉；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜莉莉 Yán Lìlì 国别 女 202120081537==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
九曰椒图，形似螺蚌，性好闭，故立于门铺首。”明·沈德符《万历野获编·卷七·内阁·龙子》又说：“长沙李文正公在阁，孝宗忽下御札，问龙生九子之详。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ninth is called Jiao Tu, which is shaped like a screw and likes to close its mouth, so it is used as decoration on the door. Shen Defu of the Ming Dynasty, in his book ''Wanli Ye Huo, Vol.7, Cabinet, Longzi,'' also said, &amp;quot;When Duke Li Wenzheng of Changsha was in the cabinet, Emperor Xiaozong suddenly got down to ask the details of the birth of nine longzi.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yan Lili|Yan Lili]] ([[User talk:Yan Lili|talk]]) 13:30, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==颜子涵 Yán Zǐhán 国别 女 202120081538==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
文正对云：‘其子蒲牢好鸣，今为钟上钮鼻；囚牛好音，今为胡琴头刻兽；睚眦好杀，今为刀剑上吞口；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==阳佳颖 Yáng Jiāyǐng 国别 女 202120081540==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
嘲风好险，今为殿阁走兽；狻猊好坐，今为佛座骑象；霸下好负重，今为碑碣石趺；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨爱江 Yáng Àijiāng 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081541==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
狴犴好讼，今为狱户首镇压；屓屭好文，今为碑两旁蜿蜒；蚩吻好吞，今为殿脊兽头。’”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨堃 Yáng Kūn 法语语言文学 女 202120081542==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
此外，明·陈仁锡《潜确类书》、明·胡侍《真珠船·龙生九子》、清·褚人获《坚瓠十集·龙九子》、清·高士奇《天禄识馀·龙种》，对九龙的名称、性格、用途的说法也各不相同，可见出于民间传说。世人多用作装饰，以示祥瑞。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==杨柳青 Yáng Liǔqīng 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081543==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
万幾宸(chén辰)翰之宝──此为皇帝印章所刻的文字。 万幾：国家纷繁复杂的政务。典出《尚书·虞书·皋陶谟》：“兢兢业业，一日二日万幾。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==叶维杰 Yè Wéijié 国别 男 202120081544==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔颖达传云：“幾，微也，言当戒惧万事之微。”意谓尽管政务繁重，也不能忽略任何小事。亦称“万机”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==易扬帆 Yì Yángfān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081545==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
典出《汉书·百官公卿表上》：“相国、丞相皆秦官，金印紫绶，掌丞天子，助理万机。”这里是形容皇帝日理万机，政务繁忙。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷慧珍 Yīn Huìzhēn 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081546==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宸：“北宸”的省称。即北极星。因皇帝上朝坐北朝南，遂为皇帝的代称。翰：本义是羽毛，因古代以羽毛为笔，引申为墨迹(书写的字)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==殷美达 Yīn Měidá 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081547==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宝：这里指皇帝的印章。上古天子、诸侯均以圭璧制印，故称“宝”。唐以后只有帝、后之印可称“宝”。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==尹媛 Yǐn Yuán 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081548==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“座上”对联──珠玑：本义为珠宝，引申为名贵装饰。 昭日月：形容装饰光亮如日月。 昭：明亮。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==詹若萱 Zhān Ruòxuān 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081549==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黼黻(fǔ fú府服)：泛指绣有华美花纹的礼服。《晏子春秋·谏下十五》：“公衣黼黻之衣，素绣之裳，一衣而王采具焉。” 黼：黑白相间的斧形花纹。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张秋怡 Zhāng Qiūyí 亚非语言文学 女 202120081550==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
黻：黑与青相间的亚形花纹。 焕烟霞：形容绣服放射出如烟如霞的光彩，绚丽多姿。 焕：放射光彩。此联形容主宾皆珠光宝气，服饰华丽。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张扬 Zhāng Yáng 国别 男 202120081551==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
汝窑美人觚(gū孤)──出自著名汝窑的一种盛酒器。 汝窑：即北宋汝州瓷窑。因其青瓷器皿质量特佳，多为贡品，故名闻天下，后世成为收藏珍品。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==张怡然 Zhāng Yírán 俄语语言文学 女 202120081552==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
美人觚：因其体长腰细，形似美人，故名。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
椅搭──又称“椅披”。是一种长方形织物的椅用装饰品。因搭或披在椅背和椅坐上，故名。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==钟义菲 Zhōng Yìfēi 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081553==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
掐牙——是一种装饰性衣服花边。即以锦缎等折叠成细条，镶嵌在衣边上，以为美观。 掐：嵌入之意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qia Ya— a kind of decorative lace. That is to fold brocade into thin strips and inlay them on the edge of the clothes to look beautiful. Qia: embedded.--[[User:Zhong Yifei|Zhong Yifei]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yifei|talk]]) 12:30, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qia Ya— a kind of decorative lace. That is to fold brocade into thin strips and inlay them on the edge of the clothes to look beautiful. Qia: it means “embedded”.--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 08:04, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;==钟雨露 Zhōng Yǔlù 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081554==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
牙：即“牙子”。器物突出的边沿。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《四书》──即《论语》、《孟子》、《大学》、《中庸》(后两种原为《礼记》中的两篇)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Ya”: also called &amp;quot;Ya Zi&amp;quot; in Chinese. It means the protruding edge of an object. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Four Books'' includes— ''The Confucian Analects'', ''The Works of Mencius'', ''The Great Learning'', and ''The Doctrine of the Mean'' (the latter two were originally two books from ''The Book of Rites'').--[[User:Zhong Yulu|Zhong Yulu]] ([[User talk:Zhong Yulu|talk]]) 12:22, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Four Books'' includes— ''The Confucian Analects'', ''The Works of Mencius'', ''The Great Learning'', and ''The Doctrine of the Mean'' (the latter two were originally two books chosen from ''The Book of Rites'').--[[User:Zhou Jiu|Zhou Jiu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Jiu|talk]]) 01:18, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周玖 Zhōu Jiǔ 英语语言文学（英美文学） 女 202120081555==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宋代朱熹选定并定名《四书》，遂成为元、明、清三代科举考试的必读之书。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抹额：原指束在额上的头巾。其起源似乎很早。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Song dynasty, Zhu xi chose and named ''Four Books'' which became the required readings in Imperial Competitive Examinations of Yuan dynasty, Ming dynasty, and Qing dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
Mo E: It originally refers to a kerchief tied around the forehead. Its origin seems to be very early.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Song dynasty, Zhu xi chose and named ''Four Books'' which became the required readings in Imperial Competitive Examinations of Yuan dynasty, Ming dynasty, and Qing dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
Headband: It originally refers to a kerchief tied around the forehead. Its origin seems to be very early.--[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 01:25, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周俊辉 Zhōu Jùnhuī 法语语言文学 女 202120081556==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宋·高承《事物纪原·戎容兵械·抹额》引《二仪实录》曰：“禹娶涂山之夕，大风雷电，中有甲卒千人，其不披甲者，以红绡帕抹其头额，云海神来朝。&lt;br /&gt;
Song Gaocheng quoted the ''Record of Eryi'' in his book ''Things Documentary-Armed Soldiers-Headband'': “When Yu married the Tushan lady, there was a strong wind, thunder and rain. There were a thousand soldiers in gear, and those who were not wore equipment bound a thin red handkerchiefs on their foreheads in anticipation of the arrival of the god of clouds.&amp;quot;--[[User:Zhou Junhui|Zhou Junhui]] ([[User talk:Zhou Junhui|talk]]) 01:21, 22 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周巧 Zhōu Qiǎo 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081557==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
禹问之，对曰：‘此武士之首服也。’秦始皇至海上，有神朝，皆抹额、绯衫、大口袴。侍卫自此抹额，遂为军容之服。&lt;br /&gt;
Yu asked and replied, &amp;quot;this is the surrender of a warrior.&amp;quot; When the first emperor of Qin went to the sea, there was the divine Dynasty where people  wore red upper garment and loose trousers and decorated with smear. Since then, bodyguards decorated their forehead with smear, which has become a kind of military costume.--[[User:Zhou Qiao1|Zhou Qiao1]] ([[User talk:Zhou Qiao1|talk]]) 13:17, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周清 Zhōu Qīng 法语语言文学 女 202120081558==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可知原为军人的标志。后普及到一般男子，平民以布巾束发，富人用金箍束发，兼为头饰。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
箭袖──亦称“箭衣”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==周小雪 Zhōu Xiǎoxuě 日语语言文学 女 202120081559==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是一种窄袖长袍。其袖口呈斜切状，朝手背的袖口长，朝手心的袖口短，便于射箭，故名。其斜袖口又形似马蹄，故又称马蹄袖。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's a kind of robe with narrow sleeves. Its cuffs were  in a diagonal cut shape. The cuffs facing the back of the hand are long and the cuffs facing the palm are short, which is convenient for archery, so it is named Arrow Sleeves. Its oblique cuff is also shaped like a horseshoe, so it is also called horseshoe sleeve.--[[User:Zhou Xiaoxue|Zhou Xiaoxue]] ([[User talk:Zhou Xiaoxue|talk]]) 05:55, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==朱素珍 Zhū Sùzhēn 英语语言文学（语言学） 女 202120081561==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
后成为一种服式，不射箭的男子也穿。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“倒像”两句──似有双关之意：一者暗指贾宝玉的化身神瑛侍者在太虚幻境用甘露浇灌林黛玉的化身绛珠仙草；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, it became a kind of clothing style, which was also worn by men who did not shoot arrows. ​&lt;br /&gt;
Two sentences of &amp;quot;inverted image&amp;quot; -- there seems to be a pun: one implies that Jia Baoyu's incarnation Shenying waiter watered Lin Daiyu's incarnation Jiangzhu fairy grass with nectar in Taixu fantasy;--[[User:Zou Yueli|Zou Yueli]] ([[User talk:Zou Yueli|talk]]) 11:03, 20 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==邹岳丽 Zōu Yuèlí 日语语言文学 女 202120081562==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
再者隐寓二人心有灵犀一点通，一见锺情。下文贾宝玉说“这个妹妹我曾见过的”、“心里倒像是远别重逢的一般”，其用意同此。​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, it implies that the two people share the same heartand fall in love at first sight. Below, Jia Baoyu said that &amp;quot;I have seen this sister&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;I feel like I am far from meeting again&amp;quot;. His intention is the same. ​&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nadia 202011080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
请安──这里指的是清代一种见面问好的特殊礼仪：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mahzad Heydarian 玛莎 202021080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
男子须在口称“请某某安”的同时，右膝弯曲或跪地(俗称打千)；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mariam Toure 2020GBJ002301==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
女子则在口称“请某某安”的同时，双手扶左膝，右腿微屈，身体半蹲。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rouabah Soumaya 202121080001==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
寄名锁──旧时父母为保佑幼儿长命百岁，让幼儿作僧、道的“寄名”弟子，并在幼儿项下悬挂锁形饰物，谓之“寄名锁”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Numan 202121080002==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
面如傅粉──语本南朝宋·刘义庆《世说新语·容止》：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Atta Ur Rahman 202121080003==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“何平叔(晏)美姿仪，面至白。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Muhammad Saqib Mehran 202121080004==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
魏明帝疑其傅粉，正夏月，与热汤饼。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zohaib Chand 202121080005==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
既啖，大汗出，以朱衣自拭，色转皎然。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jawad Ahmad 202121080006==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(皎然：洁白貌。)原指何晏的脸上好像抹了香粉般洁白。&lt;br /&gt;
English: (Jiao Ran: pure and white appearance.) The original means, He Yan's face it's like white as powdered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Nizam Uddin 202121080007==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
引申以泛喻男子姿容洁白秀美。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Öncü 202121080008==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《西江月》二词──即按照《西江月》词牌填写的两首(也称“阕”)词。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two words in &amp;quot;Westlake Moon&amp;quot; According，Fill in two poems (also known as &amp;quot;Que&amp;quot;) in the poem of &amp;quot;Westlake Moon&amp;quot;.--[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 04:45, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Akira Jantarat 202121080009==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
词：原本指歌曲中的文词，后来文词与曲调分离，遂变成文体之一。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Words: Originally refers to the words in the song. Later, the words and the tune were separated and became one of the styles.--[[User:AkiraJantarat|AkiraJantarat]] ([[User talk:AkiraJantarat|talk]]) 04:33, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Word: It originally referred to the words in a song. In time, the words and the tune separated and became one of the styles. --[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 13:14, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benjamin Wellsand 202111080118==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但仍须按曲填词，于是发展出许多词牌，每个词牌都有字数、句数、韵脚等规定，还有双调、长调、小令之别。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is still necessary to fill in the lyrics according to the tune. So many poems have been developed. Each poem has a word count, sentence count, rhymes and other provisions, as well as the difference between two-tone, long tune, and short meter.--[[User:Benjamin Wellsand|Benjamin Wellsand]] ([[User talk:Benjamin Wellsand|talk]]) 13:10, 19 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is still necessary to fill in lyrics according to the tune, so many lyric cards have been developed. Each lyric card has regulations on the number of words, sentences, and rhymes, as well as the differences between double tune, long tune, and short meter. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 07:58, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Asep Budiman 202111080020==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
故作词谓之“填词”，就是按照词牌的规范填写文字，不可越雷池一步。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The preceding phrase &amp;quot;filling in words&amp;quot; means to fill in the words in accordance with the specifications of the words and phrases, and do not go beyond those criteria. --[[User:Asep Budiman|Asep Budiman]] ([[User talk:Asep Budiman|talk]]) 07:56, 21 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ei Mon Kyaw 202111080021==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《西江月》就是词牌之一。本书用了不少词牌，以下不再一一注释。​&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133850</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133850"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T04:12:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, utterance and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field.(Yang 1989: 68-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;.  Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.(Yang 1989)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text.(Si 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林(1994).尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J].A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] . Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林(1994).尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J].A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] . Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳(2013).The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥(1995).1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J]  History of Criticism 비평사.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方(2010). Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희(1995). 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J].Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J]  Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미(2018). 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J].Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] . Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲(2015). On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주(2008). 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰(2005). 英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J].The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓(1989).简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J]. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J]. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133849</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133849"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T04:11:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, utterance and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field.(Yang 1989: 68-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;.  Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.(Yang 1989)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text.(Si 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林.(1994)尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J].A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] . Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林(1994).尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J].A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] . Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳(2013).The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥(1995).1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J]  History of Criticism 비평사.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方(2010). Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희(1995). 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J].Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J]  Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미(2018). 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J].Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] . Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲(2015). On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주(2008). 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰(2005). 英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J].The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓(1989).简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J]. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J]. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_5&amp;diff=133834</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_5&amp;diff=133834"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:51:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Reference */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Chapter 5: Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019=&lt;br /&gt;
'''政论语体翻译策略与翻译技巧—以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Russian Constitution, every spring the Prime Minister of Russia is required to present to the State Duma an annual summary of the government's work, including a description of what Russia has accomplished in the past year in different areas , the challenges encountered, and the government's plans and goals set for the new year. The annual summary of the Russian government's work is one of the ways to know the development and future plans of Russia and the important document for studying Russia.This type of text belongs to the category of political essays. Therefore, it is important to master the translation strategies and methods of political essays.This paper takes the &amp;quot;Annual Work Summary of the Russian Government in 2019&amp;quot; as a study case, and the author uses the existing translation theories and methods as a guide to work on the translation, and summarizes some of his own experiences in the translation process, hoping that this paper can be helpful for the same type of translation research work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Russia;Translation strategies and methods;Political essay;The Annual Summary of government's work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
按照俄罗斯宪法规定，每年春天，俄罗斯国家总理需要向国家杜马作年度政府工作报告，报告内容为俄罗斯过去一年在各个领域政府工作的完成情况、遇到的挑战以及新一年政府的工作计划与目标。俄罗斯政府工作报告是了解俄罗斯发展动态和未来规划的途径之一，是研究俄罗斯的重要文献。这种类型的文本属于政论语体的范畴。因此，掌握政论语体文章的翻译策略和方法非常重要。本文以《2019年俄罗斯政府年度工作总结》为研究语料，作者以现有的翻译理论和方法为指导进行翻译工作，并总结了自己在翻译过程中的一些经验，希望本文能对同类型翻译研究工作有所帮助。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
俄罗斯；翻译策略与翻译方法；政论文；政府工作总结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Title===&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The form of annual summary of the Russian government's work started in the Soviet period. Since the formation of the Soviet Union, at each congress of the High Council the head of the government would make a summary, which contained information about the situation of the accomplishment of government work and the problems encountered in various areas during the past year, as well as the plans and goals of the government for the new year. Such government summary has continued to the present day in Russia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The report on the work of the Russian government is not only the routine work of the prime minister, but also one of the ways for Russians and the whole world to understand the development and future of Russia. Thus, the annual government report can be described as an important document for the study of Russia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government report belongs to the political essay style. In recent years, the political essay in Russian has been studied in increasing numbers. This mainly includes the following aspects: ①the features of this style; ②stylistics; ③translation strategies from Russian to foreign languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, quite a few native and foreign researchers are working on the research of this topic. For example, in the thesis &amp;quot; The Pronunciation Features of the political style of speech&amp;quot; the author tells about the heterogeneity of literary language and one of the forms of its existence - the political style of speech and features of the organization of its phonetic varieties; And the article &amp;quot;Structural, semantic and functional features of references in the political style of Russian language&amp;quot; was devoted to the characteristics of speech in publicist articles; also the book &amp;quot;Political style: new features&amp;quot;, and a textbook for students &amp;quot;Social-political style of speech&amp;quot; and so on. Meanwhile, the results of Chinese researchers should be noted. For example, Wang Yingying, a graduate student of Heilongjiang University, wrote a paper in which the author summarized the features and ways of translation of phrases and expressions used in political essays. In addition, the textbook &amp;quot;Course of Translation from Russian to Chinese&amp;quot; edited by Cai Yi. In it, many example sentences come from the political essays. (Veshchikova 1994:67)(Cai Yi 2009:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following research methods are used in writing this paper:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Gather theoretical materials related to the selected topics;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Use relevant books on translation theories and underline specific sentences in the source text that use a particular translation theory;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Discover problems, solve problems, and generalize translation experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paradigm in this paper -- “The Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The object of the paper -- the features of the political essays, translation theories and methods used during the translation of the source text and the experience gained during the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview of Annual Summary of the Government's Work===&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of government reports:State of the Union address, political speeches, and the report of the government on its performance. The first two began in the United States and the last in the Soviet Union. Since the formation of the Soviet Union, at each congress of the Soviet High Council, the head of the government would make a report that contained information about the situation of the government's work performance and the problems encountered in various areas over the past year, as well as the government's plans and goals for the new year. Such government reports continue to this day in Russia. Such a report on work of the government was learned in our country and has been used since 1954.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition of Annual Work Summary by Government====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Russian constitution, every spring, the Russian Prime Minister must submit to the State Duma a report on the work of the government in order to detail the performance of various work in the past year, the goals for further development in various areas, as well as the opportunities and challenges faced in the areas like economy, politics, diplomacy, population, education, and so on. The report on the work of the Russian government for the year, as a rule, consists of three parts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
① Overview of the main work of the government of the past year：&lt;br /&gt;
It is necessary to summarize the main work of the government for the previous year, achievements in various areas and the realization of major goals, and then to detail each specific achievement of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
② Work tasks for this year：&lt;br /&gt;
Draw up the government's work plan in detail for this year and the main goals. At first, explain the main ideas and main tasks of the government's work this year, then divide the work into several categories and explain in detail the measures the government needs to take.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③ The government's own planning:&lt;br /&gt;
Explain the construction plan for the government.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The features of political essays（Take Chinese government reports for example）====&lt;br /&gt;
1．At discourse level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Repeated references to the same things&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a. 2010 GWR:积极 45;大力31;全面30;着力16;切实17;有效9;充分8 发展 146，建设87，加强67 促进42&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b. 2009 vs 2010: 增强 19-18;加大23-56;加快44-56&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Unnecessary modifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.更加周密地做好应对各种风险和挑战的准备。&lt;br /&gt;
Make even more thorough preparations to deal with risks and challenges of all kinds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.无比优越 &lt;br /&gt;
incomparable superiority&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.就事关当今世界、事关双边关系的一些全局性和长期性重大问题深入交换意见.&lt;br /&gt;
(we)have been engaged in in-depth exchange of views with them on important overarching and long-term issues concerning the world situation and bilateral relations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d.我们几代、十几代甚至几十代人想的一件事，要做的一件事，是我们100年、1000年也不会动摇的一个方针。&lt;br /&gt;
This is what we must focus on and achieve-not just this generation but for generations to come. This is the policy that will not change in 100 years or 1,000 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.At sentence level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Long sentences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
经过三十多年的改革开放，我们从“以阶级斗争为纲”到以经济建设为中心，全面推进社会主义现代化事业;从搞计划经济到推进各方面改革，建立起社会主义市场经济体制;从封闭状态和片面强调自力更生，到实行对外开放、发展国际合作；从以意识形态划线到主张各种社会制度和发展模式和谐生存，全方位发展对外关系，中国的变化可谓天翻地覆。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More than 30 years of reform and opening up has brought about earth-shaking changes in the country: from &amp;quot;taking class struggle as the key principle&amp;quot; to focusing on economic development and building socialist modernization on all fronts, from planned economy to socialist market economy through reform across the board, from a closed society and over emphasis on self-reliance to opening up and international cooperation, from emphasis on ideology in external relations to advocating harmonious co-existence of various social systems and development models and developing external relations in an all-round way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Subjectless sentences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如果我们不能很好地处理同外部世界的关系，新世纪头20年由国际形势总体和平，大国关系相对平稳和新科技革命迅猛发展提供的发展机遇就可能丧失。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lf we fail to manage well our relations with the rest of the world, we might miss the development opportunities provided by the overall peace in the world relative stability in relations between major countries and fast progress in new science and technology revolution in the first 20 years of the new century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Parallel structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.总之，中国人穷日子过得太久了，最大的战略意图就是使自己的日子一天比一天、一年比一年过得好些，希望地球上的人们日子也一天比一天、一年比一年过得好些除此别无他图。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the Chinese people have suffered long enough from poverty. Our greatest and only strategic intention is to live a better life, where every day is better than the previous one. We wish the same for all the people in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.买的放心，吃的放心，用的放心。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buy food and drugs with confidence and consume them with satisfaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.At word level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Unnecessary words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.经济增速陡然下滑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pace of our economic growth suddenly slowed down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.进一步落实好扶残助残的各项政策&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further implement policies for assisting and supporting them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.注重共同利益、发展共同利益、维护共同利益 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We value, develop and protect common interests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Terms with national characteristics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.小康社会 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
well -off/ well-to-do/affluent/comfortable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.加快全面建设小康社会进程&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pick up the pace of building a moderatly prosperous society in all respects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.要使中国人民能过上小康社会的生活&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable the Chinese people to live a comfortable life A society of initial prosperity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d.以求同存&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
seeking common ground while shelving differences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e.坚持奉行互利共赢的开放战略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we follow the win-win strategy of opening up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Figurative expressions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.metaphorical expression&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
龙头企业—pacesetting enterprise&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
法宝—key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.metonymical expression 转喻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
米袋子—grain supply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
各国唯有同舟共济而不是同舟共“挤”，同舟共渡而不是同舟共“斗”，才有出路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Countries should consider themselves passengers in the same boat and cross the river peacefully together instead of fighting one another and trying to push one another off the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Source text introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On July 22, Russian Prime Minister Mikhail Mishustin made a speech in the State Duma reporting on the work of the government for 2019.Among the main topics of the speech of the head of the Cabinet of Ministers were the fight against coronavirus infection, support and development of healthcare, education, labor market and housing construction, support of business and backbone enterprises, ensuring macroeconomic and financial stability. Mishustin called the main goal of the government to improve the quality of life of every person in the country. The Prime Minister stressed that the updated Constitution of the Russian Federation increases the responsibility of all branches of power. According to the head of the government, the Russian economy could make a breakthrough, but this was prevented by the pandemic and oil prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Strategies and methods used in the translation process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first requirement for translating works of political style is to faithfully and accurately express the political and ideological content of the original, so that the translation has the same influential function as the original. In this chapter, based on the aforementioned theories and strategies, the author analyzed several translation options using examples from the report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====At Lexical level====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Addition=====&lt;br /&gt;
Except for some words with the same meaning, most of the words in the Russian and Chinese languages are not identical in terms of meaning, grammatical function, rhetorical features and usage habits. Due to this situation, when translating, in order to express the meaning of the original text exactly, it is often necessary to add some words and phrases, or even sentences, which are latent in the original text. This is a very common translation technique.&lt;br /&gt;
The addition of words must be based on the premise of faithfulness to the original text, and the addition of words is never the same as adding meaning. The addition of words is often used in the following cases: (Cai Yi 2009:158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①If you don't add the word, it doesn't fit the Chinese collocation convention, or the meaning is not clear, or even causes ambiguity; if you don't add the word, the meaning is not clear. For example，'''Пушкин переведен на многие языки мира'''. There are two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''普希金已经译成了世界上许多种文字'''”，the second is“'''普希金的作品已经译成了世界上许多种文字'''”. In terms of Chinese expression habits, although it can be said that he is reading Pushkin and he is translating Pushkin, at this time Pushkin refers to Pushkin's works. But it cannot be said that Pushkin was translated into a foreign language. Therefore, the first translation violates the expression habits of Chinese. The second translation adds words, but accurately expresses the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Without adding words, the translation is barely understandable, but adding words can make the translation clearer and more fluent. For example，'''Критерием мощи армии является её моральный дух'''. There are also two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''军队威力的尺度是士气'''”，the second is“'''衡量军队威力的尺度是士气'''”. Obviously, the second translation is better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Without adding words, it would violate logic from the perspective of the translation, and we don’t know what it means. For example，'''Книга «Остров Сахалин» относится к общественной деятельности Чехова'''. If we translate this sentence into &amp;quot;'''《库页岛》一书属于契柯夫的社会活动'''&amp;quot;，There will be logically unreasonable problems, which makes people feel inexplicable. Why does a book become a social activity? And if we translate this sentence into“'''《库页岛》一书的写作属于契柯夫的社会活动'''”，it will be clear at a glance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum the above up, the addition of words is one of the common methods used in the process of Russian-Chinese translation. This method is also frequently used in the process of translating the Work Summary of the Russian Government for the year 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Коронавирус сильно изменил рынок труда.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 冠状病毒极大地改变了劳动市场。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 受新冠疫情影响，我国就业市场发生了极大变化。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Россия, ещё раз повторю, сделала это едва ли не первой в мире, чтобы защитить наших людей и выиграть время на подготовку системы здравоохранения к приёму заболевших.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 我再一次重申，为了保护我们的人民，为了赢得更多时间来做好卫生体系接收病人的准备工作，俄罗斯几乎是世界上第一个采取这些举措的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我再一次重申，为了保护我们的人民，为了赢得更多时间来做好卫生体系接收病人的准备工作，俄罗斯几乎是世界上第一个采取这些举措的国家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''По мере расширения кризисных явлений также обратили особое внимание на розничную торговлю непродовольственными товарами, сферу культуры и на средства массовой информации.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 随着危机影响的加剧，非食品零售贸易，文化和大众传媒领域也得到了关注。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 随着危机影响的加剧，非食品零售贸易，文化和大众传媒领域也得到了关注和支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) '''Я неоднократно встречался с врачами, учёными и экспертами для выработки оптимальной стратегии, алгоритма введения ограничительных мер и последующей их поэтапной отмены.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 我与医生、学者、专家们多次会面，力求制定最佳战略和规范限制举措实行及其随后取消的时。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我与医生、学者、专家们多次会面，力求制定出最佳战略，找到规范限制举措实行及其随后取消的时间。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we will find that the second translation is more in line with Chinese expression habits and easier to understand than the first translation. But it should be noted that adding words must match the original text, and adding does not mean adding meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Omission=====&lt;br /&gt;
The omission is just the opposite of the addition mentioned above. In translation practice, it is sometimes necessary to omit individual words of the original text in the translation, otherwise the writing will appear verbose, which does not conform to the expression habits of the translation, and sometimes even affect the exact expression of the original intent. The omission is by no means to reduce the meaning, on the contrary, the omission is to better express the meaning. The subtracted word no longer exists in the translation, but its meaning is still there. Generally speaking, there are fewer cases in which words need to be subtracted in translation. Therefore, it is necessary to be more cautious when subtracting words. Avoid subtracting words and distort the original text. Omission is often used in the following situations: (Cai Yi 2009:165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①	There are words that are not translated, the meaning is already expressed. Instead, translating them makes them seem cumbersome. For example，'''Тесным кольцом смыкайтесь вокруг ваших знамём!''' Many people might translate this phrase into“'''紧密地围成一个圈，团结在你们的旗帜周围！'''”. But such a translation reads very poorly. So “'''紧密地团结在你们旗帜周围'''” is better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②	Some words may be translated in a way that violates the conventions of the target language, or even distorts the original meaning. For example, '''Интересы увеличения произодства зерна потребовали изменения структуры посевных площадей'''. There are two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''为了提高谷物的产量的利益，需要改变播种面积的结构。'''”，the second is“'''为了提高谷物产量，需要改变播种面积的结构。'''“Obviously, we would not speak Chinese like the first translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③	Translate two words into one. For example, Обе резорюции в общем и целом сходятся. In this sentence, we would translate “'''в общем и целом'''” into'''大体上''', not '''整个大体上'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lexical omission is exactly the opposite of addition. This method involves ignoring some semantically redundant words in the translation process that do not carry an important semantic content, and their meaning is often comprehensively restored in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Для этого мы ввели мораторий на проведение практически всех проверок предпринимателей'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 为此，我们采取暂停实施几乎所有对企业家的检查。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 为此，我们暂停了几乎所有对企业家的检查。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Всего различные формы поддержки на сумму около 600 млрд рублей получили семьи, в которых воспитываются более 26,5 миллиона детей.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 共计有抚养2650多万儿童的家庭获得总额约6000亿卢布的各种形式的支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 共计有2650多万儿童的家庭获得总额约6000亿卢布的各种形式的支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we will find that the second translation is simpler and clearer, without being cumbersome. It is definitely not the case that lexical omission is meant to subtract meaning, on the contrary, omission is meant to better express the meaning of the source text. In general, there are fewer cases where a lexical sense needs to be used when translating, so we need to be more careful about the word sense and not distort the meaning of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====At Syntactical level====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Combination=====&lt;br /&gt;
The method of combination is used when: there is a close semantic connection between the two statements, the retention of the main or subordinate sentence in a compound sentence is contrary to the rules of the target language (collapsing into a word or phrase) or one of the sentences is grammatically too incomplete to retain its separate reproduction in the translation.（Zheng Zesheng 1981:45）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Ситуация осложнилась и тем, что распространение вируса и действия отдельных стран по наращиванию добычи нефти привели к серьёзному дисбалансу на нефтяном рынке. Это вызвало обвальное снижение цен, усилилась волатильность финансовых и валютных рынков, произошёл отток капитала.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 新冠病毒的传播和部分国家为增加石油开采量而导致石油市场严重失衡的行为使得情况复杂化。这引发油价暴跌，加剧了金融和外汇市场动荡以及资本外流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 新冠病毒的传播和部分国家为增加石油开采量而导致石油市场严重失衡的行为使得情况复杂化，引发油价暴跌，加剧了金融和外汇市场动荡以及资本外流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Все меры поддержки безработных Правительство распространило и на более чем 13 тысяч индивидуальных предпри­нимателей, которые были вынуждены закрыть своё дело после 1 марта. Всем им назначено максимальное пособие в размере МРОТ.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 政府把失业人员补助举措扩展到3月1日以后被迫停业的1.3万名个体企业家身上。为他们所有人提供相当于最低工资标准的补贴。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 政府还扩大失业人员补助范围，向3月1日以后被迫停业的1.3万名个体企业家提供相当于最低工资标准的补贴。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''Третье. За II квартал и вовсе списали все налоги и страховые взносы. Такую поддержку получили свыше 1,5 млн малых и средних компаний и индивидуальных предпринимателей.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 第三，免除第二季度的所有税收和社保费用。有150余万家中小型公司及个体企业家获得这一支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 第三，免除第二季度150余万家中小型公司及个体企业家的税收和社保费用支出。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, the method of combination is to translate two or more simple sentences together into a single sentence. This method makes the translation concise and easy to understand, and the translation will not be repetitive and verbose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Division=====&lt;br /&gt;
Division is the opposite of combination, however, whereas combination is often used to avoid repetition, division is used to emphasis the logical and temporary connections between the parts of the text and to make them explicit.(Breus E.V.2002:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)'''Если отец или мать теряет работу, а в кризис такое, конечно, не редкость, это может обрушить семейный бюджет.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 如果父亲或者母亲失业，当然在危机中这种情况并不罕见，那么家庭的收支预算就会崩溃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 如果父亲或者母亲失业，那么家庭的收支预算就会崩溃。这样的情况在危机中并不罕见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Вчера Государственная Дума поддержала в третьем чтении правительственный законопроект, который позволяет бизнесу комфортно переходить с одного налогового режима на другие.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 昨天在杜马第三次会议上通过了一项能使企业轻松地从一种税制转变为另外一种的政府法案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 昨天在杜马第三次会议上通过了一项政府法案。该法案能使企业轻松地从一种税制转变为另外一种。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many complex and long sentences in the government report, and translating them directly into Chinese can cause some semantic problems. Therefore, using the method of sentence division is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Inversion=====&lt;br /&gt;
Inversion --- A change in the location (order) of linguistic elements in the translation, corresponding to the linguistic elements of the original. The words, word combinations, parts of a compound sentence, elementary sentences within a compound sentence, and independent sentences in the system of a whole text can be subject to permutations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Тем отраслям, которые сильно зависят от потребительского спроса, помогаем через специальные адресные программы.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 那些高度依赖消费者的行业，我们通过专门的有针对性的计划来帮助它们。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我们通过专门的有针对性的计划来帮助那些高度依赖消费者的行业。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Во-первых, это разработка комплексного механизма поддержки крупных инвестиционных проектов на федеральном и региональном уровнях, в том числе – на основе соглашений о защите и поощрении капиталовложений.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 首先，建立综合机制以支持联邦和地区层面的大型投资项目，这是在保护和鼓励投资的基础上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 首先，在保护和鼓励投资的基础上，建立综合机制以支持联邦和地区层面的大型投资项目。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''Кроме того, мы сориентируем вузы на подготовку квалифицированных кадров в соответствии с потребностями экономики регионов.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 除此之外，我们联合大学培养合格人才，根据地区经济发展需求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 除此之外，我们根据地区经济发展需求，联合大学培养合格人才。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a big difference in word order between Chinese and Russian. During translation, only by learning to use &amp;quot;inversion&amp;quot; can the translation be close to the original text and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the translation of the government report, the author learned that the big weakness was a lack of understanding of the differences in expression and word order between Chinese and Russian, a lack of accumulation of some frequently used fixed phrases and collocations, and a lack of literacy about society, culture and customs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes every word in the whole sentence is known but the translation in Chinese is not very fluent, even confusing. To solve this problem, it is necessary to clarify the context. There are a lot of long sentences in the government report. The context of the sentence is not very clear. Parallel phrases or predicates are often used to connect components. Therefore, in the translation process, we must first read through the whole text more than once, understand the relationship between the components of each sentence, and then use authentic Chinese expressions to translate it accurately. A government work report is a summary of all aspects of the government's work in the near future, so it has distinctive characteristics of the time. In order to translate the work report better, a thorough understanding of current events is necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By writing this work, the author has accumulated a lot of vocabulary about politics, and at the same time, has a better understanding of the political style and has a deeper understanding of translation theory and methods. The knowledge of translation is becoming richer and the level of translation ability is gradually improving, and the author has also deeply realized that in order to be an excellent translator the following characteristics must be present: a large range of vocabulary, a good understanding of two languages, the ability to express well, insight into current affairs, and the flexibility in the translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Due to the author's lack of translation experience and academic knowledge, there are still shortcomings in this work that await improvement and require further research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
Anna Leelova Анна Лилова(1985). Ведение в общую теорию перевода [M] Introduction to general translation theory. Москва: Высшая школа Moscow: The Higher School.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Breus E.V. Бреус Е. В. (2002)Основы теории и практики перевода с русского языка на английский: Учебное пособие. [М].The basics of the theory and practice of translation from Russian into English: Textbook. Москва: УРАО Moscow: URAO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Yi, Jin Weiran, Cao Shuxun, Sun Guifen 蔡毅，靳慰然，曹书勋，孙桂芬.(2006) 俄译汉教程（上）[M].Translation Course from Russian to Chinese (1).北京：外语教学与研究出版社 Beijing: Foreign language teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Zhonglian, Bai Wenchang 黄忠廉，白文昌.(2010) 俄汉双向全译实践教程[M].A practical course in Russian-Chinese complete translation in both languages.黑龙江：黑龙江大学出版社 Heilongjiang: Heilongjiang University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Institute of Dictionary Studies of Russian Language and Literature Research Centre in Heilongjiang University 黑龙江大学俄罗斯语言文学研究中心辞书研究所.（2014）新时代俄汉详解大辞典[Z].The Russian-Chinese Dictionary in a New Era 北京：商务印书馆 Beijing: The Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kozhevnikova V.M. &amp;amp; Nikolaeva P. A.Кожевникова В.М., Николаева П. А.(1987) Литературный энциклопедический словарь[Z].The literary encyclopaedic dictionary. Москва: Советская энциклопедия Moscow: Soviet Encyclopaedia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mou Tingting 牟婷婷.（2013）“2010年俄罗斯政府工作报告”的汉译方法与策略[D].&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Translation methods and strategies of the 2010 Russian Government Work Report&amp;quot;.黑龙江大学 Heilongjiang University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RF Government Правительство РФ.(2019-7-22) Ежегодный отчет Правительства в Государственной Думе [DB/OL].Annual report of the government to the State Duma. http://government.ru/news/40074/ .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yingying 王莹莹.(2014)&amp;quot;2012年梅德韦杰夫总理政府工作报告&amp;quot;的语言特点和汉译策略[D].Linguistic features and translation strategies of the &amp;quot; 2012 RF Government Work Report of Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev 黑龙江大学 Heilongjiang University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng Zesheng, Geng Longming 郑泽生，耿龙明.(1985)俄译汉翻译教程[M].Translation Course from Russian to Chinese 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_5&amp;diff=133831</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_5&amp;diff=133831"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:50:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Conclusion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Chapter 5: Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019=&lt;br /&gt;
'''政论语体翻译策略与翻译技巧—以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Russian Constitution, every spring the Prime Minister of Russia is required to present to the State Duma an annual summary of the government's work, including a description of what Russia has accomplished in the past year in different areas , the challenges encountered, and the government's plans and goals set for the new year. The annual summary of the Russian government's work is one of the ways to know the development and future plans of Russia and the important document for studying Russia.This type of text belongs to the category of political essays. Therefore, it is important to master the translation strategies and methods of political essays.This paper takes the &amp;quot;Annual Work Summary of the Russian Government in 2019&amp;quot; as a study case, and the author uses the existing translation theories and methods as a guide to work on the translation, and summarizes some of his own experiences in the translation process, hoping that this paper can be helpful for the same type of translation research work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Russia;Translation strategies and methods;Political essay;The Annual Summary of government's work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
按照俄罗斯宪法规定，每年春天，俄罗斯国家总理需要向国家杜马作年度政府工作报告，报告内容为俄罗斯过去一年在各个领域政府工作的完成情况、遇到的挑战以及新一年政府的工作计划与目标。俄罗斯政府工作报告是了解俄罗斯发展动态和未来规划的途径之一，是研究俄罗斯的重要文献。这种类型的文本属于政论语体的范畴。因此，掌握政论语体文章的翻译策略和方法非常重要。本文以《2019年俄罗斯政府年度工作总结》为研究语料，作者以现有的翻译理论和方法为指导进行翻译工作，并总结了自己在翻译过程中的一些经验，希望本文能对同类型翻译研究工作有所帮助。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
俄罗斯；翻译策略与翻译方法；政论文；政府工作总结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Title===&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The form of annual summary of the Russian government's work started in the Soviet period. Since the formation of the Soviet Union, at each congress of the High Council the head of the government would make a summary, which contained information about the situation of the accomplishment of government work and the problems encountered in various areas during the past year, as well as the plans and goals of the government for the new year. Such government summary has continued to the present day in Russia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The report on the work of the Russian government is not only the routine work of the prime minister, but also one of the ways for Russians and the whole world to understand the development and future of Russia. Thus, the annual government report can be described as an important document for the study of Russia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government report belongs to the political essay style. In recent years, the political essay in Russian has been studied in increasing numbers. This mainly includes the following aspects: ①the features of this style; ②stylistics; ③translation strategies from Russian to foreign languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, quite a few native and foreign researchers are working on the research of this topic. For example, in the thesis &amp;quot; The Pronunciation Features of the political style of speech&amp;quot; the author tells about the heterogeneity of literary language and one of the forms of its existence - the political style of speech and features of the organization of its phonetic varieties; And the article &amp;quot;Structural, semantic and functional features of references in the political style of Russian language&amp;quot; was devoted to the characteristics of speech in publicist articles; also the book &amp;quot;Political style: new features&amp;quot;, and a textbook for students &amp;quot;Social-political style of speech&amp;quot; and so on. Meanwhile, the results of Chinese researchers should be noted. For example, Wang Yingying, a graduate student of Heilongjiang University, wrote a paper in which the author summarized the features and ways of translation of phrases and expressions used in political essays. In addition, the textbook &amp;quot;Course of Translation from Russian to Chinese&amp;quot; edited by Cai Yi. In it, many example sentences come from the political essays. (Veshchikova 1994:67)(Cai Yi 2009:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following research methods are used in writing this paper:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Gather theoretical materials related to the selected topics;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Use relevant books on translation theories and underline specific sentences in the source text that use a particular translation theory;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Discover problems, solve problems, and generalize translation experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paradigm in this paper -- “The Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The object of the paper -- the features of the political essays, translation theories and methods used during the translation of the source text and the experience gained during the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview of Annual Summary of the Government's Work===&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of government reports:State of the Union address, political speeches, and the report of the government on its performance. The first two began in the United States and the last in the Soviet Union. Since the formation of the Soviet Union, at each congress of the Soviet High Council, the head of the government would make a report that contained information about the situation of the government's work performance and the problems encountered in various areas over the past year, as well as the government's plans and goals for the new year. Such government reports continue to this day in Russia. Such a report on work of the government was learned in our country and has been used since 1954.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition of Annual Work Summary by Government====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Russian constitution, every spring, the Russian Prime Minister must submit to the State Duma a report on the work of the government in order to detail the performance of various work in the past year, the goals for further development in various areas, as well as the opportunities and challenges faced in the areas like economy, politics, diplomacy, population, education, and so on. The report on the work of the Russian government for the year, as a rule, consists of three parts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
① Overview of the main work of the government of the past year：&lt;br /&gt;
It is necessary to summarize the main work of the government for the previous year, achievements in various areas and the realization of major goals, and then to detail each specific achievement of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
② Work tasks for this year：&lt;br /&gt;
Draw up the government's work plan in detail for this year and the main goals. At first, explain the main ideas and main tasks of the government's work this year, then divide the work into several categories and explain in detail the measures the government needs to take.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③ The government's own planning:&lt;br /&gt;
Explain the construction plan for the government.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The features of political essays（Take Chinese government reports for example）====&lt;br /&gt;
1．At discourse level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Repeated references to the same things&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a. 2010 GWR:积极 45;大力31;全面30;着力16;切实17;有效9;充分8 发展 146，建设87，加强67 促进42&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b. 2009 vs 2010: 增强 19-18;加大23-56;加快44-56&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Unnecessary modifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.更加周密地做好应对各种风险和挑战的准备。&lt;br /&gt;
Make even more thorough preparations to deal with risks and challenges of all kinds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.无比优越 &lt;br /&gt;
incomparable superiority&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.就事关当今世界、事关双边关系的一些全局性和长期性重大问题深入交换意见.&lt;br /&gt;
(we)have been engaged in in-depth exchange of views with them on important overarching and long-term issues concerning the world situation and bilateral relations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d.我们几代、十几代甚至几十代人想的一件事，要做的一件事，是我们100年、1000年也不会动摇的一个方针。&lt;br /&gt;
This is what we must focus on and achieve-not just this generation but for generations to come. This is the policy that will not change in 100 years or 1,000 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.At sentence level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Long sentences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
经过三十多年的改革开放，我们从“以阶级斗争为纲”到以经济建设为中心，全面推进社会主义现代化事业;从搞计划经济到推进各方面改革，建立起社会主义市场经济体制;从封闭状态和片面强调自力更生，到实行对外开放、发展国际合作；从以意识形态划线到主张各种社会制度和发展模式和谐生存，全方位发展对外关系，中国的变化可谓天翻地覆。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More than 30 years of reform and opening up has brought about earth-shaking changes in the country: from &amp;quot;taking class struggle as the key principle&amp;quot; to focusing on economic development and building socialist modernization on all fronts, from planned economy to socialist market economy through reform across the board, from a closed society and over emphasis on self-reliance to opening up and international cooperation, from emphasis on ideology in external relations to advocating harmonious co-existence of various social systems and development models and developing external relations in an all-round way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Subjectless sentences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如果我们不能很好地处理同外部世界的关系，新世纪头20年由国际形势总体和平，大国关系相对平稳和新科技革命迅猛发展提供的发展机遇就可能丧失。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lf we fail to manage well our relations with the rest of the world, we might miss the development opportunities provided by the overall peace in the world relative stability in relations between major countries and fast progress in new science and technology revolution in the first 20 years of the new century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Parallel structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.总之，中国人穷日子过得太久了，最大的战略意图就是使自己的日子一天比一天、一年比一年过得好些，希望地球上的人们日子也一天比一天、一年比一年过得好些除此别无他图。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the Chinese people have suffered long enough from poverty. Our greatest and only strategic intention is to live a better life, where every day is better than the previous one. We wish the same for all the people in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.买的放心，吃的放心，用的放心。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buy food and drugs with confidence and consume them with satisfaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.At word level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Unnecessary words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.经济增速陡然下滑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pace of our economic growth suddenly slowed down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.进一步落实好扶残助残的各项政策&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further implement policies for assisting and supporting them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.注重共同利益、发展共同利益、维护共同利益 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We value, develop and protect common interests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Terms with national characteristics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.小康社会 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
well -off/ well-to-do/affluent/comfortable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.加快全面建设小康社会进程&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pick up the pace of building a moderatly prosperous society in all respects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.要使中国人民能过上小康社会的生活&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable the Chinese people to live a comfortable life A society of initial prosperity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d.以求同存&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
seeking common ground while shelving differences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e.坚持奉行互利共赢的开放战略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we follow the win-win strategy of opening up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Figurative expressions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.metaphorical expression&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
龙头企业—pacesetting enterprise&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
法宝—key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.metonymical expression 转喻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
米袋子—grain supply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
各国唯有同舟共济而不是同舟共“挤”，同舟共渡而不是同舟共“斗”，才有出路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Countries should consider themselves passengers in the same boat and cross the river peacefully together instead of fighting one another and trying to push one another off the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Source text introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On July 22, Russian Prime Minister Mikhail Mishustin made a speech in the State Duma reporting on the work of the government for 2019.Among the main topics of the speech of the head of the Cabinet of Ministers were the fight against coronavirus infection, support and development of healthcare, education, labor market and housing construction, support of business and backbone enterprises, ensuring macroeconomic and financial stability. Mishustin called the main goal of the government to improve the quality of life of every person in the country. The Prime Minister stressed that the updated Constitution of the Russian Federation increases the responsibility of all branches of power. According to the head of the government, the Russian economy could make a breakthrough, but this was prevented by the pandemic and oil prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Strategies and methods used in the translation process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first requirement for translating works of political style is to faithfully and accurately express the political and ideological content of the original, so that the translation has the same influential function as the original. In this chapter, based on the aforementioned theories and strategies, the author analyzed several translation options using examples from the report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====At Lexical level====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Addition=====&lt;br /&gt;
Except for some words with the same meaning, most of the words in the Russian and Chinese languages are not identical in terms of meaning, grammatical function, rhetorical features and usage habits. Due to this situation, when translating, in order to express the meaning of the original text exactly, it is often necessary to add some words and phrases, or even sentences, which are latent in the original text. This is a very common translation technique.&lt;br /&gt;
The addition of words must be based on the premise of faithfulness to the original text, and the addition of words is never the same as adding meaning. The addition of words is often used in the following cases: (Cai Yi 2009:158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①If you don't add the word, it doesn't fit the Chinese collocation convention, or the meaning is not clear, or even causes ambiguity; if you don't add the word, the meaning is not clear. For example，'''Пушкин переведен на многие языки мира'''. There are two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''普希金已经译成了世界上许多种文字'''”，the second is“'''普希金的作品已经译成了世界上许多种文字'''”. In terms of Chinese expression habits, although it can be said that he is reading Pushkin and he is translating Pushkin, at this time Pushkin refers to Pushkin's works. But it cannot be said that Pushkin was translated into a foreign language. Therefore, the first translation violates the expression habits of Chinese. The second translation adds words, but accurately expresses the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Without adding words, the translation is barely understandable, but adding words can make the translation clearer and more fluent. For example，'''Критерием мощи армии является её моральный дух'''. There are also two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''军队威力的尺度是士气'''”，the second is“'''衡量军队威力的尺度是士气'''”. Obviously, the second translation is better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Without adding words, it would violate logic from the perspective of the translation, and we don’t know what it means. For example，'''Книга «Остров Сахалин» относится к общественной деятельности Чехова'''. If we translate this sentence into &amp;quot;'''《库页岛》一书属于契柯夫的社会活动'''&amp;quot;，There will be logically unreasonable problems, which makes people feel inexplicable. Why does a book become a social activity? And if we translate this sentence into“'''《库页岛》一书的写作属于契柯夫的社会活动'''”，it will be clear at a glance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum the above up, the addition of words is one of the common methods used in the process of Russian-Chinese translation. This method is also frequently used in the process of translating the Work Summary of the Russian Government for the year 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Коронавирус сильно изменил рынок труда.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 冠状病毒极大地改变了劳动市场。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 受新冠疫情影响，我国就业市场发生了极大变化。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Россия, ещё раз повторю, сделала это едва ли не первой в мире, чтобы защитить наших людей и выиграть время на подготовку системы здравоохранения к приёму заболевших.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 我再一次重申，为了保护我们的人民，为了赢得更多时间来做好卫生体系接收病人的准备工作，俄罗斯几乎是世界上第一个采取这些举措的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我再一次重申，为了保护我们的人民，为了赢得更多时间来做好卫生体系接收病人的准备工作，俄罗斯几乎是世界上第一个采取这些举措的国家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''По мере расширения кризисных явлений также обратили особое внимание на розничную торговлю непродовольственными товарами, сферу культуры и на средства массовой информации.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 随着危机影响的加剧，非食品零售贸易，文化和大众传媒领域也得到了关注。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 随着危机影响的加剧，非食品零售贸易，文化和大众传媒领域也得到了关注和支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) '''Я неоднократно встречался с врачами, учёными и экспертами для выработки оптимальной стратегии, алгоритма введения ограничительных мер и последующей их поэтапной отмены.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 我与医生、学者、专家们多次会面，力求制定最佳战略和规范限制举措实行及其随后取消的时。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我与医生、学者、专家们多次会面，力求制定出最佳战略，找到规范限制举措实行及其随后取消的时间。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we will find that the second translation is more in line with Chinese expression habits and easier to understand than the first translation. But it should be noted that adding words must match the original text, and adding does not mean adding meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Omission=====&lt;br /&gt;
The omission is just the opposite of the addition mentioned above. In translation practice, it is sometimes necessary to omit individual words of the original text in the translation, otherwise the writing will appear verbose, which does not conform to the expression habits of the translation, and sometimes even affect the exact expression of the original intent. The omission is by no means to reduce the meaning, on the contrary, the omission is to better express the meaning. The subtracted word no longer exists in the translation, but its meaning is still there. Generally speaking, there are fewer cases in which words need to be subtracted in translation. Therefore, it is necessary to be more cautious when subtracting words. Avoid subtracting words and distort the original text. Omission is often used in the following situations: (Cai Yi 2009:165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①	There are words that are not translated, the meaning is already expressed. Instead, translating them makes them seem cumbersome. For example，'''Тесным кольцом смыкайтесь вокруг ваших знамём!''' Many people might translate this phrase into“'''紧密地围成一个圈，团结在你们的旗帜周围！'''”. But such a translation reads very poorly. So “'''紧密地团结在你们旗帜周围'''” is better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②	Some words may be translated in a way that violates the conventions of the target language, or even distorts the original meaning. For example, '''Интересы увеличения произодства зерна потребовали изменения структуры посевных площадей'''. There are two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''为了提高谷物的产量的利益，需要改变播种面积的结构。'''”，the second is“'''为了提高谷物产量，需要改变播种面积的结构。'''“Obviously, we would not speak Chinese like the first translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③	Translate two words into one. For example, Обе резорюции в общем и целом сходятся. In this sentence, we would translate “'''в общем и целом'''” into'''大体上''', not '''整个大体上'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lexical omission is exactly the opposite of addition. This method involves ignoring some semantically redundant words in the translation process that do not carry an important semantic content, and their meaning is often comprehensively restored in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Для этого мы ввели мораторий на проведение практически всех проверок предпринимателей'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 为此，我们采取暂停实施几乎所有对企业家的检查。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 为此，我们暂停了几乎所有对企业家的检查。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Всего различные формы поддержки на сумму около 600 млрд рублей получили семьи, в которых воспитываются более 26,5 миллиона детей.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 共计有抚养2650多万儿童的家庭获得总额约6000亿卢布的各种形式的支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 共计有2650多万儿童的家庭获得总额约6000亿卢布的各种形式的支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we will find that the second translation is simpler and clearer, without being cumbersome. It is definitely not the case that lexical omission is meant to subtract meaning, on the contrary, omission is meant to better express the meaning of the source text. In general, there are fewer cases where a lexical sense needs to be used when translating, so we need to be more careful about the word sense and not distort the meaning of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====At Syntactical level====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Combination=====&lt;br /&gt;
The method of combination is used when: there is a close semantic connection between the two statements, the retention of the main or subordinate sentence in a compound sentence is contrary to the rules of the target language (collapsing into a word or phrase) or one of the sentences is grammatically too incomplete to retain its separate reproduction in the translation.（Zheng Zesheng 1981:45）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Ситуация осложнилась и тем, что распространение вируса и действия отдельных стран по наращиванию добычи нефти привели к серьёзному дисбалансу на нефтяном рынке. Это вызвало обвальное снижение цен, усилилась волатильность финансовых и валютных рынков, произошёл отток капитала.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 新冠病毒的传播和部分国家为增加石油开采量而导致石油市场严重失衡的行为使得情况复杂化。这引发油价暴跌，加剧了金融和外汇市场动荡以及资本外流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 新冠病毒的传播和部分国家为增加石油开采量而导致石油市场严重失衡的行为使得情况复杂化，引发油价暴跌，加剧了金融和外汇市场动荡以及资本外流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Все меры поддержки безработных Правительство распространило и на более чем 13 тысяч индивидуальных предпри­нимателей, которые были вынуждены закрыть своё дело после 1 марта. Всем им назначено максимальное пособие в размере МРОТ.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 政府把失业人员补助举措扩展到3月1日以后被迫停业的1.3万名个体企业家身上。为他们所有人提供相当于最低工资标准的补贴。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 政府还扩大失业人员补助范围，向3月1日以后被迫停业的1.3万名个体企业家提供相当于最低工资标准的补贴。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''Третье. За II квартал и вовсе списали все налоги и страховые взносы. Такую поддержку получили свыше 1,5 млн малых и средних компаний и индивидуальных предпринимателей.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 第三，免除第二季度的所有税收和社保费用。有150余万家中小型公司及个体企业家获得这一支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 第三，免除第二季度150余万家中小型公司及个体企业家的税收和社保费用支出。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, the method of combination is to translate two or more simple sentences together into a single sentence. This method makes the translation concise and easy to understand, and the translation will not be repetitive and verbose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Division=====&lt;br /&gt;
Division is the opposite of combination, however, whereas combination is often used to avoid repetition, division is used to emphasis the logical and temporary connections between the parts of the text and to make them explicit.(Breus E.V.2002:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)'''Если отец или мать теряет работу, а в кризис такое, конечно, не редкость, это может обрушить семейный бюджет.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 如果父亲或者母亲失业，当然在危机中这种情况并不罕见，那么家庭的收支预算就会崩溃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 如果父亲或者母亲失业，那么家庭的收支预算就会崩溃。这样的情况在危机中并不罕见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Вчера Государственная Дума поддержала в третьем чтении правительственный законопроект, который позволяет бизнесу комфортно переходить с одного налогового режима на другие.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 昨天在杜马第三次会议上通过了一项能使企业轻松地从一种税制转变为另外一种的政府法案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 昨天在杜马第三次会议上通过了一项政府法案。该法案能使企业轻松地从一种税制转变为另外一种。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many complex and long sentences in the government report, and translating them directly into Chinese can cause some semantic problems. Therefore, using the method of sentence division is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Inversion=====&lt;br /&gt;
Inversion --- A change in the location (order) of linguistic elements in the translation, corresponding to the linguistic elements of the original. The words, word combinations, parts of a compound sentence, elementary sentences within a compound sentence, and independent sentences in the system of a whole text can be subject to permutations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Тем отраслям, которые сильно зависят от потребительского спроса, помогаем через специальные адресные программы.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 那些高度依赖消费者的行业，我们通过专门的有针对性的计划来帮助它们。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我们通过专门的有针对性的计划来帮助那些高度依赖消费者的行业。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Во-первых, это разработка комплексного механизма поддержки крупных инвестиционных проектов на федеральном и региональном уровнях, в том числе – на основе соглашений о защите и поощрении капиталовложений.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 首先，建立综合机制以支持联邦和地区层面的大型投资项目，这是在保护和鼓励投资的基础上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 首先，在保护和鼓励投资的基础上，建立综合机制以支持联邦和地区层面的大型投资项目。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''Кроме того, мы сориентируем вузы на подготовку квалифицированных кадров в соответствии с потребностями экономики регионов.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 除此之外，我们联合大学培养合格人才，根据地区经济发展需求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 除此之外，我们根据地区经济发展需求，联合大学培养合格人才。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a big difference in word order between Chinese and Russian. During translation, only by learning to use &amp;quot;inversion&amp;quot; can the translation be close to the original text and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the translation of the government report, the author learned that the big weakness was a lack of understanding of the differences in expression and word order between Chinese and Russian, a lack of accumulation of some frequently used fixed phrases and collocations, and a lack of literacy about society, culture and customs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes every word in the whole sentence is known but the translation in Chinese is not very fluent, even confusing. To solve this problem, it is necessary to clarify the context. There are a lot of long sentences in the government report. The context of the sentence is not very clear. Parallel phrases or predicates are often used to connect components. Therefore, in the translation process, we must first read through the whole text more than once, understand the relationship between the components of each sentence, and then use authentic Chinese expressions to translate it accurately. A government work report is a summary of all aspects of the government's work in the near future, so it has distinctive characteristics of the time. In order to translate the work report better, a thorough understanding of current events is necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By writing this work, the author has accumulated a lot of vocabulary about politics, and at the same time, has a better understanding of the political style and has a deeper understanding of translation theory and methods. The knowledge of translation is becoming richer and the level of translation ability is gradually improving, and the author has also deeply realized that in order to be an excellent translator the following characteristics must be present: a large range of vocabulary, a good understanding of two languages, the ability to express well, insight into current affairs, and the flexibility in the translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Due to the author's lack of translation experience and academic knowledge, there are still shortcomings in this work that await improvement and require further research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
Anna Leelova Анна Лилова(1985). Ведение в общую теорию перевода [M] Introduction to general translation theory. Москва: Высшая школа Moscow: The Higher School.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Breus E.V. Бреус Е. В. (2002)Основы теории и практики перевода с русского языка на английский: Учебное пособие. [М].The basics of the theory and practice of translation from Russian into English: Textbook. Москва: УРАО Moscow: URAO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Yi, Jin Weiran, Cao Shuxun, Sun Guifen 蔡毅，靳慰然，曹书勋，孙桂芬.(2006) 俄译汉教程（上）[M].Translation Course from Russian to Chinese (1).北京：外语教学与研究出版社 Beijing: Foreign language teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Zhonglian, Bai Wenchang 黄忠廉，白文昌.(2010) 俄汉双向全译实践教程[M].A practical course in Russian-Chinese complete translation in both languages.黑龙江：黑龙江大学出版社 Heilongjiang: Heilongjiang University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Institute of Dictionary Studies of Russian Language and Literature Research Centre in Heilongjiang University 黑龙江大学俄罗斯语言文学研究中心辞书研究所.（2014）新时代俄汉详解大辞典[Z].The Russian-Chinese Dictionary in a New Era 北京：商务印书馆 Beijing: The Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kozhevnikova V.M. &amp;amp; Nikolaeva P. A.Кожевникова В.М., Николаева П. А.(1987) Литературный энциклопедический словарь[Z].The literary encyclopaedic dictionary. Москва: Советская энциклопедия Moscow: Soviet Encyclopaedia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mou Tingting 牟婷婷.（2013）“2010年俄罗斯政府工作报告”的汉译方法与策略[D].&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Translation methods and strategies of the 2010 Russian Government Work Report&amp;quot;.黑龙江大学 Heilongjiang University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RF Government Правительство РФ.(2019-7-22) Ежегодный отчет Правительства в Государственной Думе [DB/OL].Annual report of the government to the State Duma. http://government.ru/news/40074/ .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yingying 王莹莹.(2014)&amp;quot;2012年梅德韦杰夫总理政府工作报告&amp;quot;的语言特点和汉译策略[D].Linguistic features and translation strategies of the &amp;quot; 2012 RF Government Work Report of Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev 黑龙江大学 Heilongjiang University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng Zesheng, Geng Longming 郑泽生，耿龙明.(1985)俄译汉翻译教程[M].Translation Course from Russian to Chinese 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 00:03, 16 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_5&amp;diff=133830</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_5&amp;diff=133830"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:49:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Omission */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Chapter 5: Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019=&lt;br /&gt;
'''政论语体翻译策略与翻译技巧—以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Russian Constitution, every spring the Prime Minister of Russia is required to present to the State Duma an annual summary of the government's work, including a description of what Russia has accomplished in the past year in different areas , the challenges encountered, and the government's plans and goals set for the new year. The annual summary of the Russian government's work is one of the ways to know the development and future plans of Russia and the important document for studying Russia.This type of text belongs to the category of political essays. Therefore, it is important to master the translation strategies and methods of political essays.This paper takes the &amp;quot;Annual Work Summary of the Russian Government in 2019&amp;quot; as a study case, and the author uses the existing translation theories and methods as a guide to work on the translation, and summarizes some of his own experiences in the translation process, hoping that this paper can be helpful for the same type of translation research work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Russia;Translation strategies and methods;Political essay;The Annual Summary of government's work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
按照俄罗斯宪法规定，每年春天，俄罗斯国家总理需要向国家杜马作年度政府工作报告，报告内容为俄罗斯过去一年在各个领域政府工作的完成情况、遇到的挑战以及新一年政府的工作计划与目标。俄罗斯政府工作报告是了解俄罗斯发展动态和未来规划的途径之一，是研究俄罗斯的重要文献。这种类型的文本属于政论语体的范畴。因此，掌握政论语体文章的翻译策略和方法非常重要。本文以《2019年俄罗斯政府年度工作总结》为研究语料，作者以现有的翻译理论和方法为指导进行翻译工作，并总结了自己在翻译过程中的一些经验，希望本文能对同类型翻译研究工作有所帮助。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
俄罗斯；翻译策略与翻译方法；政论文；政府工作总结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Title===&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The form of annual summary of the Russian government's work started in the Soviet period. Since the formation of the Soviet Union, at each congress of the High Council the head of the government would make a summary, which contained information about the situation of the accomplishment of government work and the problems encountered in various areas during the past year, as well as the plans and goals of the government for the new year. Such government summary has continued to the present day in Russia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The report on the work of the Russian government is not only the routine work of the prime minister, but also one of the ways for Russians and the whole world to understand the development and future of Russia. Thus, the annual government report can be described as an important document for the study of Russia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government report belongs to the political essay style. In recent years, the political essay in Russian has been studied in increasing numbers. This mainly includes the following aspects: ①the features of this style; ②stylistics; ③translation strategies from Russian to foreign languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, quite a few native and foreign researchers are working on the research of this topic. For example, in the thesis &amp;quot; The Pronunciation Features of the political style of speech&amp;quot; the author tells about the heterogeneity of literary language and one of the forms of its existence - the political style of speech and features of the organization of its phonetic varieties; And the article &amp;quot;Structural, semantic and functional features of references in the political style of Russian language&amp;quot; was devoted to the characteristics of speech in publicist articles; also the book &amp;quot;Political style: new features&amp;quot;, and a textbook for students &amp;quot;Social-political style of speech&amp;quot; and so on. Meanwhile, the results of Chinese researchers should be noted. For example, Wang Yingying, a graduate student of Heilongjiang University, wrote a paper in which the author summarized the features and ways of translation of phrases and expressions used in political essays. In addition, the textbook &amp;quot;Course of Translation from Russian to Chinese&amp;quot; edited by Cai Yi. In it, many example sentences come from the political essays. (Veshchikova 1994:67)(Cai Yi 2009:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following research methods are used in writing this paper:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Gather theoretical materials related to the selected topics;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Use relevant books on translation theories and underline specific sentences in the source text that use a particular translation theory;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Discover problems, solve problems, and generalize translation experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paradigm in this paper -- “The Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The object of the paper -- the features of the political essays, translation theories and methods used during the translation of the source text and the experience gained during the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview of Annual Summary of the Government's Work===&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of government reports:State of the Union address, political speeches, and the report of the government on its performance. The first two began in the United States and the last in the Soviet Union. Since the formation of the Soviet Union, at each congress of the Soviet High Council, the head of the government would make a report that contained information about the situation of the government's work performance and the problems encountered in various areas over the past year, as well as the government's plans and goals for the new year. Such government reports continue to this day in Russia. Such a report on work of the government was learned in our country and has been used since 1954.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition of Annual Work Summary by Government====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Russian constitution, every spring, the Russian Prime Minister must submit to the State Duma a report on the work of the government in order to detail the performance of various work in the past year, the goals for further development in various areas, as well as the opportunities and challenges faced in the areas like economy, politics, diplomacy, population, education, and so on. The report on the work of the Russian government for the year, as a rule, consists of three parts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
① Overview of the main work of the government of the past year：&lt;br /&gt;
It is necessary to summarize the main work of the government for the previous year, achievements in various areas and the realization of major goals, and then to detail each specific achievement of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
② Work tasks for this year：&lt;br /&gt;
Draw up the government's work plan in detail for this year and the main goals. At first, explain the main ideas and main tasks of the government's work this year, then divide the work into several categories and explain in detail the measures the government needs to take.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③ The government's own planning:&lt;br /&gt;
Explain the construction plan for the government.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The features of political essays（Take Chinese government reports for example）====&lt;br /&gt;
1．At discourse level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Repeated references to the same things&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a. 2010 GWR:积极 45;大力31;全面30;着力16;切实17;有效9;充分8 发展 146，建设87，加强67 促进42&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b. 2009 vs 2010: 增强 19-18;加大23-56;加快44-56&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Unnecessary modifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.更加周密地做好应对各种风险和挑战的准备。&lt;br /&gt;
Make even more thorough preparations to deal with risks and challenges of all kinds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.无比优越 &lt;br /&gt;
incomparable superiority&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.就事关当今世界、事关双边关系的一些全局性和长期性重大问题深入交换意见.&lt;br /&gt;
(we)have been engaged in in-depth exchange of views with them on important overarching and long-term issues concerning the world situation and bilateral relations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d.我们几代、十几代甚至几十代人想的一件事，要做的一件事，是我们100年、1000年也不会动摇的一个方针。&lt;br /&gt;
This is what we must focus on and achieve-not just this generation but for generations to come. This is the policy that will not change in 100 years or 1,000 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.At sentence level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Long sentences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
经过三十多年的改革开放，我们从“以阶级斗争为纲”到以经济建设为中心，全面推进社会主义现代化事业;从搞计划经济到推进各方面改革，建立起社会主义市场经济体制;从封闭状态和片面强调自力更生，到实行对外开放、发展国际合作；从以意识形态划线到主张各种社会制度和发展模式和谐生存，全方位发展对外关系，中国的变化可谓天翻地覆。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More than 30 years of reform and opening up has brought about earth-shaking changes in the country: from &amp;quot;taking class struggle as the key principle&amp;quot; to focusing on economic development and building socialist modernization on all fronts, from planned economy to socialist market economy through reform across the board, from a closed society and over emphasis on self-reliance to opening up and international cooperation, from emphasis on ideology in external relations to advocating harmonious co-existence of various social systems and development models and developing external relations in an all-round way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Subjectless sentences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如果我们不能很好地处理同外部世界的关系，新世纪头20年由国际形势总体和平，大国关系相对平稳和新科技革命迅猛发展提供的发展机遇就可能丧失。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lf we fail to manage well our relations with the rest of the world, we might miss the development opportunities provided by the overall peace in the world relative stability in relations between major countries and fast progress in new science and technology revolution in the first 20 years of the new century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Parallel structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.总之，中国人穷日子过得太久了，最大的战略意图就是使自己的日子一天比一天、一年比一年过得好些，希望地球上的人们日子也一天比一天、一年比一年过得好些除此别无他图。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the Chinese people have suffered long enough from poverty. Our greatest and only strategic intention is to live a better life, where every day is better than the previous one. We wish the same for all the people in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.买的放心，吃的放心，用的放心。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buy food and drugs with confidence and consume them with satisfaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.At word level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Unnecessary words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.经济增速陡然下滑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pace of our economic growth suddenly slowed down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.进一步落实好扶残助残的各项政策&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further implement policies for assisting and supporting them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.注重共同利益、发展共同利益、维护共同利益 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We value, develop and protect common interests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Terms with national characteristics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.小康社会 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
well -off/ well-to-do/affluent/comfortable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.加快全面建设小康社会进程&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pick up the pace of building a moderatly prosperous society in all respects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.要使中国人民能过上小康社会的生活&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable the Chinese people to live a comfortable life A society of initial prosperity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d.以求同存&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
seeking common ground while shelving differences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e.坚持奉行互利共赢的开放战略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we follow the win-win strategy of opening up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Figurative expressions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.metaphorical expression&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
龙头企业—pacesetting enterprise&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
法宝—key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.metonymical expression 转喻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
米袋子—grain supply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
各国唯有同舟共济而不是同舟共“挤”，同舟共渡而不是同舟共“斗”，才有出路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Countries should consider themselves passengers in the same boat and cross the river peacefully together instead of fighting one another and trying to push one another off the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Source text introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On July 22, Russian Prime Minister Mikhail Mishustin made a speech in the State Duma reporting on the work of the government for 2019.Among the main topics of the speech of the head of the Cabinet of Ministers were the fight against coronavirus infection, support and development of healthcare, education, labor market and housing construction, support of business and backbone enterprises, ensuring macroeconomic and financial stability. Mishustin called the main goal of the government to improve the quality of life of every person in the country. The Prime Minister stressed that the updated Constitution of the Russian Federation increases the responsibility of all branches of power. According to the head of the government, the Russian economy could make a breakthrough, but this was prevented by the pandemic and oil prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Strategies and methods used in the translation process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first requirement for translating works of political style is to faithfully and accurately express the political and ideological content of the original, so that the translation has the same influential function as the original. In this chapter, based on the aforementioned theories and strategies, the author analyzed several translation options using examples from the report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====At Lexical level====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Addition=====&lt;br /&gt;
Except for some words with the same meaning, most of the words in the Russian and Chinese languages are not identical in terms of meaning, grammatical function, rhetorical features and usage habits. Due to this situation, when translating, in order to express the meaning of the original text exactly, it is often necessary to add some words and phrases, or even sentences, which are latent in the original text. This is a very common translation technique.&lt;br /&gt;
The addition of words must be based on the premise of faithfulness to the original text, and the addition of words is never the same as adding meaning. The addition of words is often used in the following cases: (Cai Yi 2009:158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①If you don't add the word, it doesn't fit the Chinese collocation convention, or the meaning is not clear, or even causes ambiguity; if you don't add the word, the meaning is not clear. For example，'''Пушкин переведен на многие языки мира'''. There are two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''普希金已经译成了世界上许多种文字'''”，the second is“'''普希金的作品已经译成了世界上许多种文字'''”. In terms of Chinese expression habits, although it can be said that he is reading Pushkin and he is translating Pushkin, at this time Pushkin refers to Pushkin's works. But it cannot be said that Pushkin was translated into a foreign language. Therefore, the first translation violates the expression habits of Chinese. The second translation adds words, but accurately expresses the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Without adding words, the translation is barely understandable, but adding words can make the translation clearer and more fluent. For example，'''Критерием мощи армии является её моральный дух'''. There are also two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''军队威力的尺度是士气'''”，the second is“'''衡量军队威力的尺度是士气'''”. Obviously, the second translation is better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Without adding words, it would violate logic from the perspective of the translation, and we don’t know what it means. For example，'''Книга «Остров Сахалин» относится к общественной деятельности Чехова'''. If we translate this sentence into &amp;quot;'''《库页岛》一书属于契柯夫的社会活动'''&amp;quot;，There will be logically unreasonable problems, which makes people feel inexplicable. Why does a book become a social activity? And if we translate this sentence into“'''《库页岛》一书的写作属于契柯夫的社会活动'''”，it will be clear at a glance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum the above up, the addition of words is one of the common methods used in the process of Russian-Chinese translation. This method is also frequently used in the process of translating the Work Summary of the Russian Government for the year 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Коронавирус сильно изменил рынок труда.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 冠状病毒极大地改变了劳动市场。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 受新冠疫情影响，我国就业市场发生了极大变化。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Россия, ещё раз повторю, сделала это едва ли не первой в мире, чтобы защитить наших людей и выиграть время на подготовку системы здравоохранения к приёму заболевших.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 我再一次重申，为了保护我们的人民，为了赢得更多时间来做好卫生体系接收病人的准备工作，俄罗斯几乎是世界上第一个采取这些举措的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我再一次重申，为了保护我们的人民，为了赢得更多时间来做好卫生体系接收病人的准备工作，俄罗斯几乎是世界上第一个采取这些举措的国家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''По мере расширения кризисных явлений также обратили особое внимание на розничную торговлю непродовольственными товарами, сферу культуры и на средства массовой информации.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 随着危机影响的加剧，非食品零售贸易，文化和大众传媒领域也得到了关注。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 随着危机影响的加剧，非食品零售贸易，文化和大众传媒领域也得到了关注和支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) '''Я неоднократно встречался с врачами, учёными и экспертами для выработки оптимальной стратегии, алгоритма введения ограничительных мер и последующей их поэтапной отмены.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 我与医生、学者、专家们多次会面，力求制定最佳战略和规范限制举措实行及其随后取消的时。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我与医生、学者、专家们多次会面，力求制定出最佳战略，找到规范限制举措实行及其随后取消的时间。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we will find that the second translation is more in line with Chinese expression habits and easier to understand than the first translation. But it should be noted that adding words must match the original text, and adding does not mean adding meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Omission=====&lt;br /&gt;
The omission is just the opposite of the addition mentioned above. In translation practice, it is sometimes necessary to omit individual words of the original text in the translation, otherwise the writing will appear verbose, which does not conform to the expression habits of the translation, and sometimes even affect the exact expression of the original intent. The omission is by no means to reduce the meaning, on the contrary, the omission is to better express the meaning. The subtracted word no longer exists in the translation, but its meaning is still there. Generally speaking, there are fewer cases in which words need to be subtracted in translation. Therefore, it is necessary to be more cautious when subtracting words. Avoid subtracting words and distort the original text. Omission is often used in the following situations: (Cai Yi 2009:165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①	There are words that are not translated, the meaning is already expressed. Instead, translating them makes them seem cumbersome. For example，'''Тесным кольцом смыкайтесь вокруг ваших знамём!''' Many people might translate this phrase into“'''紧密地围成一个圈，团结在你们的旗帜周围！'''”. But such a translation reads very poorly. So “'''紧密地团结在你们旗帜周围'''” is better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②	Some words may be translated in a way that violates the conventions of the target language, or even distorts the original meaning. For example, '''Интересы увеличения произодства зерна потребовали изменения структуры посевных площадей'''. There are two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''为了提高谷物的产量的利益，需要改变播种面积的结构。'''”，the second is“'''为了提高谷物产量，需要改变播种面积的结构。'''“Obviously, we would not speak Chinese like the first translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③	Translate two words into one. For example, Обе резорюции в общем и целом сходятся. In this sentence, we would translate “'''в общем и целом'''” into'''大体上''', not '''整个大体上'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lexical omission is exactly the opposite of addition. This method involves ignoring some semantically redundant words in the translation process that do not carry an important semantic content, and their meaning is often comprehensively restored in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Для этого мы ввели мораторий на проведение практически всех проверок предпринимателей'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 为此，我们采取暂停实施几乎所有对企业家的检查。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 为此，我们暂停了几乎所有对企业家的检查。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Всего различные формы поддержки на сумму около 600 млрд рублей получили семьи, в которых воспитываются более 26,5 миллиона детей.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 共计有抚养2650多万儿童的家庭获得总额约6000亿卢布的各种形式的支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 共计有2650多万儿童的家庭获得总额约6000亿卢布的各种形式的支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we will find that the second translation is simpler and clearer, without being cumbersome. It is definitely not the case that lexical omission is meant to subtract meaning, on the contrary, omission is meant to better express the meaning of the source text. In general, there are fewer cases where a lexical sense needs to be used when translating, so we need to be more careful about the word sense and not distort the meaning of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====At Syntactical level====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Combination=====&lt;br /&gt;
The method of combination is used when: there is a close semantic connection between the two statements, the retention of the main or subordinate sentence in a compound sentence is contrary to the rules of the target language (collapsing into a word or phrase) or one of the sentences is grammatically too incomplete to retain its separate reproduction in the translation.（Zheng Zesheng 1981:45）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Ситуация осложнилась и тем, что распространение вируса и действия отдельных стран по наращиванию добычи нефти привели к серьёзному дисбалансу на нефтяном рынке. Это вызвало обвальное снижение цен, усилилась волатильность финансовых и валютных рынков, произошёл отток капитала.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 新冠病毒的传播和部分国家为增加石油开采量而导致石油市场严重失衡的行为使得情况复杂化。这引发油价暴跌，加剧了金融和外汇市场动荡以及资本外流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 新冠病毒的传播和部分国家为增加石油开采量而导致石油市场严重失衡的行为使得情况复杂化，引发油价暴跌，加剧了金融和外汇市场动荡以及资本外流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Все меры поддержки безработных Правительство распространило и на более чем 13 тысяч индивидуальных предпри­нимателей, которые были вынуждены закрыть своё дело после 1 марта. Всем им назначено максимальное пособие в размере МРОТ.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 政府把失业人员补助举措扩展到3月1日以后被迫停业的1.3万名个体企业家身上。为他们所有人提供相当于最低工资标准的补贴。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 政府还扩大失业人员补助范围，向3月1日以后被迫停业的1.3万名个体企业家提供相当于最低工资标准的补贴。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''Третье. За II квартал и вовсе списали все налоги и страховые взносы. Такую поддержку получили свыше 1,5 млн малых и средних компаний и индивидуальных предпринимателей.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 第三，免除第二季度的所有税收和社保费用。有150余万家中小型公司及个体企业家获得这一支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 第三，免除第二季度150余万家中小型公司及个体企业家的税收和社保费用支出。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, the method of combination is to translate two or more simple sentences together into a single sentence. This method makes the translation concise and easy to understand, and the translation will not be repetitive and verbose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Division=====&lt;br /&gt;
Division is the opposite of combination, however, whereas combination is often used to avoid repetition, division is used to emphasis the logical and temporary connections between the parts of the text and to make them explicit.(Breus E.V.2002:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)'''Если отец или мать теряет работу, а в кризис такое, конечно, не редкость, это может обрушить семейный бюджет.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 如果父亲或者母亲失业，当然在危机中这种情况并不罕见，那么家庭的收支预算就会崩溃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 如果父亲或者母亲失业，那么家庭的收支预算就会崩溃。这样的情况在危机中并不罕见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Вчера Государственная Дума поддержала в третьем чтении правительственный законопроект, который позволяет бизнесу комфортно переходить с одного налогового режима на другие.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 昨天在杜马第三次会议上通过了一项能使企业轻松地从一种税制转变为另外一种的政府法案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 昨天在杜马第三次会议上通过了一项政府法案。该法案能使企业轻松地从一种税制转变为另外一种。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many complex and long sentences in the government report, and translating them directly into Chinese can cause some semantic problems. Therefore, using the method of sentence division is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Inversion=====&lt;br /&gt;
Inversion --- A change in the location (order) of linguistic elements in the translation, corresponding to the linguistic elements of the original. The words, word combinations, parts of a compound sentence, elementary sentences within a compound sentence, and independent sentences in the system of a whole text can be subject to permutations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Тем отраслям, которые сильно зависят от потребительского спроса, помогаем через специальные адресные программы.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 那些高度依赖消费者的行业，我们通过专门的有针对性的计划来帮助它们。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我们通过专门的有针对性的计划来帮助那些高度依赖消费者的行业。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Во-первых, это разработка комплексного механизма поддержки крупных инвестиционных проектов на федеральном и региональном уровнях, в том числе – на основе соглашений о защите и поощрении капиталовложений.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 首先，建立综合机制以支持联邦和地区层面的大型投资项目，这是在保护和鼓励投资的基础上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 首先，在保护和鼓励投资的基础上，建立综合机制以支持联邦和地区层面的大型投资项目。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''Кроме того, мы сориентируем вузы на подготовку квалифицированных кадров в соответствии с потребностями экономики регионов.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 除此之外，我们联合大学培养合格人才，根据地区经济发展需求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 除此之外，我们根据地区经济发展需求，联合大学培养合格人才。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a big difference in word order between Chinese and Russian. During translation, only by learning to use &amp;quot;inversion&amp;quot; can the translation be close to the original text and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the translation of the government report, the author learned that the big weakness was a lack of understanding of the differences in expression and word order between Chinese and Russian, a lack of accumulation of some frequently used fixed phrases and collocations, and a lack of literacy about society, culture and customs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' During the translation of the government report, the author learned that the major weakness was a lack of understanding of the differences in expression and word order between Chinese and Russian, a lack of accumulation of some frequently used fixed phrases and collocations, and a lack of literacy about society, culture, and customs. --[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 08:56, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes every word in the whole sentence is known but the translation in Chinese is not very fluent, even confusing. To solve this problem, it is necessary to clarify the context. There are a lot of long sentences in the government report. The context of the sentence is not very clear. Parallel phrases or predicates are often used to connect components. Therefore, in the translation process, we must first read through the whole text more than once, understand the relationship between the components of each sentence, and then use authentic Chinese expressions to translate it accurately. A government work report is a summary of all aspects of the government's work in the near future, so it has distinctive characteristics of the time. In order to translate the work report better, a thorough understanding of current events is necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By writing this work, the author has accumulated a lot of vocabulary about politics, and at the same time, has a better understanding of the political style and has a deeper understanding of translation theory and methods. The knowledge of translation is becoming richer and the level of translation ability is gradually improving, and the author has also deeply realized that in order to be an excellent translator the following characteristics must be present: a large range of vocabulary, a good understanding of two languages, the ability to express well, insight into current affairs, and the flexibility in the translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Due to the author's lack of translation experience and academic knowledge, there are still shortcomings in this work that await improvement and require further research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
Anna Leelova Анна Лилова(1985). Ведение в общую теорию перевода [M] Introduction to general translation theory. Москва: Высшая школа Moscow: The Higher School.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Breus E.V. Бреус Е. В. (2002)Основы теории и практики перевода с русского языка на английский: Учебное пособие. [М].The basics of the theory and practice of translation from Russian into English: Textbook. Москва: УРАО Moscow: URAO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Yi, Jin Weiran, Cao Shuxun, Sun Guifen 蔡毅，靳慰然，曹书勋，孙桂芬.(2006) 俄译汉教程（上）[M].Translation Course from Russian to Chinese (1).北京：外语教学与研究出版社 Beijing: Foreign language teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Zhonglian, Bai Wenchang 黄忠廉，白文昌.(2010) 俄汉双向全译实践教程[M].A practical course in Russian-Chinese complete translation in both languages.黑龙江：黑龙江大学出版社 Heilongjiang: Heilongjiang University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Institute of Dictionary Studies of Russian Language and Literature Research Centre in Heilongjiang University 黑龙江大学俄罗斯语言文学研究中心辞书研究所.（2014）新时代俄汉详解大辞典[Z].The Russian-Chinese Dictionary in a New Era 北京：商务印书馆 Beijing: The Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kozhevnikova V.M. &amp;amp; Nikolaeva P. A.Кожевникова В.М., Николаева П. А.(1987) Литературный энциклопедический словарь[Z].The literary encyclopaedic dictionary. Москва: Советская энциклопедия Moscow: Soviet Encyclopaedia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mou Tingting 牟婷婷.（2013）“2010年俄罗斯政府工作报告”的汉译方法与策略[D].&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Translation methods and strategies of the 2010 Russian Government Work Report&amp;quot;.黑龙江大学 Heilongjiang University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RF Government Правительство РФ.(2019-7-22) Ежегодный отчет Правительства в Государственной Думе [DB/OL].Annual report of the government to the State Duma. http://government.ru/news/40074/ .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yingying 王莹莹.(2014)&amp;quot;2012年梅德韦杰夫总理政府工作报告&amp;quot;的语言特点和汉译策略[D].Linguistic features and translation strategies of the &amp;quot; 2012 RF Government Work Report of Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev 黑龙江大学 Heilongjiang University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng Zesheng, Geng Longming 郑泽生，耿龙明.(1985)俄译汉翻译教程[M].Translation Course from Russian to Chinese 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 00:03, 16 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_5&amp;diff=133827</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_5&amp;diff=133827"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:49:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Definition of Annual Work Summary by Government */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Chapter 5: Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019=&lt;br /&gt;
'''政论语体翻译策略与翻译技巧—以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Russian Constitution, every spring the Prime Minister of Russia is required to present to the State Duma an annual summary of the government's work, including a description of what Russia has accomplished in the past year in different areas , the challenges encountered, and the government's plans and goals set for the new year. The annual summary of the Russian government's work is one of the ways to know the development and future plans of Russia and the important document for studying Russia.This type of text belongs to the category of political essays. Therefore, it is important to master the translation strategies and methods of political essays.This paper takes the &amp;quot;Annual Work Summary of the Russian Government in 2019&amp;quot; as a study case, and the author uses the existing translation theories and methods as a guide to work on the translation, and summarizes some of his own experiences in the translation process, hoping that this paper can be helpful for the same type of translation research work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Russia;Translation strategies and methods;Political essay;The Annual Summary of government's work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
按照俄罗斯宪法规定，每年春天，俄罗斯国家总理需要向国家杜马作年度政府工作报告，报告内容为俄罗斯过去一年在各个领域政府工作的完成情况、遇到的挑战以及新一年政府的工作计划与目标。俄罗斯政府工作报告是了解俄罗斯发展动态和未来规划的途径之一，是研究俄罗斯的重要文献。这种类型的文本属于政论语体的范畴。因此，掌握政论语体文章的翻译策略和方法非常重要。本文以《2019年俄罗斯政府年度工作总结》为研究语料，作者以现有的翻译理论和方法为指导进行翻译工作，并总结了自己在翻译过程中的一些经验，希望本文能对同类型翻译研究工作有所帮助。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
俄罗斯；翻译策略与翻译方法；政论文；政府工作总结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Title===&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The form of annual summary of the Russian government's work started in the Soviet period. Since the formation of the Soviet Union, at each congress of the High Council the head of the government would make a summary, which contained information about the situation of the accomplishment of government work and the problems encountered in various areas during the past year, as well as the plans and goals of the government for the new year. Such government summary has continued to the present day in Russia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The report on the work of the Russian government is not only the routine work of the prime minister, but also one of the ways for Russians and the whole world to understand the development and future of Russia. Thus, the annual government report can be described as an important document for the study of Russia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government report belongs to the political essay style. In recent years, the political essay in Russian has been studied in increasing numbers. This mainly includes the following aspects: ①the features of this style; ②stylistics; ③translation strategies from Russian to foreign languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, quite a few native and foreign researchers are working on the research of this topic. For example, in the thesis &amp;quot; The Pronunciation Features of the political style of speech&amp;quot; the author tells about the heterogeneity of literary language and one of the forms of its existence - the political style of speech and features of the organization of its phonetic varieties; And the article &amp;quot;Structural, semantic and functional features of references in the political style of Russian language&amp;quot; was devoted to the characteristics of speech in publicist articles; also the book &amp;quot;Political style: new features&amp;quot;, and a textbook for students &amp;quot;Social-political style of speech&amp;quot; and so on. Meanwhile, the results of Chinese researchers should be noted. For example, Wang Yingying, a graduate student of Heilongjiang University, wrote a paper in which the author summarized the features and ways of translation of phrases and expressions used in political essays. In addition, the textbook &amp;quot;Course of Translation from Russian to Chinese&amp;quot; edited by Cai Yi. In it, many example sentences come from the political essays. (Veshchikova 1994:67)(Cai Yi 2009:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following research methods are used in writing this paper:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Gather theoretical materials related to the selected topics;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Use relevant books on translation theories and underline specific sentences in the source text that use a particular translation theory;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Discover problems, solve problems, and generalize translation experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paradigm in this paper -- “The Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The object of the paper -- the features of the political essays, translation theories and methods used during the translation of the source text and the experience gained during the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview of Annual Summary of the Government's Work===&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of government reports:State of the Union address, political speeches, and the report of the government on its performance. The first two began in the United States and the last in the Soviet Union. Since the formation of the Soviet Union, at each congress of the Soviet High Council, the head of the government would make a report that contained information about the situation of the government's work performance and the problems encountered in various areas over the past year, as well as the government's plans and goals for the new year. Such government reports continue to this day in Russia. Such a report on work of the government was learned in our country and has been used since 1954.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition of Annual Work Summary by Government====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Russian constitution, every spring, the Russian Prime Minister must submit to the State Duma a report on the work of the government in order to detail the performance of various work in the past year, the goals for further development in various areas, as well as the opportunities and challenges faced in the areas like economy, politics, diplomacy, population, education, and so on. The report on the work of the Russian government for the year, as a rule, consists of three parts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
① Overview of the main work of the government of the past year：&lt;br /&gt;
It is necessary to summarize the main work of the government for the previous year, achievements in various areas and the realization of major goals, and then to detail each specific achievement of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
② Work tasks for this year：&lt;br /&gt;
Draw up the government's work plan in detail for this year and the main goals. At first, explain the main ideas and main tasks of the government's work this year, then divide the work into several categories and explain in detail the measures the government needs to take.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③ The government's own planning:&lt;br /&gt;
Explain the construction plan for the government.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The features of political essays（Take Chinese government reports for example）====&lt;br /&gt;
1．At discourse level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Repeated references to the same things&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a. 2010 GWR:积极 45;大力31;全面30;着力16;切实17;有效9;充分8 发展 146，建设87，加强67 促进42&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b. 2009 vs 2010: 增强 19-18;加大23-56;加快44-56&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Unnecessary modifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.更加周密地做好应对各种风险和挑战的准备。&lt;br /&gt;
Make even more thorough preparations to deal with risks and challenges of all kinds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.无比优越 &lt;br /&gt;
incomparable superiority&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.就事关当今世界、事关双边关系的一些全局性和长期性重大问题深入交换意见.&lt;br /&gt;
(we)have been engaged in in-depth exchange of views with them on important overarching and long-term issues concerning the world situation and bilateral relations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d.我们几代、十几代甚至几十代人想的一件事，要做的一件事，是我们100年、1000年也不会动摇的一个方针。&lt;br /&gt;
This is what we must focus on and achieve-not just this generation but for generations to come. This is the policy that will not change in 100 years or 1,000 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.At sentence level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Long sentences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
经过三十多年的改革开放，我们从“以阶级斗争为纲”到以经济建设为中心，全面推进社会主义现代化事业;从搞计划经济到推进各方面改革，建立起社会主义市场经济体制;从封闭状态和片面强调自力更生，到实行对外开放、发展国际合作；从以意识形态划线到主张各种社会制度和发展模式和谐生存，全方位发展对外关系，中国的变化可谓天翻地覆。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More than 30 years of reform and opening up has brought about earth-shaking changes in the country: from &amp;quot;taking class struggle as the key principle&amp;quot; to focusing on economic development and building socialist modernization on all fronts, from planned economy to socialist market economy through reform across the board, from a closed society and over emphasis on self-reliance to opening up and international cooperation, from emphasis on ideology in external relations to advocating harmonious co-existence of various social systems and development models and developing external relations in an all-round way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Subjectless sentences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如果我们不能很好地处理同外部世界的关系，新世纪头20年由国际形势总体和平，大国关系相对平稳和新科技革命迅猛发展提供的发展机遇就可能丧失。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lf we fail to manage well our relations with the rest of the world, we might miss the development opportunities provided by the overall peace in the world relative stability in relations between major countries and fast progress in new science and technology revolution in the first 20 years of the new century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Parallel structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.总之，中国人穷日子过得太久了，最大的战略意图就是使自己的日子一天比一天、一年比一年过得好些，希望地球上的人们日子也一天比一天、一年比一年过得好些除此别无他图。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the Chinese people have suffered long enough from poverty. Our greatest and only strategic intention is to live a better life, where every day is better than the previous one. We wish the same for all the people in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.买的放心，吃的放心，用的放心。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buy food and drugs with confidence and consume them with satisfaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.At word level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Unnecessary words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.经济增速陡然下滑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pace of our economic growth suddenly slowed down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.进一步落实好扶残助残的各项政策&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further implement policies for assisting and supporting them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.注重共同利益、发展共同利益、维护共同利益 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We value, develop and protect common interests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Terms with national characteristics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.小康社会 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
well -off/ well-to-do/affluent/comfortable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.加快全面建设小康社会进程&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pick up the pace of building a moderatly prosperous society in all respects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.要使中国人民能过上小康社会的生活&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable the Chinese people to live a comfortable life A society of initial prosperity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d.以求同存&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
seeking common ground while shelving differences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e.坚持奉行互利共赢的开放战略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we follow the win-win strategy of opening up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Figurative expressions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.metaphorical expression&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
龙头企业—pacesetting enterprise&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
法宝—key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.metonymical expression 转喻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
米袋子—grain supply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
各国唯有同舟共济而不是同舟共“挤”，同舟共渡而不是同舟共“斗”，才有出路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Countries should consider themselves passengers in the same boat and cross the river peacefully together instead of fighting one another and trying to push one another off the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Source text introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On July 22, Russian Prime Minister Mikhail Mishustin made a speech in the State Duma reporting on the work of the government for 2019.Among the main topics of the speech of the head of the Cabinet of Ministers were the fight against coronavirus infection, support and development of healthcare, education, labor market and housing construction, support of business and backbone enterprises, ensuring macroeconomic and financial stability. Mishustin called the main goal of the government to improve the quality of life of every person in the country. The Prime Minister stressed that the updated Constitution of the Russian Federation increases the responsibility of all branches of power. According to the head of the government, the Russian economy could make a breakthrough, but this was prevented by the pandemic and oil prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Strategies and methods used in the translation process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first requirement for translating works of political style is to faithfully and accurately express the political and ideological content of the original, so that the translation has the same influential function as the original. In this chapter, based on the aforementioned theories and strategies, the author analyzed several translation options using examples from the report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====At Lexical level====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Addition=====&lt;br /&gt;
Except for some words with the same meaning, most of the words in the Russian and Chinese languages are not identical in terms of meaning, grammatical function, rhetorical features and usage habits. Due to this situation, when translating, in order to express the meaning of the original text exactly, it is often necessary to add some words and phrases, or even sentences, which are latent in the original text. This is a very common translation technique.&lt;br /&gt;
The addition of words must be based on the premise of faithfulness to the original text, and the addition of words is never the same as adding meaning. The addition of words is often used in the following cases: (Cai Yi 2009:158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①If you don't add the word, it doesn't fit the Chinese collocation convention, or the meaning is not clear, or even causes ambiguity; if you don't add the word, the meaning is not clear. For example，'''Пушкин переведен на многие языки мира'''. There are two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''普希金已经译成了世界上许多种文字'''”，the second is“'''普希金的作品已经译成了世界上许多种文字'''”. In terms of Chinese expression habits, although it can be said that he is reading Pushkin and he is translating Pushkin, at this time Pushkin refers to Pushkin's works. But it cannot be said that Pushkin was translated into a foreign language. Therefore, the first translation violates the expression habits of Chinese. The second translation adds words, but accurately expresses the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Without adding words, the translation is barely understandable, but adding words can make the translation clearer and more fluent. For example，'''Критерием мощи армии является её моральный дух'''. There are also two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''军队威力的尺度是士气'''”，the second is“'''衡量军队威力的尺度是士气'''”. Obviously, the second translation is better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Without adding words, it would violate logic from the perspective of the translation, and we don’t know what it means. For example，'''Книга «Остров Сахалин» относится к общественной деятельности Чехова'''. If we translate this sentence into &amp;quot;'''《库页岛》一书属于契柯夫的社会活动'''&amp;quot;，There will be logically unreasonable problems, which makes people feel inexplicable. Why does a book become a social activity? And if we translate this sentence into“'''《库页岛》一书的写作属于契柯夫的社会活动'''”，it will be clear at a glance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum the above up, the addition of words is one of the common methods used in the process of Russian-Chinese translation. This method is also frequently used in the process of translating the Work Summary of the Russian Government for the year 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Коронавирус сильно изменил рынок труда.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 冠状病毒极大地改变了劳动市场。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 受新冠疫情影响，我国就业市场发生了极大变化。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Россия, ещё раз повторю, сделала это едва ли не первой в мире, чтобы защитить наших людей и выиграть время на подготовку системы здравоохранения к приёму заболевших.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 我再一次重申，为了保护我们的人民，为了赢得更多时间来做好卫生体系接收病人的准备工作，俄罗斯几乎是世界上第一个采取这些举措的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我再一次重申，为了保护我们的人民，为了赢得更多时间来做好卫生体系接收病人的准备工作，俄罗斯几乎是世界上第一个采取这些举措的国家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''По мере расширения кризисных явлений также обратили особое внимание на розничную торговлю непродовольственными товарами, сферу культуры и на средства массовой информации.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 随着危机影响的加剧，非食品零售贸易，文化和大众传媒领域也得到了关注。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 随着危机影响的加剧，非食品零售贸易，文化和大众传媒领域也得到了关注和支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) '''Я неоднократно встречался с врачами, учёными и экспертами для выработки оптимальной стратегии, алгоритма введения ограничительных мер и последующей их поэтапной отмены.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 我与医生、学者、专家们多次会面，力求制定最佳战略和规范限制举措实行及其随后取消的时。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我与医生、学者、专家们多次会面，力求制定出最佳战略，找到规范限制举措实行及其随后取消的时间。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we will find that the second translation is more in line with Chinese expression habits and easier to understand than the first translation. But it should be noted that adding words must match the original text, and adding does not mean adding meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Omission=====&lt;br /&gt;
The omission is just the opposite of the addition mentioned above. In translation practice, it is sometimes necessary to omit individual words of the original text in the translation, otherwise the writing will appear verbose, which does not conform to the expression habits of the translation, and sometimes even affect the exact expression of the original intent. The omission is by no means to reduce the meaning, on the contrary, the omission is to better express the meaning. The subtracted word no longer exists in the translation, but its meaning is still there. Generally speaking, there are fewer cases in which words need to be subtracted in translation. Therefore, it is necessary to be more cautious when subtracting words. Avoid subtracting words and distort the original text. Omission is often used in the following situations: (Cai Yi 2009:165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' Avoid subtracting words and distorting the original text. The omission is often used in the following situations: --[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 08:56, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①	There are words that are not translated, the meaning is already expressed. Instead, translating them makes them seem cumbersome. For example，'''Тесным кольцом смыкайтесь вокруг ваших знамём!''' Many people might translate this phrase into“'''紧密地围成一个圈，团结在你们的旗帜周围！'''”. But such a translation reads very poorly. So “'''紧密地团结在你们旗帜周围'''” is better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②	Some words may be translated in a way that violates the conventions of the target language, or even distorts the original meaning. For example, '''Интересы увеличения произодства зерна потребовали изменения структуры посевных площадей'''. There are two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''为了提高谷物的产量的利益，需要改变播种面积的结构。'''”，the second is“'''为了提高谷物产量，需要改变播种面积的结构。'''“Obviously, we would not speak Chinese like the first translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③	Translate two words into one. For example, Обе резорюции в общем и целом сходятся. In this sentence, we would translate “'''в общем и целом'''” into'''大体上''', not '''整个大体上'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lexical omission is exactly the opposite of addition. This method involves ignoring some semantically redundant words in the translation process that do not carry an important semantic content, and their meaning is often comprehensively restored in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Для этого мы ввели мораторий на проведение практически всех проверок предпринимателей'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 为此，我们采取暂停实施几乎所有对企业家的检查。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 为此，我们暂停了几乎所有对企业家的检查。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Всего различные формы поддержки на сумму около 600 млрд рублей получили семьи, в которых воспитываются более 26,5 миллиона детей.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 共计有抚养2650多万儿童的家庭获得总额约6000亿卢布的各种形式的支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 共计有2650多万儿童的家庭获得总额约6000亿卢布的各种形式的支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we will find that the second translation is simpler and clearer, without being cumbersome. It is definitely not the case that lexical omission is meant to subtract meaning, on the contrary, omission is meant to better express the meaning of the source text. In general, there are fewer cases where a lexical sense needs to be used when translating, so we need to be more careful about the word sense and not distort the meaning of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====At Syntactical level====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Combination=====&lt;br /&gt;
The method of combination is used when: there is a close semantic connection between the two statements, the retention of the main or subordinate sentence in a compound sentence is contrary to the rules of the target language (collapsing into a word or phrase) or one of the sentences is grammatically too incomplete to retain its separate reproduction in the translation.（Zheng Zesheng 1981:45）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Ситуация осложнилась и тем, что распространение вируса и действия отдельных стран по наращиванию добычи нефти привели к серьёзному дисбалансу на нефтяном рынке. Это вызвало обвальное снижение цен, усилилась волатильность финансовых и валютных рынков, произошёл отток капитала.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 新冠病毒的传播和部分国家为增加石油开采量而导致石油市场严重失衡的行为使得情况复杂化。这引发油价暴跌，加剧了金融和外汇市场动荡以及资本外流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 新冠病毒的传播和部分国家为增加石油开采量而导致石油市场严重失衡的行为使得情况复杂化，引发油价暴跌，加剧了金融和外汇市场动荡以及资本外流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Все меры поддержки безработных Правительство распространило и на более чем 13 тысяч индивидуальных предпри­нимателей, которые были вынуждены закрыть своё дело после 1 марта. Всем им назначено максимальное пособие в размере МРОТ.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 政府把失业人员补助举措扩展到3月1日以后被迫停业的1.3万名个体企业家身上。为他们所有人提供相当于最低工资标准的补贴。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 政府还扩大失业人员补助范围，向3月1日以后被迫停业的1.3万名个体企业家提供相当于最低工资标准的补贴。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''Третье. За II квартал и вовсе списали все налоги и страховые взносы. Такую поддержку получили свыше 1,5 млн малых и средних компаний и индивидуальных предпринимателей.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 第三，免除第二季度的所有税收和社保费用。有150余万家中小型公司及个体企业家获得这一支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 第三，免除第二季度150余万家中小型公司及个体企业家的税收和社保费用支出。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, the method of combination is to translate two or more simple sentences together into a single sentence. This method makes the translation concise and easy to understand, and the translation will not be repetitive and verbose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Division=====&lt;br /&gt;
Division is the opposite of combination, however, whereas combination is often used to avoid repetition, division is used to emphasis the logical and temporary connections between the parts of the text and to make them explicit.(Breus E.V.2002:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)'''Если отец или мать теряет работу, а в кризис такое, конечно, не редкость, это может обрушить семейный бюджет.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 如果父亲或者母亲失业，当然在危机中这种情况并不罕见，那么家庭的收支预算就会崩溃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 如果父亲或者母亲失业，那么家庭的收支预算就会崩溃。这样的情况在危机中并不罕见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Вчера Государственная Дума поддержала в третьем чтении правительственный законопроект, который позволяет бизнесу комфортно переходить с одного налогового режима на другие.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 昨天在杜马第三次会议上通过了一项能使企业轻松地从一种税制转变为另外一种的政府法案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 昨天在杜马第三次会议上通过了一项政府法案。该法案能使企业轻松地从一种税制转变为另外一种。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many complex and long sentences in the government report, and translating them directly into Chinese can cause some semantic problems. Therefore, using the method of sentence division is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Inversion=====&lt;br /&gt;
Inversion --- A change in the location (order) of linguistic elements in the translation, corresponding to the linguistic elements of the original. The words, word combinations, parts of a compound sentence, elementary sentences within a compound sentence, and independent sentences in the system of a whole text can be subject to permutations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Тем отраслям, которые сильно зависят от потребительского спроса, помогаем через специальные адресные программы.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 那些高度依赖消费者的行业，我们通过专门的有针对性的计划来帮助它们。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我们通过专门的有针对性的计划来帮助那些高度依赖消费者的行业。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Во-первых, это разработка комплексного механизма поддержки крупных инвестиционных проектов на федеральном и региональном уровнях, в том числе – на основе соглашений о защите и поощрении капиталовложений.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 首先，建立综合机制以支持联邦和地区层面的大型投资项目，这是在保护和鼓励投资的基础上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 首先，在保护和鼓励投资的基础上，建立综合机制以支持联邦和地区层面的大型投资项目。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''Кроме того, мы сориентируем вузы на подготовку квалифицированных кадров в соответствии с потребностями экономики регионов.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 除此之外，我们联合大学培养合格人才，根据地区经济发展需求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 除此之外，我们根据地区经济发展需求，联合大学培养合格人才。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a big difference in word order between Chinese and Russian. During translation, only by learning to use &amp;quot;inversion&amp;quot; can the translation be close to the original text and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the translation of the government report, the author learned that the big weakness was a lack of understanding of the differences in expression and word order between Chinese and Russian, a lack of accumulation of some frequently used fixed phrases and collocations, and a lack of literacy about society, culture and customs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' During the translation of the government report, the author learned that the major weakness was a lack of understanding of the differences in expression and word order between Chinese and Russian, a lack of accumulation of some frequently used fixed phrases and collocations, and a lack of literacy about society, culture, and customs. --[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 08:56, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes every word in the whole sentence is known but the translation in Chinese is not very fluent, even confusing. To solve this problem, it is necessary to clarify the context. There are a lot of long sentences in the government report. The context of the sentence is not very clear. Parallel phrases or predicates are often used to connect components. Therefore, in the translation process, we must first read through the whole text more than once, understand the relationship between the components of each sentence, and then use authentic Chinese expressions to translate it accurately. A government work report is a summary of all aspects of the government's work in the near future, so it has distinctive characteristics of the time. In order to translate the work report better, a thorough understanding of current events is necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By writing this work, the author has accumulated a lot of vocabulary about politics, and at the same time, has a better understanding of the political style and has a deeper understanding of translation theory and methods. The knowledge of translation is becoming richer and the level of translation ability is gradually improving, and the author has also deeply realized that in order to be an excellent translator the following characteristics must be present: a large range of vocabulary, a good understanding of two languages, the ability to express well, insight into current affairs, and the flexibility in the translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Due to the author's lack of translation experience and academic knowledge, there are still shortcomings in this work that await improvement and require further research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
Anna Leelova Анна Лилова(1985). Ведение в общую теорию перевода [M] Introduction to general translation theory. Москва: Высшая школа Moscow: The Higher School.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Breus E.V. Бреус Е. В. (2002)Основы теории и практики перевода с русского языка на английский: Учебное пособие. [М].The basics of the theory and practice of translation from Russian into English: Textbook. Москва: УРАО Moscow: URAO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Yi, Jin Weiran, Cao Shuxun, Sun Guifen 蔡毅，靳慰然，曹书勋，孙桂芬.(2006) 俄译汉教程（上）[M].Translation Course from Russian to Chinese (1).北京：外语教学与研究出版社 Beijing: Foreign language teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Zhonglian, Bai Wenchang 黄忠廉，白文昌.(2010) 俄汉双向全译实践教程[M].A practical course in Russian-Chinese complete translation in both languages.黑龙江：黑龙江大学出版社 Heilongjiang: Heilongjiang University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Institute of Dictionary Studies of Russian Language and Literature Research Centre in Heilongjiang University 黑龙江大学俄罗斯语言文学研究中心辞书研究所.（2014）新时代俄汉详解大辞典[Z].The Russian-Chinese Dictionary in a New Era 北京：商务印书馆 Beijing: The Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kozhevnikova V.M. &amp;amp; Nikolaeva P. A.Кожевникова В.М., Николаева П. А.(1987) Литературный энциклопедический словарь[Z].The literary encyclopaedic dictionary. Москва: Советская энциклопедия Moscow: Soviet Encyclopaedia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mou Tingting 牟婷婷.（2013）“2010年俄罗斯政府工作报告”的汉译方法与策略[D].&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Translation methods and strategies of the 2010 Russian Government Work Report&amp;quot;.黑龙江大学 Heilongjiang University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RF Government Правительство РФ.(2019-7-22) Ежегодный отчет Правительства в Государственной Думе [DB/OL].Annual report of the government to the State Duma. http://government.ru/news/40074/ .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yingying 王莹莹.(2014)&amp;quot;2012年梅德韦杰夫总理政府工作报告&amp;quot;的语言特点和汉译策略[D].Linguistic features and translation strategies of the &amp;quot; 2012 RF Government Work Report of Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev 黑龙江大学 Heilongjiang University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng Zesheng, Geng Longming 郑泽生，耿龙明.(1985)俄译汉翻译教程[M].Translation Course from Russian to Chinese 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 00:03, 16 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_5&amp;diff=133823</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_5&amp;diff=133823"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:48:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Chapter 5: Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019=&lt;br /&gt;
'''政论语体翻译策略与翻译技巧—以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Russian Constitution, every spring the Prime Minister of Russia is required to present to the State Duma an annual summary of the government's work, including a description of what Russia has accomplished in the past year in different areas , the challenges encountered, and the government's plans and goals set for the new year. The annual summary of the Russian government's work is one of the ways to know the development and future plans of Russia and the important document for studying Russia.This type of text belongs to the category of political essays. Therefore, it is important to master the translation strategies and methods of political essays.This paper takes the &amp;quot;Annual Work Summary of the Russian Government in 2019&amp;quot; as a study case, and the author uses the existing translation theories and methods as a guide to work on the translation, and summarizes some of his own experiences in the translation process, hoping that this paper can be helpful for the same type of translation research work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Russia;Translation strategies and methods;Political essay;The Annual Summary of government's work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
按照俄罗斯宪法规定，每年春天，俄罗斯国家总理需要向国家杜马作年度政府工作报告，报告内容为俄罗斯过去一年在各个领域政府工作的完成情况、遇到的挑战以及新一年政府的工作计划与目标。俄罗斯政府工作报告是了解俄罗斯发展动态和未来规划的途径之一，是研究俄罗斯的重要文献。这种类型的文本属于政论语体的范畴。因此，掌握政论语体文章的翻译策略和方法非常重要。本文以《2019年俄罗斯政府年度工作总结》为研究语料，作者以现有的翻译理论和方法为指导进行翻译工作，并总结了自己在翻译过程中的一些经验，希望本文能对同类型翻译研究工作有所帮助。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
俄罗斯；翻译策略与翻译方法；政论文；政府工作总结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Title===&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The form of annual summary of the Russian government's work started in the Soviet period. Since the formation of the Soviet Union, at each congress of the High Council the head of the government would make a summary, which contained information about the situation of the accomplishment of government work and the problems encountered in various areas during the past year, as well as the plans and goals of the government for the new year. Such government summary has continued to the present day in Russia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The report on the work of the Russian government is not only the routine work of the prime minister, but also one of the ways for Russians and the whole world to understand the development and future of Russia. Thus, the annual government report can be described as an important document for the study of Russia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government report belongs to the political essay style. In recent years, the political essay in Russian has been studied in increasing numbers. This mainly includes the following aspects: ①the features of this style; ②stylistics; ③translation strategies from Russian to foreign languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, quite a few native and foreign researchers are working on the research of this topic. For example, in the thesis &amp;quot; The Pronunciation Features of the political style of speech&amp;quot; the author tells about the heterogeneity of literary language and one of the forms of its existence - the political style of speech and features of the organization of its phonetic varieties; And the article &amp;quot;Structural, semantic and functional features of references in the political style of Russian language&amp;quot; was devoted to the characteristics of speech in publicist articles; also the book &amp;quot;Political style: new features&amp;quot;, and a textbook for students &amp;quot;Social-political style of speech&amp;quot; and so on. Meanwhile, the results of Chinese researchers should be noted. For example, Wang Yingying, a graduate student of Heilongjiang University, wrote a paper in which the author summarized the features and ways of translation of phrases and expressions used in political essays. In addition, the textbook &amp;quot;Course of Translation from Russian to Chinese&amp;quot; edited by Cai Yi. In it, many example sentences come from the political essays. (Veshchikova 1994:67)(Cai Yi 2009:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following research methods are used in writing this paper:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Gather theoretical materials related to the selected topics;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Use relevant books on translation theories and underline specific sentences in the source text that use a particular translation theory;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Discover problems, solve problems, and generalize translation experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paradigm in this paper -- “The Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The object of the paper -- the features of the political essays, translation theories and methods used during the translation of the source text and the experience gained during the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview of Annual Summary of the Government's Work===&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of government reports:State of the Union address, political speeches, and the report of the government on its performance. The first two began in the United States and the last in the Soviet Union. Since the formation of the Soviet Union, at each congress of the Soviet High Council, the head of the government would make a report that contained information about the situation of the government's work performance and the problems encountered in various areas over the past year, as well as the government's plans and goals for the new year. Such government reports continue to this day in Russia. Such a report on work of the government was learned in our country and has been used since 1954.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition of Annual Work Summary by Government====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Russian constitution, every spring, the Russian Prime Minister must submit to the State Duma a report on the work of the government in order to detail the performance of various work in the past year, the goals for further development in various areas, as well as the opportunities and challenges faced in the areas like economy, politics, diplomacy, population, education, and so on. The report on the work of the Russian government for the year, as a rule, consists of three parts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' According to the Russian constitution, every spring, the Russian Prime Minister must submit to the State Duma a report on the work of the government to detail the performance of various work in the past year, the goals for further development in various areas, as well as the opportunities and challenges faced in the aspects like economy, politics, diplomacy, population, education, and so on. --[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 08:56, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
① Overview of the main work of the government of the past year：&lt;br /&gt;
It is necessary to summarize the main work of the government for the previous year, achievements in various areas and the realization of major goals, and then to detail each specific achievement of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
② Work tasks for this year：&lt;br /&gt;
Draw up the government's work plan in detail for this year and the main goals. At first, explain the main ideas and main tasks of the government's work this year, then divide the work into several categories and explain in detail the measures the government needs to take.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③ The government's own planning:&lt;br /&gt;
Explain the construction plan for the government.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' The government's planning:--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 08:56, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The features of political essays（Take Chinese government reports for example）====&lt;br /&gt;
1．At discourse level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Repeated references to the same things&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a. 2010 GWR:积极 45;大力31;全面30;着力16;切实17;有效9;充分8 发展 146，建设87，加强67 促进42&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b. 2009 vs 2010: 增强 19-18;加大23-56;加快44-56&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Unnecessary modifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.更加周密地做好应对各种风险和挑战的准备。&lt;br /&gt;
Make even more thorough preparations to deal with risks and challenges of all kinds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.无比优越 &lt;br /&gt;
incomparable superiority&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.就事关当今世界、事关双边关系的一些全局性和长期性重大问题深入交换意见.&lt;br /&gt;
(we)have been engaged in in-depth exchange of views with them on important overarching and long-term issues concerning the world situation and bilateral relations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d.我们几代、十几代甚至几十代人想的一件事，要做的一件事，是我们100年、1000年也不会动摇的一个方针。&lt;br /&gt;
This is what we must focus on and achieve-not just this generation but for generations to come. This is the policy that will not change in 100 years or 1,000 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.At sentence level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Long sentences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
经过三十多年的改革开放，我们从“以阶级斗争为纲”到以经济建设为中心，全面推进社会主义现代化事业;从搞计划经济到推进各方面改革，建立起社会主义市场经济体制;从封闭状态和片面强调自力更生，到实行对外开放、发展国际合作；从以意识形态划线到主张各种社会制度和发展模式和谐生存，全方位发展对外关系，中国的变化可谓天翻地覆。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More than 30 years of reform and opening up has brought about earth-shaking changes in the country: from &amp;quot;taking class struggle as the key principle&amp;quot; to focusing on economic development and building socialist modernization on all fronts, from planned economy to socialist market economy through reform across the board, from a closed society and over emphasis on self-reliance to opening up and international cooperation, from emphasis on ideology in external relations to advocating harmonious co-existence of various social systems and development models and developing external relations in an all-round way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Subjectless sentences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如果我们不能很好地处理同外部世界的关系，新世纪头20年由国际形势总体和平，大国关系相对平稳和新科技革命迅猛发展提供的发展机遇就可能丧失。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lf we fail to manage well our relations with the rest of the world, we might miss the development opportunities provided by the overall peace in the world relative stability in relations between major countries and fast progress in new science and technology revolution in the first 20 years of the new century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Parallel structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.总之，中国人穷日子过得太久了，最大的战略意图就是使自己的日子一天比一天、一年比一年过得好些，希望地球上的人们日子也一天比一天、一年比一年过得好些除此别无他图。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the Chinese people have suffered long enough from poverty. Our greatest and only strategic intention is to live a better life, where every day is better than the previous one. We wish the same for all the people in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.买的放心，吃的放心，用的放心。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buy food and drugs with confidence and consume them with satisfaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.At word level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Unnecessary words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.经济增速陡然下滑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pace of our economic growth suddenly slowed down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.进一步落实好扶残助残的各项政策&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further implement policies for assisting and supporting them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.注重共同利益、发展共同利益、维护共同利益 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We value, develop and protect common interests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Terms with national characteristics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.小康社会 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
well -off/ well-to-do/affluent/comfortable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.加快全面建设小康社会进程&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pick up the pace of building a moderatly prosperous society in all respects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.要使中国人民能过上小康社会的生活&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable the Chinese people to live a comfortable life A society of initial prosperity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d.以求同存&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
seeking common ground while shelving differences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e.坚持奉行互利共赢的开放战略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we follow the win-win strategy of opening up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Figurative expressions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.metaphorical expression&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
龙头企业—pacesetting enterprise&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
法宝—key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.metonymical expression 转喻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
米袋子—grain supply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
各国唯有同舟共济而不是同舟共“挤”，同舟共渡而不是同舟共“斗”，才有出路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Countries should consider themselves passengers in the same boat and cross the river peacefully together instead of fighting one another and trying to push one another off the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Source text introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On July 22, Russian Prime Minister Mikhail Mishustin made a speech in the State Duma reporting on the work of the government for 2019.Among the main topics of the speech of the head of the Cabinet of Ministers were the fight against coronavirus infection, support and development of healthcare, education, labor market and housing construction, support of business and backbone enterprises, ensuring macroeconomic and financial stability. Mishustin called the main goal of the government to improve the quality of life of every person in the country. The Prime Minister stressed that the updated Constitution of the Russian Federation increases the responsibility of all branches of power. According to the head of the government, the Russian economy could make a breakthrough, but this was prevented by the pandemic and oil prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Strategies and methods used in the translation process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first requirement for translating works of political style is to faithfully and accurately express the political and ideological content of the original, so that the translation has the same influential function as the original. In this chapter, based on the aforementioned theories and strategies, the author analyzed several translation options using examples from the report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====At Lexical level====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Addition=====&lt;br /&gt;
Except for some words with the same meaning, most of the words in the Russian and Chinese languages are not identical in terms of meaning, grammatical function, rhetorical features and usage habits. Due to this situation, when translating, in order to express the meaning of the original text exactly, it is often necessary to add some words and phrases, or even sentences, which are latent in the original text. This is a very common translation technique.&lt;br /&gt;
The addition of words must be based on the premise of faithfulness to the original text, and the addition of words is never the same as adding meaning. The addition of words is often used in the following cases: (Cai Yi 2009:158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①If you don't add the word, it doesn't fit the Chinese collocation convention, or the meaning is not clear, or even causes ambiguity; if you don't add the word, the meaning is not clear. For example，'''Пушкин переведен на многие языки мира'''. There are two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''普希金已经译成了世界上许多种文字'''”，the second is“'''普希金的作品已经译成了世界上许多种文字'''”. In terms of Chinese expression habits, although it can be said that he is reading Pushkin and he is translating Pushkin, at this time Pushkin refers to Pushkin's works. But it cannot be said that Pushkin was translated into a foreign language. Therefore, the first translation violates the expression habits of Chinese. The second translation adds words, but accurately expresses the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Without adding words, the translation is barely understandable, but adding words can make the translation clearer and more fluent. For example，'''Критерием мощи армии является её моральный дух'''. There are also two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''军队威力的尺度是士气'''”，the second is“'''衡量军队威力的尺度是士气'''”. Obviously, the second translation is better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Without adding words, it would violate logic from the perspective of the translation, and we don’t know what it means. For example，'''Книга «Остров Сахалин» относится к общественной деятельности Чехова'''. If we translate this sentence into &amp;quot;'''《库页岛》一书属于契柯夫的社会活动'''&amp;quot;，There will be logically unreasonable problems, which makes people feel inexplicable. Why does a book become a social activity? And if we translate this sentence into“'''《库页岛》一书的写作属于契柯夫的社会活动'''”，it will be clear at a glance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum the above up, the addition of words is one of the common methods used in the process of Russian-Chinese translation. This method is also frequently used in the process of translating the Work Summary of the Russian Government for the year 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Коронавирус сильно изменил рынок труда.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 冠状病毒极大地改变了劳动市场。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 受新冠疫情影响，我国就业市场发生了极大变化。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Россия, ещё раз повторю, сделала это едва ли не первой в мире, чтобы защитить наших людей и выиграть время на подготовку системы здравоохранения к приёму заболевших.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 我再一次重申，为了保护我们的人民，为了赢得更多时间来做好卫生体系接收病人的准备工作，俄罗斯几乎是世界上第一个采取这些举措的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我再一次重申，为了保护我们的人民，为了赢得更多时间来做好卫生体系接收病人的准备工作，俄罗斯几乎是世界上第一个采取这些举措的国家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''По мере расширения кризисных явлений также обратили особое внимание на розничную торговлю непродовольственными товарами, сферу культуры и на средства массовой информации.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 随着危机影响的加剧，非食品零售贸易，文化和大众传媒领域也得到了关注。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 随着危机影响的加剧，非食品零售贸易，文化和大众传媒领域也得到了关注和支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) '''Я неоднократно встречался с врачами, учёными и экспертами для выработки оптимальной стратегии, алгоритма введения ограничительных мер и последующей их поэтапной отмены.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 我与医生、学者、专家们多次会面，力求制定最佳战略和规范限制举措实行及其随后取消的时。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我与医生、学者、专家们多次会面，力求制定出最佳战略，找到规范限制举措实行及其随后取消的时间。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we will find that the second translation is more in line with Chinese expression habits and easier to understand than the first translation. But it should be noted that adding words must match the original text, and adding does not mean adding meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Omission=====&lt;br /&gt;
The omission is just the opposite of the addition mentioned above. In translation practice, it is sometimes necessary to omit individual words of the original text in the translation, otherwise the writing will appear verbose, which does not conform to the expression habits of the translation, and sometimes even affect the exact expression of the original intent. The omission is by no means to reduce the meaning, on the contrary, the omission is to better express the meaning. The subtracted word no longer exists in the translation, but its meaning is still there. Generally speaking, there are fewer cases in which words need to be subtracted in translation. Therefore, it is necessary to be more cautious when subtracting words. Avoid subtracting words and distort the original text. Omission is often used in the following situations: (Cai Yi 2009:165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' Avoid subtracting words and distorting the original text. The omission is often used in the following situations: --[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 08:56, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①	There are words that are not translated, the meaning is already expressed. Instead, translating them makes them seem cumbersome. For example，'''Тесным кольцом смыкайтесь вокруг ваших знамём!''' Many people might translate this phrase into“'''紧密地围成一个圈，团结在你们的旗帜周围！'''”. But such a translation reads very poorly. So “'''紧密地团结在你们旗帜周围'''” is better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②	Some words may be translated in a way that violates the conventions of the target language, or even distorts the original meaning. For example, '''Интересы увеличения произодства зерна потребовали изменения структуры посевных площадей'''. There are two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''为了提高谷物的产量的利益，需要改变播种面积的结构。'''”，the second is“'''为了提高谷物产量，需要改变播种面积的结构。'''“Obviously, we would not speak Chinese like the first translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③	Translate two words into one. For example, Обе резорюции в общем и целом сходятся. In this sentence, we would translate “'''в общем и целом'''” into'''大体上''', not '''整个大体上'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lexical omission is exactly the opposite of addition. This method involves ignoring some semantically redundant words in the translation process that do not carry an important semantic content, and their meaning is often comprehensively restored in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Для этого мы ввели мораторий на проведение практически всех проверок предпринимателей'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 为此，我们采取暂停实施几乎所有对企业家的检查。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 为此，我们暂停了几乎所有对企业家的检查。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Всего различные формы поддержки на сумму около 600 млрд рублей получили семьи, в которых воспитываются более 26,5 миллиона детей.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 共计有抚养2650多万儿童的家庭获得总额约6000亿卢布的各种形式的支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 共计有2650多万儿童的家庭获得总额约6000亿卢布的各种形式的支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we will find that the second translation is simpler and clearer, without being cumbersome. It is definitely not the case that lexical omission is meant to subtract meaning, on the contrary, omission is meant to better express the meaning of the source text. In general, there are fewer cases where a lexical sense needs to be used when translating, so we need to be more careful about the word sense and not distort the meaning of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====At Syntactical level====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Combination=====&lt;br /&gt;
The method of combination is used when: there is a close semantic connection between the two statements, the retention of the main or subordinate sentence in a compound sentence is contrary to the rules of the target language (collapsing into a word or phrase) or one of the sentences is grammatically too incomplete to retain its separate reproduction in the translation.（Zheng Zesheng 1981:45）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Ситуация осложнилась и тем, что распространение вируса и действия отдельных стран по наращиванию добычи нефти привели к серьёзному дисбалансу на нефтяном рынке. Это вызвало обвальное снижение цен, усилилась волатильность финансовых и валютных рынков, произошёл отток капитала.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 新冠病毒的传播和部分国家为增加石油开采量而导致石油市场严重失衡的行为使得情况复杂化。这引发油价暴跌，加剧了金融和外汇市场动荡以及资本外流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 新冠病毒的传播和部分国家为增加石油开采量而导致石油市场严重失衡的行为使得情况复杂化，引发油价暴跌，加剧了金融和外汇市场动荡以及资本外流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Все меры поддержки безработных Правительство распространило и на более чем 13 тысяч индивидуальных предпри­нимателей, которые были вынуждены закрыть своё дело после 1 марта. Всем им назначено максимальное пособие в размере МРОТ.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 政府把失业人员补助举措扩展到3月1日以后被迫停业的1.3万名个体企业家身上。为他们所有人提供相当于最低工资标准的补贴。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 政府还扩大失业人员补助范围，向3月1日以后被迫停业的1.3万名个体企业家提供相当于最低工资标准的补贴。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''Третье. За II квартал и вовсе списали все налоги и страховые взносы. Такую поддержку получили свыше 1,5 млн малых и средних компаний и индивидуальных предпринимателей.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 第三，免除第二季度的所有税收和社保费用。有150余万家中小型公司及个体企业家获得这一支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 第三，免除第二季度150余万家中小型公司及个体企业家的税收和社保费用支出。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, the method of combination is to translate two or more simple sentences together into a single sentence. This method makes the translation concise and easy to understand, and the translation will not be repetitive and verbose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Division=====&lt;br /&gt;
Division is the opposite of combination, however, whereas combination is often used to avoid repetition, division is used to emphasis the logical and temporary connections between the parts of the text and to make them explicit.(Breus E.V.2002:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)'''Если отец или мать теряет работу, а в кризис такое, конечно, не редкость, это может обрушить семейный бюджет.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 如果父亲或者母亲失业，当然在危机中这种情况并不罕见，那么家庭的收支预算就会崩溃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 如果父亲或者母亲失业，那么家庭的收支预算就会崩溃。这样的情况在危机中并不罕见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Вчера Государственная Дума поддержала в третьем чтении правительственный законопроект, который позволяет бизнесу комфортно переходить с одного налогового режима на другие.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 昨天在杜马第三次会议上通过了一项能使企业轻松地从一种税制转变为另外一种的政府法案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 昨天在杜马第三次会议上通过了一项政府法案。该法案能使企业轻松地从一种税制转变为另外一种。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many complex and long sentences in the government report, and translating them directly into Chinese can cause some semantic problems. Therefore, using the method of sentence division is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Inversion=====&lt;br /&gt;
Inversion --- A change in the location (order) of linguistic elements in the translation, corresponding to the linguistic elements of the original. The words, word combinations, parts of a compound sentence, elementary sentences within a compound sentence, and independent sentences in the system of a whole text can be subject to permutations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Тем отраслям, которые сильно зависят от потребительского спроса, помогаем через специальные адресные программы.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 那些高度依赖消费者的行业，我们通过专门的有针对性的计划来帮助它们。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我们通过专门的有针对性的计划来帮助那些高度依赖消费者的行业。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Во-первых, это разработка комплексного механизма поддержки крупных инвестиционных проектов на федеральном и региональном уровнях, в том числе – на основе соглашений о защите и поощрении капиталовложений.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 首先，建立综合机制以支持联邦和地区层面的大型投资项目，这是在保护和鼓励投资的基础上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 首先，在保护和鼓励投资的基础上，建立综合机制以支持联邦和地区层面的大型投资项目。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''Кроме того, мы сориентируем вузы на подготовку квалифицированных кадров в соответствии с потребностями экономики регионов.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 除此之外，我们联合大学培养合格人才，根据地区经济发展需求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 除此之外，我们根据地区经济发展需求，联合大学培养合格人才。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a big difference in word order between Chinese and Russian. During translation, only by learning to use &amp;quot;inversion&amp;quot; can the translation be close to the original text and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the translation of the government report, the author learned that the big weakness was a lack of understanding of the differences in expression and word order between Chinese and Russian, a lack of accumulation of some frequently used fixed phrases and collocations, and a lack of literacy about society, culture and customs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' During the translation of the government report, the author learned that the major weakness was a lack of understanding of the differences in expression and word order between Chinese and Russian, a lack of accumulation of some frequently used fixed phrases and collocations, and a lack of literacy about society, culture, and customs. --[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 08:56, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes every word in the whole sentence is known but the translation in Chinese is not very fluent, even confusing. To solve this problem, it is necessary to clarify the context. There are a lot of long sentences in the government report. The context of the sentence is not very clear. Parallel phrases or predicates are often used to connect components. Therefore, in the translation process, we must first read through the whole text more than once, understand the relationship between the components of each sentence, and then use authentic Chinese expressions to translate it accurately. A government work report is a summary of all aspects of the government's work in the near future, so it has distinctive characteristics of the time. In order to translate the work report better, a thorough understanding of current events is necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By writing this work, the author has accumulated a lot of vocabulary about politics, and at the same time, has a better understanding of the political style and has a deeper understanding of translation theory and methods. The knowledge of translation is becoming richer and the level of translation ability is gradually improving, and the author has also deeply realized that in order to be an excellent translator the following characteristics must be present: a large range of vocabulary, a good understanding of two languages, the ability to express well, insight into current affairs, and the flexibility in the translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Due to the author's lack of translation experience and academic knowledge, there are still shortcomings in this work that await improvement and require further research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
Anna Leelova Анна Лилова(1985). Ведение в общую теорию перевода [M] Introduction to general translation theory. Москва: Высшая школа Moscow: The Higher School.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Breus E.V. Бреус Е. В. (2002)Основы теории и практики перевода с русского языка на английский: Учебное пособие. [М].The basics of the theory and practice of translation from Russian into English: Textbook. Москва: УРАО Moscow: URAO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Yi, Jin Weiran, Cao Shuxun, Sun Guifen 蔡毅，靳慰然，曹书勋，孙桂芬.(2006) 俄译汉教程（上）[M].Translation Course from Russian to Chinese (1).北京：外语教学与研究出版社 Beijing: Foreign language teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Zhonglian, Bai Wenchang 黄忠廉，白文昌.(2010) 俄汉双向全译实践教程[M].A practical course in Russian-Chinese complete translation in both languages.黑龙江：黑龙江大学出版社 Heilongjiang: Heilongjiang University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Institute of Dictionary Studies of Russian Language and Literature Research Centre in Heilongjiang University 黑龙江大学俄罗斯语言文学研究中心辞书研究所.（2014）新时代俄汉详解大辞典[Z].The Russian-Chinese Dictionary in a New Era 北京：商务印书馆 Beijing: The Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kozhevnikova V.M. &amp;amp; Nikolaeva P. A.Кожевникова В.М., Николаева П. А.(1987) Литературный энциклопедический словарь[Z].The literary encyclopaedic dictionary. Москва: Советская энциклопедия Moscow: Soviet Encyclopaedia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mou Tingting 牟婷婷.（2013）“2010年俄罗斯政府工作报告”的汉译方法与策略[D].&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Translation methods and strategies of the 2010 Russian Government Work Report&amp;quot;.黑龙江大学 Heilongjiang University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RF Government Правительство РФ.(2019-7-22) Ежегодный отчет Правительства в Государственной Думе [DB/OL].Annual report of the government to the State Duma. http://government.ru/news/40074/ .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yingying 王莹莹.(2014)&amp;quot;2012年梅德韦杰夫总理政府工作报告&amp;quot;的语言特点和汉译策略[D].Linguistic features and translation strategies of the &amp;quot; 2012 RF Government Work Report of Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev 黑龙江大学 Heilongjiang University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng Zesheng, Geng Longming 郑泽生，耿龙明.(1985)俄译汉翻译教程[M].Translation Course from Russian to Chinese 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 00:03, 16 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_5&amp;diff=133819</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 5</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_5&amp;diff=133819"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:47:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Abstract */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Chapter 5: Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019=&lt;br /&gt;
'''政论语体翻译策略与翻译技巧—以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Russian Constitution, every spring the Prime Minister of Russia is required to present to the State Duma an annual summary of the government's work, including a description of what Russia has accomplished in the past year in different areas , the challenges encountered, and the government's plans and goals set for the new year. The annual summary of the Russian government's work is one of the ways to know the development and future plans of Russia and the important document for studying Russia.This type of text belongs to the category of political essays. Therefore, it is important to master the translation strategies and methods of political essays.This paper takes the &amp;quot;Annual Work Summary of the Russian Government in 2019&amp;quot; as a study case, and the author uses the existing translation theories and methods as a guide to work on the translation, and summarizes some of his own experiences in the translation process, hoping that this paper can be helpful for the same type of translation research work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Russia;Translation strategies and methods;Political essay;The Annual Summary of government's work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
按照俄罗斯宪法规定，每年春天，俄罗斯国家总理需要向国家杜马作年度政府工作报告，报告内容为俄罗斯过去一年在各个领域政府工作的完成情况、遇到的挑战以及新一年政府的工作计划与目标。俄罗斯政府工作报告是了解俄罗斯发展动态和未来规划的途径之一，是研究俄罗斯的重要文献。这种类型的文本属于政论语体的范畴。因此，掌握政论语体文章的翻译策略和方法非常重要。本文以《2019年俄罗斯政府年度工作总结》为研究语料，作者以现有的翻译理论和方法为指导进行翻译工作，并总结了自己在翻译过程中的一些经验，希望本文能对同类型翻译研究工作有所帮助。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
俄罗斯；翻译策略与翻译方法；政论文；政府工作总结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Title===&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The form of annual summary of the Russian government's work started in the Soviet period. Since the formation of the Soviet Union, at each congress of the High Council the head of the government would make a summary, which contained information about the situation of the accomplishment of government work and the problems encountered in various areas during the past year, as well as the plans and goals of the government for the new year. Such government summary has continued to the present day in Russia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' The form of an annual summary of the Russian government's work started in the Soviet period. --[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 06:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The report on the work of the Russian government is not only the routine work of the prime minister, but also one of the ways for Russians and the whole world to understand the development and future of Russia. Thus, the annual government report can be described as an important document for the study of Russia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The government report belongs to the political essay style. In recent years, the political essay in Russian has been studied in increasing numbers. This mainly includes the following aspects: ①the features of this style; ②stylistics; ③translation strategies from Russian to foreign languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' The government report belongs to the political essay style. In recent years, political essay in Russian has been studied in increasing numbers. --[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 06:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, quite a few native and foreign researchers are working on the research of this topic. For example, in the thesis &amp;quot; The Pronunciation Features of the political style of speech&amp;quot; the author tells about the heterogeneity of literary language and one of the forms of its existence - the political style of speech and features of the organization of its phonetic varieties; And the article &amp;quot;Structural, semantic and functional features of references in the political style of Russian language&amp;quot; was devoted to the characteristics of speech in publicist articles; also the book &amp;quot;Political style: new features&amp;quot;, and a textbook for students &amp;quot;Social-political style of speech&amp;quot; and so on. Meanwhile, the results of Chinese researchers should be noted. For example, Wang Yingying, a graduate student of Heilongjiang University, wrote a paper in which the author summarized the features and ways of translation of phrases and expressions used in political essays. In addition, the textbook &amp;quot;Course of Translation from Russian to Chinese&amp;quot; edited by Cai Yi. In it, many example sentences come from the political essays. (Veshchikova 1994:67)(Cai Yi 2009:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following research methods are used in writing this paper:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Gather theoretical materials related to the selected topics;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Use relevant books on translation theories and underline specific sentences in the source text that use a particular translation theory;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Discover problems, solve problems, and generalize translation experiences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paradigm in this paper -- “The Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The object of the paper -- the features of the political essays, translation theories and methods used during the translation of the source text and the experience gained during the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview of Annual Summary of the Government's Work===&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of government reports:State of the Union address, political speeches, and the report of the government on its performance. The first two began in the United States and the last in the Soviet Union. Since the formation of the Soviet Union, at each congress of the Soviet High Council, the head of the government would make a report that contained information about the situation of the government's work performance and the problems encountered in various areas over the past year, as well as the government's plans and goals for the new year. Such government reports continue to this day in Russia. Such a report on work of the government was learned in our country and has been used since 1954.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition of Annual Work Summary by Government====&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Russian constitution, every spring, the Russian Prime Minister must submit to the State Duma a report on the work of the government in order to detail the performance of various work in the past year, the goals for further development in various areas, as well as the opportunities and challenges faced in the areas like economy, politics, diplomacy, population, education, and so on. The report on the work of the Russian government for the year, as a rule, consists of three parts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' According to the Russian constitution, every spring, the Russian Prime Minister must submit to the State Duma a report on the work of the government to detail the performance of various work in the past year, the goals for further development in various areas, as well as the opportunities and challenges faced in the aspects like economy, politics, diplomacy, population, education, and so on. --[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 08:56, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
① Overview of the main work of the government of the past year：&lt;br /&gt;
It is necessary to summarize the main work of the government for the previous year, achievements in various areas and the realization of major goals, and then to detail each specific achievement of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
② Work tasks for this year：&lt;br /&gt;
Draw up the government's work plan in detail for this year and the main goals. At first, explain the main ideas and main tasks of the government's work this year, then divide the work into several categories and explain in detail the measures the government needs to take.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③ The government's own planning:&lt;br /&gt;
Explain the construction plan for the government.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' The government's planning:--[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 08:56, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The features of political essays（Take Chinese government reports for example）====&lt;br /&gt;
1．At discourse level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Repeated references to the same things&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a. 2010 GWR:积极 45;大力31;全面30;着力16;切实17;有效9;充分8 发展 146，建设87，加强67 促进42&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b. 2009 vs 2010: 增强 19-18;加大23-56;加快44-56&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Unnecessary modifiers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.更加周密地做好应对各种风险和挑战的准备。&lt;br /&gt;
Make even more thorough preparations to deal with risks and challenges of all kinds. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.无比优越 &lt;br /&gt;
incomparable superiority&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.就事关当今世界、事关双边关系的一些全局性和长期性重大问题深入交换意见.&lt;br /&gt;
(we)have been engaged in in-depth exchange of views with them on important overarching and long-term issues concerning the world situation and bilateral relations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d.我们几代、十几代甚至几十代人想的一件事，要做的一件事，是我们100年、1000年也不会动摇的一个方针。&lt;br /&gt;
This is what we must focus on and achieve-not just this generation but for generations to come. This is the policy that will not change in 100 years or 1,000 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.At sentence level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Long sentences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
经过三十多年的改革开放，我们从“以阶级斗争为纲”到以经济建设为中心，全面推进社会主义现代化事业;从搞计划经济到推进各方面改革，建立起社会主义市场经济体制;从封闭状态和片面强调自力更生，到实行对外开放、发展国际合作；从以意识形态划线到主张各种社会制度和发展模式和谐生存，全方位发展对外关系，中国的变化可谓天翻地覆。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More than 30 years of reform and opening up has brought about earth-shaking changes in the country: from &amp;quot;taking class struggle as the key principle&amp;quot; to focusing on economic development and building socialist modernization on all fronts, from planned economy to socialist market economy through reform across the board, from a closed society and over emphasis on self-reliance to opening up and international cooperation, from emphasis on ideology in external relations to advocating harmonious co-existence of various social systems and development models and developing external relations in an all-round way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Subjectless sentences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如果我们不能很好地处理同外部世界的关系，新世纪头20年由国际形势总体和平，大国关系相对平稳和新科技革命迅猛发展提供的发展机遇就可能丧失。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lf we fail to manage well our relations with the rest of the world, we might miss the development opportunities provided by the overall peace in the world relative stability in relations between major countries and fast progress in new science and technology revolution in the first 20 years of the new century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Parallel structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.总之，中国人穷日子过得太久了，最大的战略意图就是使自己的日子一天比一天、一年比一年过得好些，希望地球上的人们日子也一天比一天、一年比一年过得好些除此别无他图。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the Chinese people have suffered long enough from poverty. Our greatest and only strategic intention is to live a better life, where every day is better than the previous one. We wish the same for all the people in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.买的放心，吃的放心，用的放心。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buy food and drugs with confidence and consume them with satisfaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.At word level&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①Unnecessary words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.经济增速陡然下滑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pace of our economic growth suddenly slowed down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.进一步落实好扶残助残的各项政策&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further implement policies for assisting and supporting them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.注重共同利益、发展共同利益、维护共同利益 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We value, develop and protect common interests&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Terms with national characteristics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.小康社会 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
well -off/ well-to-do/affluent/comfortable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.加快全面建设小康社会进程&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pick up the pace of building a moderatly prosperous society in all respects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
c.要使中国人民能过上小康社会的生活&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable the Chinese people to live a comfortable life A society of initial prosperity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
d.以求同存&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
seeking common ground while shelving differences&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e.坚持奉行互利共赢的开放战略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we follow the win-win strategy of opening up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Figurative expressions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a.metaphorical expression&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
龙头企业—pacesetting enterprise&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
法宝—key&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b.metonymical expression 转喻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
米袋子—grain supply&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
各国唯有同舟共济而不是同舟共“挤”，同舟共渡而不是同舟共“斗”，才有出路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Countries should consider themselves passengers in the same boat and cross the river peacefully together instead of fighting one another and trying to push one another off the boat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Source text introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On July 22, Russian Prime Minister Mikhail Mishustin made a speech in the State Duma reporting on the work of the government for 2019.Among the main topics of the speech of the head of the Cabinet of Ministers were the fight against coronavirus infection, support and development of healthcare, education, labor market and housing construction, support of business and backbone enterprises, ensuring macroeconomic and financial stability. Mishustin called the main goal of the government to improve the quality of life of every person in the country. The Prime Minister stressed that the updated Constitution of the Russian Federation increases the responsibility of all branches of power. According to the head of the government, the Russian economy could make a breakthrough, but this was prevented by the pandemic and oil prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Strategies and methods used in the translation process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first requirement for translating works of political style is to faithfully and accurately express the political and ideological content of the original, so that the translation has the same influential function as the original. In this chapter, based on the aforementioned theories and strategies, the author analyzed several translation options using examples from the report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====At Lexical level====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Addition=====&lt;br /&gt;
Except for some words with the same meaning, most of the words in the Russian and Chinese languages are not identical in terms of meaning, grammatical function, rhetorical features and usage habits. Due to this situation, when translating, in order to express the meaning of the original text exactly, it is often necessary to add some words and phrases, or even sentences, which are latent in the original text. This is a very common translation technique.&lt;br /&gt;
The addition of words must be based on the premise of faithfulness to the original text, and the addition of words is never the same as adding meaning. The addition of words is often used in the following cases: (Cai Yi 2009:158)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①If you don't add the word, it doesn't fit the Chinese collocation convention, or the meaning is not clear, or even causes ambiguity; if you don't add the word, the meaning is not clear. For example，'''Пушкин переведен на многие языки мира'''. There are two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''普希金已经译成了世界上许多种文字'''”，the second is“'''普希金的作品已经译成了世界上许多种文字'''”. In terms of Chinese expression habits, although it can be said that he is reading Pushkin and he is translating Pushkin, at this time Pushkin refers to Pushkin's works. But it cannot be said that Pushkin was translated into a foreign language. Therefore, the first translation violates the expression habits of Chinese. The second translation adds words, but accurately expresses the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②Without adding words, the translation is barely understandable, but adding words can make the translation clearer and more fluent. For example，'''Критерием мощи армии является её моральный дух'''. There are also two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''军队威力的尺度是士气'''”，the second is“'''衡量军队威力的尺度是士气'''”. Obviously, the second translation is better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③Without adding words, it would violate logic from the perspective of the translation, and we don’t know what it means. For example，'''Книга «Остров Сахалин» относится к общественной деятельности Чехова'''. If we translate this sentence into &amp;quot;'''《库页岛》一书属于契柯夫的社会活动'''&amp;quot;，There will be logically unreasonable problems, which makes people feel inexplicable. Why does a book become a social activity? And if we translate this sentence into“'''《库页岛》一书的写作属于契柯夫的社会活动'''”，it will be clear at a glance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum the above up, the addition of words is one of the common methods used in the process of Russian-Chinese translation. This method is also frequently used in the process of translating the Work Summary of the Russian Government for the year 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Коронавирус сильно изменил рынок труда.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 冠状病毒极大地改变了劳动市场。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 受新冠疫情影响，我国就业市场发生了极大变化。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Россия, ещё раз повторю, сделала это едва ли не первой в мире, чтобы защитить наших людей и выиграть время на подготовку системы здравоохранения к приёму заболевших.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 我再一次重申，为了保护我们的人民，为了赢得更多时间来做好卫生体系接收病人的准备工作，俄罗斯几乎是世界上第一个采取这些举措的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我再一次重申，为了保护我们的人民，为了赢得更多时间来做好卫生体系接收病人的准备工作，俄罗斯几乎是世界上第一个采取这些举措的国家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''По мере расширения кризисных явлений также обратили особое внимание на розничную торговлю непродовольственными товарами, сферу культуры и на средства массовой информации.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 随着危机影响的加剧，非食品零售贸易，文化和大众传媒领域也得到了关注。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 随着危机影响的加剧，非食品零售贸易，文化和大众传媒领域也得到了关注和支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4) '''Я неоднократно встречался с врачами, учёными и экспертами для выработки оптимальной стратегии, алгоритма введения ограничительных мер и последующей их поэтапной отмены.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 我与医生、学者、专家们多次会面，力求制定最佳战略和规范限制举措实行及其随后取消的时。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我与医生、学者、专家们多次会面，力求制定出最佳战略，找到规范限制举措实行及其随后取消的时间。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we will find that the second translation is more in line with Chinese expression habits and easier to understand than the first translation. But it should be noted that adding words must match the original text, and adding does not mean adding meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Omission=====&lt;br /&gt;
The omission is just the opposite of the addition mentioned above. In translation practice, it is sometimes necessary to omit individual words of the original text in the translation, otherwise the writing will appear verbose, which does not conform to the expression habits of the translation, and sometimes even affect the exact expression of the original intent. The omission is by no means to reduce the meaning, on the contrary, the omission is to better express the meaning. The subtracted word no longer exists in the translation, but its meaning is still there. Generally speaking, there are fewer cases in which words need to be subtracted in translation. Therefore, it is necessary to be more cautious when subtracting words. Avoid subtracting words and distort the original text. Omission is often used in the following situations: (Cai Yi 2009:165)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' Avoid subtracting words and distorting the original text. The omission is often used in the following situations: --[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 08:56, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
①	There are words that are not translated, the meaning is already expressed. Instead, translating them makes them seem cumbersome. For example，'''Тесным кольцом смыкайтесь вокруг ваших знамём!''' Many people might translate this phrase into“'''紧密地围成一个圈，团结在你们的旗帜周围！'''”. But such a translation reads very poorly. So “'''紧密地团结在你们旗帜周围'''” is better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
②	Some words may be translated in a way that violates the conventions of the target language, or even distorts the original meaning. For example, '''Интересы увеличения произодства зерна потребовали изменения структуры посевных площадей'''. There are two translations of this phrase, the first one is “'''为了提高谷物的产量的利益，需要改变播种面积的结构。'''”，the second is“'''为了提高谷物产量，需要改变播种面积的结构。'''“Obviously, we would not speak Chinese like the first translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
③	Translate two words into one. For example, Обе резорюции в общем и целом сходятся. In this sentence, we would translate “'''в общем и целом'''” into'''大体上''', not '''整个大体上'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lexical omission is exactly the opposite of addition. This method involves ignoring some semantically redundant words in the translation process that do not carry an important semantic content, and their meaning is often comprehensively restored in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Для этого мы ввели мораторий на проведение практически всех проверок предпринимателей'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 为此，我们采取暂停实施几乎所有对企业家的检查。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 为此，我们暂停了几乎所有对企业家的检查。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Всего различные формы поддержки на сумму около 600 млрд рублей получили семьи, в которых воспитываются более 26,5 миллиона детей.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) 共计有抚养2650多万儿童的家庭获得总额约6000亿卢布的各种形式的支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 共计有2650多万儿童的家庭获得总额约6000亿卢布的各种形式的支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we will find that the second translation is simpler and clearer, without being cumbersome. It is definitely not the case that lexical omission is meant to subtract meaning, on the contrary, omission is meant to better express the meaning of the source text. In general, there are fewer cases where a lexical sense needs to be used when translating, so we need to be more careful about the word sense and not distort the meaning of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====At Syntactical level====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Combination=====&lt;br /&gt;
The method of combination is used when: there is a close semantic connection between the two statements, the retention of the main or subordinate sentence in a compound sentence is contrary to the rules of the target language (collapsing into a word or phrase) or one of the sentences is grammatically too incomplete to retain its separate reproduction in the translation.（Zheng Zesheng 1981:45）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Ситуация осложнилась и тем, что распространение вируса и действия отдельных стран по наращиванию добычи нефти привели к серьёзному дисбалансу на нефтяном рынке. Это вызвало обвальное снижение цен, усилилась волатильность финансовых и валютных рынков, произошёл отток капитала.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 新冠病毒的传播和部分国家为增加石油开采量而导致石油市场严重失衡的行为使得情况复杂化。这引发油价暴跌，加剧了金融和外汇市场动荡以及资本外流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 新冠病毒的传播和部分国家为增加石油开采量而导致石油市场严重失衡的行为使得情况复杂化，引发油价暴跌，加剧了金融和外汇市场动荡以及资本外流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Все меры поддержки безработных Правительство распространило и на более чем 13 тысяч индивидуальных предпри­нимателей, которые были вынуждены закрыть своё дело после 1 марта. Всем им назначено максимальное пособие в размере МРОТ.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 政府把失业人员补助举措扩展到3月1日以后被迫停业的1.3万名个体企业家身上。为他们所有人提供相当于最低工资标准的补贴。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 政府还扩大失业人员补助范围，向3月1日以后被迫停业的1.3万名个体企业家提供相当于最低工资标准的补贴。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''Третье. За II квартал и вовсе списали все налоги и страховые взносы. Такую поддержку получили свыше 1,5 млн малых и средних компаний и индивидуальных предпринимателей.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 第三，免除第二季度的所有税收和社保费用。有150余万家中小型公司及个体企业家获得这一支持。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 第三，免除第二季度150余万家中小型公司及个体企业家的税收和社保费用支出。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, the method of combination is to translate two or more simple sentences together into a single sentence. This method makes the translation concise and easy to understand, and the translation will not be repetitive and verbose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Division=====&lt;br /&gt;
Division is the opposite of combination, however, whereas combination is often used to avoid repetition, division is used to emphasis the logical and temporary connections between the parts of the text and to make them explicit.(Breus E.V.2002:58)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)'''Если отец или мать теряет работу, а в кризис такое, конечно, не редкость, это может обрушить семейный бюджет.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 如果父亲或者母亲失业，当然在危机中这种情况并不罕见，那么家庭的收支预算就会崩溃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 如果父亲或者母亲失业，那么家庭的收支预算就会崩溃。这样的情况在危机中并不罕见。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Вчера Государственная Дума поддержала в третьем чтении правительственный законопроект, который позволяет бизнесу комфортно переходить с одного налогового режима на другие.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 昨天在杜马第三次会议上通过了一项能使企业轻松地从一种税制转变为另外一种的政府法案。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 昨天在杜马第三次会议上通过了一项政府法案。该法案能使企业轻松地从一种税制转变为另外一种。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many complex and long sentences in the government report, and translating them directly into Chinese can cause some semantic problems. Therefore, using the method of sentence division is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Inversion=====&lt;br /&gt;
Inversion --- A change in the location (order) of linguistic elements in the translation, corresponding to the linguistic elements of the original. The words, word combinations, parts of a compound sentence, elementary sentences within a compound sentence, and independent sentences in the system of a whole text can be subject to permutations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) '''Тем отраслям, которые сильно зависят от потребительского спроса, помогаем через специальные адресные программы.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 那些高度依赖消费者的行业，我们通过专门的有针对性的计划来帮助它们。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 我们通过专门的有针对性的计划来帮助那些高度依赖消费者的行业。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) '''Во-первых, это разработка комплексного механизма поддержки крупных инвестиционных проектов на федеральном и региональном уровнях, в том числе – на основе соглашений о защите и поощрении капиталовложений.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 首先，建立综合机制以支持联邦和地区层面的大型投资项目，这是在保护和鼓励投资的基础上。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 首先，在保护和鼓励投资的基础上，建立综合机制以支持联邦和地区层面的大型投资项目。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) '''Кроме того, мы сориентируем вузы на подготовку квалифицированных кадров в соответствии с потребностями экономики регионов.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
а) 除此之外，我们联合大学培养合格人才，根据地区经济发展需求。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
b) 除此之外，我们根据地区经济发展需求，联合大学培养合格人才。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a big difference in word order between Chinese and Russian. During translation, only by learning to use &amp;quot;inversion&amp;quot; can the translation be close to the original text and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the translation of the government report, the author learned that the big weakness was a lack of understanding of the differences in expression and word order between Chinese and Russian, a lack of accumulation of some frequently used fixed phrases and collocations, and a lack of literacy about society, culture and customs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' During the translation of the government report, the author learned that the major weakness was a lack of understanding of the differences in expression and word order between Chinese and Russian, a lack of accumulation of some frequently used fixed phrases and collocations, and a lack of literacy about society, culture, and customs. --[[User:Peng Ruixue|Peng Ruixue]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruixue|talk]]) 08:56, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes every word in the whole sentence is known but the translation in Chinese is not very fluent, even confusing. To solve this problem, it is necessary to clarify the context. There are a lot of long sentences in the government report. The context of the sentence is not very clear. Parallel phrases or predicates are often used to connect components. Therefore, in the translation process, we must first read through the whole text more than once, understand the relationship between the components of each sentence, and then use authentic Chinese expressions to translate it accurately. A government work report is a summary of all aspects of the government's work in the near future, so it has distinctive characteristics of the time. In order to translate the work report better, a thorough understanding of current events is necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By writing this work, the author has accumulated a lot of vocabulary about politics, and at the same time, has a better understanding of the political style and has a deeper understanding of translation theory and methods. The knowledge of translation is becoming richer and the level of translation ability is gradually improving, and the author has also deeply realized that in order to be an excellent translator the following characteristics must be present: a large range of vocabulary, a good understanding of two languages, the ability to express well, insight into current affairs, and the flexibility in the translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Due to the author's lack of translation experience and academic knowledge, there are still shortcomings in this work that await improvement and require further research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
Anna Leelova Анна Лилова(1985). Ведение в общую теорию перевода [M] Introduction to general translation theory. Москва: Высшая школа Moscow: The Higher School.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Breus E.V. Бреус Е. В. (2002)Основы теории и практики перевода с русского языка на английский: Учебное пособие. [М].The basics of the theory and practice of translation from Russian into English: Textbook. Москва: УРАО Moscow: URAO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cai Yi, Jin Weiran, Cao Shuxun, Sun Guifen 蔡毅，靳慰然，曹书勋，孙桂芬.(2006) 俄译汉教程（上）[M].Translation Course from Russian to Chinese (1).北京：外语教学与研究出版社 Beijing: Foreign language teaching and Research Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Zhonglian, Bai Wenchang 黄忠廉，白文昌.(2010) 俄汉双向全译实践教程[M].A practical course in Russian-Chinese complete translation in both languages.黑龙江：黑龙江大学出版社 Heilongjiang: Heilongjiang University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Institute of Dictionary Studies of Russian Language and Literature Research Centre in Heilongjiang University 黑龙江大学俄罗斯语言文学研究中心辞书研究所.（2014）新时代俄汉详解大辞典[Z].The Russian-Chinese Dictionary in a New Era 北京：商务印书馆 Beijing: The Commercial Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kozhevnikova V.M. &amp;amp; Nikolaeva P. A.Кожевникова В.М., Николаева П. А.(1987) Литературный энциклопедический словарь[Z].The literary encyclopaedic dictionary. Москва: Советская энциклопедия Moscow: Soviet Encyclopaedia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mou Tingting 牟婷婷.（2013）“2010年俄罗斯政府工作报告”的汉译方法与策略[D].&amp;quot;&amp;quot; Translation methods and strategies of the 2010 Russian Government Work Report&amp;quot;.黑龙江大学 Heilongjiang University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RF Government Правительство РФ.(2019-7-22) Ежегодный отчет Правительства в Государственной Думе [DB/OL].Annual report of the government to the State Duma. http://government.ru/news/40074/ .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yingying 王莹莹.(2014)&amp;quot;2012年梅德韦杰夫总理政府工作报告&amp;quot;的语言特点和汉译策略[D].Linguistic features and translation strategies of the &amp;quot; 2012 RF Government Work Report of Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev 黑龙江大学 Heilongjiang University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng Zesheng, Geng Longming 郑泽生，耿龙明.(1985)俄译汉翻译教程[M].Translation Course from Russian to Chinese 上海：上海外语教育出版社 Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by--[[User:Mao You|Mao You]] ([[User talk:Mao You|talk]]) 00:03, 16 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133800</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133800"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:38:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, utterance and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field.(Yang 1989: 68-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;.  Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.(Yang 1989)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text.(Si 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J]. 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133796</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133796"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:33:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, utterance and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field.(Yang 1989: 68-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;.  Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.(Yang 1989)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text.(Si 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133794</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133794"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:32:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, utterance and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field.(Yang 1989: 68-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;.  Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.(Yang 1989)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text.(Si 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods&amp;diff=133790</id>
		<title>Translation types, strategies, styles, methods</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods&amp;diff=133790"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:29:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 1: Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=&lt;br /&gt;
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以《佛罗里达大沼泽公园》(节选)为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 3: On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=&lt;br /&gt;
'''交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越Liu Yue,Hunan Normal University,China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose &amp;quot;Pleasures of Ignorance&amp;quot;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 5: Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =&lt;br /&gt;
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=&lt;br /&gt;
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=&lt;br /&gt;
'''功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 8: Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of a Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 10 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''卞之琳的文学翻译理论和实践——以其浪漫主义诗歌译作为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University, China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chpater 11 Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_11]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 12 Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zohaib Chand, Hunan Normal University,China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Muhammad Numan  A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Muhammad Numan,Hunan Normal University,China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Muhammad Saqib Mehran  Problems in Translation Study =&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Muhammad Saqib Mehran, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 15: A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''浅析目的论视角下《哪吒之魔童降世》字幕翻译策略'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘胜楠 Liu Shengnan, Hunan  Normal University,China&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133782</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133782"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:27:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Demolition Syntax */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, utterance and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field.(Yang 1989: 68-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;.  Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.(Yang 1989)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text.(Si 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133778</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133778"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:26:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Addition */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, utterance and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field.(Yang 1989: 68-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;.  Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text.(Si 2005)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133776</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133776"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:25:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Conclusion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, utterance and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field.(Yang 1989: 68-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;.  Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133749</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133749"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:13:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, utterance and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field.(Yang 1989: 68-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;.  Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction''': To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133732</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133732"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:06:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, utterance and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field.(Yang 1989: 68-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction''': To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133725</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133725"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:01:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, utterance and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field.(Yang 1989: 68-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction''': To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133723</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133723"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T03:00:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, utterance and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field.(Yang 1989: 68-71)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction''': To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133721</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133721"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T02:57:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* 摘要 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, utterance and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the heart of the expressive function is the use of words by the speaker or author to express his or her thoughts and feelings. The author's unique form of language is as important as the content.Expressive function texts emphasise the authority of the original author, and translations should follow the principle of &amp;quot;original author first&amp;quot;, faithful to both the content of the ideas expressed by the original author and the language style of the original author, without regard to the reaction of the target reader. The core of the information function is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. At the heart of the information text is the &amp;quot;authenticity&amp;quot; of the content; the author's language is secondary. Translation should be based on the principle of &amp;quot;authenticity first&amp;quot;. The call to action is reader-centred and aims to &amp;quot;call the reader to action, to think, to feel&amp;quot;. The translation should follow the principle of 'reader first', putting the reader of the target language first. The translator can make full use of the advantages of the incoming language, without adhering to the expressions of the original, so that the translated language can achieve the same effect as the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the theory of communicative translation focuses on the understanding and reaction of the recipient, the reader of the translation, and more on the effect rather than the content of the translated expression. The translator can give full play to the advantages of the translated language and introduce foreign elements into the culture of the translated language, with the advantages of naturalisation, Italian translation and idiomatic translation. Semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, focuses on its semantic content and strives to preserve the culture of the original text, and has the advantages of word-for-word, word-for-word and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitable for informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important political statements (or other statements), most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional material, advertisements, announcements, popular fiction. (Yang 1989:68-71) His communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced the field of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. (Yang 1989: 68-71) Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction''': To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133720</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133720"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T02:56:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Abstract */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, utterance and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': 由交际翻译理论指导的翻译实践很多，在其在韩语小说翻译实践方面的运用并不多，因此，以交际翻译理论为指导分析韩语小说翻译具有重要意义。本文将以交际翻译理论为指导，以韩语小说集《恩珠的电影》中的《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》两篇小说为例，分析其中在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略，以期更好地理解韩语小说、更有效地指导韩语小说翻译实践。 (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the heart of the expressive function is the use of words by the speaker or author to express his or her thoughts and feelings. The author's unique form of language is as important as the content.Expressive function texts emphasise the authority of the original author, and translations should follow the principle of &amp;quot;original author first&amp;quot;, faithful to both the content of the ideas expressed by the original author and the language style of the original author, without regard to the reaction of the target reader. The core of the information function is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. At the heart of the information text is the &amp;quot;authenticity&amp;quot; of the content; the author's language is secondary. Translation should be based on the principle of &amp;quot;authenticity first&amp;quot;. The call to action is reader-centred and aims to &amp;quot;call the reader to action, to think, to feel&amp;quot;. The translation should follow the principle of 'reader first', putting the reader of the target language first. The translator can make full use of the advantages of the incoming language, without adhering to the expressions of the original, so that the translated language can achieve the same effect as the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the theory of communicative translation focuses on the understanding and reaction of the recipient, the reader of the translation, and more on the effect rather than the content of the translated expression. The translator can give full play to the advantages of the translated language and introduce foreign elements into the culture of the translated language, with the advantages of naturalisation, Italian translation and idiomatic translation. Semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, focuses on its semantic content and strives to preserve the culture of the original text, and has the advantages of word-for-word, word-for-word and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitable for informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important political statements (or other statements), most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional material, advertisements, announcements, popular fiction. (Yang 1989:68-71) His communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced the field of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. (Yang 1989: 68-71) Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction''': To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133718</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=133718"/>
		<updated>2021-12-16T02:55:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Abstract */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novel translation. Therefore, it is of great significance to analyze the translation of Korean novels under the guidance of communicative translation theory. With the communicative translation theory as the theoretical foundation, this paper will take the Chinese translation of two novels &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the Korean novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' as examples, and analyze the translation methods and translation strategies in lexical, syntactic and rhetorical respects, so as to provide better understanding of Korean novels and more effective guidance for the Korean novel translation practice. The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': 由交际翻译理论指导的翻译实践很多，在其在韩语小说翻译实践方面的运用并不多，因此，以交际翻译理论为指导分析韩语小说翻译具有重要意义。本文将以交际翻译理论为指导，以韩语小说集《恩珠的电影》中的《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》两篇小说为例，分析其中在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略，以期更好地理解韩语小说、更有效地指导韩语小说翻译实践。 (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the heart of the expressive function is the use of words by the speaker or author to express his or her thoughts and feelings. The author's unique form of language is as important as the content.Expressive function texts emphasise the authority of the original author, and translations should follow the principle of &amp;quot;original author first&amp;quot;, faithful to both the content of the ideas expressed by the original author and the language style of the original author, without regard to the reaction of the target reader. The core of the information function is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. At the heart of the information text is the &amp;quot;authenticity&amp;quot; of the content; the author's language is secondary. Translation should be based on the principle of &amp;quot;authenticity first&amp;quot;. The call to action is reader-centred and aims to &amp;quot;call the reader to action, to think, to feel&amp;quot;. The translation should follow the principle of 'reader first', putting the reader of the target language first. The translator can make full use of the advantages of the incoming language, without adhering to the expressions of the original, so that the translated language can achieve the same effect as the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the theory of communicative translation focuses on the understanding and reaction of the recipient, the reader of the translation, and more on the effect rather than the content of the translated expression. The translator can give full play to the advantages of the translated language and introduce foreign elements into the culture of the translated language, with the advantages of naturalisation, Italian translation and idiomatic translation. Semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, focuses on its semantic content and strives to preserve the culture of the original text, and has the advantages of word-for-word, word-for-word and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitable for informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important political statements (or other statements), most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional material, advertisements, announcements, popular fiction. (Yang 1989:68-71) His communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced the field of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. (Yang 1989: 68-71) Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction''': To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132898</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132898"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T07:14:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Conclusion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, phrasing and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''':There are many translation practices guided by communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novel translation. Therefore, it is of great significance to analyze the translation of Korean novels under the guidance of communicative translation theory. With the communicative translation theory as the theoretical foundation, this paper will take the Chinese translation of two novels &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the Korean novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' as examples, and analyze the translation methods and translation strategies in lexical, syntactic and rhetorical respects, so as to provide better understanding of Korean novels and more effective guidance for the Korean novel translation practice. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': 由交际翻译理论指导的翻译实践很多，在其在韩语小说翻译实践方面的运用并不多，因此，以交际翻译理论为指导分析韩语小说翻译具有重要意义。本文将以交际翻译理论为指导，以韩语小说集《恩珠的电影》中的《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》两篇小说为例，分析其中在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略，以期更好地理解韩语小说、更有效地指导韩语小说翻译实践。 (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the heart of the expressive function is the use of words by the speaker or author to express his or her thoughts and feelings. The author's unique form of language is as important as the content.Expressive function texts emphasise the authority of the original author, and translations should follow the principle of &amp;quot;original author first&amp;quot;, faithful to both the content of the ideas expressed by the original author and the language style of the original author, without regard to the reaction of the target reader. The core of the information function is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. At the heart of the information text is the &amp;quot;authenticity&amp;quot; of the content; the author's language is secondary. Translation should be based on the principle of &amp;quot;authenticity first&amp;quot;. The call to action is reader-centred and aims to &amp;quot;call the reader to action, to think, to feel&amp;quot;. The translation should follow the principle of 'reader first', putting the reader of the target language first. The translator can make full use of the advantages of the incoming language, without adhering to the expressions of the original, so that the translated language can achieve the same effect as the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the theory of communicative translation focuses on the understanding and reaction of the recipient, the reader of the translation, and more on the effect rather than the content of the translated expression. The translator can give full play to the advantages of the translated language and introduce foreign elements into the culture of the translated language, with the advantages of naturalisation, Italian translation and idiomatic translation. Semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, focuses on its semantic content and strives to preserve the culture of the original text, and has the advantages of word-for-word, word-for-word and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitable for informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important political statements (or other statements), most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional material, advertisements, announcements, popular fiction. (Yang 1989:68-71) His communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced the field of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. (Yang 1989: 68-71) Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.(Gao 2013)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction''': To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132895</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132895"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T07:12:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Conclusion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, phrasing and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''':There are many translation practices guided by communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novel translation. Therefore, it is of great significance to analyze the translation of Korean novels under the guidance of communicative translation theory. With the communicative translation theory as the theoretical foundation, this paper will take the Chinese translation of two novels &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the Korean novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' as examples, and analyze the translation methods and translation strategies in lexical, syntactic and rhetorical respects, so as to provide better understanding of Korean novels and more effective guidance for the Korean novel translation practice. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': 由交际翻译理论指导的翻译实践很多，在其在韩语小说翻译实践方面的运用并不多，因此，以交际翻译理论为指导分析韩语小说翻译具有重要意义。本文将以交际翻译理论为指导，以韩语小说集《恩珠的电影》中的《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》两篇小说为例，分析其中在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略，以期更好地理解韩语小说、更有效地指导韩语小说翻译实践。 (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the heart of the expressive function is the use of words by the speaker or author to express his or her thoughts and feelings. The author's unique form of language is as important as the content.Expressive function texts emphasise the authority of the original author, and translations should follow the principle of &amp;quot;original author first&amp;quot;, faithful to both the content of the ideas expressed by the original author and the language style of the original author, without regard to the reaction of the target reader. The core of the information function is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. At the heart of the information text is the &amp;quot;authenticity&amp;quot; of the content; the author's language is secondary. Translation should be based on the principle of &amp;quot;authenticity first&amp;quot;. The call to action is reader-centred and aims to &amp;quot;call the reader to action, to think, to feel&amp;quot;. The translation should follow the principle of 'reader first', putting the reader of the target language first. The translator can make full use of the advantages of the incoming language, without adhering to the expressions of the original, so that the translated language can achieve the same effect as the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the theory of communicative translation focuses on the understanding and reaction of the recipient, the reader of the translation, and more on the effect rather than the content of the translated expression. The translator can give full play to the advantages of the translated language and introduce foreign elements into the culture of the translated language, with the advantages of naturalisation, Italian translation and idiomatic translation. Semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, focuses on its semantic content and strives to preserve the culture of the original text, and has the advantages of word-for-word, word-for-word and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitable for informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important political statements (or other statements), most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional material, advertisements, announcements, popular fiction. (Yang 1989:68-71) His communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced the field of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. (Yang 1989: 68-71) Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Kang 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction''': To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132893</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132893"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T07:11:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, phrasing and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''':There are many translation practices guided by communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novel translation. Therefore, it is of great significance to analyze the translation of Korean novels under the guidance of communicative translation theory. With the communicative translation theory as the theoretical foundation, this paper will take the Chinese translation of two novels &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the Korean novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' as examples, and analyze the translation methods and translation strategies in lexical, syntactic and rhetorical respects, so as to provide better understanding of Korean novels and more effective guidance for the Korean novel translation practice. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': 由交际翻译理论指导的翻译实践很多，在其在韩语小说翻译实践方面的运用并不多，因此，以交际翻译理论为指导分析韩语小说翻译具有重要意义。本文将以交际翻译理论为指导，以韩语小说集《恩珠的电影》中的《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》两篇小说为例，分析其中在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略，以期更好地理解韩语小说、更有效地指导韩语小说翻译实践。 (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the heart of the expressive function is the use of words by the speaker or author to express his or her thoughts and feelings. The author's unique form of language is as important as the content.Expressive function texts emphasise the authority of the original author, and translations should follow the principle of &amp;quot;original author first&amp;quot;, faithful to both the content of the ideas expressed by the original author and the language style of the original author, without regard to the reaction of the target reader. The core of the information function is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. At the heart of the information text is the &amp;quot;authenticity&amp;quot; of the content; the author's language is secondary. Translation should be based on the principle of &amp;quot;authenticity first&amp;quot;. The call to action is reader-centred and aims to &amp;quot;call the reader to action, to think, to feel&amp;quot;. The translation should follow the principle of 'reader first', putting the reader of the target language first. The translator can make full use of the advantages of the incoming language, without adhering to the expressions of the original, so that the translated language can achieve the same effect as the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the theory of communicative translation focuses on the understanding and reaction of the recipient, the reader of the translation, and more on the effect rather than the content of the translated expression. The translator can give full play to the advantages of the translated language and introduce foreign elements into the culture of the translated language, with the advantages of naturalisation, Italian translation and idiomatic translation. Semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, focuses on its semantic content and strives to preserve the culture of the original text, and has the advantages of word-for-word, word-for-word and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitable for informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important political statements (or other statements), most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional material, advertisements, announcements, popular fiction. (Yang 1989:68-71) His communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced the field of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. (Yang 1989: 68-71) Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Gao 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132891</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132891"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T07:09:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Conclusion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, phrasing and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''':There are many translation practices guided by communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novel translation. Therefore, it is of great significance to analyze the translation of Korean novels under the guidance of communicative translation theory. With the communicative translation theory as the theoretical foundation, this paper will take the Chinese translation of two novels &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the Korean novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' as examples, and analyze the translation methods and translation strategies in lexical, syntactic and rhetorical respects, so as to provide better understanding of Korean novels and more effective guidance for the Korean novel translation practice. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': 由交际翻译理论指导的翻译实践很多，在其在韩语小说翻译实践方面的运用并不多，因此，以交际翻译理论为指导分析韩语小说翻译具有重要意义。本文将以交际翻译理论为指导，以韩语小说集《恩珠的电影》中的《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》两篇小说为例，分析其中在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略，以期更好地理解韩语小说、更有效地指导韩语小说翻译实践。 (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the heart of the expressive function is the use of words by the speaker or author to express his or her thoughts and feelings. The author's unique form of language is as important as the content.Expressive function texts emphasise the authority of the original author, and translations should follow the principle of &amp;quot;original author first&amp;quot;, faithful to both the content of the ideas expressed by the original author and the language style of the original author, without regard to the reaction of the target reader. The core of the information function is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. At the heart of the information text is the &amp;quot;authenticity&amp;quot; of the content; the author's language is secondary. Translation should be based on the principle of &amp;quot;authenticity first&amp;quot;. The call to action is reader-centred and aims to &amp;quot;call the reader to action, to think, to feel&amp;quot;. The translation should follow the principle of 'reader first', putting the reader of the target language first. The translator can make full use of the advantages of the incoming language, without adhering to the expressions of the original, so that the translated language can achieve the same effect as the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the theory of communicative translation focuses on the understanding and reaction of the recipient, the reader of the translation, and more on the effect rather than the content of the translated expression. The translator can give full play to the advantages of the translated language and introduce foreign elements into the culture of the translated language, with the advantages of naturalisation, Italian translation and idiomatic translation. Semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, focuses on its semantic content and strives to preserve the culture of the original text, and has the advantages of word-for-word, word-for-word and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitable for informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important political statements (or other statements), most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional material, advertisements, announcements, popular fiction. (Yang 1989:68-71) His communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced the field of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. (Yang 1989: 68-71) Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.(Gao 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 '''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132884</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132884"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T07:06:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, phrasing and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''':There are many translation practices guided by communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novel translation. Therefore, it is of great significance to analyze the translation of Korean novels under the guidance of communicative translation theory. With the communicative translation theory as the theoretical foundation, this paper will take the Chinese translation of two novels &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the Korean novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' as examples, and analyze the translation methods and translation strategies in lexical, syntactic and rhetorical respects, so as to provide better understanding of Korean novels and more effective guidance for the Korean novel translation practice. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': 由交际翻译理论指导的翻译实践很多，在其在韩语小说翻译实践方面的运用并不多，因此，以交际翻译理论为指导分析韩语小说翻译具有重要意义。本文将以交际翻译理论为指导，以韩语小说集《恩珠的电影》中的《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》两篇小说为例，分析其中在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略，以期更好地理解韩语小说、更有效地指导韩语小说翻译实践。 (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the heart of the expressive function is the use of words by the speaker or author to express his or her thoughts and feelings. The author's unique form of language is as important as the content.Expressive function texts emphasise the authority of the original author, and translations should follow the principle of &amp;quot;original author first&amp;quot;, faithful to both the content of the ideas expressed by the original author and the language style of the original author, without regard to the reaction of the target reader. The core of the information function is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. At the heart of the information text is the &amp;quot;authenticity&amp;quot; of the content; the author's language is secondary. Translation should be based on the principle of &amp;quot;authenticity first&amp;quot;. The call to action is reader-centred and aims to &amp;quot;call the reader to action, to think, to feel&amp;quot;. The translation should follow the principle of 'reader first', putting the reader of the target language first. The translator can make full use of the advantages of the incoming language, without adhering to the expressions of the original, so that the translated language can achieve the same effect as the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the theory of communicative translation focuses on the understanding and reaction of the recipient, the reader of the translation, and more on the effect rather than the content of the translated expression. The translator can give full play to the advantages of the translated language and introduce foreign elements into the culture of the translated language, with the advantages of naturalisation, Italian translation and idiomatic translation. Semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, focuses on its semantic content and strives to preserve the culture of the original text, and has the advantages of word-for-word, word-for-word and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitable for informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important political statements (or other statements), most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional material, advertisements, announcements, popular fiction. (Yang 1989:68-71) His communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced the field of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. (Yang 1989: 68-71) Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.（Li 1994）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Correction(addition of a summary and limitations):]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132879</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132879"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T07:04:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, phrasing and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''':There are many translation practices guided by communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novel translation. Therefore, it is of great significance to analyze the translation of Korean novels under the guidance of communicative translation theory. With the communicative translation theory as the theoretical foundation, this paper will take the Chinese translation of two novels &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the Korean novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' as examples, and analyze the translation methods and translation strategies in lexical, syntactic and rhetorical respects, so as to provide better understanding of Korean novels and more effective guidance for the Korean novel translation practice. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': 由交际翻译理论指导的翻译实践很多，在其在韩语小说翻译实践方面的运用并不多，因此，以交际翻译理论为指导分析韩语小说翻译具有重要意义。本文将以交际翻译理论为指导，以韩语小说集《恩珠的电影》中的《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》两篇小说为例，分析其中在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略，以期更好地理解韩语小说、更有效地指导韩语小说翻译实践。 (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the heart of the expressive function is the use of words by the speaker or author to express his or her thoughts and feelings. The author's unique form of language is as important as the content.Expressive function texts emphasise the authority of the original author, and translations should follow the principle of &amp;quot;original author first&amp;quot;, faithful to both the content of the ideas expressed by the original author and the language style of the original author, without regard to the reaction of the target reader. The core of the information function is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. At the heart of the information text is the &amp;quot;authenticity&amp;quot; of the content; the author's language is secondary. Translation should be based on the principle of &amp;quot;authenticity first&amp;quot;. The call to action is reader-centred and aims to &amp;quot;call the reader to action, to think, to feel&amp;quot;. The translation should follow the principle of 'reader first', putting the reader of the target language first. The translator can make full use of the advantages of the incoming language, without adhering to the expressions of the original, so that the translated language can achieve the same effect as the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the theory of communicative translation focuses on the understanding and reaction of the recipient, the reader of the translation, and more on the effect rather than the content of the translated expression. The translator can give full play to the advantages of the translated language and introduce foreign elements into the culture of the translated language, with the advantages of naturalisation, Italian translation and idiomatic translation. Semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, focuses on its semantic content and strives to preserve the culture of the original text, and has the advantages of word-for-word, word-for-word and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitable for informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important political statements (or other statements), most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional material, advertisements, announcements, popular fiction. (Yang 1989:68-71) His communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced the field of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. (Yang 1989: 68-71) Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers（Chen 1994）, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Correction(addition of a summary and limitations):]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132874</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132874"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T07:03:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Conversion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, phrasing and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''':There are many translation practices guided by communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novel translation. Therefore, it is of great significance to analyze the translation of Korean novels under the guidance of communicative translation theory. With the communicative translation theory as the theoretical foundation, this paper will take the Chinese translation of two novels &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the Korean novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' as examples, and analyze the translation methods and translation strategies in lexical, syntactic and rhetorical respects, so as to provide better understanding of Korean novels and more effective guidance for the Korean novel translation practice. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': 由交际翻译理论指导的翻译实践很多，在其在韩语小说翻译实践方面的运用并不多，因此，以交际翻译理论为指导分析韩语小说翻译具有重要意义。本文将以交际翻译理论为指导，以韩语小说集《恩珠的电影》中的《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》两篇小说为例，分析其中在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略，以期更好地理解韩语小说、更有效地指导韩语小说翻译实践。 (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the heart of the expressive function is the use of words by the speaker or author to express his or her thoughts and feelings. The author's unique form of language is as important as the content.Expressive function texts emphasise the authority of the original author, and translations should follow the principle of &amp;quot;original author first&amp;quot;, faithful to both the content of the ideas expressed by the original author and the language style of the original author, without regard to the reaction of the target reader. The core of the information function is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. At the heart of the information text is the &amp;quot;authenticity&amp;quot; of the content; the author's language is secondary. Translation should be based on the principle of &amp;quot;authenticity first&amp;quot;. The call to action is reader-centred and aims to &amp;quot;call the reader to action, to think, to feel&amp;quot;. The translation should follow the principle of 'reader first', putting the reader of the target language first. The translator can make full use of the advantages of the incoming language, without adhering to the expressions of the original, so that the translated language can achieve the same effect as the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the theory of communicative translation focuses on the understanding and reaction of the recipient, the reader of the translation, and more on the effect rather than the content of the translated expression. The translator can give full play to the advantages of the translated language and introduce foreign elements into the culture of the translated language, with the advantages of naturalisation, Italian translation and idiomatic translation. Semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, focuses on its semantic content and strives to preserve the culture of the original text, and has the advantages of word-for-word, word-for-word and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitable for informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important political statements (or other statements), most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional material, advertisements, announcements, popular fiction. (Yang 1989:68-71) His communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced the field of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. (Yang 1989: 68-71) Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.(Chen 1994)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers（Chen 1994）, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Correction(addition of a summary and limitations):]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods&amp;diff=132868</id>
		<title>Translation types, strategies, styles, methods</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods&amp;diff=132868"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T07:00:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=&lt;br /&gt;
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=&lt;br /&gt;
'''交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越Liu Yue,Hunan Normal University,China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose &amp;quot;Pleasures of Ignorance&amp;quot;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =&lt;br /&gt;
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=&lt;br /&gt;
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Overview &lt;br /&gt;
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005:9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004:1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988:2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964:32). Larson has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998:23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”(Snell-Hornby 1988:33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term.&amp;quot;(Goodenough 1957:167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003:16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988:81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation and Culture===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation and Culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988:7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988:5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988:7).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as &amp;quot;the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965:20). According to Venuti translation is &amp;quot;the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995:18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008:19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014:2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999:22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation &amp;quot;is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original&amp;quot;(Hassan 2014:2). &lt;br /&gt;
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation&amp;quot; (Newmark 2001:328). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora,fauna,food,clothes,housing, work,leisure,politics,law,and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988:327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997:9)  while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012:1). &lt;br /&gt;
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Davies 2003:17), others choose cultural words (Newmark 2003;87) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Newmark 2003:7). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. &amp;quot;Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker 1992:21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988:94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988:95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988:95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85:22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003:16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.” &lt;br /&gt;
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning.  The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages. &lt;br /&gt;
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Types of Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are: &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3.1 Word-for-Word Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 Literal translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.3 Faithful translation &lt;br /&gt;
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4 Semantic Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5 Adaptation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015:15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.6 Free Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.7 Idiomatic Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.8 Communicative Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original(Newmark 1988: 18).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Translation Strategies &lt;br /&gt;
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies: &lt;br /&gt;
According to Aixela translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. Shee distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, she tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. She divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies).(Aixela 1996:86)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1. Conservation: &lt;br /&gt;
In conservation,the less compelling process includes repetition,orthographic adaptation,linguistic translation,extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Repetition:In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus,the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela 1996:61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or &lt;br /&gt;
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here,the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes,endings,words,ideas,translators in dictionaries, italics and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss:It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text,not to distract the reader. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 Substitution &lt;br /&gt;
In substitution, According Aixela “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here&amp;quot;(Aixela 1996:87)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela 1997:63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Ketabi 2015:8). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela 1996;64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural &lt;br /&gt;
reference in the ST.(Aixela 1997:43). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 Mona Baker's Translation Strategies &lt;br /&gt;
Baker's strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation.Baker She suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies(Baker 1992;90) which are the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker,this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution:This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view,however,Baker,s translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cultural Categories  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Cultural categories &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
5.1.2 Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.2 Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”(Newmark 1988:90)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 Organisation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are; &lt;br /&gt;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988:97) --[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:50, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Verse No. 	Terms 	English Translation 	Categories &lt;br /&gt;
1 	 الۡکِتٰبِ 	Book 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 	 قرُۡءٰنًا 	Quran 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 	  الۡقَصَصِ 	Narration 	Gesture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 	  رَايَۡتُ 	Dream 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 	 کَوۡکَبًا	Stars 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 	 ال َّ شمۡسَ 	Sun 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7 	 الۡقَمَرَ 	Moon 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8 	 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ 	Events 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9 	 يعَۡقوُۡبَ 	House of Yaqub 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10 	 يعَۡقوُۡبَ 	Yaqub 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11 	 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ 	Ibrahim 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12 	 اِسۡحٰقَ 	Ishaq 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13 	 اقۡتلُوُا	Kill 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14 	 ارَۡضًا	Earth 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15 	 الۡجُبِّ 	Pit 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16 	 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ   	Wayfares 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17 	 يٰۤابََانَا	Father 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18 	 َّ يرۡتعَۡ 	Eat 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19 	 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ 	Play  	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20 	 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ 	Guard 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21 	 وَ اخََافُ 	Fear 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22 	 الذِئّۡبُ 	Wolf 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23 	 عِشَاءًٓ 	Nightfall 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24 	 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ 	Weeping 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
25 	 مَتاَعِنَا	Belongings 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
26 	 قمَِيۡصِہٖ 	Shirt 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
27 	 وَارِدہَمُۡ 	Water drawer 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
28 	 دلَۡوَهٗ 	Bucket 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
29 	 بِثمََنٍ   ۢ بَخۡسٍ 	Paltry price 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 	 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ  	Silver coin 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
31 	 مِّصۡرَ 	Egypt 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
32 	 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ 	Wife 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
33 	 الۡارَۡضِ 	Land 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
34 	 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ 	Prime age 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
35 	 الۡابَۡوَابَ 	Door 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
36 	 مَعَاذَ ّٰ  ِ 	Master 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
37 	 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ 	Evil 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
38 	 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ 	Lewdness 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
39 	 عِبَادِنَا	Servant 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
40 	 وَ قَدَّ تۡ 	Ripped 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
41 	 عَذاَبٌ 	Punishment 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
42 	 ُّ يسۡجَنَ 	Prison 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
43 	 الۡعَزِيۡزِ 	Minister 	Organistion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
44 	 حُباؕ 	Love 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
45 	 فتَٰىہَا	Slave 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
46 	 سِکِّيۡنًا	Knife 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
47 	 مَلکٌَ 	Angel 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
48 	 فَاسۡتجََابَ 	Prayer 	Gestures &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
49 	 خَمۡرًا	Wine 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
50 	 خُبۡزًا	Bread 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
51 	 رَاۡسِیۡ 	Head 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
52 	 ال َّ طيۡرُ 	Birds 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
53 	 ءَارَۡبَابٌ 	Gods 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
54 	 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ 	Prisoners 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
55 	 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ 	Worship 	Gesture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
56 	 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ 	Satan 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57 	 الۡمَلِکُ 	King 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
58 	 بَقَرٰتٍ 	Cows 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59 	 خُضۡرٍ 	Green 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60 	 يٰبسِٰتٍ 	Dry 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
61 	 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ 	Grain 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
62 	 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ 	Crops 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
63 	 يغَُاثُ 	Rain 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
64 	 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ 	Juice 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
65 	 النِّسۡوَةِ 	Women 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
66 	 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ 	Messenger 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
67 	 الۡعَزِيۡزِ 	Governor 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
68 		 ال	ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ 	Truthful 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
69 	 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ 	Betray 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
70 	 خَزَائِٓنِ 	Treasure 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
71 	 مَ َّ کنَّ ا	Power 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
72 	 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا	Mercy 	Gestures &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
73 	 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ 	Taqwa 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
74 	 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ 	Hospitality 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
75 	 رِحَالِہِمۡ 	Camel 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
76 	 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا	Family 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
77 	 بَابٍ 	Gate 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
78 	 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ 	Sovereignty 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
79 	 الۡعِيۡرُ 	Caravan 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
80 	 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ 	Thieves 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
81 	 السِّقَايَۃَ 	Bowl 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
82 	 تاَ ّٰ  ِ	Swear 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
83 	 کٰذِبيِۡنَ 	Liars 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
84 	 وِّعَاءِٓ 	Bag 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
85 	 درََجٰتٍ 	Rank 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
86 	 َّ موۡثِقًا	Pledge 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
87 	 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ 	Judges 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
88 	 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ 	Town 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
89 	 عَيۡنٰہُ 	Eyes 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
90 	 الۡبَشِيۡرُ 	News 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
91 	 ابَوََيۡہِ 	Parents 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
92 	 الۡعَرۡشِ 	Thrown 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
93 	 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ 	Devices 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
94 	 وَ الۡارَۡضِ 	Earth 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
95 	 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ 	Heavens 	Ecology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Procedure ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Translation Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996:31)“translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by Newmark (1988)“translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.”(Newmark 1988:81)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
6.1 Transference &lt;br /&gt;
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.2 Naturalization &lt;br /&gt;
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation,then TL to its original form. &lt;br /&gt;
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3 Culture equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity,as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4 Functional Equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.5 Descriptive equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.6 Synonymy  &lt;br /&gt;
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.7 Through-Translation &lt;br /&gt;
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts,the names of organizations and compound parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.8 Shifts or Transposition &lt;br /&gt;
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.9 Modulation &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.10 Recognized Translation &lt;br /&gt;
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.11 Translation Label &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term,and it is a temporary translation of the source language word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.12 Compensation &lt;br /&gt;
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part,but compensation in the other part. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.13 Componential Analysis &lt;br /&gt;
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.14 Reduction &amp;amp; Expansion &lt;br /&gt;
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.15 Paraphrase &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.16 Couplets &lt;br /&gt;
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.17 Notes &lt;br /&gt;
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Analysis and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Analysis and Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.1 Introduction &lt;br /&gt;
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.2 Procedures &lt;br /&gt;
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:01, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.3 Analysis and Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark's strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items. &lt;br /&gt;
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies. &lt;br /&gt;
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.  &lt;br /&gt;
Table1.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf: &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy 	           Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                            قرُۡءٰنًا	Quran &lt;br /&gt;
                          ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ 	Ibrahim &lt;br /&gt;
Transference                يعَۡقوُۡب	Yaqub &lt;br /&gt;
                             اِسۡحٰق	Ishaq &lt;br /&gt;
                          يَتَّ قوُۡنَ 	Taqwa &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word  Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 2.  &lt;br /&gt;
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy  	                     Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                   اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب	House of Yaqub &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                    لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ 	Guard &lt;br /&gt;
                               	 بِثمََنٍ   ۢ بَخۡسٍ 	Paltry price &lt;br /&gt;
 	                             درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ  	Silver coin &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                     اشَُدَّ هٗ 	Prime age &lt;br /&gt;
Cultural Equivalent 	                 مَعَاذَ ّٰ  	Master &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                    الۡعَزِيۡزِ 	Minister &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                   فَاسۡتجََابَ 	Prayer &lt;br /&gt;
	                                 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ 	 	Sovereignty &lt;br /&gt;
	                              يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن	 	Prisoners &lt;br /&gt;
	                                    الۡمَلِکُ 	 	King &lt;br /&gt;
                                  	 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ 	 	Juice &lt;br /&gt;
                                  	 مَ َّ کنَّ ا	 	Power &lt;br /&gt;
 	 	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word  الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST   ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word  فَاسۡتجََابَ  is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used, &lt;br /&gt;
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table3.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                         	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                                       	 الۡقَصَصِ 	Narration &lt;br /&gt;
                                        	 رَايَۡتُ 	Dream &lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalent                 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ 	Events &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ 	 	Wayfares &lt;br /&gt;
	                                          مِّصۡرَ 	 	Egypt &lt;br /&gt;
	                                       يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ 	 	Devices &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST  الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word  يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. &lt;br /&gt;
Table4. &lt;br /&gt;
 Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf&lt;br /&gt;
  Strategy              	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                               	 کَوۡکَبًا	Stars &lt;br /&gt;
                            	 ال َّ شمۡسَ 	Sun &lt;br /&gt;
 	                              الۡقمََرَ 	Moon &lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive equivalent 	         عِشَاءًٓ 	And at Nightfall &lt;br /&gt;
 	                             وَارِدہَمُۡ 	Water drawer &lt;br /&gt;
 	                               سِکِّيۡنً 	Knife &lt;br /&gt;
 	                              الۡکِتٰبِ 	Enlightening book &lt;br /&gt;
 	                           ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ 	Heaven &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains  کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of  الۡکِتٰبِ. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one. &lt;br /&gt;
Table5. &lt;br /&gt;
 Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                       	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
	                                     رَايَۡتُ 	 	Dream &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  ال َّ طيۡرُ 	 	Birds &lt;br /&gt;
Componential analysis                وَ يَلۡعَبۡ 	Play &lt;br /&gt;
	                                   يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ 	 	Juice &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  مَعَاذَ ّٰ  ِ 	 	Master &lt;br /&gt;
	                             يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ 	 	Prisoners &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                  اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ 	Sovereignty  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like  رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are  ال َّ طيۡرُ  Birds,  اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.  &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent. &lt;br /&gt;
Table 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy 	                      Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                                     	 الۡکِتٰبِ 	Book &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                      قۡتلُوُا	Kill &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                       ارَۡضًا	Earth &lt;br /&gt;
Synonymy   	                           الذِئّۡبُ 	Wolf &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                       دلَۡوَه	Bucket &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                       خَمۡرًا	Wine &lt;br /&gt;
              	                         يٰبسِٰتٍ 	Dry  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance,  الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and  الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Table7. &lt;br /&gt;
 Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                      	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                 اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ 	House of Yaqub &lt;br /&gt;
	                               غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ 	 	Into the bottom of a pit &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  بِرَحۡمَتِنَا	 	Mercy &lt;br /&gt;
Through Translation                الۡاحََادِيۡثِ 	Events &lt;br /&gt;
	 ُّ                                   يسۡجَنَ 	 	Prison &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  الۡعَزِيۡزِ 	 	Governor &lt;br /&gt;
	                                الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ 	 	Betray &lt;br /&gt;
	                            وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا	 	Family  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ  is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually. &lt;br /&gt;
Table8.  &lt;br /&gt;
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied  &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                       Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                                   	 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ 	Devices &lt;br /&gt;
Modulation 	                         لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ 	Thieves &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                    مَ َّکنَّ ا	Power &lt;br /&gt;
                                   	 وَ قَدَّ تۡ 	Ripped  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word  يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. &lt;br /&gt;
Table9. &lt;br /&gt;
 Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                     	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                  	               اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ 	Sovereignty &lt;br /&gt;
Notes                             	 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ 	Worship &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ 	Satan  &lt;br /&gt;
 	                             بِثمََنٍ   ۢ بَخۡسٍ 	Paltry price &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example  اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ  is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic  تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion and Recommendations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Conclusion and Recommendations &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.1 Summary of the Findings &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.2 Conclusion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Lack of reading and translating religious books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study.  Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research. &lt;br /&gt;
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However,the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.3 Recommendations &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aguado-Gimenez, P., &amp;amp; Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta: &lt;br /&gt;
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. &amp;amp; y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., &amp;amp; Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blažytė, D., &amp;amp; Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s&amp;quot; Brand sense&amp;quot;. Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bush, P. (1998) &amp;quot;Literary Translation.&amp;quot; In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press. &lt;br /&gt;
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Cambridge Scholars Publishing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication  House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer. &lt;br /&gt;
Issa, A. L. S. M., &amp;amp; Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., &amp;amp; Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture. &lt;br /&gt;
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., &amp;amp; Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture. &lt;br /&gt;
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline  (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E. &lt;br /&gt;
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mosavat, S., &amp;amp; Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for &lt;br /&gt;
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language &lt;br /&gt;
Education Press &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches &lt;br /&gt;
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silalahi, M., &amp;amp; Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School. &lt;br /&gt;
Valipoor, K., &amp;amp; andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York: &lt;br /&gt;
Routledge &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words ===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, styles of variations, strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies.	 Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”.  Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	They involve text manipulation.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They must be applied to the process.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They are goal-oriented.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They are problem-centered.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They are applied consciously.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They are inter-subjective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Comprehension strategies &lt;br /&gt;
•	Transfer strategies&lt;br /&gt;
•	Production strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text.  In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature. &lt;br /&gt;
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”. &lt;br /&gt;
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method. &lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method.  More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it. &lt;br /&gt;
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language. &lt;br /&gt;
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.&lt;br /&gt;
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Types of Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia) &lt;br /&gt;
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The benefits of technical translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.&lt;br /&gt;
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience. &lt;br /&gt;
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways.                                                     Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries.                                                       In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart.                Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.&lt;br /&gt;
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully. &lt;br /&gt;
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pragmatic translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes. &lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An Overview on Translation Studies  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Muhammad Numan  A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words. &lt;br /&gt;
===Key words ===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature  --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that &amp;quot;what is idiomatic expression&amp;quot;  and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled,&amp;quot; writes (Linda 2006: 8). &amp;quot;A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words&amp;quot; is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are &amp;quot;at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning,&amp;quot; according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a &amp;quot;collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.&amp;quot;. According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated.  To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed.  According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: &amp;quot;the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and &amp;quot;license&amp;quot; a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Literature Review ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &amp;quot;strategy&amp;quot; is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase &amp;quot;translation methods&amp;quot; interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.) &lt;br /&gt;
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result.  These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. &amp;quot;Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the &amp;quot;resistant translation&amp;quot; technique as an alternative to the standard &amp;quot;smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
It aims to retain &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully.&amp;quot; (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as &amp;quot;a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project.&amp;quot;The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as &amp;quot;a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof.&amp;quot;(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. &amp;quot;The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic,&amp;quot; (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, &amp;quot;involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it.&amp;quot;(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms &amp;quot;domesticating&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignizing&amp;quot; to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are &amp;quot;a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that &amp;quot;global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, &amp;quot;While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language.&amp;quot;(Newmark 1988, 221)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories.  Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. &amp;quot;They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction,&amp;quot; she believes.  Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of &amp;quot;bingo&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;khol do.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Theoritical Framework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker, 1992, 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data analysis Techniques:&lt;br /&gt;
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory &amp;quot;khol do and license&amp;quot; are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discussion and Analysis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are firstly identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1	Translation by Paraphrasing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was &amp;quot;translation by paraphrasing.&amp;quot; An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;license.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka aik mutalatam samandar deka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of 'Paraphrasing' because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories &amp;quot;khol do.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Your God will reward&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.&lt;br /&gt;
Let  take another example from &amp;quot;khol do.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s &amp;quot;license,&amp;quot; are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story &amp;quot;license&amp;quot; by Sadat &lt;br /&gt;
Hasan Manto &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes &lt;br /&gt;
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from &amp;quot;license.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. Beaugrande and Dressler define paraphrases as &amp;quot;approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material.&amp;quot;(De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as &amp;quot;talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way.&amp;quot; (Hirst 1980:12) Munday declared that &amp;quot;equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied. (Munday 1981:13).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Leonardi, &amp;quot;Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation.&amp;quot; In this regard, house believes that &amp;quot;a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function&amp;quot; (Baker 2002:49).  who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used &amp;quot;for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status&amp;quot; (Kenny 1998:77). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected.Vinay and Darbelnet 1999:18)&lt;br /&gt;
Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using 'Paraphrasing' in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2	Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; and&amp;quot; license&amp;quot; on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From khol do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: The girl's face became fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, another example from the license is&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: They fall in love with each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000:90) propose that it consists in rendering &amp;quot;the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods&amp;quot;, and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like &amp;quot;Il pleut à seaux&amp;quot; it can be translated as &amp;quot;It is raining cats and dogs&amp;quot; using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Baker states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.(Baker 1992:12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During translating Manto short stories, &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;license,&amp;quot; some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example number one is from the short story &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: The roitors come abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: The other coachman burn with envy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from &amp;quot;license.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Dino came with an excuse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that &amp;quot;[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988: 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4 Translation by omission:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Findings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandelbit believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate.(Mandelbit 1995:40)  After conducting this study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.&lt;br /&gt;
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like &amp;quot;swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion.&amp;quot; As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, it also reflects strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom &amp;quot;rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, &amp;quot; They fall in love with each other&amp;quot; are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 17:18, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By going through the detailed discussion and analysis of the data collected, it was finally concluded that the idioms which are present in two short stories, &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;License,&amp;quot; are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.         &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story &amp;quot;Toba Tek&amp;quot;. International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das, V. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 17:36, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &amp;amp;. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Muhammad Saqib Mehran  Problems in Translation Study =&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Muhammad Saqib Mehran, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter we will look at some of the particular problems that translation task poses for the machine translation system manufacturer, some of the reasons why translation is difficult. Ambiguity, (ii) problems arising from structural and lexical differences between languages, and (iii) multi-word units such as idioms and collocations. Typical problems of ambiguity are discussed in Section 6.2, lexical and structural mismatches in Section 6.3, and units in Section 6.4. Of course, these kinds of problems aren't the only reasons TM is difficult. Other issues are the size of the company, as evidenced by the number of rules and dictionary entries a realistic system needs, and the fact that there are many &lt;br /&gt;
constructions whose grammar is not well understood, in the sense that that they are not well understood. It is clear how they are to be presented &lt;br /&gt;
or by what rules they are to be described, even in well-studied English . and for which there are detailed descriptions - both traditionally &amp;quot;descriptive&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;descriptive&amp;quot; theoretically sophisticated - some of which were written with arithmetic usability in mind.It's an even worse problem for other languages. While there is a reasonable description of a phenomenon or construction, there is no trivial problem in creating a description that is accurate enough to be used by an automated system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction: In this chapter, some of the particular problems that translation task poses for the machine translation system manufacturer and some of the reasons why translation is difficult will be discussed.First of all, it is ambiguity that cause problems to arise from structural and lexical differences between languages, and multi-word units such as idioms and collocations. Typical problems of ambiguity are discussed in Section 6.2,lexical and structural mismatches in Section 6.3, and units in Section 6.4. Of course, these kinds of problems aren't the only reasons TM is difficult. Other issues are the size of the company, as evidenced by the number of rules and dictionary entries a realistic system needs, and the fact that there are many constructions whose grammar is not well understood, in the sense that that they are not well understood. It is clear how they are to be presented or by what rules they are to be described, even in well-studied English, and for which there are detailed descriptions - both traditionally &amp;quot;descriptive&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;descriptive&amp;quot; theoretically sophisticated - some of which were written with arithmetic usability in mind.It's an even worse problem for other languages. While there is a reasonable description of a phenomenon or construction,there is no trivial problem in creating a description that is accurate enough to be used by an automated system.--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 06:50, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ambiguity===&lt;br /&gt;
In the high-quality of all feasible worlds(as some distance as maximum Natural Language Processing is concerned, anyway) each phrase could have one and simplest one meaning. But, as all of us know, that is not the case. When a phrase has a couple of meaning, it's miles stated to be lexically ambiguous. When a word or sentence may have a couple of shape it's miles stated to be structurally ambiguous.&lt;br /&gt;
Ambiguity is a pervasive phenomenon in human languages. It could be very tough to locate words that aren't at the least methods ambiguous, and sentences which are (out of context) several methods ambiguous are the rule, now no longer the exception. This isn't simplest tricky because a number of the options are unintended (i.e. constitute incorrect interpretations), however because ambiguities ‘multiply’. In the worst case, a sentence containing words, every of which is methods ambiguous can be 4 methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)(a) Do not use abrasive cleaners on the printer cabinet.&lt;br /&gt;
(b) The use of abrasive cleaners on the printer housing is not recommended. In the first sentence the usage is a verb and in the second a noun, that is, we have a case of lexical ambiguity. An English-French dictionary says that the verb can be translated by (ua) to operate by and employers, while the noun is translated with employment or use. &lt;br /&gt;
A reader or automated parser can determine if a noun or verb is used in a sentence by finding out whether it is grammatically possible to have a noun or verb where it occurs. In English, for example, there are no grammatical word sequences that make up the V PP, so of the two possible parts of speech to which the usage can belong, only the noun in the second sentence is possible (1b). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we showed in Chapter 4, we can provide translation engines with information about grammar in the form of grammar rules. As a noun, it can refer to both the familiar little round object used to attach clothes, and the button on a device. In order for the machine to choose the correct interpretation, we must give it information about the meaning dangerous, since applying a grammar to a sentence can produce a number of different parsees depending on how the rules are applied, and we may end up with one get large number of alternate parses on a single sentence Ambiguity can match true meaning ambiguity, but very often it does not, and it is when it does. not that we want to eliminate by applying information approximately meaning. We can illustrate this with a few examples. First, allow us to display how grammar rules, differ- ently applied, can produce multiple syntactic evaluation for a sentence. One manner this can arise is in which a phrase is assigned to multiple class with inside the grammar. For example, anticipate that the phrase cleansing is each an adjective and a verb in our grammar. This will permit us to assign one of a kind analyses to the subsequent sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Cleaning fluids may be dangerous&lt;br /&gt;
One of those analyses may have cleansing as a verb, and one may have it as an adjective. In the former (much less plausible) case the experience is ‘to smooth a fluid can be dangerous’, i.e. it's miles approximately an pastime being dangerous. In the latter case the experience is that fluids used for cleansing may be dangerous. Choosing among those opportunity syntactic analyses requires information approximately meaning. It can be really well worth noting, in passing, that this ambiguity disappears while can is changed through a verb which suggests wide variety settlement through having one of a kind paperwork for 1/3 character singular and plural. For example, the subsequent aren't ambiguous on this manner: (3a) has most effective the experience that the movement is dangerous, (3b) has most effective the experience that the fluids are dangerous. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) a. Cleaning fluids is dangerous. b. Cleaning fluids are dangerous. &lt;br /&gt;
We have visible that syntactic evaluation is beneficial in ruling out a few incorrect analyses, and this is every other such case, since, through checking for settlement of challenge and object, it's miles possible to discover the perfect interpretations. A gadget which not noted such syntactic information might must take into account these kind of examples ambiguous, and might must discover a few different manner of operating out which experience turned into intended, going for walks the chance of creating the incorrect choice. For a gadget with right syntactic evaluation, this trouble might get up most effective with inside the case of verbs like can which do now no longer display wide variety settlement. Another supply of syntactic ambiguity is in which complete phrases, commonly prepositional phrases, can connect to multiple function in a sentence. For example, with inside the following example, the prepositional word with a Postscript interface can connect both to the NP the phrase processor package, meaning “the phrase-processor that is outfitted or provided with a Postscript interface”, or to the verb connect, wherein case the experience is that the Interface is for use to make the connection. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) Connect the printer to a phrase processor package deal with a Postscript interface. Notice, however, that this situation isn't always surely ambiguous at all, expertise of what a Postscript interface is (in particular, the reality that it's miles a bit of software, now no longer a bit of hardware that would be used for creating a bodily connection among a printer to an workplace computer) serves to disambiguate. Similar issues stand up with (5), which could suggest that the printer and the phrase processor each want Postscript interfaces, or that only the phrase processor desires them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5) You would require a printer and a phrase processor with Postscript interfaces. This form of actual international expertise is likewise an critical issue in disambiguating the pronoun it in examples which include the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6) Put the paper with inside the printer. Then transfer it on. In order to training session that it's miles the printer this is to be switched on, instead of the paper, one desires to apply the expertise of the arena that printers (and now no longer paper) are the type of issue one is probable to replace on. There are different instances in which actual international expertise, aleven though necessary, does now no longer appear to be sufficient. The following, in which humans are re-assembling a printer, appears to be such an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===&lt;br /&gt;
Lexical and Structural Mismatches:&lt;br /&gt;
At the begin of the preceding phase we stated that, with inside the first-class of all feasible worlds for NLP, each phrase might have precisely one sense. While that is real for maximum NLP, it's miles an exaggeration as regards MT. It might be a higher world, however now no longer the first-class of all feasible worlds, due to the fact we'd nonetheless be confronted with tough translation troubles. Some of these troubles are to do with lexical variations among languages — variations with inside the ways wherein languages appear to categorize the world, what standards they select to explicit by unmarried phrases, and which they select now no longer to lexicalize. We will examine a number of these directly. Other troubles stand up due to the fact extraordinary languages use extraordinary systems for the identical purpose, and the identical shape for extraordinary purposes. In both case, the end result is that we need to complicate the interpretation process. In this phase we can examine some consultant examples. Examples just like the ones in (7) under are acquainted to translators, however the examples of colors (7c), and the Japanese examples in (7d) are in particular striking. The latter due to the fact they display how languages want vary now no longer best with admire to the fineness or ‘granularity’ of the differences they make, however additionally with admire to the idea for the distinction: English chooses extraordinary verbs for the action/occasion of placing on, and the action/nation of wearing. Japanese does now no longer make this distinction, however differentiates in line with the item that is worn. In the case of English to Japanese, a reasonably easy check at the semantics of the NPs that accompany a verb can be enough to determine at the proper translation. Some of the color examples are similar, however extra generally, research of color vocabulary shows that languages really carve up the spectrum in alternatively extraordinary ways, and that selecting the first-class translation might also additionally require know-how that is going nicely past what's in the text, and might also be undecidable. In this sense, the interpretation of color terminology starts offevolved to resemble the interpretation of phrases for cultural artifacts (e.g. phrases like English cottage, Russian dacha, French chateau ˆ , etc. for which no good enough translation exists, and for which the human translator need to determine among instantly borrowing, supplying an explanation). In this area, translation is a actually innovative act1 , which is properly past the ability of modern computers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7) a. know (V) savoir (a fact) connaˆıtre (a thing) b. leg (N) patte (of an animal) jambe (of a human) pied (of a table) c. brown (A) brun chatain ˆ (of hair) marron (of shoes/leather) d. wear/positioned on (V) kiku haku (shoes) kakeru (glasses) kaburu (hats) hameru (gloves, etc. i.e. on hands) haoru (coat) shimeru (scarves, etc. i.e. spherical the neck) Calling instances along with the ones above lexical mismatches isn't always controversial. However, when one turns to instances of structural mismatch, type isn't always so easy. This is because one might also additionally frequently assume that the cause one language makes use of one production, wherein some other makes use of some other is due to the inventory of lexical objects the 2 languages have. Thus, the difference is to a point a be counted of flavor and convenience. A especially apparent instance of this includes issues bobbing up from what are sometimes known as lexical holes — that is, instances wherein one language has to apply a word to express what some other language expresses in a unmarried word. Examples of this consist of the ‘hole’ that exists in English with recognize to French ignorer (‘to now no longer know’, ‘to be ignorant of’), and se suicider (‘to suicide’, i.e. ‘to devote suicide’, ‘to kill oneself’). The issues raised through such lexical holes have a sure similarity to the ones raised through idioms: in each instances, one has terms translating as unmarried words. We will consequently put off dialogue of these till Section 6.4. One type of structural mismatch takes place wherein languages use the identical production for one of a kind functions, or use one of a kind structures for what seems to be the identical purpose. Cases wherein the identical shape is used for one of a kind functions consist of using passive structures in English, and Japanese. In the instance below, the Japanese particle wa, which we've got glossed as ‘TOP’ right here marks the ‘topic’ of the sentence — intuitively, what the sentence is about.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(8) a. Satoo-san wa shyushoo ni erabaremashita.Satoo-hon TOP Prime Minister in changed into-elected.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Mr. Satoh changed into elected Prime Minister. &lt;br /&gt;
Example (8) shows that Japanese has a passive-like production, i.e. a production wherein the PATIENT, that's commonly found out as an OBJECT, is found out as SUBJECT. It isn't the same as the English passive withinside the feel that during Japanese this production tends to have an additional adversive nuance which may make (8a) instead odd, because it shows an interpretation wherein Mr Satoh did now no longer need to be elected, or wherein election is somehow terrible for him. This isn't recommended via way of means of the English translation, of course. The translation trouble from Japanese to English is one of these that appears unsolvable for MT, though one may attempt to carry the supposed feel via way of means of including an adverb which include unfortunately. The translation trouble from English to Japanese is however with inside the scope of MT, in view that one should simply pick any other form. This is possible, in view that Japanese allows SUBJECTs to be neglected freely, to be able to say the equal of elected Mr Satoh, and therefore keep away from having to say an AGENT 2 . However, in general, the end result of that is that one can not have easy regulations like the ones defined in Chapter four for passives. In fact, unless one makes use of a completely summary shape indeed, the regulations could be instead complicated. We can see distinctive buildings used for the identical impact in instances just like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(9) a. He is referred to as Sam. b. Er heißt Sam. ‘He is-named Sam’ c. Il s’appelle Sam. ‘He calls himself Sam’ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(10) a. Sam has simply visible Kim. &lt;br /&gt;
b. Sam vient de voir Kim.&lt;br /&gt;
‘Sam comes of see Kim’ &lt;br /&gt;
(11) a. Sam loves to swim.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Sam zwemt graag. &lt;br /&gt;
‘Sam swims likingly’ &lt;br /&gt;
The first instance indicates how English, German and French pick distinctive strategies for expressing ‘naming’. The different examples display one language the usage of an adverbial AD- JUNCT (simply, or graag(Dutch) ‘likingly’ or ‘with pleasure’), wherein any other makes use of a verbal production. This is truly one of the maximum mentioned issues in contemporary MT, and it's far really well worth analyzing why it's far problematic.These representations are quite summary (e.g. the data approximately aggravating and aspect conveyed via way of means of the auxiliary verb have has been expressed in a feature), however they may be still instead different. In particular, be aware that even as the principle verb of (10a) is see, the principle verb of (10b) is venir-de. Now be aware what's worried in writing guidelines which relate these structures (we are able to study the course English French).&lt;br /&gt;
1. The adverb simply need to be translated because the verb venir-de (possibly this isn't always the best manner to consider it — the factor is that the French shape need to include venir-de, and simply need to now no longer be translated in another manner).&lt;br /&gt;
2. Sam, the SUBJECT of see, need to turn out to be the SUBJECT of venir-de. &lt;br /&gt;
3. Some facts approximately tense, etc. need to be taken from the S node of which see is the HEAD, and placed on the S node of which venir-de is the HEAD. This is a complication, due to the fact usually one might assume such facts to move on the node of which the interpretation of see, voir, is the HEAD. &lt;br /&gt;
4. Other elements of the English sentence must pass into the corresponding elements of the sentence HEADed through voir. This is straightforward sufficient here, due to the fact in each instances Kim is an OBJECT, however it isn't always constantly the case that OBJECTs translate as OBJECTs, of course.   &lt;br /&gt;
5. The hyperlink among the SUBJECT of venir-de and the SUBJECT of voir need to be established — however this could possibly be left to French synthesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(12) a. She bumped into the room.&lt;br /&gt;
b. Elle entra dans l. a. salle en courant. ‘She entered into the room in/whilst running’ &lt;br /&gt;
The syntactic systems of those examples are very exclusive, and it's miles tough to look how one can obviously lessen them to comparable systems with out the usage of very summary representations indeed. A barely exclusive form of structural mismatch happens in which languages have ‘the equal’ construction (extra precisely, comparable structures, with equal interpretations), however in which exclusive regulations at the structures imply that it isn't always constantly viable to translate withinside the maximum apparent manner. The following is a extraordinarily easy instance of this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(13) a. These are the letters which I even have already responded to.  &lt;br /&gt;
b. *Ce sont les lettres lesquelles j’ai dej´ a` repondu ´ a.`&lt;br /&gt;
c. These are the letters to which I even have already responded.&lt;br /&gt;
d. Ce sont les lettres auxquelles j’ai dej´ a` repondu. &lt;br /&gt;
´ What this indicates is that English and French range in that English lets in prepositions to be ‘stranded’ (i.e. to seem with out their objects, like in 13a). French commonly requires the preposition and its item to seem together, as in (13d) — of course, English allows this too. This will make translating (13a) into French hard for lots kinds of system (in particular, for structures that try and manipulate with out pretty summary syntactic representations). However, the overall answer is reasonably clear — what one needs is to construct a shape in which (13a) is represented withinside the equal manner as (13c), because this could dispose of the translation problem. The maximum apparent illustration could possibly be some thing alongside the lines of (14a), or perhaps (14b).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(14) a. These are the letters I actually have already replied ! to which &amp;quot;#&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
b. These are the letters I actually have already replied ! to the letters &amp;quot;#&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
While in no way a whole approach to the remedy of relative clause structures, such an technique likely overcomes this specific translation trouble. There are different instances which pose worse problems, however. In general, relative clause structures in English encompass a head noun (letters in the preceding example), a relative pronoun (which includes which), and a sentence with a ‘gap’ in it. The relative pronoun (and therefore the top noun) is known as though it crammed the gap — this is the concept in the back of the representations in (14). In English, there are regulations on where the ‘gap’ can arise. In specific, it can not arise inner an oblique question, or a ‘reason’ ADJUNCT. Thus, (15b), and (15d) are each ungrammatical. However, those regulations aren't precisely paralleled in different languages. For example, Italian lets in the former, as in (15a), and Japanese the latter, as in (15c). These styles of trouble are past the scope of contemporary MT systems — in fact, they're tough even for human translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(15) a. Sinda node minna ga kanasinda hito wa yumei desita. ‘died as a result anyone SUBJ distressed-turned into guy TOP well-known turned into’&lt;br /&gt;
b. *The guy who anyone turned into distressed because (he) died turned into well-known. &lt;br /&gt;
c. L’uomo che mi domando chi abbia visto fu arrestato. &lt;br /&gt;
d. *The guy that I surprise who (he) has visible turned into arrested.&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===&lt;br /&gt;
Multiword units:  Idioms and Collocations &lt;br /&gt;
Roughly speaking, idioms are expressions whose that means can not be absolutely under- stood from the meanings of the element parts. For example, while it's far viable to workout the that means of (16a) on the premise of expertise of English grammar and the that means of words, this will now no longer be enough to workout that (16b) can imply something like ‘If Sam dies, her youngsters can be rich’. This is due to the fact kick the bucket is an idiom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(16) a. If Sam mends the bucket, her youngsters can be rich.           b. If Sam kicks the bucket, her youngsters can be rich. &lt;br /&gt;
The trouble with idioms, in an MT context, is that it isn't commonly viable to translate them the usage of the everyday guidelines. There are exceptions, as an example take the bull through the horns (that means ‘face and address a problem with out shirking’) may be translated actually into French as prendre le taureau par les cornes, which has the identical that means. But, for the maximum part, using everyday guidelines with a view to translate idioms will bring about nonsense. Instead, one has to deal with idioms as unmarried gadgets in translation. In many cases, a herbal translation for an idiom can be a unmarried phrase — as an example, the French phrase mourir (‘die’) is a probable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Summary===&lt;br /&gt;
This bankruptcy seems at a few troubles which face the builder of MT systems. We charac- terized them as troubles of ambiguity (lexical and syntactic) and troubles of lexical and structural mismatches. We noticed how one of a kind styles of linguistic and non-linguistic knowl- part are essential to remedy troubles of ambiguity, and withinside the subsequent bankruptcy we examine in greater element a way to constitute this knowledge. In this bankruptcy we mentioned times of lexical and structural mismatches and the trouble of non-compositionality (as exempli- fied via way of means of idioms and collocations) and checked out a few techniques for handling them in MT systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Correction: This bankruptcy seems at a few troubles which face the builder of MT systems. We characterize them as troubles of ambiguity (lexical and syntactic) and troubles of lexical and structural mismatches. We noticed how one of a kind styles of linguistic and non-linguistic knowl- part are essential to remedy troubles of ambiguity, and withinside the subsequent bankruptcy we examine in greater element a way to constitute this knowledge. In this bankruptcy, we mentions times of lexical and structural mismatches and the trouble of non-compositionality (as exemplified via way of means of idioms and collocations) and check out a few techniques for handling them in MT systems.--[[User:Liu Shengnan|Liu Shengnan]] ([[User talk:Liu Shengnan|talk]]) 06:59, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Further Reading===&lt;br /&gt;
The problem of ambiguity is pervasive in NLP, and is discussed extensively in the introductions to the subject such as those mentioned in the Further Reading section of Chapter 3.Examples of lexical and structural mismatches are discussed in (Hutchins and Somers,1992, Chapter 6). Problems of the venir-de/have just sort are discussed extensively in the MT literature. A detailed discussion of the problem can be found in Arnold et al. (1988),&lt;br /&gt;
and in Sadler (1993). On light verbs or support verbs, see Danlos and Samvelian (1992);Danlos (1992).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Treatments of idioms in MT are given in Arnold and Sadler (1989), and Schenk (1986).&lt;br /&gt;
On collocations, see for example Allerton (1984), Benson et al. (1986a), Benson et al.&lt;br /&gt;
(1986b) and Hanks and Church (1989). The notion of lexical functions is due to Mel’cuk, ˇ&lt;br /&gt;
see for example Mel’cuk ˇ and Polguere (1987); Mel’cuk ˇ and Zholkovsky (1988).&lt;br /&gt;
A classic discussion of translation problems is Vinay and Darbelnet (1977). This is&lt;br /&gt;
concerned with translation problems as faced by humans, rather than machines, but it&lt;br /&gt;
points out several of the problems mentioned here.&lt;br /&gt;
The discussion in this chapter touches on two issues of general linguistic and philosophical&lt;br /&gt;
interest: to what extent human languages really do carve the world up differently, and&lt;br /&gt;
whether there are some sentences in some languages which cannot be translated into other&lt;br /&gt;
languages. As regards the first question, it seems as though there are some limits. For&lt;br /&gt;
example, though languages carve the colour spectrum up rather differently, so there can&lt;br /&gt;
be rather large differences between colour words in terms of their extensions, there seems&lt;br /&gt;
to be a high level of agreement about ‘best instances’. That is, though the extension of&lt;br /&gt;
English red, and Japanese akai is different, nevertheless, the colour which is regarded as the best instance of red by English speakers is the colour which is regarded as the best instance of akai by Japanese speakers. The seminal work on this topic is Berlin and Kay&lt;br /&gt;
(1969), and see the title essay of Pullum (1991). The second question is sometimes referred to as the question of effability, see Katz (1978); Keenan (1978) for relevantdiscussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''浅析目的论视角下《哪吒之魔童降世》字幕翻译策略'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘胜楠 Liu Shengnan, Hunan  Normal University,China&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132541</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132541"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T01:05:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, phrasing and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''':There are many translation practices guided by communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novel translation. Therefore, it is of great significance to analyze the translation of Korean novels under the guidance of communicative translation theory. With the communicative translation theory as the theoretical foundation, this paper will take the Chinese translation of two novels &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the Korean novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' as examples, and analyze the translation methods and translation strategies in lexical, syntactic and rhetorical respects, so as to provide better understanding of Korean novels and more effective guidance for the Korean novel translation practice. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': 由交际翻译理论指导的翻译实践很多，在其在韩语小说翻译实践方面的运用并不多，因此，以交际翻译理论为指导分析韩语小说翻译具有重要意义。本文将以交际翻译理论为指导，以韩语小说集《恩珠的电影》中的《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》两篇小说为例，分析其中在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略，以期更好地理解韩语小说、更有效地指导韩语小说翻译实践。 (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the heart of the expressive function is the use of words by the speaker or author to express his or her thoughts and feelings. The author's unique form of language is as important as the content.Expressive function texts emphasise the authority of the original author, and translations should follow the principle of &amp;quot;original author first&amp;quot;, faithful to both the content of the ideas expressed by the original author and the language style of the original author, without regard to the reaction of the target reader. The core of the information function is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. At the heart of the information text is the &amp;quot;authenticity&amp;quot; of the content; the author's language is secondary. Translation should be based on the principle of &amp;quot;authenticity first&amp;quot;. The call to action is reader-centred and aims to &amp;quot;call the reader to action, to think, to feel&amp;quot;. The translation should follow the principle of 'reader first', putting the reader of the target language first. The translator can make full use of the advantages of the incoming language, without adhering to the expressions of the original, so that the translated language can achieve the same effect as the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the theory of communicative translation focuses on the understanding and reaction of the recipient, the reader of the translation, and more on the effect rather than the content of the translated expression. The translator can give full play to the advantages of the translated language and introduce foreign elements into the culture of the translated language, with the advantages of naturalisation, Italian translation and idiomatic translation. Semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, focuses on its semantic content and strives to preserve the culture of the original text, and has the advantages of word-for-word, word-for-word and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitable for informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important political statements (or other statements), most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional material, advertisements, announcements, popular fiction. (Yang 1989:68-71) His communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced the field of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. (Yang 1989: 68-71) Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.(Chen 1994)# The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers（Chen 1994）, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Correction(addition of a summary and limitations):]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132537</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132537"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T00:59:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, phrasing and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''':There are many translation practices guided by communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novel translation. Therefore, it is of great significance to analyze the translation of Korean novels under the guidance of communicative translation theory. With the communicative translation theory as the theoretical foundation, this paper will take the Chinese translation of two novels &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the Korean novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' as examples, and analyze the translation methods and translation strategies in lexical, syntactic and rhetorical respects, so as to provide better understanding of Korean novels and more effective guidance for the Korean novel translation practice. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': 由交际翻译理论指导的翻译实践很多，在其在韩语小说翻译实践方面的运用并不多，因此，以交际翻译理论为指导分析韩语小说翻译具有重要意义。本文将以交际翻译理论为指导，以韩语小说集《恩珠的电影》中的《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》两篇小说为例，分析其中在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略，以期更好地理解韩语小说、更有效地指导韩语小说翻译实践。 (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the heart of the expressive function is the use of words by the speaker or author to express his or her thoughts and feelings. The author's unique form of language is as important as the content.Expressive function texts emphasise the authority of the original author, and translations should follow the principle of &amp;quot;original author first&amp;quot;, faithful to both the content of the ideas expressed by the original author and the language style of the original author, without regard to the reaction of the target reader. The core of the information function is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. At the heart of the information text is the &amp;quot;authenticity&amp;quot; of the content; the author's language is secondary. Translation should be based on the principle of &amp;quot;authenticity first&amp;quot;. The call to action is reader-centred and aims to &amp;quot;call the reader to action, to think, to feel&amp;quot;. The translation should follow the principle of 'reader first', putting the reader of the target language first. The translator can make full use of the advantages of the incoming language, without adhering to the expressions of the original, so that the translated language can achieve the same effect as the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the theory of communicative translation focuses on the understanding and reaction of the recipient, the reader of the translation, and more on the effect rather than the content of the translated expression. The translator can give full play to the advantages of the translated language and introduce foreign elements into the culture of the translated language, with the advantages of naturalisation, Italian translation and idiomatic translation. Semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, focuses on its semantic content and strives to preserve the culture of the original text, and has the advantages of word-for-word, word-for-word and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitable for informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important political statements (or other statements), most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional material, advertisements, announcements, popular fiction. (Yang 1989:68-71) His communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced the field of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. (Yang 1989: 68-71) Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.(Chen 1994)# The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Correction(addition of a summary and limitations):]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_2&amp;diff=132533</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_2&amp;diff=132533"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T00:55:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Key Words */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' =&lt;br /&gt;
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (节选)''为例&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid growth of economy, people's pursuit of life quality is gradually increasing. Travelling abroad has become a hot topic nowadays. The rapid development of overseas travel has increased the market demand for tourism translation, and more stringent requirements for tourism translators. How to deal with the translation problems caused by the cultural differences between Chinese and English during the translation process is of great importance to improve the quality of tourism translation. The communicative translation strategy in Newmark's translation theory focuses on the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which is of certain guiding significance to the E-C translation of tourism texts. Therefore, this paper takes the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' as an example to analyze the specific translation strategies and methods in the application of Newmark's translation theory in tourism texts, so as to provide reference for other translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid growth of economy, people's pursuit of life quality is gradually increasing and travelling abroad has become a very popular topic nowadays. At the same time, the rapid development of foreign tourism has increased the demand for tourism translators in the market, and the requirements for tourism translators have become increasingly stringent. Therefore, for improving the quality of English-Chinese tourism translation, it is crucial to deal with the translation problems brought about by the cultural differences between English and Chinese. Newmark's communicative translation theory is concerned with the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which has certain guiding significance for the translation of English-Chinese tourism texts. Therefore, this paper takes the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' as an example to analyze the specific translation strategies and methods in the application of Newmark's translation theory in tourism texts, so as to provide reference for other translators.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key Words==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategy and translation methods; Peter Newmark; Tourism texts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
随着中国经济快速增长，人们对生活品质的追求逐渐增加，出国旅游旅游已成为时下十分热门的话题。国外旅游的迅速发展增加了市场对旅游翻译的需求量，对旅游翻译人员的要求也变得越来越严格。因此，如何处理英汉文化差异带来的翻译问题，对于提高英汉旅游翻译质量至关重要。纽马克的交际翻译理论关注的是译文给目的语读者所带来的效果，对英汉旅游文本的翻译具有一定的指导意义。因此，本文以《佛罗里达大沼泽公园》（节选）为例分析纽马克交际翻译理论在旅游文本翻译过程中的应用，采用的具体的翻译策略与翻译方法，为其他译者提供一定的借鉴作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着中国经济的快速增长，人们对生活品质的追求也逐渐增加，出国旅游已成为时下十分热门的话题。与此同时国外旅游的迅速发展增加了市场对旅游翻译的需求量，对旅游翻译人员的要求也变得越来越严格。因此，对于提高英汉旅游翻译质量来说，如何处理英汉文化差异带来的翻译问题至关重要。纽马克的交际翻译理论关注的是译文给目的语读者所带来的效果，对英汉旅游文本的翻译具有一定的指导意义。因此，本文以《佛罗里达大沼泽公园》（节选）为例分析纽马克交际翻译理论在旅游文本翻译过程中的应用，采用的具体的翻译策略与翻译方法，为其他译者提供一定的借鉴作用。&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
翻译策略与翻译方法；彼得纽马克；旅游文本&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Title==&lt;br /&gt;
The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is based on the English-Chinese translation of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''. By analyzing the application of Peter Newmark's communicative transaltion in the translation, the author proposes some translation methods, which can be provided for future references. This chapter mainly introduces the background information and significance of the report, and the domestic research status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is based on the English-Chinese translation of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''. By analysing the application of Newmark's theory of communicative translation in translation, some translation methods are proposed for future translations. This chapter introduces the background information and significance of the report, as well as the current status of research in China.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Research background===&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the world, various kinds of tourism appear in people’s life, and has unprecedentedly, extremely widely spread a variety of culture and lifestyle. &amp;quot;Tourism has become a rising sunrise industry in modern society.&amp;quot; To a foreign country to enjoy the beautiful scenery can make people know the colorful world and further know what they want. And this activity also has made tourism translation a reality and a thriving discipline. (Jin Huikang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, due to the different geographical environments, cultural differences and historical backgrounds in different countries, many translators often ignore the disadvantages brought by differences in language and cultural habits in the process of translation, so that the original meaning of the original text will be lost in the process of transmission, which may cause confusion for tourists and cannot achieve the purpose of offering them accurate information and stimulating their interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to make it more convenient for domestic citizens to travel abroad, translators should choose appropriate translation strategies and methods according to the cultural differences between China and foreign countries in the process of tourism English translation, so that tourists can form an objective and correct understanding of scenic spots. The semantic translation and communicative translation strategies in Peter Newmark’s Theories respectively focus on whether the meaning of the original text is exactly reproduced and the effect and influence that the translation brings to the target language readers, which are of certain guiding significance to the English- Chinese translation of tourism texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Research significance===&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, based on Peter Newmark’s translation theories, this paper chooses the semantic translation strategy and puts forward appropriate translation methods for the English-Chinese translation of tourist text -- ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'', which is of certain guiding significance for English - Chinese translation of tourist texts. Based on the practice of ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' English - Chinese translation and the analysis of Newmark’s communicative translation strategy’s application, this paper sums up some translation methods, such as voice change, objective and personal subject changing, adding conjunctions, etc. And these methods can be provided for future references in the translation study and practice of others, which has a certain practical significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Literature review===&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis of Newmark’s communicative translation in recent years, it can be found that there are many references for the guidance of communicative translation on tourism translation texts. He Xueyun (2005) proposes that the public notices and signs should belong to the vocative functional text and focus on the reader-centered communicative translation, which can give foreigners a better environment for travel, study and work in China. For such a style, the communicative translation theory should be chosen, the target readers put in the first place and always in mind, and their culture and receptivity taken into account. Jin Huikang (2006) believes that tour guide words must have a specific expected function, which are a kind of texts that integrate informative, expressive and vocative functions. Therefore, tourism translation should aim at effective attraction for overseas tourists, and the translator should grasp the group characteristics of overseas tourists and audiences when carrying out tourism propaganda or translating tourism materials. Ma Chen (2010) points out that the tourism text is a kind of article mainly based on vocative function, and the core of which is to accurately convey information for readers. Liu Anhong (2013) proposes tourism text as a kind of publicity material, aiming to stimulate tourists’ interest in visiting. According to the division of Newmark, the tourism text should belong to the text with the vocative function as its main function and the informative function as its secondary function. Therefore, the translation of tourism text should effectively achieve the effects similar to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the combing of previous literatures, it can be found that there are many studies on the translation of tourism texts guided by Newmark’s communicative translation strategy. However, at present, there are few studies on the translation of tourism texts from English to Chinese, and more studies focus on the Chinese- English translation. For this reason, this paper is based on the translation practice of the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' to provide some reference for future English – Chinese translation of tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tourism Texts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism text is an important carrier for readers to obtain scenic spot information, and Tourism text is to stimulate readers' desire to travel by introducing tourist attractions and resources, and its ultimate purpose is to meet readers' expectations and arouse readers' enthusiasm by delivering tourism information. In other words, the dominant function of tourism text is vocative function. At the same time, tourism texts also provide readers with information they like, from which people can acquire relevant knowledge such as culture and customs, natural geography, etc. Therefore, informative function is also its important feature. It can be seen that the two most important functions of tourism texts are respectively informative and vocative one, whose premise is to provide information and purpose is to attract tourists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, we should realize that translation of tourism texts is a professional translation of tourist attractions and resources for target readers, and its essence is a communicative behavior. If the translator fails to properly deal with the differences between cultures, it will often fail to achieve the expected results. Therefore, during the translation process, &amp;quot;more attention should be paid to the accuracy and effectiveness of the information, so as to make the translation conform to the target readers’ reading habits and aesthetic expectation.&amp;quot; This requires the translator to put the reader's acceptance first in the process of translation. That is, tourism text translation should not only realize the conversion from one language to another, but also take language barriers and cultural differences into account. Therefore, in order to achieve the goal of successful communication, translators should flexibly apply various translation strategies and adopt appropriate translation methods according to the text types of tourism texts. (Li Daosheng, 2009:4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction to the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''===&lt;br /&gt;
Established in 1974, Everglades National Park covers 2,354 square miles, or 6,097 square kilometers (1.4 million acres). Located at the tip of southern Florida, it is the largest subtropical wildlife sanctuary in the continental United States. Everglades National Park protects an unparalleled landscape which provides important habitat for numerous rare and endangered species such as the manatee, American crocodile, and the elusive Florida panther.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' is excerpted from a notice from U.S. National Park Service about the phased reopening of the park, including alerts of the reopening, activities, safety and accessibility. It can also be regarded as a travel guide, which describes the journey towards people and offers help to the tourists who want to go there, and which often includes the description of the best travel time, transportation, accommodation, scenic spots and matters needing attention. As a practical text, its main purpose is to introduce and promote tourist scenic spots, that is the Everglades National Park in Florida. Its vocative and informative function are very prominent, and it has the characteristics of reader-orientation, the effectiveness of information transmission and timeliness. (https://www.nps.gov/ever/planyourvisit/conditions.htm, July 3, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Newmark's Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General introduction of Peter Newmark's translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark, a well-known translation theorist, is one of the main figures in the founding of translation studies in the English-speaking world in 20th century. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation, and put forward his own views on this basis. Newmark’s translation theories mainly include three parts, that is, the classification of text types, translation approaches, and the lately correlative theory of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;According to Karl Buhler’s knowledge of language features and Jacobson’s classification of them, Newmark proposed six functions of language informative function, expressive function, vocative function, phatic function, aesthetic function, and lastly metalingual function.&amp;quot; Then Newmark divided text types into three: expressive-functional texts, informative-functional texts, vocative-functional texts. (Hou Yingying, 2020:49) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After putting forward these three text types, Peter Newmark suggested eight translation approaches or strategies. Firstly, from the perspective of focusing on the source language, he suggested word-for-word translation, literal translation, faithful translation and semantic translation; Secondly, from the perspective of focusing on the target language, he suggested adaptation, free translation, idiomatic translation and communicative translation (Newmark, 2001:45).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2007, Newmark came up with a new theory, that is, correlative theory of translation, which means that “The more serious and important the language of the original or source text, the more closely it should be translated.” (Newmark, 2007:113)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, Peter Newmark has proposed many significant theories and made extensive discussion on those concepts, which will have a great influence on the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Semantic translation and communicative translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark divided text genres into “expressive text”, “informative text” and “vocative text”. Imaginative literary works, such as poems, songs, novels and dramas, authoritative statements, autobiographies, essays and personal correspondence, etc. are expressive texts. All the formatted texts with science and technology, industry and commerce, and economy as themes belong to informative texts. And vocative text refers to all texts that can infect readers and make them “get information”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With reference to these three kinds of texts, Newmark further creatively proposed the concepts of semantic translation and communicative translation: “communicative translation” means that the effect of the target text on the reader of the target language is as much as the effect of the original text on the reader of the source language; “semantic translation” refers to the reproduction of the context of the source text as accurately as possible under the premise of the semantic and syntactic structure of the target language. He believed that only communicative translation and semantic translation can achieve the two major goals of translation: being accurate, and being economic (effective).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark made a detailed comparison of the characteristics of semantic translation and communicative translation from different aspects, and pointed out that the fundamental difference between them lies in that when the information and the effect are in conflict, communicative translation lays more emphasis on effect than content, while semantic translation lays more emphasis on content than effect. Communicative translation can give the translator full freedom, the translator can reorganize the syntax, eliminate the original obscure places in the source language, and make the language conform to the standard of the target language. However, semantic translation emphasizes the content of the information itself, tries to make the form of the target text similar to the form of the original text, and retains the language characteristics and expressive style of the original author. Therefore, compared with semantic translation, communicative translation is more subjective and can better reflect the translator’s creativity and it attaches great importance to the communicative effect of translation, the key to which is to convey information, make readers of the target language think, act and feel, and play an inductive role in making the translation natural and smooth, and more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark pointed out that the translation of expressive texts should employ semantic translation, while informative and vocative texts communicative translation which is reader-centered. The most direct purpose of tourism texts translation is to convey information to readers on the premise of attracting readers’ attention and leaving readers with deep memories, so that readers can take actions -- to visit tourist attractions and pay attention to matters that should be paid attention to. Thus, it can be seen that the tourism text belongs to the vocative text and the communicative translation should be applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Newmark’s communicative translation focus on the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which is of certain guiding significance to the English- Chinese translation of tourism texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of communicative translation is to try to make the translation have the same effect on the target reader as the original does on the source reader. That is to say, the key point of communicative translation is to be loyal to the target language and the target text reader, that is, the source language is required to obey the target language and culture, leaving no doubt or obscurity to the reader, and eliminating difficulties and obstacles in reading or communication for the reader as far as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the translator wants to achieve a certain communicative purpose, emphasizes the effect and has a specific target audience, the translation has inevitably broken the restrictions of the original text, pursuing smoothness, clarity, directness and conformity with conventions. In this part, the author analyzes the specific application of communicative translation in the translation practice of ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' from three aspects: lexical, syntactic and textual analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, there is partial equivalence between English and Chinese, that is, similar expressions in Chinese can replace the meaning of English words or phrases. In the following, two translation methods used in lexical translation will be introduced: conversion of part of speech and the translation of public signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion of part of speech====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''There is no shortage of activities for individuals, groups, or families to enjoy outdoors.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 个人、团体或家庭都能在这找到适合的户外活动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As we all know, English belongs to the Indo-European language family, while Chinese the Sino-Tibetan language family. Many differences exist between English and Chinese in terms of vocabulary and grammatical structure. Therefore, in the process of translating English into Chinese, due to the different ways of expression between English and Chinese some sentences can be translated word by word, while most sentences cannot. In order to make the Chinese translation smooth and natural, some words in the original text need to be converted into different parts of speech in the target text without sticking to the surface structure of the original text. In other words, some words in the original text can be converted into other parts of speech in Chinese on the premise of being faithful to the original meaning and retaining the original effect. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original sentence uses a nominal phrase “no shortage of” to express the meaning that no matter how many people come together for outdoor activities, there are always options. The translator translates it into a verbal phrase, that is, everyone can find a suitable outdoor activity here, so that the meaning gets across and the whole sentence flows naturally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Accessibility: No immediate trails.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 如何前往：没有路径可直接到达。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As English tends to use more nouns with static narratives, while Chinese tends to use more verbs with dynamic ones. The static tendency of English mainly comes from nominalization, a common phenomenon in English. &amp;quot;Nominalization mainly refers to the use of nouns (phrases) to express the information originally expressed by verbs (phrases), such as the use of abstract nouns to express actions, behaviors, changes, states, etc.&amp;quot; For example, “accessibility” in Example 2 is an abstract noun, which is used to show the way to one place. Chinese, on the other hand, tends to use verbs. So, in order to better convey the effect and let the reader read without any doubt or discomfort, the translator converted the noun into a verb phrase, that is “如何前往”. Likewise, in the noun phrase “no immediate trails”, the author wants to say that there is no direct way (to arrive at the destination). When translating, if it is directly translated into a noun phrase “没有直达路”, the reader may feel difficult to read. So, if it is translated into “there is no direct path can reach that place”, the sentence will be more smoothly and convey the original information and the effect is also retained.  (Lian Shuneng, 1993:105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Public signs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3 &amp;amp; 4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Things To Do'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 活动介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''What you can do''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 解决措施&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As mentioned in the theoretical framework above, tourism text belongs to vocative text. As a kind of tourism text, public signs are a special style for specific people to achieve a certain communicative purpose. Its application scope is very wide, almost involved in every aspect of our daily life, such as street signs, billboards, road signs, shop signs, warnings, propaganda, travel briefs and so on. &amp;quot;As a communicative tool, it conveys necessary and useful information to the public by means of a few words, simple and easy to understand icons or the combination of both.&amp;quot; Therefore, it can be seen that public signs feature lots of nouns, verbs, phrases and abbreviations and more often, fixed expression, which means in translation, only concise and idiomatic expression can fully convey the effect of the original text. (He Xueyun, 2006:57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the example 3, once the original text is translated literally, that is “要做的事情”, it sounds rather awkward, which not only does not convey the meaning of the source text that was intended as an introduction to the activities that can be done, but also may lead the reader to believe that this section is about what is required. However, if it is translated into “活动介绍”, readers can clearly know the main content of this part and can find out the activities they are interested in. This expression is very concise and also in line with the Chinese language habits. The same is true of example 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5 &amp;amp; 6:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Alligators and crocodiles - Crocodilians are one of the reasons people visit the park, however, these are wild animals that can be dangerous to humans.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 小心短吻鳄和鳄鱼——鳄鱼是人们参观公园的原因之一，然而，这些野生动物对人类会很危险。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Poisonous plants - The park’s ecosystems support a variety of plant life including some that cause reactions to human skin.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 警惕有毒植物——公园的生态系统支持多种植物的生长，包括一些会对是人类皮肤过敏的植物。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Tourist texts belong to the vocative text, emphasizing the transfer of the effect of the information and the empathy of the reader. This requires the translator to pay attention to the internal logic of the text, modify the translated text to make it clear in the process of tourism translation without sticking to the original form and give full consideration to the core position of readers. &lt;br /&gt;
Examples 5 and 6 are in the same sentence structure -- firstly species are given, and then that the species could be in some danger is pointed out. If it is translated in accordance with the original text word by word, then the front part is just posing out that species. However, if such warning words as “小心” or “警惕” are added, it can let the reader know before he continues reading that this species may be dangerous when visiting, and then with reading below, the reader will know why it is dangerous. This will prepare the reader mentally, and the reading will be smoother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples 5 and 6 are the same sentence structure, first giving the species and then indicating that the species may be in some kind of danger. If they are translated word for word from the original, then the preceding part simply suggests the species. &lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Syntactical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two aspects are included in syntactic analysis, which are change of subjects and passive voice, and the punctuation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Change of subjects and passive voice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Wading birds, cormorants, Purple Gallinules, and nesting Anhingas may be found along the path anytime of the day during the winter (dry) season.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 在冬季（旱季），任何时候您都可以在沿路发现涉水鸟类、鸬鹚、紫雀和筑巢的美洲蛇鸟。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: English tends to use more impersonal subjects, which means it rarely uses the personal subject to describe but expresses how objective things act on people’s perception to things appear in an objective tone. So, the structure is often like this: &amp;quot;inanimate subject + animate subject&amp;quot;. Chinese pays more attention to subjective thinking, and often describes objective things from the point of view of oneself, or tends to describe people and their behavior or state, so the personal subject is often used. When the personal subject is clear, Chinese often implies or omits it. Passive voice is a common grammatical phenomenon in English. In some styles, the use of passive sentences has almost become a habit of expression. Passive sentences give rise to the tendency of using impersonal subjects, and vice versa. Chinese uses fewer passive forms. The main reason for this difference is that the use of passive forms in Chinese is limited, and the mark of the passive voice, such as “让”, “给”, “受”, mostly expresses displeasure. (Lian Shuneng, 1993:80) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in example 7, the translator transformed the passive voice into the active voice and the impersonal subjects “Wading birds, cormorants, Purple Gallinules, and nesting Anhingas” into the personal subjects “您”. What’s more, as this tourism text is written for readers, the use of the second person subject can shorten the distance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8 &amp;amp; 9: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Wading birds, American Coots, Osprey, White-crowned Pigeons, warblers, Red-shouldered Hawks, Anhingas, rails, Painted Buntings and other transients are best viewed here in the morning.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 早晨在这里观赏涉禽、美洲骨顶鸡、鱼鹰、白头鸽、莺、赤肩鹫、美洲蛇鸟、秧鸡、彩绘鹀和其他过路的鸟类的效果最好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''In the summer, fewer programs are offered.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 夏季提供的项目较少。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Just as what has been said above, English has a tendency to use impersonal subjects and passive voice, while Chinese is exactly the opposite. And when the subject is clear, Chinese often implies or omits it, which is just like example 8 the personal subject “you” is omitted. &lt;br /&gt;
In example 9, the omitted subject is the national park, and the temporal adverbial phrase “in the summer” becomes the subject in form, which is a common expression in Chinese. That is because subjects in Chinese are not only in various forms, but also dispensable: it can denote giving, receiving, time, place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Punctuation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Connecting trails through the Pinelands run 7 miles (11 km) west from the Long Pine Key campground to Pine Glades Lake along the main park road.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 这些小道从长松岛营地向西延伸7英里（11公里），穿过一片松林地，连通公园主路边松林湖。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: English sentences are complicated, and subordination is one of the most important characteristics of modern English, which features right-branching, sentences long and complex, made in “architecture style”. Conversely, Chinese sentences are relatively short, and commonly use scattered sentences, loose sentences, tight sentences or composite sentences with parallel structure. Chinese features left-branching, and sentences are made in “chronicle style”, using clauses to streamline the thoughts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when there are many prepositional phrases in the original English sentence, the translator can divide the long sentence into several short sentences and recognize those by adding comma, which can help readers to sort out the logic of the original text and get the main information. By using communicative translation, the translator divided the original sentence into three sentences. The logical sequence is that “The trails run seven miles (11 kilometers) west from the Long Pine Key campground. Passing through the Pinelands, they lead to Pine Glades Lake along the main park road.”, which shows the location of both the Long Pine Key campground, the Pinelands and Pine Glades Lake correctly, leaving no doubt to readers of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''In keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches, North Nest Key and all waters within 100 yards from the shore will be closed for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend. The closure will begin on Friday, July 3 at 6 a.m.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 根据门罗县对海滩的关闭安排，为保护公园资源，北巢岛和离海岸100码以内的所有水域将自7月3日星期五早上6点起暂停对外开放。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the original text there are two sentences, which can be combined to make the meaning complete and language pithy in the target language. And it can be taken into consideration to reconstruct them by replacing full stop with comma. By considering communicative translation, the translator put two prepositional phrases in advance as adverbials, which are “in keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches” and “for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend”, and then turned the second sentence into a temporal adverbial phrase and put it in the main clause as an adverbial. So, the whole structure is “In keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches and for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend, North Nest Key and all waters within 100 yards from the shore will be closed from Friday, July 3 at 6 a.m.” By doing so, the information is concisely conveyed, and Chinese readers can well understand it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Textual Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discourse refers to the actual language unit used and is the whole language constituted by a series of consecutive paragraphs or sentences in the communication process. In general, a text consists of words, phrases, sentences and sentence cluster (Lan Lingyan, 2020:19), among which the components were cohesion in form and coherence in semantics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''There is no shortage of activities for individuals, groups, or families to enjoy outdoors. The diverse habitats allow for enjoyable activities ranging from hiking, canoeing, kayaking, biking, fresh and saltwater fishing, and camping in the ultimate wilderness.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 个人、团体或家庭都能在这找到适合的户外活动。无论是步行、乘坐独木舟、划皮划艇、骑自行车，还是在淡水或海水钓鱼、在终极荒野地露营，您都可以饱览多样的自然环境、尽享快乐。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Coherence in a piece of writing refers to the principle that all paragraphs, sentences or ideas are combined so well that they form a united whole. Coherent translation has smooth structural, grammatical, and logical movement from one sentence or idea to the next and the reader does not have to pause and guess at the meaning caused by gaps in development between ideas, sentences and paragraphs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In example 12, the last topic of the fist sentence in the original sentence is outdoor activities, while the subject of the second sentence is the diverse habitats. This is a shift in the topic, which may make the readers pause and guess at the logical relation between them. Therefore, in translation, guided by communicative translation, the translator needs to mind the text coherence and to make proper adjustments. Out of this, the translator put the activities in the second sentences as the subject of the second sentence in the target text, so that the first sentence can pass through smoothly to the next one, so does the understanding of readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Everglades National Park is a popular spot for saltwater and freshwater sport fishing. Boats can be chartered at Flamingo. Be sure to check a visitor center for park fishing regulations and closed areas.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 大沼泽地国家公园是一个很受欢迎的钓海水鱼和淡水鱼的地方。在弗拉明戈可以租船。在钓鱼之前，一定要阅读游客中心的公园捕鱼规定和封闭区域。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Cohesion can be thought of as all the grammatical and lexical links that link one part of a text to another. This includes the use of synonyms, lexical sets, pronouns, verb tenses, time references, grammatical reference, etc. For example, ‘it’, ‘neither’ and ‘this’ all refer to an idea previously mentioned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In example 13, this paragraph mainly talks about fishing in the Everglades National Park, with a topic sentence and two explanatory sentences: one introducing the place for chartering and the other cautions. There are no grammatical or lexical links within these three sentences, and the logic is connected by semantics. Considering well understanding of readers in the target language, the translator added one lexical link “before fishing” between the last two sentences, to make the reader understand that he or she should read the rules and precautions of fishing before going fishing. Also, with repeating the key word “fishing”, the central idea of this whole paragraph is prominent, and the sentences are logically and smoothly linked to express the intended meaning, thus making this paragraph a cohesive group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Major findings===&lt;br /&gt;
For the text, the tourism text belongs to the vocative text, which focuses on conveying the information and effect, so the communicative translation theory should be adopted to this kind of translation. As for this original text, the first part that introduces the outdoor activities belongs to the tourism advertisements, which are descriptive with vivid words. Tourism advertising is infective, with short and concise words, full of creativity, lively and concise sentence structure, and strong attraction. While the announcement that informs of the operating status of the park is a quite different style. The wording is formal, standard, accurate and stylized. Secondly, the source text involves a wide range of knowledge and large vocabulary. For example, “hardwood hammock” for “硬木吊床” and “Geocaching” for “寻宝”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the analysis of examples from lexical, syntactic and textual levels, some translation methods can be proposed. On one hand, when translating, some words in the target text can be converted into different parts of speech in the original text to make the language natural and idiomatic. On the other hand, when doing English – Chinese translation, in most cases, passive voice should be changed into active voice, personal subject is favored in Chinese, and subjects can also be omitted sometimes. Lastly, as English and Chinese have lots of differences in sentences, the translator should change the order of the sentences sometimes to make them smooth and fluent, and some words can be added to make the meaning coherent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Limitations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides some major findings, there are also many limitations in this translation practice. Firstly, communicative translation focuses on the effect conveyed by the translation rather than the information, which can easily make the translator ignore some original. So, in the translation, other available translation theories should also be taken into account to achieve best translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, when translating a text, whether it is a tourism text or a literary works, they cannot be translated immediately. Relevant information and background should be collected in advance, and otherwise some mistakes which should be avoided will be made. For example, “Snail Kite (蜗鸢)” might be translated as “蜗牛风筝” if the translator does not look it up in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Xueyun 贺学耘 (2006). 汉英公示语翻译的现状及其交际翻译策略[J] Current Situation and Communicative Translation Strategy of Chinese-English Public Signs.外语与外语教学 Foreign Languages and Their Teaching, 3:57-59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hou Yingying 侯莹莹 (2020). 凯瑟琳娜·莱斯与彼得·纽马克文本类型翻译理论之比较研究[J] A Comparative Study of Katharina Reiss's and Peter Newmark's Text Type Translation Theories.海外英语 Overseas English, 22:49-50+60. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Huikang 金惠康 (2007). 跨文化旅游翻译探讨[J] On Translation of Cross-Cultural tourism.上海翻译 Shanghai Journal of Translators, 1:31-34.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lan lingyan 兰灵艳 (2020). 交际翻译理论指导下《家庭生活》（节选）汉译实践报告[D] A Report on the E-C Translation of ''Family Life (Excerpt)'' from the Perspective of Communicative Translation.南昌大学 Nanchang University, 19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Daosheng 李道胜 (2000). 汉英语义对比分析[J] A Contrastive Analysis of Chinese and English Semantics. 语言教育 Language Education, 4:4-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian Shuneng 连淑能 (1993). 英汉对比研究[M] Contrastive Studies of English and Chinese. 北京：高等教育出版社 Beijing: Higher Education Press, 80+105.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Anhong 刘安洪 (2013). 跨文化交际视角下的旅游文本翻译策略研究[J] Research on Tourism Text Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Cross-Cultural Communication.中华文化论坛 Forum on Chinese culture, 10:160-163. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Chen 马忱 (2010). 交际翻译策略对汉英旅游翻译的启示[J] The Implications of Communicative Translation strategies for Chinese-English tourism Translation.郑州航空工业管理学院学报(社会科学版) Journal of Zhengzhou Institute of Aeronautical Industry Management (Social Science Edition), 29(06):119-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2007). A New Theory of Translation[J]. Sborník Prací Filozofické Fakulty Brněnské Univerzity, 13:101-114&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2001). Approaches to translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 45-46. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2001). A Textbook of Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 39-42. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 14:28, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_2&amp;diff=132532</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_2&amp;diff=132532"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T00:54:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* 摘要 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' =&lt;br /&gt;
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (节选)''为例&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid growth of economy, people's pursuit of life quality is gradually increasing. Travelling abroad has become a hot topic nowadays. The rapid development of overseas travel has increased the market demand for tourism translation, and more stringent requirements for tourism translators. How to deal with the translation problems caused by the cultural differences between Chinese and English during the translation process is of great importance to improve the quality of tourism translation. The communicative translation strategy in Newmark's translation theory focuses on the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which is of certain guiding significance to the E-C translation of tourism texts. Therefore, this paper takes the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' as an example to analyze the specific translation strategies and methods in the application of Newmark's translation theory in tourism texts, so as to provide reference for other translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid growth of economy, people's pursuit of life quality is gradually increasing and travelling abroad has become a very popular topic nowadays. At the same time, the rapid development of foreign tourism has increased the demand for tourism translators in the market, and the requirements for tourism translators have become increasingly stringent. Therefore, for improving the quality of English-Chinese tourism translation, it is crucial to deal with the translation problems brought about by the cultural differences between English and Chinese. Newmark's communicative translation theory is concerned with the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which has certain guiding significance for the translation of English-Chinese tourism texts. Therefore, this paper takes the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' as an example to analyze the specific translation strategies and methods in the application of Newmark's translation theory in tourism texts, so as to provide reference for other translators.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key Words==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategy and translation methods; Peter Newmark; Tourism texts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
随着中国经济快速增长，人们对生活品质的追求逐渐增加，出国旅游旅游已成为时下十分热门的话题。国外旅游的迅速发展增加了市场对旅游翻译的需求量，对旅游翻译人员的要求也变得越来越严格。因此，如何处理英汉文化差异带来的翻译问题，对于提高英汉旅游翻译质量至关重要。纽马克的交际翻译理论关注的是译文给目的语读者所带来的效果，对英汉旅游文本的翻译具有一定的指导意义。因此，本文以《佛罗里达大沼泽公园》（节选）为例分析纽马克交际翻译理论在旅游文本翻译过程中的应用，采用的具体的翻译策略与翻译方法，为其他译者提供一定的借鉴作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着中国经济的快速增长，人们对生活品质的追求也逐渐增加，出国旅游已成为时下十分热门的话题。与此同时国外旅游的迅速发展增加了市场对旅游翻译的需求量，对旅游翻译人员的要求也变得越来越严格。因此，对于提高英汉旅游翻译质量来说，如何处理英汉文化差异带来的翻译问题至关重要。纽马克的交际翻译理论关注的是译文给目的语读者所带来的效果，对英汉旅游文本的翻译具有一定的指导意义。因此，本文以《佛罗里达大沼泽公园》（节选）为例分析纽马克交际翻译理论在旅游文本翻译过程中的应用，采用的具体的翻译策略与翻译方法，为其他译者提供一定的借鉴作用。&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
翻译策略与翻译方法；彼得纽马克；旅游文本&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Title==&lt;br /&gt;
The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is based on the English-Chinese translation of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''. By analyzing the application of Peter Newmark's communicative transaltion in the translation, the author proposes some translation methods, which can be provided for future references. This chapter mainly introduces the background information and significance of the report, and the domestic research status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is based on the English-Chinese translation of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''. By analysing the application of Newmark's theory of communicative translation in translation, some translation methods are proposed for future translations. This chapter introduces the background information and significance of the report, as well as the current status of research in China.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Research background===&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the world, various kinds of tourism appear in people’s life, and has unprecedentedly, extremely widely spread a variety of culture and lifestyle. &amp;quot;Tourism has become a rising sunrise industry in modern society.&amp;quot; To a foreign country to enjoy the beautiful scenery can make people know the colorful world and further know what they want. And this activity also has made tourism translation a reality and a thriving discipline. (Jin Huikang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, due to the different geographical environments, cultural differences and historical backgrounds in different countries, many translators often ignore the disadvantages brought by differences in language and cultural habits in the process of translation, so that the original meaning of the original text will be lost in the process of transmission, which may cause confusion for tourists and cannot achieve the purpose of offering them accurate information and stimulating their interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to make it more convenient for domestic citizens to travel abroad, translators should choose appropriate translation strategies and methods according to the cultural differences between China and foreign countries in the process of tourism English translation, so that tourists can form an objective and correct understanding of scenic spots. The semantic translation and communicative translation strategies in Peter Newmark’s Theories respectively focus on whether the meaning of the original text is exactly reproduced and the effect and influence that the translation brings to the target language readers, which are of certain guiding significance to the English- Chinese translation of tourism texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Research significance===&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, based on Peter Newmark’s translation theories, this paper chooses the semantic translation strategy and puts forward appropriate translation methods for the English-Chinese translation of tourist text -- ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'', which is of certain guiding significance for English - Chinese translation of tourist texts. Based on the practice of ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' English - Chinese translation and the analysis of Newmark’s communicative translation strategy’s application, this paper sums up some translation methods, such as voice change, objective and personal subject changing, adding conjunctions, etc. And these methods can be provided for future references in the translation study and practice of others, which has a certain practical significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Literature review===&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis of Newmark’s communicative translation in recent years, it can be found that there are many references for the guidance of communicative translation on tourism translation texts. He Xueyun (2005) proposes that the public notices and signs should belong to the vocative functional text and focus on the reader-centered communicative translation, which can give foreigners a better environment for travel, study and work in China. For such a style, the communicative translation theory should be chosen, the target readers put in the first place and always in mind, and their culture and receptivity taken into account. Jin Huikang (2006) believes that tour guide words must have a specific expected function, which are a kind of texts that integrate informative, expressive and vocative functions. Therefore, tourism translation should aim at effective attraction for overseas tourists, and the translator should grasp the group characteristics of overseas tourists and audiences when carrying out tourism propaganda or translating tourism materials. Ma Chen (2010) points out that the tourism text is a kind of article mainly based on vocative function, and the core of which is to accurately convey information for readers. Liu Anhong (2013) proposes tourism text as a kind of publicity material, aiming to stimulate tourists’ interest in visiting. According to the division of Newmark, the tourism text should belong to the text with the vocative function as its main function and the informative function as its secondary function. Therefore, the translation of tourism text should effectively achieve the effects similar to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the combing of previous literatures, it can be found that there are many studies on the translation of tourism texts guided by Newmark’s communicative translation strategy. However, at present, there are few studies on the translation of tourism texts from English to Chinese, and more studies focus on the Chinese- English translation. For this reason, this paper is based on the translation practice of the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' to provide some reference for future English – Chinese translation of tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tourism Texts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism text is an important carrier for readers to obtain scenic spot information, and Tourism text is to stimulate readers' desire to travel by introducing tourist attractions and resources, and its ultimate purpose is to meet readers' expectations and arouse readers' enthusiasm by delivering tourism information. In other words, the dominant function of tourism text is vocative function. At the same time, tourism texts also provide readers with information they like, from which people can acquire relevant knowledge such as culture and customs, natural geography, etc. Therefore, informative function is also its important feature. It can be seen that the two most important functions of tourism texts are respectively informative and vocative one, whose premise is to provide information and purpose is to attract tourists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, we should realize that translation of tourism texts is a professional translation of tourist attractions and resources for target readers, and its essence is a communicative behavior. If the translator fails to properly deal with the differences between cultures, it will often fail to achieve the expected results. Therefore, during the translation process, &amp;quot;more attention should be paid to the accuracy and effectiveness of the information, so as to make the translation conform to the target readers’ reading habits and aesthetic expectation.&amp;quot; This requires the translator to put the reader's acceptance first in the process of translation. That is, tourism text translation should not only realize the conversion from one language to another, but also take language barriers and cultural differences into account. Therefore, in order to achieve the goal of successful communication, translators should flexibly apply various translation strategies and adopt appropriate translation methods according to the text types of tourism texts. (Li Daosheng, 2009:4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction to the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''===&lt;br /&gt;
Established in 1974, Everglades National Park covers 2,354 square miles, or 6,097 square kilometers (1.4 million acres). Located at the tip of southern Florida, it is the largest subtropical wildlife sanctuary in the continental United States. Everglades National Park protects an unparalleled landscape which provides important habitat for numerous rare and endangered species such as the manatee, American crocodile, and the elusive Florida panther.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' is excerpted from a notice from U.S. National Park Service about the phased reopening of the park, including alerts of the reopening, activities, safety and accessibility. It can also be regarded as a travel guide, which describes the journey towards people and offers help to the tourists who want to go there, and which often includes the description of the best travel time, transportation, accommodation, scenic spots and matters needing attention. As a practical text, its main purpose is to introduce and promote tourist scenic spots, that is the Everglades National Park in Florida. Its vocative and informative function are very prominent, and it has the characteristics of reader-orientation, the effectiveness of information transmission and timeliness. (https://www.nps.gov/ever/planyourvisit/conditions.htm, July 3, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Newmark's Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General introduction of Peter Newmark's translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark, a well-known translation theorist, is one of the main figures in the founding of translation studies in the English-speaking world in 20th century. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation, and put forward his own views on this basis. Newmark’s translation theories mainly include three parts, that is, the classification of text types, translation approaches, and the lately correlative theory of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;According to Karl Buhler’s knowledge of language features and Jacobson’s classification of them, Newmark proposed six functions of language informative function, expressive function, vocative function, phatic function, aesthetic function, and lastly metalingual function.&amp;quot; Then Newmark divided text types into three: expressive-functional texts, informative-functional texts, vocative-functional texts. (Hou Yingying, 2020:49) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After putting forward these three text types, Peter Newmark suggested eight translation approaches or strategies. Firstly, from the perspective of focusing on the source language, he suggested word-for-word translation, literal translation, faithful translation and semantic translation; Secondly, from the perspective of focusing on the target language, he suggested adaptation, free translation, idiomatic translation and communicative translation (Newmark, 2001:45).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2007, Newmark came up with a new theory, that is, correlative theory of translation, which means that “The more serious and important the language of the original or source text, the more closely it should be translated.” (Newmark, 2007:113)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, Peter Newmark has proposed many significant theories and made extensive discussion on those concepts, which will have a great influence on the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Semantic translation and communicative translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark divided text genres into “expressive text”, “informative text” and “vocative text”. Imaginative literary works, such as poems, songs, novels and dramas, authoritative statements, autobiographies, essays and personal correspondence, etc. are expressive texts. All the formatted texts with science and technology, industry and commerce, and economy as themes belong to informative texts. And vocative text refers to all texts that can infect readers and make them “get information”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With reference to these three kinds of texts, Newmark further creatively proposed the concepts of semantic translation and communicative translation: “communicative translation” means that the effect of the target text on the reader of the target language is as much as the effect of the original text on the reader of the source language; “semantic translation” refers to the reproduction of the context of the source text as accurately as possible under the premise of the semantic and syntactic structure of the target language. He believed that only communicative translation and semantic translation can achieve the two major goals of translation: being accurate, and being economic (effective).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark made a detailed comparison of the characteristics of semantic translation and communicative translation from different aspects, and pointed out that the fundamental difference between them lies in that when the information and the effect are in conflict, communicative translation lays more emphasis on effect than content, while semantic translation lays more emphasis on content than effect. Communicative translation can give the translator full freedom, the translator can reorganize the syntax, eliminate the original obscure places in the source language, and make the language conform to the standard of the target language. However, semantic translation emphasizes the content of the information itself, tries to make the form of the target text similar to the form of the original text, and retains the language characteristics and expressive style of the original author. Therefore, compared with semantic translation, communicative translation is more subjective and can better reflect the translator’s creativity and it attaches great importance to the communicative effect of translation, the key to which is to convey information, make readers of the target language think, act and feel, and play an inductive role in making the translation natural and smooth, and more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark pointed out that the translation of expressive texts should employ semantic translation, while informative and vocative texts communicative translation which is reader-centered. The most direct purpose of tourism texts translation is to convey information to readers on the premise of attracting readers’ attention and leaving readers with deep memories, so that readers can take actions -- to visit tourist attractions and pay attention to matters that should be paid attention to. Thus, it can be seen that the tourism text belongs to the vocative text and the communicative translation should be applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Newmark’s communicative translation focus on the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which is of certain guiding significance to the English- Chinese translation of tourism texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of communicative translation is to try to make the translation have the same effect on the target reader as the original does on the source reader. That is to say, the key point of communicative translation is to be loyal to the target language and the target text reader, that is, the source language is required to obey the target language and culture, leaving no doubt or obscurity to the reader, and eliminating difficulties and obstacles in reading or communication for the reader as far as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the translator wants to achieve a certain communicative purpose, emphasizes the effect and has a specific target audience, the translation has inevitably broken the restrictions of the original text, pursuing smoothness, clarity, directness and conformity with conventions. In this part, the author analyzes the specific application of communicative translation in the translation practice of ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' from three aspects: lexical, syntactic and textual analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, there is partial equivalence between English and Chinese, that is, similar expressions in Chinese can replace the meaning of English words or phrases. In the following, two translation methods used in lexical translation will be introduced: conversion of part of speech and the translation of public signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion of part of speech====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''There is no shortage of activities for individuals, groups, or families to enjoy outdoors.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 个人、团体或家庭都能在这找到适合的户外活动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As we all know, English belongs to the Indo-European language family, while Chinese the Sino-Tibetan language family. Many differences exist between English and Chinese in terms of vocabulary and grammatical structure. Therefore, in the process of translating English into Chinese, due to the different ways of expression between English and Chinese some sentences can be translated word by word, while most sentences cannot. In order to make the Chinese translation smooth and natural, some words in the original text need to be converted into different parts of speech in the target text without sticking to the surface structure of the original text. In other words, some words in the original text can be converted into other parts of speech in Chinese on the premise of being faithful to the original meaning and retaining the original effect. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original sentence uses a nominal phrase “no shortage of” to express the meaning that no matter how many people come together for outdoor activities, there are always options. The translator translates it into a verbal phrase, that is, everyone can find a suitable outdoor activity here, so that the meaning gets across and the whole sentence flows naturally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Accessibility: No immediate trails.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 如何前往：没有路径可直接到达。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As English tends to use more nouns with static narratives, while Chinese tends to use more verbs with dynamic ones. The static tendency of English mainly comes from nominalization, a common phenomenon in English. &amp;quot;Nominalization mainly refers to the use of nouns (phrases) to express the information originally expressed by verbs (phrases), such as the use of abstract nouns to express actions, behaviors, changes, states, etc.&amp;quot; For example, “accessibility” in Example 2 is an abstract noun, which is used to show the way to one place. Chinese, on the other hand, tends to use verbs. So, in order to better convey the effect and let the reader read without any doubt or discomfort, the translator converted the noun into a verb phrase, that is “如何前往”. Likewise, in the noun phrase “no immediate trails”, the author wants to say that there is no direct way (to arrive at the destination). When translating, if it is directly translated into a noun phrase “没有直达路”, the reader may feel difficult to read. So, if it is translated into “there is no direct path can reach that place”, the sentence will be more smoothly and convey the original information and the effect is also retained.  (Lian Shuneng, 1993:105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Public signs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3 &amp;amp; 4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Things To Do'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 活动介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''What you can do''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 解决措施&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As mentioned in the theoretical framework above, tourism text belongs to vocative text. As a kind of tourism text, public signs are a special style for specific people to achieve a certain communicative purpose. Its application scope is very wide, almost involved in every aspect of our daily life, such as street signs, billboards, road signs, shop signs, warnings, propaganda, travel briefs and so on. &amp;quot;As a communicative tool, it conveys necessary and useful information to the public by means of a few words, simple and easy to understand icons or the combination of both.&amp;quot; Therefore, it can be seen that public signs feature lots of nouns, verbs, phrases and abbreviations and more often, fixed expression, which means in translation, only concise and idiomatic expression can fully convey the effect of the original text. (He Xueyun, 2006:57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the example 3, once the original text is translated literally, that is “要做的事情”, it sounds rather awkward, which not only does not convey the meaning of the source text that was intended as an introduction to the activities that can be done, but also may lead the reader to believe that this section is about what is required. However, if it is translated into “活动介绍”, readers can clearly know the main content of this part and can find out the activities they are interested in. This expression is very concise and also in line with the Chinese language habits. The same is true of example 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5 &amp;amp; 6:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Alligators and crocodiles - Crocodilians are one of the reasons people visit the park, however, these are wild animals that can be dangerous to humans.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 小心短吻鳄和鳄鱼——鳄鱼是人们参观公园的原因之一，然而，这些野生动物对人类会很危险。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Poisonous plants - The park’s ecosystems support a variety of plant life including some that cause reactions to human skin.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 警惕有毒植物——公园的生态系统支持多种植物的生长，包括一些会对是人类皮肤过敏的植物。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Tourist texts belong to the vocative text, emphasizing the transfer of the effect of the information and the empathy of the reader. This requires the translator to pay attention to the internal logic of the text, modify the translated text to make it clear in the process of tourism translation without sticking to the original form and give full consideration to the core position of readers. &lt;br /&gt;
Examples 5 and 6 are in the same sentence structure -- firstly species are given, and then that the species could be in some danger is pointed out. If it is translated in accordance with the original text word by word, then the front part is just posing out that species. However, if such warning words as “小心” or “警惕” are added, it can let the reader know before he continues reading that this species may be dangerous when visiting, and then with reading below, the reader will know why it is dangerous. This will prepare the reader mentally, and the reading will be smoother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples 5 and 6 are the same sentence structure, first giving the species and then indicating that the species may be in some kind of danger. If they are translated word for word from the original, then the preceding part simply suggests the species. &lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Syntactical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two aspects are included in syntactic analysis, which are change of subjects and passive voice, and the punctuation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Change of subjects and passive voice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Wading birds, cormorants, Purple Gallinules, and nesting Anhingas may be found along the path anytime of the day during the winter (dry) season.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 在冬季（旱季），任何时候您都可以在沿路发现涉水鸟类、鸬鹚、紫雀和筑巢的美洲蛇鸟。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: English tends to use more impersonal subjects, which means it rarely uses the personal subject to describe but expresses how objective things act on people’s perception to things appear in an objective tone. So, the structure is often like this: &amp;quot;inanimate subject + animate subject&amp;quot;. Chinese pays more attention to subjective thinking, and often describes objective things from the point of view of oneself, or tends to describe people and their behavior or state, so the personal subject is often used. When the personal subject is clear, Chinese often implies or omits it. Passive voice is a common grammatical phenomenon in English. In some styles, the use of passive sentences has almost become a habit of expression. Passive sentences give rise to the tendency of using impersonal subjects, and vice versa. Chinese uses fewer passive forms. The main reason for this difference is that the use of passive forms in Chinese is limited, and the mark of the passive voice, such as “让”, “给”, “受”, mostly expresses displeasure. (Lian Shuneng, 1993:80) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in example 7, the translator transformed the passive voice into the active voice and the impersonal subjects “Wading birds, cormorants, Purple Gallinules, and nesting Anhingas” into the personal subjects “您”. What’s more, as this tourism text is written for readers, the use of the second person subject can shorten the distance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8 &amp;amp; 9: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Wading birds, American Coots, Osprey, White-crowned Pigeons, warblers, Red-shouldered Hawks, Anhingas, rails, Painted Buntings and other transients are best viewed here in the morning.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 早晨在这里观赏涉禽、美洲骨顶鸡、鱼鹰、白头鸽、莺、赤肩鹫、美洲蛇鸟、秧鸡、彩绘鹀和其他过路的鸟类的效果最好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''In the summer, fewer programs are offered.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 夏季提供的项目较少。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Just as what has been said above, English has a tendency to use impersonal subjects and passive voice, while Chinese is exactly the opposite. And when the subject is clear, Chinese often implies or omits it, which is just like example 8 the personal subject “you” is omitted. &lt;br /&gt;
In example 9, the omitted subject is the national park, and the temporal adverbial phrase “in the summer” becomes the subject in form, which is a common expression in Chinese. That is because subjects in Chinese are not only in various forms, but also dispensable: it can denote giving, receiving, time, place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Punctuation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Connecting trails through the Pinelands run 7 miles (11 km) west from the Long Pine Key campground to Pine Glades Lake along the main park road.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 这些小道从长松岛营地向西延伸7英里（11公里），穿过一片松林地，连通公园主路边松林湖。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: English sentences are complicated, and subordination is one of the most important characteristics of modern English, which features right-branching, sentences long and complex, made in “architecture style”. Conversely, Chinese sentences are relatively short, and commonly use scattered sentences, loose sentences, tight sentences or composite sentences with parallel structure. Chinese features left-branching, and sentences are made in “chronicle style”, using clauses to streamline the thoughts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when there are many prepositional phrases in the original English sentence, the translator can divide the long sentence into several short sentences and recognize those by adding comma, which can help readers to sort out the logic of the original text and get the main information. By using communicative translation, the translator divided the original sentence into three sentences. The logical sequence is that “The trails run seven miles (11 kilometers) west from the Long Pine Key campground. Passing through the Pinelands, they lead to Pine Glades Lake along the main park road.”, which shows the location of both the Long Pine Key campground, the Pinelands and Pine Glades Lake correctly, leaving no doubt to readers of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''In keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches, North Nest Key and all waters within 100 yards from the shore will be closed for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend. The closure will begin on Friday, July 3 at 6 a.m.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 根据门罗县对海滩的关闭安排，为保护公园资源，北巢岛和离海岸100码以内的所有水域将自7月3日星期五早上6点起暂停对外开放。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the original text there are two sentences, which can be combined to make the meaning complete and language pithy in the target language. And it can be taken into consideration to reconstruct them by replacing full stop with comma. By considering communicative translation, the translator put two prepositional phrases in advance as adverbials, which are “in keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches” and “for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend”, and then turned the second sentence into a temporal adverbial phrase and put it in the main clause as an adverbial. So, the whole structure is “In keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches and for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend, North Nest Key and all waters within 100 yards from the shore will be closed from Friday, July 3 at 6 a.m.” By doing so, the information is concisely conveyed, and Chinese readers can well understand it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Textual Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discourse refers to the actual language unit used and is the whole language constituted by a series of consecutive paragraphs or sentences in the communication process. In general, a text consists of words, phrases, sentences and sentence cluster (Lan Lingyan, 2020:19), among which the components were cohesion in form and coherence in semantics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''There is no shortage of activities for individuals, groups, or families to enjoy outdoors. The diverse habitats allow for enjoyable activities ranging from hiking, canoeing, kayaking, biking, fresh and saltwater fishing, and camping in the ultimate wilderness.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 个人、团体或家庭都能在这找到适合的户外活动。无论是步行、乘坐独木舟、划皮划艇、骑自行车，还是在淡水或海水钓鱼、在终极荒野地露营，您都可以饱览多样的自然环境、尽享快乐。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Coherence in a piece of writing refers to the principle that all paragraphs, sentences or ideas are combined so well that they form a united whole. Coherent translation has smooth structural, grammatical, and logical movement from one sentence or idea to the next and the reader does not have to pause and guess at the meaning caused by gaps in development between ideas, sentences and paragraphs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In example 12, the last topic of the fist sentence in the original sentence is outdoor activities, while the subject of the second sentence is the diverse habitats. This is a shift in the topic, which may make the readers pause and guess at the logical relation between them. Therefore, in translation, guided by communicative translation, the translator needs to mind the text coherence and to make proper adjustments. Out of this, the translator put the activities in the second sentences as the subject of the second sentence in the target text, so that the first sentence can pass through smoothly to the next one, so does the understanding of readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Everglades National Park is a popular spot for saltwater and freshwater sport fishing. Boats can be chartered at Flamingo. Be sure to check a visitor center for park fishing regulations and closed areas.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 大沼泽地国家公园是一个很受欢迎的钓海水鱼和淡水鱼的地方。在弗拉明戈可以租船。在钓鱼之前，一定要阅读游客中心的公园捕鱼规定和封闭区域。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Cohesion can be thought of as all the grammatical and lexical links that link one part of a text to another. This includes the use of synonyms, lexical sets, pronouns, verb tenses, time references, grammatical reference, etc. For example, ‘it’, ‘neither’ and ‘this’ all refer to an idea previously mentioned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In example 13, this paragraph mainly talks about fishing in the Everglades National Park, with a topic sentence and two explanatory sentences: one introducing the place for chartering and the other cautions. There are no grammatical or lexical links within these three sentences, and the logic is connected by semantics. Considering well understanding of readers in the target language, the translator added one lexical link “before fishing” between the last two sentences, to make the reader understand that he or she should read the rules and precautions of fishing before going fishing. Also, with repeating the key word “fishing”, the central idea of this whole paragraph is prominent, and the sentences are logically and smoothly linked to express the intended meaning, thus making this paragraph a cohesive group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Major findings===&lt;br /&gt;
For the text, the tourism text belongs to the vocative text, which focuses on conveying the information and effect, so the communicative translation theory should be adopted to this kind of translation. As for this original text, the first part that introduces the outdoor activities belongs to the tourism advertisements, which are descriptive with vivid words. Tourism advertising is infective, with short and concise words, full of creativity, lively and concise sentence structure, and strong attraction. While the announcement that informs of the operating status of the park is a quite different style. The wording is formal, standard, accurate and stylized. Secondly, the source text involves a wide range of knowledge and large vocabulary. For example, “hardwood hammock” for “硬木吊床” and “Geocaching” for “寻宝”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the analysis of examples from lexical, syntactic and textual levels, some translation methods can be proposed. On one hand, when translating, some words in the target text can be converted into different parts of speech in the original text to make the language natural and idiomatic. On the other hand, when doing English – Chinese translation, in most cases, passive voice should be changed into active voice, personal subject is favored in Chinese, and subjects can also be omitted sometimes. Lastly, as English and Chinese have lots of differences in sentences, the translator should change the order of the sentences sometimes to make them smooth and fluent, and some words can be added to make the meaning coherent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Limitations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides some major findings, there are also many limitations in this translation practice. Firstly, communicative translation focuses on the effect conveyed by the translation rather than the information, which can easily make the translator ignore some original. So, in the translation, other available translation theories should also be taken into account to achieve best translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, when translating a text, whether it is a tourism text or a literary works, they cannot be translated immediately. Relevant information and background should be collected in advance, and otherwise some mistakes which should be avoided will be made. For example, “Snail Kite (蜗鸢)” might be translated as “蜗牛风筝” if the translator does not look it up in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Xueyun 贺学耘 (2006). 汉英公示语翻译的现状及其交际翻译策略[J] Current Situation and Communicative Translation Strategy of Chinese-English Public Signs.外语与外语教学 Foreign Languages and Their Teaching, 3:57-59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hou Yingying 侯莹莹 (2020). 凯瑟琳娜·莱斯与彼得·纽马克文本类型翻译理论之比较研究[J] A Comparative Study of Katharina Reiss's and Peter Newmark's Text Type Translation Theories.海外英语 Overseas English, 22:49-50+60. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Huikang 金惠康 (2007). 跨文化旅游翻译探讨[J] On Translation of Cross-Cultural tourism.上海翻译 Shanghai Journal of Translators, 1:31-34.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lan lingyan 兰灵艳 (2020). 交际翻译理论指导下《家庭生活》（节选）汉译实践报告[D] A Report on the E-C Translation of ''Family Life (Excerpt)'' from the Perspective of Communicative Translation.南昌大学 Nanchang University, 19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Daosheng 李道胜 (2000). 汉英语义对比分析[J] A Contrastive Analysis of Chinese and English Semantics. 语言教育 Language Education, 4:4-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian Shuneng 连淑能 (1993). 英汉对比研究[M] Contrastive Studies of English and Chinese. 北京：高等教育出版社 Beijing: Higher Education Press, 80+105.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Anhong 刘安洪 (2013). 跨文化交际视角下的旅游文本翻译策略研究[J] Research on Tourism Text Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Cross-Cultural Communication.中华文化论坛 Forum on Chinese culture, 10:160-163. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Chen 马忱 (2010). 交际翻译策略对汉英旅游翻译的启示[J] The Implications of Communicative Translation strategies for Chinese-English tourism Translation.郑州航空工业管理学院学报(社会科学版) Journal of Zhengzhou Institute of Aeronautical Industry Management (Social Science Edition), 29(06):119-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2007). A New Theory of Translation[J]. Sborník Prací Filozofické Fakulty Brněnské Univerzity, 13:101-114&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2001). Approaches to translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 45-46. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2001). A Textbook of Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 39-42. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 14:28, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_2&amp;diff=132530</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_2&amp;diff=132530"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T00:53:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Abstract */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' =&lt;br /&gt;
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (节选)''为例&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid growth of economy, people's pursuit of life quality is gradually increasing. Travelling abroad has become a hot topic nowadays. The rapid development of overseas travel has increased the market demand for tourism translation, and more stringent requirements for tourism translators. How to deal with the translation problems caused by the cultural differences between Chinese and English during the translation process is of great importance to improve the quality of tourism translation. The communicative translation strategy in Newmark's translation theory focuses on the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which is of certain guiding significance to the E-C translation of tourism texts. Therefore, this paper takes the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' as an example to analyze the specific translation strategies and methods in the application of Newmark's translation theory in tourism texts, so as to provide reference for other translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid growth of economy, people's pursuit of life quality is gradually increasing and travelling abroad has become a very popular topic nowadays. At the same time, the rapid development of foreign tourism has increased the demand for tourism translators in the market, and the requirements for tourism translators have become increasingly stringent. Therefore, for improving the quality of English-Chinese tourism translation, it is crucial to deal with the translation problems brought about by the cultural differences between English and Chinese. Newmark's communicative translation theory is concerned with the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which has certain guiding significance for the translation of English-Chinese tourism texts. Therefore, this paper takes the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' as an example to analyze the specific translation strategies and methods in the application of Newmark's translation theory in tourism texts, so as to provide reference for other translators.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key Words==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategy and translation methods; Peter Newmark; Tourism texts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
随着中国经济快速增长，人们对生活品质的追求逐渐增加，出国旅游旅游已成为时下十分热门的话题。国外旅游的迅速发展增加了市场对旅游翻译的需求量，对旅游翻译人员的要求也变得越来越严格。因此，如何处理英汉文化差异带来的翻译问题，对于提高英汉旅游翻译质量至关重要。纽马克的交际翻译理论关注的是译文给目的语读者所带来的效果，对英汉旅游文本的翻译具有一定的指导意义。因此，本文以《佛罗里达大沼泽公园》（节选）为例分析纽马克交际翻译理论在旅游文本翻译过程中的应用，采用的具体的翻译策略与翻译方法，为其他译者提供一定的借鉴作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着中国经济的快速增长，人们对生活品质的追求也逐渐增加，出国旅游已成为时下十分热门的话题。与此同时国外旅游的迅速发展增加了市场对旅游翻译的需求量，对旅游翻译人员的要求也变得越来越严格。因此，对于提高英汉旅游翻译质量来说，如何处理英汉文化差异带来的翻译问题至关重要。纽马克的交际翻译理论关注的是译文给目的语读者所带来的效果，对英汉旅游文本的翻译具有一定的指导意义。因此，本文以《佛罗里达大沼泽公园》（节选）为例分析纽马克交际翻译理论在旅游文本翻译过程中的应用，采用的具体的翻译策略与翻译方法，为其他译者提供一定的借鉴作用。&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
翻译策略与翻译方法；彼得纽马克；旅游文本&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Title==&lt;br /&gt;
The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is based on the English-Chinese translation of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''. By analyzing the application of Peter Newmark's communicative transaltion in the translation, the author proposes some translation methods, which can be provided for future references. This chapter mainly introduces the background information and significance of the report, and the domestic research status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is based on the English-Chinese translation of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''. By analysing the application of Newmark's theory of communicative translation in translation, some translation methods are proposed for future translations. This chapter introduces the background information and significance of the report, as well as the current status of research in China.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Research background===&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the world, various kinds of tourism appear in people’s life, and has unprecedentedly, extremely widely spread a variety of culture and lifestyle. &amp;quot;Tourism has become a rising sunrise industry in modern society.&amp;quot; To a foreign country to enjoy the beautiful scenery can make people know the colorful world and further know what they want. And this activity also has made tourism translation a reality and a thriving discipline. (Jin Huikang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, due to the different geographical environments, cultural differences and historical backgrounds in different countries, many translators often ignore the disadvantages brought by differences in language and cultural habits in the process of translation, so that the original meaning of the original text will be lost in the process of transmission, which may cause confusion for tourists and cannot achieve the purpose of offering them accurate information and stimulating their interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to make it more convenient for domestic citizens to travel abroad, translators should choose appropriate translation strategies and methods according to the cultural differences between China and foreign countries in the process of tourism English translation, so that tourists can form an objective and correct understanding of scenic spots. The semantic translation and communicative translation strategies in Peter Newmark’s Theories respectively focus on whether the meaning of the original text is exactly reproduced and the effect and influence that the translation brings to the target language readers, which are of certain guiding significance to the English- Chinese translation of tourism texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Research significance===&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, based on Peter Newmark’s translation theories, this paper chooses the semantic translation strategy and puts forward appropriate translation methods for the English-Chinese translation of tourist text -- ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'', which is of certain guiding significance for English - Chinese translation of tourist texts. Based on the practice of ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' English - Chinese translation and the analysis of Newmark’s communicative translation strategy’s application, this paper sums up some translation methods, such as voice change, objective and personal subject changing, adding conjunctions, etc. And these methods can be provided for future references in the translation study and practice of others, which has a certain practical significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Literature review===&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis of Newmark’s communicative translation in recent years, it can be found that there are many references for the guidance of communicative translation on tourism translation texts. He Xueyun (2005) proposes that the public notices and signs should belong to the vocative functional text and focus on the reader-centered communicative translation, which can give foreigners a better environment for travel, study and work in China. For such a style, the communicative translation theory should be chosen, the target readers put in the first place and always in mind, and their culture and receptivity taken into account. Jin Huikang (2006) believes that tour guide words must have a specific expected function, which are a kind of texts that integrate informative, expressive and vocative functions. Therefore, tourism translation should aim at effective attraction for overseas tourists, and the translator should grasp the group characteristics of overseas tourists and audiences when carrying out tourism propaganda or translating tourism materials. Ma Chen (2010) points out that the tourism text is a kind of article mainly based on vocative function, and the core of which is to accurately convey information for readers. Liu Anhong (2013) proposes tourism text as a kind of publicity material, aiming to stimulate tourists’ interest in visiting. According to the division of Newmark, the tourism text should belong to the text with the vocative function as its main function and the informative function as its secondary function. Therefore, the translation of tourism text should effectively achieve the effects similar to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the combing of previous literatures, it can be found that there are many studies on the translation of tourism texts guided by Newmark’s communicative translation strategy. However, at present, there are few studies on the translation of tourism texts from English to Chinese, and more studies focus on the Chinese- English translation. For this reason, this paper is based on the translation practice of the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' to provide some reference for future English – Chinese translation of tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tourism Texts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism text is an important carrier for readers to obtain scenic spot information, and Tourism text is to stimulate readers' desire to travel by introducing tourist attractions and resources, and its ultimate purpose is to meet readers' expectations and arouse readers' enthusiasm by delivering tourism information. In other words, the dominant function of tourism text is vocative function. At the same time, tourism texts also provide readers with information they like, from which people can acquire relevant knowledge such as culture and customs, natural geography, etc. Therefore, informative function is also its important feature. It can be seen that the two most important functions of tourism texts are respectively informative and vocative one, whose premise is to provide information and purpose is to attract tourists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, we should realize that translation of tourism texts is a professional translation of tourist attractions and resources for target readers, and its essence is a communicative behavior. If the translator fails to properly deal with the differences between cultures, it will often fail to achieve the expected results. Therefore, during the translation process, &amp;quot;more attention should be paid to the accuracy and effectiveness of the information, so as to make the translation conform to the target readers’ reading habits and aesthetic expectation.&amp;quot; This requires the translator to put the reader's acceptance first in the process of translation. That is, tourism text translation should not only realize the conversion from one language to another, but also take language barriers and cultural differences into account. Therefore, in order to achieve the goal of successful communication, translators should flexibly apply various translation strategies and adopt appropriate translation methods according to the text types of tourism texts. (Li Daosheng, 2009:4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction to the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''===&lt;br /&gt;
Established in 1974, Everglades National Park covers 2,354 square miles, or 6,097 square kilometers (1.4 million acres). Located at the tip of southern Florida, it is the largest subtropical wildlife sanctuary in the continental United States. Everglades National Park protects an unparalleled landscape which provides important habitat for numerous rare and endangered species such as the manatee, American crocodile, and the elusive Florida panther.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' is excerpted from a notice from U.S. National Park Service about the phased reopening of the park, including alerts of the reopening, activities, safety and accessibility. It can also be regarded as a travel guide, which describes the journey towards people and offers help to the tourists who want to go there, and which often includes the description of the best travel time, transportation, accommodation, scenic spots and matters needing attention. As a practical text, its main purpose is to introduce and promote tourist scenic spots, that is the Everglades National Park in Florida. Its vocative and informative function are very prominent, and it has the characteristics of reader-orientation, the effectiveness of information transmission and timeliness. (https://www.nps.gov/ever/planyourvisit/conditions.htm, July 3, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Newmark's Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General introduction of Peter Newmark's translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark, a well-known translation theorist, is one of the main figures in the founding of translation studies in the English-speaking world in 20th century. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation, and put forward his own views on this basis. Newmark’s translation theories mainly include three parts, that is, the classification of text types, translation approaches, and the lately correlative theory of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;According to Karl Buhler’s knowledge of language features and Jacobson’s classification of them, Newmark proposed six functions of language informative function, expressive function, vocative function, phatic function, aesthetic function, and lastly metalingual function.&amp;quot; Then Newmark divided text types into three: expressive-functional texts, informative-functional texts, vocative-functional texts. (Hou Yingying, 2020:49) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After putting forward these three text types, Peter Newmark suggested eight translation approaches or strategies. Firstly, from the perspective of focusing on the source language, he suggested word-for-word translation, literal translation, faithful translation and semantic translation; Secondly, from the perspective of focusing on the target language, he suggested adaptation, free translation, idiomatic translation and communicative translation (Newmark, 2001:45).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2007, Newmark came up with a new theory, that is, correlative theory of translation, which means that “The more serious and important the language of the original or source text, the more closely it should be translated.” (Newmark, 2007:113)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, Peter Newmark has proposed many significant theories and made extensive discussion on those concepts, which will have a great influence on the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Semantic translation and communicative translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark divided text genres into “expressive text”, “informative text” and “vocative text”. Imaginative literary works, such as poems, songs, novels and dramas, authoritative statements, autobiographies, essays and personal correspondence, etc. are expressive texts. All the formatted texts with science and technology, industry and commerce, and economy as themes belong to informative texts. And vocative text refers to all texts that can infect readers and make them “get information”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With reference to these three kinds of texts, Newmark further creatively proposed the concepts of semantic translation and communicative translation: “communicative translation” means that the effect of the target text on the reader of the target language is as much as the effect of the original text on the reader of the source language; “semantic translation” refers to the reproduction of the context of the source text as accurately as possible under the premise of the semantic and syntactic structure of the target language. He believed that only communicative translation and semantic translation can achieve the two major goals of translation: being accurate, and being economic (effective).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark made a detailed comparison of the characteristics of semantic translation and communicative translation from different aspects, and pointed out that the fundamental difference between them lies in that when the information and the effect are in conflict, communicative translation lays more emphasis on effect than content, while semantic translation lays more emphasis on content than effect. Communicative translation can give the translator full freedom, the translator can reorganize the syntax, eliminate the original obscure places in the source language, and make the language conform to the standard of the target language. However, semantic translation emphasizes the content of the information itself, tries to make the form of the target text similar to the form of the original text, and retains the language characteristics and expressive style of the original author. Therefore, compared with semantic translation, communicative translation is more subjective and can better reflect the translator’s creativity and it attaches great importance to the communicative effect of translation, the key to which is to convey information, make readers of the target language think, act and feel, and play an inductive role in making the translation natural and smooth, and more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark pointed out that the translation of expressive texts should employ semantic translation, while informative and vocative texts communicative translation which is reader-centered. The most direct purpose of tourism texts translation is to convey information to readers on the premise of attracting readers’ attention and leaving readers with deep memories, so that readers can take actions -- to visit tourist attractions and pay attention to matters that should be paid attention to. Thus, it can be seen that the tourism text belongs to the vocative text and the communicative translation should be applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Newmark’s communicative translation focus on the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which is of certain guiding significance to the English- Chinese translation of tourism texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of communicative translation is to try to make the translation have the same effect on the target reader as the original does on the source reader. That is to say, the key point of communicative translation is to be loyal to the target language and the target text reader, that is, the source language is required to obey the target language and culture, leaving no doubt or obscurity to the reader, and eliminating difficulties and obstacles in reading or communication for the reader as far as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the translator wants to achieve a certain communicative purpose, emphasizes the effect and has a specific target audience, the translation has inevitably broken the restrictions of the original text, pursuing smoothness, clarity, directness and conformity with conventions. In this part, the author analyzes the specific application of communicative translation in the translation practice of ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' from three aspects: lexical, syntactic and textual analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, there is partial equivalence between English and Chinese, that is, similar expressions in Chinese can replace the meaning of English words or phrases. In the following, two translation methods used in lexical translation will be introduced: conversion of part of speech and the translation of public signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion of part of speech====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''There is no shortage of activities for individuals, groups, or families to enjoy outdoors.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 个人、团体或家庭都能在这找到适合的户外活动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As we all know, English belongs to the Indo-European language family, while Chinese the Sino-Tibetan language family. Many differences exist between English and Chinese in terms of vocabulary and grammatical structure. Therefore, in the process of translating English into Chinese, due to the different ways of expression between English and Chinese some sentences can be translated word by word, while most sentences cannot. In order to make the Chinese translation smooth and natural, some words in the original text need to be converted into different parts of speech in the target text without sticking to the surface structure of the original text. In other words, some words in the original text can be converted into other parts of speech in Chinese on the premise of being faithful to the original meaning and retaining the original effect. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original sentence uses a nominal phrase “no shortage of” to express the meaning that no matter how many people come together for outdoor activities, there are always options. The translator translates it into a verbal phrase, that is, everyone can find a suitable outdoor activity here, so that the meaning gets across and the whole sentence flows naturally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Accessibility: No immediate trails.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 如何前往：没有路径可直接到达。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As English tends to use more nouns with static narratives, while Chinese tends to use more verbs with dynamic ones. The static tendency of English mainly comes from nominalization, a common phenomenon in English. &amp;quot;Nominalization mainly refers to the use of nouns (phrases) to express the information originally expressed by verbs (phrases), such as the use of abstract nouns to express actions, behaviors, changes, states, etc.&amp;quot; For example, “accessibility” in Example 2 is an abstract noun, which is used to show the way to one place. Chinese, on the other hand, tends to use verbs. So, in order to better convey the effect and let the reader read without any doubt or discomfort, the translator converted the noun into a verb phrase, that is “如何前往”. Likewise, in the noun phrase “no immediate trails”, the author wants to say that there is no direct way (to arrive at the destination). When translating, if it is directly translated into a noun phrase “没有直达路”, the reader may feel difficult to read. So, if it is translated into “there is no direct path can reach that place”, the sentence will be more smoothly and convey the original information and the effect is also retained.  (Lian Shuneng, 1993:105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Public signs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3 &amp;amp; 4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Things To Do'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 活动介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''What you can do''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 解决措施&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As mentioned in the theoretical framework above, tourism text belongs to vocative text. As a kind of tourism text, public signs are a special style for specific people to achieve a certain communicative purpose. Its application scope is very wide, almost involved in every aspect of our daily life, such as street signs, billboards, road signs, shop signs, warnings, propaganda, travel briefs and so on. &amp;quot;As a communicative tool, it conveys necessary and useful information to the public by means of a few words, simple and easy to understand icons or the combination of both.&amp;quot; Therefore, it can be seen that public signs feature lots of nouns, verbs, phrases and abbreviations and more often, fixed expression, which means in translation, only concise and idiomatic expression can fully convey the effect of the original text. (He Xueyun, 2006:57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the example 3, once the original text is translated literally, that is “要做的事情”, it sounds rather awkward, which not only does not convey the meaning of the source text that was intended as an introduction to the activities that can be done, but also may lead the reader to believe that this section is about what is required. However, if it is translated into “活动介绍”, readers can clearly know the main content of this part and can find out the activities they are interested in. This expression is very concise and also in line with the Chinese language habits. The same is true of example 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5 &amp;amp; 6:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Alligators and crocodiles - Crocodilians are one of the reasons people visit the park, however, these are wild animals that can be dangerous to humans.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 小心短吻鳄和鳄鱼——鳄鱼是人们参观公园的原因之一，然而，这些野生动物对人类会很危险。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Poisonous plants - The park’s ecosystems support a variety of plant life including some that cause reactions to human skin.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 警惕有毒植物——公园的生态系统支持多种植物的生长，包括一些会对是人类皮肤过敏的植物。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Tourist texts belong to the vocative text, emphasizing the transfer of the effect of the information and the empathy of the reader. This requires the translator to pay attention to the internal logic of the text, modify the translated text to make it clear in the process of tourism translation without sticking to the original form and give full consideration to the core position of readers. &lt;br /&gt;
Examples 5 and 6 are in the same sentence structure -- firstly species are given, and then that the species could be in some danger is pointed out. If it is translated in accordance with the original text word by word, then the front part is just posing out that species. However, if such warning words as “小心” or “警惕” are added, it can let the reader know before he continues reading that this species may be dangerous when visiting, and then with reading below, the reader will know why it is dangerous. This will prepare the reader mentally, and the reading will be smoother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples 5 and 6 are the same sentence structure, first giving the species and then indicating that the species may be in some kind of danger. If they are translated word for word from the original, then the preceding part simply suggests the species. &lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Syntactical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two aspects are included in syntactic analysis, which are change of subjects and passive voice, and the punctuation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Change of subjects and passive voice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Wading birds, cormorants, Purple Gallinules, and nesting Anhingas may be found along the path anytime of the day during the winter (dry) season.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 在冬季（旱季），任何时候您都可以在沿路发现涉水鸟类、鸬鹚、紫雀和筑巢的美洲蛇鸟。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: English tends to use more impersonal subjects, which means it rarely uses the personal subject to describe but expresses how objective things act on people’s perception to things appear in an objective tone. So, the structure is often like this: &amp;quot;inanimate subject + animate subject&amp;quot;. Chinese pays more attention to subjective thinking, and often describes objective things from the point of view of oneself, or tends to describe people and their behavior or state, so the personal subject is often used. When the personal subject is clear, Chinese often implies or omits it. Passive voice is a common grammatical phenomenon in English. In some styles, the use of passive sentences has almost become a habit of expression. Passive sentences give rise to the tendency of using impersonal subjects, and vice versa. Chinese uses fewer passive forms. The main reason for this difference is that the use of passive forms in Chinese is limited, and the mark of the passive voice, such as “让”, “给”, “受”, mostly expresses displeasure. (Lian Shuneng, 1993:80) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in example 7, the translator transformed the passive voice into the active voice and the impersonal subjects “Wading birds, cormorants, Purple Gallinules, and nesting Anhingas” into the personal subjects “您”. What’s more, as this tourism text is written for readers, the use of the second person subject can shorten the distance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8 &amp;amp; 9: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Wading birds, American Coots, Osprey, White-crowned Pigeons, warblers, Red-shouldered Hawks, Anhingas, rails, Painted Buntings and other transients are best viewed here in the morning.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 早晨在这里观赏涉禽、美洲骨顶鸡、鱼鹰、白头鸽、莺、赤肩鹫、美洲蛇鸟、秧鸡、彩绘鹀和其他过路的鸟类的效果最好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''In the summer, fewer programs are offered.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 夏季提供的项目较少。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Just as what has been said above, English has a tendency to use impersonal subjects and passive voice, while Chinese is exactly the opposite. And when the subject is clear, Chinese often implies or omits it, which is just like example 8 the personal subject “you” is omitted. &lt;br /&gt;
In example 9, the omitted subject is the national park, and the temporal adverbial phrase “in the summer” becomes the subject in form, which is a common expression in Chinese. That is because subjects in Chinese are not only in various forms, but also dispensable: it can denote giving, receiving, time, place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Punctuation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Connecting trails through the Pinelands run 7 miles (11 km) west from the Long Pine Key campground to Pine Glades Lake along the main park road.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 这些小道从长松岛营地向西延伸7英里（11公里），穿过一片松林地，连通公园主路边松林湖。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: English sentences are complicated, and subordination is one of the most important characteristics of modern English, which features right-branching, sentences long and complex, made in “architecture style”. Conversely, Chinese sentences are relatively short, and commonly use scattered sentences, loose sentences, tight sentences or composite sentences with parallel structure. Chinese features left-branching, and sentences are made in “chronicle style”, using clauses to streamline the thoughts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when there are many prepositional phrases in the original English sentence, the translator can divide the long sentence into several short sentences and recognize those by adding comma, which can help readers to sort out the logic of the original text and get the main information. By using communicative translation, the translator divided the original sentence into three sentences. The logical sequence is that “The trails run seven miles (11 kilometers) west from the Long Pine Key campground. Passing through the Pinelands, they lead to Pine Glades Lake along the main park road.”, which shows the location of both the Long Pine Key campground, the Pinelands and Pine Glades Lake correctly, leaving no doubt to readers of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''In keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches, North Nest Key and all waters within 100 yards from the shore will be closed for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend. The closure will begin on Friday, July 3 at 6 a.m.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 根据门罗县对海滩的关闭安排，为保护公园资源，北巢岛和离海岸100码以内的所有水域将自7月3日星期五早上6点起暂停对外开放。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the original text there are two sentences, which can be combined to make the meaning complete and language pithy in the target language. And it can be taken into consideration to reconstruct them by replacing full stop with comma. By considering communicative translation, the translator put two prepositional phrases in advance as adverbials, which are “in keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches” and “for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend”, and then turned the second sentence into a temporal adverbial phrase and put it in the main clause as an adverbial. So, the whole structure is “In keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches and for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend, North Nest Key and all waters within 100 yards from the shore will be closed from Friday, July 3 at 6 a.m.” By doing so, the information is concisely conveyed, and Chinese readers can well understand it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Textual Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discourse refers to the actual language unit used and is the whole language constituted by a series of consecutive paragraphs or sentences in the communication process. In general, a text consists of words, phrases, sentences and sentence cluster (Lan Lingyan, 2020:19), among which the components were cohesion in form and coherence in semantics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''There is no shortage of activities for individuals, groups, or families to enjoy outdoors. The diverse habitats allow for enjoyable activities ranging from hiking, canoeing, kayaking, biking, fresh and saltwater fishing, and camping in the ultimate wilderness.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 个人、团体或家庭都能在这找到适合的户外活动。无论是步行、乘坐独木舟、划皮划艇、骑自行车，还是在淡水或海水钓鱼、在终极荒野地露营，您都可以饱览多样的自然环境、尽享快乐。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Coherence in a piece of writing refers to the principle that all paragraphs, sentences or ideas are combined so well that they form a united whole. Coherent translation has smooth structural, grammatical, and logical movement from one sentence or idea to the next and the reader does not have to pause and guess at the meaning caused by gaps in development between ideas, sentences and paragraphs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In example 12, the last topic of the fist sentence in the original sentence is outdoor activities, while the subject of the second sentence is the diverse habitats. This is a shift in the topic, which may make the readers pause and guess at the logical relation between them. Therefore, in translation, guided by communicative translation, the translator needs to mind the text coherence and to make proper adjustments. Out of this, the translator put the activities in the second sentences as the subject of the second sentence in the target text, so that the first sentence can pass through smoothly to the next one, so does the understanding of readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Everglades National Park is a popular spot for saltwater and freshwater sport fishing. Boats can be chartered at Flamingo. Be sure to check a visitor center for park fishing regulations and closed areas.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 大沼泽地国家公园是一个很受欢迎的钓海水鱼和淡水鱼的地方。在弗拉明戈可以租船。在钓鱼之前，一定要阅读游客中心的公园捕鱼规定和封闭区域。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Cohesion can be thought of as all the grammatical and lexical links that link one part of a text to another. This includes the use of synonyms, lexical sets, pronouns, verb tenses, time references, grammatical reference, etc. For example, ‘it’, ‘neither’ and ‘this’ all refer to an idea previously mentioned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In example 13, this paragraph mainly talks about fishing in the Everglades National Park, with a topic sentence and two explanatory sentences: one introducing the place for chartering and the other cautions. There are no grammatical or lexical links within these three sentences, and the logic is connected by semantics. Considering well understanding of readers in the target language, the translator added one lexical link “before fishing” between the last two sentences, to make the reader understand that he or she should read the rules and precautions of fishing before going fishing. Also, with repeating the key word “fishing”, the central idea of this whole paragraph is prominent, and the sentences are logically and smoothly linked to express the intended meaning, thus making this paragraph a cohesive group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Major findings===&lt;br /&gt;
For the text, the tourism text belongs to the vocative text, which focuses on conveying the information and effect, so the communicative translation theory should be adopted to this kind of translation. As for this original text, the first part that introduces the outdoor activities belongs to the tourism advertisements, which are descriptive with vivid words. Tourism advertising is infective, with short and concise words, full of creativity, lively and concise sentence structure, and strong attraction. While the announcement that informs of the operating status of the park is a quite different style. The wording is formal, standard, accurate and stylized. Secondly, the source text involves a wide range of knowledge and large vocabulary. For example, “hardwood hammock” for “硬木吊床” and “Geocaching” for “寻宝”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the analysis of examples from lexical, syntactic and textual levels, some translation methods can be proposed. On one hand, when translating, some words in the target text can be converted into different parts of speech in the original text to make the language natural and idiomatic. On the other hand, when doing English – Chinese translation, in most cases, passive voice should be changed into active voice, personal subject is favored in Chinese, and subjects can also be omitted sometimes. Lastly, as English and Chinese have lots of differences in sentences, the translator should change the order of the sentences sometimes to make them smooth and fluent, and some words can be added to make the meaning coherent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Limitations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides some major findings, there are also many limitations in this translation practice. Firstly, communicative translation focuses on the effect conveyed by the translation rather than the information, which can easily make the translator ignore some original. So, in the translation, other available translation theories should also be taken into account to achieve best translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, when translating a text, whether it is a tourism text or a literary works, they cannot be translated immediately. Relevant information and background should be collected in advance, and otherwise some mistakes which should be avoided will be made. For example, “Snail Kite (蜗鸢)” might be translated as “蜗牛风筝” if the translator does not look it up in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Xueyun 贺学耘 (2006). 汉英公示语翻译的现状及其交际翻译策略[J] Current Situation and Communicative Translation Strategy of Chinese-English Public Signs.外语与外语教学 Foreign Languages and Their Teaching, 3:57-59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hou Yingying 侯莹莹 (2020). 凯瑟琳娜·莱斯与彼得·纽马克文本类型翻译理论之比较研究[J] A Comparative Study of Katharina Reiss's and Peter Newmark's Text Type Translation Theories.海外英语 Overseas English, 22:49-50+60. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Huikang 金惠康 (2007). 跨文化旅游翻译探讨[J] On Translation of Cross-Cultural tourism.上海翻译 Shanghai Journal of Translators, 1:31-34.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lan lingyan 兰灵艳 (2020). 交际翻译理论指导下《家庭生活》（节选）汉译实践报告[D] A Report on the E-C Translation of ''Family Life (Excerpt)'' from the Perspective of Communicative Translation.南昌大学 Nanchang University, 19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Daosheng 李道胜 (2000). 汉英语义对比分析[J] A Contrastive Analysis of Chinese and English Semantics. 语言教育 Language Education, 4:4-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian Shuneng 连淑能 (1993). 英汉对比研究[M] Contrastive Studies of English and Chinese. 北京：高等教育出版社 Beijing: Higher Education Press, 80+105.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Anhong 刘安洪 (2013). 跨文化交际视角下的旅游文本翻译策略研究[J] Research on Tourism Text Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Cross-Cultural Communication.中华文化论坛 Forum on Chinese culture, 10:160-163. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Chen 马忱 (2010). 交际翻译策略对汉英旅游翻译的启示[J] The Implications of Communicative Translation strategies for Chinese-English tourism Translation.郑州航空工业管理学院学报(社会科学版) Journal of Zhengzhou Institute of Aeronautical Industry Management (Social Science Edition), 29(06):119-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2007). A New Theory of Translation[J]. Sborník Prací Filozofické Fakulty Brněnské Univerzity, 13:101-114&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2001). Approaches to translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 45-46. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2001). A Textbook of Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 39-42. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 14:28, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_2&amp;diff=132528</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_2&amp;diff=132528"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T00:52:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' =&lt;br /&gt;
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (节选)''为例&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid growth of economy, people's pursuit of life quality is gradually increasing. Travelling abroad has become a hot topic nowadays. The rapid development of overseas travel has increased the market demand for tourism translation, and more stringent requirements for tourism translators. How to deal with the translation problems caused by the cultural differences between Chinese and English during the translation process is of great importance to improve the quality of tourism translation. The communicative translation strategy in Newmark's translation theory focuses on the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which is of certain guiding significance to the E-C translation of tourism texts. Therefore, this paper takes the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' as an example to analyze the specific translation strategies and methods in the application of Newmark's translation theory in tourism texts, so as to provide reference for other translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid growth of economy, people's pursuit of life quality is gradually increasing and travelling abroad has become a very popular topic nowadays. At the same time, the rapid development of foreign tourism has increased the demand for tourism translators in the market, and the requirements for tourism translators have become increasingly stringent. Therefore, for improving the quality of English-Chinese tourism translation, it is crucial to deal with the translation problems brought about by the cultural differences between English and Chinese. Newmark's communicative translation theory is concerned with the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which has certain guiding significance for the translation of English-Chinese tourism texts. Therefore, this paper takes the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' as an example to analyze the specific translation strategies and methods in the application of Newmark's translation theory in tourism texts, so as to provide reference for other translators.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key Words==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategy and translation methods; Peter Newmark; Tourism texts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
随着中国经济快速增长，人们对生活品质的追求逐渐增加，出国旅游旅游已成为时下十分热门的话题。国外旅游的迅速发展增加了市场对旅游翻译的需求量，对旅游翻译人员的要求也变得越来越严格。因此，如何处理英汉文化差异带来的翻译问题，对于提高英汉旅游翻译质量至关重要。纽马克的交际翻译理论关注的是译文给目的语读者所带来的效果，对英汉旅游文本的翻译具有一定的指导意义。因此，本文以《佛罗里达大沼泽公园》（节选）为例分析纽马克交际翻译理论在旅游文本翻译过程中的应用，采用的具体的翻译策略与翻译方法，为其他译者提供一定的借鉴作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着中国经济的快速增长，人们对生活品质的追求也逐渐增加，出国旅游已成为时下十分热门的话题。与此同时国外旅游的迅速发展增加了市场对旅游翻译的需求量，对旅游翻译人员的要求也变得越来越严格。因此，对于提高英汉旅游翻译质量来说，如何处理英汉文化差异带来的翻译问题至关重要。纽马克的交际翻译理论关注的是译文给目的语读者所带来的效果，对英汉旅游文本的翻译具有一定的指导意义。因此，本文以《佛罗里达大沼泽公园》（节选）为例分析纽马克交际翻译理论在旅游文本翻译过程中的应用，采用的具体的翻译策略与翻译方法，为其他译者提供一定的借鉴作用。&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
翻译策略与翻译方法；彼得纽马克；旅游文本&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Title==&lt;br /&gt;
The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is based on the English-Chinese translation of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''. By analyzing the application of Peter Newmark's communicative transaltion in the translation, the author proposes some translation methods, which can be provided for future references. This chapter mainly introduces the background information and significance of the report, and the domestic research status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is based on the English-Chinese translation of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''. By analysing the application of Newmark's theory of communicative translation in translation, some translation methods are proposed for future translations. This chapter introduces the background information and significance of the report, as well as the current status of research in China.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Research background===&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the world, various kinds of tourism appear in people’s life, and has unprecedentedly, extremely widely spread a variety of culture and lifestyle. &amp;quot;Tourism has become a rising sunrise industry in modern society.&amp;quot; To a foreign country to enjoy the beautiful scenery can make people know the colorful world and further know what they want. And this activity also has made tourism translation a reality and a thriving discipline. (Jin Huikang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, due to the different geographical environments, cultural differences and historical backgrounds in different countries, many translators often ignore the disadvantages brought by differences in language and cultural habits in the process of translation, so that the original meaning of the original text will be lost in the process of transmission, which may cause confusion for tourists and cannot achieve the purpose of offering them accurate information and stimulating their interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to make it more convenient for domestic citizens to travel abroad, translators should choose appropriate translation strategies and methods according to the cultural differences between China and foreign countries in the process of tourism English translation, so that tourists can form an objective and correct understanding of scenic spots. The semantic translation and communicative translation strategies in Peter Newmark’s Theories respectively focus on whether the meaning of the original text is exactly reproduced and the effect and influence that the translation brings to the target language readers, which are of certain guiding significance to the English- Chinese translation of tourism texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Research significance===&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, based on Peter Newmark’s translation theories, this paper chooses the semantic translation strategy and puts forward appropriate translation methods for the English-Chinese translation of tourist text -- ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'', which is of certain guiding significance for English - Chinese translation of tourist texts. Based on the practice of ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' English - Chinese translation and the analysis of Newmark’s communicative translation strategy’s application, this paper sums up some translation methods, such as voice change, objective and personal subject changing, adding conjunctions, etc. And these methods can be provided for future references in the translation study and practice of others, which has a certain practical significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Literature review===&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis of Newmark’s communicative translation in recent years, it can be found that there are many references for the guidance of communicative translation on tourism translation texts. He Xueyun (2005) proposes that the public notices and signs should belong to the vocative functional text and focus on the reader-centered communicative translation, which can give foreigners a better environment for travel, study and work in China. For such a style, the communicative translation theory should be chosen, the target readers put in the first place and always in mind, and their culture and receptivity taken into account. Jin Huikang (2006) believes that tour guide words must have a specific expected function, which are a kind of texts that integrate informative, expressive and vocative functions. Therefore, tourism translation should aim at effective attraction for overseas tourists, and the translator should grasp the group characteristics of overseas tourists and audiences when carrying out tourism propaganda or translating tourism materials. Ma Chen (2010) points out that the tourism text is a kind of article mainly based on vocative function, and the core of which is to accurately convey information for readers. Liu Anhong (2013) proposes tourism text as a kind of publicity material, aiming to stimulate tourists’ interest in visiting. According to the division of Newmark, the tourism text should belong to the text with the vocative function as its main function and the informative function as its secondary function. Therefore, the translation of tourism text should effectively achieve the effects similar to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the combing of previous literatures, it can be found that there are many studies on the translation of tourism texts guided by Newmark’s communicative translation strategy. However, at present, there are few studies on the translation of tourism texts from English to Chinese, and more studies focus on the Chinese- English translation. For this reason, this paper is based on the translation practice of the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' to provide some reference for future English – Chinese translation of tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tourism Texts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism text is an important carrier for readers to obtain scenic spot information, and Tourism text is to stimulate readers' desire to travel by introducing tourist attractions and resources, and its ultimate purpose is to meet readers' expectations and arouse readers' enthusiasm by delivering tourism information. In other words, the dominant function of tourism text is vocative function. At the same time, tourism texts also provide readers with information they like, from which people can acquire relevant knowledge such as culture and customs, natural geography, etc. Therefore, informative function is also its important feature. It can be seen that the two most important functions of tourism texts are respectively informative and vocative one, whose premise is to provide information and purpose is to attract tourists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, we should realize that translation of tourism texts is a professional translation of tourist attractions and resources for target readers, and its essence is a communicative behavior. If the translator fails to properly deal with the differences between cultures, it will often fail to achieve the expected results. Therefore, during the translation process, &amp;quot;more attention should be paid to the accuracy and effectiveness of the information, so as to make the translation conform to the target readers’ reading habits and aesthetic expectation.&amp;quot; This requires the translator to put the reader's acceptance first in the process of translation. That is, tourism text translation should not only realize the conversion from one language to another, but also take language barriers and cultural differences into account. Therefore, in order to achieve the goal of successful communication, translators should flexibly apply various translation strategies and adopt appropriate translation methods according to the text types of tourism texts. (Li Daosheng, 2009:4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction to the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''===&lt;br /&gt;
Established in 1974, Everglades National Park covers 2,354 square miles, or 6,097 square kilometers (1.4 million acres). Located at the tip of southern Florida, it is the largest subtropical wildlife sanctuary in the continental United States. Everglades National Park protects an unparalleled landscape which provides important habitat for numerous rare and endangered species such as the manatee, American crocodile, and the elusive Florida panther.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' is excerpted from a notice from U.S. National Park Service about the phased reopening of the park, including alerts of the reopening, activities, safety and accessibility. It can also be regarded as a travel guide, which describes the journey towards people and offers help to the tourists who want to go there, and which often includes the description of the best travel time, transportation, accommodation, scenic spots and matters needing attention. As a practical text, its main purpose is to introduce and promote tourist scenic spots, that is the Everglades National Park in Florida. Its vocative and informative function are very prominent, and it has the characteristics of reader-orientation, the effectiveness of information transmission and timeliness. (https://www.nps.gov/ever/planyourvisit/conditions.htm, July 3, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Newmark's Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General introduction of Peter Newmark's translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark, a well-known translation theorist, is one of the main figures in the founding of translation studies in the English-speaking world in 20th century. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation, and put forward his own views on this basis. Newmark’s translation theories mainly include three parts, that is, the classification of text types, translation approaches, and the lately correlative theory of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;According to Karl Buhler’s knowledge of language features and Jacobson’s classification of them, Newmark proposed six functions of language informative function, expressive function, vocative function, phatic function, aesthetic function, and lastly metalingual function.&amp;quot; Then Newmark divided text types into three: expressive-functional texts, informative-functional texts, vocative-functional texts. (Hou Yingying, 2020:49) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After putting forward these three text types, Peter Newmark suggested eight translation approaches or strategies. Firstly, from the perspective of focusing on the source language, he suggested word-for-word translation, literal translation, faithful translation and semantic translation; Secondly, from the perspective of focusing on the target language, he suggested adaptation, free translation, idiomatic translation and communicative translation (Newmark, 2001:45).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2007, Newmark came up with a new theory, that is, correlative theory of translation, which means that “The more serious and important the language of the original or source text, the more closely it should be translated.” (Newmark, 2007:113)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, Peter Newmark has proposed many significant theories and made extensive discussion on those concepts, which will have a great influence on the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Semantic translation and communicative translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark divided text genres into “expressive text”, “informative text” and “vocative text”. Imaginative literary works, such as poems, songs, novels and dramas, authoritative statements, autobiographies, essays and personal correspondence, etc. are expressive texts. All the formatted texts with science and technology, industry and commerce, and economy as themes belong to informative texts. And vocative text refers to all texts that can infect readers and make them “get information”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With reference to these three kinds of texts, Newmark further creatively proposed the concepts of semantic translation and communicative translation: “communicative translation” means that the effect of the target text on the reader of the target language is as much as the effect of the original text on the reader of the source language; “semantic translation” refers to the reproduction of the context of the source text as accurately as possible under the premise of the semantic and syntactic structure of the target language. He believed that only communicative translation and semantic translation can achieve the two major goals of translation: being accurate, and being economic (effective).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark made a detailed comparison of the characteristics of semantic translation and communicative translation from different aspects, and pointed out that the fundamental difference between them lies in that when the information and the effect are in conflict, communicative translation lays more emphasis on effect than content, while semantic translation lays more emphasis on content than effect. Communicative translation can give the translator full freedom, the translator can reorganize the syntax, eliminate the original obscure places in the source language, and make the language conform to the standard of the target language. However, semantic translation emphasizes the content of the information itself, tries to make the form of the target text similar to the form of the original text, and retains the language characteristics and expressive style of the original author. Therefore, compared with semantic translation, communicative translation is more subjective and can better reflect the translator’s creativity and it attaches great importance to the communicative effect of translation, the key to which is to convey information, make readers of the target language think, act and feel, and play an inductive role in making the translation natural and smooth, and more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark pointed out that the translation of expressive texts should employ semantic translation, while informative and vocative texts communicative translation which is reader-centered. The most direct purpose of tourism texts translation is to convey information to readers on the premise of attracting readers’ attention and leaving readers with deep memories, so that readers can take actions -- to visit tourist attractions and pay attention to matters that should be paid attention to. Thus, it can be seen that the tourism text belongs to the vocative text and the communicative translation should be applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Newmark’s communicative translation focus on the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which is of certain guiding significance to the English- Chinese translation of tourism texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of communicative translation is to try to make the translation have the same effect on the target reader as the original does on the source reader. That is to say, the key point of communicative translation is to be loyal to the target language and the target text reader, that is, the source language is required to obey the target language and culture, leaving no doubt or obscurity to the reader, and eliminating difficulties and obstacles in reading or communication for the reader as far as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the translator wants to achieve a certain communicative purpose, emphasizes the effect and has a specific target audience, the translation has inevitably broken the restrictions of the original text, pursuing smoothness, clarity, directness and conformity with conventions. In this part, the author analyzes the specific application of communicative translation in the translation practice of ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' from three aspects: lexical, syntactic and textual analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, there is partial equivalence between English and Chinese, that is, similar expressions in Chinese can replace the meaning of English words or phrases. In the following, two translation methods used in lexical translation will be introduced: conversion of part of speech and the translation of public signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion of part of speech====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''There is no shortage of activities for individuals, groups, or families to enjoy outdoors.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 个人、团体或家庭都能在这找到适合的户外活动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As we all know, English belongs to the Indo-European language family, while Chinese the Sino-Tibetan language family. Many differences exist between English and Chinese in terms of vocabulary and grammatical structure. Therefore, in the process of translating English into Chinese, due to the different ways of expression between English and Chinese some sentences can be translated word by word, while most sentences cannot. In order to make the Chinese translation smooth and natural, some words in the original text need to be converted into different parts of speech in the target text without sticking to the surface structure of the original text. In other words, some words in the original text can be converted into other parts of speech in Chinese on the premise of being faithful to the original meaning and retaining the original effect. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original sentence uses a nominal phrase “no shortage of” to express the meaning that no matter how many people come together for outdoor activities, there are always options. The translator translates it into a verbal phrase, that is, everyone can find a suitable outdoor activity here, so that the meaning gets across and the whole sentence flows naturally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Accessibility: No immediate trails.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 如何前往：没有路径可直接到达。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As English tends to use more nouns with static narratives, while Chinese tends to use more verbs with dynamic ones. The static tendency of English mainly comes from nominalization, a common phenomenon in English. &amp;quot;Nominalization mainly refers to the use of nouns (phrases) to express the information originally expressed by verbs (phrases), such as the use of abstract nouns to express actions, behaviors, changes, states, etc.&amp;quot; For example, “accessibility” in Example 2 is an abstract noun, which is used to show the way to one place. Chinese, on the other hand, tends to use verbs. So, in order to better convey the effect and let the reader read without any doubt or discomfort, the translator converted the noun into a verb phrase, that is “如何前往”. Likewise, in the noun phrase “no immediate trails”, the author wants to say that there is no direct way (to arrive at the destination). When translating, if it is directly translated into a noun phrase “没有直达路”, the reader may feel difficult to read. So, if it is translated into “there is no direct path can reach that place”, the sentence will be more smoothly and convey the original information and the effect is also retained.  (Lian Shuneng, 1993:105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Public signs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3 &amp;amp; 4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Things To Do'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 活动介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''What you can do''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 解决措施&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As mentioned in the theoretical framework above, tourism text belongs to vocative text. As a kind of tourism text, public signs are a special style for specific people to achieve a certain communicative purpose. Its application scope is very wide, almost involved in every aspect of our daily life, such as street signs, billboards, road signs, shop signs, warnings, propaganda, travel briefs and so on. &amp;quot;As a communicative tool, it conveys necessary and useful information to the public by means of a few words, simple and easy to understand icons or the combination of both.&amp;quot; Therefore, it can be seen that public signs feature lots of nouns, verbs, phrases and abbreviations and more often, fixed expression, which means in translation, only concise and idiomatic expression can fully convey the effect of the original text. (He Xueyun, 2006:57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the example 3, once the original text is translated literally, that is “要做的事情”, it sounds rather awkward, which not only does not convey the meaning of the source text that was intended as an introduction to the activities that can be done, but also may lead the reader to believe that this section is about what is required. However, if it is translated into “活动介绍”, readers can clearly know the main content of this part and can find out the activities they are interested in. This expression is very concise and also in line with the Chinese language habits. The same is true of example 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5 &amp;amp; 6:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Alligators and crocodiles - Crocodilians are one of the reasons people visit the park, however, these are wild animals that can be dangerous to humans.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 小心短吻鳄和鳄鱼——鳄鱼是人们参观公园的原因之一，然而，这些野生动物对人类会很危险。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Poisonous plants - The park’s ecosystems support a variety of plant life including some that cause reactions to human skin.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 警惕有毒植物——公园的生态系统支持多种植物的生长，包括一些会对是人类皮肤过敏的植物。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Tourist texts belong to the vocative text, emphasizing the transfer of the effect of the information and the empathy of the reader. This requires the translator to pay attention to the internal logic of the text, modify the translated text to make it clear in the process of tourism translation without sticking to the original form and give full consideration to the core position of readers. &lt;br /&gt;
Examples 5 and 6 are in the same sentence structure -- firstly species are given, and then that the species could be in some danger is pointed out. If it is translated in accordance with the original text word by word, then the front part is just posing out that species. However, if such warning words as “小心” or “警惕” are added, it can let the reader know before he continues reading that this species may be dangerous when visiting, and then with reading below, the reader will know why it is dangerous. This will prepare the reader mentally, and the reading will be smoother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples 5 and 6 are the same sentence structure, first giving the species and then indicating that the species may be in some kind of danger. If they are translated word for word from the original, then the preceding part simply suggests the species. &lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Syntactical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two aspects are included in syntactic analysis, which are change of subjects and passive voice, and the punctuation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Change of subjects and passive voice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Wading birds, cormorants, Purple Gallinules, and nesting Anhingas may be found along the path anytime of the day during the winter (dry) season.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 在冬季（旱季），任何时候您都可以在沿路发现涉水鸟类、鸬鹚、紫雀和筑巢的美洲蛇鸟。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: English tends to use more impersonal subjects, which means it rarely uses the personal subject to describe but expresses how objective things act on people’s perception to things appear in an objective tone. So, the structure is often like this: &amp;quot;inanimate subject + animate subject&amp;quot;. Chinese pays more attention to subjective thinking, and often describes objective things from the point of view of oneself, or tends to describe people and their behavior or state, so the personal subject is often used. When the personal subject is clear, Chinese often implies or omits it. Passive voice is a common grammatical phenomenon in English. In some styles, the use of passive sentences has almost become a habit of expression. Passive sentences give rise to the tendency of using impersonal subjects, and vice versa. Chinese uses fewer passive forms. The main reason for this difference is that the use of passive forms in Chinese is limited, and the mark of the passive voice, such as “让”, “给”, “受”, mostly expresses displeasure. (Lian Shuneng, 1993:80) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in example 7, the translator transformed the passive voice into the active voice and the impersonal subjects “Wading birds, cormorants, Purple Gallinules, and nesting Anhingas” into the personal subjects “您”. What’s more, as this tourism text is written for readers, the use of the second person subject can shorten the distance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8 &amp;amp; 9: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Wading birds, American Coots, Osprey, White-crowned Pigeons, warblers, Red-shouldered Hawks, Anhingas, rails, Painted Buntings and other transients are best viewed here in the morning.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 早晨在这里观赏涉禽、美洲骨顶鸡、鱼鹰、白头鸽、莺、赤肩鹫、美洲蛇鸟、秧鸡、彩绘鹀和其他过路的鸟类的效果最好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''In the summer, fewer programs are offered.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 夏季提供的项目较少。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Just as what has been said above, English has a tendency to use impersonal subjects and passive voice, while Chinese is exactly the opposite. And when the subject is clear, Chinese often implies or omits it, which is just like example 8 the personal subject “you” is omitted. &lt;br /&gt;
In example 9, the omitted subject is the national park, and the temporal adverbial phrase “in the summer” becomes the subject in form, which is a common expression in Chinese. That is because subjects in Chinese are not only in various forms, but also dispensable: it can denote giving, receiving, time, place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Punctuation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Connecting trails through the Pinelands run 7 miles (11 km) west from the Long Pine Key campground to Pine Glades Lake along the main park road.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 这些小道从长松岛营地向西延伸7英里（11公里），穿过一片松林地，连通公园主路边松林湖。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: English sentences are complicated, and subordination is one of the most important characteristics of modern English, which features right-branching, sentences long and complex, made in “architecture style”. Conversely, Chinese sentences are relatively short, and commonly use scattered sentences, loose sentences, tight sentences or composite sentences with parallel structure. Chinese features left-branching, and sentences are made in “chronicle style”, using clauses to streamline the thoughts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when there are many prepositional phrases in the original English sentence, the translator can divide the long sentence into several short sentences and recognize those by adding comma, which can help readers to sort out the logic of the original text and get the main information. By using communicative translation, the translator divided the original sentence into three sentences. The logical sequence is that “The trails run seven miles (11 kilometers) west from the Long Pine Key campground. Passing through the Pinelands, they lead to Pine Glades Lake along the main park road.”, which shows the location of both the Long Pine Key campground, the Pinelands and Pine Glades Lake correctly, leaving no doubt to readers of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''In keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches, North Nest Key and all waters within 100 yards from the shore will be closed for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend. The closure will begin on Friday, July 3 at 6 a.m.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 根据门罗县对海滩的关闭安排，为保护公园资源，北巢岛和离海岸100码以内的所有水域将自7月3日星期五早上6点起暂停对外开放。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the original text there are two sentences, which can be combined to make the meaning complete and language pithy in the target language. And it can be taken into consideration to reconstruct them by replacing full stop with comma. By considering communicative translation, the translator put two prepositional phrases in advance as adverbials, which are “in keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches” and “for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend”, and then turned the second sentence into a temporal adverbial phrase and put it in the main clause as an adverbial. So, the whole structure is “In keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches and for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend, North Nest Key and all waters within 100 yards from the shore will be closed from Friday, July 3 at 6 a.m.” By doing so, the information is concisely conveyed, and Chinese readers can well understand it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Textual Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discourse refers to the actual language unit used and is the whole language constituted by a series of consecutive paragraphs or sentences in the communication process. In general, a text consists of words, phrases, sentences and sentence cluster (Lan Lingyan, 2020:19), among which the components were cohesion in form and coherence in semantics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''There is no shortage of activities for individuals, groups, or families to enjoy outdoors. The diverse habitats allow for enjoyable activities ranging from hiking, canoeing, kayaking, biking, fresh and saltwater fishing, and camping in the ultimate wilderness.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 个人、团体或家庭都能在这找到适合的户外活动。无论是步行、乘坐独木舟、划皮划艇、骑自行车，还是在淡水或海水钓鱼、在终极荒野地露营，您都可以饱览多样的自然环境、尽享快乐。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Coherence in a piece of writing refers to the principle that all paragraphs, sentences or ideas are combined so well that they form a united whole. Coherent translation has smooth structural, grammatical, and logical movement from one sentence or idea to the next and the reader does not have to pause and guess at the meaning caused by gaps in development between ideas, sentences and paragraphs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In example 12, the last topic of the fist sentence in the original sentence is outdoor activities, while the subject of the second sentence is the diverse habitats. This is a shift in the topic, which may make the readers pause and guess at the logical relation between them. Therefore, in translation, guided by communicative translation, the translator needs to mind the text coherence and to make proper adjustments. Out of this, the translator put the activities in the second sentences as the subject of the second sentence in the target text, so that the first sentence can pass through smoothly to the next one, so does the understanding of readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Everglades National Park is a popular spot for saltwater and freshwater sport fishing. Boats can be chartered at Flamingo. Be sure to check a visitor center for park fishing regulations and closed areas.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 大沼泽地国家公园是一个很受欢迎的钓海水鱼和淡水鱼的地方。在弗拉明戈可以租船。在钓鱼之前，一定要阅读游客中心的公园捕鱼规定和封闭区域。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Cohesion can be thought of as all the grammatical and lexical links that link one part of a text to another. This includes the use of synonyms, lexical sets, pronouns, verb tenses, time references, grammatical reference, etc. For example, ‘it’, ‘neither’ and ‘this’ all refer to an idea previously mentioned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In example 13, this paragraph mainly talks about fishing in the Everglades National Park, with a topic sentence and two explanatory sentences: one introducing the place for chartering and the other cautions. There are no grammatical or lexical links within these three sentences, and the logic is connected by semantics. Considering well understanding of readers in the target language, the translator added one lexical link “before fishing” between the last two sentences, to make the reader understand that he or she should read the rules and precautions of fishing before going fishing. Also, with repeating the key word “fishing”, the central idea of this whole paragraph is prominent, and the sentences are logically and smoothly linked to express the intended meaning, thus making this paragraph a cohesive group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Major findings===&lt;br /&gt;
For the text, the tourism text belongs to the vocative text, which focuses on conveying the information and effect, so the communicative translation theory should be adopted to this kind of translation. As for this original text, the first part that introduces the outdoor activities belongs to the tourism advertisements, which are descriptive with vivid words. Tourism advertising is infective, with short and concise words, full of creativity, lively and concise sentence structure, and strong attraction. While the announcement that informs of the operating status of the park is a quite different style. The wording is formal, standard, accurate and stylized. Secondly, the source text involves a wide range of knowledge and large vocabulary. For example, “hardwood hammock” for “硬木吊床” and “Geocaching” for “寻宝”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the analysis of examples from lexical, syntactic and textual levels, some translation methods can be proposed. On one hand, when translating, some words in the target text can be converted into different parts of speech in the original text to make the language natural and idiomatic. On the other hand, when doing English – Chinese translation, in most cases, passive voice should be changed into active voice, personal subject is favored in Chinese, and subjects can also be omitted sometimes. Lastly, as English and Chinese have lots of differences in sentences, the translator should change the order of the sentences sometimes to make them smooth and fluent, and some words can be added to make the meaning coherent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Limitations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides some major findings, there are also many limitations in this translation practice. Firstly, communicative translation focuses on the effect conveyed by the translation rather than the information, which can easily make the translator ignore some original. So, in the translation, other available translation theories should also be taken into account to achieve best translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, when translating a text, whether it is a tourism text or a literary works, they cannot be translated immediately. Relevant information and background should be collected in advance, and otherwise some mistakes which should be avoided will be made. For example, “Snail Kite (蜗鸢)” might be translated as “蜗牛风筝” if the translator does not look it up in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Xueyun 贺学耘 (2006). 汉英公示语翻译的现状及其交际翻译策略[J] Current Situation and Communicative Translation Strategy of Chinese-English Public Signs.外语与外语教学 Foreign Languages and Their Teaching, 3:57-59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hou Yingying 侯莹莹 (2020). 凯瑟琳娜·莱斯与彼得·纽马克文本类型翻译理论之比较研究[J] A Comparative Study of Katharina Reiss's and Peter Newmark's Text Type Translation Theories.海外英语 Overseas English, 22:49-50+60. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Huikang 金惠康 (2007). 跨文化旅游翻译探讨[J] On Translation of Cross-Cultural tourism.上海翻译 Shanghai Journal of Translators, 1:31-34.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lan lingyan 兰灵艳 (2020). 交际翻译理论指导下《家庭生活》（节选）汉译实践报告[D] A Report on the E-C Translation of ''Family Life (Excerpt)'' from the Perspective of Communicative Translation.南昌大学 Nanchang University, 19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Daosheng 李道胜 (2000). 汉英语义对比分析[J] A Contrastive Analysis of Chinese and English Semantics. 语言教育 Language Education, 4:4-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian Shuneng 连淑能 (1993). 英汉对比研究[M] Contrastive Studies of English and Chinese. 北京：高等教育出版社 Beijing: Higher Education Press, 80+105.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Anhong 刘安洪 (2013). 跨文化交际视角下的旅游文本翻译策略研究[J] Research on Tourism Text Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Cross-Cultural Communication.中华文化论坛 Forum on Chinese culture, 10:160-163. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Chen 马忱 (2010). 交际翻译策略对汉英旅游翻译的启示[J] The Implications of Communicative Translation strategies for Chinese-English tourism Translation.郑州航空工业管理学院学报(社会科学版) Journal of Zhengzhou Institute of Aeronautical Industry Management (Social Science Edition), 29(06):119-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2007). A New Theory of Translation[J]. Sborník Prací Filozofické Fakulty Brněnské Univerzity, 13:101-114&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2001). Approaches to translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 45-46. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2001). A Textbook of Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 39-42. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 14:28, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_2&amp;diff=132527</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_2&amp;diff=132527"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T00:51:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' =&lt;br /&gt;
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (节选)''为例&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid growth of economy, people's pursuit of life quality is gradually increasing. Travelling abroad has become a hot topic nowadays. The rapid development of overseas travel has increased the market demand for tourism translation, and more stringent requirements for tourism translators. How to deal with the translation problems caused by the cultural differences between Chinese and English during the translation process is of great importance to improve the quality of tourism translation. The communicative translation strategy in Newmark's translation theory focuses on the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which is of certain guiding significance to the E-C translation of tourism texts. Therefore, this paper takes the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' as an example to analyze the specific translation strategies and methods in the application of Newmark's translation theory in tourism texts, so as to provide reference for other translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid growth of economy, people's pursuit of life quality is gradually increasing and travelling abroad has become a very popular topic nowadays. At the same time, the rapid development of foreign tourism has increased the demand for tourism translators in the market, and the requirements for tourism translators have become increasingly stringent. Therefore, for improving the quality of English-Chinese tourism translation, it is crucial to deal with the translation problems brought about by the cultural differences between English and Chinese. Newmark's communicative translation theory is concerned with the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which has certain guiding significance for the translation of English-Chinese tourism texts. Therefore, this paper takes the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' as an example to analyze the specific translation strategies and methods in the application of Newmark's translation theory in tourism texts, so as to provide reference for other translators.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key Words==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategy and translation methods; Peter Newmark; Tourism texts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
随着中国经济快速增长，人们对生活品质的追求逐渐增加，出国旅游旅游已成为时下十分热门的话题。国外旅游的迅速发展增加了市场对旅游翻译的需求量，对旅游翻译人员的要求也变得越来越严格。因此，如何处理英汉文化差异带来的翻译问题，对于提高英汉旅游翻译质量至关重要。纽马克的交际翻译理论关注的是译文给目的语读者所带来的效果，对英汉旅游文本的翻译具有一定的指导意义。因此，本文以《佛罗里达大沼泽公园》（节选）为例分析纽马克交际翻译理论在旅游文本翻译过程中的应用，采用的具体的翻译策略与翻译方法，为其他译者提供一定的借鉴作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着中国经济的快速增长，人们对生活品质的追求也逐渐增加，出国旅游已成为时下十分热门的话题。与此同时国外旅游的迅速发展增加了市场对旅游翻译的需求量，对旅游翻译人员的要求也变得越来越严格。因此，对于提高英汉旅游翻译质量来说，如何处理英汉文化差异带来的翻译问题至关重要。纽马克的交际翻译理论关注的是译文给目的语读者所带来的效果，对英汉旅游文本的翻译具有一定的指导意义。因此，本文以《佛罗里达大沼泽公园》（节选）为例分析纽马克交际翻译理论在旅游文本翻译过程中的应用，采用的具体的翻译策略与翻译方法，为其他译者提供一定的借鉴作用。&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
翻译策略与翻译方法；彼得纽马克；旅游文本&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Title==&lt;br /&gt;
The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is based on the English-Chinese translation of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''. By analyzing the application of Peter Newmark's communicative transaltion in the translation, the author proposes some translation methods, which can be provided for future references. This chapter mainly introduces the background information and significance of the report, and the domestic research status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is based on the English-Chinese translation of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''. By analysing the application of Newmark's theory of communicative translation in translation, some translation methods are proposed for future translations. This chapter introduces the background information and significance of the report, as well as the current status of research in China.--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Research background===&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the world, various kinds of tourism appear in people’s life, and has unprecedentedly, extremely widely spread a variety of culture and lifestyle. &amp;quot;Tourism has become a rising sunrise industry in modern society.&amp;quot; To a foreign country to enjoy the beautiful scenery can make people know the colorful world and further know what they want. And this activity also has made tourism translation a reality and a thriving discipline. (Jin Huikang, 2007:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, due to the different geographical environments, cultural differences and historical backgrounds in different countries, many translators often ignore the disadvantages brought by differences in language and cultural habits in the process of translation, so that the original meaning of the original text will be lost in the process of transmission, which may cause confusion for tourists and cannot achieve the purpose of offering them accurate information and stimulating their interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to make it more convenient for domestic citizens to travel abroad, translators should choose appropriate translation strategies and methods according to the cultural differences between China and foreign countries in the process of tourism English translation, so that tourists can form an objective and correct understanding of scenic spots. The semantic translation and communicative translation strategies in Peter Newmark’s Theories respectively focus on whether the meaning of the original text is exactly reproduced and the effect and influence that the translation brings to the target language readers, which are of certain guiding significance to the English- Chinese translation of tourism texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Research significance===&lt;br /&gt;
In theory, based on Peter Newmark’s translation theories, this paper chooses the semantic translation strategy and puts forward appropriate translation methods for the English-Chinese translation of tourist text -- ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'', which is of certain guiding significance for English - Chinese translation of tourist texts. Based on the practice of ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' English - Chinese translation and the analysis of Newmark’s communicative translation strategy’s application, this paper sums up some translation methods, such as voice change, objective and personal subject changing, adding conjunctions, etc. And these methods can be provided for future references in the translation study and practice of others, which has a certain practical significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Literature review===&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis of Newmark’s communicative translation in recent years, it can be found that there are many references for the guidance of communicative translation on tourism translation texts. He Xueyun (2005) proposes that the public notices and signs should belong to the vocative functional text and focus on the reader-centered communicative translation, which can give foreigners a better environment for travel, study and work in China. For such a style, the communicative translation theory should be chosen, the target readers put in the first place and always in mind, and their culture and receptivity taken into account. Jin Huikang (2006) believes that tour guide words must have a specific expected function, which are a kind of texts that integrate informative, expressive and vocative functions. Therefore, tourism translation should aim at effective attraction for overseas tourists, and the translator should grasp the group characteristics of overseas tourists and audiences when carrying out tourism propaganda or translating tourism materials. Ma Chen (2010) points out that the tourism text is a kind of article mainly based on vocative function, and the core of which is to accurately convey information for readers. Liu Anhong (2013) proposes tourism text as a kind of publicity material, aiming to stimulate tourists’ interest in visiting. According to the division of Newmark, the tourism text should belong to the text with the vocative function as its main function and the informative function as its secondary function. Therefore, the translation of tourism text should effectively achieve the effects similar to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the combing of previous literatures, it can be found that there are many studies on the translation of tourism texts guided by Newmark’s communicative translation strategy. However, at present, there are few studies on the translation of tourism texts from English to Chinese, and more studies focus on the Chinese- English translation. For this reason, this paper is based on the translation practice of the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' to provide some reference for future English – Chinese translation of tourism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tourism Texts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Tourism text is an important carrier for readers to obtain scenic spot information, and Tourism text is to stimulate readers' desire to travel by introducing tourist attractions and resources, and its ultimate purpose is to meet readers' expectations and arouse readers' enthusiasm by delivering tourism information. In other words, the dominant function of tourism text is vocative function. At the same time, tourism texts also provide readers with information they like, from which people can acquire relevant knowledge such as culture and customs, natural geography, etc. Therefore, informative function is also its important feature. It can be seen that the two most important functions of tourism texts are respectively informative and vocative one, whose premise is to provide information and purpose is to attract tourists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, we should realize that translation of tourism texts is a professional translation of tourist attractions and resources for target readers, and its essence is a communicative behavior. If the translator fails to properly deal with the differences between cultures, it will often fail to achieve the expected results. Therefore, during the translation process, &amp;quot;more attention should be paid to the accuracy and effectiveness of the information, so as to make the translation conform to the target readers’ reading habits and aesthetic expectation.&amp;quot; This requires the translator to put the reader's acceptance first in the process of translation. That is, tourism text translation should not only realize the conversion from one language to another, but also take language barriers and cultural differences into account. Therefore, in order to achieve the goal of successful communication, translators should flexibly apply various translation strategies and adopt appropriate translation methods according to the text types of tourism texts. (Li Daosheng, 2009:4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction to the ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''===&lt;br /&gt;
Established in 1974, Everglades National Park covers 2,354 square miles, or 6,097 square kilometers (1.4 million acres). Located at the tip of southern Florida, it is the largest subtropical wildlife sanctuary in the continental United States. Everglades National Park protects an unparalleled landscape which provides important habitat for numerous rare and endangered species such as the manatee, American crocodile, and the elusive Florida panther.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' is excerpted from a notice from U.S. National Park Service about the phased reopening of the park, including alerts of the reopening, activities, safety and accessibility. It can also be regarded as a travel guide, which describes the journey towards people and offers help to the tourists who want to go there, and which often includes the description of the best travel time, transportation, accommodation, scenic spots and matters needing attention. As a practical text, its main purpose is to introduce and promote tourist scenic spots, that is the Everglades National Park in Florida. Its vocative and informative function are very prominent, and it has the characteristics of reader-orientation, the effectiveness of information transmission and timeliness. (https://www.nps.gov/ever/planyourvisit/conditions.htm, July 3, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Newmark's Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General introduction of Peter Newmark's translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark, a well-known translation theorist, is one of the main figures in the founding of translation studies in the English-speaking world in 20th century. Newmark devoted himself to studying the past and present of Western translation, and put forward his own views on this basis. Newmark’s translation theories mainly include three parts, that is, the classification of text types, translation approaches, and the lately correlative theory of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;According to Karl Buhler’s knowledge of language features and Jacobson’s classification of them, Newmark proposed six functions of language informative function, expressive function, vocative function, phatic function, aesthetic function, and lastly metalingual function.&amp;quot; Then Newmark divided text types into three: expressive-functional texts, informative-functional texts, vocative-functional texts. (Hou Yingying, 2020:49) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After putting forward these three text types, Peter Newmark suggested eight translation approaches or strategies. Firstly, from the perspective of focusing on the source language, he suggested word-for-word translation, literal translation, faithful translation and semantic translation; Secondly, from the perspective of focusing on the target language, he suggested adaptation, free translation, idiomatic translation and communicative translation (Newmark, 2001:45).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2007, Newmark came up with a new theory, that is, correlative theory of translation, which means that “The more serious and important the language of the original or source text, the more closely it should be translated.” (Newmark, 2007:113)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, Peter Newmark has proposed many significant theories and made extensive discussion on those concepts, which will have a great influence on the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Semantic translation and communicative translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark divided text genres into “expressive text”, “informative text” and “vocative text”. Imaginative literary works, such as poems, songs, novels and dramas, authoritative statements, autobiographies, essays and personal correspondence, etc. are expressive texts. All the formatted texts with science and technology, industry and commerce, and economy as themes belong to informative texts. And vocative text refers to all texts that can infect readers and make them “get information”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With reference to these three kinds of texts, Newmark further creatively proposed the concepts of semantic translation and communicative translation: “communicative translation” means that the effect of the target text on the reader of the target language is as much as the effect of the original text on the reader of the source language; “semantic translation” refers to the reproduction of the context of the source text as accurately as possible under the premise of the semantic and syntactic structure of the target language. He believed that only communicative translation and semantic translation can achieve the two major goals of translation: being accurate, and being economic (effective).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark made a detailed comparison of the characteristics of semantic translation and communicative translation from different aspects, and pointed out that the fundamental difference between them lies in that when the information and the effect are in conflict, communicative translation lays more emphasis on effect than content, while semantic translation lays more emphasis on content than effect. Communicative translation can give the translator full freedom, the translator can reorganize the syntax, eliminate the original obscure places in the source language, and make the language conform to the standard of the target language. However, semantic translation emphasizes the content of the information itself, tries to make the form of the target text similar to the form of the original text, and retains the language characteristics and expressive style of the original author. Therefore, compared with semantic translation, communicative translation is more subjective and can better reflect the translator’s creativity and it attaches great importance to the communicative effect of translation, the key to which is to convey information, make readers of the target language think, act and feel, and play an inductive role in making the translation natural and smooth, and more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark pointed out that the translation of expressive texts should employ semantic translation, while informative and vocative texts communicative translation which is reader-centered. The most direct purpose of tourism texts translation is to convey information to readers on the premise of attracting readers’ attention and leaving readers with deep memories, so that readers can take actions -- to visit tourist attractions and pay attention to matters that should be paid attention to. Thus, it can be seen that the tourism text belongs to the vocative text and the communicative translation should be applied.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Newmark’s communicative translation focus on the effect that the translation brings to the target language readers, which is of certain guiding significance to the English- Chinese translation of tourism texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of communicative translation is to try to make the translation have the same effect on the target reader as the original does on the source reader. That is to say, the key point of communicative translation is to be loyal to the target language and the target text reader, that is, the source language is required to obey the target language and culture, leaving no doubt or obscurity to the reader, and eliminating difficulties and obstacles in reading or communication for the reader as far as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the translator wants to achieve a certain communicative purpose, emphasizes the effect and has a specific target audience, the translation has inevitably broken the restrictions of the original text, pursuing smoothness, clarity, directness and conformity with conventions. In this part, the author analyzes the specific application of communicative translation in the translation practice of ''the Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)'' from three aspects: lexical, syntactic and textual analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, there is partial equivalence between English and Chinese, that is, similar expressions in Chinese can replace the meaning of English words or phrases. In the following, two translation methods used in lexical translation will be introduced: conversion of part of speech and the translation of public signs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion of part of speech====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''There is no shortage of activities for individuals, groups, or families to enjoy outdoors.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 个人、团体或家庭都能在这找到适合的户外活动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As we all know, English belongs to the Indo-European language family, while Chinese the Sino-Tibetan language family. Many differences exist between English and Chinese in terms of vocabulary and grammatical structure. Therefore, in the process of translating English into Chinese, due to the different ways of expression between English and Chinese some sentences can be translated word by word, while most sentences cannot. In order to make the Chinese translation smooth and natural, some words in the original text need to be converted into different parts of speech in the target text without sticking to the surface structure of the original text. In other words, some words in the original text can be converted into other parts of speech in Chinese on the premise of being faithful to the original meaning and retaining the original effect. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original sentence uses a nominal phrase “no shortage of” to express the meaning that no matter how many people come together for outdoor activities, there are always options. The translator translates it into a verbal phrase, that is, everyone can find a suitable outdoor activity here, so that the meaning gets across and the whole sentence flows naturally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Accessibility: No immediate trails.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 如何前往：没有路径可直接到达。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As English tends to use more nouns with static narratives, while Chinese tends to use more verbs with dynamic ones. The static tendency of English mainly comes from nominalization, a common phenomenon in English. &amp;quot;Nominalization mainly refers to the use of nouns (phrases) to express the information originally expressed by verbs (phrases), such as the use of abstract nouns to express actions, behaviors, changes, states, etc.&amp;quot; For example, “accessibility” in Example 2 is an abstract noun, which is used to show the way to one place. Chinese, on the other hand, tends to use verbs. So, in order to better convey the effect and let the reader read without any doubt or discomfort, the translator converted the noun into a verb phrase, that is “如何前往”. Likewise, in the noun phrase “no immediate trails”, the author wants to say that there is no direct way (to arrive at the destination). When translating, if it is directly translated into a noun phrase “没有直达路”, the reader may feel difficult to read. So, if it is translated into “there is no direct path can reach that place”, the sentence will be more smoothly and convey the original information and the effect is also retained.  (Lian Shuneng, 1993:105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Public signs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3 &amp;amp; 4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Things To Do'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 活动介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''What you can do''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 解决措施&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: As mentioned in the theoretical framework above, tourism text belongs to vocative text. As a kind of tourism text, public signs are a special style for specific people to achieve a certain communicative purpose. Its application scope is very wide, almost involved in every aspect of our daily life, such as street signs, billboards, road signs, shop signs, warnings, propaganda, travel briefs and so on. &amp;quot;As a communicative tool, it conveys necessary and useful information to the public by means of a few words, simple and easy to understand icons or the combination of both.&amp;quot; Therefore, it can be seen that public signs feature lots of nouns, verbs, phrases and abbreviations and more often, fixed expression, which means in translation, only concise and idiomatic expression can fully convey the effect of the original text. (He Xueyun, 2006:57)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the example 3, once the original text is translated literally, that is “要做的事情”, it sounds rather awkward, which not only does not convey the meaning of the source text that was intended as an introduction to the activities that can be done, but also may lead the reader to believe that this section is about what is required. However, if it is translated into “活动介绍”, readers can clearly know the main content of this part and can find out the activities they are interested in. This expression is very concise and also in line with the Chinese language habits. The same is true of example 4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5 &amp;amp; 6:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Alligators and crocodiles - Crocodilians are one of the reasons people visit the park, however, these are wild animals that can be dangerous to humans.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 小心短吻鳄和鳄鱼——鳄鱼是人们参观公园的原因之一，然而，这些野生动物对人类会很危险。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Poisonous plants - The park’s ecosystems support a variety of plant life including some that cause reactions to human skin.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 警惕有毒植物——公园的生态系统支持多种植物的生长，包括一些会对是人类皮肤过敏的植物。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Tourist texts belong to the vocative text, emphasizing the transfer of the effect of the information and the empathy of the reader. This requires the translator to pay attention to the internal logic of the text, modify the translated text to make it clear in the process of tourism translation without sticking to the original form and give full consideration to the core position of readers. &lt;br /&gt;
Examples 5 and 6 are in the same sentence structure -- firstly species are given, and then that the species could be in some danger is pointed out. If it is translated in accordance with the original text word by word, then the front part is just posing out that species. However, if such warning words as “小心” or “警惕” are added, it can let the reader know before he continues reading that this species may be dangerous when visiting, and then with reading below, the reader will know why it is dangerous. This will prepare the reader mentally, and the reading will be smoother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''correction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples 5 and 6 are the same sentence structure, first giving the species and then indicating that the species may be in some kind of danger. If they are translated word for word from the original, then the preceding part simply suggests the species. &lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Syntactical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two aspects are included in syntactic analysis, which are change of subjects and passive voice, and the punctuation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Change of subjects and passive voice====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Wading birds, cormorants, Purple Gallinules, and nesting Anhingas may be found along the path anytime of the day during the winter (dry) season.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 在冬季（旱季），任何时候您都可以在沿路发现涉水鸟类、鸬鹚、紫雀和筑巢的美洲蛇鸟。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: English tends to use more impersonal subjects, which means it rarely uses the personal subject to describe but expresses how objective things act on people’s perception to things appear in an objective tone. So, the structure is often like this: &amp;quot;inanimate subject + animate subject&amp;quot;. Chinese pays more attention to subjective thinking, and often describes objective things from the point of view of oneself, or tends to describe people and their behavior or state, so the personal subject is often used. When the personal subject is clear, Chinese often implies or omits it. Passive voice is a common grammatical phenomenon in English. In some styles, the use of passive sentences has almost become a habit of expression. Passive sentences give rise to the tendency of using impersonal subjects, and vice versa. Chinese uses fewer passive forms. The main reason for this difference is that the use of passive forms in Chinese is limited, and the mark of the passive voice, such as “让”, “给”, “受”, mostly expresses displeasure. (Lian Shuneng, 1993:80) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in example 7, the translator transformed the passive voice into the active voice and the impersonal subjects “Wading birds, cormorants, Purple Gallinules, and nesting Anhingas” into the personal subjects “您”. What’s more, as this tourism text is written for readers, the use of the second person subject can shorten the distance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8 &amp;amp; 9: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Wading birds, American Coots, Osprey, White-crowned Pigeons, warblers, Red-shouldered Hawks, Anhingas, rails, Painted Buntings and other transients are best viewed here in the morning.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 早晨在这里观赏涉禽、美洲骨顶鸡、鱼鹰、白头鸽、莺、赤肩鹫、美洲蛇鸟、秧鸡、彩绘鹀和其他过路的鸟类的效果最好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''In the summer, fewer programs are offered.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 夏季提供的项目较少。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Just as what has been said above, English has a tendency to use impersonal subjects and passive voice, while Chinese is exactly the opposite. And when the subject is clear, Chinese often implies or omits it, which is just like example 8 the personal subject “you” is omitted. &lt;br /&gt;
In example 9, the omitted subject is the national park, and the temporal adverbial phrase “in the summer” becomes the subject in form, which is a common expression in Chinese. That is because subjects in Chinese are not only in various forms, but also dispensable: it can denote giving, receiving, time, place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Punctuation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Connecting trails through the Pinelands run 7 miles (11 km) west from the Long Pine Key campground to Pine Glades Lake along the main park road.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 这些小道从长松岛营地向西延伸7英里（11公里），穿过一片松林地，连通公园主路边松林湖。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: English sentences are complicated, and subordination is one of the most important characteristics of modern English, which features right-branching, sentences long and complex, made in “architecture style”. Conversely, Chinese sentences are relatively short, and commonly use scattered sentences, loose sentences, tight sentences or composite sentences with parallel structure. Chinese features left-branching, and sentences are made in “chronicle style”, using clauses to streamline the thoughts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when there are many prepositional phrases in the original English sentence, the translator can divide the long sentence into several short sentences and recognize those by adding comma, which can help readers to sort out the logic of the original text and get the main information. By using communicative translation, the translator divided the original sentence into three sentences. The logical sequence is that “The trails run seven miles (11 kilometers) west from the Long Pine Key campground. Passing through the Pinelands, they lead to Pine Glades Lake along the main park road.”, which shows the location of both the Long Pine Key campground, the Pinelands and Pine Glades Lake correctly, leaving no doubt to readers of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''In keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches, North Nest Key and all waters within 100 yards from the shore will be closed for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend. The closure will begin on Friday, July 3 at 6 a.m.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 根据门罗县对海滩的关闭安排，为保护公园资源，北巢岛和离海岸100码以内的所有水域将自7月3日星期五早上6点起暂停对外开放。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In the original text there are two sentences, which can be combined to make the meaning complete and language pithy in the target language. And it can be taken into consideration to reconstruct them by replacing full stop with comma. By considering communicative translation, the translator put two prepositional phrases in advance as adverbials, which are “in keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches” and “for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend”, and then turned the second sentence into a temporal adverbial phrase and put it in the main clause as an adverbial. So, the whole structure is “In keeping with Monroe County’s closure order for beaches and for protection of park resources during the holiday weekend, North Nest Key and all waters within 100 yards from the shore will be closed from Friday, July 3 at 6 a.m.” By doing so, the information is concisely conveyed, and Chinese readers can well understand it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===At Textual Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discourse refers to the actual language unit used and is the whole language constituted by a series of consecutive paragraphs or sentences in the communication process. In general, a text consists of words, phrases, sentences and sentence cluster (Lan Lingyan, 2020:19), among which the components were cohesion in form and coherence in semantics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''There is no shortage of activities for individuals, groups, or families to enjoy outdoors. The diverse habitats allow for enjoyable activities ranging from hiking, canoeing, kayaking, biking, fresh and saltwater fishing, and camping in the ultimate wilderness.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 个人、团体或家庭都能在这找到适合的户外活动。无论是步行、乘坐独木舟、划皮划艇、骑自行车，还是在淡水或海水钓鱼、在终极荒野地露营，您都可以饱览多样的自然环境、尽享快乐。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Coherence in a piece of writing refers to the principle that all paragraphs, sentences or ideas are combined so well that they form a united whole. Coherent translation has smooth structural, grammatical, and logical movement from one sentence or idea to the next and the reader does not have to pause and guess at the meaning caused by gaps in development between ideas, sentences and paragraphs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In example 12, the last topic of the fist sentence in the original sentence is outdoor activities, while the subject of the second sentence is the diverse habitats. This is a shift in the topic, which may make the readers pause and guess at the logical relation between them. Therefore, in translation, guided by communicative translation, the translator needs to mind the text coherence and to make proper adjustments. Out of this, the translator put the activities in the second sentences as the subject of the second sentence in the target text, so that the first sentence can pass through smoothly to the next one, so does the understanding of readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: ''Everglades National Park is a popular spot for saltwater and freshwater sport fishing. Boats can be chartered at Flamingo. Be sure to check a visitor center for park fishing regulations and closed areas.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 大沼泽地国家公园是一个很受欢迎的钓海水鱼和淡水鱼的地方。在弗拉明戈可以租船。在钓鱼之前，一定要阅读游客中心的公园捕鱼规定和封闭区域。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Cohesion can be thought of as all the grammatical and lexical links that link one part of a text to another. This includes the use of synonyms, lexical sets, pronouns, verb tenses, time references, grammatical reference, etc. For example, ‘it’, ‘neither’ and ‘this’ all refer to an idea previously mentioned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In example 13, this paragraph mainly talks about fishing in the Everglades National Park, with a topic sentence and two explanatory sentences: one introducing the place for chartering and the other cautions. There are no grammatical or lexical links within these three sentences, and the logic is connected by semantics. Considering well understanding of readers in the target language, the translator added one lexical link “before fishing” between the last two sentences, to make the reader understand that he or she should read the rules and precautions of fishing before going fishing. Also, with repeating the key word “fishing”, the central idea of this whole paragraph is prominent, and the sentences are logically and smoothly linked to express the intended meaning, thus making this paragraph a cohesive group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Major findings===&lt;br /&gt;
For the text, the tourism text belongs to the vocative text, which focuses on conveying the information and effect, so the communicative translation theory should be adopted to this kind of translation. As for this original text, the first part that introduces the outdoor activities belongs to the tourism advertisements, which are descriptive with vivid words. Tourism advertising is infective, with short and concise words, full of creativity, lively and concise sentence structure, and strong attraction. While the announcement that informs of the operating status of the park is a quite different style. The wording is formal, standard, accurate and stylized. Secondly, the source text involves a wide range of knowledge and large vocabulary. For example, “hardwood hammock” for “硬木吊床” and “Geocaching” for “寻宝”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the analysis of examples from lexical, syntactic and textual levels, some translation methods can be proposed. On one hand, when translating, some words in the target text can be converted into different parts of speech in the original text to make the language natural and idiomatic. On the other hand, when doing English – Chinese translation, in most cases, passive voice should be changed into active voice, personal subject is favored in Chinese, and subjects can also be omitted sometimes. Lastly, as English and Chinese have lots of differences in sentences, the translator should change the order of the sentences sometimes to make them smooth and fluent, and some words can be added to make the meaning coherent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Limitations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides some major findings, there are also many limitations in this translation practice. Firstly, communicative translation focuses on the effect conveyed by the translation rather than the information, which can easily make the translator ignore some original. So, in the translation, other available translation theories should also be taken into account to achieve best translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, when translating a text, whether it is a tourism text or a literary works, they cannot be translated immediately. Relevant information and background should be collected in advance, and otherwise some mistakes which should be avoided will be made. For example, “Snail Kite (蜗鸢)” might be translated as “蜗牛风筝” if the translator does not look it up in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Xueyun 贺学耘 (2006). 汉英公示语翻译的现状及其交际翻译策略[J] Current Situation and Communicative Translation Strategy of Chinese-English Public Signs.外语与外语教学 Foreign Languages and Their Teaching, 3:57-59.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hou Yingying 侯莹莹 (2020). 凯瑟琳娜·莱斯与彼得·纽马克文本类型翻译理论之比较研究[J] A Comparative Study of Katharina Reiss's and Peter Newmark's Text Type Translation Theories.海外英语 Overseas English, 22:49-50+60. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jin Huikang 金惠康 (2007). 跨文化旅游翻译探讨[J] On Translation of Cross-Cultural tourism.上海翻译 Shanghai Journal of Translators, 1:31-34.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lan lingyan 兰灵艳 (2020). 交际翻译理论指导下《家庭生活》（节选）汉译实践报告[D] A Report on the E-C Translation of ''Family Life (Excerpt)'' from the Perspective of Communicative Translation.南昌大学 Nanchang University, 19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Daosheng 李道胜 (2000). 汉英语义对比分析[J] A Contrastive Analysis of Chinese and English Semantics. 语言教育 Language Education, 4:4-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian Shuneng 连淑能 (1993). 英汉对比研究[M] Contrastive Studies of English and Chinese. 北京：高等教育出版社 Beijing: Higher Education Press, 80+105.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Anhong 刘安洪 (2013). 跨文化交际视角下的旅游文本翻译策略研究[J] Research on Tourism Text Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Cross-Cultural Communication.中华文化论坛 Forum on Chinese culture, 10:160-163. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Chen 马忱 (2010). 交际翻译策略对汉英旅游翻译的启示[J] The Implications of Communicative Translation strategies for Chinese-English tourism Translation.郑州航空工业管理学院学报(社会科学版) Journal of Zhengzhou Institute of Aeronautical Industry Management (Social Science Edition), 29(06):119-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2007). A New Theory of Translation[J]. Sborník Prací Filozofické Fakulty Brněnské Univerzity, 13:101-114&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2001). Approaches to translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 45-46. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter (2001). A Textbook of Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 39-42. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by --[[User:Liu Xiao|Liu Xiao]] ([[User talk:Liu Xiao|talk]]) 14:28, 8 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:51, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods&amp;diff=132519</id>
		<title>Translation types, strategies, styles, methods</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods&amp;diff=132519"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T00:32:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''浅析美版《甄嬛传》的字幕翻译策略'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
阳佳颖 Yang Jiaying, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=&lt;br /&gt;
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=&lt;br /&gt;
'''交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Translation Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose -- A Case Study of Chinese Translation of English Prose &amp;quot;Pleasures of Ignorance&amp;quot;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略和翻译方法——以英语散文《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =&lt;br /&gt;
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=&lt;br /&gt;
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue, Hunan University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 8:Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking ''Incidents in Life of Slave Girl'' (excerpt) as an example=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''传记文学的文体所适用的翻译技巧与策略——以英文传记《一名女奴的人生际遇》(节选)为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
颜子涵 Yan Zihan, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 9: On the Translation Strategies of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''视域融合视角下看《论语》英译的翻译策略—以辜鸿铭和许渊冲的英译本为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
邝艳丽 Kuang Yanli, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Overview &lt;br /&gt;
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012:37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær 2015:10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005:9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004:1). Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects(Newmark 1988:2). Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style(Nida 1964:32). Larson has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context(Larson 1998:23).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”(Snell-Hornby 1988:33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term.&amp;quot;(Goodenough 1957:167). By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003:16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This study is aimed to probe Newmark's translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988:81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 15:41, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation and Culture===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation and Culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988:7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988:5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988:7).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford defined it as &amp;quot;the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language”(Catford 1965:20). According to Venuti translation is &amp;quot;the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader”(Venuti 1995:18). Schjoldager stated that“a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language”(Schjoldager 2008:19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge,belief,art,law,morals,customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014:2). Hermanns contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures(Hermanns 1999:22) Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation &amp;quot;is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original&amp;quot;(Hassan 2014:2). &lt;br /&gt;
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation&amp;quot; (Newmark 2001:328). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora,fauna,food,clothes,housing, work,leisure,politics,law,and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988:327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997:9)  while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012:1). &lt;br /&gt;
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Davies 2003:17), others choose cultural words (Newmark 2003;87) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Newmark 2003:7). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. &amp;quot;Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker 1992:21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988:94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988:95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988:95).--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85:22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003:16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.” &lt;br /&gt;
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning.  The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages. &lt;br /&gt;
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:02, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Types of Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark determines 8 types of translation which are: &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3.1 Word-for-Word Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 Literal translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.3 Faithful translation &lt;br /&gt;
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4 Semantic Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5 Adaptation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015:15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.6 Free Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.7 Idiomatic Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.8 Communicative Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original(Newmark 1988: 18).&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Translation Strategies &lt;br /&gt;
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies: &lt;br /&gt;
According to Aixela translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture. He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1. Conservation: &lt;br /&gt;
In conservation,the less compelling process includes repetition,orthographic adaptation,linguistic translation,extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Repetition:In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus,the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela 1996:61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or &lt;br /&gt;
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here,the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes,endings,words,ideas,translators in dictionaries, italics and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss:It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text,not to distract the reader. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 Substitution &lt;br /&gt;
In substitution, According Aixela “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here&amp;quot;(Aixela 1996:87)--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela 1997:63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Ketabi 2015:8). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela 1996;64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural &lt;br /&gt;
reference in the ST.(Aixela 1997:43). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 Mona Baker's Translation Strategies &lt;br /&gt;
Baker's strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation.Baker She suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies(Baker 1992;90) which are the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker,this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution:This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view,however,Baker,s translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:40, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cultural Categories  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Cultural categories &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
5.1.2 Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.2 Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.”(Newmark 1988:90)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 Organisation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are; &lt;br /&gt;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items. (Newmark 1988:97) --[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:50, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Verse No. 	Terms 	English Translation 	Categories &lt;br /&gt;
1 	 الۡکِتٰبِ 	Book 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 	 قرُۡءٰنًا 	Quran 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 	  الۡقَصَصِ 	Narration 	Gesture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 	  رَايَۡتُ 	Dream 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 	 کَوۡکَبًا	Stars 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 	 ال َّ شمۡسَ 	Sun 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7 	 الۡقَمَرَ 	Moon 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8 	 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ 	Events 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9 	 يعَۡقوُۡبَ 	House of Yaqub 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10 	 يعَۡقوُۡبَ 	Yaqub 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11 	 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ 	Ibrahim 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12 	 اِسۡحٰقَ 	Ishaq 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13 	 اقۡتلُوُا	Kill 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14 	 ارَۡضًا	Earth 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15 	 الۡجُبِّ 	Pit 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16 	 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ   	Wayfares 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17 	 يٰۤابََانَا	Father 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18 	 َّ يرۡتعَۡ 	Eat 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19 	 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ 	Play  	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20 	 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ 	Guard 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21 	 وَ اخََافُ 	Fear 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22 	 الذِئّۡبُ 	Wolf 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23 	 عِشَاءًٓ 	Nightfall 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24 	 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ 	Weeping 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
25 	 مَتاَعِنَا	Belongings 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
26 	 قمَِيۡصِہٖ 	Shirt 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
27 	 وَارِدہَمُۡ 	Water drawer 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
28 	 دلَۡوَهٗ 	Bucket 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
29 	 بِثمََنٍ   ۢ بَخۡسٍ 	Paltry price 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 	 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ  	Silver coin 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
31 	 مِّصۡرَ 	Egypt 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
32 	 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ 	Wife 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
33 	 الۡارَۡضِ 	Land 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
34 	 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ 	Prime age 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
35 	 الۡابَۡوَابَ 	Door 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
36 	 مَعَاذَ ّٰ  ِ 	Master 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
37 	 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ 	Evil 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
38 	 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ 	Lewdness 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
39 	 عِبَادِنَا	Servant 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
40 	 وَ قَدَّ تۡ 	Ripped 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
41 	 عَذاَبٌ 	Punishment 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
42 	 ُّ يسۡجَنَ 	Prison 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
43 	 الۡعَزِيۡزِ 	Minister 	Organistion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
44 	 حُباؕ 	Love 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
45 	 فتَٰىہَا	Slave 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
46 	 سِکِّيۡنًا	Knife 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
47 	 مَلکٌَ 	Angel 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
48 	 فَاسۡتجََابَ 	Prayer 	Gestures &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
49 	 خَمۡرًا	Wine 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
50 	 خُبۡزًا	Bread 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
51 	 رَاۡسِیۡ 	Head 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
52 	 ال َّ طيۡرُ 	Birds 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
53 	 ءَارَۡبَابٌ 	Gods 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
54 	 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ 	Prisoners 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
55 	 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ 	Worship 	Gesture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
56 	 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ 	Satan 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57 	 الۡمَلِکُ 	King 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
58 	 بَقَرٰتٍ 	Cows 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59 	 خُضۡرٍ 	Green 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60 	 يٰبسِٰتٍ 	Dry 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
61 	 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ 	Grain 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
62 	 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ 	Crops 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
63 	 يغَُاثُ 	Rain 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
64 	 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ 	Juice 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
65 	 النِّسۡوَةِ 	Women 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
66 	 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ 	Messenger 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
67 	 الۡعَزِيۡزِ 	Governor 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
68 		 ال	ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ 	Truthful 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
69 	 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ 	Betray 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
70 	 خَزَائِٓنِ 	Treasure 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
71 	 مَ َّ کنَّ ا	Power 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
72 	 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا	Mercy 	Gestures &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
73 	 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ 	Taqwa 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
74 	 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ 	Hospitality 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
75 	 رِحَالِہِمۡ 	Camel 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
76 	 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا	Family 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
77 	 بَابٍ 	Gate 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
78 	 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ 	Sovereignty 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
79 	 الۡعِيۡرُ 	Caravan 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
80 	 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ 	Thieves 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
81 	 السِّقَايَۃَ 	Bowl 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
82 	 تاَ ّٰ  ِ	Swear 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
83 	 کٰذِبيِۡنَ 	Liars 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
84 	 وِّعَاءِٓ 	Bag 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
85 	 درََجٰتٍ 	Rank 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
86 	 َّ موۡثِقًا	Pledge 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
87 	 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ 	Judges 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
88 	 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ 	Town 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
89 	 عَيۡنٰہُ 	Eyes 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
90 	 الۡبَشِيۡرُ 	News 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
91 	 ابَوََيۡہِ 	Parents 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
92 	 الۡعَرۡشِ 	Thrown 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
93 	 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ 	Devices 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
94 	 وَ الۡارَۡضِ 	Earth 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
95 	 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ 	Heavens 	Ecology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Procedure ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Translation Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996:31)“translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988:81)“translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.” &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
6.1 Transference &lt;br /&gt;
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.2 Naturalization &lt;br /&gt;
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation,then TL to its original form. &lt;br /&gt;
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3 Culture equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity,as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4 Functional Equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.5 Descriptive equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.6 Synonymy  &lt;br /&gt;
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.7 Through-Translation &lt;br /&gt;
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts,the names of organizations and compound parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.8 Shifts or Transposition &lt;br /&gt;
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.9 Modulation &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.10 Recognized Translation &lt;br /&gt;
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.11 Translation Label &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term,and it is a temporary translation of the source language word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.12 Compensation &lt;br /&gt;
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part,but compensation in the other part. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.13 Componential Analysis &lt;br /&gt;
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.14 Reduction &amp;amp; Expansion &lt;br /&gt;
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.15 Paraphrase &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.16 Couplets &lt;br /&gt;
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.17 Notes &lt;br /&gt;
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Analysis and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Analysis and Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.1 Introduction &lt;br /&gt;
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.2 Procedures &lt;br /&gt;
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:01, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.3 Analysis and Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark's strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items. &lt;br /&gt;
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies. &lt;br /&gt;
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.  &lt;br /&gt;
Table1.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf: &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy 	           Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                            قرُۡءٰنًا	Quran &lt;br /&gt;
                          ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ 	Ibrahim &lt;br /&gt;
Transference                يعَۡقوُۡب	Yaqub &lt;br /&gt;
                             اِسۡحٰق	Ishaq &lt;br /&gt;
                          يَتَّ قوُۡنَ 	Taqwa &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word  Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 2.  &lt;br /&gt;
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy  	                     Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                   اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب	House of Yaqub &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                    لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ 	Guard &lt;br /&gt;
                               	 بِثمََنٍ   ۢ بَخۡسٍ 	Paltry price &lt;br /&gt;
 	                             درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ  	Silver coin &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                     اشَُدَّ هٗ 	Prime age &lt;br /&gt;
Cultural Equivalent 	                 مَعَاذَ ّٰ  	Master &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                    الۡعَزِيۡزِ 	Minister &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                   فَاسۡتجََابَ 	Prayer &lt;br /&gt;
	                                 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ 	 	Sovereignty &lt;br /&gt;
	                              يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن	 	Prisoners &lt;br /&gt;
	                                    الۡمَلِکُ 	 	King &lt;br /&gt;
                                  	 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ 	 	Juice &lt;br /&gt;
                                  	 مَ َّ کنَّ ا	 	Power &lt;br /&gt;
 	 	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word  الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST   ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word  فَاسۡتجََابَ  is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used, &lt;br /&gt;
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table3.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                         	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                                       	 الۡقَصَصِ 	Narration &lt;br /&gt;
                                        	 رَايَۡتُ 	Dream &lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalent                 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ 	Events &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ 	 	Wayfares &lt;br /&gt;
	                                          مِّصۡرَ 	 	Egypt &lt;br /&gt;
	                                       يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ 	 	Devices &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST  الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word  يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. &lt;br /&gt;
Table4. &lt;br /&gt;
 Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf&lt;br /&gt;
  Strategy              	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                               	 کَوۡکَبًا	Stars &lt;br /&gt;
                            	 ال َّ شمۡسَ 	Sun &lt;br /&gt;
 	                              الۡقمََرَ 	Moon &lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive equivalent 	         عِشَاءًٓ 	And at Nightfall &lt;br /&gt;
 	                             وَارِدہَمُۡ 	Water drawer &lt;br /&gt;
 	                               سِکِّيۡنً 	Knife &lt;br /&gt;
 	                              الۡکِتٰبِ 	Enlightening book &lt;br /&gt;
 	                           ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ 	Heaven &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains  کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of  الۡکِتٰبِ. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one. &lt;br /&gt;
Table5. &lt;br /&gt;
 Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                       	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
	                                     رَايَۡتُ 	 	Dream &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  ال َّ طيۡرُ 	 	Birds &lt;br /&gt;
Componential analysis                وَ يَلۡعَبۡ 	Play &lt;br /&gt;
	                                   يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ 	 	Juice &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  مَعَاذَ ّٰ  ِ 	 	Master &lt;br /&gt;
	                             يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ 	 	Prisoners &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                  اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ 	Sovereignty  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like  رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are  ال َّ طيۡرُ  Birds,  اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.  &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent. &lt;br /&gt;
Table 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy 	                      Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                                     	 الۡکِتٰبِ 	Book &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                      قۡتلُوُا	Kill &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                       ارَۡضًا	Earth &lt;br /&gt;
Synonymy   	                           الذِئّۡبُ 	Wolf &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                       دلَۡوَه	Bucket &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                       خَمۡرًا	Wine &lt;br /&gt;
              	                         يٰبسِٰتٍ 	Dry  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance,  الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and  الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Table7. &lt;br /&gt;
 Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                      	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                 اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ 	House of Yaqub &lt;br /&gt;
	                               غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ 	 	Into the bottom of a pit &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  بِرَحۡمَتِنَا	 	Mercy &lt;br /&gt;
Through Translation                الۡاحََادِيۡثِ 	Events &lt;br /&gt;
	 ُّ                                   يسۡجَنَ 	 	Prison &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  الۡعَزِيۡزِ 	 	Governor &lt;br /&gt;
	                                الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ 	 	Betray &lt;br /&gt;
	                            وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا	 	Family  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ  is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually. &lt;br /&gt;
Table8.  &lt;br /&gt;
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied  &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                       Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                                   	 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ 	Devices &lt;br /&gt;
Modulation 	                         لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ 	Thieves &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                    مَ َّکنَّ ا	Power &lt;br /&gt;
                                   	 وَ قَدَّ تۡ 	Ripped  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word  يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. &lt;br /&gt;
Table9. &lt;br /&gt;
 Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                     	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                  	               اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ 	Sovereignty &lt;br /&gt;
Notes                             	 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ 	Worship &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ 	Satan  &lt;br /&gt;
 	                             بِثمََنٍ   ۢ بَخۡسٍ 	Paltry price &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example  اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ  is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic  تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion and Recommendations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Conclusion and Recommendations &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.1 Summary of the Findings &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.2 Conclusion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Lack of reading and translating religious books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study.  Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research. &lt;br /&gt;
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However,the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation.--[[User:Muhammad Numan|Muhammad Numan]] ([[User talk:Muhammad Numan|talk]]) 17:05, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.3 Recommendations &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aguado-Gimenez, P., &amp;amp; Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta: &lt;br /&gt;
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. &amp;amp; y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., &amp;amp; Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blažytė, D., &amp;amp; Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s&amp;quot; Brand sense&amp;quot;. Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bush, P. (1998) &amp;quot;Literary Translation.&amp;quot; In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press. &lt;br /&gt;
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Cambridge Scholars Publishing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication  House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer. &lt;br /&gt;
Issa, A. L. S. M., &amp;amp; Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., &amp;amp; Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture. &lt;br /&gt;
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., &amp;amp; Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture. &lt;br /&gt;
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline  (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E. &lt;br /&gt;
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mosavat, S., &amp;amp; Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for &lt;br /&gt;
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language &lt;br /&gt;
Education Press &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches &lt;br /&gt;
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silalahi, M., &amp;amp; Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School. &lt;br /&gt;
Valipoor, K., &amp;amp; andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York: &lt;br /&gt;
Routledge &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words ===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, styles of variations, strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies.	 Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”.  Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	They involve text manipulation.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They must be applied to the process.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They are goal-oriented.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They are problem-centered.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They are applied consciously.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They are inter-subjective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Comprehension strategies &lt;br /&gt;
•	Transfer strategies&lt;br /&gt;
•	Production strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text.  In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature. &lt;br /&gt;
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”. &lt;br /&gt;
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method. &lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method.  More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it. &lt;br /&gt;
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language. &lt;br /&gt;
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.&lt;br /&gt;
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Types of Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia) &lt;br /&gt;
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The benefits of technical translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.&lt;br /&gt;
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience. &lt;br /&gt;
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways.                                                     Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries.                                                       In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart.                Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.&lt;br /&gt;
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully. &lt;br /&gt;
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pragmatic translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes. &lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An Overview on Translation Studies  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Muhammad Numan  A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words. &lt;br /&gt;
===Key words ===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature  --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question that &amp;quot;what is idiomatic expression&amp;quot;  and the views of various critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled,&amp;quot; writes (Linda 2006: 8). &amp;quot;A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words&amp;quot; is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984: 20). Idioms are &amp;quot;at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning,&amp;quot; according to (Baker 1992: 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a &amp;quot;collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.&amp;quot;. According to Newmark, “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”(Newmark 1981: 11).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated.  To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed.  According to Corelli, English has a sizeable idiomatic base. About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.(Corelli 2006: 53)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to Baker is twofold: &amp;quot;the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.(Baker 1992: 65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and &amp;quot;license&amp;quot; a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 15:44, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Literature Review ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from various perspectivess. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented.(Venutti !995, 35 Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps.(Krings 2000:21). However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. (Locher 2002:76) In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &amp;quot;strategy&amp;quot; is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase &amp;quot;translation methods&amp;quot; interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.) &lt;br /&gt;
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result.  These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward. (Bergen 1996:33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. &amp;quot;Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the &amp;quot;resistant translation&amp;quot; technique as an alternative to the standard &amp;quot;smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint. (Vinute 1998:41).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
It aims to retain &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully.&amp;quot; (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as &amp;quot;a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project.&amp;quot;The translators adopted three global tactics, according to Seguinot (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.(Seguinot 1989:27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:30, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Loescher defines translation strategy as &amp;quot;a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof.&amp;quot;(Loescher 1991:8) As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. &amp;quot;The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic,&amp;quot; (Cohen 1998:4) claim moreover, 'Bell' distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.(Bell 1998:188)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, &amp;quot;involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it.&amp;quot;(Venuti 1998, 240). He uses the terms &amp;quot;domesticating&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignizing&amp;quot; to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to Jaaskelainen, product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are &amp;quot;a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.(Jaaskelainen 2005:15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, Jaaskelainen distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that &amp;quot;global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making.(Jaaskelainen 2005:16). Newmarkdistinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, &amp;quot;While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language.&amp;quot;(Newmark 1988, 221)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories.  Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. &amp;quot;They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction,&amp;quot; she believes.  Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016:13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010:15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017:54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984:12). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985:9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of &amp;quot;bingo&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;khol do.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female..(Ahsan 2020: 12-27)--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:31, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Theoritical Framework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, various strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.(Baker, 1992, 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:38, 13 December 2021 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data analysis Techniques:&lt;br /&gt;
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan 2001:3)&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory &amp;quot;khol do and license&amp;quot; are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discussion and Analysis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are firstly identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1	Translation by Paraphrasing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was &amp;quot;translation by paraphrasing.&amp;quot; An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;license.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka aik mutalatam samandar deka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of 'Paraphrasing' because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories &amp;quot;khol do.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Your God will reward&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.&lt;br /&gt;
Let  take another example from &amp;quot;khol do.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s &amp;quot;license,&amp;quot; are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story &amp;quot;license&amp;quot; by Sadat &lt;br /&gt;
Hasan Manto &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes &lt;br /&gt;
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from &amp;quot;license.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. Beaugrande and Dressler define paraphrases as &amp;quot;approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material.&amp;quot;(De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as &amp;quot;talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way.&amp;quot; (Hirst 1980:12) Munday declared that &amp;quot;equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied. (Munday 1981:13).--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 16:55, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Leonardi, &amp;quot;Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation.&amp;quot; In this regard, house believes that &amp;quot;a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function&amp;quot; (Baker 2002:49).  who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used &amp;quot;for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status&amp;quot; (Kenny 1998:77). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected.Vinay and Darbelnet 1999:18)&lt;br /&gt;
Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using 'Paraphrasing' in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2	Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; and&amp;quot; license&amp;quot; on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From khol do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: The girl's face became fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, another example from the license is&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: They fall in love with each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000:90) propose that it consists in rendering &amp;quot;the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods&amp;quot;, and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like &amp;quot;Il pleut à seaux&amp;quot; it can be translated as &amp;quot;It is raining cats and dogs&amp;quot; using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Baker states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type.(Baker 1992:12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During translating Manto short stories, &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;license,&amp;quot; some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example number one is from the short story &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: The roitors come abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: The other coachman burn with envy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from &amp;quot;license.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Dino came with an excuse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that &amp;quot;[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988: 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4 Translation by omission:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Findings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mandelbit believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate.(Mandelbit 1995:40)  After conducting this study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.&lt;br /&gt;
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like &amp;quot;swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion.&amp;quot; As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, it also reflects strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom &amp;quot;rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, &amp;quot; They fall in love with each other&amp;quot; are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 17:18, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By going through the detailed discussion and analysis of the data collected, it was finally concluded that the idioms which are present in two short stories, &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;License,&amp;quot; are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.         &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story &amp;quot;Toba Tek&amp;quot;. International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das, V. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 17:36, 13 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &amp;amp;. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Muhammad Saqib Mehran  Problems in Translation Study =&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ambiguity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Summary===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Further Reading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory= &lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132514</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132514"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T00:28:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, phrasing and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''':There are many translation practices guided by communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novel translation. Therefore, it is of great significance to analyze the translation of Korean novels under the guidance of communicative translation theory. With the communicative translation theory as the theoretical foundation, this paper will take the Chinese translation of two novels &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the Korean novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' as examples, and analyze the translation methods and translation strategies in lexical, syntactic and rhetorical respects, so as to provide better understanding of Korean novels and more effective guidance for the Korean novel translation practice. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': 由交际翻译理论指导的翻译实践很多，在其在韩语小说翻译实践方面的运用并不多，因此，以交际翻译理论为指导分析韩语小说翻译具有重要意义。本文将以交际翻译理论为指导，以韩语小说集《恩珠的电影》中的《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》两篇小说为例，分析其中在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略，以期更好地理解韩语小说、更有效地指导韩语小说翻译实践。 (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive-functional text, informative-functional text and vocative-functional text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the heart of the expressive function is the use of words by the speaker or author to express his or her thoughts and feelings. The author's unique form of language is as important as the content.Expressive function texts emphasise the authority of the original author, and translations should follow the principle of &amp;quot;original author first&amp;quot;, faithful to both the content of the ideas expressed by the original author and the language style of the original author, without regard to the reaction of the target reader. The core of the information function is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. At the heart of the information text is the &amp;quot;authenticity&amp;quot; of the content; the author's language is secondary. Translation should be based on the principle of &amp;quot;authenticity first&amp;quot;. The call to action is reader-centred and aims to &amp;quot;call the reader to action, to think, to feel&amp;quot;. The translation should follow the principle of 'reader first', putting the reader of the target language first. The translator can make full use of the advantages of the incoming language, without adhering to the expressions of the original, so that the translated language can achieve the same effect as the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the theory of communicative translation focuses on the understanding and reaction of the recipient, the reader of the translation, and more on the effect rather than the content of the translated expression. The translator can give full play to the advantages of the translated language and introduce foreign elements into the culture of the translated language, with the advantages of naturalisation, Italian translation and idiomatic translation. Semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, focuses on its semantic content and strives to preserve the culture of the original text, and has the advantages of word-for-word, word-for-word and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitable for informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important political statements (or other statements), most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional material, advertisements, announcements, popular fiction. (Yang 1989:68-71)# His communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced the field of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. (Yang 1989: 68-71) Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.(Chen 1994)# The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Correction(addition of a summary and limitations):]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
written by----[[User:Liu Yue|Liu Yue]] ([[User talk:Liu Yue|talk]]) 00:28, 14 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132513</id>
		<title>Trans Type EN 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Trans_Type_EN_3&amp;diff=132513"/>
		<updated>2021-12-14T00:26:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略——以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》(节选)为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(title)''': On the Translation Methods and Strategies in Chinese Translation of Korean Novels Guided by Communicative Translation Theory -- A Case Study of Korean Novel Collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' (Excerpt) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 02:56, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越 Liu Yue, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many translation practices guided by the communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novels. Through this translation practice, we hope to summarize the translation methods and translation strategies used in the translation of novel subjects under the guidance of the communicative translation theory at the level of vocabulary, phrasing and rhetoric. This paper analyses the translation strategies and translation methods of the Korean novels The Innocents and The Goat Family under the guidance of communicative translation theory, hoping to make us aware of the fact that the purest and warmest family and human feelings seem to be getting farther and farther away from us through the human feelings and warmth in the works, so that we can explore together the history and meaning of &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; which is gradually forgotten by us. Let us explore the history and meaning of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; that we have gradually forgotten, awakening our awareness of kinship and arousing our emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''':There are many translation practices guided by communicative translation theory, but not many in Korean novel translation. Therefore, it is of great significance to analyze the translation of Korean novels under the guidance of communicative translation theory. With the communicative translation theory as the theoretical foundation, this paper will take the Chinese translation of two novels &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the Korean novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'' as examples, and analyze the translation methods and translation strategies in lexical, syntactic and rhetorical respects, so as to provide better understanding of Korean novels and more effective guidance for the Korean novel translation practice. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==摘要==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在交际翻译理论下指导的翻译实践很多，但在韩语小说方面的翻译实践并不多，希望通过此次翻译实践总结出交际翻译理论指导下的小说题材翻译，在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略。本文在交际翻译论的指导下对韩语小说《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》进行翻译策略和翻译方法分析，希望通过作品中的人情冷暖让我们意识到最纯朴最温暖的亲情和人情，似乎离我们越来越远的事实，让我们一起探讨逐渐被我们遗忘的“家庭”的历史和意义，唤醒我们的亲情意识，引起我们的情感共鸣。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': 由交际翻译理论指导的翻译实践很多，在其在韩语小说翻译实践方面的运用并不多，因此，以交际翻译理论为指导分析韩语小说翻译具有重要意义。本文将以交际翻译理论为指导，以韩语小说集《恩珠的电影》中的《纯真的人》和《山羊家族》两篇小说为例，分析其中在词汇、语句、修辞层面上所采用的翻译方法和翻译策略，以期更好地理解韩语小说、更有效地指导韩语小说翻译实践。 (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keywords==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory; Korean novels; Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==关键词==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论；韩语小说；翻译方法和策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transitional paragraph)''': This section will briefly introduce the emergence and development of communicative translation and the applicability of communicative translation theory in translation of popular novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emergence and Development of Communicative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive function, informative function, and evocative function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction:''' According to the function of language, i.e. the purpose for which it is used, Newmark proposes the following three text types: expressive-functional text, informative-functional text and vocative-functional text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the heart of the expressive function is the use of words by the speaker or author to express his or her thoughts and feelings. The author's unique form of language is as important as the content.Expressive function texts emphasise the authority of the original author, and translations should follow the principle of &amp;quot;original author first&amp;quot;, faithful to both the content of the ideas expressed by the original author and the language style of the original author, without regard to the reaction of the target reader. The core of the information function is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. At the heart of the information text is the &amp;quot;authenticity&amp;quot; of the content; the author's language is secondary. Translation should be based on the principle of &amp;quot;authenticity first&amp;quot;. The call to action is reader-centred and aims to &amp;quot;call the reader to action, to think, to feel&amp;quot;. The translation should follow the principle of 'reader first', putting the reader of the target language first. The translator can make full use of the advantages of the incoming language, without adhering to the expressions of the original, so that the translated language can achieve the same effect as the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': The first type is the expressive text. Its core is the expression of feelings and the conveyance of ideas. In this kind of text, the original author's unique language form and content are equally important. Consequently, with regard to the translation of expressive texts, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;author-first&amp;quot; principle, faithful to the original author's ideas and language form, without considering the target-language readers' reaction. The expressive texts include literary works, personal letters, autobiographies and prose. The second type is the informative text. The core of this kind of text is the external context, i.e. all the information about a topic, or the unspeakable reality. Concerning the informative text, the emphasis is placed on authenticity and the reality outside the language, so the translator should follow the &amp;quot;authenticity-first&amp;quot; principle in translation, with the original author's language in the secondary position. The informative texts include the non-literary works, textbooks, academic papers, newspapers and magazines, etc. The third type is the vocative text. This type has the readers-centered feature, calling on the readers to act, think and feel. Therefore, the translator should follow the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle, making full use of the advantages of the target language, and not confined to the original expressions, so that the translated text can produce the same effect as the source text. The vocative texts include product instructions, brochures, advertisements, etc. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this basis, two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the theory of communicative translation focuses on the understanding and reaction of the recipient, the reader of the translation, and more on the effect rather than the content of the translated expression. The translator can give full play to the advantages of the translated language and introduce foreign elements into the culture of the translated language, with the advantages of naturalisation, Italian translation and idiomatic translation. Semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, focuses on its semantic content and strives to preserve the culture of the original text, and has the advantages of word-for-word, word-for-word and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitable for informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important political statements (or other statements), most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional material, advertisements, announcements, popular fiction. (Yang 1989:68-71)# His communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced the field of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': On this basis, the two translation concepts, communicative translation and semantic translation, are proposed. Newmark believes that the communicative translation theory emphasizes the recipients' or readers' understanding and reaction, and focuses more on the effect that the translation generates than its content. With communicative translation, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language,  and introduce foreign elements into the target-language culture through domestication and idiomatic translation. At the same time, semantic translation attaches importance to the original text, keeps an eye on its semantic content and strives to preserve the source-language culture, featuring the advantages of literal translation and faithful translation. Communicative translation is suitably applied in informative and attractive texts such as autobiographies, personal emotional declarations, important statements, most non-literary texts, news, intellectual articles and books, textbooks, reports, scientific and technical literature, official correspondence, promotional materials, advertisements, announcements, as well as popular fiction. (Yang 1989: 68-71) Newmark's communicative and semantic translations have largely enriched the study of translation theory and influenced translation field. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Applicability of Communicative Translation Theory in Translation of Popular Novels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the core content of communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, it focuses on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expression effect of the target text than the content. For the translator, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical, ambiguous, and there are redundant words and ambiguities in the sentence, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other phenomena in the article, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntax and improve it by using collocation and common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to make the language more standardized. Translators also have the right to correct errors and omissions in the original text.( Shuang 1999(05):840）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': First of all, communicative translation theory accentuates the core that the translation, based on its faithfulness to the content of the original text, lays stress on the readers' understanding ability and feelings, and pays more attention to the expressive effect of the target-language text than its content. The translator can take advantage of the target language and get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text. If the original text is illogical and ambiguous with redundant words and ambiguities in the sentences, as well as dialects, coarse slang and other peculiar language phenomena, the translator has the right to reorganize the syntactic structure, and use collocations as well as common sentence patterns in accordance with the habits of the target language, so as to render the language more standardized and natural and to improve the quality of translation. And the translator is also entitled to correct the errors and omissions in the original text. (Shuang 1999 (05): 840) (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, according to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which focus on the inspiring effect and take the target readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the desired response, including popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. The novel is mainly composed of characters, plots and descriptions of the environment to reflect the social reality. Novel is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers' resonance. It belongs to appeal text, so communicative translation theory is suitable for novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Secondly, according to Newmark's classification of text types, communicative translation theory is applicable to vocative texts, which stress their inspirational effect and take the target-language readers as the center. The purpose of translation is to elicit the expected response, which also resides in the translation of popular books and best-selling novels. The common goal of communicative translation and the vocative text is to enable readers to think and resonate emotionally. Additionally, the novel, consisting mainly of characters, plots and environmental descriptions, often reflects the social reality. And it is a literary genre that conveys thoughts and feelings and arouses readers'empathy, hence the novel falls into vocative text, and communicative translation theory is available to novel translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important thing in novel translation is to convey the content of the original text and the author's thoughts and feelings to the readers, and to arouse the readers' deep thinking and empathy. When translating a novel, the translator should describe the plot of the original text and try to get close to the literary image depicted by the original author and the literary artistic conception created in the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If only follow the content style and text structure of the original text, it will violate the original intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, and get a smooth translation. At the same time, the translator can also pay more attention to the target readers, fully consider the reading habits and thinking mode of the target readers, and use easy to understand language vocabulary to convey the information of the source text and the thoughts and feelings of the source text author to the readers, so that the target text readers and the source text readers get the same effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Only limited to the content and textual structure of the original text, the translators will violate the initial intention of translation, making the translation obscure and unclear. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, the translators can bring the advantages of the target language to full play, modify and polish the original text, adjust the logic of expression, eliminate the differences between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can be more smooth. Meanwhile, the translators can also pay more attention to the target-language readers, take their reading habits and thinking mode into full consideration, and employ easy-to-understand language to convey the information of the source text and the original author's thoughts and feelings, attempting to produce on its readers an effect as close as possible to that obtained on the readers of the original. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:11, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study Under the Guidance of Communicative Translation Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author carries out translation practice on two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. Under the guidance of communicative translation theory, this section adopts the strategies of translation modification and meaning extension to solve the problems of ambiguous and implicit sentences in novels. At the sentence level, the strategy of paraphrase, syntactic and translation is adopted. In the aspect of rhetoric, this paper adopts the translation strategies of addition and repetition, and makes a case study to explore and summarize the translation methods and strategies applicable to novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Guided by Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the paper will carry out analysis of translation strategies in two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocent Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Lexical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction(addition of a transition paragraph)''': This section, under the guidance of communicative translation theory, will elucidate the application of translation strategies in Korean novel at the lexical level, such as conversion and extension. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conversion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method refers to the conversion of parts of speech in the original text, such as changing nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. Different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds. In order to make the translation more in line with the language expression habits of The Chinese people and convey the correct meaning of the original text to The Chinese readers, every word in the Korean sentence cannot be translated dead, and some parts of speech in The Korean language have to be changed in translation.(Chen 1994)# The following is a case study of translating a part of speech in the original text into another part of speech in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Conversion at the lexical level refers to the change of parts of speech in the original text, such as the conversion of nouns into verbs, adjectives into verbs, etc., so as to make the translation conform to the target-language expression habits. As a result of the fact that different languages have different linguistic phenomena and cultural backgrounds, in order to make the translation more in line with the expression habits of Chinese language and convey the correct meaning of the original text to the Chinese readers, the words word in the Korean sentences cannot be translated too rigidly, and sometimes the word class in the original text should be changed when translating. (Chen 1994) For example, (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.1 그럴 때의 아이는 이제 노인이 아니라 소년가장 같았다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First translation：那一刻我觉得孩子不像老人，而像少年家长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：那一刻我觉得他不像一个历经沧桑的老人，而像一个饱经世故的孩子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; is a noun, the author looked up Chinese dictionary, found &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; in Korean means &amp;quot;가 정 의 생 계 를 실 질 적 으 로 책 임 지 고, 어 렵 게 생 계 를 유 지 하 는 소 년&amp;quot;, at the beginning of translation, in accordance with the original literal translation is &amp;quot;young parents&amp;quot;, but is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, it is not easy to let Chinese readers understand, The author in the guidance of communicative translation theory, through the network search and found the dictionary lookup &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; and Chinese proverb &amp;quot;the poor children early master&amp;quot; has the same effect, but here can make statements impassability, in order not to cause the reader to understand the problems, the author give full play to the advantages of the Chinese, the author by using the method of adaptation, Phrases collocation and considering the Chinese habit, the term &amp;quot;소 년 가 장&amp;quot; divided &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; two nouns, and the term &amp;quot;가 장&amp;quot; translated into adjectives &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;소 년&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;children&amp;quot;, both to convey the meaning of the original, and can make readers easily understand the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.2：거기에 아이가 자신을 만나려 하지 않기 때문에 돈을 주지 않는 것이라는 비난의 말이 반복해서 쓰여 있었기 때문이다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ：文件上反复指责说孩子不想认他这个父亲，所以不给抚养费。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original text 비 난&amp;quot; is a noun, the author according to the original text in translation translated into &amp;quot;document and is accused of child, father didn't want to see him the accused, so not to support&amp;quot;, at the same time with the two accused, groundwork or at the back of the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, also make the repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, When translated again, the noun &amp;quot;비 project-oriented&amp;quot; is translated into the verb &amp;quot;blame&amp;quot;, so that the translation is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extension====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Extension translation method is refers to according to the specific context of contact and words in the original context, starting from the basic meaning of Korean original words, through the letter of the word or phrase in the sentence, its excellent implied meaning appropriately, use some conforms to the Chinese expression habit of character words, the content of the original essence of accurate expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Extension refers to the translation method by which the essence of the original text can be accurately expressed through the use of some expression methods in line with the expression habits of Chinese and the selection of exact and idiomatic Chinese words, according to the internal coherence of the context. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:20, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.3：①텔레비전을 쳐다보던 아이가 대뜸 내밷었다. ②동식이 집을 나서자마자 엄마는 휴이히히히, 하는 기괴한 한숨을 길게 내뱉었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①正在看电视的儿子突然吐槽道：“妈，你快看，电视里那个人真像我爸”。 ②母亲就“唉！”长长地叹了一口气。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by looking up the dictionary, in the original &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; has two meanings: (1) 입 안 에 있 던 것 을 입 밖 으 로 뱉 어 내 보 내 다. (2) 마 음 에 내 키 지 아 니 하 거 나 못 마 땅 한 어 조 로 불 쑥 말 하 다. Chinese meaning is &amp;quot;vomit, and said,&amp;quot; the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, reader's expressions and words in Chinese habit as the center, contact the original context and context, considering the words collocation, adopt the method of the extension, the &amp;quot;내 밷 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;fun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sigh&amp;quot;, not only conforms to the present context, and in accordance with the Chinese language habits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.4: ①그러니까 엄마는 내가 돈 얘기 할 것을 미리 알고서 지금 차단막을 치는 것이리라. ②형이 옆구리를 툭 치며. ③까지는 살큼 익혀서 찬지름 치고 조선간장으로 조물조물 무쳐노면 고기반찬보다 낫드라.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation：①但母亲好像早已看透了我的心思，先堵住了我的口。 ②大哥用胳膊肘戳了我一下。 ③蒸个七八分熟的时候撒上香油好好拌一下就行了，这样比那些荤食都好吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The verb &amp;quot;치&amp;quot; would give many different meanings with different words, such as ①&amp;quot;beating, beating, beating, playing&amp;quot;.② take, base, wrap, erect, ③ feed, feed, etc. On the basis of communicative translation theory, and fully understand the original meaning, context, and considering Chinese words collocation is used, depending on the context, the extension method was adopted, will &amp;quot;치 다&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;blocking&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;stamp&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;and&amp;quot; verb, such as to conform to the Chinese habits of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Syntactic Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the readers, the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language, to make the translation conform to the target language expression of habit, not to leave any arcane to readers, while Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are differences in expression habit, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, This paper analyzes the translation of sentences in The Pure Man and The Goat Family by means of paraphrase, syntactic and combined translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Communicative translation theory points out that the translator should give full play to the advantages of the target language and enable the translation to conform to the expression habit of the target language, leaving no arcane to readers. Since Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are distinctions in their expression habits. This part, with communicative translation theory as the theoretical basis, will analyze the translation methods at syntactic level in two short stories &amp;quot;The Pure Man&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot;. The three methods that will be mainly discussed are interpretation method or paraphrase, demolition syntax or deconstruction, and cotranslation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Interpretation method====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermeneutic method is also an interpretative translation method. Because Chinese and Korean have different expression habits, in the process of translation, we can use the paraphrase method to explain some ambiguous sentences, which can not only make the translation clear, but also accurately convey the original purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Interpretation method is also known as hermeneutic method or paraphrase. Considering the differences in expressions habits between Chinese and Korean, in the process of translation, paraphrase method can be used to diminish some ambiguities in sentences, which can not only clarify the sentences in the translation, but also accurately convey the original author’s purpose. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.5：어느날, 아이가 눈에 보이는 사물들을 가리켜 얼마짜리냐고 물었을 때, 어떤 행위를 가리켜 얼마 받느냐고 물었을 때, 나는 어린것이 별걸다 궁금해한다고 면박을 줬다. 면박을 주는 것으로 마음에 이는 민망함을 무마시켰다. 아이의 입에서 처음 돈 얘기가 나왔을 때, 그때 나는 이미 알아챘어야 했는지도 모른다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问花了多少钱，挣了多少钱时，我当面斥责说“小孩子家家的，真是什么都好奇”。我以这种当面驳斥的方式来掩饰心中的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时,我可能就已经觉察到了些什么。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 当某一天，孩子们指着各种东西问价格时，我当面斥责说‘小孩子家的，问这个做什么’，以此来掩饰我内心的尴尬。当我第一次从孩子嘴里听到关于钱的话题时，我可能已经觉察到时代变了，我那‘不知钱为何物’的时代过去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author at the beginning of the translation of &amp;quot;그 때 나 는 이 미 알 아 챘 어 야 했 는 지 도 모 른 다&amp;quot;, literal translation is &amp;quot;I may already have noticed what&amp;quot;, but the specific perceive what is not clear, causing distress to Chinese readers, by contacting the above learned that the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a child is the hairpin, objects such as pottery fragments, But now the child is the &amp;quot;money&amp;quot;, the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, to the readers, adopting the tactics of interpretation method, interpreted &amp;quot;I perceived that the&amp;quot; content &amp;quot;I might have been aware of The Times have changed, I that 'I don't know the money was the era of the past&amp;quot;, thus the author want to convey the original concept of the era of the change of the clear expression come out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.6：영호야, 명절 때만이라도 꼭 아빠한데 가봐, 가기 싫으면 연락이라도 드리고.아빠가 아무리 네 맘에 안 들더라도 너는 네 할 도리를 해야 떳떳한 사람이 되는 거야,알았지?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。只有做了自已应该做的才能做一个光明磊落的人，知道吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation: 永浩呀，无论你多么讨厌爸爸，逢年过节的时候也应该去一趟爸爸家，即便不想去也要打一个电话。为人处事和忠孝贤良是亘古不变的，要想做一个光明磊落的人，就要做好自己的分内之事，知道吗？阿姨的话要记住哦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early in the translation of &amp;quot;너 는 네 할 도 리 를 해 야 떳 떳 한 사 람 이 되 는 거 야&amp;quot;, the corresponding Chinese literal translation is &amp;quot;only do oneself should do can do a aboveboard person&amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;할 도 리&amp;quot; what, did not explain clearly in the original, need the reader to consider, in order not to leave readers obscure place, The author puts the advantage of Chinese into full play and interprets &amp;quot;up 도 wish to be good&amp;quot; into English by means of context and translation theory. At the same time, I also think that this is the advice of adults. It is necessary to tell him this truth in a soft and powerful tone. After this sentence, &amp;quot;Remember what aunt said&amp;quot; is added to make the original meaning clearly conveyed to readers, so that readers can better understand the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Demolition Syntax====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is the breaking down of a long sentence into several shorter sentences. As Korean and Chinese belong to different language families, there are many differences in syntax. The word order of Korean sentences is the structure of SOV, and narration is the main body and focus of the sentence, and there are a large number of long sentences, which rely on word endings to express various grammatical meanings. No amount of sentence elements will cause meaning confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the word order of Chinese sentences is the SVO structure, which depends on vocabulary, function words and word order to distinguish sentence components, so the sentence structure is simple, mainly short sentences. The translation of Korean long sentences into Chinese sentence groups can make the translation logical, smooth and accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.7：동식의 이혼에 책임이 없다고 할 수는 없는 형제들이 돈을 모아 동식에게 새집을 지어줬는데 집안 새것이면 뭐 하냐고 동식이 폭력을 휘두를 조짐을 보이자 그 팔아 종류의 폭력을 아버지에게 당해본 엄마는 지레 겁을 먹고 소를 팔아 동식에게 새장가 갈 자금을 쥐여줄 수밖에 없었다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子。挨过父亲打的母亲因为对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，并觉得只有新房子没用，就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：掺和东植离婚案的兄弟姐妹们凑钱给东植盖了新房子，母亲因为挨过父亲的打，所以对东植这种动不动就挥拳头打人的行为心有余悸，觉得只有新房子无济于事，改不了他的暴力行为，索性就把牛卖了给东植娶了新媳妇。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text Is a long sentence, &amp;quot;는 데&amp;quot; is a long attributive clause, behind the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, using the translation, in the resolution of a sentence, adjust the structure of the sentence, but his father mother &amp;quot;dragged&amp;quot; compared to read man translationese is too heavy, have the taste of Korean Chinese, is not in conformity with the Chinese expression habit, the author on the basis of this, The translation has been revised and polished to make it smooth and smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cotranslation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cotranslation refers to the combined translation of two or more sentences in the original text. Using the combined translation method to translate, will reduce the long winded translation, obtain a smooth and smooth translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Cotranslation, also known as combination, refers to the translation method by which two or more sentences in the original text are combined into a single sentence in the target-language text. The use of combined translation can reduce long-windedness and redundancies in translation, obtaining a smooth, natural and lucid translation. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.8 ：나는 큰오빠와 작은오빠가 아버지가 남긴 논을 가져간 것을 알고 있었다. 큰언니, 작은언니가 결혼할 때 밭을 가져 갔다는 것도. 동식은 제 몫이 논도 밭도 아닌 집인 것에 불만을 품고 쓰러져가는 슬레이트집에 불을 질렀다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我知道大哥和二哥结婚时分走了家里的水田，大姐和二姐结婚时分走了家里的旱地，东植因为分到的不是田和地，而是即将坍塌的的石板屋，一气之下就在屋里放了火。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：哥哥姐姐们结婚时把家里的水田和旱地都分走了。而东植分到的是即将坍塌的的石板屋，他对此很不满，一气之下就放火烧了房子。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are two sentences in the original, the author first translation, according to the original text translated into two other subject-predicate bin structure of the sentence, but &amp;quot;big sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big brother&amp;quot; &amp;quot;sister&amp;quot; &amp;quot;second brother&amp;quot; will be read repetitive, so the author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt the method of r the appellation of original elements became the &amp;quot;brothers and sisters&amp;quot;, and the two sentence elements into a simple sentence, Reduce redundant redundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies and Methods under Communicative Translation Theory at Rhetorical Level===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communicative translation theory points out that should take the readers as heavy, compared to convey to the readers the article content, pay more attention to the expression effect, good expression effect can cause the resonance of the readers, caused the reader's thinking, and good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, this summary is mainly under the guidance of communicative translation theory, adopt different translation strategies, The rhetorical translation in The Innocent Man and The Goat Family is analyzed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': In view of communicative translation theory, the translator should take the readers to heart, and pay more attention to the expression effect compared to the conveyance of the content. The excellent expression effect that can engender the readers' resonance and lead them to think majorly resorts to the use of rhetoric. This section, guided by communicative translation theory, will enunciate the translation methods at the rhetoric level employed in the Chinese translation of the two Korean short stories. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is a translation method that adds content to the target text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, meet the needs of the target text readers and make the target text conform to the expression habits of the target language. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive habits, some words or sentences should be added in the translation to make the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the reader's expressive habits and the exact meaning of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': Addition is a translation method by which some items should be added to the target-language text in order to accurately express the meaning of the source text, make the translation correspond with the expression habits of the target language and meet the the target-text readers' needs. Since Chinese and Korean have different pragmatic ways and expressive modes, some specific words or sentences should be added in the translation to render the translation more consistent with the Chinese context, the readers' reading habits and the concrete meaning of the original text. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.9：나는 아이 아빠의 돈을 ‘그깟 돈’이라고 표현했다.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：我把孩子爸爸的钱称为“那么点儿钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：我把孩子爸爸给的钱称为“塞牙缝的钱”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;그깟&amp;quot; is a contraction of &amp;quot;그까짓&amp;quot;. It means so little, so little. The amount of money given by the father of the child is very small. The author under the guidance of communicative translation theory, give full play to the advantages of target language, adopt the method of thickening of translation, the use of metaphor, the &amp;quot;그 깟 돈&amp;quot; translated into accord with the readers expression habit &amp;quot;for all of the money&amp;quot;, making it easy to understand, more intuitive said the little amount, so as to impress the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Repetition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition refers to the translation technique of appropriately repeating a part of words or sentences in translation. The repetition method can make the meaning of the translation more clear, further strengthen the appeal of the article, highlight the thoughts and feelings of the article, and achieve a good rhetorical effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eg.10：아비를 한번도 찾지 않다가 돈 달라고, 그것도 법정에서 애 얼굴을 봐야 하는 아비 된 자의 참담한 심정을 당신들이 아느냐고.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Translation：孩子一次也没来看过我这个父亲，却开口要钱？而且只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，你们理解我这个做父亲的心情和处境吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Retranslation：孩子一次也没来看过我就跟我开口要钱，只有上了法院，我才好不容易看孩子一眼，我这个做父亲的苦楚，悲凉的的心情，你们理解吗！理解吗！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author by contacting the specific context, as a father, no contact for many years but children themselves to court, the state of mind should be both angry and sad, based on the theory of communicative translation, using the skill of verb repetition, to &amp;quot;알 다&amp;quot; repeated translation, to emphasize my angry tone, in order to make the article more vivid and accurate meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper selected the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu stories &amp;quot;well bead film&amp;quot; in the two novel &amp;quot;pure people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; has carried on the translation practice, the two novels are using the simple nature of language and a small amount of dialect vocabulary, shape lifelike characters, are described by family members of the past, let the past and reality contrast, It reflects the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the most simple family and human feelings seem to be more and more far away from us, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; and the simple social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': This paper selects the south Korean writer Kong Shanyu's two short stories &amp;quot;The Innocents&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;The Goat Family&amp;quot; excerpted from the novel collection ''Eun-ju's Movie'', and interprets translation strategies and methods at lexical, syntactic and rhetorical levels in their Chinese translations, under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory. The two stories both boast the simple and natural language as well as a small amount of Korean dialects, along with the lifelike characterization, describing family members of the past and making a contrast between the past and the present reality. The two short novels reflect the social reality that with the development of society, people have become selfish and indifferent, and the family warmth and human feelings seem to be more distant from the individuals, so as to explore the history and significance of the &amp;quot;family&amp;quot; as well as the simple and harmonious social atmosphere, which are gradually forgotten by Koreans. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is that on the basis of being faithful to the content of the original text, the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the language structure of the original text, and pay attention to the effect of the expression of the target text. According to Newmark's text type, communicative translation theory applies to appeal texts, which focus on the target reader and aim to elicit the desired response, including popular books, popular novels and so on. The common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. Under the guidance of Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, the author analyzes and discusses the translation strategies in the Pure Man and The Goat Family, which are complicated sentences, ambiguous meanings and implicit expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': According to Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory, translation should be faithful to the source text, and the translator can give full play to the advantages of the target language, get rid of the constraints of the source-language structure, and focus on the expressive effect that the target-language text produces. What's more, in the light of the text types categorized by Newmark, communicative translation theory applies to appeal or vocative texts, which keep a close eye on the target-language readers and intend to elicit the desired response, and popular books and novels fall into this text type. Besides, the common goal of communicative translation theory and appeal text is to make readers think and resonate emotionally. In a word, the interpretation of translation strategies and methods in Chinese translation of Korean novels guided by communicative translation theory is feasible. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the lexical level analysis, the author mainly combined with the context, to Chinese readers as the center, to comply with the Chinese expression and language habits, consider the reader's understanding ability, on the basis of Chinese used to translation and translation methods of extension, so as to satisfy the to the original readers and the translation of the original dual need of the readers have the same effect, At the same time, it also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translation words, so as to conform to the translator's lexical habits. From the statement level analysis, &amp;quot;innocent people&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the goat family&amp;quot; appeared in the text of the long sentence and attributive clause, at the same time, some relatively obscure sentences substance, so the author adopted the method of interpretation, syntax and translation of translation strategies, to explain the sentence, split, reorganization, thus reducing the sentence's mad outages and ideographic unclear, The translation is in line with the habits of Chinese readers and effectively conveys the essence of the original text. From the rhetoric analysis, communicative translation theory points out that compared with the content, should attach great importance to the expression of the translation effect, good expression effect depends on the use of rhetoric, so the author USES the translation strategy of work and repetition, has carried on the modification to the original and polishing, to strengthen the artistic effect and influence of the translation, make readers for the characters vivid impression, Arouse readers' reflection and emotional resonance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Correction''': From the analysis in the lexical aspect, this paper demonstrates that the translation techniques --- conversion and extension --- are used in Chinese translation of these two Korean short stories. Such Chinese translation, fully considering the context and taking Chinese readers as the center, complies with the Chinese expression and language habits. Given the readers' understanding capability, the translator employs conversion of word class and extension of lexical meaning, so as to satisfy the needs of both the original readers and the target-language readers. Meanwhile, the use of conversion and extension also ensures the accuracy and flexibility of the translated vocabulary. At the syntactic level, the original two stories embrace a lot of long sentences and attributive clauses, as well as some sentences with relatively obscure substances. Thus, the adoption of paraphrase, deconstruction and combination, which re-explain, split, reorganize the sentences, reduces ideographic unclarity as well as long-wined sentences and diversify the sentence patterns, rendering the translation close to the target-language readers. In the rhetorical respect, communicative translation theory attaches greater importance to the expressive effect of the translation compared with the delivery of the content, and the use of rhetoric can result in exceptional expression effect. Consequently, the application of addition and repetition modifies and polishes the original text, so that the artistic charm of the translation can be enhanced, the desirable impression can be deepened, and the readers' reflection and emotional resonance can be aroused. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the results of this study indicate that the communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for similar translation practices. Communicative translation theory is pointed out that to the reader as the center, the translator can get rid of the original text, giving full play to the advantages of target language to adjust the structure and logic, to make the translation easy to understand, but there may be lack of scattering situation, so the translator should properly our subjective initiative, to insure the effect of readers in at the same time, also used to avoid the above situation. In addition, there are also shortcomings in the translation, but the author still hopes that this translation practice can provide reference for the future Korean-Chinese translation practice. At the same time, through this translation practice, the author has realized his own shortcomings. In the future, the author will continue to learn, accumulate practical experience, and strive to improve his literary accomplishment and language foundation, and improve his translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Correction(addition of a summary and limitations):]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, it can be seen that Peter Newmark's communicative translation theory is of guiding significance to the Chinese translation of Korean novels and can provide a reference for future translation practices. With communicative translation theory, the translator who adheres to the &amp;quot;readers-first&amp;quot; principle can get rid of the limitation of the original text, give full play to the advantages of the target language, and adjust the sentence structure and textual logic, so as to further improve the quality of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, owing to the confined conditions and limited academic capacity, there are also shortcomings in this paper: firstly, the paper takes only two pieces of Korean short stories as examples in case study, so it lacks strong persuasiveness and representativeness; secondly, since there are few researchers on Chinese translation of Korean novels at home and abroad, this paper resorts to insufficient literature guidance and reference. As a consequence, it is expected that researchers in this field can cooperate well to build up a system to minimize the possible errors and create more thorough and holistic works to elaborate on and improve Chinese translation of Korean novels. (corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 03:49, 12 December 2021 (UTC))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theory [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克翻译理论的比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）, 1994, (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Lin 陈林. A comparison of Eugene A. Naida and Peter Newmark's translation theories [J] 尤金-A-奈达和彼得-纽马克的翻译理论比较[J]. Journal of Xiangtan University (Social Science Edition) 湘潭大学学报（社会科学版）. 1994,(08): 87-91.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
GAO Chang 高阳. The Application of Peter Newmark's Communicative Translation Theory to the Translation of Chinese Historical Allusions [J]. Overseas English, 2013(11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gong Seon-ok 공선옥.In the 1980s, my literature Gwangju, and my life's hardship [J] 1980년대, 나의 문학 광주, 나의 인생은 고달프다[J]. History of Criticism 비평사, 1995 (08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Fang 蒋方. Newmark's Translation Theory and Film Names [J]. Overseas English, 2010(08).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kim Young Hee 김영희. Modern and Alternative Experience and Women--Park Wan-seo, Kim In-sook, and Gong Sun-ok's novel [J] 현대와 색다른 경험과 여성 -- 박만수, 김인숙, 공선옥의소설[J]. Creation and Criticism 23(3) 창작과 비평 23（3）, 1995(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Young Mi 강영미. Preliminary review of the singing movement in the 1970s and 1980s [J] 70~80년대 노래자랑의 초보적 회고[J]. Mental Culture Research 41(3)정신문화 연구 41（3）, 2018.(09).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin, ZHANG Zhe 李昕，张哲. On Peter Newmark’s Semanic Translation &amp;amp; Communicative Translation[J]. Overseas English, 2015（03）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Osunbang 오센주. A study of the translation of novels in modern China and the two-way translation of Sino-Korean novels[J]. 현대 중국소설 번역연구와 한중소설 양방향 번역[J]. Seoul: Sungsil University Press 서울：순실 대학 출판사, 2008.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Si Jitao and Yan Honglan 司继涛、严红兰. The translation of split sentences and combined sentences in English-Chinese translation[J]英汉翻译中分句和合句的翻译[J]. Journal of Guangxi Right River Nationalities Teachers College 广西右江民族师范学院学报,2005(02):21&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shizhuo 杨世卓. A brief analysis of Newmark's theory of semantic and communicative translation[J] 简析纽马克的语义和交际翻译理论[J].. Fujian Foreign Language 福建外语, 1989:68-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
corrected by--[[User:Mao Yawen|Mao Yawen]] ([[User talk:Mao Yawen|talk]]) 05:10, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods&amp;diff=131916</id>
		<title>Translation types, strategies, styles, methods</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods&amp;diff=131916"/>
		<updated>2021-12-13T12:51:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Liu Yue: /* Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Translation types, strategies, styles, methods'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Translation_types,_strategies,_styles,_methods|Overview Page of Translation types, strategies, styles, methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 Chapters（0/30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_1]] [[Trans_Type_EN_2]] [[Trans_Type_EN_3]] [[Trans_Type_EN_4]] [[Trans_Type_EN_5]] [[Trans_Type_EN_6]] [[Trans_Type_EN_7]] [[Trans_Type_EN_8]] [[Trans_Type_EN_9]] [[Trans_Type_EN_10]] [[Trans_Type_EN_11]] [[Trans_Type_EN_12]] [[Trans_Type_EN_13]] [[Trans_Type_EN_14]] [[Trans_Type_EN_15]] [[Trans_Type_EN_16]] [[Trans_Type_EN_17]] [[Trans_Type_EN_18]] [[Trans_Type_EN_19]] [[Trans_Type_EN_20]] [[Trans_Type_EN_21]] [[Trans_Type_EN_22]] [[Trans_Type_EN_23]] [[Trans_Type_EN_24]] [[Trans_Type_EN_25]] [[Trans_Type_EN_26]] [[Trans_Type_EN_27]] [[Trans_Type_EN_28]] [[Trans_Type_EN_29]] [[Trans_Type_EN_30]] ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Book_projects|Back to translation project overview]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DCG-To-Do|To the To Do List]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=阳佳颖 Analysis On Subtitling Strategies in the American Version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
''Legend of Zhen Huan'', as an excellent Chinese TV series, has successfully entered the American market. However, the American version of Legend of Zhen Huan still has some shortcomings in translation. By comparing and analyzing the subtitle texts of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan'' in China and the United States, this paper aims to discuss the problems existing in the overseas translation of the ''legend of Zhen Huan'' and the translation strategies and methods adopted in the subtitle translation of the American version, so as to provide some enlightenment for Chinese costume dramas to reach the world in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key Words==&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategy and translation methods; ''Legend of Zhen Huan''; Subtitle translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
The TV series ''Legend of Zhen Huan'' is Imperial-harem competing play produced by the Beijing Television Arts Center in 2011. This play is adapted from a novel of the same name written by Liu Lianzi, which mainly tells the story of the young girl Zhen Huan growing up from an unsophisticated young girl to an empress dowager who is good at politics. Since its debut in China in 2012, ''the Legend of Zhen Huan'' has been a hit among Chinese audiences, with its ratings rising and even forming “Zhen Huan craze” for a time. The reason why the play has received so much praise, on the one hand, is that the film and television script is well-produced; on the other hand, it is because the plots and dialogues of the characters in the play cover a wealth of historical and cultural knowledge, embodying the profundity of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to its great success in the domestic market, the series finally attracted the attention of foreign producers: the American team adapted the original ''Legend of Zhen Huan'', cutting the 76-episode original drama into six episodes,which was officially launched on Netflix’s paid website in the United States on March 15, 2015. It is the first Chinese TV series to be broadcast on mainstream TV stations in the United States. &lt;br /&gt;
However, the American version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan'' failed to be sought after by audiences in the US, with most viewers abandoning the show after only one or two episodes.The English lines of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''’s have ever been criticized by some Chinese audiences. After a deep study of the reason, in addition to the lack of content caused by a large amount of deletion and cutting, another important reason is the insufficiency of subtitle translation. This paper attempts to explore the translation strategies of the subtitle of ''Legend of Zhen Huan'', hoping to provide some inspiration for the subtitle translation of domestic film and television works of the same type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Literature Review==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Previous studies in Subtitle Tranlation abroad===&lt;br /&gt;
In the early 1970s, Doller Up (1974) published a paper entitled “On Subtitle in TV Programs” on Babel, an authoritative journal of the International Association of Translators, which was the first time that scholars paid special attention to subtitle translation. In addition, he creatively pointed out the great value of TV subtitles to foreign language teaching, and then made contributions to the cause of education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1976, Istvan Fodor published a book called Film Dubbing: Aspects of Phonology, Semiotic Aesthetics, and Psychology, which centered on film dubbing from an acoustic perspective. Fodor argues that because each country’s language and culture are unique and irreplaceable, it is almost impossible to achieve perfect “synchronization” in all aspects of the translation of film(Fodor 1976:82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1982, Christopher Titford first proposed the concept of “restricted translation” in his article “Subtitling: Restricted Translation”. He believes that the limitations of film and television as a medium themselves are the main cause of problems encountered by translators in practice (Titford 1982:113).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1992, Ivarsson, a Swedish subtitling translation scholar, published his book Subtitling for Media: A Handout of Art, which can be said to be the first comprehensive study of subtitling translation works in Europe. In this book, Ivarsson introduces the development of subtitle translation technology in detail. The most representative subtitle translation scholars are Gambill and Gottlieb, who are two translation theorists. Yves Gambill, a Finnish translator, is a very important expert in the field of film and television translation. Gambill has a wide range of research fields, he has compiled a large number of academic monographs, such as language transfer and Audiovisual Communication: bibliography, which discusses the classification of translation patterns, translation strategies, translation audience and so on (Gambill 1997).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Previous studies on Subtitle translation at home===&lt;br /&gt;
The research on subtitle translation in China mainly focuses on the English translation of Chinese films, and a large number of such papers and articles have been published, which are also the most representative research results of subtitle translation in China. In addition, with more and more domestic films moving toward the international stage, some attention has been paid to the study of Chinese subtitles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study on Chinese and English subtitle translation can be divided into several fields, including film and television language characteristics, subtitle translation methods, subtitle translation history and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation methods can be broadly divided into two categories. One category refers to some practical translation methods and skills summed up by translators based on their years of translation experience, such as the seven kinds of experiences of film and television translation proposed by Qian Shaochang (2000), which stresses the importance of “translation” in the output of films and TV plays. The other is related to domestic MA papers. They usually start with some translation theories, such as German functional translation theory, Eugene Nida’s functional equivalence theory, relevance theory, and Susan Basnett’s cultural translation theory, and finally conclude translation methods such as domestication, foreignization, literal translation, free translation, omission and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, with the increasing popularity of American TV series in China, the phenomenon of online subtitle translation has begun to attract attention from all sides. As time went by, subtitle translation goes beyond the simple purpose of satisfying the entertainment needs of movie fans, and begin to be applied to teaching practice and students’ self-learning process. This phenomenon is bound to attract academic attention. For example, Wang Hui (2005) discussed this issue in his article “The Impact of Subtitling on Vocabulary Acquisition”. This paper draws some conclusions which are beneficial to foreign language teaching.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still many deficiencies in the study on subtitle translation. The only literature we can refer to is few books on the translation of film and television subtitle. In other words, subtitle translation is not discussed in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Subtitle translation features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subtitle translation needs to be brief and comprehensive===&lt;br /&gt;
Subtitle translation should not be lengthy for two reasons: First, because the screen keeps switching, each screen stay can not be very long, the scene with the character’s dialogue switches over more quickly, in a matter of seconds, which is fleeting. Second, whether it is the large screen in the cinema or the small screen in the home, due to space constraints, if the subtitle translation is not simple enough, it will lead to an increase in the number of words in the target language, not to mention the English words that take up more space than Chinese phrases. English words take up more space than Chinese phrases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take the Chinese phrase “Computer”for example, the English equivalent word is computer. The Chinese verb “来”corresponds to the English word “Come”. In general, English words have more characters than their Chinese counterparts, except in rare cases. Since the length of the word can not be artificially controlled, subtitle translation will put a higher demand on the number of words. In a typical presentation, Chinese and English subtitles are displayed simultaneously at the bottom of the screen, up to two lines of Chinese and two lines of English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are too many words, the limited space can not accommodate in a few seconds, the audience will have a dazzling feeling as well. Therefore, one of the distinctive features of subtitle translation is its concise use of words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subtitling translation requires natural equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
The subtitling of the target language should be as natural as the subtitling of the source language. The subtitle translation discussed in this paper is mainly about the dialogue of the characters in the play. On the one hand, the style of dialogue is colloquial, in this sense,It is important   for the translator to pay attention to whether the subtitle translation that the target language audience can hear and see is in line with their daily speaking style.If the original spoken language is translated formally and rigidly, the audience of the target language will feel less natural and fluent, and their movie-watching experience can not be comparable with that of the source language audience. On the other hand, the spoken language features of the characters can clearly shape the characters in the play. If the translator does not grasp the spoken features of the characters, the target audience can not understand the character’s connotation as well as the source audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore,if a character needs to say something filthy, or even taboo, to make the character stand out, the subtitle translator must also translate the same filthy and taboo.These taboos should inevitably appear in the subtitle translation, and we should not mince words about them. The same is true of English to Chinese subtitle translation and Chinese to English translation. Because these taboo words are the extension of the role connotation, improper handling will affect the target audience's understanding of the connotation of the role.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Subtitle translation needs to be easy to understand===&lt;br /&gt;
The film and Television Play is the Popular Entertainment Program, so subtitle translation should be clear at a glance. There are thousands of people watching TV dramas, and their knowledge and cultural level vary widely, and their appreciation level is naturally mixed.Film and TV series have such a wide audience, which requires subtitle translation to take care of the needs of the majority of the audience whether from the perspective of box office and Audience Rating, or from the perspective of cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Theory of Domestication and Foreignization==&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the translator should determine the general direction of translation, cultivate a good sense of culture, and fully understand that translation is an important feature of information exchange across different languages and cultures. But how to achieve that? There are two opposite strategies in translation: foreignization and domestication. The terms of domestication and foreignization were put forward by Laurence Venutti in his book Translators’ invisibility in 1995:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Domestication===&lt;br /&gt;
The domestication strategy is to localize the source language, take the target language or target readers as the destination, and convey the content of the original text in the way that the target language readers are accustomed to.Domestication requires the translator to be closer to the target language reader, and the translator must speak like the native author.This translation strategy will often make the translation transparent, smooth, relaxed and natural, close to the reader to the greatest extent, so as to dilute the strangeness brought by the original text.In film and television subtitle translation, domestication is often used in order to make the audience understand the film smoothly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
The foreignization strategy is completely opposite to the domestication strategy, which is oriented by the source language culture and that &amp;quot;the translator should not disturb the author as much as possible to make the reader close to the author&amp;quot;.Foreignization advocates believe that the main purpose of translation is cultural communication, so the translation should try its best to preserve the language and cultural information contained in the source language.Only in this way can the exchange and fusion of source and target cultures be achieved through translation. In addition, they believe that the translator should believe the reader’s imagination and intelligence to the utmost, and believe that when reading the translated version, the reader should not only understand the simple words, but also understand the foreign culture through the words, and they have the capacity to understand the culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, as two translation strategies, domestication and foreignization are the unity of opposites and they complement each other. Absolute domestication and absolute foreignization do not exist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Case Study==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Methods under Foreignizing Strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
The essence of “foreignization”is “the tendency toward the original author”, that is, the translator tries to be close to the original author in his translation (Xiong Bing, 2014). In the words of the Friedrich Schleiermacher, this means that the translator“Tries not to disturb the original author, but to take the reader to the original author”(Robinson, 2006:229) . Specifically in Translation, the translator tries to retain the original language, literariness, cultural characteristics and exotic customs (Xiong Bing, 2014) . Therefore, the nature of foreignization strategy is mainly in favor of the original author, and its defects are mainly reflected in the readability of the translation. In other words, the translation may be blunt and not well received and understood by the audience. Therefore, the translation effect is not ideal for the target audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Literal Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation means keeping both the content and the form of the original text in the translation when the language conditions permit, especially the metaphor, image, national and local color of the original text.The vast majority of subtitle translation of the Us version of ''Legend of Zhen Huan'' adopts literal translation. Look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version：嬛嬛一袅楚宫腰。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American version：the slim waist of the concubines of the Chu palace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the word “Huan”in the name of Zhen Huan, the American version uses the Foreignization method, which is translated literally as the slim waist of the concubines of the Chu palace.Western audiences may be confused by the subtitles,Western audiences may be confused by the subtitles, because Zhen Huan is clearly a woman from the Qing Dynasty, how come another Chu Palace? In terms of accuracy and the conveying of cultural context, this translation is well-done, but it creates a barrier for the audience to understand. Therefore, the translation can throw out on its real meaning, such as translated into As my name, Huan, means graceful women with slim waist, &amp;quot;Chu palace&amp;quot; here means can be omitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version：一片冰心在玉壶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American version：A jade vessel is the symbol of a pure heart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Jade Vessel”in Chinese has a unique associative meaning, while the meaning of these words in English is vacant. Western audiences just think that Dr. Wen is evaluating his character, but they can’t hear his pure love for Zhen Huan, so on the basis of foreignization, it’s better to add some domestication translation to make it easier for the audience to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The American versions of examples 1 and 2 are very literal and concise translations, because the original subtitles have no hidden meaning.However, due to the wrong choice of translation methods, a small number of translated subtitles are just like translation cavities.If the cultural significance of the original text is lost, the translation may be regarded as a failure.In a sense, actors’ performances and lines are the &amp;quot;booster&amp;quot; of the plot development of the TV series.However, if the audience can not understand the original meaning, the story will be much less attractive in the eyes of the audience.For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version：“赏你一丈红”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American version：Then I will award Attendant Xia the Scarlet Red.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original subtitle of example 3, “一丈红” (yi zhang hong,  literally “two-meter-long red”) is used to punish a palace maid or a  concubine who had done something wrong in China’s ancient imperial palace. The specific content of the penalty goes as follows: a two-meter-long and two-inch-thick board was used by the performer to give the guilty palace maid or concubine a good beating on their waist or the place below it until their bones were broken and the blood gushed out.   Looking from the distance, you will see that the blood covered a long distance. Thus, it is called “一丈红”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the American version of Legend of Zhen Huan, it is translated into “the Scarlet Red”. the word Scarlet itself means “Lewd and sinful,”as in the Scarlet letter. It is very appropriate to translate &amp;quot;red&amp;quot; with scarlet. However, this partial literal translation runs counter to the American audience’s way of thinking, which they think it as nothing more than a horror show. In this way, the specific penalty content will be lost, and the target audience can't feel that the harem struggle is everywhere in the court, and can't get the equal effect for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the specific content of the penalty will be lost, the target audience can not feel the Harem struggle existed everywhere in the imperial court and the equivalent effects cannot be obtained for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Zero Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called &amp;quot;zero translation&amp;quot; means that some elements of the source language are directly introduced into the target language without the ready-made words in the target language (Xiong Bing, 2014). This translation method is mainly used to translate the names of people and officials in the English version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''. That’s because in ancient China, there was a very strict patriarchal system with the ideas of three cardinal guides and the five constant virtues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the eyes of the Chinese people, the distinction between the titles of concubines and concubines is clear at a glance, but it is difficult for foreigners to see these things, because medieval European monarchs were nominally allowed only one wife, there is no such complicated hierarchy of appellation among women. Therefore, such titles as &amp;quot;贵妃&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;妃&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;嫔&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;贵人&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;常在&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;答应&amp;quot; are presented in a dynamic equivalent way (words with similar functions in the source language), for example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
熹贵妃——Noble Consort Xi    华妃——Consort Hua&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
莞嫔 ——Concubine Huan       沈贵人——Lady Shen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
夏常在——Attendant Xia       小主——Young Mistress&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
敦亲王：Prince Dun            舒太妃：Consort Dowager Shu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 only shows a few official titles of the characters in the ''Legend of Zhen Huan''. However, the translation subtitles in this example reveal a subtitle rule that the American version of the ''Legend of Zhen Huan'' Uses Zero Translation for personal names and free translation for official titles. And we can clearly see the efforts of translators to represent this hierarchical culture in ancient China. However, this method of translation can not meet the needs of the current audience, because the ancient Chinese culture is broad and profound, and the official titles of emperors and concubines in the play conform to the traditional Chinese culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the cultural ideologies of the American people and the Chinese people are very different. Traditional translation can not convey the characteristics of the characters and the intensification of their contradictions. The American people have not experienced the five thousand years of slavery and feudalism in China, nor do English dictionaries or translation related books have Chinese cultural vocabulary. In addition, the current subtitle translation does not advocate the use of a large number of notes, which will have a negative impact on the effect of watching the drama.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, notes are usually used only for the first appearance of a character, in order to provide the necessary introduction in enough subtitling space.When they appear a second time, the introduction will be omitted.As for the conflicts between the characters and the progress of the plot, it is difficult for the target audience unfamiliar with Chinese History to adapt to the culture and conflict in the play. Therefore, it is hard to arouse their interest in watching this drama.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Methods under Domesticating Strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
Opposite to the foreignizing strategy, domestication is characterized by the “tendency toward the target recipients” (Xiong Bing, 2014). In other words, the translator tries to be as close to the target recipients in the translation as possible. In Schleiermacher’s words, it means that translators “try not to disturb the reader, but to bring the original author to the reader” (Robinson, 2006: 229). Specifically speaking, in the translation, the translator uses the language, literary devices, cultural elements that the target language readers love to replace the language, literary devices and cultural elements of the original language as much as possible, and abides by the language, literary devices and cultural norms of the original language (Xiong Bing, 2014). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The domesticating strategy is a translation strategy just opposite to the foreignizing strategy. Its advantage is that the translation can be fluent, easy to understand, and easily accepted by the target recipients; or it tries to meet the specific needs of the target audience. However, the domesticating strategy also has some shortcomings. The first weakness of it is the loss of the language, literariness, culture and other important elements of the source text, so that the target audience cannot appreciate the exotic authentic language and cultural practices. This cannot help the cultural exchange and dissemination between different ethnic groups. The second weakness is that the domesticating strategy of the translated text may lead to semantic loss and semantic ambiguity in translated texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Omission====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Omission is a extremely important method in domestication strategy.The Syntactic structure of English emphasizes &amp;quot;hypotaxis&amp;quot;, and there are appropriate connecting elements between each component of a sentence to express their mutual relations, which emphasizes the consistency and coordination of grammatical relations.While the structure of Chinese sentences is &amp;quot;parataxis&amp;quot;, and the relationship between each component of the sentence depends more on the intention, and less on the linking component. So its structure form is relatively relaxed, and the words and sentences are relatively neat and unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Omission is one of the most common methods in Chinese text translation.Omission means that when translation, the translator must grasp the differences between Chinese and English, omit the unnecessary linking elements in Chinese, so as to make the translation smooth and avoid stiff and cumbersome.There are many examples of Omission in the translation of Legend of Zhen Huan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version:“先敬罗衣后敬人。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American version: “The clothing completes the person.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Chinese idiom means that people will first look at the clothes they are wearing and judge their social status according to the clothes. There is a derogatory meaning.However, in the translation of this sentence, the translator adopted Omission method instead of translating every word.The word &amp;quot;complete&amp;quot; expresses the idea that &amp;quot;clothes make the man&amp;quot;, but fails to express the meaning intended in the original text.Therefore, We hold the view that the Omission method can be can be used here once again, and we can change its translation into “According to clothing to estimate people’s status.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version: “花开堪折直须折，莫待无花空折枝。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American version: One must pick a flower at the prime of its bloom, Do not wait until the blossom fade and falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three Chinese characters for &amp;quot;折&amp;quot; in this sentence, but none of them are embodied by the translator in the process of translation. Would we say that he did not translate the Chinese meaning ? Of course not, the translator must have paid attention to the translation of the three “折”word, if they are translated one by one, it will appear that the sentence is too long-winded and does not accord with the subtitle translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in order to persuade people to treasure, the translator skillfully omits the word “折”from the original translation, not only to avoid repetition, but also to convey the meaning of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Addition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition is also an important translation method in domestication strategy.The word-adding method is to compensate for the lack of language and culture in the translation by adding the missing meaning in the source text, including structural and semantic additions.The structural supplement refers to the addition of omitted words or replaced words to make the content of translation more complete.Semantic supplement refers to the translator’s addition of nouns, verbs, summative terms, explanatory terms and conjunctions to compensate for the lack of language and culture in the translation so that readers can understand the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version:“他不忍叫你明珠暗投。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American version:&amp;quot;You will not be granted an ordinary life when you can live an extraordinary one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, the translator adopted Addition method to make a explanatory translation for &amp;quot;明珠暗投&amp;quot; , which was translated as &amp;quot;be granted an ordinary life when you can live an extraordinary one.&amp;quot;As we know, Chinese idioms are one of the wonders of Chinese culture, and they often show rich implicit meanings in condensed four-character sentences.In the translation of this sentence, it is easy for Chinese audience to understand the meaning of &amp;quot; 明珠暗投&amp;quot;&amp;quot;, but how to make the American audience understand, it needs the translator to make an explanation, so that the American audience can understand the implicit meaning of the original text, and then reduce the cultural burden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version：“臣妾一与社稷无功，二与龙脉无助。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American version:“Firstly, I have made no contribution to the nation. Secondly, I have begotten no heirs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In example 8, the translator interprets &amp;quot;社稷&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;nation&amp;quot; for readers to understand.&amp;quot;社稷&amp;quot; has always been a synonym for &amp;quot;nation&amp;quot; in Chinese, the same as &amp;quot;White House&amp;quot; is a synonym for &amp;quot;America&amp;quot;. Moreover, there is no English equivalent for &amp;quot;社稷&amp;quot;, so it is appropriate for the translator to use &amp;quot;nation&amp;quot;. In addition, the translator also interprets the word “龙脉”as “Heirs”, which is actually a concept in Feng Shui, referring to the rolling mountains. Later, the royal family regarded it as the lifeblood of the country, so they would call the royal blood “龙脉”.Therefore, the word “龙脉”here refers to the Emperor’s children, the translation of “Heirs”is a good expression of the meaning of “龙脉”. Compared with the word “children”, which is often spoken by people, heir is used less frequently and more advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Free translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Free translation means that when limited by the socio-cultural differences of the target language, the translator has to give up the literal meaning of the source text in order to make the question consistent with the content of the source text and the similarity of the main language functions. &lt;br /&gt;
Culture is the essence of the development and evolution of different nationalities. under the imperceptible influence of different cultures, there are great differences in people’s way of thinking in different countries, and different symbols may be used to express the same image. Therefore, free translation plays a particularly important role in the foreign translation of cultural texts, and this kind of translation has also appeared many times in the subtitle translation of ''Legend of Zhen Huan''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version:“天下有多少女子希望自己入选，好一家子鸡犬升天。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American version: Every girl wished to be selected, so that her whole family could rise up through her success. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese version:“皇上春秋虽盛，然国本不可不早立。” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American version:Even you are still young and healthy, a Crown Prince must be selected without delay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
　　In Example 9,  it is necessary to pay attention to the translation of the word &amp;quot;鸡犬升天&amp;quot;. In traditional Chinese, &amp;quot;一人得道鸡犬升天&amp;quot; is an famous idiom. Later, it is extended as an analogy that when a person becomes an official, those who have a relationship with him also gain power. It satirizes those who depend on power and get promoted and make a fortune. So instead of translating“鸡狗”into English, the translator replaced it with“Throughout her success,”expressing the idea that the whole family would turn over and lead a superior life after their daughter’s selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In example 3, the words “春秋虽盛”and “国本”are words with cultural significance. Among them, “春秋”is not in the real sense of “Spring”and “Autumn”, it represents a cycle of Spring planting and Autumn harvesting, referring to age or years.Therefore, the translator should not translate the term &amp;quot;春秋&amp;quot; literally into spring and autumn, High consideration should be given to the reality that the true meaning of this sentence is &amp;quot;although your Majesty is still strong&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sense,when translating this sentence, the translator omitted the term &amp;quot;春秋&amp;quot; and only translated the actual meaning of the sentence, which will be easier for foreign audiences to understand.It can be seen that the use of free translation method in the ''legend of Zhen Huan'' can fully convey the meaning of the original text and it is more in line with the domestication strategy in terms commonly used in British and American countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, the subtitle translation strategy of Legend of Zhen Huan is mainly based on domestication, and tends to transform implicit meaning into explicit meaning.When the meaning of the source language is complex and difficult to be understood by the target language audience, the translation strategy of domestication is usually adopted with the common expressions used in the target language.If there is an equivalent or similar expression between the target language and the source language, the cultural essence of the source language can be preserved by foreignization and concise explanation when the conditions permit, let the audience experience the charm and national characteristics of Chinese traditional culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a translation strategy, absolute domestication and absolute foreignization do not exist in translation practice.The task of the translator is to make the best use of the two strategies in practice according to the specific language characteristics, the purpose, the language characteristics of the source language and the target language, and the national culture, so as to bridge the cultural differences between the two countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Legend of Zhen Huan contains so many Chinese elements that it is understandable that it could not be translated into As Good as It Gets. By analyzing the characteristics of the translation of Chinese films and TV plays, and combining with the translation strategies of itself, the author aims to provide reference for improving the quality of the translation of Chinese films and TV plays, so as to better display the traditional Chinese culture to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reference==&lt;br /&gt;
[１]Dollerup, Cay. On Subtitles in Television Programs[J]. Babel, 1974, (20): 197-202. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[２]Ivstor, Fordor. Film Dubbing: Phonetic Semiotic, Esthetic and Psychological Aspects[C]. John Benjamins, 1976. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[３]Schleiermacher, F. On the Different Methods of Translation[A]. In Robinson, D.(ed.). Western Translation Theory: From Herodotus to Nietzsche[C]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, 2006. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[４]Titford, Christopher.Subtitling: Constrained Translation[J]. Lebende Sprachen, 1982, 27(3):113-116.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[５]钱绍昌. 影视翻译──翻译园地中愈来愈重要的领域[J]. 中国翻译, 2000(1):61-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[６]汪徽.字幕对伴随性词汇习得的影响[J].外语电化教学,2005(2):47-52. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[７]熊兵. 翻译研究中的概念混淆——以“翻译策略”、“翻译方法”和“翻译技巧”为例[J]. 中国翻译, 2014(3):82-88.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 2: The Use of Translation Strategy and Translation Methods in Tourism Texts under the Guidance of Peter Newmark's Translation Theory -- A Case Study of ''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''=&lt;br /&gt;
'''纽马克翻译理论指导下旅游文本中翻译策略与翻译方法的使用——以''Everglades National Park, Florida (Excerpt)''为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘晓 Liu Xiao, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 3: Translation methods and strategies for novel subject matter under the guidance of communicative translation theory -- A case study of Korean novel Eun-ju's Movie (Excerpt)=&lt;br /&gt;
交际翻译理论指导下小说题材所适用的翻译方法和翻译策略—以韩国小说集《恩珠的电影》（节选）为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘越Liu Yue ，Hunan Normal University，China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 4: On Translation Strategies and Methods in Chinese Translation of English Prose --- Chinese Translation of Robert Lynd's &amp;quot;Pleasures of Ignorance&amp;quot; as an Example=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''浅析英语散文汉译中的翻译策略——以罗伯特·林德《无知的乐趣》汉译本为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_4]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛雅文 Mao Yawen, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 5： Analysis of translation strategies and methods for political eassays --- A Case Study of Annual Summary of the Russian Government's Work of 2019 =&lt;br /&gt;
'''政论语体翻译策略及翻译方法— 以《2019年俄罗斯政府工作报告》为例'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_5]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
毛优 Mao You，Hunan Normal University，China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 6: An analysis and comparison of the translation styles of two Chinese translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris''=&lt;br /&gt;
'''浅析对比《巴黎的忧郁》两个汉译本的翻译风格'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_6]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
彭瑞雪 Peng Ruixue 202120081517 法语语言文学专业, Hunan University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Abstract==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
从20世纪初以来，对波德莱尔这位“恶魔诗人”的作品的译介就源源不断，《巴黎的忧郁》是波德莱尔除了《恶之花》之外的另一部经典作品。亚丁译本与怀宇译本认为《巴黎的忧郁》是散文，钱春绮、邢鹏举和郭宏安则译之为散文诗。翻译立足点的不同必然会导致译本的差异。本文将选取《巴黎的忧郁》的亚丁译本和郭宏安译本，结合刘宓庆的翻译风格论，从翻译风格的角度对两个译本进行分析对比，从而对《巴黎的忧郁》的主旨和思想有进一步了解和体会，对郭宏安、亚丁两位译者的文学翻译观有进一步把握, 并对刘宓庆的翻译风格理论的适用性有进一步思考。	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the early twentieth century, there has been a steady stream of translations of Baudelaire’s work, the ‘demon poet’, and ''Le Spleen de Paris'' is another of Baudelaire’s classics, in addition to ''Les Fleurs du mal''. The Ya Ding’s(亚丁) and Huai Yu’s(怀宇) translations consider ''Le Spleen de Paris'' to be prose, while Qian Chunqi(钱春绮), Xing Pengju(邢鹏举) and Guo Hong’an(郭宏安) translate it as prose poems. The difference in the grounding of the translation will inevitably lead to differences in the translations. In this paper, we will select the Ya Ding’s and Guo Hong’an’s translations of ''Le Spleen de Paris'' and analyse and compare the two translations from the perspective of translation style in the light of Liu Miqing’s(刘宓庆) theory of translation style, so as to further understand and appreciate the main idea and thoughts of Le Spleen de Paris, further grasp the literary translation concepts of Guo Hong’an and Ya Ding, and further consider the applicability of Liu Miqing’s theory of translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Key Words==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Styles, ''Le Spleen de Paris'', Guo Hong'an, Ya Ding&lt;br /&gt;
翻译风格，巴黎的忧郁，郭宏安，亚丁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapters in ''Le Spleen de Paris'' can be as short as a few lines or as long as a dozen paragraphs, some in the form of dialogue, some narrative, and some descriptive, depicting modern life around everyday things, inner activities, philosophical reflections and urban landscapes. In this work, Baudelaire’s satire and sarcasm on the sordid, deformed reality of society are unrelentingly scathing and fierce in their attack on corrupt worldly habits. The Ya Ding’s(亚丁) and Huai Yu’s(怀宇) translations consider ''Le Spleen de Paris'' to be prose, while Qian Chunqi(钱春绮), Xing Pengju(邢鹏举) and Guo Hong’an(郭宏安) translate it as prose poems. Different views towards translation determine the differences in translation strategies and methods, which in turn lead to different translation styles. In this paper, we will select Ya Ding’s translation and Guo Hong’an’s translation and analyse and compare the translation styles of the two translations in the light of Liu Miqing’s（刘宓庆） translation style theory.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the first part of this paper will provide a brief introduction to Liu Miqing's theory of translation style. Next, in the second part, we will analyse and compare the register markers and lexical markers of the two translations from the perspective of formal markers by selecting a number of prose or prose poems from ''Le Spleen de Paris'' according to the form and content of the text, discussing the two translators' grasp of the style of the original text, Guo Hong'an and Yadin, and then be able to grasp the differences between the translation styles of the two translations. Finally, in the third part, we start from the perspective of the non-formal markers and analyse the translators' approach and techniques in handling the translation, as well as the ideological and emotional aspects of the translation, in order to grasp the translation styles of the two translations in general. Thereby, we expect to gain a further appreciation of the main idea and thought of Melancholy in Paris, a better understanding of Ya Ding's and Guo Hong'an's views on literary translation, and further reflection on the applicability of Liu Miqing's theory of translation style.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Miqing’s theory of translation style==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary style often gives the impression of being elusive and difficult to grasp, but in Liu Miqing’s view, literary style is both graspable and translatable, and the key to stylistic translation lies in the adaptability of the style of the original work. A grasp of the style of the original is the groundwork for a stylistic translation, “only when the translator analyses the structure of the original text and combines it with the aesthetic activity of a vague collection of non-formal markers can the style of the text become visible, thus making the meaning of style knowable” (Liu Miqing 2005:240)#. In order to comprehend the style of the original text, the translator must grasp the system of stylistic markers, which includes the Form Markers and the Non-Formal Markers. The Formal markers are intuitive and capture style from a linguistic perspective, including six types of markers: Phonological Markers, Register Markers, Lexical Markers, Lexical Markers, Textual Markers, Lexical Markers, Textual Markers and Markers of Figures of Speech. Non-formal markers are non-intuitive and capture style from an aesthetic point of view, which means that in the process of translation the translator also has to take into account “elements that are imaginative or psychological and affective” (Liu 2005:249)#. The non-formal marker style symbol system consists of three aspects: the writer’s choice and treatment of the subject matter, the inner thoughts and feelings of the work and the writer’s spirituality, and the integration of the recipient’s vision.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing states that there are three means of translation of style. The first is Corresponding, which is a correspondence to the original language’s style marker system, namely, to grasp the formal and non-formal markers of the original language and imitate it. The second is Recasting, which is the re-creation of style. This re-creation is usually based on four main grounds: the lack of a style marker system in the target language corresponding to the original; the fact that the style of the target language imitating and copying the original is hardly acceptable to contemporary readers as the chronology changes; the need to make communicative function and utility; and the inevitability of cultural differences. Thirdly, Decoloring or Generalizing, where a linguistic and cultural barrier that cannot be crossed compels the abandonment or partial abandonment of stylistic meaning in order to ensure the communicative function of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Liu Miqing proposes five principles of style translation: the principle of adaptability, the principle of recipient, the principle of hierarchy, the principle of synthesis and the principle of the limits of translatability. The principle of adaptability means that the aim is to adapt to the style of the original language, “the translator must carefully analyse the formal and non-formal markers of the original text, pay attention to the degree of adaptation of the correspondence in a comparative bilingual study, and try to find the appropriate bilingual counterpart ‘value’” (Liu 2005:261)#. The principle of synthesis refers to the fact that style is a multi-layered synthesis, and that translations will reflect a variety of stylistic translation devices at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Markers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the form and content of the chapters, we have selected two proses or prose poems from ''Le Spleen de Paris'' as a foundation for a specific analysis and comparison of the translation styles of the two texts. L’Étranger, a novel and unusual form for poetry or prose, consists of 15 lines and is a dialogue based on the question “Who do you love most?” Chacun sa chimère, a highly symbolic piece of six short paragraphs, in which Baudelaire poignantly captures the existential and spiritual plight of the 19th century in general.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Register Markers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Register (or domain of use) refers to the range of words use, and words circulating in a particular range of use often have common features” (Liu 2005:242)#. From a genre point of view, ''Le Spleen de Paris'' is a literary work in which the language should belong to the written language. However, the two translators differ in their judgement on this point of written language for two reasons. On the one hand, some of the texts are in the form of dialogues, and since they are printed texts, it is logical to choose to translate them into written language, but as they are dialogues, it is also reasonable to decide to translate them into spoken language. On the other hand, the two translators position the work differently in terms of genre, with Guo Hong’an considering the book to be a collection of prose poems and Ya Ding considering it to be a collection of prose. The different genres naturally have different registers; prose poetry is more poetic than prose, and poetic means that the use of words is relatively more concise and ‘elegant’; in prose the use of words is relatively freer and more ‘vulgar’. It should be noted that the terms ‘elegant’ and ‘vulgar’ here refer to the dignity and simplicity of the diction, respectively. The former means that the diction is closer to the written word, while the later means that the diction is closer to the spoken word. There is a clear difference between Guo Hong’an’s translation and Ya Ding’s translation in terms of the “elegance” and “vulgarity” of the words used, which we will then illustrate with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The title ''L’Étranger'' is translated by Guo Hong’an as “异乡人” and by Aden as “陌生人”. In English, there is no distinguishing between these two words, both meaning “stranger”, but in Chinese they are not the same. The term “异乡人” has a long history, and has been used in ancient Chinese poetry, for example in the poem The night of the New Year’s Eve (《岁除夜有怀（一题作除夜）》) by the Tang poet Meng Haoran(孟浩然), in which he says, “乱山残雪夜，孤烛异乡人”, and in Xu Hun(许浑)’s Inscription of the Monastery of the Huqiu Temple in Suzhou (《题苏州虎丘寺僧院》), in which he says, “暂引寒泉濯远尘，此生多是异乡人”, and in Wei Zhuang(韦庄)’s Farewell to Xucai Li on the River (《江上别李秀才》), he says, “莫向尊前惜沈醉，与君俱是异乡人”. However, in ancient Chinese, the use of“陌生人” is less common and occurs mainly in more secular and colloquial works, such as in the Ming dynasty novel The Case of Pao Gong (《包公案》), in which there is “王氏对陌生人，未知好歹”, and in the Qing dynasty novel The Mirror and the Flower (《镜花缘》), in which there is “连我们自己的丫鬟都认不清楚；到了陌生人眼里那里还看得出”. In contrast, the former is closer to the written word, more poetic and “elegant”, while the latter is closer to the spoken word and more “vulgar”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Eg. (a)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original text： « Qui aimes-tu le mieux, homme énigmatique, dis ? ton père, ta mère, ta sœur ou ton frère ?&lt;br /&gt;
Guo’s translation：“你最爱谁，谜一样的人，你说？父亲，母亲，姐妹，还是兄弟?”&lt;br /&gt;
Ya’s translation：——喂！你这位不可猜测的人，你说说你最爱谁呢？你父亲还是你母亲？姐妹还是兄弟？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original text： –Je n’ai ni père, ni mère, ni sœur, ni frère.&lt;br /&gt;
Guo’s translation：“我没有父亲，没有母亲，没有姐妹，没有兄弟。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ya’s translation：——哦……我没有父亲也没有母亲，没有姐妹也没有兄弟。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original text： –Vous vous servez là d’une parole dont le sens m’est resté jusqu’à ce jour inconnu.&lt;br /&gt;
Guo’s translation：“您用了一个词，我至今还不知道它的含义。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ya’s translation：——这……您说出了一个我至今还一无所知的词儿。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original text：– Je le hais comme vous haïssez Dieu.&lt;br /&gt;
Guo’s translation：“我恨它，一如您恨上帝。”&lt;br /&gt;
Ya’s translation：——我恨它，就像您恨上帝一样。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original text：–Eh ! qu’aimes-tu donc, extraordinaire étranger ?&lt;br /&gt;
Guo’s translation：“唉！那你爱谁，不寻常的异乡人？”&lt;br /&gt;
Ya’s translation：——啊呀！你究竟爱什么呀？你这不同寻常的陌生人！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
This text is rather distinctive because it is both a text and a dialogue, a dialogue recorded in text. In this regard, the two translations reflect different styles. Guo’s translation is more dignified, more in keeping with the conventions of written expression, and more faithful to the form and content of the original. Ya Ding, on the other hand, prefaces the first three sentences with intonation words such as “喂！”, “哦……”, “这……”. The use of intonation reflects the state of the speaker, demonstrating the questioner’s persistence and the respondent’s hesitancy. In the fourth sentence, for the word “comme”, Guo Hong’an translates it as “一如”, while Aden chooses “就像……一样”. The former is obviously more commonly used in printed language, while the latter is often used in speech. In the fifth sentence, Aden translates “Eh!” as “啊呀!”, translates “donc” as “究竟” and adds the colloquial “你这” in his translation of “extraordinaire étranger”. In contrast, the translations of Guo “唉” and“那” are more written and less emphatic. It is obvious that the Ya Ding’s translation is more colloquial, closer to the spoken word, and plainer and more straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lexical Markers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lexical markers indicate the author’s idiolect (Liu 2005:243)#. First, we need to distinguish between lexical markers and register markers. On the surface, these two perspectives seem similar, as they both relate to “words”. But in fact “idiolect” and “register” are not the same. The former is personal and refers mainly to one's habits of using words, for example, to use words more easily or more elegantly, to use certain adjectives or adverbs, or to use participles. The latter, however, is “social in a different way” (Liu 2005:243)#. The difference between Guo Hong’an’s more “elegant” and Aden’s more “vulgar” diction, as we have just mentioned, is in fact based on the positioning of the text. In a general sense, what kind of words should be used in written language? What kind of words should be used in oral language? They are not based on subjective conventions, but on the rules of the language, the conventions of social usage, and the use of words in a broader sense. But in addition, it is important to note that “idiolect is also highly related to the style and subject matter of the work (Liu 2005:245)#”, and on this level, lexical markers and register markers are again connected. For example, Guo Hong’an translates ''Le Spleen de Paris'' as a prose poem, while Ya Ding translates it as a prose text, and thus there is a difference in the diction of the two translators. In conclusion, after analysing the register markers, through the lexical marker analysis and comparing Guo Hong’an’s and Ya Ding’s translations, we can know the diction habits of the two translators and thus further understand their respective translation styles and the differences between them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Eg. (b)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original text：Je questionnai l’un de ces hommes, et je lui demandai où ils allaient ainsi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo’s translation：我问其中一个人，他们这是往哪里去。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ya’s translation：我向其中一个人询问，他们这样匆忙是向哪里去。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first half of the original French sentence “Je questionnai l’un de ces hommes” is a subject-predicate object construction, and both Guo’s translation and Ya’s translation are verb-predicate statements, but Ya’s translation changes the structure by placing the object between the subject and the predicate, as “向其中一个人”. Guo simply translates “ainsi” as “这”, while Ya adds an adverb and tranlates it as “这样匆忙” , which makes the picture of the text more concrete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original text：Il me répondit qu’il n’en savait rien, ni lui, ni les autres ;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo’s translation：他回答我说，他一无所知，他，别人，都一无所知；&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ya’s translation：他回答我说，他也一无所知；不但他，别人也不知道。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, for “il n’en savait rien”, Guo translates it straightforwardly as “他一无所知”, while Yah adds the adverb “也”: “他也一无所知”. In the original French, “ni lui, ni les autres” is a negative parallelism, which Guo translates as a parallelism “他，别人”, while Ya adds a correlative to indicate a progressive relationship “不但……也……”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original text：Tous ces visages fatigués et sérieux ne témoignaient d’aucun désespoir ; sous la coupole spleenétique du ciel, les pieds plongés dans la poussière d’un sol aussi désolé que ce ciel, ils cheminaient avec la physionomie résignée de ceux qui sont condamnés à espérer toujours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo’s translation：这些疲惫而严肃的面孔没有表现出任何的绝望；在这阴郁的苍穹下， 他们的脚陷入和天空一样愁惨的大地的尘土中，带着注定要永远希望的人的无可如何的神情，走着。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ya’s translation：在这些疲惫而严肃的面孔上，没有一张表现出绝望的神情。在这阴郁的苍穹下，大地也像天空一样令人忧伤，他们行走着，脚步陷入尘土中，脸上呈现着无可奈何的，被注定要永远地希望下去的神情。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first third of the original French sentence “Tous ces visages fatigués et sérieux ne témoignaient d'aucun désespoir&amp;quot; is a common subject-verb-object construction, with the subject and object being &amp;quot;visages, témoignaient, désespoir&amp;quot;. Guo's translation is similar, with &amp;quot;faces, expressions, despair&amp;quot; and he translates &amp;quot;tous...ne&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;没有&amp;quot;. The Ya’s translation, however, splits the entire sentence in two, changing the sentence type to a gerund followed by a subject-verb-object, translating &amp;quot;tous...ne&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;没有一张&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second third of the sentence, Ya Dang's translation is clearly more fragmented and has more clauses than Guo's, showing the loose structure of prose sentences, while Guo's translation has more whole sentences and a more compact sentence structure, using more determiners before nouns. For example, for &amp;quot;les pieds plongés dans la poussière d'un sol aussi désolé que ce ciel&amp;quot;, Guo adds two definite articles before &amp;quot;尘土&amp;quot;, Guo adds the definite article &amp;quot;和天空一样惨淡的&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;大地的&amp;quot;. For &amp;quot;ils cheminaient avec la physionomie résignée de ceux qui sont condamnés à espérer toujours&amp;quot;, Guo translates the noun “神情” which is preceded by three &amp;quot;的&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;带着注定要永远希望的&amp;quot; modifies &amp;quot;人&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;带着注定要永远希望的人的&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;无可如何的&amp;quot; modifying “神情”; and &amp;quot;cheminaient&amp;quot; is singled out and placed at the end of the sentence, translated as &amp;quot;走着&amp;quot;. This is a very subtle way of structuring the sentence. &amp;quot;The word &amp;quot;走&amp;quot; is the central action of the sentence, and all the other components are describing the environment and scene of this &amp;quot;走&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;走着，&amp;quot; alone at the end not only serves to reinforce the central content of the sentence, but also reinforces the atmosphere of the setting it presents. In a miserable, grey and heavy atmosphere, the people do nothing else but walk, however, this monotonous and repetitive action does not cause them to feel helpless and irritated, instead they all look with an eternal hope. The two characters “走着” alone give the reader a great sense of contrast and impact. The Ya’s translation, however, disrupts the order of the entire sentence and cuts it into many small phrases, putting &amp;quot;cheminaient&amp;quot; ahead-- &amp;quot;大地也像天空一样令人忧伤，他们行走着，脚步陷入尘土中&amp;quot;. There are two &amp;quot;的&amp;quot; before &amp;quot;神情&amp;quot;, but he separates the two determiners with a comma, &amp;quot;可奈何的，被注定要永远地希望下去的&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original text：Et le cortège passa à côté de moi et s’enfonça dans l’atmosphère de l’horizon, à l’endroit où la surface arrondie de la planète se dérobe à la curiosité du regard humain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo’s translation：行者的队伍从我身边走过，没入天际，地球圆形的表面遮住了人们好奇的目光。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ya’s translation：旅行者的队伍从我身边走过，没入遥远的天际。由于行星圆形的表面，人类好奇的目光消失在那里。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For &amp;quot;s'enfonça dans l'atmosphère de l'horizon&amp;quot;, Guo translates it as &amp;quot;没入天际&amp;quot; and in the Ya’s translation the word “遥远的” is used to describe the sky “天际”. Guo Hong'an divides a whole sentence in the original French into three sub-clauses, while Ya Ding divides a whole sentence into two. For the translation of “à l'endroit où la surface arrondie de la planète se dérobe à la curiosité du regard humain”, Ya Ding uses a logical correlate “由于” to indicate the cause, and the subject and predicate of sentence are respectively “好奇的目光” and “消失”; in Guo's translation, the causal relationship is not emphasized, and the subject and predicate being “表面” “遮住” “好奇的目光”. The similarity between the two translators is the conversion of the word “la curiosité”, which is translated word-for-word as “目光的好奇”. Both translators switch the modifier and the central phrase and translate it as “好奇的目光”. The difference, though, is that Guo uses it as an object and Yah brings this element to the front of the sentence as the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Original text：Et pendant quelques instants je m’obstinai à vouloir comprendre ce mystère ; mais bientôt l’irrésistible Indifférence s’abattit sur moi, et j’en fus plus lourdement accablé qu’ils ne l’étaient eux-mêmes par leurs écrasantes Chimères.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo’s translation：有一段时间我一直想理解这奥秘：可是很快不可抗拒的冷漠控制了我，我被沉重地压倒了，那些背着过重的怪兽的人也没有这样。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ya’s translation：好长时间，我一直力图解开这个谜；可是不久，不可抗拒的冷漠控制了我，于是，我也显得比被怪兽压迫的人们更加疲劳了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, Ya Ding uses four commas and a semicolon in this sentence to loosen up the sentence structure. For example, the phrase &amp;quot;pendant quelques instants&amp;quot; &amp;quot;mais bientôt&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;好长时间，&amp;quot;&amp;quot;可是不久，&amp;quot;. And the Ya Ding the conjunction &amp;quot;于是&amp;quot; to the sentence, indicating the continuation of the context. In contrast, Guo's translation of the phrase is longer and more compact. In the translation of &amp;quot;ils ne l'étaient eux-mêmes par leurs écrasantes Chimères&amp;quot;, Guo's translation remains closer to the subject-verb-object order of the original sentence, with the subject “背着怪兽的人”. There is still, on the other hand, is still a change of subject in the Ya Ding’s translation, using &amp;quot;我&amp;quot; as the subject. Guo translates &amp;quot;j'en fus plus lourdement accablé&amp;quot; as &amp;quot;被沉重地压倒&amp;quot;, while the Asian translation uses &amp;quot;more fatigued &amp;quot;. Obviously, the former passive form is more in line with the heavy and depressing atmosphere of the original, as the monster in people is already heavy, and the indifference that controls “我” is even heavier and more suffocating than the monster, while the power and emotion conveyed by the word &amp;quot;疲劳&amp;quot; are slightly inadequate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, we can recognise the difference in translation style between Guo Hong'an and Aden by analysing their idiolect. Guo Hong'an's diction is simpler and more concise, conveying a more straightforward, serious and sharp emotional atmosphere. He tends to use longer endocentric phrases, with several &amp;quot;的&amp;quot; in a single clause; he uses fewer conjunctions and associative words, and does not add adjectives that are not found in the original; as a result, the clauses in Guo's translation are longer, and the whole sentence is more compact and closer to the structure of the original. In contrast, Ya Ding's diction is more varied. He prefers to use adjectives in order to express in an obvious way the mood and atmosphere hidden beneath the original text; he tends to use short, endocentric phrases and does not like to add too many modifiers before a central noun; he tends to use linking, logical correlatives to show the logical relationships hidden beneath the sentences, according to his own understanding; thus the sentences in Ya's translation are more dispersed and more lyrical, with a softer tone and atmosphere than in Guo's translation which conveys more strong and heavy emotions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Non-formal Markers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The register markers and the lexical markers which belong to the category of formal markers are intuitive style symbols. But with these visual markers alone, it is not possible to get as comprehensive a picture as possible of the overall translation style of a work of translation. Therefore, when analysing translation style, it is necessary to consider not only formal markers but also non-formal markers. &amp;quot;Although style is not a ‘nebulous’ existence, it does have so-called 'non-formal elements' such as charm, style, momentum, mood, etc., which we call the non-formal signs of style &amp;quot; (Liu 2005:249)#.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Non-formal markers are holistic, open, compatible and unique. The holistic nature means that the &amp;quot;non-formal marker style symbol system does not rely on the formal markers itself (see the six types of formal markers above), but on the general linguistic structure and features of the aesthetic object (textual patterns and features), the context, the communicative function of the work (intended to describe the scene, intended to stimulate emotion, intended to expound, etc.) to construct the unstable structure of aesthetic object, which evoke the psychological factors of image, experience and perception in the aesthetic consciousness of the aesthetic subject (the recipient, i.e. the reader). perception) , in order to adapt to the unstable structure of the aesthetic object, forming an ambiguous aesthetic activity&amp;quot;(Liu 2005:250)#. In ordinary parlance, the holistic is the overall feeling that the reader has about the text. This feeling is ambiguous, integrated and aesthetic. The openness refers to the openness of the aesthetic object, and the non-formal mark of style &amp;quot;fundamentally dependent on imagination and creativity&amp;quot;. Aesthetic criticism of the work itself is therefore flexible and unrestricted, and readers in different times and spaces can have their own interpretations of the same literary work. Compatibility refers to the fact that stylistic symbols carry a variety of information, not a single one; &amp;quot;the style of a great work of art is often a combination of rigidity and softness, light and darkness, inhibition and ebb and flow&amp;quot; (Liu 2005:250)#. Uniqueness means that identical non-formal symbol systems do not exist; each symbol and each system has its own characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Liu Miqing, we can appreciate the specific significance of the non-formal symbolic system of style from four perspectives: the writer's choice of subject matter, his treatment and technique, the inner thoughts and emotions of the work, the writer's spirituality and the recipient factor. In the same way, when we apply this way of thinking to the analysis of translations, turning the &amp;quot;writer&amp;quot; into the &amp;quot;translator&amp;quot; and further analysing the translation style from two perspectives: the translator's approach and technique, and the inner thoughts and emotions of the work. In this way, the translation style can be analysed and interpreted in a more systematic and comprehensive way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both translators, Guo Hong'an and Ya Ding, chose the book ''Le Spleen de Paris'', but the former considered it a collection of prose poems while the latter considered it a collection of essays, so the two translators adopted different approaches and techniques to the language and text in the process of translation. From the above analysis of the register markers and lexical markers of the two translations, which belong to the category of symbolist literature, we can see that the similarity between the two translations is that they both capture the most important feature of the original text - its symbolic meanings. The difference lies in the fact that Guo Hong'an's diction is closer to the Chinese elegant language and more concise, leaving more room for the reader's imagination. His translation has fewer sub-clauses, a more compact sentence structure and the punctuation is more similar to that of the original French. The translator's personal creation is less reflected in the translation and the translator is more invisible. In contrast, Ya Ding's idiolect is more colloquial and tends to use inflections, adjectives, correlatives, etc. that express emotion and logic. He often brings out the emotions and logic hidden in the original text in the translation, giving the text a more graphic feel, which facilitates the reader's understanding of the emotional content of the original text, but at the same time reduces the reader's scope for imagination. His translations contain many short sentences with a loose sentence structure, which is closer to the form of a prose text. Both in terms of form and content, we can see in the translation that Ya Ding as a translator has played a more creative role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The content of both translations is based on the original text and is therefore largely the same. In terms of the form of the translation, such as phrase structure, sentence structure, paragraph structure, etc., the two translations differ considerably. As a result of this difference in form, there is also a division in the ideas and emotions conveyed by the two translations. In the analysis of the text Chacun a sa chimère above, we have been able to gain a comprehensive understanding of the two translations from a general perspective. The Guo's translation is rawer and low-emotion in its depiction of the setting and characters, and the oppressive and dreary atmosphere is well shaped by the compact sentence structure and condensed diction. The overall feeling of the Ya Ding's translation is softer. Although the scene is also one of a man being oppressed by a monster, there is a sense of compassion and sadness in the words of the Ya Ding's translation, and his words are emotional, whereas the words in Guo's translation are clearly more emotionless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Conclusion==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The overall language of ''Le Spleen de Paris'' is sharp, raw and pitiless, and the atmosphere created is heavy, grey and depressing. Through his depiction of the urban environment and his portrayal of urban characters, Baudelaire satirises and criticises nineteenth-century capitalist society in a direct or indirect way. In such a money-over-money society, everyone pursues pleasure and utilitarianism. The lower classes, alienated by the big machine and mass production, lived a miserable life, exploited by the big capitalists and financiers, deprived of the freedom they were entitled to as human beings, losing their individuality and becoming numb, losing their sense of subjectivity and no longer being able to control their own lives. And the &amp;quot;awakened men&amp;quot; like Baudelaire, the artists and literary scholars, who saw the ills of society but were unable to change them, were forced to submit to the filthy capital. As a result, they are miserable. Like ''Les Fleurs du mal'', ''Le Spleen de Paris'' was born in this context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Hong'an translates ''Le Spleen de Paris'' as a prose poem, so his sentence construction is more compact; Adam treats it as prose, so his sentence construction is looser. Combined with the different diction habits of the two authors, Guo's more elegant diction and Adam's more colloquial diction, a clear difference in style emerges between the two translations. The style of Guo's translation is more sombre, unfeeling and sharp, while that of Adam's is relatively softer, emotive and more human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing's theory of translation style provides an effective and relatively comprehensive way of thinking and perspective for analysing the style of a text from different perspectives, such as content and form, visible and invisible, internal and external, etc. This is undoubtedly very valuable for comparing and analysing the translation styles of the two translations. However, we can see that some of the definitions in this theory are very vague or too detailed, for example, the difference between &amp;quot;lexical symbols&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;register symbols&amp;quot; is not very big, both are related to the use of words, but Liu Miqing insists on dividing them into two kinds of symbols, which makes it impossible to clearly determine the types of formal symbols when using the theory for analysis. This leads to the analysis of different texts that always feels like it is saying the same thing. It is clear that the analysis is done from two different perspectives of words and phrases, but in reality, the analysis yields roughly the same result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 北京大学中国语言学研究中心 Center for Chinese Linguistics of Peking University. 异乡人（古代汉语）［DB/OL］. http://ccl.pku.edu.cn:8080/ccl_corpus/search?q=%E5%BC%82%E4%B9%A1%E4%BA%BA&amp;amp;start=0&amp;amp;num=50&amp;amp;index=FullIndex&amp;amp;outputFormat=HTML&amp;amp;encoding=UTF-8&amp;amp;maxLeftLength=30&amp;amp;maxRightLength=30&amp;amp;orderStyle=score&amp;amp;LastQuery=&amp;amp;dir=gudai&amp;amp;scopestr=, [2021-11-17]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] 北京大学中国语言学研究中心 Center for Chinese Linguistics of Peking University. 陌生人（古代汉语）［DB/OL］. http://ccl.pku.edu.cn:8080/ccl_corpus/search?q=%E9%99%8C%E7%94%9F%E4%BA%BA&amp;amp;start=0&amp;amp;num=50&amp;amp;index=FullIndex&amp;amp;outputFormat=HTML&amp;amp;encoding=UTF-8&amp;amp;maxLeftLength=30&amp;amp;maxRightLength=30&amp;amp;orderStyle=score&amp;amp;LastQuery=&amp;amp;dir=gudai&amp;amp;scopestr=, [2021-11-17]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] 刘宓庆 Liu Mingqing. 新编当代翻译理论[M]. 北京 Beijing: 中国对外翻译出版公司 China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation, 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] 波德莱尔 Baudelaire. 巴黎的忧郁[M]. 郭宏安 Guo Hong'an, 北京 Beijing: 商务印书馆 The Commercial Press, 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 波德莱尔 Baudelaire. 巴黎的忧郁[M]. 亚丁 Ya Ding, 北京 Beijing: 生活·读书·新知三联书店 Sanlian Bookstore, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Chapter 7: A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study=&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等翻译视角下的鲁迅短篇小说翻译研究——以杨、戴夫妇的《孔乙己》英译本为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_7]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
秦建安 QinJianna, Hunan Normal University, China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, chief commander of China's modern cultural revolution, is not only a great thinker and political commentator but the founder of modern Chinese literature. Kong I-Chi is one of the masterpieces of Lu Xun's novels. Although the total number of characters is less than 3,000 words, Lu Xun exposes the nature of feudal ethics and its negative influence through his character portrayal, which is loved by many readers home and aboard. The main reason why this thesis takes Yan Xianyi and his wife Gladys Yang’s translation as a research object is that it is not only faithful to the original text, but so as close as possible to the original text in terms of syntactic structure and wording. Therefore, his translations once became the authoritative version of Lu Xun's novels. From the perspective of Nida’s functional equivalence theory, this thesis conducts translation research on the English translation of the famous writer Yang Xianyi, analyzing whether the translation is functionally equivalent to the original text and construe the English translation of prose from the lexical, syntactic, and semantic level to try to explore the translation strategies, styles and methods of Kong I-Chi which aims to explain the functional equivalents in Lu Xun's short novel translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence Theory; Lu Xun; Kong I-Chi;translation method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
鲁迅，作为中国近代文化大革命的总指挥，不仅是伟大的思想家和政治评论家，还是中国现代文学的奠基人。孔乙己是鲁迅小说的代表作之一。虽然总字数不足3000字，但鲁迅通过其人物刻画，揭露了封建伦理的本质及其负面影响，深受海内外读者的喜爱。本论文以杨宪益夫妇的译文为研究对象的主要原因是它不仅忠实于原文，而且在句法结构和措辞上尽可能接近原文。因此，他的译本一度成为鲁迅小说的权威版本。本论文从奈达的功能对等理论出发，对著名作家杨宪益的英译本进行翻译研究，分析译文是否与原文功能对等，从词汇、句法、语义层面试图探讨孔乙己的翻译策略、风格和方法，旨在解释鲁迅短篇小说翻译中的功能对等。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等，鲁迅，孔乙己，翻译方法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Title===&lt;br /&gt;
A Study of Lu Xun’s Short Stories Translation from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence: Taking Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang’s English Verison of ''Kong I-Chi'' as a Case Study&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will be expanded with respect to the research background, its significance and the methodology. The literature review will also be included which describes the previous studies on the Functional Equivalence Theory and previous translation versions of ''Kong I-Chi''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Research Background and Significance'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the most famous writer in modern China, Lu Xun has a decisive bearing on the modern history of Chinese literature. Lu Xun settled in a period of transformation in Chinese literature. His short stories are different from modern short stories in terms of text and expression. ''Kong I-Chi'' was written in 1918 when there was a turmoil in China. At that time, although the imperial examination system had been abolished, the education system had not changed, and many scholars had not shaken off the shackles of feudal tenets. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Kong I-Chi'' enjoys high reputation at home and abroad and has been translated into English, Japanese, French, Russian and other languages. Compared with other language versions, the English versions enjoy a wider spread and have deeper influence. In 1954, the couple Yang and Dai translated it into English and published Selected Stories of Lu Xun in which ''Kong I-Chi'' was included. Yang Xianyi and his wife Gladys Yang are great translator beyond all doubt. They are knowledgeable and familiar with Chinese and Western cultures also have devoted their life to translating excellent Chinese and Western literary works. Through their translation, we can better master the author's own novel intentions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Methodology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, the translation of traditional Chinese literary works was attached great significance by both Chinese and foreign scholars. As an important part of ancient Chinese culture, though, it is a common genre in Chinese and foreign literature, the short novels cannot be neglected. For translators, how to deal with the modern and balance Chinese and Western cultural differences has become a salient problem. It is not only necessary to understand the characteristics of modern Chinese literature, but also to be very familiar with Chinese and Western cultures for the translator. Functional Equivalence Theory is put forward by American linguists Eugene Nida. According to him, two different languages represent two different cultures which will never be the same, but translation is a kind of communication between the two cultures and translators should try their best to achieve functional equivalence between the two languages rather than seek for rigid correspondence when making translation, which can accurately reproduce the source culture in the target language and eliminate cultural differences. It puts forward a new attitude to treat different languages and cultures, promoting language communication and mutual understandings among people. Thus, taking Nida’s theory as guidance, this research is meaningful not only for translation studies, but also for cultural exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Literature Review'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of Nida’s major contribution to contemporary translation studies, Functional Equivalence Theory has brought about heated discussion among scholars at home and abroad since its birth. Many momentous works of Nida also have been translated and introduced into China, such as Nida on Translation edited and translated by Tan Zaixi (1999) and Language and Translation translated by Cai Yi (1985) which of them aroused great repercussions in Chinese translation field. As the prototypical member of Functional Equivalence Theory, receptor’s response theory draws scholars’ attention. Zhang Xiujuan (2015) points out that “receptor’s response theory breaks the tradition of Chinese translation that translators pay much attention to the text but may ignore the response of readers, and provides a new perspective for Chinese scholars to make studies on translation theories”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kong I-Chi, as the most typical character in Lu Xun's novels in the teaching textbooks of Chinese junior high school students, has left an indelible impression in the hearts of Chinese people. The most recognized translators of ''Kong I-Chi'' include Yang and Dai, Lyle William and Edgar Snow. The translation of Lu Xun's novels during the period of Yang and Dai reach its heyday. For a long time, domestic and foreign publishing houses have published works translated by the couple. Since Edgar Snow lived in the same age as Lu Xun, his translation is closer to Lu Xun's life background. It wasn't until 1990 that the American scholar William Lyell's new American translation was published, and the new stage of the English translation of Lu Xun's novels began. The British English version translated by Yang and Dai is elegant and idiomatic, giving readers the good impression of pure British English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Theoretical Framework: Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction of Functional Equivalence Theory ==== &lt;br /&gt;
===== The Original of Functional Equivalence Theory  =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's main academic activities unfold around the translation of the Bible. In the process of &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation, Nida started from reality and developed a set of his own translation theory, which eventually became one of the classics in translation studies. In 1964, Nida (1964) put forward “dynamic equivalence” in ''Toward a Science of Translating'', and gave it specific definition in ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' (1969). In the mid-1980s, “dynamic equivalence” was replaced by “functional equivalence” to avoid misunderstandings on the term “dynamic”, which was the origin of Functional Equivalence Theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Development of Functional Equivalence Theory  =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important and the most intractable part in Functional Equivalence Theory is the disposal of message. The theory requires that the message in receptor’s language must be consistent with the source language. In such a translation, translators should strive to “reproduce as literally and meaningfully as possible the form and content of the original” (Nida 1964:159). Later he successfully applied the research results of modern linguistics to translation theory which also reciprocally pushed his theory forward. There are three stages in the development of Functional Equivalence Theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage is that starting from the essence of language; he used semantic theory to make an objective and accurate analysis of the referent and associative meaning of words. In Nida's point of view, various language structures have great similarities, and the deep structure is far more common than the surface structure. Therefore, the translation of the deep structure between languages can ensure the fidelity of the translation to the greatest extent. At the same time, the surface structure of the translation is freely expressed through the deep structure conversion which can ensue smoothness of the translation as much as possible. The faithful and fluent translation presupposes conditions for the equivalence of receptor’s response, which makes it possible to realize functional equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is that the theory was prone to lay its foundation on information theory. Nida held the view that translation is the activity of converting information expressed in one language into information in another language, which is, converting information of one code into information of another code. The translation plays a communicative role in transmitting information. Only when the target reader obtains the same amount of information as the original reader can the relationship between the target language recipient and the target language information be basically the same as the relationship between the original language recipient and the original source information. Nida noticed that there is a receptive gap between the original reader and target reader especially when the original language and the target language belong to different language families and different cultures. Thus, in order to improve the amount of the receptor’s information as much as the original reader’s, Nida emphasizes the translator can moderately change the form of the original text to provide a better understanding for receptors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On third stage, Nida tended to embellish his theory from the perspective of social semiotics. Nida insisted that the translation means translation meaning, and semiotics is the most comprehensive system for analyzing meaning. In the book &amp;quot;''Language, Culture, and Translation''&amp;quot;, Nida pointed out that social semiotics studies all codes and codes of human society, and its focus is on the most comprehensive and complex symbol system used by mankind-Language. Therefore, in terms of decoding and encoding, no translation method is as comprehensive as the social semiotic translation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida also recognized that there would never be complete equivalence and it was just a quaesitum. With further development of Functional Equivalence Theory, he thought that it has different degrees of adequacy and on that basis he put forward two levels of functional equivalence — the maximal level and the minimal level of equivalence. The former refers to “the readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it in essentially the same manner as the original readers did” (Nida 1993:118), but this is just an ideal state which cannot be achieved especially when there are huge cultural and aesthetic differences between the two languages. While the latter means “the readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to point that they can conceive of how the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it” (Nida 1993: 118), and translation below this level can never be accepted. According to Nida, if a translation is between these two levels, it can be regarded as a good one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basics of Functional Equivalence Theory  ==== &lt;br /&gt;
=====Receptor’s Response  =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, translation researchers have paid more and more attention to the study of literary translation from the perspective of receptor’s responce. When translators are working on translation, they are increasingly unable to ignore the reader's feedback on the translation. From the perspective of reception aesthetics, translation theorist Nida said that only when the reader accepts the translation can the translation be truly completed. Therefore, when translating, the translator cannot ignore the acceptability of the translation. The translator builds a bridge between the original author and the reader of the target language through translation, and it is the translation that can clearly reflect this bridge role.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Receptor’s Response Theory draws attention to the reader and the reading process, rather than the author or the text. Pat Mora and James Welch define it as: &amp;quot;The theory emphasizes the importance of the reader's role in text understanding.&amp;quot; The same description also appears in many of Nida’s works in which the importance of “receptor’s response” is emphasized repeatedly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are five corn concepts in Receptor’s Response Theory. The first comes to the gap and blanks which was pointed out by the German literary theorist Wolfgang Iser. He said that readers cannot get completely accurate information from the text, and those uncertain information need to be filled in by the reader himself. Such uncertainty occupies another very important position in this theory. This concept includes those vague factors, such as gaps and blanks. This kind of uncertainty encourages readers to add their own ideas when reading, so there is usually more than one understanding of a literal work. The third point is implicit reader also proposed by Isel, as opposed to the actual reader, which refers to the intended reader set by the writer himself who can concretize the text. Isel points out that the implicit reader is not the actual reader, but a reader that the author expects to design in the creative process, that is, the implicit recipient. It is a certain character that the artist conceives and pre-sets based on his experience or hobbies. The forth part is the identity theme. In other words, the work itself has no fixed objective meaning; only when the reader reshapes the work out of his own identity theme and the reader replicates his own fantasies during the reading process, the work can be given meaning. The last point is the interpretative group which was put forward by Stanley Fish. It refers to people who share the same interpretation strategy as we have. In a known context or reader group, the interpretation of the work meaning is the product from the group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Principles for Producing Functional Equivalence  =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To achieve the closest natural equivalence between the source language and target language, Nida put forward six principles as the guidance of different kinds and degrees of adjustments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	When the translation that strictly keeps the form of the source text makes receptors misunderstand the designative meaning, changes need to be made in the translated text, or a footnote should be added for further explanation if literal translation is still be selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	When the translation that strictly keeps the form of the source text doesn’t make sense, changes should be made in the translated text unless the source text is aim to be obscure. In this situation the obscurity can be reserved and be further explained by adding a footnote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	When the translation that strictly keeps the form of the source text is so semantically and syntactically difficult that average readers may give up the attempt to understand it, changes should be made in the translated text and the nature of the changes needs to be indicated in the introduction or footnote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	When the translation that strictly keeps the form of the source text causes significant misconceptions on the associative meanings of the source text or huge loss in the appreciation for the stylistic values of the source text, changes should be made to reflect the associative meanings of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	The way that a translation is to be used (such as a drama to be read or acted on the stage) is of great significance to the extent to which changes are to be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	A source text that must be translated together with accompanying codes (such as songs and operas) generally requires numerous adjustments in all aspects, including phonology, lexicon, syntax, and discourse. (Nida 1993: 125-128).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction to Lu Xun and ''Kong I-Ch''i  === &lt;br /&gt;
==== Lu Xun and the values of ''Kong I-Chi'' ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To read and translate Kong I-Chi, you must first understand its author-Lu Xun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun is a great writer. Mentioning classical literary works, no matter what innovative methods are adopted, whether realistic, romantic, or magical, the content should be close to life, reflect the reality of times and speak for the people. In terms of form, literary works should conform to the inherent rules of literary creation-forming a unique artistic style and achieving the perfect unity of truth, goodness, and beauty. Lu Xun's works fully meet the above requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun is also a famous thinker. Indeed, Lu Xun did not specifically study thinking or modes of thinking, nor did he have advanced theoretical monographs, but he, like thinkers in ancient and modern times, both at home and abroad, used suspicion and criticism as spiritual swords to explore truth and reveal. He held the view that it was his duty to awaken the sleeping souls of the Chinese people with literary works of various genres. The depth and breadth of his thinking is even higher than that of some contemporary thinkers. This is well reflected in his work Kong I-Chi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, who is a revolutionary, has a precious characteristic, that is, the purity of his revolutionary original intention. Lu Xun leaned towards socialism under the white horror of the low ebb of the Chinese revolution. What's more commendable is that as a sober realist, Lu Xun never conceives any romantic illusions about the revolution. No matter what difficulties the revolution encounters, Lu Xun always has an optimistic belief in the prospects of the revolution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From a general perspective, Lunatic's Diary is more macro and image specific than Kong I-Chi, while Kong I-Chi starts from the micro level, depicting the poor people at the bottom of society who was bullied and oppressed and lost their dignity as human beings. In addition, there are many opinions in the critics. For example, Mr. Lu Xun's Kong I-Chi was written to criticize the feudal imperial examination system, and some people think that it was sent out to criticize the “dark” old society. The famous critic Lin Zhihao believes that this novel is not only to assail at the corruption of the feudal imperial examination system, but also to reveal the persecution of people’s spiritual and ideology by the feudal education system in the dark old society. The social reality was that most scholars had been ruthlessly “eaten” up by the environment. When the shackles of thinking have been broken, we can dig into the deep meaning under the surface of Kong I-Chi, that is, the process of literati's loss of personality and the process of redemption under the background of the dark society of feudalism. Although the tragedy is redemptive, the process is also accompanied by a fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Study on the Translation of ''Kong I-Chi''  ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Kong I-Chi'' is a masterpiece of Lu Xun. The novel was created in the winter of 1918, published in the sixth volume of &amp;quot;''Italic text''New Youth&amp;quot; in April 1919. (刘家鸣1992: 15). ''Kong I-Chi'' is Lu Xun's most satisfying work (孙伏园等2000: 58), and it is also one of Lu Xun's novels that English translators are vying to translate resulting in an amount of English translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So far, there are eight translations of ''Kong I-Chi'': 1)A British man E.H.F.Mills translated ''Con Y Ki'' from Jing Yinyu's French translation (Mills 1930: 42-50), included in ''The Tragedy of Ah Q and Other Contemporary Chinese Short Stories'' published by George Rutridge Bookstore in London in 1930; 2) The English translation of ''K’ung I-chi'' by the American Jin Shouzhuo (G.A.Kennedy 1932: 14-15), which was later included in ''Isaacs'' (Isaacs 1974: 25-32) edited by Yi Luosheng; 3) ''K’ung I-chi'' translated by Lin Jijin (Lin 1935:3-4); 4) Unsigned version of The Tragedy of ''K'ung I-Chi'' (Anonymous 1936: 2-3); 5) ''K’ung I-chi'' was co-translated by American journalists Edgar Snow and Yao Xinnong; 6) later comes to Yang Xianyi and Gladys's translation ''K'ung I-chi'' (hereinafter referred to as &amp;quot;Yang Translation&amp;quot;) (Yang &amp;amp; Gladys 1960: 40-46); 7)Then, famous American sinologist William Lyell translated ''Kong Yiji'' (Lyell 1990: 42-48); 8) other translation of ''Kong Yiji'' was produced by British sinologist Lan Shiling ( Lovell 2009: 32-36).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article focuses on Yang's translation, trying to explore Yang and Dai's translation strategies, styles and methods of ''Kong I-Chi'' from the lexical, syntactic and semantic levels, and aims to explain the functional equivalence in the English translation of Lu Xun's short stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Analysis of the Translation of ''Kong I-Chi'' from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence  === &lt;br /&gt;
==== Lexical Analysis ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many cultural-loaded words in the original Kong I-Chi text, such as this. Culture-loaded words are deeply imprinted by the region and era of a certain language society which express things and concepts peculiar to a certain culture. Such words as “进学” and “秀才” not only carry rich cultural connotations, but also exist only in a certain culture which may be blank in another culture. It is this characteristic which is “I have and you do not have” that often becomes an obstacle to cross-cultural communication and translation. From the perspective of Functional Equivalence, this thesis will analyze how these words are handled in Yang's translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sentence “幸亏荐头的情面大，辞退不得”, the word “荐头” was translated into “someone influential” by Yang and Dai. “荐头” is the person who introduces works to other people in ancient China. Such person is absolutely influential. But for reader, such influential people may be a nobleman or someone who is very authoritative in the area which may result in discrimination. The job introducers also can be regarded as common people instead of the influential. From the perspective of Functional Equivalence, Yang’s translation explicitly showed the deep meaning with loss of cultural characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;
The phrase “之乎者也” was translated into “archaisms” which stands for the use of an archaic expression. In Chinese, the original meaning of “之乎者也” is four auxiliary words commonly used in classical Chinese. Therefore, the word &amp;quot;之乎&amp;quot; also refers to the basic abilities that a scholar should possess. Later, it is used to ridicule the scholar who only knows how to analyze words while cannot solve practical problems. Functional equivalence theory requires efforts to create translations that not only conform to the semantics of the original text but also reflect the cultural characteristics of the original text. The word “archaisms” corresponds exactly to the description of Kong I-Chi in Lu Xun’s story who is a nerd.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other prototypical cultural-loaded word is “进学”. Yang translated it into “pass the official examination”. As a link in the imperial examination system in ancient China, “进学” means that the children of the Qing dynasties who can pass the examination will be admitted to the prefectural and county schools. Such system is unique to China. To achieve functional equivalence, that is, to allow non-native readers to understand this special cultural mark, the translator must explain this cultural phenomenon as much as possible or find a corresponding expression in the foreign language culture. The same in the word “秀才” on this sentence “你怎的连半个秀才也捞不到呢?” “秀才” also belong to the imperial system. “秀才” is a subject for selecting officials in ancient China, and it was once used as a special name for school students. Yang translated it into “passed the lowest official examination”. As the minimum requirement of the ancient imperial examination system, those who passed the selection examination were called  “秀才”. According to Nida’s theory, it perfectly expresses the ancient Chinese imperial examination system, and at the same time allows foreign language readers to understand Kong I-Chi’s knowledge background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Syntax Analysis ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of syntax, the differences in sentence patterns between English and Chinese are the most salient. English emphasizes hypothesis while Chinese emphasizes parataxis, which leads to the conversion of sentence patterns in the process of translation. According to Nida's Functional Equivalence Theory, if the change in form is still insufficient to express the meaning and culture of the original text, the translation technique of &amp;quot;reconstruction&amp;quot; can be used to resolve cultural differences and make the source language and the target language equal in meaning. &amp;quot;Reconstruction&amp;quot; refers to the conversion of the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language (郭建中,2000 , P67), that is, the cultural connotation of the source language article is explained by the vocabulary of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Kong I-Chi'', when Kong I-Chi took our his money and ordered some food, other people started to sneer at his revenue sources and said “你一定又偷了人家东西了!” The exclamatory sentence in the original text showed others' affirmation of Kong I-Chi's theft. Yang translated it into “You must have been stealing again!” Here we can notice the tense of the two sentences. Lu Xun used the past tense in original text, which expresses that Kong I-Chi's stealing is an established fact. However, Yang used the present perfect continuous tense when translating. In English, the present perfect continuous tense manifests that something the subject has done in the past is still being done, and may continue in the future, expressing the continuation of an action. There is no need to add any other additional descriptions, just from this tense, readers can realize everyone's thoughts on Kong I-Chi's theft. Such reconstruction of tense verifies the application of Functional Equivalence Theory in turn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards, these people who deprecated him refuted Kong I-Chi's maintenance of himself, saying: “什么清白?” In Yang's translation, it is translated as “Pooh, good name indeed!” In the original text, it is originally an interrogative sentence, but Yang transformed it into an exclamation sentence, added English slang “pooh” in it and translated “清白” into good name. If the interrogative sentence in the original text is literally translated into &amp;quot;what’s the innocence&amp;quot;, the comic effect, that is, everyone's disdain for Kong I-Chi in the exclamatory sentence will not be achieved. The sentiment contained in the original text is successfully conveyed through the conversion of sentence patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When describing Kong I-Chi’s knowledge background, the original text mentioned: “幸而写得一笔好字，便替人家钞钞书”. In Yang’s translation, he didn’t directly translate it into a verb phrase instead of into a noun phrase which was “Happily, he was a good calligrapher.” Knowing the characteristics of English and Chinese languages, he metonymically recreated dynamic Chinese verb clauses into static noun clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Semantic Analysis ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to eliminate cultural differences as much as possible so that the semantics of the original language can be perfectly embodied? From the perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory, the translator needs to transform the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language which requires translator to use the corresponding vocabulary in the target language to directly explain the connotation of the original text, so that the target readers can accept the translation more easily. For example, in the original text, the sentence “因为他姓孔，别人便从描红纸上的 ‘上大人孔乙己’这半懂不懂的话里，替他取下一个绰号，叫作孔乙己” includes an allusion: 上大人孔乙己 which refers to a character in the card game popular in ancient China. In such card game, the characters always are drawn in a red paper. For children in ancient China, the card game was easy to play and was a childhood memory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Yang’s translation, he translated it into “As his surname was Kung, he was nicknamed ‘Kung I-chi’, the first three characters in a children's copybook.” Such translation omits a lot of information from the original text, such as “描红纸上” and “半懂不懂”. But Yang gave a substitute for the omission: he explained the game allusion about children which can be regarded as a strategy that helps foreign readers better understand how Kong I-Chi comes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another illustration is the translation of this sentence: “孔乙己，你当真认识字么？” It seems fairly easy for common people to translate it with “Kong I-Chi, do you really know words?” , while Yang gave a different version: “Kung I-chi, do you really know how to read?” In our cognitive concepts, if a man knows how to read a word, then he must know this word. But if he knows the word, he may not only know how to read it, but even know how to write it. Such special mechanism is called conceptual metonymy. Yang metonymically narrowed the scope of the meaning of the word “认识”and accurately positioned the meaning of this understanding according to the context. The translator abandons the equivalence of form and achieves the purpose of reproducing the semantics and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article selects Yang’s translation of &amp;quot;''Kong I-Chi''&amp;quot; as the study case, and analyzes the translation effect from three aspects: lexicon, syntax and semantics, combined with Nida’s Functional Equivalence Theory. It is believed that the translator flexibly uses a variety of translation methods to deal with the differences between English and Chinese languages, and the translation has realized functional equivalence as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the lexical level, the translator adopts the naturalization method when translating the proper nouns of &amp;quot; ''Kong I-Chi'' &amp;quot;, adding notes to individual words. The translation perfectly conveys the meaning of the original vocabulary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the syntactic level, when there are differences in the expression of English and Chinese sentences, the translator will split the sentence, adjust the subject and object of the sentence, change the sentence structure and the sentence order to make the translation conform to the expression of the target language where the translation is smooth and natural. When translating the allusions of &amp;quot; ''Kong I-Chi'' &amp;quot;, the translator adopts literal translation and annotations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of semantics, the translator uses the mechanism of conceptual metaphors to accurately show the original flavor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article believes that the success of Yang’s English translation of &amp;quot;''Kong I-Chi''&amp;quot; lies in its fluent, natural language and exotic flavor. The author and translator of &amp;quot; ''Kong I-Chi'' &amp;quot; are both famous artists. The translation case from the English translation of &amp;quot;''Kong I-Chi''&amp;quot; reflects the practical application of the Functional Equivalence Theory in Lu Xun's novels. The writer also hopes that this thesis can provide ideas and inspirations for the English translation of other Lu Xun's novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida E.A. ''Language and Culture: Contexts in translating''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.2001. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Nida, Eugene A.1964. Towardsa ''Science of Translating'', Leiden: E.J.Brill. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Nida, Eugene A.&amp;amp;Charles R.Taber, 1969, ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Leiden: E.J.Brill&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]鲁迅Lu Xun.鲁迅全集(第一卷)Selected Work of Lu Xun(volume Ⅰ）[M].北京Beijing:人民文学出版社People's Literature Publishing House ,1982.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]谭载喜Tan Zaixi．新编奈达论翻译New Nida's Translation[M]．北京Beijing：中国对外翻译出版公司China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation，1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]杨坚定Yang Jianding，孙鸿仁Sun Hongren．鲁迅小说英译版本综述A Summary of the English Versions of Lu Xun's Novels[J]．鲁迅研究月刊Lu Xun Research Monthly，2021(4)．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]伊塞尔Iser.本文中的读者 Readers in this article[A]．二十世纪西方美学名著选（下）Selected Works of Western Aesthetics in the Twentieth Century (Part 2)[C]．上海Shanghai：复旦大学出版社Fudan University press,1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]杨宪益.Yang Xianyi,戴乃迭 Dai Naidie译.鲁迅选集英文版(一) Selected Works of Lu Xun (1)[M].北京:外文出版社 Beijing: Foreign Languages Press,1980.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]https://baike.baidu.com/item/%E5%8A%9F%E8%83%BD%E5%AF%B9%E7%AD%89%E7%90%86%E8%AE%BA/3373397?fr=aladdin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]https://www.zhihu.com/question/29965932&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=颜子涵 Translation methods and strategies applicable to the style of biographical literature -- Taking Incidents in Life of Slave Girl (excerpt) as an example=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_8]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translated text of this article is a part of the English biography Incidents in Life of Slave Girl. The author of this work is Harriet Jacobs. This translation mainly takes the translation functional equivalence theory of American linguist Eugene A.Nida as the theoretical framework, adopts some translation skills in translation practice, and discusses the translation skills and Strategies of Chinese translation of such texts by analyzing the stylistic characteristics of biographical literature, especially African American autobiography. Through the Chinese translation of this autobiography, we can have a clearer understanding of the history of slavery in the United States, a deeper understanding of the lives of slaves and how this system of discrimination against blacks oppresses and persecutes slaves, especially female slaves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Autobiographical Literature; Black female slaves; Translation methods and Strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
This work belongs to the category of biographical literature. Biographical literature is a literary genre in which the author reproduces the characters' life stories and experiences, shows the characters' spiritual outlook and values, and depicts the characters' distinct love and hate and vivid personality through documentary writing and a variety of literary and artistic techniques. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more than 50 characters involved in the biography. In the author's works, these characters are very vivid, such as the forbearance of a strong grandmother to the slave owner, the loyalty of a hard-working aunt to the slave owner, the oppression of female slaves by a crafty and sinister doctor, and the wit of Linda Brent, the heroine who pursues freedom and courage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In particular, the author's description of the heroine's seven years spent in a &amp;quot;cage&amp;quot; like cabin before she fled to the North more ruthlessly castigates the evil of slavery. The heroine's experience deeply moved her relatives and friends, including white slave owners. With the help of her relatives and friends, the heroine was able to escape to the north.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking the translation functional equivalence theory of American linguist Eugene Nida as the theoretical framework, In this paper i have adopted the following translation skills in the process of translation: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The translation methods of foreignization and domestication are used to achieve partial functional equivalence between the source language and the target language, so as to reduce the lack of culture after translation. 2. According to the similarities and differences between English and Chinese language structures, literal translation and free translation are used to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language. 3. The methods of addition and subtraction are adopted to make the translation consistent with the original in grammar and language form, as well as in cultural background and word association. 4. The Conversion Transformation is adopted to make the translation more acceptable to the target language readers. By analyzing the stylistic characteristics of biographical literature, especially African American autobiography, the author discusses the translation skills and Strategies of Chinese translation of such texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper is divided into four parts. The first part is an overview of the translation project, which mainly introduces the relevant situation of the translation project, the author and works of the translated text; The second part discusses the purpose and significance of the research; The third part, translation theory and case analysis, including functional equivalence theory, translation strategies and case analysis; The fourth part is the summary of the project, mainly on the problems encountered in translation, the experience and inspiration gained in the process of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Text background===&lt;br /&gt;
From the beginning of the British northern colony to the early 20th century, blacks were brutally exploited and oppressed by the slavery system. In particular, female slaves not only had to bear heavy labor, but also suffered the destruction and abuse of supervisors. Since the publication of the first Autobiography of black slaves in 1760, some advanced elements in black slaves denounced and denounced the evils of slavery with their own experience, and made outstanding contributions to the abolition movement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author of this work is Harriet Jacobs, whose pseudonym is Linda Brent. Born in a slave family, she fought tirelessly because she could not bear the persecution of slave owners on her and her children. After fleeing to the north, the author wrote a biography of her personal experience of being enslaved, exploited, persecuted, fleeing to the north and realizing freedom, which was published in 1861. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the Chinese translation of this autobiography, more people have a clearer understanding of the history of slavery in the United States, a deeper understanding of the lives of slaves and how this system of discrimination against blacks oppresses and persecutes slaves, especially female slaves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Research Purpose and Significance===&lt;br /&gt;
This autobiography of black women starts from the experience of childhood from the perspectives of black slaves and women. In the process of growing up, the author experienced different masters of good and evil. When she was a child, her hostess let the author learn to read and write. Later, she died of illness. Then the new owner, Dr. flint and his wife tortured and framed her. Later, for the freedom of her children, the author resolutely decided to flee to the north and enjoy the right to freedom with her children. In the process of pursuing freedom, she went through escape, pursuit, hiding until he went north by boat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author selects simple but typical examples in daily life, through the description of characters' psychology and language, the contradictory struggle between the interests of opposite classes, the criminal complaint of slave trafficking, and the process of slaves fleeing to the north, reveals the slave owner's naked exploitation and fraud of slaves, and reveals the slave's sincerity, courage and longing for freedom. The simple language and narrative techniques of the work fully shape the tenacity, courage, intelligence and clear love and hate of the female slave Linda Brent, and show the readers the misfortune and suffering of many slaves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translation theory and its application ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Functional equivalence theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
This translation practice report takes the translation functional equivalence theory of American linguist Eugene Nida as the theoretical framework. Eugene Nida is an American linguist and a famous translation theorist. From the perspective of etymology, according to the essence of translation, he put forward the famous dynamic equivalence translation theory, namely &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this theory, he pointed out that &amp;quot;translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to style in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language&amp;quot;. He believes that translation is not only lexical equivalence, but also semantic style and stylistic equivalence. The information conveyed by translation includes both surface lexical information and deep cultural information. There is also equivalence in dynamic equivalence, including lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida pointed out that the translation should be functionally equivalent to the original text. Judging whether the translation is equivalent to the original text should be based on the psychological response of the readers, that is, the translator should not only stay in the equivalence of structure and semantics, but strive to make the target readers produce the functions and effects that the original author wants to achieve through his works, so as to make the target readers after reading the translation, Get the same feelings as the original readers, and make translation really become a converter of thoughts, feelings and cultural information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida's theory, the translator should take the four aspects of dynamic equivalence as the translation principle to accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of the source language in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of Nida's functional equivalence theory is &amp;quot;content is greater than form&amp;quot;, which emphasizes that when there is a conflict between content and form, content must precede form (Nida, 2004:203). Due to the differences between Chinese and Western ways of thinking and logical habits, in order to make the translation conform to the habits of readers in the target country and make it easier for readers in the target country to accept, the author has adopted different translation methods and strategies in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the specific content of Nida theory, this paper intends to analyze its application in English-Chinese translation practice from four aspects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Frist, According to the similarities and differences between English and Chinese language structures, literal translation and free translation are used to achieve lexical semantic equivalence between the source language and the target language.second, addition and subtraction and part of speech conversion are used to make the translation conform to the expression habits of target slogans in grammar and language form and consistent with the original text in terms of cultural background and word association. third, forward and reverse translation is used to reproduce the original text .Fourth, for the long and difficult sentences of the original text, the translation methods such as reorganization, sentence splitting and merging are adopted to make the language expression forms of the translation more rich and diverse, and more easily accepted by the target language readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Translation skills, methods and case studies===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating vocabulary, the author mostly adopts the literal translation method to convey the information of the original text more accurately. If the meaning of the translation is not accurate enough or does not conform to the Chinese expression habits after the literal translation, the author adopts the free translation method, while for the long and difficult sentences with complex structure, the translational translation method and split method are adopted to make them conform to the Chinese expression habits and more acceptable to the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Case 1: literal translation and free translation to achieve semantic equivalence in vocabulary====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, it is the basic quality of every translator to correctly express the source language in the target language. In order to achieve this goal, the translator must start with the smallest unit of the source language—vocabulary. In project translation, the author follows the functional translation theory and pursues semantic equivalence. First, we must ensure the equivalence of lexical meaning. The author mainly discusses the semantic equivalence of words from two aspects: literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Literal translation &lt;br /&gt;
Literal translation emphasizes the consistency between the original text and the translation in form and content, which helps to maintain the style of the original text. Literal translation is not a dead translation, a hard translation, or a literal translation. Literal translation emphasizes retaining its form and reaching its meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example 1:“Nothing could please her better than to see me humbled and trampled upon” is literally translated as ”没有什么比看到我恭顺谦卑、任人践踏更让她快活啦。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this sentence, humbled and trampled upon is used to express the due psychology and living state of slaves in the eyes of slave owners. Here, it can be translated into obedience, humility and trampling, which can reflect the coldness of slave owners and the misery of slaves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Free translation&lt;br /&gt;
Paraphrase emphasizes divine similarity. When the original text is quite different from the translation in terms of lexical meaning, syntactic structure and style, it can not be confined to the original text. Free translation should be adopted to explain the form of the original language in another language form, so as to correctly express the ideological thrust of the original text. Free translation should conform to the grammatical norms and expression habits of the target language, so as to make the translation more fluent and natural. Free translation is not arbitrary addition and deletion, nor random translation. Free translation emphasizes &amp;quot;preaching its spirit&amp;quot; rather than &amp;quot;retaining its shape&amp;quot;. The work belongs to biographical literature. There are great differences between the source language culture and the target language culture. The translator can not adhere to literal translation from beginning to end, but should carry out free translation according to needs, so as to achieve better translation effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example 2: I resolved to give him no cause to accuse me of being too much of a lady, so far as work was concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
literal translation: 就工作而言，我决心让他找不到口实指责我过分淑女。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
free translation: 就工作而言，我决心让他找不到口实指责我养尊处优&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: a lady originally means 女士或优雅的女子. Too much of a lady is often understood as 十分优雅. Because the author could read and write and looked dignified, he had not done heavy work like other slaves before, &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; guessed that the young master was disgusted with it. Here, too much of a lady is translated by free translation, which reflects the inner contempt of the young master for &amp;quot;me&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Case 2: addition, subtraction and part of speech conversion make the translation achieve sentence meaning equivalence, which is in line with the expression habit of the target language====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Additional translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example 4: One day, she sat under the window where I was at work, crying that weary cry which makes a mother's heart bleed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text: 一天，她就坐在我干活的那个房间的窗户外哭，哭得声嘶力竭让任何一个做母亲的心里流血。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: A mother literally means &amp;quot;一个母亲&amp;quot;, but the following clause is translated into &amp;quot;哭得声嘶力竭让一个母亲的心里流血&amp;quot;. The emotion of the translation is weak. In this article, &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; as a slave must work and can't take into account children and family affection, because in the slave owner's view, slaves are low animals and don't deserve feelings. Although I heard my daughter crying, I couldn't get over it. Any mother would be distressed to hear her daughter's cry. In order to make up for the lack of emotion in literal translation, the method of additional translation should be adopted here, which is translated as &amp;quot;任何一个母亲&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Omission &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example 5: The doctor stamped his foot at him in a rage, and exclaimed, &amp;quot;Get out of the way, you little damned rascal! If you don't, I'll cut off your head.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text：医生愤怒地跺了他一脚，厉声说道：“滚开!他妈的小坏蛋，如果不听话，我把你的头砍下来!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: Dr. flint twice went to the north to pursue the fugitive slave &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; without success. He spent a lot of money and was full of anger. At this time, my son asked him if he had brought his mother back. Dr. flint stamped his feet angrily, scolded and threatened the child. Through the vivid description of Dr. Flint's body movements and language, his angry image jumped onto the paper,In order to achieve the same effect and achieve the equivalence of language style, the author uses even verbs according to the original &amp;quot;stamped his foot at him in a rage, and exclaimed&amp;quot; and translates it into &amp;quot;stamp his foot angrily and say&amp;quot; you little damned rascal!!! &amp;quot;It is also a typical strong adult's words towards weak children. In order to be concise and powerful, the author omits &amp;quot;you&amp;quot; and translates it into &amp;quot;他妈的小坏蛋&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example 6: But when winter came, the cold penetrated through the thin shingle roof, and I was dreadfully chilled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text：上次遭遇蛇咬，现在我对蛇更惧怕了，踏上这个藏身的地方，我不由心惊胆颤。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: My fear of snakes is literally translated as &amp;quot;我对蛇的恐惧&amp;quot;, and the subject of the following clause is &amp;quot;我&amp;quot;. In order to give the target readers a unified reading perspective, my fear of snakes had been increased is translated as: 我对蛇更惧怕了. By transforming the noun of fear into a verb, the translation is more concise and more in line with Chinese expression habits than literal translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Case 3: The stylistic style of the original text is reproduced by positive and negative translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The Positive and Negative Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example 7:Nobody respects a mother who forsakes her children; and if you leave them, you will never have a happy moment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text 1：没有人尊重抛弃孩子的母亲，如果你离开他们，你永远不会幸福的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text 2：抛弃孩子的母亲会遭人唾弃，如果你离开他们，你永远不会幸福的。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This sentence contains a negative indefinite pronoun—nobody. In translation text 1, the first half of the original text (Nobody respects a mother who forsakes her children) is translated into &amp;quot;没有人尊重抛弃孩子的母亲&amp;quot;. Although the meaning is translated, the expression is not authentic. Translation text 2 uses the positive and negative translation method to change negative into positive, and “Nobody respects” into &amp;quot;being despised&amp;quot; can better express the speaker's (my grandmother's) eagerness to oppose &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; to escape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Case 4:The translation methods of reorganization, sentence splitting and merging are adopted to make the translation conform to the expression habits of the target language====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are great differences between English and Chinese syntactic structures. English is a linear language. Its syntax takes the subject predicate structure as the central axis, while other components form branch lines in the form of branches and connect with the main axis through connectives. The logical relationship between sentences tends to be explicit,; Chinese is more parataxis, and the combination between the components in a sentence or between sentences mostly depends on the connection of semantics and uses fewer connectives. Chinese sentences are arranged under the command of theme, that is, the structure of &amp;quot;topic description&amp;quot; has various forms and free combination. The logical relationship between sentences is more implicit (Yang Lin, 2007: Preface). There are few logical relational words between clauses and between sentences. Therefore, the author adopts the reorganization method, combining syntax and disassembling syntax to realize the semantic equivalence of sentences, and studies the influence of sentence structure on the translation. The significance is to better guide the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Recasting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example 7: This was the good old lady who paid fifty dollars for my grandmother, for the purpose of making her free, when she stood on the auction block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text：这个老太太是个好人，当年外祖母站在拍卖台上，为了让外祖母获得自由她花五十美元买下了我的外祖母。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The original text contains two compound structures, one is an attributive clause, the other is a time adverbial clause. Because Chinese sentences are constructed according to the law of logical order, the word order is arranged according to the actual sequence and event order, which is divided into sequence in time, and pay attention to the causality in logic. The author adjusts the time adverbial clause to the front, first explain the time, then explain the reason, and finally the result. This reorganized translation plays an important role in shaping the relationship between sentences, which is in line with the characteristics of Chinese sentence structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Sentence-combining&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example 8: There was joy and there was sadness in the sound. It made my tears flow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text：无论是哭声还是笑声都会让我泪流满面。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: The original text is two sentences. Considering the close causal relationship between the two sentences, the author adopts the translation method of combined sentence to translate it into one sentence, so that the target language readers can read it more naturally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Dismantle the syntactic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example 9: My hope was that the doctor would get discouraged, and, for fear of losing my value, and also of subsequently finding my children among the missing, he would consent to sell us; and I knew somebody would buy us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text：损失一个女奴，再赔上我的两个孩子，这正是弗林特医生所担心的。他会泄气并同意卖掉我们，我知道有人会买下我们，而这正是我所希望的！  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: When dealing with long English sentences, the method of splitting is generally used to divide the original sentence into several parts and combine them according to their internal logical relationship. The adverbial clause after the subject of “My hope” consists of three parallel sentences, the second of which has a more complex cause adverbial. The author first takes apart the subject clause, first translates the clause, and then presents the subject at the end, which is in line with the characteristics of Chinese presentation before topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Case 5: Stylistic equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic task of translation is to faithfully present the original text, so it is necessary for the translator to pursue the style of the original text. To achieve stylistic equivalence, the translator needs to analyze and identify the stylistic markers in the original. The original text contains national language characteristics, historical allusions and religious beliefs, so it has cultural differences. In translation, it should reflect the style of the original text and optimize it accordingly, so as to realize the re creation of style and adapt to the communication of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text has strong religious and cultural content, simple and pious faith, and shows their enthusiasm and passion for them. In translation, we should not only show the feeling of religious belief and culture, but also optimize the sentence style and deal with alienation appropriately, so that readers can feel the piety and understand the author's writing intention.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The key to shaping the problem role lies in its adaptability to the style of the original language. Only by adopting appropriate translation methods, deeply understanding the cultural background of the original text and skillfully changing the style of the original text, can the style meaning of the original text be reproduced in the target language and better reflect its charm and artistic conception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, a biographical text should be well expressed first to make it conform to the expression habits of the target language. First, we should deeply understand the creative intention of the original author and think of what we think from the perspective of the original author, so as to realize the central idea of the original text. The premise of translation is that the translator should have profound language and cultural skills and deeply understand the particularity of different background cultures, Have a good command of the target language, and then use it flexibly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example 10: She hasn't so much feeling for her children as a cow has for its calf. If she had, she would have come back long ago, to get them out of jail, and save all this expense and trouble. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translated text：她对孩子的感情还不如母牛呢，母牛还知道护犊子。如果她有感情，她很久以前就会回来把他们救出去了，也就没有这些代价和麻烦了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This sentence is a complaint made by Dr. Flint's wife—my mistress, about my escape. Considering that cows in Chinese culture also have the image of caring for their cubs, The author translates call “feeling for her children as a cow has for its calf” as：“母牛还知道护犊子”, This not only achieves cultural equivalence, but also sounds colloquial. On the other hand, it is in line with the speaker's identity as a mean slave owner.[He was &amp;quot;a chip of the old block.&amp;quot; If he found any slave out after nine o'clock, he could whip him as much as he liked; and that was a privilege to be coveted.如果他发现任何人九点后（宵禁时刻）跑出去，他就会抓住并鞭打此人，直到他满意为止。这是别人垂涎三尺的特权。]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the development of this project, the author believes that the translation of biographical works needs to have a full understanding of the differences between Chinese and English languages and cultures, thinking habits and expression methods. Only after having an accurate understanding and grasp of the language characteristics and contents of the original text, can words and sentences be carefully selected and constantly modified and polished in the process of translation, Make it an excellent translation. The author summarizes the following points in the whole translation process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation method of biographical text. Biographical text has both information function and expression function (Zhang Meifang, 2006). Therefore, in translation, the translator should not only correctly express the information of the original text, but also reflect the literariness of biographical literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In view of the differences in thinking and logic between Chinese and English, different translation methods should be adopted in the translation process. For example, literal translation can be used in terms of vocabulary, so as to simply, clearly and accurately convey the meaning of the original text. If literal translation is not possible, free translation, addition or subtraction, positive and negative translation, such transformation and other methods should be adopted to strive to achieve literal semantic equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of sentences, according to the respective characteristics of Chinese and English sentence structures, translation skills such as reorganization, disassembly and combination of syntax are adopted in order to meet the reading habits of target language readers. Experience the language style of biographical literature. In this project, the author's narrative language is simple and simple, and do a good job in the analysis of the characteristics of biographical literature materials. For a translator, the types of material translation can be diverse, literary or scientific, so the translator must do a good job in the analysis of text materials when he gets a relatively unfamiliar translated text, Only after analyzing the materials thoroughly and finding out the characteristics can the preparatory work be done adequately. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This project adopts biographical text, which is characterized by many names and place names and strong local cultural characteristics. Therefore, in order to improve the accuracy of translation, the author has made a lot of preparations before translation, including finding the author's relevant background information, relevant historical facts, as well as the folk customs at that time. With reference to the new English Chinese dictionary, the names of people and places in the text are translated uniformly. Due to sufficient preparation, these problems encountered in translation have been solved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author has two experiences in maintaining problem awareness in the translation process. First, if you encounter an uncertain word and sentence in the translation process, you should consult the relevant reference books in time or use the Internet. Second, when dealing with cultural problems, I often ask my classmates or experts in this field for advice, so as to solve the problems in time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, there are some problems in the process, My translation experience is still shallow and the cultural knowledge reserve is insufficient. There are some disadvantages in this project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Frost, Because my Chinese level needs to be further improved, the translated language is still immature and not concise enough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the lack of relevant knowledge leads to the fact that the unique things of foreign culture can only be translated directly and hard in translation, resulting in the stiff and rigid translation. Such as a box, covered with sheepskin, is called the gumbo box. A dozen beat on this, while other strike triangles and jawbones, to which bands of dancers keep time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, in translation, we should not only maintain the meaning of the original text, but also reflect the style of the original text. We can't have both fish and bear's paw—鱼和熊掌不可兼得。Therefore, I believe that only through a lot of translation practice and summing up experience can we improve our translation level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Beardslee, Karen E. Through Slave Culture's Lens Comes the Abundant Source: Harriet A. Jacobs's Incidents in the Life of a Slave Girl.&amp;quot; MELUS 24 (1999): 37-58.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Jacobs Incidents in the life of a Slave Girl: Written by herself.&amp;quot; Languages &amp;amp;Literature 15(2001):314-336.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Incidents in Life of a Slave Girl chapters 16 to 30&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]李小春. (2016). 浅析英语翻译技巧及方法的应用. 读天下(20), 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]李亚云.《一名女奴的人生际遇》之黑人女性身份建构[J].文学教育(上),2015(07):30-31.p&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]李亚云. 《一名女奴的人生际遇》之黑人母性分析[D].中央民族大学,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]付娟. 英汉翻译中拆句法和合并法的有机结合探析[J]. 好家长, 2016(38):1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=邝艳丽 On the Translation Strategies of English Version of ''Lun Yu'' from the Perspective of Fusion of Horizons – A Contrastive Study of two translations of Ku Hong-Ming and Xu Yuanchong=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_9]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
''Lun Yu'', one of Chinese classics, records behavior and thoughts of Confucius and his disciples. ''Lun Yu'', intensively reflecting Chinese Confucianism, plays a significant role in Chinese culture. Dating from 1809, there are about sixty translations of ''Lun Yu'' during the two hundred years. This paper will study the two English versions of ''Lun Yu'' by Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong from the the theory of Horizon Fusion proposed by Hans-Georg Gadamer, mainly the core conceptual words in ''Lun Yu''. Besides, the paper will explore the translation strategies adopted by the two translators from different visions such as the horizons of the original text, the translator and the target culture. The better translation of core conceptual words will come to a conclusion through the contrastive analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
Fusion of horizons; Ku Hong-Ming; ''Lun Yu''; Xu Yuanchong&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Lun Yu'', as a carrier of Confucianism, has profound influence on the culture all over the world. Confucianism has largely influenced the development of European philosophy, which provide new theoretical basis for European Enlightenment in the eighteenth century (Li Zongzheng 2016: 112-116). In Voltaire’s opinion, the discovery of Chinese culture is important to the process of European society, just as what what has been discovered by Vasco da Dagama and Magellan to the nature (Bao Xiankuo 2001: 62-67). With the continuing development of China in the recent years, China exerts more and more significant influence on the world. In the meanwhile, more and more people would like to learn Chinese language and cultures. When it comes to Chinese culture, all the people, Chinese and foreigners, nearly think of Confucianism, which is generally regarded as the important components of Chinese traditional culture, as well as the mainstream of the spirit of national modern culture. Moreover, Confucianism is intensively embodied in the ancient work called ''Lun Yu'', which records the behaviors and thoughts of Confucius and his disciples mainly in the form of dialogues. ''Lun Yu'' involves so many aspects such as politics, education and so on. The wide and profound influence of Confucianism on the world attributes the success to the development of translations of ''Lun Yu'' by Chinese or foreign translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Lun Yu'' is a classic work. The reason why classics remains classics is that it can be translated and re-translated. The language itself of ''Lun Yu'' is difficult to be understood, and what are reflected by ''Lun Yu'' such as history, thoughts, culture and culture is also hard to be understood. Therefore, translators in different times produce different translations of ''Lun Yu'' due to different constrictions of subjective or objective factors. Derrida, holding the point of hermeneutics, considers that the understanding of works is open and that the understanding of text by the readers is always unfinished and uncertain for reading is the process of creation. ''Lun Yu'', acclaimed as one of the leading classics in the course of Chinese literature’s development, is always given new life by the scholars. Therefore, every translation version of classics deserves to be studiedin the different times. Moreover, the employment of fusion of horizons may not only be a reference for English translation of ancient Chinese classics, but also be beneficial foe the spread of traditional culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper chooses two English translation versions of ''Lun Yu'', one by Ku Hung-ming, the other one by Xu Yuanchong. The paper mainly makes a contrastive study of different translation strategies adopted by the two translators from the perspective of fusion of horizons. In order to make an in-depth study, the thesis will focus on the analysis of the translation of core conceptual words of ''Lun Yu'', and aim to present a more appropriate translation to both fully express the content of Chinese culture and make western readers easier to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview on the Theory of Fusion of Horizons===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of “Fusion of Horizons” is the core concept of Hans-Georg Gadamer’s Hermeneutic theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fusion of Hrizons====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hans-Georg Gadamer is the greatest thinker in 20th century when his academic work ''Truth and Method'' was published. The publishment brought about widespread attention in the world and helped him reach the immortal status in the field of philosophy. Actually, the theory used in this paper is originated from ''Truth and Method''. “Horizon” was first proposed by Edmund Husserl, a great German philosopher. For the concept of “Horizon”, Husserl believed that “everything worldly giving is given under the horizon. Finally, everything given by the world itself has the horizon of the world, and it is only for this reason that it is realized as the world.” (Wei Fangyuan 2013: 134-136)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that “Horizon” in Husserl’s eye is related to consciousness. Husserl’s “Horizon” includes two ones, internal horizon and external horizon. Internal horizon refers to what previous knowledge people have grasped or not. External horizon refers to grasp or experience of another open horizon when people have internal horizon. Martin Heidegger, from the respective of Ontology, believed that “Horizon” is something real which has been known by human and exists previously. This becomes precondition of our understanding. Inspired by Martin Heidegger and Edmund Husserl, Hans-Georg Gadamer affirmed the importance of “Horizon”. In his Hermeneutic, “Horizon” refers to the process of understanding from a specific standpoint. And “Fusion of Horizons” means that the process of understanding in nature is open without fixed pattern and answer. “Fusion of Horizon is not onlly diachronic, but also synchronic. History and present, object and subject, self and other, all form an infinite unified entirety. (Wei Fangyuan 2013: 134-136 ) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gadamer thinks that, both the translator and the object which is explained by the translator have their own horizons. The object-- history, classics, personal life, philosophy or work of art—has its own historical horizons. When we understand historical classical works, philosophy or certain culture with the horizons given by the history, the conflict of two different horizons and historical background will inevitably happen. Translation neither demands the translator to totally give up his own horizon in order to get into the text’s horizons, nor allows the interpreter simply includes the text into his own horizons. Translator, starting from his original horizons, ceaselessly test his own “prejudice” and open his own horizons, in the contact with the object which is interpreted by the interpreter, then two different horizons forming a new horizon. This process is called “fusion of horizons”. The reason why it is possible to interpret historical text is the fusion of horizons of the readers and writers of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Fusion of Horizons in translation study====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the view of Hans-Georg Gadamer, any understandings is carried out in the stream of history for any interpreter and reader lives in the history in his or her own way. Historicity is the basic fact of human existence. People’s historical particularity and limitations cannot be eliminated and avoided. Both subject and object exist in historicity. History determines that people cannot get rid of historicity. Such question faced by Hermeneutics is not what we carry out but what caused on us by something beyond our willing and behavior. In the research of translation Gadamer’s “Fusion of Horizons” can be borrowed and reformed into views or perspective available to the translation study. (Li Ge 2020:50-63)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To achieve such a horizon, means that we learn to see something beyond its restricted horizon. However, the reason why we do this is for watching the things in a more correct angle and in a bigger unity, rather than for avoid seeing it.(Gadamer, H. G. 2004: 304) We need to study translation from a higher point and in a more overall angle. Only in this way can we “full see” the parts of the integrity, which is the enlightenment brought by “fusion of horizons”. The precondition of translation is that the translator and the original text have the common horizons. If the translator does not know medicine, he cannot interpret some books about medicine, and vice versa. The translator need to understand the original text’s meanings at first, which means that he will get into the horizon of the original text, and overcome the difference to form a new horizon. This is the first fusion of horizons. The second one is that the translator gets into the horizons of the target readers. Then the third fusion of horizons, the final interpretation of the translator, is the fusion of the two texts after the first two fusions. (Gadamer, H. G. 2004: 304)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the process of translation, the horizons are produced in the history rather than in isolation. In the fusion of horizons, the past and the present, the subject and the object, form a unity. Everything exists in the point of history, and all the interpretation cannot be finished for good. The original text itself is historical. The language, content, thoughts and etc. in it are marked by characteristics of the times. The translator is also historical. He will be influenced by his identity, status and tradition. There does not exist “perfectness” and “standard” in the translation. It will vary with different historical period. So the study of translation also goes on. (Gadamer, H. G. 2004: 304)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overview on the Translations of ''Lun Yu''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of “Fusion of Horizons” is the core concept of Hans-Georg Gadamer’s Hermeneutic theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The history of translations of ''Lun Yu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Lun Yu'' is as important to Chinese is the Bible is to Westerners. So ''Lun Yu''’s translation is hot in western countries. ''Lun Yu'', whose translation can be traced back as early as the end of 16th century, has been translated by lots of missionary, sinologist, philosopher, litterateur and other scholars. There have been more than 40 translation versions of ''Lun Yu'' so far. Its English translation started from 1809 when the British missionary named Joshua Marshman published the first English translation of ''Lun Yu''. In 1861 James Legge’s The Confucian Analects became the mark of the English translation of ''Lun Yu''. A Companion for Chinese Translators makes comments on the translation version that James Legge can roughly understand the meaning of the original text and that his enormous notes can show his serious and careful attitude to the translation of our Chinese classics. (Wang Hui 2003: 39-43) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1898, Ku Hong-ming’s translation of Lun Yu was published in Shanghai. The reason why he retranslated Lun Yu is that he was not content with James Legge’s. Ku Hong-ming use the strategy of foreignization, trying to translate Lun Yu in the same way an educated British express his thoughts. And Ku thought the Chinese proper nouns should be omitted and some European writers’ saying in order to remove the feeling of strangeness of British readers. In 1938, Arthur Waley’s version of Lun Yu was published. Waley wrote long-winded introduction for the translation, which was accompanied by detailed notes for readers and was followed by the footnotes for in-depth discussion on the text. Cui Yonglu thought that Waley’s translation, retaining the original text’s meaning and culture and paying attention to the detail, is beneficial to scholars. In 1998, Roger Ames’ translation of Lun Yu was published. His retranslation, which is based on a philosophical perspective, exerted great influence in the world of translation at home and abroad. In 2005, Xu Yuanchong’s Thus Spoke the Master was published. The book’s title borrowed the name of well-known philosophical translation called Thus Spoke Zarathustra, which shows Chinese translators’ creative spirits. In addition, there are still so many translators, such as Ezra Pound, James Ware, Din Cheuk Lau, Lin Yu tang and so on. (Wang Hui 2003: 39-43) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Different angles of the study on the translations of ''Lun Yu''====&lt;br /&gt;
In the nearly 30 years, the study of ''Lun Yu''’s translation has become hot in the translation studies. Scholars have made lot of studies of ''Lun Yu''’s translation from different angles and theories. From the linguistic point of view, scholars focus on the equivalence of lexicon, syntax, text and style. Professor Liu Chongde wrote “A research into Waley’s English version of The Analects—And some comments on its English versions by Legge and D. C. Lau”. Professor Liu summarized the language features and style of the two translations by Waley and Legge. Besides, he compared James Legge’s version and D. C. Lau’s, and made a conclusion that the former one preferred the written English, complicated sentences and archaic words which were quite similar to the style of the original, while the latter one preferred using spoken English and simple sentences.(Liu Chongde 2001:15-17) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the cultural point of view, Yao Shun in Southwest Jiaotong University did “On English translation of Confucius notions from the perspective of Skopos theory—A case study on Legge’s and Waley’s Translation of ''Lun Yu''”. Yao concluded that translation cannot be measured only by the equivalence with the source text, other elements such as translators’ purposes and expectation of target readers should be taken allowance for and that amongst these factors, the intention of the target text ranks the first.(Yao Shun 2014: 42-43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the sociological point of view, Zhang Xin in Jiangnan University did “A study on Xu Yuanchong’s English Translation of ''Lun Yu'' from the Sociological Perspective of Bourdieu”.   Zhang draw some tentative conclusions. Firstly, the original text must be valuable and unique with an international reputation to facilitate its dissemination in the world. Secondly, translators should pay full attention to the readability and acceptability of target readers to meet their anticipation. Thirdly, the success of a work is the combination of various social factors.(Zhang Xi 2020:80-89)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Translation of ''Lun Yu'' from Fusion of Horizons===&lt;br /&gt;
''Lun Yu'' has always been translated or retranslated into many languages. Before interpretation, interpreters are supposed to try to totally understand ''Lun Yu'' in the first step. However, in the matter of fact, the language of a text is really hard for translators to totally understand. Different cultural background and different translators may produce different translation version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Horizon of the original text====&lt;br /&gt;
Classical Chinese, hardly used today and unfamiliar to the present people, is featured by being short yet difficult, being concise yet profound. For example, “吾日三省吾身（《学而》） [8]”. In the sentence, “三” , a typical classical Chinese, means many times, which is totally different from the present meaning, number three. “吾”, also a typical classical Chinese meaning “I”, is rarely seen in the present passages, and is replaced by the “我”. &lt;br /&gt;
''Lun Yu''’s style is different from others because it does not only include the records of Confucius sayings, but also dialogues between Confucius and his disciples. The language is colloquial and usually a general idea is stated but bot discussed in detail. Though with the colloquial language, it bears rich meanings for each word, with which, Confucianism is clearly and truly expressed. Besides, the frequency of empty words is considerably high among less than 16,000 characters in ''Lun Yu''. For example, “也”, “乎”, “哉” and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Horizon of the original text====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Classical Chinese, hardly used today and unfamiliar to the present people, is featured by being short yet difficult, being concise yet profound. For example, “吾日三省吾身（《学而》）”.In the sentence, “三” , a typical classical Chinese, means many times, which is totally different from the present meaning, number three. “吾”, also a typical classical Chinese meaning “I”, is rarely seen in the present passages, and is replaced by the “我”. &lt;br /&gt;
''Lun Yu''’s style is different from others because it does not only include the records of Confucius sayings, but also dialogues between Confucius and his disciples. The language is colloquial and usually a general idea is stated but bot discussed in detail. Though with the colloquial language, it bears rich meanings for each word, with which, Confucianism is clearly and truly expressed. Besides, the frequency of empty words is considerably high among less than 16,000 characters in ''Lun Yu''. For example, “也”, “乎”, “哉” and so on. (Yao Sshun 2014:42-43) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Horizon of the translator====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ku Hung-ming (1857-1928) is not only a famous literary figure in modern China, but also a great translator. He became an influential scholar at the turn of the 20th century because of his works that advocated Confucianism. Ku’s traslated works, including Lun Yu and Zhong Yong, played a significant role in spreading traditional Chinese culture to the western world. Ku, well-versed in both Chinese and Western cultures, has a good command of nine languages such as English, French, Germany and so on. He is the first one was proficient in Western science and language in the late Qing Dynasty. Special background of growth and education makes his thoughts combine advantages between Chinese and Western cultures. He tried to translate Lun Yu as a work written by a educated English man in order to promote Chinese traditional culture to spread in Western countries. At the meanwhile, he added his thinking and understanding of Confucianism in order to express the truth and spirit of Confucian classics and Chinese belief system. In order to make Western readers accept to the most extent the Confucian culture, Ku adopted some special methods, such as using extreme translation strategy of Domestication to translate Chinese special expression; borrowing the expression in Western literature to translate some words; applying the strategy of combination of omission and addition.(Niu Xiyu 2021: 89-90)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When translating Lun Yu, Ku did not use literal translation for formal equivalence, but adopted free translation for dynamic equivalence between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can get closer to Western readers. Western readers are not familiar with Confucian core words whose total equivalence can not be found in the Wesern culture. Ku did not translate the core words according to the literal meaning, but according to his deep understanding of Confucian classics he adopted flexible methods to translate the words in different situation. Besides, in order to make the translation of Lun Yu more readable to Western readers, Ku adopted the stratedy of domestication to interprete Confucian thoughts in Western way of mind. On the one hand, Ku used Western terms to translate those Confucian concept words which is difficult to Western readers. For example, he translates “天” as “God”. On the other hand, he quoted those well-known writers and thinkers who are familiar to Western readers, such as Johann Wolfgang von Goethe, Ralph Waldo Emersonand so on. Ku tries to make the content and form of the translation to accord with the way of thinking and cognitive structure of Western people. (Niu Xiyu 2021: 89-90)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong, professor in Peking University, has been devoting himself in Literature translation study. He accomplished numerous classical translations and proposed many translation theories. He makes contribution to the development of Chinese traditional career.In 1921, Xu Yuanchong was born in Jiangxi Province in China. Since he was a child, Xu Yuanchong had been deeply influenced by his families. His mother was well educated and his uncle worked as a translator. All of these inspired his passion of enjoying literature and going after beauty, as we can see the three-beauty-concept-concept proposed in his later books. His uncle succeeded in translating the play called Wang Baochuan into English, which caused a sensation when it was performed in England. Later on the British dramatist George Bernard Shaw interviewed his uncle, which inspired the great interests of Xu Yuanchong in learning English well. In 1938, he was admitted to the Foreign Languages Department of National Southwest United University with the seventh place. In 1939, he translated the book “别丢掉” written by Lin Huiyin at the first time in order to express his love for a girl. Then he fell in love with translation ever after. Although suffering a lot, he still insisted to be himself. Xu made a great contribution to the development of Chinese translation. Xu introduces the three-beauty-concept to translation theory. The theory of three beauty advocates that a translation should be as beautiful as the original in sense, in sound and in font. These three aspects call also be respectively called Beauty of Sense, Beauty of Sound, and Beauty of Form. Beauty of Sense, emphasizing the deeper meaning, is of the first-rate importance. Beauty of Sound, emphasizing rhyme and rhythm, is of the second-importance. Beauty of Form, emphasizing length, is of the third-rate importance. All of these have great influence on his translation. (Li Mi 2004: 83-84)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Horizon of the target language culture====&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of translation is to be read by the target readers. However, the target individual is different. They differ from historical background, education, knowledge, and so on. Some foreign readers read Lun Yu just for broaden his vision and know Chinese culture, some study the translation just for doing academic researches. The ages of target readers also influence the translation. Some young readers with less knowledge need translation which can be easily understood. For those aged readers the sophisticated translations are needed. (Niu Xiyu 2021: 89-90)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Contrastive Analysis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Confucian classics recording the words and deeds between Confucius and his disciples, Lun Yu deeply influences generations of Chinese people. Lun Yu combines Chinese rich culture from thousands of years and gathers immortal spirit of Eastern philosophy. Therefore, a number of scholars at home or abroad want to translate Lun Yu. Especially, the various academic conference that has taken place in the recent years attract many scholars to absorb Confucian wisdom and explore Chinese wisdom from the old classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Description of key conceptual words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Lun Yu''’s English translation started from 1809 when the British missionary named Joshua Marshman published the first English translation of ''Lun Yu''. Since that many other scholars have thrown themselves in the wave of translation of ''Lun Yu''. The scholars at home and abroad attempt to know more about the Chinese society, language, and Chinese culture through ''Lun Yu''. However, in order to really understand and interpret ''Lun Yu'', we must be clear about the meaning of the core conceptual words in ''Lun Yu''. Whether the translation of the core conceptual words is right or not has something to do with whether the readers abroad can understand the real meaning of the classics ''Lun Yu''. The translation of core conceptual words is so critical that has drawn many scholars’ attention. However, in the present situation of translation, one core conceptual word has so many Chinese translation, and some translation is not very accurate, which will cause trouble for foreigner readers to understand the original meaning and its cultural meaning. For those core words concerning Chinese culture, if wrongly translated, will not cause foreigners’ misunderstanding Chinese traditional culture, but also influence the improvement of national cultural soft power. Thus, the discussion of the translation of ''Lun Yu'', especially that of the core words, is very important to the circles of translation and culture. There are lots of core conceptual words in Lun Yu, but This thesis will mainly discuss the five core words: “''ren''”, “''li''”, and “''junzi''”. &lt;br /&gt;
“''Ren''” is the supreme state of moral ideal advocated by Confucius, and the spirit and centre of Confucian theory. Xu Shen in the Eastern Han Dynasty made an explanation of the word “''ren''” in “Shuo-wen chieh-tzu”. He thought “''ren''” is combined by “''ren''”(man) and “er”(number 2), and that “''ren''” does not express the quantitative relation but the interpersonal relationship, more accurately the interpersonal relationship close to friendship. (Xu Shen 2013: 1458) According to The Notes of ''Lun Yu'' by Yang Bojun, “''ren''” appears 109 times in ''Lun Yu'' . (Yang Bojun, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“''Li''” is another important concept in ''Lun Yu'' after “''ren''”. According to The Notes of ''Lun Yu'' by Yang Bojun, “''li''” appears 74 times. Obviously, “''li''” is one of main ideas repeated by Confucius. Its connotation has become one of the objects the scholars of every dynasty attempt to study and understand since the ''Lun Yu'' came out. Both “''ren''” and “''li''” work as the centre of Confucianism. They complement and perfect each other. Just as the saying in Lun Yu, “To Subdue Oneself and Return to the Proprieties is Perfect Virtue”. “Li” refers to external behavior, while “ren” refers to internal morality. “''Li''” is a general term the rules and regulation according to the moral demanding. “''Li''” can restrict personal behavior, improve interpersonal relationship and help building a harmony and orderly society. However, Confucius does not give an accurate explanation of “''li''”, but its meanings can be analyzed from the concrete sentences concerning “''li''”. (Yang Bojun 2009: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“''Junzi''”, first found in The Book of Songs, was roughly referred to noble man. Thereafter, “''junzi''” was widely used in many ancient classics such as The Book of Changes, Shangshu and so on. Based on the original meaning “the noble man”, “''junzi''”’s meaning was extended and expanded. In Lun Yu, the word “''junzi''” got extended meaning of morality. The core conceptual word “''junzi''” mainly placed emphasis on moral deeds, then developed into the important cultural icon in Confucianism. According to The Notes of ''Lun Yu'' by Yang Bojun, “''junzi''” appears 107 times in ''Lun Yu'' .(Yang Bojun 2009: 11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Different translations of key conceptual words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different translators will have different translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Ren” has rich meanings. Its translation will to the certain degree influence the understanding of Lun Yu and Chinese traditional culture. For example:&lt;br /&gt;
子曰：“巧言令色，鲜矣仁！”《学而》&lt;br /&gt;
Ku: Confucius remarked, “With plausible speech and fine manners will seldom be found moral character.” &lt;br /&gt;
Xu: A good man, said the Master, would rarely say what he does not believe, or pretend to appear better than he is.&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation above, it is seen that Ku adopts free translation, and the English sentence is in formal grammer and syntax which accords with Western readers’ language habits. While Xu’s translation is not in the form of direct speech and he changes the order of the target text and use the parenthesis so as to conform to the habits of target language readers. It can be easily seen that Ku did not use literal translation for formal equivalence, but adopted free translation for dynamic equivalence between the original text and the target text, so that the translation can get closer to Western readers. And Xu employs free translation to make target readers better understand the meanings. For the translation of “ren”, Ku translated it into “moral character”. He thought “ren” is refers to all the morality, and that “ren” is the highest realm of life. The translation “moral character” is more in line with Western language habits. While Xu interpreted it into “a good person”, of which “good” has broad meanings just like “ren” which is a kind of moral category of extremely broad meanings in ancient China. By comparison, “mental character” is better translation for “ren”. (Yang Bojun 2009: 23) (Ku Hung-ming 2011) (Xu Yuanchong 2013:18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Li” is generally thought to have three main meanings. The first one is worshiping the God. The second one refers to a ceremony held to show respect or solemnity. The third one refers to the social and moral norms of the aristocratic hierarchy in slave society of feudal society. For example, &lt;br /&gt;
道之以道，齐之以礼，有耻且格 。（《为政》）&lt;br /&gt;
Ku: If, on the other hand, in government you depend upon the moral sentiment, and maintain order by encouragung education and good manners, the people will have a sense of shame for wrong – doing and, moreover, wil emulate what is good. &lt;br /&gt;
Xu: If they are led by virtue and order is kept by the rites, they would be conscientious and act in agreement with what is right. &lt;br /&gt;
Generally, “li” is rendered as “rites,” “customs,” “propriety,” “ritual,” “moral,” “rules of proper behavior,” and “worship.” However, Ku did not literally translated “li” but to fully understand its original meaning in such concrete situation to translated it into “education and good manners”. While Xu translated it into “rites”. In the Oxford dictionary, “rite” means a ceremony performed by a particular group, often for religious purpose. In Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods of China, the social order was in chaos. Actually, “rite” is a proper word full of Chinese speciality, which is really hard for Western readers to understand. Therefore, Ku’s translation “education and good manners” is better one. It not only convey Confucian thoughts but also make it readable to Western readers. (Ku Hung-ming 2011) (Xu Yuanchong 2013:18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Junzi” is Confucian ideal character standard. Then what is “junzi”? In Confucian point of view, “junzi” should be erudite, which is an important standard of being “junzi”. First and the most, “junzi” should be a benevolent man. In addition, “junzi” and “xiaoren” form contrast. For example,&lt;br /&gt;
人不知，而不愠，不亦君子乎？（《学而》）&lt;br /&gt;
Ku: But he is truly a wise and good man who fees no discomposure even when he is not noticed of men.&lt;br /&gt;
Xu: Is he not an intelligentleman, who is careless alike of being known or unknown?&lt;br /&gt;
According to Oxford dictionary, the term “exemplary” refers to providing a good example for people to copy. Ku adopted free translation to interprete one word “junzi” into several words “wide and good man”, which is easy for Western peple to understand what “junzi” is. It can be seen that Ku had a thoroungh understanding of Confucian thoughts as well as well-versed in English. While, Xu translated it into “intelligentleman”, which cannot be found in dictionaries. It is a new word created by Xu. “Interlligentleman” is combined by “intelligent” and “gentleman”. In the Oxford dictionary, the term “intelligent” means good at learning, understanding and thinking in a logical way about things. “gentleman” refers to a man who is polite and well educated and who has excellent manners and always behaves well. “Intelligentlemen” seemly attempt to achieve formal equivalence with “junzi”. However, it is unfamiliar to Wetern readers. So Ku’s translation “a wise and goood man”. (Ku Hung-ming 2011) (Xu Yuanchong 2013:18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, we have talked over two translation versions of ''Lun Yu'' written by Ku Hung-ming and Xu Yuanchong, especially the core conceptual words in ''Lun Y''u. In the matter of fact, both of them had good command of Chinese and western cultures. But their interpretation of Lun Yu were quite different from each other. Here we use Gadamer’s “fusion of horizons” to explain why they had different understandings of Lun Yu. Understanding is regarded as the fusion of horizons between translator and the text in the hermeneutics, however, besides, the target readers should also be taken into consideration. Thus, in the paper, the horizons of the original text, two translators and target readers are expounded in detail. Under the contrast between the two translation versions, we could find out that Ku Hung-ming’s translation is better one which can more convey the meaning of original text and can be easier for the readers of the target culture from the perspective of the fusion of horizons. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this paper could not give an in-depth research on the transaltion of ''Lun Yu'' because of the author’s limited knowledge and not thorough understanding of the theory of “fusion of horizons”. In addition, Confucianism has got more and more important influence on the world in the recent years. However, the study of translation of ''Lun Yu'' has not gone far enough. Though lots of scholars have achieved a lot in the field, there is still much work to do in the future. Written by --[[User:Kuang Yanli|Kuang Yanli]] ([[User talk:Kuang Yanli|talk]]) 03:41, 9 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zongzheng, Ma Haidong 李宗政,马海东. (2016)《论语》英译的当代价值研究[J] [A study on the contemporary value of the ''Analects of Confucius''] 112-116.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Yuanfang 韦芳元. (2020) 浅析伽达默尔的视域融合理论[J].[On the Gadamer’s Theory Fusion of Horizons] 2013(12):134-136.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gadamer, H. G. Truth and Method[M]. New York: Continuum, 2004: 304.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Hui 王辉. (2003) 理雅各与《中国经典》[J]. [James Legge and Chinese Classics] 2003: 39-43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lieu Chongde 刘重德. (2003)《论语》韦利英译本之研究—兼议里雅各、刘殿爵英译本[J]. [A Study of Lun Yu by Whaley—Discussion on contrastive analysis between James Legge and D.C.Lau)  2001: 15-17.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yao Shun 姚舜. (2014) 目的论视角下的儒家思想核心概念英译研究—以理雅各和韦利《论语》英译对比分析为例[D]. [A Study of Lun Yu Translated by Xu Yuanchong in the perspective of Skopostheory] 2014: 42-43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Niu Xiyu 牛汐语. (2021) 辜鸿铭《论语》译本中译者主体性的体现[J]. [The Presentation of Translator’s Subjectivity in Ku Hung-ming’s Lun Yu’s Translation] 2021:89-90.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Mi 李谧. (2004) 许渊冲的诗译“三美”之说[J]. [Three Beauty in Poetic Translation of Xu Yuanchong] 2004: 83-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Shen 许慎. (2013)《说文解字》[Z]. [Shut-wen chieh-tzu] 2013: 1458&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Bojun 杨伯峻. (2009)《论语释注》[Z]. [Annotation Analects] 2009: 213, 214, 215,2, 11, 23,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ku Hungming 辜鸿铭.(2011)《辜鸿铭英译&amp;lt;论语&amp;gt;》[M]. [The Discourses And Sayings of Confucius] 2011&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuanchong, Xu. (2013) Thus Spoke the Master[M]. Beijing: Dolphin Books, 2013: 12, 18.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=杨柳青 Bian Zhilin's Literary Translation Theories and Practice——Take His Translation of Romantic Poems as Examples=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Liuqing杨柳青,Hunan Normal University,China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_10]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Atta Ur Rahman Exploring Translation Strategies: A Case Study of the English Translation of the Holy Quran= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This study aims at diagnosing culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran and the strategies which were used to translate the CSIs. Translating CSIs can be a demanding task because such items have specific meanings in the culture and language in which they exist but not necessarily in others. Taking this fact into account, the present study investigates the strategies used in the translation of culture-specific items in the English translation of the Holy Quran. Moreover, the researcher explored the most frequently employed translation procedures. To achieve these goals, the descriptive approach is applied for the analysis of the translation of specific items of culture. The descriptive analysis is also used for the investigation of the translation procedures used therein. The findings of this study indicate that the use of cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedures were the second most frequently applied translation strategies which were followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. The results shows that the translation procedures are helpful (especially the target-oriented ones) in conveying the meaning of the text from Arabic into English in different ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
The Holy Quran, Translation Strategies/procedures, Culture-Specific Items, Newmark &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Overview &lt;br /&gt;
Translation that plays a crucial role in introducing the history and in transferring the culture of an area is a kind of communication between different languages. It is also illustrated “as the result of a linguistic-textual procedure in which a text in one language is re-contextualized in another language.” In the re-contextualization, studies on translation demonstrate that there are certain critical points (Munday 2012, 37) that are problematic for translators, especially, when dealing with vital cultural texts such as religious texts (Malmkjær, 2015, 10). It helps to communicate and exchange information with people from different countries and cultures. Khammyseh argues that translation is one of the traditional communicating methods between communities all around the world. (Khammyseh 2005, 9). Jothiraj states that “translation plays an important role in the inter-lingual process of communication”(Jothiraj 2004, 1. Translation is essential for cultures and languages to exchange information. Newmark (1988) defines it as a craft in which a written message in a language is replaced by the same story in another language. According to him, Translation is the art of trying to translate what is written or expressed in one language into another language with the same message or expression. To accomplish a qualified translation, the translator needs to be aware of different aspects. Many scholars in translation have noticed that the difficulty for a translator is to translate texts which deals with religious concepts and cultural specific items. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida (1964) indicated that translation is the way of finding natural issues in the TL close to the SL, in terms of message and style. Larson (1998) has acknowledged that dealing with religious and cultural items is the most difficult, both in finding equivalence and analyzing the source vocabulary. Among the many challenges that exist for the translator is to bring the concept of the SL to a deeper meaning in the TL, the main problem is how to give CSIs, the significance which is firmly connected to the particular cultural context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture plays a considerable role, Snell-Hornby assumed that “Culture refers to all socially conditioned aspects of human life”.(Snell-Hornby 1988, 33). Another definition of culture is formulated by Goodenough. For him, culture is “what people have to learn as distinct from their biological heritage, must consist of the end product of learning: knowledge, in a most general, if relative, sense of the term.&amp;quot;(Goodenough 1957, 167. By this definition, we should note that culture is not only a material phenomenon; it does not consist of things, people, behavior, or emotions. It is rather the organization of these things. It is the forms of things that people have in their minds, their models for perceiving, relating, and otherwise interpreting them”. According to him, if the translator wants to understand a culture, she or he has to understand that culture is a mixture of belief and knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The religious text and especially the Holy Quran have played a significant role in human life throughout history to guide human beings towards the right path. Translating religious text can be a hectic job. When it comes to religious texts like the Holy Quran, it might be even more hectic. The Holy Quran has a profound impact on the human lives of its believers. It spreads spiritual serenity and peace of mind. Lustig and Joline thought that “religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another”(Lustig and Joline 2003, 16). But sometimes believers of Islam (whether they are native or not native speakers of the language) face a tremendous difficulty when they want to understand the meaning of a certain lexical unit, lexis that can be identified as Quranic-specific words/phrases. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This study is aimed to probe Newmark's (1988) translation procedures applied to translate cultural items from the SL (Arabic) to the TL (English) and to focus on translation strategies used by the English translator to transfer absolute and in-depth intended meanings of the CSI in the Holy Quran. If we examine Newmark's opinion, seventeen procedures may be needed by a translator in the process of translation. However, only a few translation procedures are relevant to this translation, they are Transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes.(Newmark 1988, 81). These types of translation procedures are usually used to translate cultural terms contained in the text involving Surah Yusuf as a source language. Thus, in the relationship between translation and culture, the strategies offered should be understood as an attempt to make the translation easy to understand by the TR without blurring the message contained in the text written in the SL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation and Culture===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Translation and Culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture and translation are intimately connected, for understanding the culture translation plays a crucial role. In every nation, there are multiple cultures which reflect how people behave, socially, traditionally and politically and also practice their specific languages. Languages have a complex system of communication that humans adapt from different cultural background. When someone wants to know more about any culture, it is necessary to know about that language. For understanding the language they need to translate it as one might not understand the particular language. Thus, translation fills the gap created by languages that is a very important aspect of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation is the process of translating a point or text from one language to another, we can also refer translation to moving of something from one place to another. Translation impacts also on our real life, in a way of transforming other cultures, norms and traditions into our culture. Translators play a vital role in culture and mediators between cultures, dedicated to linking the gap that repeatedly hinders effective communication between communities. According to Peter Newmark, “translators have been entrusted the elegant and highly-demanding task of representing cultures for decades” (Newmark 1988, 7). Newmark established connections concerning the relationship between culture and translating. In his book, he regards translation as a process of “representing the meaning of a text into another language in the way that the author planned the text” (Newmark 1988, 5). According to him, although this process has been supposed to be simple, in reality, translators have been facing the complex task of translating and conveying culture for decades, ever since countries began establishing relationships between one another. (Newmark 1988, 7).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of translation studies, translation has been discussed through multiple routes which based on practicality and some theoretical aspects. For instance, Catford (1965) defined it as &amp;quot;the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language” (Catford 1965, 20). According to Venuti’s translation is &amp;quot;the forcible replacement of the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text with a text that will be understandable to the target language reader” (Venuti 1995, 18). Schjoldager stated that “a translation is a text that expresses what another text has expressed in another language” (Schjoldager 2008, 19). Culture is a complex whole which includes knowledge, belief, art, law, morals, customs and many other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society. The translation is no longer considered to be a mere cross-linguistic activity but it significantly is cross-cultural communication.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Since language reflects the way of life and basic parts of it, the process of translation cannot be done without the integration of cultural symbols into the construction of meaning. Hassan (2014), claimed that a good translation “is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features” (Hassan 2014, 2). Hermanns (1999) contributed that translation should be recognized as a cultural act. It is a kind of linguistic-cultural activity that involves at least two languages and two cultural traditions. Similarly, translation is not just a verbal act; it is also cultural, which is an act of communication of cultures. Later, Hassan emphasized a good translation &amp;quot;is one that carries all the ideas of the original as well as its structural and cultural features&amp;quot; and that &amp;quot;reconstructs the cultural/historical context of the original&amp;quot;(Hassan 2014, 2). &lt;br /&gt;
These statements demonstrate that there is an interaction between translation and culture, Newmark (2001), illustrated that culture in translation competence is “the greatest hurdle to translation, at least the achievement of an accurate and decent translation&amp;quot; (Newmark 2001, 328). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bearing in mind the general alliance among researchers regarding the importance of culture in translation, the translation activity is a question of transferring the correct meaning and that the translator has a productive role in transferring not only the linguistic system of the source text but also the cultural one. As such, it is extremely difficult to draw a borderline between translation and culture as they are inextricably overlaid and this connection leads to creative translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1 Culture-Specific Items (CSIs) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Culture-specific items are notions that are specific to a particular culture. These concepts are using in different domains such as flora, fauna, food, clothes, housing, work, leisure, politics, law, and religion in the way of life. These cultural concepts are consist of different suggestion and approaches. For the denomination of these concepts, many scholars and linguists employed different names or terms, relatively different definitions are given and they tried to define some points that were related to the culture but they not defined even the name of the concept clearly. Scholars refer different names to these culture-specific items, Newmark uses the term cultural words. (Newmark 1988, 327) Christine Nord names them “culturemes” (Nord 1997, 9)  while in one of the newer studies, focused on the translation of culture-specific items, Mohammad Reza Shah Ahmadi and Fatemeh Nosrati employ a term culture-bound element (Ahmadi and Nosrati 2012, 1). &lt;br /&gt;
After a long time, some scholars prefer the terms “culture-specific item” (Aixela, 1997; Davies, 2003), others choose cultural words (Newmark, 2003) or culture-bound phenomena/concepts (Baker, 1992, Newmark, 2003, Robinson, 2003). In this study, the term “culture-specific item” is used as the basic term, as well as its abbreviation CSI, although other synonyms may be used to prevent repetition. &amp;quot;Culture-specific items are defined by different scholars according to their differences and similarities. Meanwhile, Mona Baker (1992) defines specific concepts of culture as “sourcelanguage words that express concepts unknown in the target culture” (Baker, 1992, 21). It may relate to religion, kind of food or social customs. Newmark suggests to culture-specific items as cultural words (Newmark 1988, 94). He further discussed that in many circumstances, cultural words are somewhat easy to detect in a text because they are closely related to a specific language and unable to translate word by word (Newmark 1988, 95). When they cannot be translated literary then he mentioned that the translators usually the purpose is to provide a descriptive-functional equivalent (Newmark 1988, 95).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1.1 Translation of CSIs in the Holy Quran&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Holy Quran is the most basic religious book for Muslims, the Quran was revealed to the prophet Muhammad (PBUH). The Quranic corpus, created in an early form of Classical Arabic, is traditionally believed to be a literal transcript of God’s speech and to constitute the earthly production of an uncreated and eternal heavenly original, according to the general view referred to in the Quran itself as “the well-preserved tablet” (al-lawḥ al-mahfūẓ; Qurʾān 85, P. 22). It has a heartfelt impact on human lives and their believers. It spreads spiritual stability and peace of mind. According to (Lustig and Joline 2003, 16) “Religion is an important institutional network that binds people to one another.” &lt;br /&gt;
Translating Quranic-specific words/phrases is considered a great challenge for the translators which requires an accurate interpretation and consciousness of the crucial functions of these Quranic-specific words/phrases. Therefore, they have to focus on a set of aspects to attain equivalence and then render the exact meaning.  The translation of the Holy Quran is a debatable process because Arabic is full of cultural-specific concepts with no proper equivalent in other languages; consequently, some equivalents fail to convey their cultural meaning thoroughly. The translation is seen as the process of reconstructing a text into other languages. In the Holy Quran, it is mentioned in the Surah of Yusuf: “we have sent it down as an Arabic Quran”, the translated text has been simply seen as a commentary, explaining, or paraphrasing of the source text. In general, exact translation never occurs; rather this can be a basic interpretation of the Holy Quran. In the process of translation of the Holy Quran, language and CSI items and rhetorical features were not inimitable and reproducible into other languages. &lt;br /&gt;
Translating CSIs is a strenuous task because such elements have special meanings in culture and language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types of Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
3. Types of Translation &lt;br /&gt;
Newmark (1988) determines 8 types of translation which are: &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3.1 Word-for-Word Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually indicated as an interlinear translation, with the target language immediately below the source language words. The source language word-order is preserved and the words translated singly by their most common meanings, out of context. These words are translated literally. Some of the uses of point-by-point translation are to understand the mechanics of the source language or to create a difficult text as a pre-translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2 Literal translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this type of translation, the grammatical structures of the source language are changed to the nearest target language equivalent but the written points remain the same to one another, out of context. &lt;br /&gt;
3.3 Faithful translation &lt;br /&gt;
This translation attempts to reproduce the original exact meaning within the limitations of the TL grammatical structures. It also conveys cultural words and maintains an unusual degree of grammar and strength in translation. It tries to make the SL author completely loyal to the intent and reality of the text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.4 Semantic Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Semantic translation takes much of the aesthetic value of the source language text, making sense where appropriate so that there are no implications, wordplay or repetition roots in the finished version. It may translate less important cultural points by a culturally neutral third or active terms but not by cultural equation and it may also give the reader more small concessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.5 Adaptation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an unrestricted form of translation. It is used mainly for plays and poetry, the themes, characters, plots are usually preserved, the SL culture converted to the TL culture and the text rewritten (Ahmad 2015, 15). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.6 Free Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The content without a form of the original or the matter without the manner is the productions of free translation. It is also known as intra-lingual translation and it is usually longer than the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.7 Idiomatic Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.8 Communicative Translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This type of translation replicates the original message but degrades the depth of meaning by selecting meanings and dialogues that do not exist in the original. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Strategies  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Translation Strategies &lt;br /&gt;
Many theorists have used the term translation strategy extensively but with some significant differences in meaning and perspective that they see. Many theorists have used the approach of translation comprehensively but with some notable differences in meaning and vision as they appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 Aixela Translation Strategies: &lt;br /&gt;
According to Aixela (1996), translators need to choose several strategies based on the source language culture and target culture.  He distinguishes many of the translation strategies that apply to the translation of culture-specific items and at the same time, he tries to command by the level of their intercultural intervention. He divided it into two groups; conservative groups (5 approaches) and the substitution (6 strategies). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1. Conservation: &lt;br /&gt;
In conservation, the less compelling process includes repetition, orthographic adaptation, linguistic translation, extratextual gloss and intratextual gloss. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.1 Repetition: In repetition, there is simply the transference of the culture-specific items from the ST to the TT. Thus, the translator keeps as much as possible the original reference (Aixela, 1996, p. 61). This approach is often used for languages that do not differ in the alphabet and most for names. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.2 Orthographic Adaptation: The orthographic adaptation involves writing or &lt;br /&gt;
transliteration, mainly when the original term is given in a different alphabet than the one used in the target culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.3 Linguistics translation: Linguistic translation emphasizes on the way where the translator chooses the source closest to the original text and increases his understanding by giving the TL version which is still relevant to the ST cultural system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.4 Extra-textual Gloss: Here, the extra-textual gloss refers to additional information to the previously mentioned procedures, The translator uses one of the above strategies but considers it as a necessity to explain the meaning or concept of CSI. In this gloss, it can be footnotes, endings, words, ideas, translators in dictionaries, italics and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.5 Intra-textual Gloss: It's like the past but the translator feels that he/she can include the globe as an indirect part of the text, not to distract the reader. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 Substitution &lt;br /&gt;
In substitution, According (Aixela, 1996) “that synonymy, limited universalization, absolute universalization, naturalization, deletion, and autonomous creation are encompassing here”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.1 Synonymy: This strategy is a stylist used to avoid the constant repetition of culturespecific items in the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.2 Limited Universalization: When the translator realizes that the culture-specific item is not clear to the reader or that another source CSI exists in the source language which can be replaced, replace it with data. Of course, the location is not as specific to the source language as the first one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.3 Absolute Universalization: The only difference between limited universalization and absolute universalization is when the translator cannot find the best known CSI in the source language or prefers to eliminate the unusual concept and choose a neutral term. (Aixela, 1997, p.63). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.4 Naturalization: In this case “translator brings the culture-specific item into the TL culture” (Shokri, Ketabi, 2015, p.8). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.5 Deletion: When the CSI is “unacceptable ideologically or stylistically or it is not relevant enough for the effort of comprehension required for the readers” (Aixela, 1996, p. 64), or very clear that the translator does not want to use any strategy, they delete the CSI. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1.6 Autonomous Creation: When the translator agrees to use non-existent cultural &lt;br /&gt;
reference in the ST.(Aixela, 1997). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 Mona Baker’s Translation Strategies &lt;br /&gt;
Baker’s strategies have been used by professional translators at word level in their translations, to deal with issues while performing the task of translation. (Baker, 1992). He suggests various procedures to work for unequal treatment at the point level, for example, translation by a more general word, translation by a more neutral / less obvious word, translation by paraphrasing, Using related words, and so on. She formulates the classification in different strategies, which are the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.1 Translation by a more general word: According to Baker, this has to do with the meaning of the proposition. Appropriately it works in many languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.2 Translation by a more neutral/ less expressive word: This is another strategy in terms of semantics it does with differences with obvious meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.3 Translation by cultural substitution: This strategy involves placing culture-specific material that does not have the same predictive meaning as the target language material but may have the same effect on the target reader. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.4 Translation using a loan word: This strategy relies on culture-specific items, modern borrowing points plus interpretation concepts and buzz points. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.5 Translation by paraphrase using a related word: When the source material is written in the target language but separately, and when the frequency used in the source text is high, it will be natural in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.6 Translation by paraphrase using unrelated words: This strategy can be used when the concept in the source material is not lexical in the TL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.7 Translation by omission: Losing phrases or words that are not vital to text development. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3.8 Translation by an illustration: Here, use examples when the source word is not equal in the target language. Each theorist presents their strategies according to their point of view, however, Baker's (1992) translation strategies include the most applicable set of strategies, as it shows the strategies used by professional translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Cultural Categories  ===&lt;br /&gt;
5. Cultural categories &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
5.1.2 Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
In this type of cultural category, Newmark labels those words which have some similarities and differences in culture concerning the environment. For Example, animals, colors, astronomy, plants birds etc. They will also have some geographical features that can normally differ from other cultural terms in that they usually have no political, commercial value. &lt;br /&gt;
5.1.2 Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
Material culture is also known as artefacts, In the category of material culture, Newmark included Food, clothes, housing, transport, and communications and also those objects which are made by humans. For Example, Clothing, atoms, crops, vegetables, jewellery, drugs, planets etc. “Food is for many the most sensitive and important expression of national culture. The function of the generic clothes terms is approximately constant, indicating the part of the body that is covered, but the description varies depending on climate and material used, houses and town, and transport.” &lt;br /&gt;
5.1.3 Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
The social culture is divided by Newmark in two ways, they are work and leisure. For example, Trade, armour, literature, poets, markets, games. &lt;br /&gt;
5.1.4 Organisation &lt;br /&gt;
Newmark organizations are divided into five categories: political and administrative conditions, historical conditions, and international conditions. ‘The international community terms usually have recognized translations which are in• fact through-translations, and are now generally known by their acronyms', religious terms, artistic terms; “the translation of artistic terms referring to movements, processes and organizations generally depend on the putative knowledge of the readership. For example, adultery, business, corruption, sex, poverty, marriage, divorce etc.”  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
5.2 Newmark Classification CSIs &lt;br /&gt;
Newmark (1988) established the classification of culture-specific items (CSIs) into five classes which are; &lt;br /&gt;
Table 1. Newmark classification of Culture-Specific Items.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
5.2.1 Categorization of CSIs in Surah Yousuf of the Holy Quran &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Verse No. 	Terms 	English Translation 	Categories &lt;br /&gt;
1 	 الۡکِتٰبِ 	Book 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 	 قرُۡءٰنًا 	Quran 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 	  الۡقَصَصِ 	Narration 	Gesture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 	  رَايَۡتُ 	Dream 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 	 کَوۡکَبًا	Stars 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 	 ال َّ شمۡسَ 	Sun 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7 	 الۡقَمَرَ 	Moon 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8 	 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ 	Events 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9 	 يعَۡقوُۡبَ 	House of Yaqub 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10 	 يعَۡقوُۡبَ 	Yaqub 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11 	 ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ 	Ibrahim 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12 	 اِسۡحٰقَ 	Ishaq 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13 	 اقۡتلُوُا	Kill 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14 	 ارَۡضًا	Earth 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15 	 الۡجُبِّ 	Pit 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16 	 ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ   	Wayfares 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17 	 يٰۤابََانَا	Father 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18 	 َّ يرۡتعَۡ 	Eat 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19 	 وَ يَلۡعَبۡ 	Play  	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20 	 لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ 	Guard 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
21 	 وَ اخََافُ 	Fear 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
22 	 الذِئّۡبُ 	Wolf 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
23 	 عِشَاءًٓ 	Nightfall 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
24 	 َّ يبۡکُوۡنَ 	Weeping 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
25 	 مَتاَعِنَا	Belongings 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
26 	 قمَِيۡصِہٖ 	Shirt 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
27 	 وَارِدہَمُۡ 	Water drawer 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
28 	 دلَۡوَهٗ 	Bucket 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
29 	 بِثمََنٍ   ۢ بَخۡسٍ 	Paltry price 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30 	 درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ  	Silver coin 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
31 	 مِّصۡرَ 	Egypt 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
32 	 لِامۡرَاتَِہٖۤ 	Wife 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
33 	 الۡارَۡضِ 	Land 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
34 	 اشَُدَّ هٗۤ 	Prime age 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
35 	 الۡابَۡوَابَ 	Door 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
36 	 مَعَاذَ ّٰ  ِ 	Master 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
37 	 ال ُّ سوۡٓءَ 	Evil 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
38 	 الۡفَحۡشَاءَؕٓ 	Lewdness 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
39 	 عِبَادِنَا	Servant 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
40 	 وَ قَدَّ تۡ 	Ripped 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
41 	 عَذاَبٌ 	Punishment 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
42 	 ُّ يسۡجَنَ 	Prison 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
43 	 الۡعَزِيۡزِ 	Minister 	Organistion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
44 	 حُباؕ 	Love 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
45 	 فتَٰىہَا	Slave 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
46 	 سِکِّيۡنًا	Knife 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
47 	 مَلکٌَ 	Angel 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
48 	 فَاسۡتجََابَ 	Prayer 	Gestures &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
49 	 خَمۡرًا	Wine 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
50 	 خُبۡزًا	Bread 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
51 	 رَاۡسِیۡ 	Head 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
52 	 ال َّ طيۡرُ 	Birds 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
53 	 ءَارَۡبَابٌ 	Gods 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
54 	 يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ 	Prisoners 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
55 	 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ 	Worship 	Gesture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
56 	 ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ 	Satan 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
57 	 الۡمَلِکُ 	King 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
58 	 بَقَرٰتٍ 	Cows 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
59 	 خُضۡرٍ 	Green 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
60 	 يٰبسِٰتٍ 	Dry 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
61 	 سُنۡۢبلُٰتٍ 	Grain 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
62 	 تزَۡرَعُوۡنَ 	Crops 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
63 	 يغَُاثُ 	Rain 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
64 	 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ 	Juice 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
65 	 النِّسۡوَةِ 	Women 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
66 	 ال َّ رسُوۡلُ 	Messenger 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
67 	 الۡعَزِيۡزِ 	Governor 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
68 		 ال	ّٰ صدِقِيۡنَ 	Truthful 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
69 	 الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ 	Betray 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
70 	 خَزَائِٓنِ 	Treasure 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
71 	 مَ َّ کنَّ ا	Power 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
72 	 بِرَحۡمَتِنَا	Mercy 	Gestures &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
73 	 يَتَّ قوُۡنَ 	Taqwa 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
74 	 الۡمُنۡزِلِيۡنَ 	Hospitality 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
75 	 رِحَالِہِمۡ 	Camel 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
76 	 وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا	Family 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
77 	 بَابٍ 	Gate 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
78 	 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ 	Sovereignty 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
79 	 الۡعِيۡرُ 	Caravan 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
80 	 لسَٰرِقوُۡنَ 	Thieves 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
81 	 السِّقَايَۃَ 	Bowl 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
82 	 تاَ ّٰ  ِ	Swear 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
83 	 کٰذِبيِۡنَ 	Liars 	Habit &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
84 	 وِّعَاءِٓ 	Bag 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
85 	 درََجٰتٍ 	Rank 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
86 	 َّ موۡثِقًا	Pledge 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
87 	 الۡحٰکِمِيۡنَ 	Judges 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
88 	 الۡقَرۡيَۃَ 	Town 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
89 	 عَيۡنٰہُ 	Eyes 	 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
90 	 الۡبَشِيۡرُ 	News 	Social culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
91 	 ابَوََيۡہِ 	Parents 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
92 	 الۡعَرۡشِ 	Thrown 	Organization &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
93 	 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ 	Devices 	Material culture &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
94 	 وَ الۡارَۡضِ 	Earth 	Ecology &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
95 	 ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ 	Heavens 	Ecology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Translation Procedure ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Translation Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are seventeen different kinds of translation procedures classified by Newmark. According to (Gallagher 1996, 31), “translation procedures are the technical devices to convey the message of a text in one language into another language.” The difference between translation procedure and translation methods discussed by (Newmark 1988, 81), “translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language.” &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
6.1 Transference &lt;br /&gt;
Transference is the way through which we convert the source language to target language and also contains transliteration or transcription. Transference is also known as loan words, there is no transformation in the spelling of the words that have been translated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.2 Naturalization &lt;br /&gt;
Naturalization changes the word SL to its pronunciation, then TL to its original form. &lt;br /&gt;
Naturalization also adds new connections to external conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.3 Culture equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
In this procedure, SL the cultural word is translated by the target cultural word. The use of the translation of this procedure is limited because it is not accurate, but it can be used in general texts, public and publicity, as well as for brief explanation to readers who do not understand the relevant source language culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.4 Functional Equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
This approach is the most accurate path of translating and it uses very neutral cultural points with a new specific term. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.5 Descriptive equivalent &lt;br /&gt;
This strategy is working for the description of the meaning or function of the source language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.6 Synonymy  &lt;br /&gt;
This method of translation is applied when there is nothing to the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.7 Through-Translation &lt;br /&gt;
Through translation is the literal translation of common conflicts, the names of organizations and compound parts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.8 Shifts or Transposition &lt;br /&gt;
This translation procedure involving a change in grammar from SL to TL. This change is done when there is a difference between the structure of the SL and the TL is reasonable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.9 Modulation &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure is used in the translation of sentences, phrases and clauses. Here the translator looked at the message in the source language sentence from a different angle or a different way of thinking. This strategy is used when the translation of words with literal meaning does not produce a reasonable translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.10 Recognized Translation &lt;br /&gt;
The translation process is manifested when the translator uses an authoritative or appropriate translation of an organization's term. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.11 Translation Label &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure is the appropriate one for the translation of a new institutional term, and it is a temporary translation of the source language word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.12 Compensation &lt;br /&gt;
This process manifests itself when there is a meaningful loss in one part, but compensation in the other part. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.13 Componential Analysis &lt;br /&gt;
In this procedure, the source language word translated into the TL by detailing the components of the meaning of the source language word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.14 Reduction &amp;amp; Expansion &lt;br /&gt;
In this procedure, the elements of the word 'auto' removed and the elements of the word expanded in the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.15 Paraphrase &lt;br /&gt;
This procedure appears when cultural words need more explanation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.16 Couplets &lt;br /&gt;
In this procedure, two or more different procedures meet in one translation, couplets, triplets, quadruplets. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.17 Notes &lt;br /&gt;
When the additional information is added to the cultural words for the clarification of readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Analysis and Discussion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Analysis and Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.1 Introduction &lt;br /&gt;
This chapter highlights the procedure of the study and the analysis of culture-specific items in Surah Yusuf. This chapter explores the use of translation strategies in transferring meaning from the ST to the TL and the appropriateness of Newmark's model in interpreting the procedures that the translator applied during the translation process. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.2 Procedures &lt;br /&gt;
To account for the translation of CSIs in this research, the source text of the Holy Quran in Arabic and its English translation translated by Mufti Taqi Usmani were studied. After reading the whole Ayahs of Surah Yusuf and its translation, every Ayah and its translation in English were carefully analyzed to identify CSIs and the strategies used by the translator to translate them into English. After that, the classification of CSIs by Newmark (1988) has been accepted as the theoretical framework of this study aimed at analyzing culture-specific items. For the clarification, each procedure is interpreted and demonstrated with illustrations in Tables 1-9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.3 Analysis and Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
After the categorizing the culture-specific items according to Newmark’s strategies, the researcher worked on the strategies for translating the culture-specific items applied in Surah Yusuf, including transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes; Then, he arranged the data gained in Tables 1-9 in order to show the cases of applying Newmark’s strategies for translating the culture-specific items. &lt;br /&gt;
The discussion section is devoted to the interpretation of each selected culture-specific word, the researcher presents a discussion of how he formulates the CSIs in Newmark strategies. &lt;br /&gt;
Below are the discussion points created for using each strategy; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.3.1 Transference: Transference includes transliteration and is the same as what is called transcription. The word then becomes a loan word. There were words that were transferred from the source text to the target text. These are presented in the following table.  &lt;br /&gt;
Table1.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are some examples of Transference applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yusuf: &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy 	           Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                            قرُۡءٰنًا	Quran &lt;br /&gt;
                          ابِۡرٰہيِۡمَ 	Ibrahim &lt;br /&gt;
Transference                يعَۡقوُۡب	Yaqub &lt;br /&gt;
                             اِسۡحٰق	Ishaq &lt;br /&gt;
                          يَتَّ قوُۡنَ 	Taqwa &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Words that have given in table 1 are transference words because these are conveyed to target language which is a different language writing system then from the source language, For example, the word  Quran is transliterated word and pronounce as same as like in source language قرُۡءٰنًا, so it is transcripted and also become a loan word. Similarly, all the mentioned words in table 1 are transference words. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.2. Cultural Equivalent: Cultural equivalent purpose is to replace a cultural word in the source language with an, although not completely synonymous, target language word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table 2.  &lt;br /&gt;
Examples of Cultural equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy  	                     Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                   اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب	House of Yaqub &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                    لَحٰفِظُوۡنَ 	Guard &lt;br /&gt;
                               	 بِثمََنٍ   ۢ بَخۡسٍ 	Paltry price &lt;br /&gt;
 	                             درََاہمَِ مَعۡدوُۡدةٍَ  	Silver coin &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                     اشَُدَّ هٗ 	Prime age &lt;br /&gt;
Cultural Equivalent 	                 مَعَاذَ ّٰ  	Master &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                    الۡعَزِيۡزِ 	Minister &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                   فَاسۡتجََابَ 	Prayer &lt;br /&gt;
	                                 اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ 	 	Sovereignty &lt;br /&gt;
	                              يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡن	 	Prisoners &lt;br /&gt;
	                                    الۡمَلِکُ 	 	King &lt;br /&gt;
                                  	 يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ 	 	Juice &lt;br /&gt;
                                  	 مَ َّ کنَّ ا	 	Power &lt;br /&gt;
 	 	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Surah Yusuf, we have some words that are related to the cultural equivalent, Table 2 contains cases where cultural equality is applied. The word House of Yaqub is not completely synonymous to the ST اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡب, it is a replaced word in the SL. The word minister is not completely synonymous to the word ST word  الۡعزَِيۡزِ. Similarly, the word Master in the TT is not synonymous to the word which is used in the ST   ّٰ مَعَاذَ, it is a replaced word. The original meaning of the word  فَاسۡتجََابَ  is to accepted, but here it is referred to Prayer which is not only the synonymous but also a replaced one; furthermore, all the words mentioned in table 2 are mostly not completely synonymous words but the cultural replacing words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.3.3 Functional Equivalent:In functional equivalent, the word culture-free is used, &lt;br /&gt;
sometimes with a specific term; Therefore, it generalizes the word SL. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Table3.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of Functional equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                         	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                                       	 الۡقَصَصِ 	Narration &lt;br /&gt;
                                        	 رَايَۡتُ 	Dream &lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalent                 الۡاحََادِيۡثِ 	Events &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  ال َّ س َّ يارَةِ 	 	Wayfares &lt;br /&gt;
	                                          مِّصۡرَ 	 	Egypt &lt;br /&gt;
	                                       يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ 	 	Devices &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In functional equivalent, culture-free words are used, sometimes a new specific term is used which generalizes the SL word. For example, in table 3 the word Events is used as a cultural free word that generalizes the ST  الۡاحََادِيۡثِ. The word Devices is a cultural free word and used as a new specific term to generalize the ST word  يَمۡکُرُوۡنَ. The word Narration is used in the TT as a cultural free word because it is not limited or bound to a single culture. The word narration can be used by every culture representative. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.4 Descriptive Equivalent: It is using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. &lt;br /&gt;
Table4. &lt;br /&gt;
 Examples of Descriptive equivalent applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf&lt;br /&gt;
  Strategy              	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                               	 کَوۡکَبًا	Stars &lt;br /&gt;
                            	 ال َّ شمۡسَ 	Sun &lt;br /&gt;
 	                              الۡقمََرَ 	Moon &lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive equivalent 	         عِشَاءًٓ 	And at Nightfall &lt;br /&gt;
 	                             وَارِدہَمُۡ 	Water drawer &lt;br /&gt;
 	                               سِکِّيۡنً 	Knife &lt;br /&gt;
 	                              الۡکِتٰبِ 	Enlightening book &lt;br /&gt;
 	                           ال َّ سمٰوٰتِ 	Heaven &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The descriptive equivalent is, using phrases in TT to explain the ST word. For example Eleven stars and the sun and the moon a phrase used in the TT which explains  کَوۡکَبًا َّ و ال َّ شمۡسَ وَ الۡقمََرَ the ST words stars, sun and moon. Similarly, Enlightening the book is a phrase used in the target text which highlights the meaning of  الۡکِتٰبِ. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.5 Componential Analysis:componential analysis is the initial comparison of a source language point to a selected language point that has the same meaning, but does not equate to one. &lt;br /&gt;
Table5. &lt;br /&gt;
 Examples of Componential analysis applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                       	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
	                                     رَايَۡتُ 	 	Dream &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  ال َّ طيۡرُ 	 	Birds &lt;br /&gt;
Componential analysis                وَ يَلۡعَبۡ 	Play &lt;br /&gt;
	                                   يَعۡصِرُوۡنَ 	 	Juice &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  مَعَاذَ ّٰ  ِ 	 	Master &lt;br /&gt;
	                             يٰصَاحِبَیِ السِّجۡنِ 	 	Prisoners &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                  اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ 	Sovereignty  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Further, in justification in the translation of CSIs, the researcher analyzed the words that comparing the word base of a source language with the target language point that has the same meaning, but obviously not equals one. Like  رَايَۡتُ means to look or see while translating it to the TT it meanings changes to word Dream. The basic comparison of these two words is the same. &lt;br /&gt;
That is both words are related to cognition and eyes. For instance, other words are  ال َّ طيۡرُ  Birds,  اِ نِ الۡحُکۡمُ Sovereignty.  &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.6 Synonymy: Synonymy is a near target language equivalent. &lt;br /&gt;
Table 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
Examples of Synonymy applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy 	                      Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                                     	 الۡکِتٰبِ 	Book &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                      قۡتلُوُا	Kill &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                       ارَۡضًا	Earth &lt;br /&gt;
Synonymy   	                           الذِئّۡبُ 	Wolf &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                       دلَۡوَه	Bucket &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                       خَمۡرًا	Wine &lt;br /&gt;
              	                         يٰبسِٰتٍ 	Dry  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The translator has used good equivalents for the words chosen in the Surah Yusuf. For instance,  الۡکِتٰبِ Book, Book in the TT and  الۡکِتٰبِ in the ST are the synonymous word. Few other examples are mentioned in table 6. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.7 Through translation:Through-translation, is a literal translation of common conflicts, names of organizations and compound parts. It can also be called: click or loan translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Table7. &lt;br /&gt;
 Examples of Through-translation applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                      	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                 اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ 	House of Yaqub &lt;br /&gt;
	                               غَيٰبَتِ الۡجُبِّ 	 	Into the bottom of a pit &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  بِرَحۡمَتِنَا	 	Mercy &lt;br /&gt;
Through Translation                الۡاحََادِيۡثِ 	Events &lt;br /&gt;
	 ُّ                                   يسۡجَنَ 	 	Prison &lt;br /&gt;
	                                  الۡعَزِيۡزِ 	 	Governor &lt;br /&gt;
	                                الۡخَائِٓنيِۡنَ 	 	Betray &lt;br /&gt;
	                            وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا	 	Family  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In through translation, the researcher found those words which have common collocations, name of organization or component of compounds in Surah Yusuf. Examples of through translations are House of Yaqub, اٰلِ يعَۡقوُۡبَ  is a component of the compound, Family وَ ل َّ مَا فَتحَُوۡا is the name of the organization, other examples are mentioned in table 7. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.8 Modulation: Modulation occurs when the translator generates the original text message in TL text according to the current target language norms, as source language and target languages may differ visually. &lt;br /&gt;
Table8.  &lt;br /&gt;
Examples of in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf Modulation applied  &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                       Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                                   	 يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ 	Devices &lt;br /&gt;
Modulation 	                         لَسٰرِقوُۡنَ 	Thieves &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                    مَ َّکنَّ ا	Power &lt;br /&gt;
                                   	 وَ قَدَّ تۡ 	Ripped  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The modulation occurs in the translation of culture-specific items when we are translating the word or phrase from the source text to target text according to the new norms and traditions in TT culture. For instance, Devices are the word that had been translated from the Arabic word  يمَۡکُرُوۡنَ which means to plan something while in English it is opposite which means tools. &lt;br /&gt;
7.3.9 Notes: Notes, additions, and glosses are additional information that a translator must add to the version; The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. &lt;br /&gt;
Table9. &lt;br /&gt;
 Examples of Notes applied in translating CSIs in Surah Yousaf &lt;br /&gt;
Strategy                     	Source Text 	Target Text &lt;br /&gt;
                  	               اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ 	Sovereignty &lt;br /&gt;
Notes                             	 تعَۡبدُوُۡنَ 	Worship &lt;br /&gt;
 	                                ال َّ شيۡطٰنُ 	Satan  &lt;br /&gt;
 	                             بِثمََنٍ   ۢ بَخۡسٍ 	Paltry price &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In this strategy, the translator adds some additional information to his version, The additional information that translators add is usually cultural. For example  اِنِ الۡحُکۡمُ  is a word which means that giving the order is limited or quality related to Al-Mighty God while the translator used the word sovereign which means authority. Worship is a word which means to follow or obey someone, the translator can use it in his point of view while in Arabic  تعَۡبدُوُۡ نَ which means a quality limited to God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion and Recommendations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Conclusion and Recommendations &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter summarizes the findings of the study. It also provides some recommendations regarding the application of translation procedures in translation between language systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.1 Summary of the Findings &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The translator applied nine translation procedures out of seventeen of Newmark’s translation procedures in the translation of the Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran, namely, transference, cultural equivalent, functional equivalent, descriptive equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, through translation, modulation and notes. The cultural equivalent strategy was the most frequent applied procedure. The descriptive equivalent and through translation procedure was the second most frequently applied translation procedure, It was followed by transference, functional equivalent, componential analysis, synonymy, modulation and notes. It is a descriptive study in which CSIs from ST translated to TT. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.2 Conclusion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The present study purpose was to explore the CSIs in Surah Yusuf of the Holy Quran and to investigate which translation strategy proposed by Newmark (1988) were employed by the translator to overcome culture-specific items. Obviously, the researcher has worked hard to clear the way for future students of translation. Throughout the research, the researcher faced a lot of challenges and findings were revealed, some of them are the following; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Between Arabic and English, there is a big cultural gap. Till now, this problem is considered as an unsolvable problem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Lack of reading and translating religious books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Many mistakes are made by the translators because they were unknown to the ST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	The translators have to go through or review the previous translation of the Quranic scripture to solve the problem that they might face in the process of their translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedures used in this study will help the translator to render culture-specific terms accurately. Thus, the researcher worked well to fill the linguistic gaps between Arabic and English. Furthermore, Newmark’s translation procedures helped the translator make the translation sound more natural to the TR. It can be observed from the analysis that Newmark’s translation procedures were effective in translating the Islamic texts. The findings of the study might help students of translation and practitioners in the field of TS to get familiar with the most influential strategies in rendering cultural specific items. They can use the findings of the study to employ translation tasks in translations. Educational planners can use the findings of this study to specify the most influential, dominant strategies to conduct a target-oriented/sourceoriented translation. To sum up, it should be emphasized that the focus of this particular study was on religious genre. Investigating CSIs in different genres could lead to new areas of research for interested researchers. Accordingly, the information gained from this study may prove useful to translators, translation teachers, and student learners as it will help them improve their translation skills with the special attention of culture-specific items and will allow them Give texts when having a broad view of translation. Other researchers can derive similar effects from many of the findings of the same study. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This study is similar to other studies that might have several limitations which need to be taken into account. The study focused on one Surah translated by one translator. Examining different Surahs of the Holy Quran and their translations by other authors from different cultures might lead to interesting facts or they might confirm the findings of this study. Different translators might employ different strategies. Further research is needed to confirm or disconfirm the findings of this study.  Newmark's strategies are not limited to the cultural features of the language. But it also covers the linguistic specifications. To narrow down the subject of the study, the linguistic aspects of the text were ignored. Comparing these linguistic aspects could be another interesting topic and venue for further research. &lt;br /&gt;
Finally, It may be concluded that Newmark’s translation procedures are necessary for the translation of an Islamic text between two different language systems and cultures. However, the translator must be competent in using the translation procedures to provide an accurate translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.3 Recommendations &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The researcher furnished a set of recommendations in the light of the findings reached and the results obtained. The recommendations can make a helpful set of guidelines for both existing and potential translators in general and for translating religious texts of two languages that are not closely related. These recommendations are tentative and are subject to modification upon closer investigation by translation scholars and professionals: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	The researcher recommends that the study of translation procedures should be included in the university curriculum for students who study translation, to help them in solving the problems of translating religious texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	It is recommended for translastors to use the translation procedures appropriately in order to deliver the meaning of the source text correctly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	The researcher also recommends examining the application of other kinds of translation procedures on Islamic texts based on other models such as Andrew Chesterman’s translation procedures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	It would also be beneficial to investigate Newmark’s translation procedures to various types of texts such as medical texts and journalistic texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
Abdi, H. (2019). Translating culture-specific items (CSIs) as a conundrum for Iranian MA translation students: Considering the level of study. Journal of new advances in English Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 88-109. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aguado-Gimenez, P., &amp;amp; Pérez-Paredes, P. F. (2005). Translation-strategies use: A classroombased examination of Baker’s taxonomy. Meta: journal des traducteurs/Meta: &lt;br /&gt;
Translators' Journal, 50(1), 294-311. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ahmadi, M. R.S and Nosrati, Fatemah. (2012). Domestication and Foreignization Strategies in Translation of Culture-Specific Items. Translations of English-Persian Children’s Literature. San Francisco: Grin Publishing. Google Books. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Al Saleh, R. A. (2019). An Application of Newmark's Procedures to Muhammad Abul Quasem's Alleman, J. C. Bee. W. Ulitkin, I. Files, F., Zetzsche, J., Chatonnet-Marton, P. &amp;amp; y del Árbol, E. V. Translation Strategies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Al-Sofi, B. B. M. A., &amp;amp; Abouabdulqader, H. (2020). Bridging the gap between translation and culture: towards a cultural dimension of translation. International journal of linguistics, literature and culture, 6(1), 1-13. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baker, M., 1992. In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation. London: Routledge, p.20–42. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blažytė, D., &amp;amp; Liubinienė, V. (2016). Culture-specific items (CSI) and their translation strategies in Martin Lindstrom’s&amp;quot; Brand sense&amp;quot;. Kalbų studijos, (29), 42-57. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bush, P. (1998) &amp;quot;Literary Translation.&amp;quot; In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies, London: Routledge, pp.127-130. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford. J. C. (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford: Oxford University Press. &lt;br /&gt;
English Translation of Mohammad Al-Ghazali's Islamic Guidance.Literature and Culture, 6(1), 1-13. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gečaitė, L. (2020). Culture-Specific Items and Their Translation Strategies in Victoria Hislop's Novel The Sunrise.” (2020). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hassan, B. E. A. (2014). Between English and Arabic: A practical course in translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Cambridge Scholars Publishing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermans, T. (1999). Translation in systems. Manchester: St. Jerome Publication  House, J. (Ed.). (2014). Translation: a multidisciplinary approach. Springer. &lt;br /&gt;
Issa, A. L. S. M., &amp;amp; Hammood, L. H. R.- Quranic-Specific Phrases under the Study of Translation; Significance and Applications. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., &amp;amp; Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture. &lt;br /&gt;
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. (33), p. 83-87). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Janfaza, E., Assemi, A., &amp;amp; Dehghan, S. S. (2012). Language, translation, and culture. &lt;br /&gt;
In International Conference on Language, Medias and Culture (Vol. 33, p. 83-87). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lambert, J. (1998) Literary Translation. In: M. Baker, ed. Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London: Routledge, 130-134. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Landers, Clifford E. (2001) Literary Translation: A practical guide. New Jersey University Press: Multilingual Maters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lustig, Myron, W. and Koeser, Joline  (2003), Intercultural Competence: Interpersonal Communication Across Cultures, Boston: Allyn and Bacon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Malmkjær, K. (1993). Who Can Make Nice A Better Word Than Pretty? Collocation, Translation, and Psycholoinguistics. In: Baker, M., Francis, G. and Tognini-Bonelli, E. &lt;br /&gt;
eds. Text and Technology. Philadelphia/Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. pp.213-32. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mosavat, S., &amp;amp; Rahimpour, S. (2016). The Most and Least Used Translation Strategies for &lt;br /&gt;
Conveying Culture-Specific-Items in Young Adult Literature from English into Persian. International Journal of Humanities and Cultural Studies (IJHCS) ISSN 23565926, 1853-1873. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, J. (1997). Systems in Translation: A computer-assisted systemic approach to the analysis of translation of García Márquez. Ph.D thesis, University of Bradford. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, P. (2001). A Textbook of Translation. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language &lt;br /&gt;
Education Press &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark, Peter. (1988). A Textbook of Translation. New Jersey: Prentice-Halls &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nord, Christiane. (1997). Translating as a Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches &lt;br /&gt;
Explained. Manchester: St. Jerome. Accessed 10 November. 2018. Google Books Schjoldager, A. (2008). Understanding translation. Academica: Århus. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silalahi, M., &amp;amp; Lubis, S. (2013). Translation Procedures of Cultural Terms Found In Sejarah Bilingual For Students of Senior High School. &lt;br /&gt;
Valipoor, K., &amp;amp; andAzizeh Chalak, H. H. T. (2019). Cultural-specific items in translation of the Holy Quran by Irving: 43-51. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti, L. (1995). The translator’s invisibility: A history of translation. London and New York: &lt;br /&gt;
Routledge &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Widiarto, O. V. V. (2016). The translation procedures of cultural expressions applied in a game of thrones translated into Perebutan Tahta novel by Barokah Ruziati (Doctoral dissertation, Dian Nuswantoro University).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Zohaib Chand AN INTRODUCTION TO TRANSLATION STUDIES: AN OVERVIEW Intan Pradita= &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_12]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This study aims to observe the development of translation studies through its different types, various strategies, styles and particular methods. In this paper, the readers are introduced to some famous translation scholars including their view of translation studies. At the further discussions, this study lets the readers acknowledge the main issues on translation studies, focusing on different styles of variations such as grammar, sentence structure, textual analysis, strategies and methods. This study may help those who are interested to conduct translation researches and help them by giving options of which theories is beneficial to their analysis. Moreover, it aims to explore the clear definition of translation as well as help the readers to understand the basic concept which are used in the field of translation. The present study, therefore, attempts to outline the scope of the discipline of translation studies and more importantly, it is an attempt to outline its activity that required a deep mastering of language, a good source of knowledge and target cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words ===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation, styles of variations, strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
It is undoubtedly right that translation is important to share information. In line with these premise, the number of translation professionals is getting higher. In fact, the result of translation researches tends to help human daily life in term of evaluation, designing translator machines, and cultural studies.	 Therefore, translation means converting written information from one language into another. It is the new discipline appeared in the second half of the 20th century. The term “Translation Studies” was coined by James S. Holmes, an American-Dutch poet and translator of poetry, in his seminal paper “The Name and Nature of Translation Studies”.  Translation enables effective communication between people around the world. It is a courier for the transmission of knowledge, a protector of cultural heritage, and essential to the development of a global economy. Translation helps us to know about the developments in the field of creative arts, education, literature, business, science and politics. It has shifted from the traditional conception of the fixed, stable and unchangeable nature of the text and its meaning to a text with wide scope for variations. Translation also helps in nation building. In this globalised world, the demand for translation and language related services has increased many times. Translation is not only needed for the creation of national identity but has also become an essential tool for keeping pace with the processes of globalization and localization. The activity of translation has a long-standing tradition and has been widely practiced throughout history, but in our rapidly changing world its role has become of paramount importance. Nowadays, knowledge in which cultural exchanges have been widening, has been increasingly expanding and international communication has been intensifying, the phenomenon of translation has become fundamental. Be it for scientific, medical, technological, commercial, legal, cultural or literary purposes, today human communication depends heavily on translation and, consequently, interest in the field is also growing. Accordingly, the discussion, in the present study, proceeds primarily from the perspectives of “Translation Studies” and “Linguistics”. One major goal is to show the interrelationships between linguistics and translation, and how they benefit from each other. Nowadays, translation research has started to take another path, which is more automatic. The invention of the internet, together with the new technological developments in communication and digital materials, has increased cultural exchanges between nations. This leads translators to look for ways to cope with these changes and to look for more practical techniques that enable them to translate more and waste less. They also felt the need to enter the world of cinematographic translation, hence the birth of audiovisual translation. The latter technique, also called screen translation, is concerned with the translation of all kinds of TV programs, including films, series, and documentaries. This field is based on computers and translation software programs, and it is composed of two methods; dubbing and subtitling. In fact, audiovisual translation marks a changing era in the domain of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, translation has very wide and rich history in the West. Since its birth, translation was the subject of a variety of research and conflicts between theorists. Each theorist approaches it according to his viewpoint and field of research, the fact that gives its history a changing quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation. For each type, a selection of examples will be considered for analysis based on translation theories and techniques. We will show that some chunks of text require literal translation, while other requires interpretive method. In addition, this paper will also examine various strategies and its styles of variations based on translational study. The following strategies will be presented in the paper as; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	They involve text manipulation.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They must be applied to the process.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They are goal-oriented.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They are problem-centered.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They are applied consciously.&lt;br /&gt;
•	They are inter-subjective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation is not useful. Different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their different perspectives. It intends to show what translation strategies exist and when and why they are used by professional translators. Different scholars have various perspectives to the aspects of the act of translation, so, they define and describe different types of strategies. Bergen's (n. d.) classification of the strategies includes three categorizations which will be discussed mainly in this paper: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
•	Comprehension strategies &lt;br /&gt;
•	Transfer strategies&lt;br /&gt;
•	Production strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An addition to this paper, styles of variations will also be introduced to the readers through different aspects and examples. The concept of style can be defined in terms of the distinctive way an individual or a group uses language, or better still the discourse used to perform distinct functions of language aimed at achieving specific purposes. However, this does not entail that style is simply a matter of form since it is the product of other components such as the genre of discourse, its semantics, syntax and phonology. Indeed, in order to analyze a given stylistic variation one needs an extensive checklist that includes lexical and grammatical categories, allusions, and figures of speech. Style can be understood to refer to the recurring typical features of the source text compared to the typical features of the translated text.  In a quantitative and qualitative analysis, this variation is shown to be influenced by several pragmatic and social factors, and to index the interpreters' stances towards source speakers and towards the immigrant court users who are the recipients of translations from English. It is argued that translation styles have profound consequences for limited English speakers, as the insistence on institutional norms in translating to them is viewed as a gate keeping behavior that may impede their full participation in the proceedings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is translation? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation went through various definitions going from a mere linguistics activity during the sixties, a cultural and communicative activity during the seventies reflects the social impacting activity in the latest founding of the literature. &lt;br /&gt;
“Translation is traditionally known as being the replacement of textual material in one language into equivalent textual material in another language”. &lt;br /&gt;
House (2015) mentions that translation is considered as the “replacement” of a text in the source language by a semantically and pragmatically equivalent text in the target language. It is strongly related to a source language and target language cultures. It requires a high level of mastery languages, an awareness of any contextual factors within which the discourse emerges. There is no need to mention how it affected civilizations through different areas of mankind history. For example, An Arab-Islamic civilizations. There have always been different directions on how one should or should not translate. In the Arab tradition, two main methods existed and were in complete divergence namely the literal and the free method. &lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, in the Western tradition there are various methods currently exist namely, the linguistic, the hermeneutic, the interpretive, the functionalist, the interventionist, the poly-systemic and the text-typologist method.  More so, it may be important to point out that translation has been defined in many ways, and every definition reflects the theoretical approach underpinning it. &lt;br /&gt;
As Shuttlworth and Cowie (1997) observe throughout the history of research into translation, the phenomenon has been variously delimited by formal descriptions, echoing the frameworks of the scholars proposing them. For example, Bell (1991: XV) starts with an informal definition of translation, which runs as follows: the transformation of a text originally in one language into an equivalent text in a different language retaining, as far as is possible, the content of the message and the formal features and functional roles of the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the ‘scientific’ (Newmark, 1988, p. 2) study of translation, Catford (1965, p. 20) described it in these terms, the replacement of textual material in one language (SL) by the equivalent textual material in another language. &lt;br /&gt;
Thirty years later, in Germany, the concept of translation as a form of ‘equivalence’ is maintained, as we can see from Koller’s definition (1995, p. 196): “The result of a text processing activity, by means of which a source language text is transposed into a target-language text. Between the resultant text in L2 (the target-language text) and the source text in L1 (the source language text) there exists a relationship, which can be designated as a translational, or equivalence relation”. Because complete equivalence (in the sense of synonymy or sameness) cannot take place in any of his categories, Jakobson (1959) declares that all poetic art is, therefore, technically untranslatable. That is, the translator has to take the question of interpretation into account in addition to the problem of selecting a TL phrase which will have a roughly similar meaning. Exact translation is impossible. In this regard, Bassnett (1996) claims that all texts, being part of a literary system descended from and related to other systems are “translations of translation of translations”: every text is unique and at the same time, it is the translation of another text. No text is entirely original because language itself, in its essence, is already a translation: firstly, of the non-verbal world and secondly, since every sign and every phrase is the translation of another sign and another phrase. However, this argument can be turned around without losing any of its validity: all texts are original because every translation is distinctive. Every translation, up to a certain point, is an invention and as such it constitutes a unique text.&lt;br /&gt;
In this analysis of the above definition, Manfredi (2008), points out that the above distinction can be divided into two main perspectives, those that consider translation either as a ‘process’ or a ‘product’. To this twofold categorization, Bell (1991, p. 13) adds a further variable, since he suggests making a distinction between translating (the process), a translation (the product) and translation (i.e., “the abstract concept which encompasses both the process of translating and the product of that process”. Moreover, thanks to advances in new technologies, today we can also incorporate into TS the contribution of corpus linguistics, which allows both theorists and translators analyses of large amounts of electronic texts (Manfredi, 2008). On the other hand, Halliday (1992, p. 15) takes translation to refer to the total process and relationship of equivalence between two languages; we then distinguish, within translation, between “translating” (written text) and “interpreting” (spoken text). Halliday, thus, proposes distinguishing the activity of “translation” (as a process) from the product(s) of “translating”, including both “translation” (concerning written text) and ‘interpreting’ (regarding spoken text.&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation is the production of a functional target text maintaining a relationship with a given source text that is specified according to the intended or demanding function of the target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Types of Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is an activity that requires deep mastering of languages, a good knowledge of source and target cultures. It is also linked with the translation method, strategies and styles of variations. Each translation type requires different translation method. In this paper, it is an attempt to outline that there are several types of translation. Each type is defined by different scholars through different criteria to the contextual situation of communication. In this paper, we will be writing down the three prominent types of translation through various medium namely; technical translation, literary translation and pragmatic translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical translation is a type of specialized translation involving the translation of documents produced by technical writers, or more specifically, texts which relate to technological subject areas or texts which deal with the practical application of scientific and technological information. (Wikipedia) &lt;br /&gt;
Translators' main goal is to accurately translate the technical terminology to match the document and the message of the original content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The benefits of technical translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A professional technical translation service is provided by translators with dual specialties, that is, professionals who are fluent in the language pair, but who are also experts in the field covered by the documents to be translated.&lt;br /&gt;
When you need to have your documents translated by a technical translator, translators who are not experts may not be able to provide the necessary solutions and terminology for a quality translation. If the translator is not an expert in the field, he/she will have to learn the new terminology while working. This means that translation will take longer, have higher chances of inaccuracies, and may result in higher costs. Therefore, the main advantages of hiring an agency specialized in this type of service are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary translation is the translation of creative and dramatic prose and poetry into other languages. This includes the translation of literature from ancient languages and the translation of modern fiction so that it can reach a wider audience. &lt;br /&gt;
Literary translation is of huge importance. It helps to shape our understanding of the world around us in many ways.                                                     Reading Homer and Sophocles as part of a classical education in school helps to build an understanding of history, politics, philosophy and so much more. Meanwhile, reading contemporary translations provides fascinating insights into life in other cultures and other countries.                                                       In a fast-paced world so rife with misunderstanding and confusion, such efforts to share knowledge and experiences across cultural boundaries should be applauded.&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of literature differs greatly from other forms of translation. The sheer size of the texts involved in literary translation sets it apart.                Tackling a translation that runs to hundreds of thousands of words is not a task for the faint-hearted. Nor is recreating poetry in a new language, without losing the beauty and essence of the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
One of the key challenges of literary translation is the need to balance staying faithful to the original work with the need to create something unique and distinctive that will evoke the same feelings and responses as the original. This can be particularly challenging when it comes to translating poetry.&lt;br /&gt;
Poems are written with incredible attention to detail. Not only are the words and phrases important, but the number of syllables and the entire rhythm of the completed work. It’s a challenging task to complete just in one language, let alone when trying to recreate a poet’s work during a translation. Daniel Hahn, director of the British Centre for Literary Translation, sums up the issue beautifully. &lt;br /&gt;
As literary translators will attest, a single word can be extremely troublesome. The author of a work of fiction has chosen that word for a good reason, so the translator must ensure that it is faithfully delivered in the target language. However, what if no direct translation is available? Or what if several options exist, each with a slightly different nuance? Urdu language translator Fahmida Riaz outlines her approach to such thorny issues.&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, “Every piece you translate comes from the pen of an individual, so you have to give it an individual treatment. I try to retain the ambience of the original culture, rather than the language, as it is reflected in the text.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pragmatic translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pragmatic translation is the basic assumption that provided a source language text contains no misstatements of fact, is competently written and has to be fully translated rather than summarized or functionally reorientated; one's purpose in translating it is to be referentially and pragmatically accurate. In this paper, I shall not deal with referential accuracy but concentrate instead on the pragmatic aspects of translation. As the term pragmatic translation may be used in a variety of ways, I should like to state my own definition of pragmatic, which derives from Charles Morris and ultimately from Charles S. Peirce. I am using pragmatic as one of the two factors in translation: pragmatic denotes the reader's or readership's reception of the translation, as opposed to referential, which denotes the relationship between the translation and the extra-linguistic reality it describes. &lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a properly way to a properly communication and pragmatics is how to use language in communication properly. By translation, many things from different languages and cultures can understand to each other. In other words, translation can be stated as a facilitator to make a communication runs well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An Overview on Translation Studies  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Issues in Translation Studies: Equivalence or Variations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Matthiessen's Parameter on Register Variations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Muhammad Numan  A Study to Explore the Translation Strategies of Idiomatic Expression from Urdu to English ; A Case Study of Sadat Hassan Manto’s Short Story “Khol Do” =&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_13]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is necessary for developing knowledge and idea, but it also makes the people understand the language and culture of other people or countries. However, equivalence is essential during translation, especially when the translator wants to translate idiomatic expressions in the best possible way. Therefore it is necessary to follow up on some strategies during the translation process. The research work is carried out under the qualitative method with textual analysis techniques as significant. Mona Baker's model for idiomatic expression is explored with the help of different examples from collected data. The primary purpose of this study is to find out which types of strategies are being followed by the translator during the translation process. It was found that translation by paraphrasing, translation by similar words and meaning and translation by similar meaning and different words. &lt;br /&gt;
===Key words ===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Strategies, Idiomatic expression, Sadat Hassan Manto, Urdu Literature  --[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:45, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the researcher wants to highlight the different concepts about the fundamental question &amp;quot;what is idiomatic expression&amp;quot; of different critics, theorists and linguistic experts, and prominent scholars of translation studies. Among them are Lindalorri, Mona Baker, Newmark's, and many more define idioms from their point of view. Secondly, the researcher highlights one of the most prominent literary and short stories writers of the sub-continent Sadat Hassan Manto, his life, literary style, and short stories career. In the last statement of the problem, the objective of the research, which type of strategies was followed in the translation process, purposes of study, and delimitation of studies are explained one by one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many critics, theorists, and linguists define idioms differently. However, in general, an idiom is a phrase or expression that typically has a metaphorical, non-literal meaning connected to it. However, phrases can become figurative idioms while keeping the literal meaning of the words. However, according to the Oxford Dictionary of English, a set of words is established by usage as having a meaning not deducible from the meanings of the constituent terms (e.g., over the moon, see the light).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;What is particularly remarkable about idioms is that they can be described in a variety of ways, depending on the roles they fulfilled,&amp;quot; writes (Linda Corelli 2006, 8). &amp;quot;A string of words whose meaning differs from the meaning supplied by the individual words&amp;quot; is what an idiom is, according to (Larson 1984, 20). Idioms are &amp;quot;at the end of the scale from collocations in one or both of the areas: flexibility of patterning and transparency of meaning,&amp;quot; according to (Baker 1992, 23). Idioms are defined by (Yagihashi 2003, 22) as a &amp;quot;collection of words whose meaning cannot be guessed from their meaning.&amp;quot;. According to (Newmark 1981, 11), “Idioms are word groups whose meaning cannot be deduced from the meaning of individual words.”&lt;br /&gt;
.	The whole meaning of each word that makes up an idiom cannot be considered the idiom's overall meaning. As a result, an idiom should not be translated.  To remark that someone is bull-headed, for example, suggests that he or she is obstinate, even though the connotation has nothing to do with the words bull or headed.  According to (Corelli 2006, 53), English has a sizeable idiomatic base.&lt;br /&gt;
About 4,000 idioms in American English are drawn from the nation's culture and everyday life. Idioms infect English with a peculiar flavor and offer it remarkable diversity, brilliant character, and color. She also feels that idiomatic expressions not only assist language learners in understanding English culture but also penetrating English people's traditions and lifestyles and gaining a deeper understanding of English history.&lt;br /&gt;
The main issue that idiomatic and fixed expressions pose for translators, according to (Baker 1992, 65), is twofold: &amp;quot;the ability to recognize and interpret an idiom correctly; and the difficulties involved in rendering the various aspects of meaning that an idiom or a fixed expression conveys into the target language. The first challenge that a translator encounters is understanding that she/he is dealing with an idiomatic expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sadat Husain Manto's writings also include numerous literary criticism, studies in Urdu, and many translations from Urdu into English. He is credited with having brought Urdu language and literature into the mainstream of contemporary international writing. There is no doubt that Sadat Hassan Manto was the most prolific of all modern writers in the sub-continent. Manto's published a substantial number of short stories during his short literary life span, and novelette gave some master piece work to Urdu literature. The noble laureate Hemingway mentions the lunatic life of great Manto's in his speeches. The current research study aims at discovering and determining the strategies used in translations of &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; short stories about sexual violence during partition of sub-continent and &amp;quot;license&amp;quot; a short story which throw light on the behavior of society toward widow his profession which lead toward prostitution by Aatesh Taseer an Indian born translator currently living in London having solid links with native country and culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Literature Review ===&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the author/researcher defines the strategy and its different definitions from the perspective of different subjects and fields. However, the sole focus is only on the strategy of translation studies. Furthermore, renowned academicians put forward their definition of strategy like Venutti quoted translation strategy as the theory of de construction-sim, which is progressive and future-oriented. Krings defines it as the content of the project, while Seguinet divided the term into three steps. However, Locher defines it as the procedure of solving a problem faced in translating a text. Jaskelaine involves the primary task of choosing the SL text and developed a method to translate it. In last, the author points out his research work's sole purpose by mentioning different research work on Mento's short stories except for this angle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term &amp;quot;strategy&amp;quot; is used in a variety of settings. Many theorists in translation studies have used the phrase &amp;quot;translation methods&amp;quot; interchangeably, although with significant distinctions in meaning and perspective. The following is a collection of more general definitions of the term strategy. A strategy is a long-term set of actions to achieve a specific goal (Wikipedia Committee, n. d.).A methodical plan for improving one's learning performance has been actively altered and mentioned (Instruction Curriculum Reading Glossary, n. d.) &lt;br /&gt;
A strategy is a well-thought-out, intentional, goal-oriented (with a measurable outcome) approach carried out through a series of actions that can be monitored and modified (Curriculum Learning Literate-Futures Glossary, n. d.)&lt;br /&gt;
A collection of particular mental and behavioral procedures is taken to reach a given result.  These definitions are general and can be related to different fields of study. This study mainly concerns translation strategies, although the definitions mentioned above can be narrowed down to this research field, as well. Translation strategies have their characteristics, through which one can gain a proper understanding of them. In general, a translator employs a strategy when confronted with a challenge while translating a text; nevertheless, translation methods are not required when translating a text literally. Bergen points out that strategies are not always obvious or straightforward.&lt;br /&gt;
Although beginners in the field of translation believe they have done a successful translation when they translate word for word and utilize a dictionary, they do not realize that there is still a problem and that adjustments must be made at various levels of the translation. As a result, the most critical purpose of the strategies is to solve problems. &amp;quot;Venuti attempted to put deconstructionist translation theory into practice by proposing the &amp;quot;resistant translation&amp;quot; technique as an alternative to the standard &amp;quot;smooth translation. This technique tries to reverse the colonial concept of translation, English-American culture centralism, and the value of imperialist culture from an ideological standpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
It aims to retain &amp;quot;foreignness&amp;quot; rather than seeking similarity in translation principles and methods. The author believes Venuti's translation strategy is quite progressive and future-oriented, with the development of international communications on an equal footing. However, it will take time to implement fully.&amp;quot; (Jianzhong. .Krings 1986, 18) defines translation strategy as &amp;quot;a translator's potentially deliberate objectives for solving concrete translation problems specific translation task in the context of a project.&amp;quot;The translators adopted three global tactics, according to (Seguinot 1989, 27) (i) translating uninterrupted for as long as possible; (ii) resolving surface flaws as soon as possible; (iii) leaving text quality and stylistic problems to the editing stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, (Loescher 1991, 8) defines translation strategy as &amp;quot;a possibly conscious technique for overcoming a difficulty encountered in translating a text, or any segment thereof.&amp;quot; As stated in this definition, consciousness is vital in distinguishing strategies employed by learners and translators. &amp;quot;The element of consciousness is what distinguishes strategies from these activities that are not strategic,&amp;quot; (Cohen 1998, 4) claim moreover, (Bell 1998, 188) distinguishes between global (whole-text) and local (text segment) techniques and indicates that this distinction is the outcome of several types of translation challenges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to (Venuti 1998, 240), &amp;quot;involve the core tasks of picking the foreign text to be translated and establishing a way to translate it.&amp;quot; He uses the terms &amp;quot;domesticating&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;foreignizing&amp;quot; to describe them. Ordudari, considering the process and outcome of translation, Jaaskelainen divides methods into two primary categories: some strategies deal with what happens to texts, while others deal with what happens during the translation process. According to (Jaaskelainen 2005, 15), product-related strategies entail the essential tasks of selecting the SL content and establishing a technique for translating it. On the other hand, process-related strategies are &amp;quot;a set of (loosely articulated) rules or principles that a translator applies to attain the goals determined by the translating scenario.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, (Jaaskelainen 2005, 16) distinguishes between global and local strategies, stating that &amp;quot;global strategies refer to general principles and modes of action, while local strategies refer to specific activities concerning the translator's problem-solving and decision-making. (Newmark 1988, 221) distinguishes between translation methods and translation procedures. (Newmark 1988, 81) also distinguishes between translation techniques and procedures, writing, &amp;quot;While translation methods are employed for full texts, translation procedures are utilized for sentences and smaller units of language.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from other literature like poetry, drams and other subcultures also produce literary genius in short stories.  Monto is one of them. His literature is translated into different languages with a different theme in his work. Apart from the story of division, Manto's books are characterized by powerful female characters. Manto combines the physical brutality of division with the intellectual cruelty that sex and sexuality face inside the Indio Pak subcontinent's social framework (Ranjan 2004, 3). Manto's female characters, according to Ispahani, are characterized by their sexual fragilities, such as sexual humiliation, rape, and prostitution. &amp;quot;They are nearly always victims, with the power only to cause their destruction,&amp;quot; she believes.  Sakina's body movement reveals how severely she was sexually raped. Sakina's silence and pain depict the savagery of her rape to the point where they lost their ability to communicate. Manto's short stories present another perspective on trauma through the absence of the subject converses (Mehta 2018, 9). Bingo by Tariq Rahman explores sexual repression, social injustice, and war tragedies. Wartime rape has existed since the beginning of conflicts, and penetrators consider it one of their weapons of war (Isikozlu, 2016, 13).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of hegemonic binary was introduced by the second wave of feminism, which depicts patriarchal conduct as sexually superior and powerful. At the same time, women are sexually inferior and submissive argue (Marinucci, 2010, 15). Sexual trauma serves as a link between the victim and society; it ruins the victim's sense of safety, leads to low self-esteem, and silences them called by (Lewis 2017, 54). Saadat Hasan Manto (1912-1955) was one of the most well-known, controversial, and provocative Urdu writers of the twentieth century. Despite being a prolific writer of essays, plays, film scripts, and novels, he was best known for his short tales. Born in Punjab, he began his writing career in Bombay before moving to Lahore, Pakistan, in January 1948, a few months after partition (Hasan 1984). Following that, his stories generally centered on a partition, exploring its human effects from various perspectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manto's works are notable for their realism, word economy, dependence on internal components, and, most notably, their abrupt, often distressingly unclear ends (Akhtar and Flemming 1985, 9). While Tariq Rahman wrote Bingo, he is a writer, playwright, and critic who has made significant contributions to Urdu literature through his writing. Research work was carried out on the comparison of &amp;quot;bingo&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;khol do.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of this thesis is to compare the two short stories Khol Do and Bingo, both of which focus on women and violence, particularly wartime rape, which makes women more vulnerable than ever before. This paper explores how women are victims of war and partition, making them doubly marginalize primarily due to the hegemonic binaries of men and women. Both of the stories aim to reflect the stigmata of our society regarding the violence and cruel treatment of women since their existence. Furthermore, via the lenses of feminism and post-colonialism, it examines how varied wartime weapons can be for both gender binaries. The writers' audacity causes us to reflect on the inhumane treatment of women in everyday life and even in wartime when they are with the men who are supposed to defend the female.&lt;br /&gt;
Several research articles are found on translated work (license and khol do) of Urdu famous short stories writer Sadat Hassan Manto's from a different perspective like psychoanalysis, postcolonial, feminist approaches but to explore the problem of translations strategies face by translator Aatish Taseer during the process of translation has not been mention till date. To summarize this, the research includes a critical, in-depth, comprehensive analysis of issues that previously did not address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Theoritical Framework ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different strategies have been used, like using an idiom of similar meaning and similar form, the idiom of similar meaning and different form, translation by Paraphrasing, translation by omission. The approach of employing idioms of similar meaning and form, according to Mona Baker, entails using an idiom in the target language that can express about the same meaning as the source language idiom, as well as having lexical similarity. On the other hand, this type of matching happens periodically as well as regularly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, employing idioms with similar meanings but different forms means that it is possible to locate an idiom or fixed expression in the target text language that has a similar meaning to the source idiom or expression but is made up of distinct lexical elements. Consider the case of English and French, both of which use the idiom mentioned above. In English, one good deed is rewarded with another, whereas in French, handsome deeds are rewarded with handsome deeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, we did not come across any idioms in the category mentioned above during translating idioms. To deal with this issue, the translators used the most popular approach, known as a translation by paraphrase, which is short, straightforward, and time-saving. When a match cannot be identified in the target language or when it appears improper to employ idiomatic language in target material due to aesthetic differences between the source and target languages, this is the most typical approach for translating an idiom from source to target language. However, one thing to keep in mind is that a perfect translation is not required is necessary or possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, to overcome the problem of idiom translation, the translator employs the strategy of translation by omission. This can be defined as an idiom being omitted entirely in the target text with a single word. This is done because the idiom has no close match in the target language; its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or due to stylistic reasons. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data analysis Techniques:&lt;br /&gt;
Textual analysis is the method of data analysis in qualitative research that brings forth the hidden and potent message, structure, and function of research in giving text, Alan Mckee (defines textual analysis as whenever we perform textual analysis on the text, we make an educated guess at some time of the most likely interpretations that might be made of that text (Alan Mckee 2001, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis of the translation of short stories in light of Mona baker's theory &amp;quot;khol do and license&amp;quot; are short stories written by Sadat Hassan Manto and translated by many translators from Urdu into English. During translation, the translator adopted many strategies for translating idiomatic expression, sometimes by Paraphrasing, sometimes by omission, sometimes using similar idioms of form and meaning while sometimes using different words and the same form, the whole.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:51, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Discussion and Analysis===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chapter analyzes and discusses all the data collected by the author/researcher from different sources. All the examples of idioms are first identified, then translated into the target text, and back-translated for the sole purpose of exploring the strategies being used by the translator. A separate section is given to every strategy with its related example. Moreover, the idiomatic expression, the target work for finding, is highlighted through the bold letter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1	Translation by Paraphrasing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on our findings, the most often used strategy was &amp;quot;translation by paraphrasing.&amp;quot; An inspection also reveals that Aatish Taseer preferred this strategy. Here are some examples applied by the translators, and in the following section, the logic behind their preference towards this strategy is elaborate. The following are examples from two short stories of Sadat Husain Manto's &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;license.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Sirajuddin ne subah das baji anki kholi to logo ka ail mutalatam samandar deka.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Ten a.m., Siraj Uddin opens his eyes on the cold floor of the camp, seeing the swelling sea of men.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: sub ke das baji jab Sirajuddin ne apni anki koli to logo ka aik ublaha howa samandar ka nizara dekni laga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, the above idioms are literal idioms being translated with the help of Paraphrasing because there is no perfect equivalent of mutalatam words in English languages. A similar look at another idiom from short stories &amp;quot;khol do.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Khuda tomahra bala kari.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Your God will reward&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Is ka badla khoda tomahi di.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the word reward is being used for Bala Kari, an example of transitional by Paraphrasing.&lt;br /&gt;
Let  take another example from &amp;quot;khol do.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: unkho nai Jan khateli pa rak kar sakena ko donda.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: even putting their lives online, they search sakina &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: apni zindagio ko khatri me dal kar unkho nai sakina ko dond nekala.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above idioms are examples of pure idiom translated from Urdu into English with the help of paraphrases strategies. However, under the same strategies, the idioms of another short story of Manto,s &amp;quot;license,&amp;quot; are translated by Aatish Taseer. Some of the examples are given below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Abu kochwan bara cheel jabela ta. It is the binomial type of idioms taken from the first sentence of the short story &amp;quot;license&amp;quot; by Sadat &lt;br /&gt;
Hasan Manto &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Abu kochwan is stylish man.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Abu kochwan aik wazahdar admi ta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above idiom, it is clear that there is no perfect equivalence of cheela chabela idiom in English; that is, the translator goes &lt;br /&gt;
through paraphrasing strategies. Look at another example from &amp;quot;license.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Lein har waqat bank bani rekhi ka usi be had showk ta&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: He had a weakness for style and fashion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Dan saj ke rekhna uski kamzori me sai ik ta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So all of the above examples, which are analyzed one by one, are examples of idioms being translated through paraphrasing strategies. (De Beaugrande and Dressler 1981, 50) define paraphrases as &amp;quot;approximate conceptual equivalence among outwardly different material.&amp;quot; Similarly, in this regard, Hirst defines paraphrases as &amp;quot;talk(ing) about the same situation in a different way.&amp;quot; Munday declared that &amp;quot;equivalence is particularly useful in translating idioms and proverbs” For instance, if the English idiom like a bear with a sore head is rendered into Persian as (mesle borje zahremar), meaning like a tower of snake venom, the strategy of equivalence has been applied. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Leonardi, &amp;quot;Equivalence can be said to be the central issue in translation.&amp;quot; In this regard, house believes that &amp;quot;a translation text should match not only its source text in function but also employ equivalent situational-dimensional means to achieve that function&amp;quot; (Baker 2002, 49).  who shares this approach, states that equivalence is used &amp;quot;for the sake of convenience—because most translators are used to it rather than because it has any theoretical status&amp;quot; (Kenny 1998, 77). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite different attitudes to the concept of equivalence, most specialists pay much attention to its meaning in the theory of translation. The translation is a form of communication, and that is why it is vital to establish equivalence between the source text and the target text. Although Vinay and Darbelnet believe that equivalence is used differently than in modern translation theory, it is evident that equivalence is one of the basic concepts of translation that cannot be neglected. Consequently, based on the Above mentioned studies using Paraphrasing in translation stands as the core concept in the process of translation, and still, most of the translators cling to it for producing a more comprehensible and explicable text. These language ideas and translation models are ideal constructs, presented abstractly in order to be differentiated precisely. They may exist in an uneasy combination in actual theories and practices, resulting in logical tensions or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation. Theories and actions must be contextualized in historical settings. They've been utilized as analytical tools to describe various topics in section introductions. Theoretical writings and current events these language notions and translation models are ideal constructs expressed in an abstract manner in order to be distinguished precisely in real-life hypotheses they may exist in an uncomfortable mix, resulting in logical conflicts or inconsistencies. They must first contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation before they can contribute to any explanation or interrogation of the situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2	Using an idiom of Similar Meaning and Form &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned earlier, this strategy type is being used by Aatish Taseer during their translated work of Manto's short stories &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; and&amp;quot; license&amp;quot; on an occasional basis. Some examples are mention below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From khol do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Larki ka rang zard hogaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: The girl's face became fail&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: larki ka rang zar hogya.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, another example from the license is&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Abu our us ke mat beer hogaie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: They fall in love with each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: WO ik dosri ke mokhbat me geriftar hogaie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above idioms are pure ones and are being translated with the help of similar meanings and similar forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The procedures: transposition, modulation, equivalence, and adaptation, and when it comes to defining the term Equivalence, (Vinay and Darbelnet 2000, 90) propose that it consists in rendering &amp;quot;the same situation … by two texts using completely different stylistic and structural methods&amp;quot;, and when it comes to translating idiomatic expressions like &amp;quot;Il pleut à seaux&amp;quot; it can be translated as &amp;quot;It is raining cats and dogs&amp;quot; using the idiom of similar form and meaning in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As (Baker 1992, 12) states, this strategy involves using an idiom in the TL which conveys roughly the same meaning as that of the source language idiom and, in addition, consists of identical lexical items. The salient point is that this kind of match can only occasionally be achieved, which cannot be picked up more often by translators. Accordingly, both translators mentioned in the current study had quite a slim chance of using this strategy type. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 Using an idiom of similar meaning but different form:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During translating Manto short stories, &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;license,&amp;quot; some of the idioms are translated with the help of this strategy. Some of the examples are given below from two different short stories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example number one is from the short story &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Aur bolwai gos ayai thee?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: The roitors come abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: pasadi bahar agai hai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above idiom is a pure type of idiom being translated with the help of above mention strategy. The word rioter is being used for bolwai, which is not a perfect word for bolwai. In Urdu bolwai, people believe in violence when minorities or the low population of any country want some rights. These people stop them by using violence, burn down their properties, rapes women, and do things like that. Another example from the license is below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Dosri kotwal abu ko dek kar jal ban ho jati.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: The other coachman burn with envy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Abu ke kamyabi dek kar aur kotwal abu sai khasad karni lagi’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above idioms are a pure idiom that reflects the effect of jealousy between competitors to achieve equivalency. Aatish Taseer uses envy word for jal ban instead of other which have similar meaning but different form. Look at the other example from &amp;quot;license.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Dino lat vo lagal se kam karni laga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Dino came with an excuse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BT: Dino abb bahi tarashni laga.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
The above idioms are types of binomial idioms translated with the help of idioms with similar meanings and different forms. (Newmark 1988, 81) mentions the difference between translation methods and translation procedures. He writes that &amp;quot;[w]hile translation methods relate to whole texts, translation procedures are used for sentences and the smaller units of language&amp;quot; (Newmark 1988, 81). Idiomatic translation in his definition reproduces the 'message' of the original. However, it distorts nuances of meaning by preferring colloquialisms and idioms where these do not exist in the original, leading to using an idiom of similar meaning but a different form. Besides, it is often possible to find an idiom or fixed expression in the target language with a meaning similar to that of the source idiom or expression but which consists of different lexical items (Baker 1992, 12). Therefore, translators discover idiomatic expressions in the target language with different forms than in the source language. In the current study, the translators approached this strategy merely for 9% of the total times, which means the frequency of Iranian and English idioms with the same meaning and different forms is not considered high. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4 Translation by omission:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A translator is less using these strategies, and we did not find any clue on this type of strategy in an area under consideration.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Atta Ur Rahman|Atta Ur Rahman]] ([[User talk:Atta Ur Rahman|talk]]) 09:48, 12 December 2021 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Findings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Mandelbit 1995) believed that idioms with different cognitive mapping in the target language would be more challenging to translate. After conducting study and data analysis of collected data, the result revealed that the translator frequently used three out of four strategies of the Mona Baker model during the translation process, which is a translation by Paraphrasing, translation by similar meaning and similar form, translation by similar meaning and different form. In contrast, translation by omission does not found in his work.&lt;br /&gt;
After detail and careful analysis of data, more than half of idioms like &amp;quot;swelling sea of man,” my lord break his arrogance, “weakness for style and fashion.&amp;quot; As I mentioned earlier, many more are translated under the umbrella of Paraphrasing, which is considered the most common method used for translating idioms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, we also reflect strategies like similar meaning and different form and similar meaning and similar form. The idiom &amp;quot;rioter came abroad,” burn with envy,” The girl's face became pale, &amp;quot; They fall in love with each other&amp;quot; are translated with the help of two mention strategies, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation by omission is a strategy used on rare occasions because of its meaning, its meaning cannot be easily paraphrased or stylistic reason. Here, the researcher also did not find any idiom translated with the help of the omission strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go through detailed discussion and analysis of data collected from my source. We finally concluded that the idioms present in two short stories, &amp;quot;khol do&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;License,&amp;quot; are translated under the frame of Mona Baker's idiomatic model. Translation by Paraphrasing is mainly used while idioms of similar meaning and form and idioms of similar meaning and different forms are used occasionally. The researcher discusses all the strategies with related examples in the order of maximum used to minimum used. The strategy by omission did not find it works. All the data are collected from different sources and analyzed with the help of different researcher tools, and the result is written in light of the finding. Different from previous studies, the writer presents the strategies to translate idioms by each type of idiomatic expression found in the story. From the result, it is considered the translation of idiomatic expressions in the story is quite accurate. As the number of accurate data is more the data which is not related to the translation. We take conclusion from the translation through idiomatic expression and paraphrasing is the best way to translate a novel or a story however it is very difficult job to do because it needs more accurate and precise knowledge about the source language and an inspiring method to express ideas in the target language. However, translation is thing through which we can connect the world with each other and also we can study and observe diverse cultures.            &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
Abu-Saydeh, A. F. (2004). Translation of English idioms into Arabic. Babel, 114-131.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ahsan, S. (2020). A comparative study of two translations of manto's short story &amp;quot;Toba Tek&amp;quot;. International Journal of English Language Studies, 12-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alexander, R. J. (1987). Mimeograph. In R. J. Alexander (Ed.) Collocation and Culture. Trier: University of Trier, West Germany.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Al-Qinai, J. (2000). Translation quality assessment. strategies, parameters and procedures. Translator's Journal, 497-519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bayashi, J. (2020). Japanese-English translation: An advanced guide. Oxfordshire: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das, V. &amp;amp;. (1995). Critical events: An anthropological perspective on contemporary India. New Delhi: Oxford Printing Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mufti, A. (2007). The Language of English India. In I. &amp;amp;. End (Ed.) Enlightenment in the Colony. Princeton University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Waka Xia, L. (2019). A discourse analysis of news translation in China. Syydney: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Muhammad Saqib Mehran  Problems in Translation Study =&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_14]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ambiguity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lexical and Structural Mismatches===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Multiword units: Idioms and Collocations===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Summary===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Further Reading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=刘胜楠 A Case Study of ''Ne Zha'' on Subtitle Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Skopos Theory= &lt;br /&gt;
[[Trans_Type_EN_15]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Liu Yue</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>